PDF

Sections
Electrical Interconnect
1
Wire, Cable & Accessories
2
Pitot Static Accessories
3
Avionics & Instrument Mounting
4
Tools
5
Chemicals & Cleaners
6
Antennas
7
ELTs & Accessories
8
Airband Communications
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Transponders, Altitude Encoders & Serializers
Headsets, Intercoms & Accessories
Clocks, Instruments & Annunciators
Air Data & Fuel Flow
GPS Accessories
Aircraft Lighting
Inverters & Converters
Tactical Communications & Audio Systems
Test Equipment
Auxiliary Power Units & Battery Chargers
Dayton-Granger
ASIA PACIFIC
About EDMO Asia Pacific

EDMO Asia Pacific was established in 2001 and started out as a ‘one-man operation’. EDMO Asia
Pacific has provided “Service Excellence” to the aviation industry for over 17 years.
Today EDMO Asia Pacific employs a team of committed and hard-working staff at their Head Office
in Adelaide, South Australia. As well as having continued support from their parent company EDMO
Distributors in Spokane Valley WA, U.S.A.
EDMO Asia Pacific has distributorships with many of the major manufacturers in the Avionics, Main-
tenance and Pilot Supplies Markets, as well as keeping abreast of all new developments within the
industry.
EDMO Asia Pacific carries a large inventory of installation and bench supplies, test equipment and
tooling, tactical communications products, ground support equipment, and pilot supplies. This exten-
sive product range is complemented by rapid delivery, competitive prices, and personalized service.
To this end, EDMO Asia Pacific maintains a stringent quality control system and is an ISO 9001:2016
registered company.
Additional Services
EDMO Asia Pacific strives to be a one-stop shop for its clientele by providing valuable in-house ser-
vices that save both time and money. These services include: custom wire and cable services and
ELT and PLB programming. We offer multiple ways to access our services:
WIRE LASER MARKING
Edmo Asia Pacific offers in house Laser Wire Marking, from their Adelaide Warehouse.
Visit us online at www.edmoap.com.au to access our Laser Wire Marking form. This form is locat-
ed under the “Dealers” Tab at the very bottom of the Home Page
ELT AND PLB PROGRAMMING
Call +618 8182 5511 to learn more about PLB and ELT programming
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
ADS-B Solutions...................................................178 Digital Audio Control System (DACS)...................277
Airband Communications.....................................169 Dimmers................................................................253
Airband Scanners.................................................176 Discharger Cross Reference List.........................346
Aircraft Battery Chargers.....................................319 ELTs & Accessories...............................................153
Aircraft Lighting....................................................247 ELT Test Sets................................................. 167, 307
Aircraft Scales......................................................306 Emergency Power Supplies..................................269
Aircraft Speakers....................................................44 Expandable Sleeving..............................................59
Air Data & Fuel Flow.............................................227 Fiber Optic Inspection .........................................306
Airspeed & Altitude Indicators.............................223 Fuel Flow Indicators.............................................231
Altitude Encoders.................................................180 Fuel Quantity Test Sets.........................................302
Annunciator Control Units....................................222 Fuses.......................................................................30
Antenna Docks......................................................243 GPS Accessories...................................................235
Antennas...............................................................109 GPS Re-Radiating Kits..........................................237
Antennas - Dayton-Granger.................................322 Grommets...............................................................66
Antenna Sealing....................................................151 GromStrip................................................................65
Antenna Wire........................................................338 Grounding Blocks...................................................15
Anti-Collision & Position Lights...........................254 Hardware................................................................77
Audio Panels.........................................................272 Headsets, Intercoms & Accessories....................183
Avionics & Instrument Mounting...........................71 Headset Tester......................................................210
Brass Fittings..........................................................70 Heat Shrink Guns..................................................100
Bulkhead Seals & Sealant......................................60 Heat Shrink Tubing.................................................54
Cable Ties................................................................51 Hex & Spline Wrenches........................................101
Cable Tie Tools................................................ 53, 106 Hole Punches........................................................104
Circuit Breakers & Accessories.............................24 Hour Meters..........................................................225
Cleaners/Wipes.....................................................108 Insertion & Extraction Tools...................................87
Clocks, Instruments & Annunciators...................211 Instrument Lighting..............................................248
Coaxial Adaptors......................................................6 Instument Mounting Systems................................75
Compasses............................................................224 Intercom Systems.................................................207
Connectors, Pins & Sockets.....................................2 Inverters................................................................267
Converters.............................................................266 Jack Housings........................................................23
Cooling Fans........................................... 84, 226, 245 Label & Shrink Tube Printers.................................61
Cover Plates, Adapter Plates & Clamps.................72 Lacing Cord.............................................................50
Crimp & Barrel Die Tools........................................91 Lighting Accessories............................................263
Databus Analyzers................................................297 Microphone Lights................................................203
Dayton-Granger....................................................321 Microphones - Handheld......................................202
D Connectors..........................................................13 Modular Accessory Remote Cards.......................233
EDMO Asia Pacific 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au III
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Mu-Metal.................................................................64 Switches.................................................................32
NAV/COM Ramp Tester.........................................294 Tactical Communications & Audio Systems........271
Notch Filters..........................................................236 Tape - Fusion & Electrical......................................60
Nylon Fittings..........................................................69 Taxi, Landing & Recognition Lights.....................261
Panel Docks..........................................................239 Tee Connectors.....................................................330
Panel Pro.................................................................86 Tension Units........................................................331
PA/Siren Systems.................................................279 Terminal Blocks & Bus Bars...................................42
Pitot Static Accessories.........................................67 Terminals & Splices................................................16
Plugs & Jacks.........................................................21 Terrain Awareness Control Units.........................243
Portable Starting Units.........................................316 Test Equipment.....................................................293
Power Supply Units...............................................316 Tip Retainers and Adaptors..................................345
Pressure Switches................................................218 Tooling.....................................................................85
Remote Relays......................................................236 Transceivers..........................................................170
Safety Lock Wire.....................................................83 Transponders........................................................178
Screwdrivers & Nutdrivers...................................102 Transponders, Altitude Encoders & Serializers...177
Screwgrab...............................................................82 Turn Coordinators & Slip Indicators.....................219
Sensors - Pressure, Temperature & CO2.............216 USB Charging Ports................................................31
Sight Compass......................................................305 Vinyl Tubing............................................................60
Soldering Tools.....................................................100 Vises......................................................................103
Solder Sleeves & Jackets.......................................19 VOR Indicators......................................................224
Son-Alert...............................................................215 “V” Tension Units..................................................336
Spiral Wrap.............................................................58 Wire, Cable & Accessories.....................................45
Standby Instruments............................................220 Wire & Cable Strippers...........................................97
Static Dischargers................................................338 Wire & Cable Testers............................................310
Static Mat................................................................97 Wire Cutters............................................................99
Strain Insulators...................................................329 Wire Threader.......................................................100
IV 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au EDMO Asia Pacific
BRANDS/MANUFACTURERS INDEX
Brands/Manufacturers Index
ACK Technologies.....................................163, 182 MaxDim.......................................................... 253
ACR/Artex.........................154-159, 165-167, 309 MaxPulse........................................................ 263
AirGizmos................................................ 239-243 Mid-Continent...................215-223, 236, 243-244
Anodyne Electronics Manufacturing.279-283, 292 Misco Speakers................................................ 44
ASA..................................................192, 195, 202 Molex........................................................... 89-96
Astron......................................................266, 314 Nav-Aids......................................................... 302
Av-Dec............................................................ 152 Nexus........................................................... 21-23
Barfield.................................................... 299-305 Nulite.............................................................. 248
Bird................................................................. 312 Panavise.................................................. 103-104
Bristol...................................................... 101-102 Pilot USA.................................. 191-195, 201, 209
Buller Enterprises......................................86, 310 Potter & Brumfield....................................... 27-28
Cal Test Electronics Inc................................7, 314 Pro-Crimper..................................9-11, 14-15, 95
Certi-Crimp..................................................12, 97 Radiorax...................................................... 75-76
Chem-Wik....................................................... 101 RAMI....................................................... 111,-165
Cobham....... 76, 202, 208-209, 236, 254, 272-291 Raychem................................................ 19-20, 88
Comant..............110-111, 113, 115-125, 127-150 Rota-Crimp....................................................... 96
Comm Innovations................................... 204-207 Sandia Aerospace..... 84, 179, 181, 220, 226, 299,
Crescent......................................................... 103 233, 245, 267
Crimpmaster..................................................... 95 Screen Prep.................................................... 108
David Clark...................................... 185-194, 202 ScrewGrab........................................................ 82
Davtron..................... 212-214, 216-218, 224-225 Seaton Engineering..................................253, 263
Dayton-Granger....................................... 321-362 Shadin.........................................181-82, 228-232
Deklin Technologies..........223, 236-237, 268-269 Sigtronics....................................................... 210
DMC......................................10, 14, 17, 90-92, 94 Solder-It............................................................ 20
Dukane............................................................ 309 Solistrand......................................................... 18
Eaton................................................................. 35 Staco Systems.............................................32, 89
Epson........................................................... 61-63 StartPac................................................... 316-318
Faro................................. 186, 191, 195, 201-202 Stripmaster....................................................... 97
Flightcom..........................184, 187-188, 207-208 Sumitomo.................................................... 19-20
Fluke............................................................... 312 TE Connectivity............................................ 14-19
GPS Networking....................................... 237-238 TED...........................................................132, 236
Guardian Avionics........................................... 218 Tefzel............................................................. 47-9
HellermannTyton.................................. 52-54, 106 Telex................................ 185, 189, 193, 202-203
Hobbs.......................................................218, 226 Terminyl............................................................ 18
Icom................................................. 172, 174-175 Thomas & Betts...........................................17, 51
Ico-Rally...................................................... 54-59 TKM..........................................................173, 294
Ideal Industries................................................. 17 Trans-Cal................................................. 180-181
ITT Exelis....112-117,123, 127-128, 139-140, 164 TRIG Avionics........................... 170-171, 178, 272
Kannad.................................... 155, 160-163, 165 True Blue Power................................. 31, 266-270
Klixon.......................................................... 24-29 UMA................................. 223, 232, 248, 250, 253
Kroy............................................................. 63-64 Weller............................................................. 100
K-Sun........................................................... 62-63 Whelen......................................249-252, 254-264
Littelfuse........................................................... 30 WS Technologies.............................. 167, 307-308
Luminator....................................................... 251 Xcelite................................................ 99, 102-103
EDMO Asia Pacific 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au V
Aircraft Speakers.............................................................................. 44
Circuit Breakers & Accessories....................................................... 24
Coaxial Adaptors.............................................................................. 6
Connectors, Pins & Sockets............................................................. 2
CPC Connectors................................................................................ 7
D Connectors.................................................................................... 13
Fuses................................................................................................. 30
Grounding Blocks............................................................................. 15
Jack Housings.................................................................................. 23
Mate-N-Lok Connectors................................................................... 11
Metrimate Connectors...................................................................... 11
Plugs & Jacks................................................................................... 21
Solder Sleeves & Jackets................................................................. 19
Switches........................................................................................... 32
Terminals & Splices.......................................................................... 16
Terminal Blocks & Bus Bars............................................................. 42
USB Charging Ports.......................................................................... 31
EDMO Asia Pacific 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au 1
Connectors, Pins & Sockets
CONNECTORS, PINS & SOCKETS

1
BNC CONNECTORS
EDMO# MFR# TYPE PLATING BODY/ COMPATIBLE CABLE TYPE
CONTACT
CRIMP
31-315 31-315 male nickel/gold RG174, 188, 316
31-320 31-320 male nickel/gold 58, 141
31-320RFX 31-320-RFX male nickel/gold 58, 141, 142, 400
36800-RFX 000-36800-RFX female nickel/gold 58, 141, 142, 400
225395-1 225395-1 male nickel brass/gold 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
225395-2 225395-2 male nickel brass/gold 59, 59A, 59B, 62, 62A, 62B
225395-3 225395-3 male nickel brass/gold 223, 55, 55A, 55B male dual crimp female dual crimp
5225395-6 52253956 male nickel brass/gold 142, 142A, 142B
225395-7 225395-7 male nickel brass/gold 174, 188
225396-1 225396-1 female nickel brass/gold 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
225396-2 225396-2 female nickel brass/gold 59, 59A, 59B, 62, 62A, 62B
225396-7 225396-7 female nickel brass/gold 174, 188
2-330358-2 2-330358-2 male silver gold/brass 142, 142A, 142B female panel dual female bulkhead dual
2-331350-1 2-331350-1 male silver gold/brass 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
2-331351-1 2-331351-1 female beryllium copper/gold 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
5225395-1 5225395-1 male nickel gold/brass 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
5225398-6 5225398-6 female nickel beryllium copper/gold 142, 142A, 142B
PE4044 PE4044 male nickel/gold RG55/RG141/RG142/RG223/RG400
SOLDER & SCREW
31-2 031-2 male nickel/silver 58, 141, 142, 400
31-2RFX 31-2RFX male nickel/silver 58, 141, 142, 400
31-5 031-5 female nickel/gold 55, 142, 223, 400
female solder & screw male solder & screw
RIGHT ANGLE CRIMP
RFB1110-C1 R/FRFB1110-C1 male nickel/gold/Teflon 142
225974-1 225974-1 male nickel 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
gold/brass
31-335-RFX 31-335-RFX male nickel/gold RG-141, RG-58, RG-58C
225973-4 225973-4 male silver 142, 142A, 142B
gold/brass
male right angle male right angle
Don’t see what you need? We have other connectors available, so please visit our website or give us a call—we may have it in stock. If we
don’t have it we can probably find it for you.
CRIMP TOOLS FOR BNC CONNECTORS

EDMO# MFR# EDMO# MFR#
TOOL DIE
HX4 HX4 Y197 Y197
AF8 AF8 TH270 TH270
354940-1 3549401 220189-3 220189-3
For more information on the HX4 and AF8, see page 92, for 354940-1, see page 95. Parts not shown to scale.
2 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au EDMO Asia Pacific
BNC ACCESSORIES
TRAY MOUNT RF CONNECTOR DBA-600 BNC TRAY CONNECTOR
1
Blind, self-centering connector used when mount- EDMO# DBA-600
ing an antenna in a panel without rear access. The MFR# DBA-600
9-30-10 aligns and centers itself with its mating The DBA-600 BNC tray
connector as the box is pushed into the panel for connector can be used
a hands-free blind mating. in place of a solder-type
Use with snap ring EDMO# 310043STZD. tray connector. Fits
Bendix/King Silvercrown
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION and other trays that also
9-30-10 9-30-10 tray mount RF antenna use the solder type connector.
connect –– Nickel body and gold-plated center con-
310043STZD 5100-43 snap ring for 9-30-10 ductor
SNAP RING REMOVAL & INSERTION TOOLS

The SRT-1 and SRT-2 are 16 inches long and EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
was designed to install (SRT-2) and remove
(SRT-1) those hard-to-get-at snap rings located SRT-1 SRT-1 removal tool
SRT-1
in the back of avionics trays. Prevents injury to SRT-2 SRT-2 insertion tool
users’ fingers when removing snap rings from
avionics trays.
SRT-2
–– Color/material: plated steel
–– Overall length: 6-7/8 in
For more information on the SRT-1/SRT-2 snap ring re-
moval tools, please see page 88.
TNC CONNECTORS
EDMO# MFR# TYPE PLATING BODY/ COMPATIBLE CABLE TYPE
CONTACT
CRIMP
31-2367 AMP31-2367 male nickel/gold 58/A/C, 141, 303, LMR 195, 7806A
31-4452 031-4452 male silver/gold 55, 142, 223, 400
(25 piece min.)
225551-2 225551-2 female silver/gold 58A, 58C, BSX 7002-58C
225555-2 225555-2 male nickel/gold 58A, 58C
1-225550-3 1-225550-3 male silver/gold 393
225555-6 2255556 male nickel/gold 142, 142A, 142B
5225555-8 5225555-8 male nickel/gold 214, 9, 9A, 9B
RFT1212 R/FRFT1212 female nickel/gold/Delrin RG58 and LMR195
RFT1216-C1 R/FRFT1216-C1 female nickel/gold/Delrin RG142 male dual crimp female dual crimp
PE4047 PE4047 male gold/ PTFE insulation RG55/RG141/RG142/RG223/ RG400
PE4154 PE4154 male gold/PTFE insulation RG59/RG62
RIGHT ANGLE SOLDER & SCREW
79075 79075 male nickel/silver RG55, RG58, RG141, RG142, RG223,
RG400
male right angle
solder screw
RIGHT ANGLE CRIMP

1-225554-1 1 2255541 male silver/gold 393
225554-6 2255546 male silver/gold 142, 142A, 142B
225559-2 2255592 male nickel/gold 58A, 58C male right angle dual
5225554-9 5225554-9 male silver/gold RG-9, 9A, RG-214 crimp
RFT1218 R/FRFT1218 male nickel/gold/Teflon RG58 and LMR195 (RG58 U, Cbl Grp
C; N, G, T)
RFT1218-C1 R/FRFT1218-C1 male nickel/gold/Teflon RG142 (RG142, 223, Cbl Grp C1)
CRIMP TOOLS FOR TNC CONNECTORS

1

TOOL DIE
354940-1 3549401 220189-3 220189-3
For more information on 354940-1, see page 95.Parts not shown to scale.
N CONNECTORS
EDMO# MFR# TYPE BODY / PIN / COMPATIBLE CABLE TYPE
INSULATOR
PLATING
CRIMP
RFN10053C1 R/FRFN1005-3C1 male silver/gold/Teflon RG142, RG400
RFN1006-3E R/FRFN1006-3E male silver/gold/Teflon RG8, RG213
RFN1006-3F R/FRFN1006-3F male silver/gold/Teflon RG214, UG1682/U
RFN1006-3I R/FRFN1006-3I male silver/gold/Teflon 9913, LMR400 S, G, T, RG-8/U
RFN1028-SI RFN1028-SI female silver/gold/Teflon 9913, LMR400
225361-4 225361-4 male silver/gold RG142, RG142A, RG142B
male crimp female crimp

RIGHT ANGLE CRIMP
RFN1009-C1 R/FRFN1009-C1 male silver/gold/Teflon RG142 and RG223 male right angle
crimp
CRIMP TOOLS FOR N CONNECTORS

TOOL DIE
58501-1 58501-1 58485-1 58485-1
For more information on 58501-1, see page 95.

Parts not shown to scale.
SMA CONNECTORS
1
EDMO# MFR# INDUSTRY PART TYPE COMPATIBLE CABLE TYPE
NUMBER
CRIMP
225532-1 225532-1 M39012/55B3021 male 58, 58A, 58B, 58C male dual crimp
225532-3 225532-3 M39012/55B3022 male 142, 142A, 142B, 400, Belden 84142
PE4042 PE4042 - male RG55/RG141/RG142/RG223/RG400
RIGHT ANGLE SOLDER SCREW

RSA3010-C RSA3010-C - male RG58 and LMR195 male right angle
RSA3010-C1 R/FRSA3010-C1 - male RG142 solder screw
CRIMP TOOLS FOR SMA CONNECTORS

TOOL DIE
354940-1 3549401 91908-1 919081

UHF CONNECTORS
EDMO# MFR# TYPE BODY/CONTACT PLATING COAXIAL CABLE TYPE
226600-1 226600-1 male nickel/tin 58, 58A, 58B, 58C
RFU507-SI R/FRFU507-SI male silver/silver/Teflon 9913, LMR400
male dual crimp male single crimp
CRIMP TOOLS FOR UHF CONNECTORS

TOOL DIE
354940-1 3549401 91908-1 919081

Coaxial Adaptors
COAXIAL ADAPTORS
1
COAXIAL ADAPTORS
EDMO# MFR# TYPE BODY/CONTACT PLATING
STRAIGHT
31-216RFX 031-216-RFX BNC female-N male nickel/silver
31-217RFX 031-217-RFX BNC male-N female gold/gold
31-218RFX 31-218RFX BNC male-BNC male nickel/gold
31-219 31-219 BNC female-BNC female nickel/silver
31-220NRFX 031-220N-RFX BNC female-BNC female nickel/gold BNC male-male BNC female-female
330024 31-220NRFX BNC female-BNC female nickel/silver
(31-220NRFX w/ a rubber washer)
31-28RFX 31-28RFX BNC female-UHF male gold
PE9093 PE9093 BNC female-BNC female brass nickel/gold
RFB1137 RFB1137 BNC female-UHF male nickel/silver BNC female-female TNC female-female
PE9006 PE9006 N female-N female brass nickel/gold bulkhead bulkhead
PE9078 PE9078 TNC female-SMA male passivated SST/gold
PE9090 PE9090 TNC female-N male brass nickel/gold
PE9099 PE9099 TNC female-TNC female brass nickel/gold
PE9154 PE9154 TNC female-TNC female brass nickel/gold
(hermetically sealed)
RFT1230 R/FRFT1230 TNC female-BNC male nickel/gold BNC female- BNC female-N male
UHF male
RFT1231 R/FRFT1231 TNC male-BNC female nickel/gold
RFT1232 R/FRFT1232 TNC female-BNC female nickel/gold
RSA3458 R/FRSA3458 SMA male-BNC female nickel/gold
RSA3476 R/FRSA3476 SMA female-BNC male nickel/gold
BNC male-N female N female-N female
RIGHT ANGLE
31-9RFX 31-9RFX BNC female-male nickel
DBFTMA-90 DBFTMA-90 BNC female-male nickel/gold
RFT1227 R/FRFT1227 TNC male-female nickel/gold
BNC female-male TNC male-female

right angle right angle
T ADAPTOR
31-208RFX 31-208-RFX BNC female-male-female nickel/gold
221988-1 221988-1 BNC female-female brass nickel/gold
BNC female- BNC female T

male-female T
Don’t see what you need? We have other connectors available, so please visit our website or give us a call—we may have it in stock. If we
don’t have it we can probably find it for you.
CPC Connectors
BNC/N COAXIAL ADAPTOR KIT

CAL TEST ELECTRONICS INC
1
EDMO# CT-2702
MFR# CT-2702A
This kit includes 12 BNC and N-type coaxial Adaptors with in-series and between series Adaptors in a foam-lined case.
Gold-plated center contacts. 50 Ω impedance. See kit contents below.
QTY TYPE SHAPE QTY TYPE SHAPE
1 BNC female-male-female tee 1 BNC male-N female straight
1 N female-female straight 1 BNC female-female straight
1 N male-male straight 1 BNC male-male straight
1 N female-male-female tee 1 BNC female-N female straight
1 N female-female-female tee 1 BNC female-female-female tee
1 BNC female-N male straight 1 N male-female right angle
COAXIAL ADAPTOR KIT

CAL TEST ELECTRONICS INC
EDMO# CT-2701A
MFR# CT-2701A
30-piece coaxial Adaptor kit with nickel-plated Adaptor bodies. 50 Ω impedance. See kit contents below.
QTY TYPE STYLE QTY TYPE STYLE QTY TYPE STYLE
6 - universal 2 N female coax 2 TNC female coax

2 BNC male coax 1 RCA male coax 2 UHF male coax
2 BNC female coax 1 RCA female coax 2 UHF female coax
1 F male coax 1 SM male coax 1 mini UHF male coax
1 F female coax 1 SMA female coax 1 mini UHF female coax
2 N male coax 2 TNC male coax
CPC CONNECTORS
CPC CONNECTORS
Molded plastic CPC connectors provide a substantial savings in both weight and cost because of their plastic shells.
Multiple shell sizes, densities, and configurations are available.
male square flange
SERIES 1 CONNECTORS receptacle
Series 1 CPC connectors use size 16 contacts. Pins
and sockets are available in two AWG sizes: 24-20
AWG and 18-16 AWG. Pins and sockets have been
tested up to 13 amperes. Series 1 connectors can- male free-hanging
not be mated with series 2. receptacle
female plug
PINS SHELL SIZE FEMALE PLUG MALE SQUARE FLANGE RECEPTACLE MALE FREE-HANGING RECEPTACLE
STANDARD SEX CONNECTORS
4 11 206060-1 206061-1 206153-1
9 13 206708-1 206705-1 206705-2
16 17 206037-1 206036-1 206036-3
24 23 206837-1 206838-1 206838-2
37 23 206150-1 206151-1 206151-2
CPC Connectors
female square flange

1
receptacle
male plug female free-hanging

receptacle
PINS SHELL SIZE MALE PLUG FEMALE SQUARE FLANGE RECEPTACLE FEMALE FREE-HANGING RECEPTACLE
REVERSE SEX CONNECTORS
4 11 206429-1 206430-1 206430-2
14 17 206044-1 206043-1 206043-3
37 23 206305-1 206306-1 206306-2
standard numbered male feed-through reverse numbered

female plug receptacle female plug
PINS SHELL SIZE STANDARD NUMBERED FEMALE PLUG MALE FEED-THROUGH REVERSE NUMBERED FEMALE
RECEPTACLE: PLUG
FEED THROUGH CONNECTORS
4 11 206060-1 206518-2 206516-1
16 17 206037-1 206552-1 206554-1
CPC CABLE CLAMPS FOR SERIES 1 CPC CONNECTORS

EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE CABLE INSULATION DIAMETER THREAD SIZE
1-206062-4 1-206062-4 11 8.36 mm 5/8 - 24
206966-7 206966-7 13 17.86 mm 3/4 - 20
206070-8 206070-8 17 11.51 mm 15/16 - 20
206138-8 206138-8 23, M41 17.86 mm 1-3/8 - 18
1-206062-4 206138-8
PINS FOR SERIES 1 MALE CPC CONNECTORS SOCKETS FOR SERIES 1 FEMALE CPC
& FEED-THROUGH CONNECTORS
EDMO# MFR# AWG FINISH EDMO# MFR# AWG FINISH
66103-4 66103-4 24/20 sel/gold/nickel 66105-1 66105-1 24/20 gold/nickel
66099-1 66099-1 18/16 gold/nickel 66105-4 66105-4 24/20 sel/gold/nickel
66099-4 66099-4 18/16 sel/gold/nickel 66101-1 66101-1 18/16 gold/nickel
66103-1 66103-1 24/20 gold/nickel 66101-4 66101-4 18/16 sel/gold/nickel
Sold in quanties of 100. Sold in quanties of 100.
CPC Connectors
CRIMP TOOL FOR CPC CONNECTORS EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# 58495-1 EDMO# 305183
1
MFR# 584951 MFR# 305183
Pro-Crimper II Tool for pins and sockets. Comes with The AMP extraction tool for
16/28 die. connector pins. Contact sizes
20-24 AWG.
INSERTION TOOL
EDMO# 91002-1
MFR# 910021
The AMP insertion tool for connector pins. Contact
sizes 20-24 AWG.
For more information on 58495-1, see page 95; for 305183 see page 90; and for 91002-1, see page 89.
male square flange
SERIES 2 CPC CONNECTORS receptacle
Series 2 CPC connectors accept size 20 pin and
socket contacts (the same size contacts that are
used with subminiature “D” connectors). Pins and
sockets are available in AWG size 24-20. Maximum
current carrying capability is 7.5 amperes. Series 1
connectors cannot be mated with series 2. male free-hanging
receptacle
female plug
PINS SHELL SIZE FEMALE PLUG MALE SQUARE FLANGE RECEPTACLE MALE FREE-HANGING RECEPTACLE
STANDARD SEX CONNECTORS
8 11 205838-1 205841-1 205841-2
9 11 206485-1 206486-1 206486-2
28 17 205839-3 205840-3 206152-1
female square flange

receptacle
female free-hanging
male plug receptacle
PINS SHELL SIZE MALE PLUG FEMALE SQUARE FLANGE RECEPTACLE FEMALE FREE-HANGING RECEPTACLE
REVERSE SEX CONNECTORS
8 11 206434-1 206433-1 206433-2
28 17 206039-1 206038-1 206038-2
standard numbered male feed-through reverse numbered

female plug receptacle female plug
PINS SHELL SIZE STANDARD NUMBERED FEMALE PLUG MALE FEED-THROUGH REVERSE NUMBERED FEMALE
RECEPTACLE: PLUG
8 11 205838-1 206458-1 206460-1
28 17 206125-1 206127-1 206126-1
CPC Connectors
CPC CABLE CLAMPS FOR SERIES 2 CPC CONNECTORS

1
EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE CABLE INSULATION DIAMETER THREAD SIZE

1-206062-4 1-206062-4 11 8.36 mm 5/8 - 24
206966-7 206966-7 13 17.86 mm 3/4 - 20
206070-8 206070-8 17 11.51 mm 15/16 - 20
206138-8 206138-8 23, M41 17.86 mm 1-3/8 - 18
1-206062-4 206138-8
PINS FOR SERIES 2 MALE CPC CONNECTORS SOCKETS FOR SERIES 2 FEMALE &
205089-1 205089-1 24/20 gold/closed barrel 205090-1 205090-1 24/20 gold/closed barrel
1-66506-0 1-66506-0 24/20 gold/open barrel 1-66504-0 1-66504-0 24/20 gold/open barrel
sold per 100
sold per 100
CRIMP TOOLS FOR CPC SERIES 2 CONNECTORS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# AFM8 EDMO# 91285-1
MFR# AFM8 MFR# 91285-1
DMC Crimp tool. Insertion and extraction tool
with interchangeable tips for
use with HD-22 and HD-20 contacts. Includes a handle,
six tips, a hex wrench, and a plug. Each plug is color-cod-
ed according to specific type and wire size.
CONTACT SIZE AWG INSERTION/EXTRACTION TIPS
EDMO# 58448-2 COLOR TYPE
MFR# 58448-2 HD-20 28/20 yellow insertion
Pro-Crimper II Tool HD-20 24/18 red extraction
(comes with die set) HD-20 28/24 brown extraction
HD-20 posted blue extraction
HD-20 posted black insertion
HD-22 28/22 green insertion/extraction
POSITIONER FOR AFM8 EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# K13-1 EDMO# 91067-2
MFR# K13-1 MFR# 91067-2
Pin and socket extraction tool.
For more information on the AFM8, see page 91; for 58448-2 see page 95, Find information on the 91285-1 extraction tool on page
90; for 91067-2, see page 87.
Metrimate Connectors
METRIMATE CONNECTORS
1
METRIMATE CONNECTORS
EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS # OF EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS # OF

PINS PINS
PLUG RECEPTACLE
207015-1 207015-1 0.799 × 0.712 4 4-pin plug and receptacle 207016-1 207016-1 0.799 × 0.712 4
207152-1 207152-1 0.988 × 0.712 6 207153-1 207153-1 0.988 × 0.712 6
207439-1 207439-1 0.988 × 0.945 9 207440-1 207440-1 0.988 × 0.945 9
207017-1 207017-1 1.181 × 0.945 12 207018-1 207018-1 1.181 × 0.945 12
207442-1 207442-1 1.594 × 0.945 18 207443-1 207443-1 1.594 × 0.945 18
207304-1 207304-1 1.594 × 1.114 24 207305-1 207305-1 1.594 × 1.114 24
207019-1 207019-1 2.185 × 1.114 36 207020-1 207020-1 2.185 × 1.114 36
18-pin plug and receptacle
PINS FOR METRIMATE CONNECTORS SOCKETS FOR METRIMATE CONNECTORS

66103-1 66103-1 24/20 gold/nickel 66105-1 66105-1 24/20 gold/nickel
66103-4 66103-4 24/20 sel/gold/nickel 66105-4 66105-4 24/20 sel/gold/nickel
66099-1 66099-1 18/16 gold/nickel 66106-1 66106-1 18/16 gold/nickel
66099-4 66099-4 18/16 sel/gold/nickel 66101-4 66101-4 18/16 sel/gold/nickel
CRIMP TOOL FOR METRIMATE CONNECTORS EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# 58495-1 EDMO# 305183
MFR# 58495-1 MFR# 305183
Pro-Crimper II Tool (comes with die set) The AMP extraction tool for connector
pins. Contact sizes 20-24 AWG.
INSERTION TOOL
EDMO# 91002-1
MFR# 910021
The AMP insertion tool for connector pins. Contact sizes 20-24 AWG.
For more information on 58495-1, see page 95; for 305183 see page 90; and for 91002-1, see page 89.
MATE-N-LOK CONNECTORS
MATE-N-LOK CONNECTORS
Mate-N-Lok connectors are constructed with fully polarized nylon housings and provide easy cavity identification. Lock-
ing devices, built-in contact stabilization, and self-aligning features keep the connector halves securely in place while a
hot side egg-crate design promotes safety.
–– Durable, locking design holds together
under severe conditions of vibration and
shock
–– Low insertion/extraction forces, accepts
size range of 30-14 AWG (2-inch center-
line)
–– Wire to PC board capability using pin or Mate-N-Lok Diagram
socket headers
–– Solderability headers meet MIL-STD 202 method 208
Mate-N-Lok Connectors
MOTOR MOUNT
1
EDMO# MFR# # OF PINS EDMO# MFR# # OF PINS

PIN HOUSING SOCKET HOUSING
1-480271-0 1-480271-0 6 1-480270-0 1-480270-0 6
1-480284-0 1-480284-0 8 1-480283-0 1-480283-0 8
1-480286-0 1-480286-0 10 1-480285-0 1-480285-0 10
1-480288-0 1-480288-0 12 1-480287-0 1-480287-0 12
pin housing 16-pin socket housing 16-pin
1-480439-0 1-480439-0 16 1-480438-0 1-480438-0 16
FREE HANGING
1-480350-0 1-480350-0 1 1-480349-0 1-480349-0 1
1-480319 1-480319 2 1-480318 1-480318 2
1-480305-0 1-480305-0 3 1-480303-0 1-480303-0 3
1-480426-0 1-480426-0 4 1-480424-0 1-480424-0 4
1-480271-0 1-480271-0 6 pin housing 4-pin 1-480270-0 1-480270-0 6 socket housing 4-pin
1-480345-0 1-480345-0 8 1-480283-0 1-480283-0 8
1-480286-0 1-480286-0 10 1-480285-0 1-480285-0 10
PANEL MOUNT
1-480305-0 1-480305-0 3 1-480304-0 1-480304-0 3
1-480426-0 1-480426-0 4 1-480425-0 1-480425-0 4
1-480276-0 1-480276-0 6 1-480273-0 1-480273-0 6
1-480277-0 1-480277-0 9 1-480274-0 1-480274-0 9
1-480278-0 1-480278 12 pin housing 9-pin 1-480275-0 1-480275-0 12 socket housing 9-pin
PINS FOR MATE-N-LOK PIN HOUSINGS SOCKETS FOR MATE-N-LOK SOCKET HOUSINGS
60618-1 60618-1 24/18 brass/tin 60617-1 60617-1 24/18 brass/tin
60618-4 60618-4 24/18 phosphor bronze/tin 60617-4 60617-4 24/18 phosphor bronze/tin
60618-5 60618-5 24/18 brass gold/nickel plate 60617-5 60617-5 24/18 brass gold/nickel plate
60620-1 60620-1 20/14 brass/tin 60619-1 60619-1 20/14 brass/tin
60620-4 60620-4 20/14 phosphor bronze/tin 60619-4 60619-4 20/14 phosphor bronze/tin
60620-5 60620-5 20/14 brass gold/nickel plate 60619-5 60619-5 20/14 brass gold/nickel plate
MATE-N-LOK CONNECTORS CRIMP TOOLS EXTRACTION TOOL FOR MATE-N-LOK CONTACTS

Certi-Crimp II crimp tool. EDMO# 305183
MFR# 305183
Extracts Mate-N-Lock contacts from housing cavities.

Consists of a push button, push rod, handle, and sleeve.
EDMO# MFR# AWG The sleeve is inserted into the mating face of the housing,
91512-1 91512-1 24-18 depressing the locking lances of the crimped contact, and
91504-1 91504-1 20-14 allowing the contact to be extracted from the wire-entry face
of the housing.
For more information, see the Certi-Crimp II on page 97 and 305183 on page 90.
D Connectors
D CONNECTORS
1
D CONNECTORS
HDP-20 CRIMP SNAP-IN CONTACT CONNECTORS
HDP-20 crimp snap-in contact connectors provide a wide choice of contact positions (9, 15, 25, 37 and 50) and they
are intermateable with any size 20 subminiature D connector dimensionally complying with MIL-C-24308. Constructed
with a steel shell and zinc plating.
PLUGS RECEPTACLES
EDMO# MFR# SHELL # OF EDMO# MFR# SHELL # OF
SIZE PINS SIZE PINS
205204-9 205204-9 1 9 205203-8 205030-8 1 9
205206-9 205206-9 2 15 205205-7 205205-7 2 15
5205208-1 5205208-1 3 25 5205207-1 5205207-1 3 25
205210-8 205210-8 4 37 205209-7 205209-7 4 37
1658641-3 16586413 5 50 1658640-2 16586402 5 50
Not finding what you need?

Did you know that EDMO Asia Pacific has a large inventory of install tools? Be sure to check out our Tools section in this catalog. If you don’t see what
you need there, it’s likely we have it, or can order it in for you. As always, give us a call at +618 8182 5511 for parts and pricing.
HDP-20 CRIMP SOLDER CUP CONTACT CONNECTORS

Solder cup connectors have preloaded duplex-plated solder cup contacts finished with a shell of either standard zinc or
tin. The HDP-20s can be connected with other subminiature D connectors and are available in 9, 15, 25 and 37 posi-
tion (shell sizes 1-4) plugs and receptacles—and they can be easily installed without special application tools.
PLUGS RECEPTACLES
EDMO# MFR# SHELL # OF EDMO# MFR# SHELL # OF
SIZE PINS SIZE PINS
747904-4 747904-4 1 9 747905-4 747905-4 1 9
747908-4 747908-4 2 15 5-747909-2 5-747909-2 2 15
747912-4 747912-4 3 25 747913-4 747913-4 3 25
747916-4 747916-4 4 37 5-747917-2 5-747917-2 4 37
PINS FOR D CONNECTOR PLUGS SOCKETS FOR D CONNECTOR

RECEPTACLES
closed barrel closed barrel
205089-1 205089-1 24/20 gold 205090-1 205090-1 24/20 gold
1-66506-0 1-66506-0 24/20 gold 1-66504-0 1-66504-0 24/20 gold
open barrel open barrel
D Connectors
CRIMP TOOLS FOR D CONNECTORS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# AFM8 EDMO# 91285-1
1
MFR# AFM8 MFR# 91285-1

DMC TE CONNECTIVITY
DMC Crimp tool. Insertion and extraction tool with
interchangeable tips for use with HD-22 and HD-20 contacts. Includes
a handle, six tips, a hex wrench, and a plug. Each plug is color-coded
according to specific type and wire size.
EDMO# CONTACT AWG INSERTION/EXTRACTION TIPS

EDMO# 58448-2 SIZE
MFR# 58448-2 COLOR TYPE
Pro-Crimper II Tool 543382-5 HD-20 28/20 yellow insertion
(comes with die set)
1-543382-0 HD-20 24/18 red extraction
1-543382-1 HD-20 28/24 brown extraction
543382-6 HD-20 posted blue extraction
543382-7 HD-20 posted black insertion
543382-8 HD-22 28/22 green insertion/
extraction
POSITIONER FOR AFM8 EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# K13-1 EDMO# 91067-2
MFR# K13-1 MFR# 91067-2
Pin and socket extraction tool.
MALE SCREW RETAINER FOR D CONN SLIDE LATCH CLIP FOR D CONN
EDMO# 5205980-1 EDMO# 5206942-1
MFR# 5205980-1 MFR# 5206942-1
Male screw retainer Slide latch clip for D-connectors.
kit for use with metal
shell connectors (HDE
and HDP). Each kit includes two male screws and two
retaining clips.
D CONNECTOR CABLE CLAMPS FEMALE SCREW LOCKS

Female screw lock assembly kits for
EDMO# MFR# # OF SHELL D connectors. Each kit contains two
PINS SIZE
assemblies. 4-40 thread size
5205729-1 5205729-1 9 1
5205730-1 5205730-1 15 2
EDMO# MFR# BODY FINISH
5205718-1 5205718-1 25 3
5205731-1 5205731-1 37 4 5205817-1 52058171 yellow chromate
5205732-1 5205732-1 50 5 5205817-3 5205817-3 clear chromate

Did you know that EDMO Asia Pacific has a large inventory of pins and sockets, including a lineup of Mil-Spec contacts? If you don’t see what you
need here, it’s likely we have it, or can order it in for you. Call today for parts and pricing at +618 8182 5511.
Grounding Blocks
GROUNDING BLOCKS
1
GROUNDING BLOCK ASSEMBLY
For installing and grounding wire to an aircraft frame, this 14-pin grounding block mates with standard 6, 14- or 34-po-
sition connector housings and has size 16 screw-machined pin contacts that are staked, riveted, and soldered into the
L-shaped metal bracket. Tin-plated brass construction with stainless steel clinch nuts and phosphor bronze gold over
nickel-plated pin contacts.
GROUNDING BLOCKS PINS FOR D CONNECTOR PLUGS

EDMO# MFR# # OF PINS
203540-1 203540-1 14
204814-1 204814-1 34
EDMO# MFR# AWG FINISH

66105-1 661051 24/20 gold/nickel
14-pin grounding 34-pin grounding
block block 66105-4 661054 24/20 sel/gold/nickel
66101-1 661061 18/16 gold/nickel
RECEPTACLES 66101-4 661014 18/16 sel/gold/nickel
EDMO# MFR# # OF PINS
201298-1 2012981 14
200838-2 2008382 34
14-pin receptacle 34-pin receptacle
CRIMP TOOL FOR GROUNDING BLOCK ASSEMBLIES MALE JACKSCREW ASSEMBLY

EDMO# 58495-1 EDMO# 203618-1
MFR# 58495-1 MFR# 203618-1
TE CONNECTIVITY
Pro-Crimper II Tool (comes with die set for 28-16
GA open barrel pins and sockets)
For information about 58495-1, see page 95.
SOCKET GROUNDING MODULE WITH FLANGE

EDMO# M81714/63-
MFR# M81714/63-22F
Flange-mount, socket grounding module mounts directly
to a ground plane or ground lug, creating a multi-wire
sealed grounding device. This unit may also be mounted
to a bus bar for power distribution, sensing, or metering.
–– Size 20 contact
–– Gold flange
Terminals & Splices
TERMINALS & SPLICES

1
PIDG TERMINALS & SPLICES

TE CONNECTIVITY
Pre-insulated diamond grip (PIDG) ring tongue terminals consist of a precision-formed metal wire barrel and a copper
sleeve encased in insulating material made of nylon, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or polyvinyl fluoride (PVF2). The wire barrel
contains serrations that provide maximum contact and tensile strength after crimping the terminal, splice, or end cap
onto the wire. Each terminal has a color-coded body that indicates the applicable wire range (to help reduce errors
during installation).
PIDG (RING) TERMINALS

EDMO# MFR# STUD SIZE AWG COLOR EDMO# MFR# STUD SIZE AWG COLOR
31880 31880 4 22-16 red 320619 320619 6 16-14 blue
320553 320553 4 22-16 red 32059 32059 8 16-14 blue
36150 36150 6 22-16 red 51864-1 51864-1 8 16-14 blue
36151 36151 6 22-16 red 320565 320565 8 16-14 blue
36152 36152 6 22-16 red 36160 36160 10 16-14 blue
51863 51863 6 22-16 red 51864-2 51864-2 10 16-14 blue
31886 31886 8 22-16 red 321045 321045 1/4 16-14 blue
31890 38190 8 22-16 red 328998 328998 5/16 16-14 blue
320551 320551 8 22-16 red 328999 328999 3/8 16-14 blue
320554 320554 8 22-16 red 35107 35107 6 12-10 yellow
2-36153-3 2-36153-3 10 22 red 35149 35149 6 12-10 yellow
36154 36154 10 22-16 red 35108 35108 8 12-10 yellow
31894 31894 1/4 22-16 red 35109 35109 10 12-10 yellow
320571 320571 1/4 22-16 red 35110 35110 1/4 12-10 yellow
31895 31895 5/16 22-16 red 320569 320569 1/4 12-10 yellow
31897 31897 3/8 22-16 red 35111 35111 5/16 12-10 yellow
328975 328975 1/2 22-16 red 35112 35112 3/8 12-10 yellow
328996 328996 4 16-14 blue 35151 35151 1/2 12-10 yellow
326882 326882 6 16-14 blue 323986 323986 6 24-20 natural
36158 36158 6 16-14 blue
PIDG SPLICES
EDMO# MFR# AWG COLOR EDMO# MFR# AWG COLOR
BUTT SPLICES KNIFE SPLICES
320559 320559 22-16 red butt splices 320555 320555 22-16 red
320562 320562 16-14 blue 32446 32446 16-14 red
323994 323994 26-24 yellow 32448 32448 16-14 blue
320570 320570 12-10 yellow 320620 320620 12-10 yellow
323975 323975 24-20 natural 35762 35762 12-10 yellow
327583 327583 16-14, 22-18 natural
knife splices
EDMO# MFR# AWG COLOR

END SPLICES
324485 324485 22-16 red
328307 328307 22-18 red
324486 324486 16-14 blue
328308 328308 16-14 blue
324487 324487 10-12 yellow
324484 324484 26-16 transparent
35115 35115 22-14 transparent end splices
Terminals & Splices
PIDG QUICK DISCONNECT TABS & RECEPTACLES
1
PIDG FASTON receptacles are pre-insulated and consist of a tin-plated brass body with a copper sleeve fitted over the
terminal barrel. Color-coded to indicate wire size range suitable for the receptacle.
Quick disconnect PIDG FASTON tabs are solid metal tabs with plastic insulation on the crimp end. The metal support
sleeve under the insulation crimps tightly onto the wire insulation and provides wire strain relief in high vibration environ-
ments. Color-coded insulation for easy visual identification.
EDMO# MFR# RECPT. AWG COLOR EDMO# MFR# SIZE AWG COLOR
SIZE
TABS
RECEPTACLES 66023-2 66023-2 0.250 22-16 red
640903-1 640903-1 0.250 22-18 red 66024-2 66024-2 0.250 16-14 blue
640911-1 640911-1 0.205 22-18 red 66025-2 66025-2 0.250 12-10 yellow
640917-1 640917-1 0.187 22-18 red
640923-1 640923-1 0.110 22-18 red
640905-1 640905-1 0.250 16-14 blue
640913-1 640913-1 0.205 16-14 blue
640919-1 640919-1 0.187 16-14 blue
640929-1 640929-1 0.110 16-14 blue
640907-1 640907-1 0.250 12-10 yellow
INSULATED WRISTLOCK DISCONNECTS NIPPLE ELECTRICAL TERMINALS

EDMO# RA18D Silicone electrical nipple-type terminals. Rubber and
THOMAS & BETTS silicone construction.
Insulated nylon wristlock disconnects for wire range 22-18.
EDMO# MFR# WIRE DIA.
material/finish: brass/electro-tin MS25171-1 MS25171-1S 0.160
color: red MS25171-2 MS25171-2S 0.310
wire range: 22-18 MS25171-3 MS25171-3s 0.430
max. insulation: 0.136 MS25171-4 MS25171-4S 0.560
length: 0.99
PLASTI-GRIP SPLICES
PLASTI-GRIP terminals and splices are inexpensive, pre-insulat- EDMO# AWG COL
ed electrical terminations that can be use in almost every type
of commercial application, accommodating wire sizings from 34070 22-16 red
22 to 2/0 AWG. PLASTI-GRIP terminals are constructed with a 34071 16-14 blue
vinyl insulation sleeve that provides good dielectric strength while
supporting the wire insulation so that no bare wire is exposed
(94V-0 rated). See table below for applicable tools.
CRIMP TOOLS FOR PIDG TERMINALS & SPLICES DIES

EDMO# 30-500
EDMO# 30-572
MFR# 30-500
MFR# 30-572
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
EDMO# 58433-3
MFR# 58433-3
TE CONNECTIVITY
EDMO# 169400
MFR# 169400 EDMO# 169404
MFR# 169404
TE CONNECTIVITY
EDMO# HX4
EDMO# Y501
MFR# HX4
MFR# Y501
DMC
For more information on 30-500, see page 95; 58433-3, see page 95; 169400, see page 93; HX4, see page 92. Parts not to scale
Terminals & Splices
TERMINYL TERMINALS
1
TERMINYL splices and terminals are designed for the larger wire sizes used in airborne and ground support applica-
tions. TERMINYL products withstand vibration, shock and structural stresses, elevated temperatures and other condi-
tions that can adversely affect the circuit requirements in aviation equipment. Pre-insulated with color-coded nylon and
constructed with fine grade, high-conductivity copper with corrosion-resistant plating.
–– Meets or exceeds the requirements of MIL-T-7928, Type 11, class 2.
EDMO# MFR# STUD SIZE AWG COLOR EDMO# MFR# STUD SIZE AWG COLOR
324043 324043 10 8 red 324047 324047 1/4 6 blue
324044 324044 5/16 8 red 324048 324048 5/16 6 blue
324045 324045 3/8 8 red 324049 324049 3/8 6 blue
324054 324054 3/8 2 red 324057 324057 3/8 1 blue
324046 324046 10 6 blue 324050 324050 1/4 4 yellow
SOLISTRAND TERMINALS & SPLICES

SOLISTRAND TERMINALS
SOLISTRAND terminals and EDMO# MFR# STUD AWG EDMO# MFR# STUD AWG
splices are used to terminate
solid and stranded wire and 33460 33460 10 8 35668 35668 1/2 4
irregular shaped conductors. 33461 33461 1/4 8 327175 327175 1/2 4
Constructed with high-con- 33462 33462 5/16 8 33463
320383 320383 1/4 2
33461
ductivity copper that’s elec- 33463 33463 3/8 8 36922 36922 5/16 2
tro-tinned for improved corro- 321298 321298 10 6 322870 322870 5/16 2
sion resistance. SOLISTRAND 321598 321598 1/4 6 321600 321600 3/8 2
terminals consist of a complete- 33465 33465 1/4 6 36923 36923 3/8 2
ly closed barrel with serrations 33466 33466 5/16 6 36925 36925 1/2 2
inside that provide optimum 33467 33467 3/8 6 320741 320741 7/16 2
tensile strength and maximum 33468 33468 10 4 33469 321298
36916 36916 5/16 1
electrical contact after crimping. 33469 33469 1/4 4 36917 36917 3/8 1
The barrel has a conical entry 321060 321060 5/16 4 36918 36918 7/16 1
for easy wire insertion. 33470 33470 5/16 4 36919 36919 1/2 1
For use with regular wire/cable types.
33471 33471 3/8 4 321298
SOLISTRAND BUTT SPLICES

EDMO# MFR# AWG
34321 34321 8
34322 34322 6
34323 34323 4
35189 35189 2 36958 34322 34323
36958 36958 2
CRIMP TOOLS FOR TERMINYL/SOLISTRAND TERMINALS & SPLICES
EDMO# 601075, 601075-1 EDMO# 600850

MFR# 601075, 601075-1 MFR# 600850
For information on 601075, 601075-1, and 600850 see page 96.

EDMO Asia Pacific has a large inventory of solder supplies. If you don’t see what you need here, check out our website at www.edmoap.com.au. It’s
likely we have what you need on hand and if we don’t, we can almost always get it for you. Give us a call at +618 8182 5511 for parts and pricing.
Solder Sleeves & Jackets
ENVIRONMENT-RESISTANT SPLICES
TE CONNECTIVITY / RAYCHEM
1
MiniSeal wire-to-wire, environment-resistant splices consist of a plated copper crimp barrel and a
separate, heat-shrinkable, transparent sealing sleeve. They can be used on a combination of wires,
from 1:1 to 10:10. They preserve the electrical integrity of the splice as they are immersion-resistant stub (parallel) splices
and completely insulated to protect electrical connections from water, condensation, salt, and
corrosion. Provides strain relief and helps prevent wire pullout and vibration in the most rugged
environments. Qualified to MIL-S-81824/1.
–– Available as stub (parallel splices) or butt (in-line) splices butt (in-line) splices
–– Crimp barrel can only be used to create an immersion-resistant two-wire stub splice or a 2:1 parallel splice having
insulations rated to 135°C minimum
EDMO# MFR# CRIMP BARREL PLATING SIDE 1 (ID DIMENSIONS) (IN) SIDE 2 (ID DIMENSIONS) (IN) COLOR
SIZE RANGE MATERIAL
CMA min-max sealing insert max no. of wires sealing insert max no. of wires
STUB (PARALLEL SPLICES)
D-436-0128 D-436-0128 304 - 1510 tin 2.16 2 1.01 2 red
BUTT (IN-LINE) SPLICES
D-436-82 650126-000 304-1510 nickel 2.16 2 2.16 2 red
D-436-83 650127-000 779-2680 nickel 2.79 2 2.79 2 blue
D-436-36 D-436-36 304 - 1510 tin 2.16 2 2.16 2 red
D-436-37 D-436-37 779 - 2680 tin 2.79 2 2.79 2 blue
D-436-38 D-436-38 1900 - 6755 tin 4.32 2 4.32 2 yellow
D-436-84 D-436-84 1900 - 6755 nickel 4.32 2 4.32 2 yellow
D-436-52 D-436-52 779 - 2680 tin 2.36 6 (2 per hole) 4.06 2 blue
D-436-53 D-436-53 1900-6755 tin 2.36 6 (2 per hole) 4.06 2 yellow
D-436-42 D-436-42 779 - 2680 tin 2.36 6 (2 per hole) 2.36 6 (2 per hole) blue
D-436-43 D-436-43 1900 - 6755 tin 2.36 6 (2 per hole) 2.36 6 (2 per hole) yellow
CRIMP TOOL FOR ENVIRONMENT-RESISTANT SPLICES
GMT232 GMT232 Commercial Crimp Tool AD-1377
For more information on GMT232, see page 92. Images not shown to scale.
Can’t find the size you need? Call us at +618 8182 5511. If we don’t have it in stock, we can usually get it for you.
SOLDER SLEEVES & JACKETS

SOLDER TERMINATION SLEEVES
EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC MAX
DIA.
S01-01-R 665143-000 M83519/1-1 0.105
S01-05-R H-M-5 H-M-1 189-10176 M83519/1-1 0.105
S01-02-R 642145-000 M83519/1-2 0.145
RAYCHEM / SUMITOMO H-M-2 H-M-2 M83519/1-2 0.145
Solder termination sleeves consisting of an outer, heat-shrinkable jacket crafted S01-03-R 775210-000 M83519/1-3 0.200
with a precision-engineered polyvinylidene fluoride sleeve that contains just the H-M-3 H-M-3 M83519/1-3 0.200
right amount of pre-fluxed solder—assuring reliable connections with each use. S01-04-R 346656-000 M83519/1-4 0.255
During the shrinking process, the tubes’ thermoplastic sealing rings melt and S01-05-R S01-05-R M83519/1-5 0.300
flow to strain-relieve and create an environmental seal that meets SAE-Spec H-M-5 H-M-5 M83519/1-5 0.300
criteria. The solder preform is coated with a special thermochromic indicator
that changes color when the necessary amount of heat has been applied.
Solder Sleeves & Jackets
HIGH/LOW TEMPERATURE SOLDER SLEEVES

1
SUMITOMO EDMO# MFR# MAX DIA.

High and low temperature solder sleeves HIGH TEMPERATURE (CONVECTION 150°C)
designed for terminating wire and cable with H-C-2 L-C-5 H-C-2 STS H-C-2 0.125
tin-coated or silver-plated shields with either LOW TEMPERATURE (CONVECTION 105°C)
high temperature cable insulation 125°C L-C-1 189-10274 0.095
+ (STS H-C) or low temperature insulation L-C series, end stripped L-C-2 189-10282 0.125
105°C + (STS L-C). For use with convec- L-C-3 STS L-C-3 0.200
tion (hot air heating) tools. Constructed with L-C-4 L-C-4 0.250
heat-shrinkable, modified polyvinylidene L-C-5 STS L-C-5 0.300
fluoride tubing with meltable sealing rings. L-C series, used as butt splice
–– Eutectic point of solder: 183°C (H-C-x) /
143°C (L-C-x)
–– Operating temperature range: -55°C to L-C series, center stripped
+150°C (H-C-x) / -55°C to +105°C (L-C-x)
SOLDER SLEEVES WITH PRE-INSTALLED LEADS

Shield termination assembly which will meet the requirements of MIL-S-83519/2 when installed in accordance with
Raychem RCPS-100-70 on cables rated for at least 125degC, meeting the dimensional criteria listed, having tin or
silver plated shields.
EDMO# MAX DIA. AWG EDMO# MAX DIA. AWG
SO63-1-55-20-90 0.105 20 SO63-1-55-22-90 0.105 22
SO63-2-55-20-90 0.145 20 SO63-2-55-22-90 0.145 22
SO63-3-55-20-90 0.200 20 SO63-3-55-22-90 0.200 22
SO63-4-55-20-90 0.255 20 SO63-4-55-22-90 0.255 22
Similar to the H-C-x and L-C-x series but has pre-installed ground leads. Intended for cables having tin or silver-plated
shields (class I).
EDMO# MFR# MAX DIA. AWG EDMO# MFR# MAX DIA. AWG
HML-1 STS H-ML-1 0.105 20 HML-7 H-ML-7 0.145 22
HML-2 HML-2 0.145 20 HML-8 H-ML-8 0.200 22
HML-5
HML-3 STS H-ML-3 0.200 20 HML-9 HML-9 0.255 22
HML-4 H-ML-4 0.255 20 HML-11 STS H-ML-11 0.105 24
HML-5 HML-5 0.300 20 HML-12 STS M-ML-12 0.145 24
HML-6 H-ML-6 0.105 22 HML-13 STS HML-13 0.200 24
HML series, center stripped
HEAT GUNS
FLAMELESS HEAT SHRINK GUN
EDMO# MJ-600
MFR# MJ-600
SOLDER-IT
This auto-ignition, flameless heat shrink gun can be powered by a normal cigarette lighter. Consists
of a Piezo electronic ignition system with safety locking switch. Powered by an Iroda RC-30 refill-
able fuel cell (or any disposable cigarette lighter). It’s ideal for installing heat shrink and solder filled
connectors flamelessly and provides heat temperatures up to 1300°F (650°C)
For more information on MJ-600 page 100.
ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECT
Plugs & Jacks
PLUGS & JACKS
1
NEXUS
Refer to the following plug and jack compatibility diagrams when ordering parts. Part numbers and descriptions on the following pages. Not
seeing the parts you need? Call us today at 1.800.235.3300 for part information and assistance.
TABLE 1. TABLE 4.
SWC S12B
SWC 11 (JJ033)
(JJ034)
SWC C11X SWC C12BX

(mil spec JJ034 SWC 440X (JJ033) SWC 480X
with key) (PJ0558) (PJ-068)
SWC 80
SWC S830
TABLE 2. TABLE 5.
SWC 112BX
(stereo)
MP-101 MJ-101
(U 173/U) (U 172/U)
SWC 260
(stereo) U 61/U U 75/U
SWC 12B
(stereo)
TJT-120 TABLE 3. TABLE 6.

(U 92B/U
panel mount) 27-655 27-060
mini stereo mini stereo
jack plug
TJT-102
(U 92B/U TP-101 TABLE 7.
panel mount) (U 174/U)
SWC 41 SWC 750
TJ-120 mini phone mini phone
(U 92B/U-R) jack (mono) plug (mono)
panel mount
TJ-101 TP-120 TABLE 8.

(U174/U)
TJ-102
(U 92A/U free
hang)
SWC S1027 SWC S10221 SWC S1028 SWC S1029

nut for JJ jacks washer for JJ insulated flat insulated
TP-102 jacks washer shoulder washer
(U 93A/U)
TJS-102 free hang
(with clip) Please note the diagrams shown here are for representational
free hang
W/PTT purposes only and are not displayed to scale.
Plugs & Jacks
PLUGS & JACKS

1
NEXUS
TABLE 1. TABLE 2.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
SWC 11 11 JJ034 headphone jack/mono SWC 112BX 112BX 1/4-inch enclosed jack
SWC C11X SWC C11X JJ034 phone jack/mil spec/key SWC 12B 12B stereo headphone jack
SWC 80 80 JJ034 inline jack/ or VE055 SWC 260 260 1/4 in stereo phone plug
SWC 440X 440X PJ055B headphone plug/ROHS compliant
TABLE 3. TABLE 4.
TJT-120 TJT-120 U92B/U front mount jack SWC S12B S12B JJ033 microphone jack
TJT-102 TJT-102 threaded telephone jack SWC C12BX C12BX JJ033 mic jack/mil-spec/key
TJ-120 TJ-120 commercial flag rear mount jack SWC S830 SWC S83 JJ033 inline jack/or VE068J
TJ-101 TJ-101 4 conductor telephone jack SWC 480X 480X PJ068 microphone plug/ROHS compliant
TJ-102 TJ-102 U92A/U inline jack
TJS-102 TJS-102 U94A/U jack with clip & PTT
TP-101 TP-101 U174/U plug
TP-120 TP-120 4 conductor telephone plug TABLE 6.
TP-102 TP-102 U93A/U plug EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
27-655 27-655 mini stereo jack
27-060 27-060 mini stereo plug
TABLE 5.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
MP101 MP101 U172/U jack TABLE 8.
MJ-101 MJ-101 U173/U plug EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
U-61/U U-61/U U-61/U 4 conductor jack
U-75/U U-75/U U-75/U 4 conductor plug SWC S1027 P10001 P10001/nut for JJ jacks
SWC S10221 S10221 metal washer for JJ033/JJ034
(washer for use with SWC 12B and SWC
S12B)
TABLE 7. SWC S1028 S1028 insulated flat washer
SWC S1029 S1029 insulated shoulder washer
SWC 41 41 mini phone jack/mono
SWC 750 miniature phone plug/mono
INTERCOM INSTALL KITS

EDMO# MFR# TYPE KIT INCLUDES
IC-KIT IC-KIT mono 4 ea: SWC 11 and SWC S12B jacks
8 ea: SWC S1028 and SWC S1029 washers
IC-KIT STE IC-KIT STE stereo 4 ea: SWC 12B and SWC S12B jacks
IC-KIT assembled IC-KIT STE assembled
8 ea: SWC S1028 and SWC S1029 washers
Jack Housings
JACK HOUSINGS
1
JACK HOUSINGS
Durable aluminum surface- & flush-mounted housings. Available in plain aluminum or with a powder coated finish.
Surface-mounted jack housings provide an attractive, tidy cover for mic and phone jacks. Flush mount jack housings
keep plugs out of the way with a recessed design creating a custom look in the cabin (sold with clamp and mounting
screw—no jack hardware). Aluminum construction. Mounts with 2 or more holes have 1” between hole centers.
EDMO# MFR# HOLES COLOR DIMENSIONS HOLE DIA.
SURFACE MOUNTED
FAP08-3ANH FAP08-3ANH NONE plain aluminum 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in -
AG-JH1 FAP 08-1 2 black wrinkle 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.389 in
AG-JH2 FAP 08-2 2 beige wrinkle 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.380 in
AG-JH3 FAP 08-3 2 plain aluminum 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.380 in
AG-JH10 FAP-08-15 3 plain aluminum 3.75 × 5 × 1.13 in 0.380 in surface-mounted, black wrinkle
AG-JH5 FAP 08-7 4 black powder coat wrinkle 3.75 × 5 × 1.13 in 0.380 in
AG-JH6 FAP 08-8 4 beige powder coat wrinkle 3.75 × 5 × 1.13 in 0.380 in
AG-JH7 FAP 08-9 4 plain aluminum 3.75 × 5 × 1.13 in 0.380 in
FLUSH MOUNTED
AG-JH4 FAP 08-4 2 black wrinkle 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.380 in
AG-JH8 FAP 08-5 2 beige wrinkle 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.380 in
AG-JH9 FAP 08-6 2 plain aluminum 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.380 in
FAP08-10 FAP08-10 4 black powder coat wrinkle 3.8 × 4.9 × 1.06 in 0.380 in
flush mounted, beige wrinkle
UNDER PANEL JACK MOUNTS

These mic and phone jack brackets provide a 90-degree angle mount for under-dash use. This sturdy design has
formed sides to hide wires and is constructed with 0.063-inch thick, heat-treated aluminum with a tough black wrinkle
powder coat finish. Aluminum construction. Mounts with 2 or more holes; have 1 inch between hole centers
EDMO# MFR# HOLES COLOR DIMENSIONS HOLE DIA.

AG-JM1 FAP 09-1 1 black powder coat wrinkle 1.5 × 1.5 × 1 in 0.380 in
NEXUS TJT-120 JACK HOUSINGS

Designed to house Nexus mic and EDMO# HOLES COLOR DIMENSIONS HOLE DIA.
phone jacks with durable, 0.040- FAP 08-21 1 beige 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.687 in
inch thick aluminum with either FAP 08-18 2 beige 2.9 × 3.56 × 1.06 in 0.687 in
a powder coat finish or no finish.
These housings are for surface
mounting; mount with four small
screws. Aluminum.
JACK & CONNECTOR HOUSING/BLACK CIGARETTE LIGHTER RECEPTACLE

EDMO# AVB EDMO# FAP 09-5
MFR# AVB MFR# FAP 09-5
This ashtray mountable mic and Bracket for cigarette lighter receptacle
phone jack housing can adapt to under the panel. Provides a place to
most ashtrays found in Cessna, plug in GPS, light or tire pump, etc.
Beech, Piper, Mooney, and Rock- Powder coated with black wrinkle paint
well aircraft. Made from injection over aluminum.
molded, high impact black plastic. –– Dimensions: 2.5 × 1.5 × 1 inches
–– Dimensions: 3 × 3-1/4 in with a 0.875 diameter hole
Circuit Breakers & Accessories
CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC AMP RATING

1
ACCESSORIES 7270-5-30
7270-5-35
7270-5-30
7270-5-35
-
-
30
35
7271-8-3 7271-8-3 - 3
7270 & 7271 SERIES 7271-8-5 MS24510-A-5 MS 24510-A-5 5
KLIXON 7271-8-7.5 7271-8-7 1/2 MS 24510-A-7½ 7.5
Klixon 7270 and 7271 series circuit breakers 7271-8-10 7271-8-10 MS 24510-A-10 10
use less space behind the panel while protect- 7271-8-15 7271-8-15 MS 24510-A-15 15
ing wire and cable in aircraft and ground sup- 7271-8-20 7271-8-20 - 20
port equipment on 120 VAC, 400 Hz or 30 VDC 7271-8-25 7271-8-25 - 25
systems. The Klixon disc element is resistant 7271-8-30 7271-8-30 - 30
to shock and vibration and can be calibrated 7270-1
7271-8-35 7271-8-35 - 35
within close tolerances throughout the service
life of the breaker.
–– Trip-free operation
–– Snap-acting thermal element
7274 SERIES
–– Small size KLIXON
–– Lightweight 7271-8
The Klixon 7274 series circuit breakers are
–– MIL-C-5809 qualified small, lightweight, low amperage devices that
–– Current rating: 3 to 35 amps protect aerospace cable and components in
–– High interrupting capacity airborne vehicles and equipment. The com-
mercial grade version of this circuit breaker
–– Available with neck mounting (7270-1 and 7271-8 is the Klixon 7277 series, which is physically
devices) or standard cover plate (7270-7 and 7271-3 and electrically identical to the 7274-2 except
devices) that the 7277 has wider calibration limits. The
–– Typical use: aircraft and ground support equipment 7274 is available in standard ratings from 1/2 7274-2
to 20 amps and has a trip–free, indicating
reset button. A “wiping action” contact design provides
vibration: 10 G minimum, 50-500 Hz low voltage drop, faster trip time, and high reliability in low
mechanical shock: 30 G voltage applications. They are available in standard ratings
acceleration: 10 G from 1/2 to 20 amps.
weight: 39 grams maximum (7270-1 and 7271-8) –– Uses minimum space
interrupt current: 4,000 amps at 30 VDC –– Lightweight
3,500 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz –– Trip-free
endurance: 5,000 cycles: 120 VAC 400 Hz, inductive
5,000 cycles: 120 VAC 400 Hz, resistive
–– MIL-C-5809 qualified
5,000 cycles: 30 VDC, inductive –– Current rating: 1/2 to 20 amp
2,500 cycles: 30 VDC, resistive –– Low amp
5,000 cycles: mechanical, no load –– High vibration resistance
–– Typical use: military airborne vehicle and equipment
protection
EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC AMP RATING
7270-1-3 7270-1-3 - 3
7270-1-5 7270-1-5 MS 24509-A-5 5 vibration: 10 G minimum, 50-500 Hz
7270-1-7.5 7270-1-7.5 MS 24509-A-7½ 7.5 mechanical shock: 35 G
7270-1-10 7270-1-10 MS 24509-A-10 10 acceleration: 10 G
7270-1-15 7270-1-15 MS 24509-A-15 15 weight: 7274-2 (MS 26574): 28 grams maximum
7270-1-20 7270-1-20 - 20 7274-4 (MS 26574 A): 28 grams maximum
7270-1-25 7270-1-25 - 25 7274-11 (MS 22073): 33 grams maximum
7270-1-30 7270-1-30 - 30 7274-69 (MS 22073V): 33 grams
7270-1-35 7270-1-35 - 35 7274-70 (MS 26474L): 33 grams
7270-5-3 7270-5-3 - 3 interrupt current: 0.50-5 amps: unlimited at 28 VDC
7270-5-5 7270-5-5 - 5 7.50-15 amps: 2,000 amps at 28 VDC
0.50-1.50 amps: unlimited at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
7270-5-7.5 7270-5-7.5 - 7.5
2-5 amps: 800 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
7270-5-10 7270-5-10 - 10 7.50-20 amps: 500 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
7270-5-15 7270-5-15 - 15
7270-5-20 7270-5-20 - 20
7270-5-25 7270-5-25 - 25
1
endurance: 2,500 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz inductive vibration: 10 G minimum, 50-500 Hz
5,000 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz resistive mechanical shock: 35 G
2,500 cycles: 30 VDC inductive acceleration: 10 G
5,000 cycles: 30 VDC resistive weight: 28 grams maximum
10,000 cycles: mechanical, no load interrupt current: 0.50-5 amps: unlimited at 28 VDC
7.50-15 amps: 2,000 amps at 28 VDC
0.50-1.50 amps: unlimited at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC AMP RATING 2-5 amps: 800 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
7.50-20 amps: 500 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
7274-2-.5 7274-2-1/2 MS 26574-½ 0.5
endurance: 2,500 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz inductive
7274-2-.75 7274-2-.75 MS 26574-¾ .75 5,000 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz resistive
7274-2-1 7274-2-1 MS 26574-1 1 2,500 cycles: 30 VDC inductive
7274-2-1.5 7274-2-1 1/2 MS 26574-1½ 1.5 5,000 cycles: 30 VDC resistive
7274-2-2 7274-2-2 MS 26574-2 2 10,000 cycles: mechanical, no load
7274-2-2.5 7274-2-2 1/2 MS 26574-2½ 2.5
7274-2-3 7274-2-3 MS 26574-3 3
7274-2-4 7274-2-4 MS 26574-4 4
EDMO# MFR# AMP RATING
7274-2-5 7274-2-5 MS 26574-5 5
7274-2-7.5 7274-2-7 1/2 MS 26574-7½ 7.5 7277-2-1/2 7277-2-1/2 0.5
7274-2-10 7274-2-10 MS 26574-10 10 7277-2-3/4 7277-2-3/4 0.75
7274-2-15 7274-2-15 - 15 7277-2-1.5 7277-2-1.5 1.5
7274-2-20 7274-2-20 - 20 7277-2-2 7277-2-2 2
7274-11-.5 7274-11-1/2 MS 22073-½ 0.5 7277-2-2.5 7277-2-2 1/2 2.5
7274-11.75 7274-11-.75 MS 22073-¾ 0.75 7277-2-3 7277-2-3 3
7274-11-1 7274-11-1 MS 22073-1 1 7277-2-4 7277-2-4 4
7274-111.5 7274-11-1.5 MS 22073-1½ 1.5 7277-2-5 7277-2-5 5
7274-11-2 7274-11-2 MS 22073-2 2 7277-2-7.5 7277-2-7 1/2 7.5
7274-112.5 MS22073-2 1/2 MS 22073-2½ 2.5 7277-2-10 7277-2-10 10
7274-11-3 7274-11-3 MS 22073-3 3 7277-2-15 7277-2-15 15
7274-11-4 7274-11-4 MS 22073-4 4 7277-2-20 7277-2-20 20
7274-11-5 7274-11-5 MS 22073-5 5 7277-5-3/4 7277-5-.75 0.75
7274-11-75 7274-11-71/2 MS 22073-7½ 7.5 7277-5-1 7277-5-1 1
7274-11-10 7274-11-10 MS 22073-10 10 7277-5-1.5 7277-5-1 1/2 1.5
7274-11-15 7274-11-15 - 15 7277-5-1/2 7277-5-1/2 0.5
7274-11-20 7274-11-20 - 20 7277-5-2 7277-5-2 2
7274-70-1 7274-70-1 MS 26547L 1 7277-5-2.5 7277-5-2.5 2.5
7277-5-3 7277-5-3 3
7277-5-4 7277-5-4 4
7277-5-5 7277-5-5 5
7277-5-7.5 7277-5-7 1/2 7.5
7277 SERIES 7277-5-10 7277-5-10 10
KLIXON 7277-5-15 7277-5-15 15
Applications that do not require military approvals. The 7277-5-20 7277-5-20 20
trip-free 7277 was originally developed as an alternative to ACCESSORIES
slow blow fuses & is used extensively as primary 7277-2-NUT 7277-2
electrical circuit protection on general aviation
aircraft. The military grade version of this circuit
breaker is the physically and electrically identical
Klixon 7274-2.
–– Miniature size
–– Lightweight
–– Trip-free design
–– Current rating: 0.5 to 20 amps 7277-2
–– High vibration resistance
–– Typical use: computers & telecommunications equip-
ment, flight simulators, general aviation aircraft, trainers,
and simulators where all breakers are operated on low
ampere control current
2TC SERIES 3TC2 SERIES

KLIXON KLIXON
1
Encompasses 1-25 amp, single-phase, miniature ambient Encompasses 15-35 amp, single-phase, minia-
compensated breakers. Their ratings are coordinated so ture ambient compensated breakers. Ambient
any rating will trip before another rating twice its capacity compensated circuit breakers permit system
in the event of a fault of up to 6,000 amps let–thru cur- designers to specify smaller gauge wire where
rent. This results in improved overall equipment perfor- the circuit breaker and wiring are exposed
mance since only the smallest faulted circuit is interrupted, to varying temperatures. Their ratings are 3TC2
while larger circuits remain operational. coordinated so that, in the event of a fault of
–– Trip–free design up to 6,000 amps let–through current, any rating will trip
before another circuit breaker twice its rating. This results
–– Current ratings (1 to 25 amps) in improved overall equipment performance since only the
–– High vibration resistance smallest faulted circuit is interrupted, while larger circuits
–– High interrupting capacity remain operational.
–– Coordinated ratings –– Trip–free design
–– AS58091 qualified (Military Appr, FAA PMA) –– Current ratings (1 to 35 amps)
–– End use: aircraft power distribution systems 2TC2
–– High interrupting capacity
–– Coordinated ratings
vibration: 10 G minimum; 50-500 Hz (other vibration levels
available)
–– AS58091 qualified (also: military approvals, FAA PMA)
mechanical shock: 50 G –– Typical end use: aircraft power distribution systems
acceleration: 10 G
weight: 24 grams maximum (2TC14)
interrupt current: 1-20 amps: 6,000 amps at 28 VDC vibration: 10 G minimum; 50-500 Hz (other vibration levels
25 amps: 1,625 amps at 28 VDC available)
1-15 amps: 2,500 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz mechanical shock: 50 G
20 amps: 2,000 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz acceleration: 10 G
25 amps: 1,800 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz weight: 36 grams maximum
endurance: 2,500 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz inductive interrupt current: 15-35 amps: 6,000 amps at 28 VDC
5,000 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz resistive 15-35: 2,000 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
2,500 cycles: 30 VDC inductive 25 amps: 1,800 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
5,000 cycles: 30 VDC resistive endurance: 2,500 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz inductive
10,000 cycles: mechanical, no load 5,000 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz resistive
2,500 cycles: 30 VDC inductive
5,000 cycles: 30 VDC resistive
10,000 cycles: mechanical, no load
2TC2 MILITARY DESIGNATION
2TC2-1 2TC2-1 MS 3320-1 1
2TC2-2 2TC2-2 MS 3320-2 2 EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC AMP RATING
2TC2-2 1/2 2TC2 1/2 MS 3320-2½ 2.5 3TC2-25 3TC2-25 MS 14105-25 25
2TC2-3 2TC2-3 MS 3320-3 3 3TC2-30 3TC2-30 MS 14105-30 30
2TC2-4 2TC2-4 MS 3320-4 4 3TC2-35 3TC2-35 MS 14105-35 35
2TC2-5 2TC2-5 MS 3320-5 5
2TC2-7.5 2TC2-7 1/2 MS 3320-7½ 7.5
2TC2-10 2TC2-10 MS 3320-10 10
2TC2-15 2TC2-15 MS 3320-15 15
2TC2-20 2TC2-20 MS 3320-20 20
3TC7 SERIES
KLIXON
2TC2-25 2TC2-25 MS 3320-25 25
2TC14 COMMERCIAL DESIGNATION Single-phase, non-ambient compensated circuit breakers
2TC14-1 2TC14-1 - 1 that provide high short circuit interrupting capacity. The
2TC14-2 2TC14-2 - 2 series features a trip–free design that prevents the circuit
2TC14-3 2TC14-3 - 3
breaker from being closed manually on overloads.
2TC14-5 2TC14-5 - 5 –– Miniature size
–– Lightweight
–– Current rating: 5 to 35 amps
–– AS58091 qualified (MS25244)
–– High interrupt capacity: 6,000A circuit at 3TC7
30VDC, or 3,500A circuit at 120VAC, 400Hz
–– Typical use: aircraft, avionics and electrical systems
1
interrupting capacity (UL1077) 6,000 A
degree of protection (IEC 60529/DIN operating area IP40
vibration: 10 G
40050) terminal area IP00
mechanical shock: 30 G at peak
acceleration: 10 G
weight: 38.9 grams
interrupt current: 1-20 amps: 6,000 amps at 28 VDC EDMO# MFR# AMPS
25 amps: 1,625 amps at 28 VDC 413K14LN25 413-K14-LN2-50 50
3-15 amps: 2,500 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz 413K14LN26 413-K14-LN2-60 60
20 amps: 2,000 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz 413K14LN27 413-K14-LN2-70 70
25 amps: 1,800 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
15-35 amps: 2,000 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
5,000 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz resistive
2,500 cycles: 30 VDC, 400 Hz inductive W23 SERIES
5,000 cycles: 30 VDC, 400 Hz resistive POTTER & BRUMFIELD
Thermal circuit breakers with push/pull ac-
tuators and a visible trip indicator band.
–– Single pole, push/pull
–– Visible trip indicator band
3TC7-5 3TC7-5 MS 25244-5 5 –– Trip free operation
3TC7-7.5 3TC7-7 1/2 MS 25244-7½ 7.5
3TC7-10 3TC7-10 MS 25244-10 10 –– Termination type: 8-32 screws 90° to
each other (screws and washers in-
3TC7-15 3TC7-15 MS 25244-15 15
stalled) W23
3TC7-20 3TC7-20 MS 25244-20 20
3TC7-25 3TC7-25 MS 25244-25 25
3TC7-30 3TC7-30 MS 25244-30 30
weight: < 2 oz
3TC7-35 3TC7-35 MS 25244-35 35
interrupt capacity: with 4X max series fuse protection
0.5-50 amp models – 1,000 amps at 240 VAC
30-50 amp models – 1,000 amps at 50 VDC
without 4X max series fuse protection
0.5-25 amp models – 2,000 amps at 50 VDC
E-T-A SERIES 10-20 amp models – 2,000 amps at 120 VAC
These single-pole, high performance thermal circuit break- operating voltage, max: 50 VDC or 240 VAC (to 400 Hz)
ers have a tease-free, trip-free, snap action endurance: > 6,000 cycles at 100% of rating
mechanism and push/pull, on/off manual or 10,000 mechanical cycles
actuation. An indicator band on the push
button displays the tripped/off position.
Threadneck panel mounted and available in
tracked vehicle, aircraft, and general-pur- EDMO# MFR# AMP RATING
pose versions. W23-1 6-1393246-4 1
–– Push/pull-on/off actuator W23-2 6-1393246-7 2
–– Screw terminals W23-3 7-1393246-0 3
W23-4 7-1393246-3 4
–– Threadneck panel mount
ETA W23-5 713932465 5
–– Black finish for aircraft application W23-7.5 7-1393246-7 7.5
W23-10 6-1393246-5 10
W23-15 613932466 15
voltage rating DC 28 V W23-20 6-1393246-8 20
AC 115 V (400 Hz) upon request
W23-25 613932469 25
current rating range 30…90 A (-LN2/-N2)
W23-30 7-1393246-1 30
typical life 3,000 operations at 1 × 1N
W23-35 7-1393246-2 35
ambient temperature -55...+75 °C (-67...+167 °F)
W23-40 7-1393246-4 40
insulation coordination rated impulse withstand voltage 1.5 kV
W23-50 713932466 50
(IEC 60664 and 60664A) pollution degree 3
dielectric strength test voltage AC 1,500 V
(IEC 60664 and 60664A) operating
area
insulation resistance >100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
interrupting capacity Icn 6,000 A
W31 SERIES EDMO# MFR# AMP RATING

POTTER & BRUMFIELD
1
W58-3 4-1393249-5 3
Thermal circuit breakers with a toggle actu- W58-4 4-1393249-8 4
ator. W58-5 4-1393249-9 5
–– Single pole, toggle W58-7 5-1393249-0 7
–– Trip-free operation W58-10 4-1393249-0 10
–– Termination type: 8-32 screws 90° to each W58-15 4-1393249-1 15
other (screws and washers installed) W58-20 4-1393249-3 20
W31 W58-25 413932494 25
W58-30 413932496 30
weight: < 2 oz
interrupt capacity: 0.5-50 amp models – 1000 amps at 240 VAC
30-50 amp models – 1000 amps at 50 VDC
operating voltage, max: 50 VDC or 240 VAC (to 400 Hz)
endurance: > 6,000 cycles at 100% of rating or 10,000 mechan-
20TC2 SERIES
KLIXON
ical cycles
Klixon 20TC series circuit breakers
combine a rocker actuated on/off switch
and a circuit protector in one, compact
EDMO# MFR# AMP RATING package. Snap–on actuators are avail-
W31M-1 3-1393247-1 1 able on request in a variety of colors,
W31M-2 3-1393247-4 2 styles, and indication markings designed
W31M-3 3-1393247-7 3 to provide a stylish console appearance
W31M-5 4-1393247-2 5 to the panels of light aircraft. The translu- 20TC
W31M-7.5 4-1393247-4 7.5 cent actuator permits quick identification
W31M-10 3-1393247-2 10
of the actuator position under low ambient lighting condi-
tions by emitting a soft glow from a light source, such as
W31M-15 3-1393247-3 15
an edge–lighted panel.
W31M-20 3-1393247-5 20
W31M-25 3-1393247-6 25 –– Versatile rocker actuator: snap–on, switch type
W31M-30 3-1393247-8 30 –– Various styles and colors (black, white, colored, translu-
W31M-35 3-1393247-9 35 cent)
W31M-40 4-1393247-1 40 –– Panel mounting
W31M-50 4-1393247-3 50 –– Provides dual function (on/off) circuit switching and
protection
–– Current ratings (3 to 35 amps)
W58 SERIES
POTTER & BRUMFIELD vibration: 10 G
mechanical shock: 50 G
–– 0.5 amp to 30 amp ratings acceleration: 10 G
–– Cannot be manually tripped weight: 39 grams
–– Button extends for visual trip indication interrupt current: 2,000 amps at 30 VDC
–– Push button to reset breaker 1,000 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
–– Single pole
5,000 cycles: 120 VAC, 400 Hz resistive
–– Termination screw or 0.250 inches QC W58
2,500 cycles: 28 VDC, 400 Hz inductive
–– Bottom marked amperage rating optionally available 2,500 cycles: 28 VDC, 400 Hz resistive
weight: < 1.5 oz

interrupt capacity: 2,000 amps at 50 VDC (0.5-30 am models)
1,000 amps 250 VAC (0.5 – 30 amp models) EDMO# MFR# AMP RATING
vibration: withstands to 10 grams at 10-55 Hz 20TC2-BA5 20TC2-BA-5 5
operating voltage, max: 50 VDC; 250 VAC 20TC2-BA10 20TC2-BA-10 10
endurance: over 1,000 cycles at 200% of rated load 20TC2-BA20 20TC2-BA-20 20
20TC2-AA35 20TC2-AA-35 35
EDMO# MFR# AMP RATING

W58-1 3-1393249-9 1
W58-2 4-1393249-2 2
6752-100 SERIES CIRCUIT BREAKER BUTTON CAPS

KLIXON KLIXON
1
Klixon 6752-100 series thermal–magnetic circuit breakers These color-coded circuit breaker caps can be easily in-
include current ratings ranging from 50 to 100 amps. The stalled and removed from Klixon and similar circuit break-
interrupting capacity, vibration resistance, and long cycling ers. The colored caps designate circuit breakers for flight
life of the 6752-100 series exceed military standards. The check and other purposes. In addition, the caps greatly
6752-100 series circuit breakers use ambient temperature improve grip and don’t shake loose and rattle like other
compensation to maintain their performance capabilities caps. Available in 8 colors. FAA-standard “Maintenance
by means of a thermal compensator in the temperature Support Hardware” approved.
range of -40°C to 70°C. This series is able to interrupt four
fault currents of 6,000 amperes—two at sea level and two EDMO# MFR# COLOR
at 60,000 ft. This can be accomplished on a 120 VAC,
400 Hz system or a 30 VDC system. PE7000-1 PE7000-1 white
–– Current ratings: 50-100 amps
–– Proven reliability and performance of the 6752 series PE7000-2 PE7000-2 orange
circuit breaker
PE7000-3 PE7000-3 red
–– Circuit protection unaffected by temperature fluctuations
–– MIL-C-5890 qualified
PE7000-4 PE7000-4 blue
–– Ambient compensated
–– High interrupting capacity: 6,000 amps PE7000-5 PE7000-5 yellow
–– Typical use: military
PE7000-6 PE7000-6 black
vibration: 10 G minimum, 50-2,000 Hz

PE7000-7 PE7000-7 gray
mechanical shock: 30 G
acceleration: 10 G
weight: 113.6 grams (0.25 pound) max PE7000-8 PE7000-8 green
interrupt current: 2.5-50 amps: 6,000 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
2.5-50 amps: 4,200 amps at 120 VAC, 400 Hz
endurance: 5,000 cycles: 120 VAC 400 Hz, inductive
5,000 cycles: 120 VAC 400 Hz, resistive
2,500 cycles: 28 VDC, 400 Hz inductive CIRCUIT BREAKER SAFETY LOCKS
5,000 cycles: 28 VDC, 400 Hz resistive
5,000 cycles: mechanical, no load Lockout rings prevent the inadvertent closing of circuit
breakers connected to equipment that is under repair or
removed from the aircraft. Easy to
install and remove from Klixon and
EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC AMP RATING similar type circuit breakers. Safety
6752100-50 6752-100-50 MS 25361-50 50 locks come both with and without
6752100-60 6752-100-60 MS 25361-60 60 tags. BOEING proprietary part FAA-
6752100-70 6752-100-70 MS 25361-70 70 PMA approved and FAA standard
6752100-75 6752-100-75 MS 25361-75 75 “Maintenance Support Hardware”
approved.
6752100-80 6752-100-80 MS 25361-80 80
6752100-90 6752-100-90 MS 25361-90 90 –– Fits Klixon circuit breakers
6752100100 6752-100-100 MS 25361-100 100 –– 2 × 3/4 in
EDMO# MFR# INCLUDES

S493959501 S4933959-501 safety lock only
S493959521 S4933959-521 lock with “remove before flight” flag
S493959531 S493959-531 lock with “inoperative do not operate” flag
Fuses
FUSES SLO-BLO GLASS FUSES

LITTELFUSE INC
1
The 3AG Slo-Blo® fuses provide

FUSE HOLDERS cost-effective, reliable individual pro-
tection for components and internal
circuits. The Slo-Blo fuses eliminate
guesswork and time-consuming circuit testing; when an
FHP-1 FNY-1 3453LF2A overcurrent occurs, the fuse catalog number with the
suffix “ID” is easy to identify upon the fuse opening with a
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION discoloration of its glass body.
FHP-1 0FHP001Z bayonet knob inline,15-in loop of 14G red wire –– 313 series are time-delay fuses that open after a few
FNY-1 FNY1 twist-lock inline, 8-in loop of 14G black wire, 1 spring seconds of over current conditions
3453LF2A 03453LF2X panel mount, 3/16” straight dual purpose solder –– Users can easily identify fuses after they’ve opened by
terminal the discoloration of their glass bodies
–– Provide superior protection for inductive loads such as
motors, transformers, and solenoids
–– Sold in quantities of five
ALL GLASS FUSES –– Voltage rating: 250
LITTELFUSE INC
EDMO# MFR# AMP EDMO# MFR# AMP
AG fuses, or “all glass” fuses vary in RATING RATING
length, diameter, and amperage rat-
ing and have a voltage rating of 32V V313-.5 V313-.5 0.5 V313-4 0313004.VXP 4
AC/DC. Sold in quantities of five. V313-1 V313-1 1 V313-5 V313-5 5
V313-2 V313-2 2 V313-10 0313010.VXP 10
EDMO# MFR# AMP EDMO# MFR# AMP V313-3 V313-3 3
RATING RATING
AGC-.5 0AGC05V 0.5 AGC-7.5 0AGC07.5V 7.5
AGC-1 0AGC001.V 1 AGC-8 0AGC008.V 8
AGC-1.5 0AGC01.5V 1.5 AGC-10 0AGC010.V 10
AGC-2 0AGC002.V 2 AGC-15 0AGC001.V 15
CIGARETTE LIGHTER SOCKET 12 & 24
AGC-2.5 0AGC02.5V 2.5 AGC-20 0AGC020.V 20 VDC
AGC-3 0AGC003.V 3 AGC-25 0AGC025.V 25 Cigarette lighter sockets
AGC-4 0AGC004.V 4 AGC-30 0AGC030.V 30 constructed with glass-
AGC-5 0AGC005.V 5 AGC-35 0AGC015.V 35 filled, high-temperature,
AGC-6 0AGC006.V 6 nylon plastic parts with
a temperature index of
257° F. The sockets’ metal
current-carrying parts are 0.032-inch copper alloy for
maximum conductivity and nickel plated for corrosion
resistance.
–– 0.25-inch quick connect tabs
–– Front or rear mount
Provided with plastic alloy cap to seal receptacle when

not in use
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE RATING

CL2400 CL2400 24 V 24 V, 10 A
CL6860 CL6860 12 V 12 V, 10 A
USB Charging Ports
USB CHARGING PORTS TA202 SERIES HIGH POWER USB

CHARGING PORT
1
TRUE BLUE POWER
TA102 DUAL USB CHARGING PORT The TA202 High Power USB Charging
TRUE BLUE POWER
Port is a compact power source for
The TA102 Dual USB Charging Port is in-seat, cabin, and cockpit use that
an easy way to power up any stan- provides USB Type-C and Type-A
dard or high-power device that uses ports. This unit supplies 3 amps per
a USB interface - this includes cell port and is available in single and dual
phones, GPS devices, and tablets. This configurations.
self-contained device protects itself
and the charging device from power –– Charges 1-2 products simultaneously at full power and
surges, short circuits, and over-current outputs 3 amps per port (5 VDC ± 0.25 output voltage)
potential. –– Doesn’t require any external power converters for 10-32
–– Charges one or two products simultaneously with a VDC installations
USB interface while providing short-circuit, over-current, –– Provides short circuit, over-current, and over-tempera-
and over-temperature protection ture protection
–– 2.1 amps power output per port (5 VDC± 0.25 per port)
–– Can be mounted in the panel or cabin and uses 10-32
VDC input voltage weight: single port: 0.8 oz, dual port:1.3 oz
dimensions: 1.5 × 0.52 × 1.25 in
1.5 × 1.03 × 1.25 in
input voltage: 10-32 VDC
input power: 18 W max per port
output voltage: 5 VDC ± 0.25 per port
output current: 3.0 amps per port
charging port type: USB Type-A and/or Type-C; single and dual
mounting: in-seat, cabin, cockpit; front or rear mount
certification: FAA TSO C71 certified, RTCA DO-160G qualified

9017946 9017945 DUAL PORT
643202-1 643202-1 Type A, C, rear connector
643202-2 643202-2 Type A, C, bottom connector
643202-3 643202-3 Type C, C, rear connector
weight: 0.2 lb 643202-4 643202-4 Type C, C, bottom connector
dimensions: 1.5 × 1.5 × 0.96 in 643202-5 643202-5 Type A, A, rear connector
input voltage: 10-32 VDC 643202-6 643202-6 TypeA, A, bottom connector
input current: 24 W max; 1.7 amps at 14 VDC SINGLE PORT
0.85 amps at 28 VDC 643202-7 643202-7 Type C, rear connector
output voltage: 5 VDC ± 0.25 per port 643202-8 643202-8 Type C, bottom connector
output power: 2.1 amps per port 643202-9 643202-9 Type A, rear connector
charging port type: USB Standard-A 643202-10 643202-10 Type A, bottom connector
mounting: panel or cabin, front or rear mount instrument mount kit ACCESSORIES
(see parts table below) 9017897 9017897 front mount adapter for single port TA202
certification FAA TSO C71 certified, EASA ETSO C71 certified 9017947 9017947 TA102/TA202 dual 2-1/4” instrument mounting kit
RTCA DO-160G qualified 9017960 9017960 TA102/TA202 mating connector kit

6430102-1 6430102-1 sealed USB connector, rear power input
6430102-2 6430102-2 sealed USB connector, bottom power input
6430102-3 6430102-3 lighted USB connector, rear power input
6430102-4 6430102-4 lighted USB connector, bottom power
ACCESSORIES
9017945 9017945 TA102 circular rear mount installation kit
9017946 9017946 TA102 front mount install kit
9017947 9017947 TA102/TA202 2-1/4” instrument hole mounting kit
9017960 9017960 TA102/TA202 mating connector kit
Switches
SWITCHES
1
STACO AV17 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCHES

STACO SYSTEMS
AV17 series is a broad line of lighted pushbutton switches and
indicators built to US Military specifications and designed to work
in extreme environmental applications. Equipped with a sunlight
readable display & compatible with night vision goggles.
–– One and two-pole snap action
–– Individual or matrix mount
–– Crimp-pin, solder or PC termination
–– Indicator, momentary, or alternate action
–– lightweight and short in length
–– LED or incandescent illumination and NVIS compatibility
–– Water-resistant
–– Common or split ground circuit configurations
–– Qualified to MIL-PRF-22885/101 for incandescent
weight: 0.59 -1.09 oz (varies depending on switch configuration)

dimensions: length behind panel: solder 1.3 in
short crimp 1.86 in
mounting panel hole: 0.691 ± 0.004 in
actuation travel: 0.130 ± 0.030 in
actuation force: 5 lb max
mounting torque: 10 ± 2 oz in
STACO AV17 SWITCH & INDICATOR COMPONENTS

STACO SYSTEMS
Lighted pushbutton switches/indicators are made up of two units including (1) the switch or indicator assembly (table 1
below) and (2) the pushbutton assembly (table 2 below). To order your specific part, choose a switch or indicator identi-
fied below and your specific pushbutton (call EDMO Asia Pacific for assistance with pushbutton selection if needed). All
Staco switches are double-pole, double-throw (DPDT) switches and require the addition of a lighted pushbutton. Indi-
cator assemblies provide a support base for the lighted pushbutton. All switch bodies come with a mounting sleeve.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION CONTACT MATERIAL
TABLE 1. SWITCH BODY COMPONENTS
MOMENTARY
17123 17123 DPDT solder silver
17143 17143 DPDT solder gold
17823 17823 DPDT crimp silver
17843 17843 DPDT crimp gold
ALTERNATE
17124 17124 DPDT solder silver
17144 17144 DPDT solder gold
17824 17824 DPDT crimp silver
17944 17944 DP crimp gold
INDICATORS
17156 17156 indicator assembly/solder solder -
17956 17956 indicator/crimp/use with crimp pin # 39029/22-192 crimp -
Switches
EDMO# MFR# USE
1
TABLE 2. PUSH BUTTON CAP ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS
17001 17001 Dress bezel for switch terminations
17002 17002 Faceplate seal; holds faceplates and sits inside bezel
17003 17003 Non-reflective faceplate
17007 17007 Textured faceplate
17008 17008 Filter diffuser (2 ea)
TABLE 3. TOOLS
15193 15193 Extraction tool for removing pushbuttons from switch/indicator assemblies. Removing pushbuttons provides
easier access to the heads of the locking screws located inside the front portion of the switch/indicator.
ASSEMBLY INFORMATION
The following diagrams explain the Staco AV17 switch components shown on the previous pages. To order a custom
switch use EDMO’s switch order form on the following page.
Switches
EDMO Asia Pacific FAX: +618 8182 5711

1
Staco Switch ‐ Order Sheet EMAIL: sales@edmoap.com.au

Date:
Company:
Contact Name:
Phone:
1) Type? Momentary Base Alternate Action Indicator
2) Series AV17 or Series 90? Series AV17 Series 90
3) Legend? "Type A" (dark text, light background) "Type B" (light text, dark background)
4) Do you require the switch to be Sunlight Readable Yes No
5) Crimp/Solder? Crimp Solder
6) If ordering "Crimp" style, quantity of sockets, (min 25)?
7) Contacts? Silver Gold
8) Lamp Voltage (4ea required for each switch)?
8) Display Style:
Choose from one of the 8 styles below
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6) Legend Colour or Colours 0 = Clear white ‐ NO LONGER AVAIABLE
1 = Red
Draw the display style you have selected and 2 = Green
include the colour number in each segment. 3 = Amber yellow
4 = Lunar white
5 = Lemon yellow ‐ NO LONGER AVAILABLE
6 = Blue
7) Custom legend:
Draw the display style you have selected and
include the text specifications in each segment.
Notes:
Text Note:
Full screen, Max of (4) lines with (7) characters per line.
Full screen, horizontal, Max of (2) lines with (7) characters per line.
Full screen, vertical, Max of (2) columns with (7) characters per column.
Half screen, Max of (2) lines with (4) characters per line.
Switches
EATON 582 SERIES TWO POLE LIGHTED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

EATON
1
The 582 Series can be used in commercial and military aircraft and was designed with customer input, focusing on
reliability, low weight, short behind-panel-depth, sunlight readability, night vision imaging compatibility, LED illumination,
spray-tight sealing, and plug-in mounting. Qualified to MIL-S-22885/101.
–– Mounting can and bulbs required for installation
–– 582 Cap assembly sold separately,
–– EDMO order form can be used for Eaton switch orders
EDMO# MFR# LIGHTING OPTION SEAL & RFI SWITCH ACTION/TERMINATION LAMP CIRCUIT
OPTION
58210A0B0C 582-10A0B0C3 T-1 lamp, basic capsule unsealed indicator/plug-in horizontal split, dual ground
58210A2B0C 58210A2B0C3 T-1 lamp, basic capsule unsealed 2 PDT momentary switch/plug-in horizontal split, dual ground
58210A4B0C 5/82-10A4B0C3 T-1 lamp, basic capsule unsealed 2 PDT alternate switch/plug-in horizontal split, dual ground
ACCESSORIES
58T-101 58T-101 Lamp capsule removal tool for Eaton switches
58T-107 58T-107 Connector block removal tool for Eaton switches
58T-101 58T-107
15089 15089 Staco lens guard assembly
582-SERIES MOUNTING CANS

EATON
After the 582-series switch has been inserted into EDMO# MFR# LENGTH THICKNESS
the panel, these plug-in mounting sleeves slide
over the behind-panel portion of the switch and are 582RE5-222 582-RE5-222 basic 0.063
secured by tightening the pawl. Included connector 582RE5-223 582-RE5-223 basic 0.090
block is compatible with M39029/22-192 connec- 582RE5-224 582-RE5-224 basic 0.125
tor pins. No panel spacer.
SUB-MINI BULBS SWITCH MOUNTS

These sub-mini bulbs can be These switch mounts were designed to
used with both Staco and simplify the mounting of multiple Staco and
Eaton switch assemblies. Eaton switches and annunciators. Made from
high-grade aluminum, glass bead blasted
and black anodized for a clean finish. 0.693 SM-2
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE AMPERAGE inch hole
ML-6180 OL3071 5V 60 mA
22-I OL3229 14 V 40 mA EDMO# MFR# FITS DIMENSIONS
CF16-I OL3335 28 V 16 mA SM-2 SM-2 2 2.25 × 1.25 in
OL6839 OL6839 28 V 24 mA SM-3 SM-3 3 3 × 1.25 in SM-4
SM-4 SM-4 4 3.75 × 1.25 in
Switches
ENVIRONMENTALLY SEALED TOGGLE SWITCHES

1
Environmentally sealed toggle switches that are completely protected from dust, moisture, and other contaminants.
–– 1-, 2-, and 4-pole circuitry –– Thermoset molding materials meet flame retardant
–– 2- and 3-position with maintained and momentary requirements
action –– Bushing: 15/32 in - 32 thread / 0.690-inch toggle
–– Molded-in terminal inserts and terminal numbers –– Temperature range: -85°F to 160°F (-65°C to + 71°C)
–– Environmentally sealed per MIL-S-3950 –– Life: 20,000 operations at rated load 40,000 operations
–– MS approved and QPL’d per MIL-S-3950 mechanical life
POLES TYPE OF CURRENT RATINGS

OPERATION
28 VDC 115 VAC 60 OR 400 HZ
lamp load resistive load inductive load lamp load resistive load inductive load
1 maintained 5 20 15 3 15 10
momentary 4 15 10 2 15 7
2 maintained 7 20 15 4 15 15
momentary 5 18 10 2 11 8
4 maintained 5 20 12 4 15 15
momentary 4 18 10 2 11 8
EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N CIRCUIT WITH LEVER IN

up position center position down position
1 POLE
8500K1 8500K1 MS24523-21 on off on
8500K2 8500K2 MS24523-27 on off on
8500K3 8500K3 MS24523-31 on off on
8500K4 8500K4 MS24523-23 on none on
8500K6 8500K6 MS24523-24 on off none
8500K7 8500K7 MS24523-28 none off on
8500K10 8500K10 MS24523-10 on none off
8500K11 8500K11 MS24523-30 off none on
2 POLE
8501K1 8501K1 MS24524-21 on off on
8501K2 8501K2 MS24524-27 on off on
8501K3 8501K3 MS24524-31 on off on
8501K4 8501K4 MS24524-23 on none on
8501K6 8501K6 MS24524-24 on off none
8501K9 8501K9 MS24524-22 on none off
8501K10 8501K10 MS24524-29 on none off
8501K13 8501K13 MS24524-33 on on none
4 POLE
8502K15 8502K15 MS27406-1 on on on
8502K4 8502K4 MS24525-23 on none on
8502K9 8502K9 MS24525-22 on none off
Switches
ENVIRONMENTALLY SEALED LEVER LOCK SWITCHES
1
Environmentally sealed lever lock switches. Each switch is completely protected from dust, moisture & other contami-
nants.
–– 1-, 2-, and 4-pole circuitry –– Thermoset molding materials meet flame retardant
–– 2- & 3-position with maintained and momentary action requirements
–– Locking actuator for safety –– Bushing: 15/32 inches with 32 thread / 0.470-inch
toggle
–– Molded-in terminal inserts and terminal numbers
–– Temperature range: -85°F to 160°F (-65°C to + 71°C)
–– Environmentally sealed per MIL-S-3950
–– Life: 20,000 operations at rated load 40,000 operations
–– MS approved and QPL’d per MIL-S-3950 mechanical life
POLES TYPE OF OPERATION CURRENT RATINGS

28 VDC 115 VAC 60 OR 400 HZ
lamp load resistive load inductive load lamp load resistive load inductive load
1 maintained 5 20 15 3 15 10
momentary 4 15 10 2 15 7
2 maintained 7 20 15 4 15 15
momentary 5 18 10 2 11 8
4 maintained 5 20 12 4 15 15
momentary 4 18 10 2 11 8
EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N LEVER LOCK CIRCUIT WITH LEVER IN

BUSHING STYLE
up position center position down position
1 POLE
8503K1 8503K1 MS24658-21A A on off on
8503K6 8503K6 MS24658-23D D on off on
8503K9 8503K9 MS24658-22G G on off on
8503K10 8503K10 MS24658-22D D on off on
8503K19 8503K19 MS24658-30F F on off on
8503K34 8503K34 MS24658-21P P on off on
2 POLE
8504K1 8504K1 MS24659-21A A on off on
8504K6 8504K6 MS24659-23D D on off on
8504K9 8504K9 MS24659-22G G on off on
8504K10 8504K10 MS24659-22D D on off on
4 POLE
8505K1 MS24660-21A A on off on
Other switches/bushing styles available.
Switches
SWITCH GUARDS
1
Switch guards prevent accidental operation of switches by lim-

iting switch operation to select functions. The guards can be
adapted to one-, two-, and four-pole configurations. One-hole
or flush-mounted variations.
–– For use with 2- or 3-position switches
–– Lever covers molded in various colors 8492K1 8494K2 8495K1
–– Metal and molded covers
–– Flush and one hole mounted (OHM) mounting styles
–– MS approved and QPL‘d per MIL-G-7703
–– Covers are molded out of thermoset molding materials
–– Guard covers are spring loaded to either close or lock in open position
–– One-hole and three-hole mounting available 8497K1 8499K1
–– Keyway orientation variations offered on some guards
EXPLANATION OF CODES
2,10, 11, and 12 3, 13, and 14
for full throw single throw switches for three-position switches
returns lever to OFF position returns lever from up position to center position
will not change toggle position when it is in down position
4 and 5 6 and 15
for two-position full throw switches insertion of pin through guard prevents accidental operation
permits locking toggle in extreme up position prevents transfer of single throw switches
permits operation from first position to center on three-position switches
7 and 8
for three-position switches
returns lever to center position from either extreme
guard housing remains fixed in open and closed position
Call for parts not shown.
EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N CODE SWITCH MOUNTING/ LEVER MATERIAL/ MARKING KEYWAY TAB
POSITIONS COLOR LOCATION
hinged end other end
25226-2-3 8497K2 MS25224-2 2 flush/2 phenolic/red -- -- --
8498K2 8498K2 MS25225-2 3 flush/3 phenolic/red -- -- --
8499K1 8499K1 MS25452-1 4 flush/2 metal/green -- -- --
8495K1 8495K1 MS25221-1 6 flush or OHM/2 or 3 metal -- -- --
8494K2 8494K2 MS25214-2 7 OHM/3 phenolic/red -- -- opp. hinged end
8497K1 MS25224-1 MS25224-1 10 OHM/2 phenolic/red -- -- opp. hinged end
8497K3 8497K3 MS25224-3 11 --/2 phenolic/red -- -- hinged end
8497K7 8497K7 MS25221-1 12 --/2 phenolic/red on on opp. hinged end
8492K1 849K1 MS24417-1 15 --/2 or 3 metal/black -- -- opp. pin hole
1. will not return lever when mounting plate is over 0.0625 [1.58] thick
2. custom lettering or symbols available
3. guard has no moving lever
4. optional colors—black phenolic available for 8497, where other colors are required they are sprayed over standard color
Switches
TOGGLE SWITCHES
1
7000 SERIES
Miniature locking toggle switches for telecommunications, instrumentation, or medical equipment. The 7000 series
offers a variety of actuator and termination options. The epoxy terminal-seal is compatible with bottom wash cleaning.
–– Silver plated with an epoxy terminal seal
–– Solder lug termination
EDMO# MFR# SWITCH FUNCTION TOGGLE STYLE/
LENGTH
BAT TOGGLE - SINGLE POLE / DOUBLE THROW
7101K2ZQE 7101K2ZQE on none on locking / 0.704 in
7101SH3ZQE 7101SH3ZQE on none on std. round / 0.42 in
7103K2ZQE 7103K2ZQE on off on locking / 0.704 in
7103SH3ZQE 7103SH3ZQE on off on std. round / 0.42 in
BAT TOGGLE - DOUBLE POLE / DOUBLE THROW

7203K2ZQE 7203K2ZQE on off on locking / 0.704 in
7203SH3ZQE 7203SH3ZQE on off on std. round / 0.42 in
BAT TOGGLE - THREE POLE / DOUBLE THROW

BAT TOGGLE - FOUR POLE / DOUBLE THROW

Switches
MTA & MTL SERIES

The MTA and MTL series miniature toggle switches are designed for panel mount applications.
1
–– MTA series have 0.410 inch long round toggles, 1/4-40 bushing
–– MTL series have 0.270 inch long round toggle, 1/4-40 bushing
–– Materials: contacts—copper alloy silver clad gold flash; actuator—brass nickel-plated; terminal seal—overmolded;
case—alkyd polyester; frame—stainless steel; support bracket—steel nickel plated
–– Wire lug termination
EDMO# MFR# SWITCH FUNCTION TOGGLE LENGTH
MTA BAT TOGGLE - SINGLE POLE
MTA-106D 1-1437558-0 on none on 0.410 in
MTA-106E 1-1437558-2 on off on 0.410 in
1571920-9 MTA-106G on off on 0.410 in
MTA BAT TOGGLE - DOUBLE POLE

MTA-206N 2-1437558-0 on none on 0.410 in
MTA-206P 2-1437558-2 on off on 0.410 in
MTA BAT TOGGLE - THREE POLE

314375585 MTA-306D on none on 0.410 in
315719202 3-1571920-2 on off on 0.410 in
MTA BAT TOGGLE - FOUR POLE

315719208 3-1571920-8 on none on 0.410 in
MTA-406P 4-1437558- on off on 0.410 in
MTL LOCK TOGGLE - SINGLE POLE

1571927-2 MTL-106D on none on 0.270 in
MTL LOCK TOGGLE - DOUBLE POLE

MTL-206N MTL206N on none on 0.270 in
MTL-206P MTL206P on off on 0.270 in
MTL LOCK TOGGLE - THREE POLE

MTL-306D 4-1437559-2 on none on 0.270 in
Terminal Blocks & Bus Bars
EDMO# MFR# SWITCH FUNCTION TOGGLE LENGTH
1
MTL LOCK TOGGLE - FOUR POLE
11571927-2 MTL-406N on none on 0.270 in
PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES
Momentary pushbutton switches.
EDMO# MFR# SWITCH FUNCTION POSITION ACTUATOR/BUSHING HEIGHT COLOR
pos.1 pos. 2
8631ZBD2 8631ZBD2 off mom. SPST/normally open 0.175 in / 0.125 in black
TP11SHZQE TP11SHZQE off mom. SPST/normally off 0.155 in / 0.220 in black
TPC13C0 TPC13C0 off mom. (3 to 1) SPST/normally open 0.137 in / 0.216 in black
TPC13F0 2-1437572-6 2 to 1 mom. (2 to 3) SPDT/- 0.137 in / 0.216 in black
MSPF101BC0 814375679 off mom. 2 circuit/normally open, 0.256 in / - black

normally closed
MSPS103C 0-1437568-6 off mom. SPST/normally open 0.2 in / 0.245 in red
MSPS103C0 MSPS103C0 off mom. SPST/normally open 0.2 in / 0.245 in black
TERMINAL BLOCKS & BUS BARS

1
TERMINAL BLOCKS
Molded in high quality, dimensionally stable DAP thermoset material, providing excellent dielectric strength, even at high
temperatures and in moist environments. They can be cut to length to accommodate any job.
–– Constructed with diallyl isophalate plastic (per Federal standard GDI-20F and MIL-M-14)
–– Operating temperature 425–500°F max.
–– Compatible with MS18029 terminal black covers and MS252226 bus bars
27212-1 EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS

–– Stud thread size/ 27212-1-2 MS27212-1-2 2 27212-1-8 MS27212-1-8 8
max available: 27212-1-3 MS27212-1-3 3 27212-1-9 MS27212-1-9 9
6-32 UNC- 27212-1-4 MS27212-1-4 4 27212-1-10 MS27212-1-10 10
2A/20 27212-1-5 MS27212-1-5 5 27212-1-12 MS27212-1-12 12
–– 0.953 × 0.688 in 27212-1-6 MS27212-1-6 6 27212-1-15 MS27212-1-15 15
(0.594 in stud spacing) 27212-1-7 MS27212-1-7 7 27212-1-20 MS27212-1-20 20
27212-2 27212-3
–– Stud thread size/max available: 10-32 –– Stud thread size/max available: 1/4-28
UNF-2A/16 UNF-2A/8
–– 1.079 × 0.938 in (0.750 in stud spacing) –– 1.321 × 1.250 in (1.5 in stud spacing)
27212-2-series
EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS
27212-2-6 MS27212-2-6 6 27212-3-3 MS27212-3-3 3
27212-2-10 MS27212-2-10 10 27212-3-4 MS27212-3-4 4
27212-2-12 MS27212-2-12 12 27212-3-6 MS27212-3-6 6
27212-2-16 MS27212-2-16 16 27212-3-8 MS27212-3-8 8
27212-3-series
27212-5 27212-6
–– Stud thread size/max available: 3/8-24 –– Stud thread size/max available: 8-32
UNF-2A/8 UNC-2A/16
–– 1.17 × 1.25 in (1.5 in stud spacing) –– 1.005 × 0.750 in (0.750 in stud spacing)

27212-5-8-series 27212-6-3 MS27212-6-3 3
27212-5-4 MS27212-5-4 4
27212-5-6 MS27212-5-6 6 27212-6-4 MS27212-6-4 4
27212-5-8 MS27212-5-8 8 27212-6-5 MS27212-6-5 5
27212-6-10 MS27212-6-10 10
27212-6-12 MS27212-6-12 12
27212-6-16 MS27212-6-16 16
27212-6-series
TERMINAL BLOCK COVER ASSEMBLIES

Cover assemblies for MS27212 terminal blocks. Constructed with plastic laminate material per MIL-P-25518 type I.
–– Operating temperature: 475°F max
18029-1S EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS

–– Stud thread size: 6-32 18029-1S-3 MS18029-1S-3 3 18029-1S-9 MS18029-1S-9 9
–– Cover type/nut: S/ 18029-1S-4 MS18029-1S-4 4 18029-1S-10 MS18029-1S-10 10
MS18029-21 18029-1S-5 MS18029-1S-5 5 18029-1S-12 MS18029-1S-12 12
18029-1S-6 MS18029-1S-6 6 18029-1S-15 MS18029-1S-15 15
18029-1S-8 MS18029-1S-8 8 18029-1S-20 MS18029-1S-20 20
18029-2S 18029-3S
–– Stud thread size: 10-32 –– Stud thread size: 1/4-28
1
–– Cover type/nut: S/MS18029-22 –– Cover type/nut: S/MS18029-23
18029-2S-series
18029-2S10 MS18029-2S-10 10 18029-3S6 MS18029-3S-6 6
18029-2S16 MS18029-2S-16 16 18029-3S8 MS18029-3S-8 8
18029-3S-series
18029-6S
Stud thread size: 8-32, Cover type/nut: S/MS18029-26
EDMO# MFR# # OF STUDS
18029-6S-3 MS18029-6S-3 3
18029-6S-5 MS18029-6S-5 5
18029-6S12 MS18029-6S-12 12
18029-6S16 MS18029-6S-16 16
BUS BARS FOR MS27212 TERMINAL BLOCKS

Bus bars for MS27212 series terminal blocks. These bus bars consist of parallel plates of conductors bonded together
and separated by a thin layer of insulation; they provide low inductance, high capacitance, and ease of assembly. Ideal
for system integration where high power switching, such as IGBTs are involved.
–– Copper construction with cadmium plating except where specified below
–– Can be cut to length for specific applications
COMPATIBLE WITH MS27212-1 COMPATIBLE WITH MS27212-2
–– Max capacity: 40 amps –– Max capacity: 70 amps
EDMO# MFR# # OF STUD PLATING EDMO# MFR# # OF STUD PLATING
STUDS SIZE MATERIAL STUDS SIZE MATERIAL
25226-2-3 MS25226-2-3 6-32 3 cadmium 25226-4-3 MS25226-4-3 10-32 3 cadmium
25226-2-6 MS25226-2-6 6-32 6 cadmium 25226-4T18 MS25226-4T-18 5/16-24 18 tin
25226-2T20 MS25226-2T-20 6-32 20 tin 25226-4-12 MS25226-4-12 10-32 12 cadmium
25226-2-12 MS25226-2-12 6-32 12 cadmium
25226-2-16 MS25226-2-16 6-32 16 cadmium
25226-2-20 MS25226-2-20 6-32 20 cadmium
COMPATIBLE WITH MS27212-3 COMPATIBLE WITH MS27212-4, MS27212-5

–– Max capacity: 90 amps –– Max capacity: 90 amps
EDMO# MFR# # OF STUD PLATING EDMO# MFR# # OF STUD PLATING
STUDS SIZE MATERIAL STUDS SIZE MATERIAL
25226-6-4 MS25226-6-4 1/4-28 4 cadmium 25226-8-4 MS25226-8-4 3/8-24 4 cadmium
25226-6-8 MS25226-6-8 1/4-28 8 cadmium 25226-8-6 MS25226-8-6 3/8-24 6 cadmium
25226-6-20 MS25226-6-20 1/4-28 20 cadmium
COMPATIBLE WITH MS27212-6

–– Max capacity: 50 amps
EDMO# MFR# # OF STUD PLATING
STUDS SIZE MATERIAL
25226-10-3 MS25226-10-3 8-32 3 cadmium
25226-10-5 MS25226-10-5 8-32 5 cadmium
25226-1012 MS25226-10-12 8-32 12 cadmium
25226-1016 MS25226-10-16 8-32 16 cadmium
Aircraft Speakers
SNAP RINGS & NUT FOR 27212-X-X SERIES STANDARD TERMINAL BLOCK
Snap ring and nut for use with the EDMO# 1546671-6
1
MS18029 cover assemblies (use MFR# 1546671-6

in conjunction with the 27212-x-x Dual barrier strip with two walls
series terminal blocks). molded onto each side of the termi-
nal screw. This strip is easy to install
with backed-out, wire-ready screws that have an inter-
EDMO# MFR# MS27212-X TERMINAL BLOCK / rupted thread designed to prevent screws from falling out.
MS18029-X COVER
Standoffs allow flux and solvents to drain during cleaning.
MS18029-21 MS18029-21 -1, 1 TO 20 / MS18029-11(*)-N / N=1 to 20
MS18029-22 MS18029-22 -2, 1 TO 16 / MS18029-12(*)-N / N=1 to 20
MS18029-23 MS18029-23 -3, 1 TO 8 / MS18029-13(*)-N / N=1 to 20 centerline/length: 0.4375 in/3.380 in (85.85 mm)
MS18029-24 MS18029-24 -4, 1 TO 8 / MS18029-14(*)-N / N=1 to 20 number of positions/screw size: 6 positions/ 6-32 × 1/4
MS18029-25 MS18029-25 -5, 1 TO 8 / MS18029-15(*)-N / N=1 to 20 current rating/wire range: 25 A/ 22-14 AWG
MS18029-26 MS18029-26 -6, 1 TO 16 / MS18029-16(*)-N / N=1 to 20 block/screw material: thermoplastic/steel
GROUNDING BLOCK ASSEMBLY

For installing and grounding wire to an aircraft frame,
this 14-pin grounding block mates with standard 6,
14- or 34-position connector housings and has size 16
screw-machined pin contacts that are staked, riveted,
and soldered into the L-shaped metal bracket. Tin-plated
brass construction with stainless steel clinch nuts and
phosphor bronze gold over nickel-plated pin contacts. 14-pin gndg block 14-pin receptacle 34-pin receptacle 34-pin gndg block
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION TYPE MATERIAL CONNECTOR TYPE/STYLE

203540-1 203540-1 14-pin grounding block male phosphor bronze, gold over nickel plated pin contacts grounding block
201298-1 2012981 14 pin receptacle female Phenolic - GF housing standard/receptacle
204814-1 204814-1 34 pin grounding block male phosphor bronze, gold over nickel plated pin contacts grounding block
200838-2 2008382 34 pin receptacle female Phenolic - GF housing standard/receptacle
ACCESSORIES
203618-1 203618-1 jackscrew assembly/male
66105-1 661051 crimp socket 24-20 AWG
66105-4 661054 crimp socket 20-24 AWG
66101-1 661061 crimp socket 18-16 AWG
66101-4 661014 crimp socket 18-16 AWG
AIRCRAFT SPEAKERS
AIRCRAFT SPEAKERS
MISCO SPEAKERS
These aircraft speakers are light, easily intelligible speakers constructed with titanium
and neodymium material for a light, tough aircraft-worthy design. For improved safe-
ty in aerospace applications, these speakers incorporate flame-retardant materials
including Kevlar® fabric.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS IMPEDANCE RATED POWER A52FC-I

A52FC-I A52FC-I pin cushion speaker 5.25 in dia. 3.2 Ω 12 watts
FC46S-4FR FC46S-4FR oval speaker 4 × 6 in 4Ω 12 watts
FC48S-FR FC48S-FR oval speaker 4 × 8 in 8Ω 12 watts
EC4S-FR-I EC4S-FR-I square speaker 4 × 4 in 8Ω 12 watts
FC69S-4FR FC69S-4FR-I oval speaker, flame retardant 6 × 9 in 4Ω 12 watts
FC46S-4FR
FC6S-4FR FC6S-4FR-I pin cushion speaker, flame 6 in dia. 4Ω 12 watts
retardant
Bulkhead Seals & Sealant................................................................ 60

Cable Tie Mounts & Cable Clamps................................................... 53
Cable Ties.......................................................................................... 51
Cable Tie Tools.................................................................................. 53
Expandable Sleeving........................................................................ 59
Grommets......................................................................................... 66
GromStrip.......................................................................................... 65
Heat Shrink Tubing........................................................................... 54
Label & Shrink Tube Printers........................................................... 61
Lacing Cord....................................................................................... 50
Mu-Metal........................................................................................... 64
Spiral Wrap....................................................................................... 58
Tape - Fusion & Electrical................................................................ 60
Vinyl Tubing...................................................................................... 60
Wire & Cable..................................................................................... 46
Wire & Cable
WIRE & CABLE

2
EDMO’s CUSTOMIZED WIRE & CABLE SERVICES

Multiple spool sizes, a variety of wire and cable. A selection to fit your every need.
WHY BUY FROM EDMO?

SIMPLE: BIG STORE SELECTION,
SMALL-SHOP PERSONALIZED SERVICE.
At EDMO, we’re all about providing customized service—particularly when it comes to wire, cable, and laser wire marking. We
offer a wide range of wire sizes available in continuous lengths, meaning that you’ll never get a spliced wire in the middle of
the roll when you order from us. Plus, with large quantities of stock on hand, our customers can expect fast turnaround times.
We provide wire and cable just the way you want it.
hole 1.625-1.75 in All of our in-house, custom spools have a core of
3.5 inches or larger to prevent kinking. If you need a
different spool with a bigger hole or larger core, we’ll
find it.
You don’t have to worry about marking wire when you buy from
us—we provide complete laser wire marking services and can ac-
commodate your specifications.
We also supply wire in 100-foot lengths—perfect for resale or jobs
requiring unusual wire that would be impractical to inventory. And
of course, larger quantities are often discounted.
All of our wire and cable is sourced carefully, ensuring complete
traceability. Every spool we ship is stretch-wrapped to prevent
shifting on the spool and subsequent tangling.
Check out all of our spool lengths online at edmo.com and order
exactly what you want, or speak to one of our order desk personnel
and they can help you to select the best spool for your job and
core 3.5 in shop setup.
We also carry these wire- and cable-related products—see the Electrical Interconnect
section of the catalog for more details.
– terminals
– splices
– connectors
– cable ties
– sleeving, tubing, and wraps
– coax connectors
– cutters, strippers, crimpers
– shrink tube, shrink tube printers
Wire & Cable
MIL-SPEC M22759 WIRE

TEFZEL
–– (M22759/32-34, M22759/41-43)
–– Airframe and avionics aerospace wire
2
–– Soft annealed tin, silver or nickel-plated copper and alloy conductors
–– Single layer and dual layer irradiated ETFE insulation
–– Resists high PH cleaning fluids, fuels, lubricating oils and chemicals
EDMO# MIL-SPEC GAUGE CONDUCTOR COLOR
DUAL LAYER IRRADIATED CROSS-LINKED EXTRUDED ETFE
MEDIUM WEIGHT WALL
600 V / 200°C
24G/43-9 M22759/43-24-9 24 silver-plated copper white
MEDIUM WEIGHT WALL
600 V / 200°C
24G/41-9 M22759/41-24-9 24 nickel-plated copper white
MEDIUM WEIGHT WALL
600 V / 150°C
24G/34-9 M22759/34-24-9 24 tin-plated copper white
SINGLE LAYER IRRADIATED CROSS-LINKED EXTRUDED ETFE
LIGHTWEIGHT WALL
600 V / 150°C
Wire & Cable
MIL-SPEC M22759/16 HOOK-UP WIRE

TEFZEL
QPL (Qualified Parts List) ETFE Hook-up Wire. Standard weight
EDMO# MIL-SPEC GAUGE CONDUCTOR TYPE COLOR
2
EXTRUDED ETFE / MEDIUM WEIGHT / 600 V / 150° C

24G/16-8 M22759/16-24-8 24 tin-plated copper gray
24G/16-7 M22759/16-24-7 24 tin-plated copper purple
24G/16-6 M22759/16-24-6 24 tin-plated copper blue
24G/16-5 M22759/16-24-5 24 tin-plated copper green
24G/16-4 M22759/16-24-4 24 tin-plated copper yellow
24G/16-3 M22759/16-24-3 24 tin-plated copper orange
24G/16-2 M22759/16-24-2 24 tin-plated copper red
24G/16-1 M22759/16-24-1 24 tin-plated copper brown
24G/16-0 M22759/16-24-0 24 tin-plated copper black
Wire & Cable
EDMO# MIL-SPEC GAUGE CONDUCTOR TYPE COLOR

2
MIL-SPEC 27500 WIRE

TEFZEL
Mil-C-27500 wire is commonly used for both shielded and unshielded wire constructions in avionics, aerospace, and
airframe applications.
EDMO# MIL-SPEC GAUGE CONDUCTORS SHIELD COLOR
EXTRUDED ETFE / LIGHTWEIGHT / TIN-PLATED COPPER CONDUCTOR / 600 V / 150°C
24TG4T14 M27500-24TG4T14 24 4 single, tinned copper white
22TG3V14 M27500-22TG3V14 22 3 double, tinned copper white
EXTRUDED ETFE / MEDIUM WEIGHT WALL / TIN-PLATED COPPER CONDUCTOR / 600 V / 150°C
24TE3T14 M27500-24TE3T14 24 3 single, tinned copper white
22TE2V64 M27500-22TE2V64 22 2 double, tinned copper white
Lacing Cord
COAXIAL CABLE/MIL-C-17
High temperature, high performance
QPL approved MIL-C-17 coax cables
for military, commercial and industrial
applications.
2
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION DIELECTRIC CONDUCTOR SHIELDING TEMP RANGE/

VOLTAGE
RG-58C/U RG-58C/U 4450/REV C UNIVERSAL SPEC LDPE tinned copper tinned copper shield 80°C/1,900vms
RG-142 RG-142 RGS142/MIL-C-17/060”G” PTFE silver covered copper 2 silver covered copper -55°C to +200°C/
clad steel shields 1,900vms
RG-179 RG-179 RG-179/MIL-C-17/094”G” PTFE silver covered copper silver covered copper -55°C to +200°C/
clad steel shields 1,200vms
RG-316 RG-316 RGS-316/MIL-C-17/113”G” PTFE silver covered copper silver covered copper -55°C to +200°C/
clad steel 1,200vms
RG-393 M17/127-RG393 RGS-393/MIL-C-17/127”G” PTFE silver covered copper 2 silver covered copper -55°C to +200°C/
shields 5,000vms
RG-400 M17/128-RG400 RGS-400/MIL-C-17/128”G” PTFE silver covered copper 2 silver covered copper -55°C to +200°C/
shields 1,900vms
DATA ETHERNET CABLE

These data and Ethernet cables are de-
signed for airborne 10 and 100 Base-T
Local Area Network applications where
high data speeds and high temperature
requirements are needed.
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIELECTRIC CONDUCTOR SHIELDING TEMP RANGE/ VOLTAGE

VOLTAGE
MEETS ARINC SPECIFICATION 664
E10424 E10424 blue FEP jacket 1.5 KV RMS 24 AWG stranded SPC, 2 pair silver-plated copper shield, foil -55° to +200°C
(4-conductor) shield
E40424 E40424 white ETFE jacket 1.5 KV RMS 24 AWG stranded SPC, 2 pair silver-plated copper shield, foil -55° to +200°C
(4-Conductor) shield
MEETS ARINC SPECIFICATION 646
392404 392404 white -- 24 AWG stranded TPC, 2 pair tin-plated copper/aluminum -55° to +200° C
(4-conductor) Mylar foil
EDI-CAT5-1 071311 white / laser markable -- 24 AWG stranded TPC, 2 pair tin-plated copper/aluminum -55° to +200° C
(4-conductor) polyester foil
LACING CORD
NYLON LACING CORD
Braided nylon lacing cord that meets specifica- EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC
tion MIL-T43435B, Type 1, size 3, finish B. This
lacing cord is coated with a micro-crystalline wax BLK STRING 103-2 BLACK HW MIL-T43435B
with a melting point above 130°F (55°C) and WHT STRING 103-2 Natural HW MIL-T43435B
non-flaking characteristics. It provides excellent
knot retention but does not feel waxy to the
touch. BLK STRING
–– 500 yard length
Cable Ties
CABLE TIES
LOW PROFILE CABLE TIES
COBRA CABLE TIES
2
Low profile Cobra cable ties in UV
black and natural 6/6 nylon. Cobra
cable ties provide parallel entry into
any ultra low-profile latching head, EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) QTY PER PACK
a snag proof, smooth exterior, and C750LP0C C7-50-LP-0C MS3376-3-0 UV black 7.5 × 0.178 100
a pocket that captures the trimmed
stub. C750LP0M C7-50-LP-0C MS3376-3-0 UV black 7.5 × 0.178 1,000
C750LP9C C7-50-LP-9C MS336723-9 natural 7.5 × 0.178 100
–– 50 lb tensile strength C750LP9M C7-50-LP-9M MS336723-9 natural 7.5 × 0.178 1,000
TY-RAP CABLE TIES

THOMAS & BETTS
TY-RAP cable ties are self-locking
and have a low-profile, oval head
that is less likely to snag on un-
even surfaces and is easier to pull
through bulkheads. The non-mag-
netic stainless steel locking device EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) MAX WIRE
provides just the right amount of BUNDLE
holding strength and the structure of DIA. (IN)
the cable tie ensures a wide array of 18 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
positions with precise adjustments TY232M TY232M - natural 8 × 0.086 2
when tightened around a cable TY232MX TY232MX - black 8 × 0.086 2
bundle because it does not rely on TY234M TY234M - natural 14 × 0.086 4
notches. TY23M TY23M MIL-SPEC MS3367-4 natural 3.62 × 0.093 0.625
–– No notches for precise adjust- TY23MX TY23MX MIL-SPEC MS3367-4-0 black 3.62 × 0.093 0.625
ment 30 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
–– Turned-up tail allows the user to TY24M TY24M MIL-SPEC MS3367-5 natural 5.5 × 0.140 1.125
orient the tie as needed TY24MX TY24MX MIL-SPEC MS3367-5-0 black 5.5 × 0.140 1.125
–– Uses a ribbed, stippled friction 40 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
surface to prevent slippage TY242M TY242M - natural 8.19 × 0.140 2
TY242MX TY242MX - black 8.19 × 0.140 2
–– Rounded edges prevent damage
to cable TY244M TY244M - natural 14.5 × 0.140 4
TY26M TY26M - natural 11.1 × 0.140 3
–– Sold in quantities of 1,000 TY26MX TY26MX - black 11.1 × 0.140 3
50 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
TY25M TY25M MIL-SPEC MS3367-1-9 natural 7.31 × 0.185 1.75
TY25MX TY25MX MIL-SPEC MS3367-1-0 black 7.31 × 0.185 1.75
TY28M TY28M MIL-SPEC MS3367-2-9 natural 14.2 × 0.187 4
TY28MX TY28MX MIL-SPEC MS3367-2-0 black 14.2 × 0.187 4
TY27M TY27M MIL-SPEC MS3367-3 natural 13.4 × 0.270 3.5
TY27MX TY27MX MIL-SPEC MS3367-3-0 black 13.4 × 0.270 3.5
Not finding what you’re looking for?

We have more sizes available online — be sure to visit us at www.edmoap.com.au or give us a call. It’s likely we have what you need, or we can
order it for you. Call today on 1300 133 256 (Australia) or 0800 893 488 (New Zealand).
Cable Ties
STANDARD CABLE TIES

HELLERMANNTYTON CORP
HellermannTyton Standard Cable Ties
have interior serrations to increase grip-
ping power and a smooth head design EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC COLOR DIMENSIONS MAX WIRE
2
that ensures high tensile strength with (IN) BUNDLE DIA. (IN)
low insertion force needed. 18 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
–– Turned-up tail allows the user to T18L T18L9M4 - white 8 × 0.1 2.17
orient the tie as needed T18L-0 T18L0M4 - black 8 × 0.1 2.17
–– Can be applied by hand or with ten- T18R T18R9M4 MS3367-4-9 natural 4 × 0.1 0.86
sioning tools T18R-0 T18R0M4 - black 4 × 0.1 0.86
T18S T18S9M4 - natural 3.27 × 0.09 0.63
–– Standard cable ties sold in quantities
T18S-0 T18S0M4 - black 3.27 × 0.09 0.63
of 1,000, Heavy Duty cable ties sold
in quanitites of 50
T30L9M4 T30L9M4 - natural 7.48 × 0.14 1.97
T30R T30R9M4 MS3367-5-9 natural 5.8 × 0.14 1.38
T30R-0 T30R0M4 - black 5.8 × 0.14 1.38
T40L T40L9M4 - natural 14.6 × 0.16 4.13
T40L-0 T40L0M4 - black 14.6 × 0.16 4.13
T40R-0 T40R0M4 - black 14.6 × 0.16 4.13
T50I T50I9M4 - natural 11.8 × 0.18 3.35
T50I-0 T50I0M4 - black 11.8 × 0.18 3.35
T50l T50L9M4 MS3367-2-9 natural 15.35 × 0.18 4.33
T50L-0 T50L0M4 - black 15.35 × 0.18 4.33
T50R T50R9M4 - natural 7.9 × 0.18 1.97
T50R-0 T50R0M4 - black 7.9 × 0.18 1.97
HEAVY DUTY CABLE TIES
T120R T120R9K2 15.25 natural 15.24 × 0.30 4.13
T120R-0 T120R0K2 15.25 black 15.24 × 0.30 4.13
MOUNTABLE CABLE TIES

The T-series mounting cable ties have a built-in
mounting hole that, once fastened around the
cables, can be secured to the panel with a
EDMO# MFR# SIZE COLOR DIMENSIONS MAX WIRE
screw or bolt. (IN) BUNDLE DIA.
–– One-piece, all plastic ties 18 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
–– Serrated interior provides better grip on the T18MR T18MR9C2 4 IN white 4.33 × 0.10 0.124"
cables 50 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
–– Plastic pawl closure T50MR T50MR9M4 8 IN natural 8.46 × 0.18 1"
T50MR-0 T50MR0M4 8 IN black 8.46 × 0.18 1.77"
–– Sold in quantities
IDENTIFICATION CABLE TIES

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties keep
cables tidy and easy to identify. The
ties have a large flat tab that is ideal
for imprinting or writing necessary EDMO# MFR# SIZE (IN) COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) MAX WIRE BUNDLE DIA. (IN)
information. The tie closes with a 18 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
plastic pawl. IT18R IT18R9L4 4 natural 3.94 × 0.98 × 0.32 0.75
–– Plastic pawl tie closure 50 LB MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH
–– Sold in quantities of 200 IT50R IT50R9M4 8 natural 7.99 × 0.18 × 0.51 1.75
IT50R-0 IT50R0C2 8 black 7.99 × 1.1 × 0.51 1.75
Cable Tie Tools
CABLE TIE TOOLS CABLE TIE MOUNTS &

EVO 7 CABLE TIE GUN
CABLE CLAMPS
CABLE TIE MOUNTS
2
EDMO# EVO7
MFR# 110-70083 HELLERMANNTYTON CORP
The EVO 7 Cable Tie The CTM series of cable tie mounts
cutter uses tension/lock/ provide stability to installed wire bun-
cut (TLC) technology to dles. These mounts accommodate
provide precise cable tie the T18 through T50 series cable ties. CTM-3-0
cutting without creating –– Polyamide 6.6 construction
the protruded cut edges –– Each mount is secured with a single
caused by convention- #6 screw
al cable tie cutters that
stretch the tie as they –– 100 mounts per package
cut. The EVO 7 provides
adjustable tensioning with a locking mechanism to keep CTM-4
the tension setting in place—ensuring a flush cut, each
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) MOUNTING
and every time. This advanced cutting technology is HOLE (IN)
paired with a user-tested ergonomic design with soft-grip, FOR 18/50 LB CABLE TIES
non-slip, air cushioning on the handle and trigger for the
utmost in user comfort. CTM-0 CTM010C2 white 0.578 × 0.375 × 0.15
0.266
CTM-1 CTM110M4 white 0.579 × 0.370 × 0.185
TWIST CUT CABLE TIE GUN 0.266
HELLERMANNTYTON CORP CTM-1-0 CTM10M4 black 0.579 × 0.370 × 0.185
EDMO# TWT-1 0.266
MFR# TWT-1 CTM-2 CTM210M4 white 0.86 × 0.61 × 0.37 0.173
The Twist Cut Cable Tie Gun is CTM-2-0 CTM20M4 black 0.86 × 0.61 × 0.37 0.18
an efficient and economically CTM-3 CTM310M4 white 0.858 × 0.609 × 0.189
priced mechanical twist tool 0.374
that is light and small enough CTM-3-0 CTM30C2 black 0.858 × 0.609 × 0.189
to fit into a pocket. 0.374
TWT-1 FOR 18/120 LB CABLE TIES
CTM-4 CTM410C2 white 0.864 × 0.61 × 0.37 0.25
CABLE TIE CUTTER

EDMO# MG-1300
MFR# MG-1300
Cable tie cutter with two safety
guards that slide behind the cable
tie strap for simple removal with-
out the risk of damaging bundled
cables or wires. Ergonomic, cush-
ioned grips. MG-1300
WIRE SPOON THREADER

EDMO# MDA-3792
MFR# MDA-3792,35250
Wire spoon threads wires into already tied harnesses.
–– 300 Series stainless steel construction
–– Made in America for superior quality
For more information on our selection of cable tie tools, please visit
page 105.
MDA-3792
Heat Shrink Tubing
CABLE TIE MOUNTS - 4-WAY WEDGED CABLE CLAMPS

HELLERMANNTYTON CORP Cushioned loop clamps (Adel clamps)
These four-way mounting cable tie with an aluminum body and chloro-
bases accommodate several different prene rubber cushion (black with blue
sizes of cable ties. Ties can be insert- stripe) with wedge.
2
ed from all four sides of the mount.

Mounts can be secured to intended MB-5A
surfaces with two screws, adhesive EDMO# MFR# DIA. (IN)
backing, or both if needed.
MS21919WDG10 MS21919WDG10 5/8
–– Adhesive backing consists of syn- MS21919WDG11 21919WDG11 11/16
thetic rubber with a polyethylene MS21919WDG12 MS21919WDG12 3/4
foam and synthetic rubber base
MS21919WDG13 MS21919WDG13 13/16
MB-5A-0 MS21919WDG14 MS21919WDG14 7/8
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) MOUNTING MS21919WDG15 21919WDG15 15/16
HOLE (IN) MS21919WDG16 MS21919WDG16 1
FOR 18/30 LB CABLE TIES MS21919WDG17 MS21919WDG17 1-1/16
MB-3A MB3A10M4 white 0.75 × 0.75 × 0.18 0.12 MS21919WDG18 MS21919WDG18 1-1/8
MB-3A-0 MB3A0C2 black 0.75 × 0.75 × 0.18 0.12 MS21919WDG19 MS21919WDG19 1-3/16
MB-4A MB4A10H4 white 1.12 × 1.12 × 0.22 0.18 MS21919WDG2 21919WDG2 1/8
MB-4A-0 MB4A0H4 black 1.12 × 1.12 × 0.22 0.18 MS21919WDG20 MS21919WDG20 1-1/4
MB-5A MB5A10F4 white 1.49 × 1.49 × 0.28 0.19 MS21919WDG21 MS2191WDG21 1-5/16
MB-5A-0 MB5A0C2 black 1.49 × 1.49 × 0.28 0.19 MS21919WDG22 MS21919WDG22 1-3/8
MS21919WDG23 21919WDG23 1-7/16
MS21919WDG24 MS21919WDG24 1-1/2
MS21919WDG25 MS21919WDG25 1-9/16
MS21919WDG26 MS21919WDG26 1-5/8
CLAMP 90-DEGREE MS21919WDG3 MS21919WDG3 3/16
Adjustable 90° clamps for cable bundle MS21919WDG32 MS21919WDG32 2
diameters from 1/8-inch to 2-3/16- MS21919WDG4 MS21919WDG4 1/4
inch. They open at a 90° angle for easy MS21919WDG5 MS21919WDG5 5/16
installation and accept wire bundles of MS21919WDG6 MS21919WDG6 3/8
varying sizes—especially when used MS21919WDG7 MS21919WDG7 7/16
in conjunction with plastic cable ties. MS21919WDG8 MS21919WDG8 1/2
Qualifies to Mil spec M23190/1.
MS21919WDG9 MS21919WDG9 9/16
EDMO# MFR# DIA. (IN)

NMC1005-5 NMC1005-5 7/8 - 1 1/4
NMC1005-4 NMC1005-4 11/16 -15/16
NMC1005-3 NMC1005-3 1/2 - 11/16
HEAT SHRINK TUBING

HEAT-SHRINKABLE POLYOLEFIN TUBING
ICO-RALLY
Very popular general-purpose heat-shrinkable tubing, HIX tubing is used for insulating, jacketing, bundling, and identifi-
cation. It is both abrasion and solvent resistant and provides a longitudinal shrinkage of less than 6%.
–– Applicable specifications: SAE-AMS-DTL-23053/5, –– Shrink temperature: 250°F (121°C)

class 1 and 3 –– Standard colors: Type 1 (flame-retardant) black, white,
–– UL/CUL file number: E52612 (VW-1) red, blue, yellow, green; Type 2 (non-flame-retardant)
–– Operating temperature range: -67°F (-55°C) to 275°F clear only
(135°C) –– Sold in 100-foot lengths or priced per foot
–– Shrink ratio: 2:1
Heat Shrink Tubing
EDMO# MFR# MIN. EXPANDED/ RECOVERED WALL

RECOVERED ID THICKNESS
BLACK - 100 FT ROLLS - PRICED PER FT
HIXR-3/64 HIXR-3/64 0.046/0.023 0.016
2
HIXR-1/16 HIR-1/16 BLACK SPOOLED 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIXR-3/32 HIX-3/32 BL 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIXR-1/8 HIX-1/8 BLACK SPOOLED 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIXR-3/4 HIX-3/4 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIXR-1 HIX-1 1.000/0.500 0.035
HIXR-2 HIXR-2 2.000/1.000 0.045
HIXR-3 HIX-3 3.000/1.500 0.050
WHITE - 100 FT ROLLS - PRICED PER FT
HIXR-1/16W HIX-1/16 WHITE SPOOLED 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIXR-1/8W HIXR-1/8 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIXR-1/4W HIX-1/4 WHITE 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIXR-3/8W HIXR-3/8W 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIXR-1/2W HIXR-1/2W 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIXR-3/4W HIX-3/4W 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIXR-1WH HIXR-1WH 1.000/0.500 0.035
HIXR-2WH HIX-2 2.000/1.000 0.045
HIXR-3WH HIX-3 3.000/1.500 0.050
CLEAR - 100 FT ROLLS - PRICED PER FT
HIXR-1/16C HIX-1/16 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIXR-3/32C HIX-3/32 CLEAR SPOOLED 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIXR-1/8C HIX-1/8 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIXR-3/16C HIX-3/16 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIXR-3/16C HIX-3/16 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIXR-1/4C HIXR-1/4C 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIXR-1C HIX-1” CLEAR SPOOLED 1.000/0.500 0.035
BLACK - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-1/16 HIX-1/16 BLACK 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIX-3/32 HIX-3/32 BLACK 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIX-3/32 HIX-3/32 BLACK 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIX-1/8 HIX-1/8 BLACK 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIX-3/16 HIX-3/16 BLACK 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/4 HIX-1/4 BLACK 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIX-3/8 HIX-3/8 BLACK 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIX-1/2 HIX-1/2 BLACK 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4 HIX-3/4 BLACK 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIX-1 HIX-1 1.000/0.500 0.035
HIX-2 HIX-2 2.000/1.000 0.045
HIX-3 HIX-3 BLACK STICKS 3.000/1.500 0.050
Heat Shrink Tubing
EDMO# MFR# MIN. EXPANDED/ RECOVERED WALL

RECOVERED ID THICKNESS
WHITE - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-3/64WH HIX-3/64 WHITE 0.046/0.023 0.016
HIX-1/16WH HIX-1/16 WHITE 0.063/0.031 0.017
2
HIX-3/32WH HIX-3/32 WHITE 0.093/0.046 0.020

HIX-1/8WH HIX-1/8WHITE 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIX-3/16WH HIX-3/16 WHITE 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/4WH HIX-1/4 WHITE 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIX-3/8WH HIX-3/8 WHITE 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIX-1/2WH HIX-1/2WHITE 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4WH HIX-3/4WH 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIX-1WH HIX-1WH 1.000/0.500 0.035
CLEAR - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-3/64CL HIX-3/64 0.046/0.023 0.016
HIX-1/16CL HIX-1/16CL 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIX-3/32CL HIX-3/32CL 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIX-1/8CL HIX-1/8CLEAR 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIX-3/16CL HIX-3/16CL 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/4CL HIX-1/4 CLEAR 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIX-3/8CL HIX-3/8 CLEAR 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIX-1/2CL HIX-1/2CLEAR 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4CL HIX-3/4 CL 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIX-1CL HIX-1CLEAR 1.000/0.500 0.035
RED - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-3/64RE 0.046/0.023 0.016
HIX-1/16RE HIX-1/16RE 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIX-3/32RE HIX-3/32RE 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIX-1/8RE HIX-1/8RE 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIX-3/16RE HIX-3/16RE 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/4RE HIX-1/4RE 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIX-3/8RE HIX-3/8 RED 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIX-1/2RE HIX-1/2RE 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4RE HIX-3/4RE 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIX-1RE HIX-1” RED 1.000/0.500 0.035
YELLOW - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-3/64YE HIX-3/64YE 0.046/0.023 0.016
HIX-1/16YE HIX-1/16YE 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIX-3/32YE HIX-3/32 YELLOW STICKS 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIX-1/8YE HIX-1/8YE 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIX-3/16YE HIX-3/16YE 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/4YE HIX-1/4YE 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIX-3/8YE HIX-3/8YE 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIX-1/2YE HIX-1/2 YELLOW 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4YE HIX-3/4YE 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIX-1YE HIX-1YE 1.000/0.500 0.035
GREEN - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-3/16GR HIX-3/16GR 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/2GR M23053/5-108-5 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4GR M23053/5-109-5 0.750/0.375 0.030
BLUE - 4 FT LENGTHS - PRICED PER FT
HIX-1/16BL HIX-1/16BL 0.063/0.031 0.017
HIX-3/32BL IC6240577 0.093/0.046 0.020
HIX-1/8BL HIX-1/8BL 0.125/0.063 0.020
HIX-3/16BL HIX-3/16BL 0.188/0.093 0.020
HIX-1/4BL HIX-1/4BL 0.250/0.125 0.025
HIX-3/8BL HIX-3/8 0.375/0.188 0.025
HIX-1/2BL M23053/5-108-6 0.500/0.250 0.025
HIX-3/4BL HIX-3/4BL 0.750/0.375 0.030
HIX-1BL 1.000/0.500 0.035
Heat Shrink Tubing
HW3X HAT
The HW3X series consists of heat-shrinkable polyole- HAT is a thin-wall, heat shrinkable polyolefin with a ther-
fin tubing that provides greater protection under rough moplastic adhesive coating at the interior that adheres
environmental conditions with heavy-wall, semi-rigid to a wide variety of plastic, rubber, and metal surfaces.
material that has excellent insulating, abrasion-resisting, When heated, it shrinks to 50% of its supplied diameter
2
and strain-relief properties. This product is supplied with to conform to the object that it covers. Once cooled, it
sealant that provides waterproofing and protection in returns to its original state and forms a moisture-resistant
underwater or underground conditions. Seals may be bond between the tubing and substrate.
made over lead, steel, –– Shrink ratio: 2:1
aluminum, copper, and
all standard plastic and –– Applicable specifications: SAE-
elastomeric insulating AMS-DTL-23053/4, class 2
materials. –– UL file number: E52612 (excludes clear)
–– Operating temperature range: -67°F (-55°C) to 194°F –– Operating temperature range: -67°F (-55°C) to 230°F
(90°C) (110°C)
–– Recommended heat gun: 500°F (260°C) –– Shrink temperature: 250°F (121°C)
–– Shrink ratio: 3 to 1
EDMO# MFR# MIN. EXPANDED/ RECOVERED
–– Shrink temperature: 250°F (121°C RECOVERED ID WALL THICKNESS
–– Standard colors: black HAT-1/8 HAT-1/8 0.125/0.063 0.021
–– 48-inch lengths HAT-1/4 HAT-1/4 0.250/0.125 0.030
–– SAE-AMS-DTL23053/15, Class 1
EDMO# MFR# MIN. EXPANDED/ RECOVERED
RECOVERED ID WALL THICKNESS
HW3X- HW3X-04-S- 0.400/0.150 0.060 FABRIC HEAT SHRINK TUBING
04S48B 48-BLK ICO-RALLY
HW3X- HW3X07S48B 0.750/0.220 0.095 Heat shrinkable fabric (HSF) tub-
07S48B ing is woven from black strands of
HW3X- HW3X- 1.100/0.375 0.120 polyester and polyolefin. It is ideal for
11S48B 11-S-48 applications including noise sup-
BLACK pression and abrasion resistance for
components such as rubber hoses,
harnesses, and plastic pipe as it is
very flexible and easy to install over
awkward materials like bent hoses
HLT or pre-formed pipes. HSF is also
HLT tubing is heat-shrinkable, very flexible thin-wall tubing Halogen free.
made from flame-retardant polyolefin. It has a low-shrink –– Operating temperature range: spool
temperature and is ideal for insulation, identification, strain -40°F (-40°C) to 257°F (125°C)
relief, wire bundling,
and color-coding. –– Shrink ratio: 2:1 and 3:1
–– UL/CUL file num- –– Shrink temperature: 275°F (135°C)
ber: E52612 (VW-1) –– Recommended heat gun: 500°F (260°C)
–– Operating temperature range: -67°F (-55°C) to 275°F –– 0 .040 in recovered wall thickness
(135°C) –– Standard colors: black
–– Shrink ratio: 2:1 –– Standard shipping length: spools
–– Shrink temperature: 176°F (80°C) –– Sold in 50-foot spools
–– Recommended heat gun: 500°F (260°C)
–– Color: gray EDMO# MFR# MINIMUM EXPANDED/
RECOVERED ID
–– SAE-AMS-DTL-23053/5, class 1 and 3
HSF-12/6 HSF-12/6 BLACK SPLD 0.472/0.236
EDMO# MFR# MIN. EXPANDED/ RECOVERED WALL HSF3X-18/6 HSF3X-18/6 0.709/0.236
RECOVERED ID THICKNESS HSF-20/10 HSF-20/10 BLACK SPLD 0.787/0.394
HLT-1/4 HLT-1/4 0.250/0.125 0.025 HSF-30/15 HSF-30/15 1.181/0.591
HLT-1/8 HLT-1/8 0.125/0.063 0.020 HSF3X30/10 HSF3X30/10 1.181/0.394
HLT-3/8 M23053/5- 0.375/0.188 0.025 HSF-40/20 HSF-40/20 1.575/0.787
307-8 HSF-50/25 HSF-50/25 1.969/0.984
HSF3X60/20 HSF3X60/20 2.362/0.787
HSF3X60/30 HSF3X60/30 2.362/1.181
HSF-70/35 HSF-70/35 2.756/1.378
Spiral Wrap
SPIRAL WRAP
SPIRAL WRAP TUBING
ICO-RALLY
2
Spiral wrap tubing provides solid grip with its torsional cut
and rigid profile. It retains strength under repeated flexing
and bending and follows wire paths easily, resulting in tidy,
free-running cable bundles. Spiral wrap is also easy to
remove and re-apply when troubleshooting is necessary.
Available in polyethylene and PTFE.
POLYETHYLENE:
–– A versatile, low-cost material.
black natural
–– Black polyethylene is also low-cost but also contains ul-
tra-violet inhibitors, designed for outdoor use.
PTFE:
–– Primarily for high temperature applications, it has a low operating temperature and is not affected by organic sol-
vents or acids.
–– Sold in 25-foot lengths, priced per 100 ft
EDMO# MFR# NOMINAL OD/WALL THKNS (IN) NOMINAL MAX. BUNDLE SIZE (IN)
PTFE MATERIAL
NATURAL
SWT-1/8 SWT-1/8 NATURAL 0.125/0.030 0.250 0.5
SWT-1/8XXT SWT-1/8XXT 0.125/0.016 0.250 0.5
SWT-3/16 SWT-3/16 NATURAL 0.188/0.030 0.250 1.0
SWT-1/4 SWT-1/4 NATURAL 0.250/0.030 0.375 2.0
SWT-5/16 SWT-5/16 XT NATURAL 0.3125/-- -- --
SWT-3/8 SWT-3/8 NATURAL 0.375/0.030 0.438 2.5
SWT-1/2 SWT-1/2 NATURAL 0.500/0.030 0.563 3.0
SWT-3/4 SWT-3/4 0.750/0.040 0.875 4
SWT-1 3673700 1.000/0.040 1.000 6.0
BLACK
SWT-1/2B SWT-1/2B 0.500/0.030 0.563 3.0
SWT-1BK SWT-1BK 1.000/0.040 1.000 6.0
POLYETHYLENE MATERIAL
NATURAL
SWP-1/8 SWP-1/8 NATURAL 0.125/0.031 0.250 0.5
SWP-3/16 SWP-3/16 NATURAL 0.188/0.031 0.250 1.5
SWP-1/4 SWP-1/4 NATURAL 0.250/0.058 0.313 2.0
SWP-3/8 SWP-3/8 NATURAL 0.375/0.058 0.438 3.0
SWP-1/2 SWP-1/2 NATURAL 0.500/0.058 0.563 4.0
SWP-3/4 SWP-3/4 0.750/0.065 0.875 6.0
SWP-1 SWP-1” NATURAL 1.000/0.100 0.875 8.0
BLACK
SWP-1/8BK SWP-1/8BK 0.125/0.031 0.250 0.5
SWP-3/16BK SWP-3/16 BLACK 0.188/0.031 0.250 1.5
SWP-1/4BK SWP-1/4 BLACK 0.250/0.058 0.313 2.0
SWP-3/8BK SWP-3/8 BK 0.375/0.058 0.438 3.0
SWP-1/2BK SWP-1/2 BK 0.500/0.058 0.563 4.0
SWP-3/4BK SWP-3/4BK 0.750/0.065 0.875 6.0
SWP-1BK SWP-1BK 1.000/0.100 0.875 8.0
Occasional random lengths.
Size varies on specific bundles depending on desired flexibility and protection.
Expandable Sleeving
EXPANDABLE SLEEVING
ICO-FLEX EXPANDABLE SLEEVING
ICO-RALLY
2
ICO-FLEX is lightweight, expandable, self-fitting, monofilament sleeving that is designed to encapsulate and protect ca-
ble bundles and wire assemblies. This sleeving adjusts to irregular surfaces and contours and is also abrasion resistant.
Available in two versions: flame retardant (XPF) or non-flame retardant polyester monofilament (XPNF).
–– Operating temperature range: -94 to 250°F (-70 to 125°C) –– Colors: black or white
–– Flammability: VW-1 –– Sold in 100-foot length
EDMO# MFR# NOMINAL ID (IN) BUNDLE SIZE RANGE SPOOL LENGTH
(MIN – MAX) (IN)
NON-FLAME RETARDANT POLYESTER EXPANDABLE SLEEVING
BLACK
XPNF-1/4 XPNF-1/4 0.250 0.125 – 0.375 1000
*
FLAME RETARDANT POLYESTER EXPANDABLE SLEEVING
BLACK
XPF-1/8 XPF-1/8 0.125 0.094 – 0.125 100
XPF-1/4 XPF-1/4 BLACK 0.250 0.125 – 0.375 100
XPF-3/8 XPF-3/8 BLACK 0.375 0.250 – 0.625 100
XPF-1/2 XPF-1/2 BLACK 0.500 0.250 – 0.750 100
XPF-3/4 XPF-3/4 BLACK 0.750 0.500 – 1.250 100
XPF-1 1/4 XPF-1 1/4 BLACK 1.250 0.750 – 1.500 100
XPF-1 3/4 XPF-1 3/4 BLACK 1.750 1.250 – 2.500 100
XPF-2 XPF-2 2.00 1.500 – 3.000 100
WHITE
XPFW-1/8 XPFW-1/8 0.125 0.094 – 0.125 100
XPFW-1/4 6169120 0.250 0.125 – 0.375 100
XPFW-3/8 XPF-3/8 WHITE 0.375 0.250 – 0.625 100
XPFW-1/2 XPF-1/2 WHITE 0.500 0.250 – 0.750 100

XPFW-3/4 XPF-3/4 WHITE 0.750 0.500 – 1.250 100
XPFW-1 1/4 XPFW-1 1/4 1.250 0.750 – 1.500 100
Flame retardant sleeving is identified with colored tracers. Non-flame retardant sleeving is a solid color.Products not shown to scale.
AERO BRAIDED SLEEVING MINI ROLL EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS (FT)

Protect-Fast™ AERO Braided Sleeving is a tough, WHITE W/ BLACK TRACER
lightweight method used to contain and protect cable PFR1WT0100 PFA-PFR-1-WT-0100 1/4 in × 100
assemblies, hoses, and wire harnesses from abrasion PFR1WT0200 PFA-PFR-1-WT-0200 1/4 in × 200
and cutting. The PFR material is MIL-202 and FAR25 PFR3WT0100 PFA-PFR-3-WT-0100 1/2 in × 100
approved, gasoline resistant, and has a temperature rating BLACK W/ WHITE TRACER
from -103°F to 257°F (-75°C to 125°C). PFR1BT0200 3-PFA-PFR-1-BT-0200 1/4 in × 200
–– Flammability rating FAR 25 UL VW-1 PFR3BT0100 PFA-PFR-3-BT-0100 1/2 in × 100
–– Expansion 150% sleeve, 25% overlap PFR4BT0075 PFA-PFR-4-BT-0075 3/4 in × 75
wrap PFR6BT0050 PFA-PFR-6-BT-0050 1-1/4 in × 50
–– Melt temperature 545°F (285°C) Additional sizes available. Call to order.
–– High resistance to chemicals, corrosion,
and abrasion
–– Recommended cutting: hot knife
–– Low and medium outgassin
Vinyl Tubing
VINYL TUBING SILICON FUSION TAPE

EDMO# 608036-1
MFR# 608036-1
VINYL TUBING Extruded from high performance
The SLV-40 vinyl tubing is silicone rubber, silicon fusion tape
2
extremely flexible and designed is self-adhering and self-fusing,

primarily for low temperature ap- curing into a solid rubber insulator
plications down to -85°F (-65°C), at room temperature in 24 hours
with a continuous rating of 175°F or less, resulting in an insepara-
(80°C). Best used in applications ble barrier that resists moisture,
where general-purpose vinyl los- ozone, and corona at temperatures up to 260° C. Its high
es its flexibility. Meets MIL-I-7444 conductivity allows for rapid heat dissipation, resulting in
specification. lower temperature rise on all types of connections.
–– Standard length: 100 ft –– Operating temp: 140°F – 390°F (-60°C - 200°C), 500°F
–– Operating temperature range: (260°C) max
-85°F (-65°C) to 175°F (80°C) –– Dimensions: 1 in × 0.020 in × 36 ft
–– Standard colors: black and
clear (all parts listed in table are clear)
BULKHEAD SEALS &

TAPE - FUSION & SEALANT
ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD SEALS
Nylon bulkhead seals for use with electrical harnesses
ELECTRICAL TAPE - BLACK or tubing passed through bulkheads in pressurized and
EDMO# 604271-2 non-pressurized aircraft. Available in natural color.
MFR# 6042712
Premium grade vinyl electrical
insulating tape with strong ad-
hesive and elastic backing that
resists water and easily conforms
to irregular surfaces—even in cold
temperatures. NMCS45A-11 NMCS45A-14 NMCS45A-12 NMCS45A-13
–– Dimensions: 0.75 in × 7 mil ×

EDMO# MFR# SHAPE SIZE (IN)
66 ft
–– Rubber resin adhesive with NMCS45A-11 NMC S45A-11 square 1-f1/8
polyvinyl chloride backing NMCS45A-14 NMC S45A-14 square 1-3/8
NMCS45A-13 NMC S45A-13 elliptical 3/4
–– Temperature range: -0.4°F – 221°F (-18°C - 105°C),
NMCS45A-12 NMC S45A-12 elliptical 1/2
221°F (105°C)
–– Dielectric strength: 1150 Millivolts
FUSION TAPE - COLD SHRINK

EDMO# 605980-1
MFR# 605980-1
Cold shrink fusion electrical
tape does not require any heat
or open flame when applied
and doesn’t transfer any adhe-
sive to the materials it is applied
to (making for minimal clean-
up when removed). This tape
forms a tough, homogeneous,
watertight skin around the sub-
strate, even when immersed in
water. This tape is resistant to abrasion, impact, sunlight,
and most chemicals without the need for overwrap in
most applications and it easily covers irregular surfaces.
–– Operating Temp: -40°F - 212°F (-40°C - 100°C), 226°F
(130°C)
–– Dimensions: 0.75 in × .020 in × 30 ft
Label & Shrink Tube Printers
AEROSPACE SEALANT/AMS-S-8802B
EDMO# AC236B1/2
LABEL & SHRINK TUBE
MFR# AC-236 B-1/2 PRINTERS
AC-236 Class B is a two-component, manganese diox-
ide cured, liquid polysulfide polymer aerospace sealant EPSON LABELWORKS PX900
2
that provides excellent fuselage seals. AC-236 Class B HANDHELD LABEL PRINTER
maintains its flexibility and bond strength on most metal EPSON
substrates like aluminum, stainless steel, steel, and many
coatings under extremes of temperature, weathering and The Epson LabelWorks PX LW-PX900 label
stress. The mixed compound is a thixotropic paste easily printer sets the standard for industrial label
applied by extrusion, injection gun, or spatula. It has printers, with high-resolution printing capa-
excellent tooling properties. Perfect sealant for antenna bilities for printing die-cut and fixed-length
installations. Application Life & Cure Time (@ 75ºF, 50% labels, heat-shrink tube, and bar codes.
relative humidity). –– High-speed, 360 dpi print output capa-
–– Shelf life: 9 months from package/mixed may be stored bilities produce crisp, detailed labels, bar
under refrigeration as follows: 15 days codes, and wire identification faster and
at -20°F, 30 days at -40°F Minimum at higher resolution than other printer
application life: 1/2 hour models
–– Typical tack-free time: 8 hours –– Prints at speeds up to 35 mm / sec
–– Typical cure time to 35A4: 24 hours –– Can print on shrink tube up to 21 mm
(7/8-inch) wide as well as on die-cut square, circle, or
–– Weight: 25 grams oval supplies
–– Provides a 4 mm standard lead margin and the ability to
RTV ADHESIVE/SEALANT reduce tape waste down to 1 mm
DOW CORNING
–– Front loading design for fast tape replacement
Dow Corning® 3145 RTV
MIL-A-46146 is designed –– Comes with magnet attachments that make it easier to
to provide long term bond- use in the field or in work areas where space is limited
ing and to protect against –– Equipped with industry specific hot keys that streamline
moisture, environmental and simplify template section from among six different
factors, mechanical and thermal shock as well as vibra- styles and applications for wire wrap, patch panels, and
tion. Typical applications include: bonding of sensitive punch blocks
electronic components and sub-assemblies. –– “Drop-stop” feature stops printing and holds the label
–– This is a non-corrosive adhesive/sealant until it is removed by the user
–– “Pick and Print” programming directs the printer to
–– Silicone rubber formulation cures at room temperature pause printing and cutting subsequent labels when the
“Drop-Stop” feature is engaged
EDMO# MFR# QTY COLOR
–– Provides options for auto-cut and half-cut while a
3145/3OZ/C DC1610431 3 oz clear “Mixed Length” option allows the user to quickly select
3145/3OZ/G DC3138313 3 oz gray varying label lengths for print
–– Includes eight bar-code formats including 2D QR codes,
1000+ symbols, and multiple design effects
–– Auto alphanumeric sequencing, repeat and reversed
color printing provide added options for label and heat-
shrink tube creation
–– Printing information can be uploaded and stored into
the printer using the included software and USB cable
included with some versions
–– ENERGY STAR® certified
LW-PX900
Includes printer, AC adapter, guide, and 212BWPX label-
ing tape
LW-PX900PC
Includes printer, AC
adapter, USB cable,
label editor professional
software and manual
on CD-ROM guide, and
212BWPX labeling tape.
LW-PX900PC Kit
LW-PX900PCD on shrink tube up to 21 mm (7/8 inch) wide)

Includes printer, AC –– Designed with an integrated PeelGuard® trimmer that
adapter, lithium-ion extends label life by rounding label corners
battery, USB cable, –– 1 mm margin setting reduces wasted tape*
label editor professional
2
software and manual –– Equipped with Wi-Fi printing capabilities that can be
on CD-ROM, magnet- used with any smart device and Epson iLabel or data-
ic attachment, guide, com app—this network connectivity makes it easy for
212BWPX labeling multiple users to share one printer
tape, and a black in- –– Half-cut function allows the user to serialize strips of
dustrial hard case labels
LWPX900PCD Deluxe Kit –– Constructed with a compact, top-loading design that
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION saves desktop space (measures 12.3 × 15.1 × 13.8 in)
LW-PX900 LW-PX900 LW-PX900 with adapter, guide, and tape –– ENERGY STAR® certified
LW-PX900PC LW-PX900PC LW-PX900 Kit –– Includes: printer, AC adapter, USB cable, label editor
LW-PX900PCD LW-PX900PCD LW-PX900 Deluxe Kit professional software and manual on CD-ROM, guide,
PRINTER ACCESSORIES and 212BWPX labeling tape
LWPX900AD LWPX900AD LW-PX900 replacement adapter *10 mm lead is standard on a single label, or the first label in a batch
LWPX9MAG LWPX9MAG LW-PX900 magnet attachment
LWPXLION LWPXLION lithium-ion battery for LW-PX900 LABEL SHOP 2012XLST MACHINE KIT
CARTRIDGES K-SUN CORPORATION
209FBBPX 209FBBPX iron on fabric tape: black on blue, 3/8 × 16 ft EDMO# 2012XLST
4 in, 9MM; for LW-PX900 and older models MFR# 2012XLST
209FBPPX 209FBPPX iron on fabric tape: black on pink, 3/8 × 16 ft
The Label Shop Machine Kit includes
4 in, 9MM; for LW-PX900 and older models
heat shrink tubing, wire wrap, and a
212FBBPX 212FBBPX iron on fabric tape: black on blue, 1/2 × 16 ft professional label printer all in one.
4 in, 12MM; for LW-PX900 and older models The printer is equipped with a QW-
212FBPPX 212FBPPX iron on fabric tape: black on pink, 1/2 × 16 ft ERTY style keyboard and is capable
4 in, 12MM; for LW-PX900 and older models of printing on polyolefin heat shrink
224SLPX 224SLPX self laminating overwrap label tape: black on tube, polyester wire and cable wrap
white, 1 × 26 ft, 24MM (1/4 in white, 3/4 in materials, and industrial polyester adhesive-backed tapes.
clear; for LW-PX900 and older models Industrial symbols library, 14 fonts, 6-bar code formats,
236HCPX 236HCPX cleaning cartridge: 1 1/2 × 13 ft, 36MM, automatic power off, 8-lines of text or numbers, and
100 uses memory backup. Incorporated PeelGuard™ Label Trim-
mer rounds label corners on-demand for greater peeling
protection and more professional looking labels.
–– Print quality: 180 dpi thermal transfer imaging
EPSON LABELWORKS PX800 –– Runs on 6 AAA batteries
DESKTOP LABEL PRINTER –– Large LCD screen for easier text/number entry & editing
EPSON –– Kit includes: 2 tapes, 6 AA batteries, owner’s manual,
EDMO# LW-PX800 tape cutter, AC adapter, and a case
MFR# LW-PX800
The Epson LabelWorks PX800 is a LABEL SHOP 2012XLST-PC KIT
compact desktop label printer that K-SUN CORPORATION
provides fast print speeds and the EDMO# 2012XLSTPC
ability to print on 163 materials includ- MFR# 2012XLST-PC
ing magnetic tape, heat shrink tube,
glow-in-the-dark material, and industri- The 2012XLSTPC kit has all of the
al adhesive labels up to 1.5 inches wide. This little printer features of the 2012XLST but also
takes up minimal desktop space and comes equipped includes MaxiLabel® PRO Software,
with hundreds of templates for commonly used labels and a quick start guide, and a USB ca-
signs and thousands of symbols; it also provides capabil- ble. The MaxiLabel® PRO software,
ities for storing commonly used bar codes or creating 2D version 2.0, adds several capabilities
QR codes. For users creating large batches of labels, the to the system including the ability
PX800 can streamline the process by importing prepre- to import symbols and graphics,
pared data and tables from Excel. To add that extra pro- date and time stamp functions, split image printing for big
fessional touch, users can even import images including labels, templates, frames, alpha-numeric sequencing, and
logos and other graphics. Microsoft Excel files for more labeling applications. (Printer
also includes the PeelGuard label trimmer option.)
–– Provides fast print speeds of up to 35 mm/sec with
crisp, clear 360-dpi printing resolution and uses eco- –– Kit includes: 3 tapes, 6 AA batteries, owners manual,
nomical tape cartridges that yield more labels tape cutter, AC adapter, MaxiLabel® PRO Software,
quick start guide, and USB cable.
–– Prints on supplies up to 36 mm (1.5 inches) wide (prints
CARTRIDGES FOR K-SUN PRINTERS CARTRIDGES FOR KROY PRINTERS

EPSON KROY INC
SHRINK TUBE CARTRIDGES INDUSTRIAL POLYESTER

K-Sun Label shrink tubes use industrial grade polyolefin LABEL CARTRIDGE
2
base materials that have a shrink rate of 50% or more in 1-inch wide clear tape for permanent
diameter and 15% or less in length. black printing. Resistant to UV light and
–– Temperature range 90-270°C chemicals. No set label length.
–– Compliance standards: UL standard –– 40 ft length 2438643
224 (rated temperature: 125°C, rat-
ed voltage: 300V, flame resistance EDMO# MFR# COLOR WIDTH (IN)
grade VW-1) FOR USE WITH: K2500, K3000PC, K3100PC, K4100, K5100
–– Available in multiple widths. 2438601 2438601 black/clear 1
203STBY 2438602 2438602 white/clear 1
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) 2438616 2438616 black/white 1
2438620 2438620 white/black 1
FOR USE WITH: BEE3, BEE3+, 2001XLST, 2012XLST, 2012XLST-PC
AND 2010PC 2438643 2438643 black/yellow 1
203STBW 203STBWS black/white 1/8 × 96 2438701 2438701 black/clear 0.8
203STBY 203STBY black/yellow 1/8 × 96 2438716 2438716 black/white 0.8
205STBR 205STBR black/red 3/16 × 96 2438743 2438743 black/yellow 0.8
205STBW 205STBWS black/white 3/16 × 96 FOR USE WITH: K2500, K3000PC, K4100 AND K5100
205STBY 205STBYS black/yellow 3/16 × 96 2487901 2487901 black/clear 0.5
2487916 2487916 black/white 0.5
FOR USE WITH: BEE3+, 2001XLST, 2010PC, 2012XLST, 2012XLST- 2487920 2487920 white/black 0.5
PC, GREEN MACHINE, GREEN MACHINE-P 2487943 2487943 black/yellow 0.5
208STBW 208STBWS black/white 1/4 × 96
211STBY 211STBYS black/yellow 1/2 × 96
WIRE WRAP LABEL CARTRIDGES
Self-laminating wire wrap cartridges
for use with Kroy K-series printers
with an aggressive permanent ad-
LABELING TAPE CARTRIDGES hesive that is guaranteed not to flag 2556701
K-Sun Label tapes are made of a or fall off and sticks to substrates including wire insulation
durable, all-weather polyester base materials, plastics, and metals. 4-mil translucent vinyl with
with an industrial grade acrylic a colored printable area on each label. Resistant to UV,
adhesive that makes them flexible temperature extremes, chemicals, water, and abrasion.
enough to be mounted on curved
surfaces. The tapes comply with EDMO# MFR# QTY DIMENSIONS (IN)/
ANSI/TIA/EIA-606A standards and PRINTABLE AREA (IN)
have a 5-7 year outdoor life with the FOR USE WITH: K2500, K3000PC, K4100, K5100
ability to withstand extreme heat and 2556701 2556701 80 4×1/1×1
cold temperatures. Each cartridge 2556702 2556702 160 1.25 × 1 / 1 × 0.5
206BW
contains 26 feet of tape. Available in 2556703 2556703 110 2.5 × 1 / 1 × 0.75
multiple widths. 2556704 2556704 250 0.75 × 1 / 1 × 0.375
2556705 2556705 60 6 × 1 / 1. × 1.50
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIMENSIONS
2556707 2556707 175 1 × 1 / 1 × 0.375
FOR USE WITH: 2001XL, 2001XLB, 2001XLST, 2010PC, 2011XLB, 2556708 2556708 180 0.5 × 1 / 1 × 0.25
2011XLB-PC, 2012XLST, 2012XLST-PC, BEE3, BEE3+, GREEN
MACHINE, GREEN MACHINE-PC
206BC 206BC black/clear 1/4 in × 26 ft
206BW 206BW black/white 1/4 in × 26 ft
206WB 206WB white/black 1/4 in × 26 ft
209BY 209BYs black/yellow 3/8 × 26 ft
212BY 212BY black/yellow 1/2 × 26 ft
Mu-Metal
SHRINK TUBE CARTRIDGES SHRINK TUBE REEL

Shrink tube cartridges for Kroy TM-600 and TM-650 print- Continuous 100-foot reels of shrink
ers constructed with premium polyolefin tubing and black tubing that meet the MIL-I-23053/5
thermal transfer resin ribbon. class 1 and 3, MIL-I R 46846
–– Ultra-thin, cadmium-free wall with a type V and UL-224VW-I rating.
2
3:1 shrink ratio This ultra-thin wall, cadmium-free

polyolefin tubing has a low recovery
–– Temperature range for 240-series: temperature of 194°F and a shrink
–– Provides an operating temperature ratio of 3:1. Resistant to flames,
range of 67°to 275°F (-55°C to high temperatures, chemicals, wa- WT31-0642
135°C) for short amounts of time 2404221 ter, and abrasion.
–– Temperature range for 247-series: –– White
–– Operating temperature range of -67°to 275°F (-55°C to –– 100 ft length
135°C) with up to 347°F for short durations and a low
recovery temperature of 194°F EDMO# MFR# WIDTH (IN)
–– All tubing is flame retardant and resistant to high tem- WT31-0442 98-WT31-0442 0.188
peratures, chemicals, water, and abrasion WT31-0642 98-WT31-0642 0.25
–– Available in multiple widths (specified below) WT31-0942 98-WT310942 0.375
–– Meets Military Specification MIL-DTL-23053/5C Class 1 WT31-1242 WT31-1242 0.5
and 3, UL-224VW-1 rating WT31-2542 WT31-2542 1
–– Ideal for wire marking and electrical insulation of light
wire harness assemblies
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIMENSIONS (IN) LAMINATED POLYESTER TAPE CARTRIDGES 12.7 MM
FOR USE WITH: TM-600 AND TM-650 General purpose tape car-
2404201 2404201 black/white 0.125 × 100 tridges for the Kroy 240-series
2404202 2404202 black/yellow 0.125 × 100 label printers. Consists of
2404210 2404210 black/white 0.188 × 100 2.0-mil polyester with thermal
2404211 2404211 black/yellow 0.188 × 100
transfer ribbon and over-lam-
inating film. Chemical- and
2404220 2404220 black/white 0.250 × 100 water-resistant.
2404221 2404221 black/yellow 0.250 × 100 2227536
2464416 2464416 black/white 0.500 × 50 EDMO# MFR# COLOR DIMENSIONS
FOR USE WITH: K2500, K3000PC, K4100, K5100
FOR USE WITH: 240SE OR 244RS
2470001 2470001 black/white 0.125 × 110 2227516 2227516 black/white 1/2 in × 50 ft
2470002 2470002 black/yellow 0.125 × 110 2227520 2227520 white/black 1/2 in × 50 ft
2470011 2470011 black/white 0.188 × 110 2227536 white/red 1/2 in × 50 ft
2470012 2470012 black/yellow 0.188 × 110 2227543 2227543 black/yellow 1/2 in × 50 ft
2470021 2470021 black/white 0.25 × 110 2357501 2357501 black/clear 1/2 in × 50 ft
2470022 2470022 black/yellow 0.25 × 110
2470031 2470031 black/white 0.38 × 110
2470032 2470032 black/yellow 0.38 × 110
2470041 2470041 black/white 0.5 × 110
2470042 2470042 black/yellow 0.5 × 110
MU-METAL
MU-METAL MAGNETIC SHIELDING
EDMO# AD-MU80
MFR# AD-MU-80
AD-MU alloy provides RF shielding
when placed around electronic
equipment prior to installation. AD-
MU alloy exhibits relatively stable
permeability characteristics after
final anneal and experiences no
excessive loss of permeability from
shock and when properly used, AD-MU will not saturate.
Sold by the inch with peel-and-stick adhesive backing, 4
in × 4 mm.
GromStrip
GROMSTRIP EDMO# MFR# SHEET THICKNESS (IN/MM)

25 FT REEL - GRAY
SPRING-FAST WIRE PROTECTION BAP025R402 BAP0-0025-ER0402 0.020-0.030 / 0.5-0.8
BAP125R402 BAP125R402 0.029-0.045 / 0.7-1.1
COMPOSITE GROMMET STRIPS
2
DEVICE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. BAP200R702 BAP2-0100-ER0702 0.044-0.056 / 1.1-1.4
BAP225R402 BAP2-0025ER0402 0.044-0.056 / 1.1-1.4
Easy to snap on in seconds, Spring-Fast® wire protection 25 FT REEL - BLACK
grommet edges protect wire and cable from abrasion BAP225R201 BAP2-0025-ER0201 0.044-0.056 / 1.1-1.4
while significantly reducing install costs by eliminating
BAP425R201 BAP4-0025-ER0201 0.069-0.090 / 1.7-2.3
the need for heat or toxic adhesives (and the application
100 FT REEL - BLACK
tools and supplies that goes with them). In addition, the
Spring-Fast® series doesn’t require as much cleanup nor BAP3-0100 BAP3-0100-ER0201 0.055-0.069 / 1.4-1.7
Haz-Mat disposal and the delays associated with adhe- 12.75 IN (10 CUT PIECES) - GRAY
sive cure times. These grommet strips provide two- and BAP085C402 04-BAP0-OO85- 0.020-0.030 / 0.5-0.8
four-axis flexibility that makes them easy to apply in single- EC0402
and multi-plane applications. BAP185C402 BAP185C402 0.029-0.045 / 0.7-1.1
–– No adhesives are needed for installation, which elimi- BAP285C402 04-BAP2-0085- 0.044-0.056 / 1.1-1.4
nates the need for toxic adhesives, application media, EC0402
cleanup and cure time, heat application, and custom BAP385C402 04-BAP3-0085- 0.055-0.069 / 1.4-1.7
molding costs EC0402
BAP485C402 BAP4-0085-EC0402 0.069-0.090 / 1.7-2.3
–– High corrosion resistance
BAP585C402 BAP5-0085-EC0402 0.089-0.114 / 2.3-2.9
–– UL94 V-0 flammability rating BAP685C402 BAP6-0085-EC0402 0.113-0.13 / 2.9-3.3
–– Superior dielectric strength ACCESSORIES
–– High shock and vibration resistance to rams G 41.7 840R 840R Spring-Fast® Roll-Fast Roller (install tool) with
1/2-inch outside groove diameter
–– Multi-axis flexibility for rounded inside and outside cor-
ners
–– Continuous edge protection on flanged holes, 1/8-inch
or greater inside radius and 1/4-inch or greater outside
radius. Continuous heat up to 185°F (85°C), low tem- GROMMET EDGING NASM22529/2
perature to -40°F (-40°C) SERIES
BT SERIES The NASM22529/2
series have an abra-
The Spring-Fast® sion-resistant subsur-
BT series includes face and a polymer
the “T” series cushion that protect
abrasion-resistant wires and cable from abrasion. Military specification, FAA
subsurface and a approved per NASM 22529/2 and national stock numbers
polymer cushion that per Federal Supply Code 5352.
provides a soft sur-
face edge grommet
EDMO# MFR# SHEET THICKNESS (IN/MM)
on which wires and cable are protected.
25 FT REEL - GREEN/GRAY
EDMO# MFR# SHEET THICKNESS (IN/MM) M/2-1R-25 04-M22529/2-1R-25 0.025 / 0.6
M/2-2R-25 04-M22529/2-2R-25 0.036 / 0.9
25-FOOT REEL - BLACK
M/2-3R-25 04-M22529/2-3R-25 0.059 / 1.5
BT1-0025- BT1-0025-ER0201 0.029-0.045 / 0.5-0.8
M/2-4R-25 04-M22529/2-4R-25 0.70 / 1.8
BT2025R201 BT2-0025-ER0201 0.044-0.056 / 1.1-1.4
M/2-6R-25 04-M22529/2-6R-25 0.105 / 2.7
10 CUT PIECES, 12.75 IN LENGTH - GREEN/GRAY
M/2-1C-85 04-M22529/2-1C-85 0.025 / 0.6
M/2-2C-85 04-M22529/2-2C-85 0.036 / 0.90
BAP SERIES M/2-4C-85 04-M22529/2-4C-85 0.070 / 1.80
The Spring-Fast® BAP Flexi M/2-5C-85 04-M22529/2-5C-85 0.090 / 2.30
Wire Protection Grommet M/2-6C-85 04-M22529/2-6C-85 0.105 / 2.70
Series provides greater grip- white M/2-7C-54 04-M22529/2-7C-54 0.178 / 4.50
ping strength than the “T” and 100 FT REEL - GREEN/GRAY CUSHIONED
“BT” series grommet edging for M/2-5R-100 M22529/2-5R-100 0.111 / 2.8
severe shock and vibration envi- M/2-6R-100 M22529/2-6R-100 0.134 / 3.4
ronments with 4-axis flexibility. black M/2-7R-100 04-M22529/2-7R-100 0.198 / 5.0
Grommets
GROMSTRIPS EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS (IN)

Gromstrips consisting of MS35489-14 MS35489-14 0.500 / 0.812
a continuous length of ex- MS35489-16 MS35489-16 0.562 / 0.812
truded U-channel for use MS35489-17 MS35489-17 0.625 / 0.875
as a protective covering
2
MS35489-18 MS35489-18 0.625 / 1.250

on sharp edges. There MS35489-19 MS35489-19 0.688 / 1.00
are two material options, polyethylene for general use or
MS35489-20 MS35489-20 0.750 / 1.062
nylon when more abrasion- and heat resistant material is
required. These gromstrips can be cut to any length and a MS35489-21 MS35489-21 0.750 / 1.438
serrated version of the polyethylene gromstrip is ideal for MS35489-22 MS35489-22 0.875 / 1.250
use in acute angles or similar, difficult insulations. MS35489-23 MS35489-23 1.00 / 1.375
MS35489-24 MS35489-24 1.00 / 1.875
–– Polyethylene option is for general application
MS35489-33 MS35489-33 0.188 / --
–– Nylon option is ideal when abrasion-resistant material
is needed; it has a higher operating temperature and
better dielectric constant than polyethylene
EDMO# MFR# SHEET THICKNESS (IN/MM) VINYL GROMMETS

NYLON MIL-SPEC 21266 These vinyl grommets are flexi-
GSNCM-1 GSNCM-1 NATURAL 0.015-0.052 / 0.38-1.32 ble and oil resistant. The have a
GSNCM-2 GSNCM-2 NATURAL 0.052-0.085 / 1.32-2.16 high dielectric strength and are
GSNCM-3 GSNCM-3 NATURAL 0.085-0.128 / 2.16-3.25 both durable and long-lasting.
GSNCM-4 GSNCM-4 NATURAL 0.128-0.192 / 3.25-4.88 –– Hardness udometer 60+/-5
GSNCM-5 GSNCM-5 NATURAL 0.255-0.318 / 6.48-8.08 shore A GV-7/16
SERRATED POLYETHYLENE
–– Tensile strength: 1400 psi
GSPC-1 GSPC-1 NATURAL to 0.036 / to 0.91
GSPC-2 GSPC-2 NATURAL 0.037-0.071 / 0.94-1.80 –– Abrasive resistance: excellent
GSPC-3 GSPC-3 0.106-0.164 / 2.69-4.17 –– Effect of sunlight: slight to none
GSPC-4 GSPC-4 0.165-0.187 / 4.19-4.75 –– Hydro carbon solvent resistance: good
GSPC-5 GSPC-5 0.188-0.250 / 4.78-6.35 –– Weak acid resistance: no effect
–– Burning rate: self extinguishing
EDMO# MFR# DIA. (IN)

GV-1/4 GV-1/4 0.125
GV-5/16 GV-5/16 0.188
GROMMETS GV-3/8 GV-3/8 0.250
GV-7/16 GV-7/16 0.313
BULKHEAD GROMMETS/MIL-SPEC GV-1/2 GV-1/2 0.375
GV-5/8 GV-5/8 0.500
Designed for electrical
insulation, sealing, noise GV-21/32 GV-21/32 0.391
control, and vibration GV-7/8 GV-7/8 0.625
isolation, these bulkhead GV-1 GV-1 0.688
grommets are construct- GV-1 3/8 GV-1 3/8 1.00
ed with synthetic rubber
and satisfy mil-spec
MS25489.
EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS (IN)
HOLE / GROOVE
MS35489-2 MS35489-2 0.125 / 0.562
MS35489-3 MS35489-3 0.125 / 1.00
MS35489-4 MS35489-4 0.188 / 0.312
MS35489-5 MS35489-5 0.188 / 0.625
MS35489-6 MS35489-6 0.240 /0.438
MS35489-7 MS35489-7 0.250 / 0.750
MS35489-8 MS35489-8 0.250 / 1.00
MS35489-9 MS35489-9 0.312 / 0.562
MS35489-10 MS35489-10 0.312 / 0.750
MS35489-11 MS35489-11 0.375 / 0.625
MS35489-13 MS35489-13 0.438 / 0.688
Brass Fittings.................................................................................... 70
Nylon Fittings.................................................................................... 69
Pitot Static Tubing............................................................................ 68
Pitot Static Tubing
PITOT STATIC TUBING POLY-FLO TUBING & CUTTER

POLY-FLOW TUBING
NYLO-SEAL TUBING Poly-Flo tubing can be
Nylo-Seal tubing is used in pneumatic lines,
best used for instru- instrumentation systems,
mentation lines, lubri- and water piping (as well as
cation and process limited food service—nat-
3
piping systems, and ural colored tubing only).

fuel, oil, and refrigerant lines within a temperature range Constructed with low-den-
from -60°F to +225°F. This tubing is constructed with sity polyethylene, Poly-Flo
Nylon 11, which is not affected by solvents, alkalis, dilute tubing has dimensional
mineral acids, or petroleum products and it also resists stability, a strong, uniform
sunlight and attacks by vermin. Additionally, this tubing structure, and high resis-
is easy to work with and does not require moisture to tance to heat and stress, sunlight, most solvents and
enhance its flexibility. chemicals, and attacks by vermin.
–– Withstands a temperature range from -60°F to +225°F –– Withstands a temperature range from -100°F to +175°F.
–– Tensile strength: 8,500 psi –– Tensile strength: 2,300 PSI
–– Elongation: 310% –– Elongation: 670%
EDMO# MFR# COLOR TUBE OD (IN) PSI EDMO# MFR# COLOR PSI WEIGHT (LB)
44-NSR 44-NSR natural 1/4 2,500 TUBE OD: 1/4 IN / MIN. BEND RADIUS: 1 IN
66-NSR 66-NSR black 3/8 2,500 2800004 44P-BK black 400 1.10
88-NSR 88NSR-BK black 1/2 2,000 44PB 44PB blue 400 1.10
44PN 44P-N natural 400 1.10
44PF FRPE4 black 400 1.10
44PO 44P- orange 400 1.10
TUBE OD: 5/6 IN / MIN. BEND RADIUS: 1-1/8 IN
NORPRENE TUBING 55PN 55P-N natural 600 1.9
EDMO# 0023071
TUBE OD: 3/8 IN / MIN. BEND RADIUS: 1-1/4 IN
MFR# 23.071
66PB 66PB blue 600 2.5
Norprene® Chemical 66PN 66P-N natural 600 2.5
Tubing is heat-seal- 66PR 66P-R red 600 2.5
able tubing that is 66PY 66P-Y yellow 600 2.5
resistant to oxidizing agents, acids, and alkalies and it
doesn’t weaken or crack, even after years of prolonged
atmospheric ozone exposure. Additionally, it resists
flex-fatigue in peristaltic pumps. This tubing can be used
in temperatures between -60°F to 275°F. Use with insert POLY-FLO TUBE CUTTER
type fittings. EDMO# 307-FP
MFR# 307-SP
Compact, spring-loaded shear
ID / OD: 1/4 in / 3/8 in for cutting plastic tube, Hytron®
wall (in): 1/16 thermoplastic hose, and rubber
working pressure at 70°F: 10 psi hose without wire reinforcing
Resistant to: ammonia, bleach, brake fluid, bromine, chlorine, essential oils, eth- (1/16 – 1/2 in outside diameter
ylene glycol, formaldehyde, hydrochloric acid, hydrogen peroxide, iodine, methanol, hose or tubing). Equipped with a
nitric acid (10%), plating solutions, soap solutions, sodium hydroxide (to medium replaceable, hardened steel blade.
concentrations) and sulfuric acid (to medium concentrations) –– Weight: 1 oz
–– Length: 2-7/8 in
Nylon Fittings
NYLON FITTINGS EDMO# MFR# TYPE TUBE

OD (IN)
LENGTH
(IN)
271N06X04 271N06X04 male run tee 3/8 1.406
NYLON TUBE FITTINGS 272N04X02 272N04X02 male branch tee 1/4 1.156
These Nylo-Seal Flareless Tube Fittings require no 282N04 282N04 bulkhead union 1/4 2.312
wrenches, flaring tools, benders or other tools for installa-
tion. The nut revolves around the sleeve and is tightened
so as to prevent twisting and weakening of the plastic
3
tubing. Can be used with plastic or soft metal tubing.
Molded nylon bodies and nuts with an acetal copolymer NYLON INSERT FITTINGS
sleeve. Multi-barb, nylon insert fittings are best used in low-pres-
sure, non-critical applications where hose clamping is not
desired. The multiple bars increase the overall surface
area contacting the tubing, thus preventing leaks in low
pressures with mild solutions. These insert settings are
easy to assemble into joining systems for soft tubings like
soft rubber hose and polyurethane.
259N04 259P04 261N04 262N04 –– Used with 1/4-in hose or tubing. Constructed with nylon
for use with water or hydrocarbons
264N04 265N04 266N04X04 268N04X02 0701-153 0706-015 0711-015
269N04X02 270N04X02 271N04X02

0711-153 0716-015 0716-153
272N04X02 282N04
EDMO# MFR# TYPE TUBE LENGTH

OD (IN) (IN)
259N04 259N04 insert stabilizer 1/4 0.375 0742-006
259N06 259N06 insert stabilizer 3/8 0.406
259P04 259P04 plug 1/4 0.5 EDMO# MFR# STYLE HOSE SIZE
259P06 259P-06 plug 3/8 0.531
0701-153 701.153 inline 1/8 × 1/4 (MIPT × hose size)
261N04 261N04 nut/sleeve assembly 1/4 0.468
0706-015 706.015 inline 1/4 × 1/4 (hose × hose)
261N06 261N06 nut/sleeve assembly 3/8 0.578
0711-015 711.015 elbow 1/4 × 1/4 (hose × hose)
262N04 262N04 inline 1/4 1.812
0711-153 0711-153 elbow 1/8 × 1/4 (MIPT × hose size)
262N06 262N06 inline 3/8 2.0
0716-015 716.015 tee 1/4 × 1/4 × 1/4 (hose × hose × hose)
264N04 264N04 union tee 1/4 1.156
0716-153 716.153 tee 1/8 × 1/4 × 1/4 (MIPT × hose size)
264N06 264N06 union tee 3/8 1.406
0742-006 0742-006 cross
265N04 265N04 union elbow 1/4 1.156
266N04X02 266N04X02 female connector 1/4 1.343
266N04X04 266N04X04 female connector 1/4 1.531
268N04X02 268N04X02 male connector 1/4 1.406
268N04X04 268N04X04 male connector 1/4 1.593
269N04X02 269N04X02 male elbow 1/4 1.156
269N04X04 269N04X04 male elbow 1/4 1.156
270N04X02 270N04X02 female elbow 1/4 1.156
270N06X04 270N06X04 female elbow 1/4 1.406
271N04X02 271N04X02 male run tee 1/4 1.156
Brass Fittings
BRASS FITTINGS
BRASS FITTINGS
Poly-Flo Flareless Tube Fittings have a plastic sleeve that
snaps onto the nut without the need for wrenches or other
tools when installed with tubing. Constructed with brass
elbows, tees, connectors, unions, and nuts with acetal
3
copolymer sleeves.
261P04 262P04 264P06
266P04X02 268P04X02 269P04X02
271P04X02 272P04X02
EDMO# MFR# TYPE TUBE LENGTH

OD (IN) (IN)
260P-04 260P-04 plastic sleeve for 261P04 1/4 0.325
260P-06 260P-06 plastic sleeve for 261P06 3/8 0.356
261P04 261P04 nut & plastic sleeve 1/4 0.343
261P06 261P06 nut & plastic sleeve 3/8 0.375
262P04 262P04 union/inline connector 1/4 1.125
264P04 264P04 union tee 3/8 1.406
264P06 264P06 union tee 3/8 0.875
266P04X02 266P04X02 female connector 1/4 0.968
268P04X02 268P04X02 male connector 1/4 1.031
269P04X02 269P04X02 male elbow 1/4 0.843
269P06X02 269P06X02 male elbow 3/8 0.875
271P04X02 271P04X02 male run tee 1/4 0.843
272P04X02 272P04X02 male branch tee 1/4 0.843
Cooling Fans..................................................................................... 84
Cover Plates, Adapter Plates & Clamps........................................... 72
Hardware.......................................................................................... 77
Instument Mounting Systems.......................................................... 75
Mounting Brackets........................................................................... 74
Safe T Cable Kit................................................................................ 83
Safety Lock Wire............................................................................... 83
Screwgrab......................................................................................... 82
Cover Plates, Adapter Plates & Clamps
COVER PLATES, ADAPTER ADAPTER PLATES/BLACK

The reducer plates work in sets of two to allow a flush
PLATES & CLAMPS mount when reducing hole size to accommodate a new
instrument. Made of .080-in thick heat-treated aluminum
INSTRUMENT HOLE COVER PLATES with a black anodized finish. The ATI hole mounts aid
in easy installation of equipment requiring an ATI hole.
Cover plates come in four sizes: 2.25-in, 3.125-in, 3 ATI, Simply cut a non-precision hole a little larger than the hole
and .5 ATI. Finishes include black aluminum with wrinkle needed, then mount the ATI hole mount to the instrument
finish, unfinished aluminum, and black plastic (fire retar- panel. Available in two of the most popular sizes. Black
dant material). finish
4
3.125-in raw aluminum 3 ATI black powder 2.25-in black RP-1 RP-2 RP-AT12
ALT or VSI gauge version coated aluminum wrinkle finish
EDMO# MFR# FINISH

2.25-IN COVER PLATES
CP-1AB FAP 05-1AB black aluminum with a wrinkle finish
CP-1AR FAP 05-1ANP unfinished aluminum
CP-1FR FAP 05-1 fire retardant black plastic (per FAR 24.853) RP-AT13 RP-SP HM-1
3.125-IN COVER PLATES
CP-2AB FAP 05-2AB black aluminum with a wrinkle finish
CP-2AR FAP 05-2ANP unfinished aluminum
CP-2FR FAP 05-2FR fire retardant black plastic (per FAR 24.853)
CP-6FR FAP 05-4 for altimeters or VSI; fire retardant black plastic
HM-2
CP-6AR FAP 05-4 ANP for altimeters or VSI; unfinished aluminum
3 ATI COVER PLATES
ATI-1AB FAP 05-3AB black, powder coated aluminum EDMO# MFR# FITS DIMENSIONS
ATI-1AR FAP05-3ANP unfinished aluminum surface RP-1 FAP 04-1 reducer plate: 3-1/8 to 2-1/4 in 3.5 × 3.5 in
ATI-1FR FAP 05-3FR black, fire retardant plastic RP-2 FAP 04-2 reducer plate: AN gyro to 3-1/8 in 4.63 × 4.63 in
.5 ATI COVER PLATES RP-ATI2 FAP 04-4 reducer plate: 3 ATI to 2-1/4 in 3.44 × 3.44 in
CP-7FR FAP05-5FR black, fire retardant plastic RP-ATI3 FAP 04-3 reducer plate: 3 ATI to 3-1/8 in 3.44 × 3.44 in
HM-1 HM-1 3 ATI hole mount 3-3/16 × 5-3/16
in
HM-2 HM-2 1/2 ATI hole mount 3-3/16 × 5-3/16
in
RADIO COVER PLATES ACCESSORIES
After removing unneeded RP-SP FAP 04-5 flush spacer for RP-1
avionics from the panel, these
radio cover plates clip into the
unused hole left behind—cre-
ating a finished, clean look.
They are coated with a black ADAPTER PLATES & HOLE COVERS
crinkle finish to blend in with Hole covers and adapter plates CNC machined with
existing equipment. Although they are available in three 0.125-inch aircraft-grade 5052 billet aluminum. Face is
sizes, they can easily be cut to odd sizes. raised 0.075-inch to create a flush look when installed in
the panel. Adapters come with 6-32 nut inserts installed.
EDMO# MFR# COLOR SIZE
CP-3FR CP-3FR black 6-7/16 × 2 in
MK-620 MK-621 MK-622
Cover Plates, Adapter Plates & Clamps
EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE LEG LENGTH (IN)

3373711C MS33737-11C 6-32 1/8
3373712C MS33737-12C 6-32 3/16
3373713C MS33737-13C 6-32 1/4
3373714C MS33737-14C 6-32 5/16
3373715C MS33737-15C 6-32 3/8
MK-623 MK-624 MK-630
AVIONICS CLAMPS & MOORING PLATES
4
MSP clamps eliminate the need for panel removal when
repairing or replacing an instrument like an altimeter or
artificial horizon. These patented chem film and anodized
MK-631 MK-632 MK-633 finished clamps are rust proof for up to 25 years; made
from lightweight, non-conductive aluminum, they make
retrofits simpler and faster as well as making the instru-
ment more secure in the panel. Boeing certified.
MK-640 MK-641 MK-642
64321B 64311B 64640B

EDMO# MFR# ADAPTER/COVER USE
MK-620 MK-620 plugs standard 3-1/8 in hole
MK-621 MK-621 plugs standard 3-1/8 in hole
MK-622 MK-622 plugs ALT/VSI kick out only, 3-1/8-in standard hole
remains
MK-623 MK-623 adapts 3-1/8 hole to 2-1/4 in hole
MK-624 MK-624 plugs 2-1/4 in
64662B-107 64377B-101 MS28042-1A
MK-630 MK-630 plugs KI 525 hole
MK-631 MK-631 adapts KI 525 hole to std. 2-1/4 in
MK-632 MK-632 adapts KI 525 hole to std. 3-1/8 in
MK-633 MK-633 adapts KI 525 hole to 3 ATI hole
MK-640 MK-640 plugs standard 3 ATI hole
68010-6
MK-641 MK-641 adapts 3 ATI hole to 2-1/4 in hole
MK-642 MK-642 adapts 3 ATI hole to 3-1/8 in hole EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS FINISH
ACCESSORIES
ATI-R RECTANGULAR
MK-KI-525 MK-KI 525 mounting kit for KI525—includes: 1 mounting ring 64321B 64321B 3 × 1.5 × 1 in (ATI-R) anodized
and 4 black brass screws with nylon washers ARINC RECTANGULAR
MK-10 MK-10 ATI cover Garmin GDU 620 mounting kit—in- 64419B 64419B 3 × 1.5 × 1 in (ARINC) anodized
cludes: two 0.125-inch mounting wings, 6 black ATI-S SQUARE
brass screws, nylon washers, 4 installation pins, and
64311B 64311B 3 × 3 × 2 in anodized
instructions
64640B 64640B 3 × 3 × 2 in chem film
64435B-103 64435B-103 3 × 3 × 4 in anodized
64662B-107 64662B-107 3 × 3 × 4 in chem film
ARINC SQUARE
INSTRUMENT MOUNTING NUTS 64377B-101 64377B-101 4 × 4 × 4 in anodized
(GRASSHOPPER NUTS) ROUND
MS28042-1A MS28042-1A 2 × 1 in anodized
Mount instruments with ease,
using these instrument mount- MS28042-3A MS28042-3A 1.5 × 1 anodized
ing nuts. Cages composed of ATIS MOORING PLATE
phosphor bronze, nuts of half- 68010-6 68010-6 3 × 3 × 0.25 in anodized
hard brass. Finish is cadmium
per QQ-P-416, type 1.
3373713C & 3373715C
Mounting Brackets
MOUNTING BRACKETS EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE

MK-03 MK-03 2.25-inch nut ring
INSTRUMENT MOUNTING BRACKETS AP01 AP-01 alignment pin for nut rings
CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKETS

4
FSIM-01 FSIM-02 FSIM-03
FSU-23
MK-01 MK-02 MK-03
fastener brackets
FSIM SERIES
PMA-approved instrument mounting nut rings. These –– FSU series nut ring mounting bracket for flange mount
lightweight brackets are easy to install with self-wrench- connectors.
ing, self-locking press nuts. These brackets eliminate the
risk of loose hardware behind the panel. –– retainer material: 0.040 +/- 0.003 thick 2024-T3 alumi-
num alloy
–– retainer material: 6061-T6 aluminum 0.040 thick
–– retainer finish: Alodine
–– retainer finish: Alodine per MIL-DTL-5541
–– nut: Self-locking nut constructed with cadmium-plated
–– pressnut and mounting screw material: stainless steel steel followed by a solid dry film lubricant. Meets perfor-
–– pressnut finish: cadmium per SAE AMS-QQ-P-416 mance requirements of MIL-N-25027 specification.
followed
by dry film lube per MIL-PRF-46010 EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE
–– mounting screw finish: black oxide FSU-6 FSU-6 6/4-40
FSU-8 FSU-8 8/4-40
EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE FSU-10/7 FSU-10/7 7/4-40
FSIM-01 FSIM-01 3.125/6-32 FSU-12 FSU-12 12/4-40
FSIM-02 FSIM-02 3.125/6-32 FSU-14/19 FSU-14/19 14/4-40
FSIM-03 FSIM-03 2.250/6-32 FSU-16/27 FSU-16/27 16/4-40
FSU-18 FSU-18 18/4-40
FSU-20 FSU-20 20/4-40
FSU-22 FSU-22 22/4-40
MOUNTING KITS FSU-23 FSU-23 23/4-40
These precision-machined kits slide on from the backside FSU-24 FSU-24 24/4-40
of the instrument using the alignment guide pin inserted FSU-25 FSU-25 25/4-40
through a screw hole (they are designed to replace grass- FSU-28 FSU-28 28/4-40
hopper nuts). Each kit comes with nylon washers that are FSU-36 FSU-36 36/4-40
less likely to chip the instrument panel and MS35214-32 FSU-37 FSU-37 37/4-40
black brass mounting screws that are long enough to ac- FSU-40 FSU-40 40/4-40
commodate the thicknesses of light wedges and internally FSU-48 FSU-48 48/4-40
lighted instruments. FSU-61 FSU-61 61/4-40
–– includes black brass mounting screws and nylon wash-
ers
–– installation alignment guide pin sold separately (see Not finding what you're looking for?
table). Custom-length screws work with or without back We have more sizes available online — be sure to visit us at www.
lighting rings so that additional screws are unnecessary. www.edmoap.com.au or give us a call. It’s likely we have what you
need, or we can order it for you. Call today on 1300 133 256 (Aus-
EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE tralia) or 0800 893 488 (New Zealand).
MK-01 MK-01 3.125-inch nut ring
MK-02 MK-02 3.125-inch nut ring/cutout
Instument Mounting Systems
INSTUMENT MOUNTING SYSTEMS

DZUS RAIL & ACCESSORIES
DZUS
DZUS Rail receptacle strips act as a supporting frame for the panels or removable parts to be fastened with continuous
holes for stud engagement and rivet mounting on 3/8” (9.53 mm) centers. These strips are riveted to a support mem-
ber and the stud panel rests against the strip face that has the stud holes. The strips are aluminum alloy with a contin-
uous rigid stainless steel wire staked across the underside of the stud holes. The fastened panel rests on the strip and
its captive quarter-turn studs engage the rigid wire.
–– Strip extrusion is aluminum alloy 6061-T6 and the wire is stainless steel type 316,
condition B with spring temper.
4
EDMO# MFR# ANGLE LENGTH (FT)
D5-1-1 D5-PR35-1 flat 1
D5-1-2 D5-PR35-1 flat 2
D5-1-3 D5-PR35-1 flat 3
D5-1-4 D5-PR35-1 flat 4
D5-1-5 D5-PR35-1 flat 5 Right angle and flat Dzus rails
D5-1 D5-PR35 right angle 1
QUARTER-TURN FASTENERS PANEL THICKNESS CUP DIMENSION “B”
3506SC38A- AA2-038-1930 0.060-0.069 inches 0.080 inches
3506SC44A- AA2-044-1930 0.120-0.129 inches 0.140 inches Tool
QUARTER-TURN FASTENER TOOL
991635AHT 9916-35-AHT-BB dimensions: 3 x 3-1/4 in
*Specify desired length when ordering. Fasteners
RADIORAX AVIONICS MOUNTING SYSTEM

RADIORAX TRAY MOUNT RAIL KITS
Radiorax mounting systems provide an effective, simple way to install avionics. These mounting systems are strong,
STC’d without backstrapping, stable, and they’re easy to align. What is more, they make upgrades simple and they’re
highly cost effective.
Purchase the EDMO# RK400, Installation Spacer Kit for easier installation with Radiorax products.
EDMO# MFR# USAGE
RK1000 RK1000 Single stack, standard rail tray mount kit
RK1005 RK1005 Cessna-specific kit, 182/205/206/210/337

RK1010 RK1010 Single stack, flanged rail tray mount kit
RK1020 RK1020 Single stack, reduced rail tray mount kit

RK1027 RK1027 Single stack, minimum rail tray mount kit
RK1040 RK1040 Single stack, canted rail tray mount kit designed for Beech Baron and other installs
RK2000 RK2000 Dual stack, standard outer and full dimension center rail tray mount kit
RK2010 RK2010 Dual stack, flanged outer and full dimension center rail tray mount kit
RK2020 RK2020 Dual stack, reduced outer and full dimension center rail tray mount kit
RK2025 RK2025 Dual stack, reduced outer and reduced dimension center rail tray mount kit
RK2027 RK2027 Dual stack, minimum outer, and minimum dimension center rail tray mount kit
*Call for additional sizes.
Instument Mounting Systems
RAIL INSTALLATION SPACER KIT TRAY MOD TOOL KIT

EDMO# RK400 EDMO# RK100
MFR# RK400 MFR# RK100
The RK400 rail installation An efficient and precise way to modify avionic trays for
spacer kit is the most accurate proper mounting to the Radiorax RP1110-P Reduced
way to install a Radiorax tray Dimension Center and RP1115-P. Minimum Dimension
mount rail kit. This kit simplifies Center Rails.
alignment & rail spacing—giv- Kit includes:
ing users more time to devote –– 304 stainless RT100 Drill Guide
to the actual avionics installation. Each kit includes two
installation spacers, mounting hardware, a special 7/32- –– Structural #6 screws for attaching
inch cap screw driver adapter, and full documentation. and tray dimpling
4
–– #27 drill bit

TRAY CAM KITS
The RK5000 tray cam kits UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKET
help move that one unit in the PRECISION AVIATION
stack that doesn’t quite line up EDMO# PACMG-2
with the rest, as mixed ven- MFR# PACMG-2
dor stacks may not perfectly Universal mount for many air-
match. Tray cams provide the craft using a glare shield or deck
adjustability needed to fine- mount. Compatible with Beech
tune an installation. Tray cam used in avionics stack. Baron and Bonanza, Cessna Sky-
hawk, Skylane, and Cardinal.
TRAY CAM INSTALL TOOL KIT
EDMO# RK500
MFR# RK500 TA SERIES TRAY ADAPTERS
COBHAM
The RK500 tray cam installation tool
kit can quickly modify an avionics tray TA Series Tray Adapters
for installation of an RK5000 tray cam help installers to create
kit. Kit includes: RT500 Adjustable a cohesive, finished look
Drill Guide, .5-in hole punch & .25-in in the cockpit when in-
Jobber Drill Bit stalling avionics that are
dissimilar in appearance.
These units convert TA03-001
CLOSE OUT PANEL KIT
common-size 3/4-turn-mount (or Dzus-mount) products
Simple, efficient, and attractive, these pan- into 6.25-inch tray mount products that fit flush with the
els are the answer to completing an avionics panel and eliminate height and mount variations.
stack. Slotted mounting flanges are designed
to fasten securely into both Radiorax and –– Light CNC milled aluminum with black trim
non-Radiorax avionics installations, ensuring –– No adjustments required
a perfect fit regardless of the thickness of the –– Fits different mounting sizes
panel or type of rail used. These panels are
available in 12-inch lengths that can be cut to EDMO# MFR# HOLES
length using a die grinder or band saw. TA03-001 TA03-001 3
–– Constructed with 0.090 aluminum TA04-001 TA04-001 4
TA05-001 TA05-001 5
TA06-001 TA06-001 6
RK4000-12 RK4000-12 chem film TA07-001 TA07-001 7
RK4000-12A RK4000-12A black anodize TA08-001 TA08-001 8
TA09-001 TA09-001 9
QUARTER TURN FASTENER ADAPTER KITS

Quarter turn fastener adapter kit allows
users to integrate quarter-turn fastener
mount avionics into a tray mount stack
more easily. These fully adjustable
systems provide a hassle-free way to
combine these two separate mount-
ing methods with an attractive finish
when installed. Each adapter consists
of three pieces: rail interface, spacer
(visible portion), and a quarter-turn
fastener.
Hardware
TA SERIES QUARTER TURN FASTENER

TRAY ADAPTERS
HARDWARE
EDMO# MFR# HOLES SIZE FITS PRODUCT
SCREWS
TA03-001 TA03-001 3 1.16 in AA12, AA21, AA20/22, AA30 TRUSS HEAD, SELF TAPPING/STAINLESS STEEL
TA04-001 TA04-001 4 1.55 in AA24, PTA12-100
Self-tapping truss head screws. Stain-
TA05-001 TA05-001 5 1.92 in AA95, ACP51, AMS42/44, less steel construction.
NPX138N
TA06-001 TA06-001 6 2.30 in 380, TH250/350 EDMO# MFR# LENGTH (IN)
TA07-001 TA07-001 7 2.67 in N301A, NPX136D, AA25 6RX3/8THA 6RX3/8THA 3/8
TA08-001 TA08-001 8 3.05 in 3110, ACP53, AA97 6RX1/2THA 6RX1/2THA 1/2
4
TA09-001 TA09-001 9 3.43 in TH450B 8RX1/2FHB 8RX1/2FHB 1/2
8RX1/2THA 8RX1/2THA 1/2
10RX1/2THA 10RX1/2THA 1/2
The TA Series Tray Adapters 10RX3/8THA 10RX3/8THA 3/8
convert common size Dzus Call for additional sizes.
mount products into 6.25-
inch tray mount products.
Essentially, the TA Series PHILLIPS TRUSS HEAD SCREW/STAINLESS STEEL
makes it possible for techni- TA03-001
cians to flush mount mixed 300 series stainless steel construction
avionics quickly and easily with a passivated finish.
while eliminating variations in
instrument height and mount
EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN)
designs create polished, co-
ordinated looking instrument 526C632R4 AN526C632R4 6-32 1/4
installations. 526C632R6 AN526C632R6 6-32 3/8
–– Constructed with high qual- TA06-001 526C632R8 AN526C632R8 6-32 1/2
ity CNC-milled aluminum 526C632R12 AN526C632R12 6-32 3/4
–– No adjustments required 526C632R16 AN526C632R16 6-32 1
526C832R4 AN526C832R4 8-32 1/4
–– Reduces the need for 526C832R6 AN526C832R6 8-32 3/8
stocking Dzus and tray 526C832R8 AN526C832R8 8-32 1/2
mounts
526C832R12 526C832R12 8-32 3/4
–– Reduces installation and 526C832R16 AN526C832R16 8-32 1
labor time TA07-001 526C1032R4 AN526C1032R4 10-32 1/4
–– Fits different mounting sizes 526C1032R6 AN526C1032R6 10-32 3/8
–– Black in color 526C1032R8 AN526C1032R8 10-32 1/2
–– Tested to DO-160D vibration and shock standards for 526C103212 AN526C1032R12 10-32 3/4
equipment < 5 lb 526C103216 AN526C1032R16 10-32 1
PHILLIPS TRUSS HEAD SCREW/CARBON STEEL

Phillips truss head screws. Carbon
steel construction per FED-STD-66.
Cadmium finish per QQ-P-416, Type I.
526440R8 AN526-440R8 4-40 1/2
526632R6 AN562-632R6 6-32 3/8
526632R8 AN526-632R8 6-32 1/2
526-632R12 AN526-632R12 6-32 3/4
526832R6 AN526-832R6 8-32 3/8
526832R8 AN526-832R8 8-32 1/2
526832R10 AN526-832R10 8-32 5/8
5261032R10 AN526-1032R10 10-32 5/8
5261032R12 AN526-1032R12 10-32 3/4
Hardware
PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREW/CARBON STEEL EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN)
Cadmium finish per QQ-P-416, Type I. 5195732 MS51957-32 6-32 3/4
5195734 MS51957-34 6-32 1
5195741 MS51957-41 8-32 1/4
MS51957-42 MS51957-42 8-32 5/16
35206213 MS35206-213 4-40 1/4 MS51957-43 MS51957-43 8-32 3/8
35206214 MS35206-214 4-40 5/16 5195745 MS51957-45 8-32 1/2
35206215 MS35206-215 4-40 3/8 5195747 MS51957-47 8-32 3/4
35206-216 MS35206-216 4-40 7/16 5195749 MS51957-49 8-32 1
35206217 MS35206-217 4-40 1/2 51958-64 MS51958-64 10-32 5/8
35206218 MS35206-218 4-40 5/8 51958-68 MS51958-68 10-32 1-1/4
4
35206219 MS35206-219 4-40 3/4

35206221 MS35206-221 4-40 1
35206225 MS35206-225 6-32 3/16
35206226 MS35206-226 6-32 1/4
35206-227 MS35206-227 6-32 5/16
PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREW/ALLOY STEEL
35206228 MS35206-228 6-32 3/8 Tensile strength: 160,000 – 180,000 PS.
35206-229 MS35206-229 6-32 7/16 Cadmium finish per QQ-P-416.
35206230 MS35206-230 6-32 1/2
35206231 MS35206-231 6-32 5/8 EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH FINISH CODE
(IN)
35206232 MS35206-232 6-32 3/4
35206233 MS35206-233 6-32 7/8 NAS600-6 NAS600-6 4-40 3/8 Type I, Class II
35206234 MS35206-234 6-32 1 NAS600-8P NAS600-8P 4-40 1/2 Type II, Class II
35206236 MS35206-236 6-32 1-1/2 NAS601-24P NAS601-24P 6-32 1-1/2 Type II, Class II
35206238 MS35206-238 6-32 2 NAS601-4P NAS601-4P 6-32 1/4 Type II, Class II
35206243 MS-35206-243 8-32 3/8 NAS601-6P NAS601-6P 6-32 3/8 Type II, Class II
35206-244 MS35206-244 8-32 7/16 NAS601-8B NAS601-8B 6-32 1/2 Type II, Class II
black chromate
35206245 MS35206-245 8-32 1/2
NAS602-4 NAS602-4 8-32 1/4 Type I, Class II
35206246 MS35206-246 8-32 5/8
35206247 MS 35206-247 8-32 3/4
35206248 MS35206-248 8-32 7/8
35206249 MS35206-249 8-32 1
NAS602-8P NAS602-8P 8-32 1/2 Type II, Class II
35206251 MS35206-251 8-32 1-1/2
35206253 MS35206-253 8-32 2
35207261 MS35207-261 10-32 3/8
35207263 MS35207-263 10-32 1/2
35207264 MS35207-264 10-32 5/8
35207265 MS35207-265 10-32 3/4
35207267 MS35207-267 10-32 1
Call for additional sizes. PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREW/BLACK BRASS
Black oxide +A15 finish.
PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREW/STAINLESS STEEL EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN)
300 series. Passivated finish per
3521412 MS35214-12 4-40 1/4
ASTM A380.
MS35214-13 MS35214-13 4-40 5/16
EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN) 3521414 MS35214-14 4-40 3/8
MS51957-2 MS51957-2 2-56 3/16 MS35214-15 MS35214-15 4-40 7/16
MS51957-3 MS51957-3 2-56 1/4 3521416 MS35214-16 4-40 1/2
MS51957-10 MS51957-10 2-56 3/4 3521418 MS35214-18 4-40 3/4
5195713 MS51957-13 4-40 1/4 MS35214-25 MS35214-25 6-32 3/8
5195715 MS51957-15 4-40 3/8 MS35214-26 MS35214-26 6-32 7/16
5195717 MS51957-17 4-40 1/2 3521427 MS35214-27 6-32 1/2
5195719 MS51957-19 4-40 3/4 MS35214-28 MS35214-28 6-32 5/8
5195721 MS51957-21 4-40 1 3521429 MS35214-29 6-32 3/4
5195726 MS51957-26 6-32 1/4 MS35214-30 MS35214-30 6-32 7/8
5195727 MS51957-27 6-32 5/16 3521431 MS35214-31 6-32 1
5195728 MS51957-28 6-32 3/8 MS35214-32 MS35214-32 6-32 1-1/4
5195730 MS51957-30 6-32 1/2 3521433 MS35214-33 6-32 1-1/2
Call for additional sizes.
Hardware
EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN) EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN)
3521442 MS35214-42 8-32 1/2 MS24694S54 MS24694S54 10-32 3/4
MS35214-44 MS35214-44 8-32 3/4 MS24694S58 MS24694S58 10-32 1
MS35214-45 MS35214-45 8-32 7/8 MS24694S59 MS24694S59 10-32 11/16
3521446 MS35214-46 8-32 1
3521448 MS35214-48 8-32 1-1/2
3521555 MS35215-55 10-32 1/2
MS35214-59 MS35214-59 10-32 1 PHILLIPS COUNTERSUNK SCREW/ALLOY STEEL
3521560 MS35215-60 10-32 1-1/4 Cadmium finish per QQ-P-416. Tensile
Call for additional sizes. strength is 125,000 – 145,000 PS.
4
PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREW/CARBON STEEL 514P632-4 NAS514P632-4 6-32 1/4

514P632-4P NAS514P632-4P 6-32 1/4
100 degree, 300 series carbon steel. 514P632-6 NAS514P632-6 6-32 3/8
Cadmium finish per QQ-P-416, Type I.
514P632-7P NAS514P632-7P 6-32 7/16
EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN) 514P632-8P MAS514P632-8P 6-32 1/2
514P632-9 NAS514P632-9 6-32 9/16
MS24693S1 MS24693S1 4-40 3/16
514P832-8P NAS514P832-8P 8-32 1/2
24693S2 24693S2 4-40 1/4
514P83216P NAS514P832-16P 8-32 1
MS24693S8 MS24693S8 4-40 3/8
MS24693S24 MS24693S24 6-32 1/4 Call for additional sizes.
MS24693S25 MS24693S25 6-32 5/16
MS24693S26 MS24693S26 6-32 3/8 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREW/STAINLESS STEEL
MS24693S28 MS24693S28 6-32 1/2
100 degree. 300 series stainless steel.
MS24693S30 MS24693S30 6-32 3/4
Passivated finish per ASTM A380.
MS24693S32 MS24693S32 6-32 1
MS24693S50 MS24693S50 8-32 1/2
MS24693S52 MS24693S52 8-32 3/4 EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN)
MS24693S54 MS24693S54 8-32 1 24693C2 MS24693C2 4-40 1/4
24693S272 MS24693S272 10-32 1/2 24693C4 MS24693C4 4-40 3/8
24693S273 MS24693S273 10-32 5/8 24693C6 MS24693C6 4-40 1/2
Call for additional sizes. 24693C7 MS24693C7 4-40 5/8
24693C8 MS24693C8 4-40 3/4
24693C10 MS24693C10 4-40 1
PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREW/CARBON STEEL 24693C24 MS24693C24 6-32 1/4
100 deg. Carbon steel FED-STD-66. 24693C25 MS24693C25 6-32 5/16
Cadmium finish QQ-P-416, Type II. 24693C26 MS24693C26 6-32 3/8
24693C28 MS24693C28 6-32 1/2
EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN) 24693C29 MS24693C29 6-32 5/8
24693-S27 MS24693S27 6-32 7/16 24693C30 MS24693C30 6-32 3/4
24693-S274 MS24693S274 10-32 3/4 24693C32 MS2469C32 6-32 1
24693-S276 MS24693S276 10-32 1 24693C46 MS24693C46 8-32 1/4
24693-S28 MS24693-S28 6-32 1/2 24693C48 MS24693C48 8-32 3/8
24693-S29 MS24693-S29 6-32 5/8 24693C50 MS24693C50 8-32 1/2
24693-S30 MS24693-S30 6-32 3/4 24693C51 MS24693C51 8-32 5/8
24693-S32 MS24693-S32 6-32 1 24693C52 MS24693C52 8-32 3/4
24693-S54 MS24693-S54 8-32 1 24693C53 24693C53 8-32 7/8
24693-S6 MS24693S6 4-40 1/2 24693C54 MS24693C54 8-32 1
24693C56 MS24693C56 8-32 1-1/4
24693C58 MS24693c58 8-32 1-1/2
24693C272 MS24693C272 10-32 1/2
PHILLIPS COUNTERSUNK SCREW/ALLOY STEEL 24693C273 MS24693C273 10-32 5/8
24693C274 24693C274 10-32 3/4
100 degree. Cadmium finish per
QQ-P-416, Type II, Class 3. 24693C275 MS2469C275 10-32 7/8
24693C276 MS24693C276 10-32 1
EDMO# MFR# THREAD LENGTH (IN) 24693C278 MS24693C278 10-32 1-1/4
MS24694S50 MS24694S50 10-32 1/2 24693C280 MS24693C280 10-32 1-1/2
MS24694S51 MS24694S51 10-32 9/16 24693C282 24693C282 10-32 1-3/4
Hardware
PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREW/BLACK BRASS WASHERS

Countersunk 100 degree. Brass con-
struction with a black oxide finish. WASHER/STAINLESS STEEL
Flat washers with a passivated finish.
24693BB2 MS24693BB2 4-40 1/4 EDMO# MFR# BOLT SIZE THICKNESS (IN)
24693BB4 MS24693BB4 4-40 3/8 1149CN432R NAS1149CN432R #4 0.032
4
24693BB28 MS24693BB28 6-32 1/2 1149C0332R MS1149C0332R #10 0.032

24693BB30 MS24693BB30 6-32 3/4 1149C0363R NAS1149C0363R #10 0.063
24693BB31 MS24693BB31 6-32 7/8 1149C0632R NAS1149C0632R 3/8 0.032
24693BB32 MS24693BB32 6-32 1
24693BB34 MS24693BB34 6-32 1-1/4
24693BB36 MS24693BB36 6-32 1-1/2
24693BB40 MS24693BB40 6-32 2
24693BB50 MS24693BB50 8-32 1-2 WASHER/CARBON STEEL
24693BB51 MS24693BB51 8-32 5/8 Carbon steel aircraft washers with cad-
24693BB52 MS24693BB52 8-32 3/4 mium plating.
24693BB54 MS24693BB54 8-32 1
EDMO# MFR# BOLT SIZE THICKNESS
24693BB56 MS24693BB56 8-32 1-1/4 (IN)
24693BB58 MS24693BB58 8-32 1-1/2 1149FN432P NAS1149FN432P #4 0.032
24693BB276 MS24693BB276 10-32 1 1149FN816P NAS1149FN816P #8 0.016
1149FN832P NAS1149FN832P #8 0.032
1149F0316P NAS1149F0316P #10 0.016
1149F0332P NAS1149F0332P #10 0.032
PHILLIPS WASHER HEAD SCREW/ALLOY STEEL 1149F0363P NAS1149F0363P 3/16 0.063
Alloy steel per MIL-S-6050. Cadmium 1149F0463P NAS1149F0463P 1/4 0.063
finish per QQ-P-416, Type I, Class C.
525832R10 AN525-832R10 8-32 5/8 SPLIT STEEL LOCK WASHERS/STEEL
525832R6 AN525-832R6 8-32 3/8
Carbon steel with cadmium plating.
525832R8 AN525-832R8 8-32 1/2
52510R10 ANA525-10R10 10-32 5/8 EDMO# MFR# BOLT SIZE THICKNESS (IN)
52510R6 AN525-10R6 10-32 3/8
3533840 MS35338-40 #4 0.025
52510R8 AN525-10R8 10-32 1/2
3533841 MS35338-41 #6 0.031
Call for additional sizes. 3533842 MS35338-42 #8 0.040
3533843 MS35338-43 #10 0.047
LOCKWASHER/STEEL
Internal tooth with cadmium plating per
QQ-P-416 Type II and zinc finish.
EDMO# MFR# BOLT SIZE THICKNESS (IN)
3533336 MS35333-36 #4 0.019
3533337 MS35333-37 #6 0.021
3533338 MS35333-38 #8 0.023
3533339 MS35333-39 #10 0.025
3533340 MS35333-40 1/4 in 0.028
3533341 MS35333-41 5/16 in 0.034
3533342 MS35333-42 3/8 in 0.040
Hardware
NUTS & NUT PLATES SELF LOCK NUT PLATE/STEEL

Type II and dry film lube per
SELF LOCK NYLON NUT/STEEL MIL-N-25027 (21059L08 only).
Hexagonal. 300-series corrosion-resistant
stainless steel. Cadmium type II per QQ- EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE
P-416 & passivated per QQ-P-35. 21059L06 MS21059L06 6-32
21059L08 MS21059L08 8-32
EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE 21059-3 MS21059-3 10-32
21083N04 MS21083N04 4-40
21083N06 MS21083N06 6-32
21083N08 MS21083N08 8-32
4
21083N3 MS21083N3 10-32 MINI STEEL NUTPLATE/STEEL
Carbon & alloy steel two-lug. Re-
duced rivet spacing. Cadmium per
QQ-P-416 Type II and dry film lube per MIL-N-25027.
SELF LOCK NYLON NUT/STEEL/TALL
Hexagonal carbon steel. Cadmium finish EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE
per QQ-P-416. Passivated per QQ-P35. 21069-L06 MS21069L06 6-32 × .661
21069-L08 MS21069L08 8-32 × .692
EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE
21044N04 MS21044N04 4-40
21044N06 MS21044N06 6-32
21044N08 MS21044N08 8-32 NUT PLATE/STEEL
21044N3 MS21044N3 10-32
Two-lug floating. Carbon & alloy steel 125
21044N4 MS21044N4 1/4-28 KSI. Cadmium per QQ-P-416 Type II and dry
21044N6 21044N6 3/8-24 film lube per MIL-N-25027.
21075L06N MS21075L06N 6-32
SELF LOCK NUT/STEEL 21075L08N MS21075L08N 8-32
Carbon and alloy steel construction with 21075L3N MS21075L3N 10-32
a cadmium finish per QQ-P-416 type II.
MS21045-3 MS21045-3 10-32 TINNERMAN CLIP/SILVER
MS21045-4 MS21045-4 1/4-28 EDMO# S10233-3B
MS21045-5 MS21045-5 5/16-24 MFR# C8095-632-3B
MS21045-6 MS21045-6 3/8-24 Silver, zinc electroplate. For U-type nuts. 6-32 thread.
FLOATING CLIP NUT
One or two tabs. Carbon steel. Cadmi-
SELF LOCK NUT/STEEL um finish QQ-P-416 Type II, Class 2.
Carbon and alloy steel. Cadmium finish Dry film lube per MIL-L-46010.
per QQ-P-416 Type II. 450°
EDMO# MFR# TAB # THREAD SIZE
EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE RC500-8-3 RC500-8-3 one tab 0.1900-32
2104204 MS21042-04 4-40 SL211081- SL211-08-1SP9 two tabs 0.1640-32
2104206 MS21042-06 6-32 SL231061- SL231-06-1-281 two tabs 0.1380-32
Call for additional sizes. Call for additional sizes.
SELF LOCK NUT PLATE/STEEL CLIP ON NUT/STEEL

Cadmium per QQ-P-416 Self-locking. Heat-resistant to 450°F.
Type II and dry film lube per
MIL-N-25027. EDMO# MFR# THREAD SIZE
BACN10FX61 BACN10FX61 6-32
BACN10FX83 BACN10FX83 8-32
21047L06 MS21047L06 6-32 BACN10YD1 BACN10YD1 10-32
21047L08 MS21047L08 8-32
Screwgrab
STEEL INSERTS
Knurled, threaded steel. Zinc plate. Open end.
SCREWGRAB
SCREWGRAB
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION THREAD SIZE EDMO# SG-1
AKS4-1032 AKS4-1032-130 10-32/grip / .130 insert 10-32 MFR# SG-1
AKS4-632 AKS4-632-80 6-32/grip / .80 insert 6-32 ScrewGrab is a friction gel that helps remove
AKS4-832 AKS4-832-80 8-32/grip / .80 insert 8-32 or tighten all types of fasteners—damaged or
Call for additional sizes. rusted screws, nuts, and bolts. ScrewGrab
works by creating a positive grip between
metal surfaces (tests have shown that grip
RIVET NUT is increased by up to 800%). Subsequently,
4
Aluminum alloy flat head rivet nuts with ScrewGrab also reduces tool wear and pre-
an anodized finish per MIL-A-8625. Both vents the stripping, rounding, or deforming of
keyless and keyed available. fasteners.
–– Helps to remove fasteners that are stripped,
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION THREAD rounded, deformed, rusted or hard to reach
SIZE
–– Works instantly and wipes clean after use
132904K60 NAS1329A04K60 rivet nut/keyed 4-40
1329A06-75 NAS1329A06-75 rivet nut/keyless 6-32 –– Non-corrosive and does not act as a glue.
1329A06120 NAS1329A06-120 rivet nut/keyless 6-32 –– Unlimited shelf-life
1329A06K75 NAS1329A06K75 rivet nut/keyed 6-32
1329A08-75 NAS1329A08-75 rivet nut/keyless 8-32
1329A08120 NAS1329A08-120 rivet nut/keyless 8-32
1329A3-80 NAS1329A3-80 rivet nut/keyless 10-32
COTTER PIN
Cadmium-plated carbon steel cotter
pins. Passivated & corrosion resistant
per ASTM A380 & QQ-P-416 Type 1.
EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS (IN)
MS24665134 MS24665134 3/4 × 1/16
MS24665136 MS24665136 1 × 1/16
MS24665281 MS24665-281 1/2 × 3/32
MS24665362 MS24665-362 1/8 × 2-1/2
Safety Lock Wire
SAFETY LOCK WIRE SAFE T CABLE KIT

SAFETY LOCKWIRE SAFETY CABLE TOOL KIT
Stainless steel lockwire with a bare finish, This safety cable kit contains a
spools from a canister. ferrule and a stainless steel safety
cable (lengths and diameters spec- i-
fied below). Comes in a pack of 50.
EDMO# MFR# LENGTH (FT) DIAMETER (IN) EDMO# MFR# LENGTH (IN) DIAMETER (IN)
SAFEWIRE20 34-0200-1BLC 931 0.02 C10-212PKG C10-212PKG 12 0.032
C10-218PKG C10-218PKG 18 0.032
4
SAFEWIRE32 34-0320-1BLC 364 0.032
SAFEWIRE41 34-0410-1BLC 221 0.041 C10-221PKG C10-221PKG 21 0.032
Cooling Fans
COOLING FANS SAFE 128 & 328 COOLING FANS

SANDIA AEROSPACE
The SAFE series cooling fans are axial fans that attach di-
ACF 314 & 328 COOLING FANS rectly to an avionics unit’s cooling port. These fans provide
SANDIA AEROSPACE a nominal 20 CFM of cooling air and an alert output when-
The ACF 314 and ACF 328 are 3-port cooling fans with ever the fan RPM drops below a preset level. The SAFE
the ability to cool up to three avionics units and the ca- series uses a high quality, brushless blower motor and or
pacity to cool up to 20 cubic feet of air per minute. The RunQuiet technology.
ACF 314 and ACF 238 operate on 14 VDC and 28 VDC
respectively using a high-quality, brushless blower motor
and or RunQuiet technology.
The ACF 528 is similar to the ACF 314 and ACF 328 but
4
is equipped with five ports and the ability to cool up to five

avionics units while operating on 28 VDC.
SAFE 128 SAFE 328
weight: SAFE 128: 0.25 lb

SAFE 328: 0.7 lb
dimensions: SAFE 128: 2.36 × 2.87 × 1.44 in
SAFE 328: 5.58 × 4.75 × 1.25 in
operating voltage: 22-31 VDC
ACF314 ACF528 current draw: SAFE 128: 100mA nominal < 0.250 mA startup
SAFE 328: 400mA nominal < 0.550 mA startup
certification: FAA-PMA
weight: 1.18 lb
dimensions: 5.92 × 5.18 × 2.1 in
operating voltage: ACF314: 14 VDC EDMO# MFR# MODEL # VOLTAGE
ACF328: 28 VDC 305468-00 305468-00 SAFE 128 28
current draw: ACF314: 960 mA (1.7 A at startup) 305467-00 305467-00 SAFE 328 28
ACF328: 480 mA (0.85 A at startup)
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE PORTS

ACF314 ACF314 14 3
ACF328 ACF328 28 3
ACF528 ACF528 28 5
Tooling
Cable Tie Tools.................................................................................. 106

Crescent Tool Kits............................................................................. 103
Crimp & Barrel Die Tools.................................................................. 91
Heat Shrink Guns.............................................................................. 100
Hex & Spline Wrenches.................................................................... 101
Hole Punches.................................................................................... 104
Insertion & Extraction Tools............................................................. 87
Panel Pro........................................................................................... 86
Riv Nut Tool....................................................................................... 105
Screwdrivers & Nutdrivers............................................................... 102
Soldering Tools................................................................................. 100
Static Mat.......................................................................................... 97
Vises.................................................................................................. 103
Wire & Cable Strippers..................................................................... 97
Wire Cutters...................................................................................... 99
Wire Threader................................................................................... 100
Tooling
Panel Pro
PANEL PRO EG2 ENGRAVER FOR PANEL PRO

Consists of a precision spindle assembly
with a replaceable nose that can be ad-
PANEL PRO MODEL 5925 justed in 0.001 increments. Allows the EG2
BULLER ENTERPRISES to engrave through a top layer of paint to
Computer-controlled router reveal a colored sub-layer below. Can be
that takes cutting time down used for engraving placards, circuit break-
from a day to less than a er panels, or directly on the surface of an
couple of hours. The Panel instrument panel. Includes engraver, 0.010
Pro cuts a wide range of siz- tip width cutter, 0.4375 steel nose, and two
es with accuracy to approx- ¼-inch diameter Delrin nose pieces.
imately 0.0002” and it has
the ability to create corners DIAMOND TIP ENGRAVER
and micro stop countersinks. Drag type, non-rotating engraver. It works
All that’s required is a Pentium computer; the Panel Pro’s best on bare metal (brass, aluminum, stain-
5
included AvCAM software is compatible with .dxf files less steel) and anodized aluminum.
created by AutoCAD.
–– Perfect for cutting 1/8-inch thick aluminum sheet metal
but able to cut aluminum as thick as ½-inch as well as
shipping weight: 435 lb
other materials such as Plexiglas and wood (note: no
vacuum system) dimensions: 48 × 24 × 73 in
move resolution: 0.0001968
–– 59-inch width travel (X axis), 25-inch height travel (y Panel Pro Model Panel Pro 5925 machine tool
axis), and 3.125-inch up and down travel (Z axis); 5925 Package SC3 controller
capable of making micro stop countersinks and other includes: interconnect cables
operations Milwaukee 3-1/2 hp production quality variable/regulated
–– Fast cutting times: ≈1 hour, 20 minutes to complete a speed router with a collet adapter to use industry standard
4-foot wide King Air 350 panel with an average cutting ER11 collets (includes 1/8, 3/15 and ¼-inch collets)
speed of 12 - 15 inches per minute (speed depends on AvCAM version 11 machine operation software
the material and desired finish) Easy Cad 2D computer aided drafting software
–– Included AvCAM operating software uses the Z axis of Buller’s aircraft instrument panel & instrument drawing library
a .dxf file (if no Z coordinate is supplied as in 2D CAD, coolant system with 1 gallon of coolant
the Z depth defaults to a Z cutting depth entered by the starter supply of high strength carbide end mills
user) hand tools needed for operation
–– Provides accuracy within about 0.0002 inches 2-inch dial indicator to check the Z level of critical areas
Pen plotter adapter to draw out panels or parts in full size
–– Has switches for repeatable absolute zero in X, Y, and Z
as well as hard stops on the X and Y axes so that the X
to Y square can be easily checked and reset
–– Minimum corner radius is dependent on the end mill EDMO# MFR#
used; for 1/8-inch, the minimum radius is 0.0625 inches 1-0300-00 1-0300-00 Panel Pro Model 5925
–– Pentium compatible; Windows XP or 7 operating sys- ACCESSORIES
tems, 32 or 64 bit; requires a standard serial or USB 1-0112-0 Measure Pro Measure Pro for Panel Pro
port with adapter to connect with the SC3 Controller 1-0072-0 1-0072-0 EG2 engraver for Panel Pro
–– Requires about 4 × 6 feet of room for operation 7-0090-0 7-0090-0 diamond tip engraver
1-0100-0C 1-0100-0C porter cable router with collet adapter for
MEASURE PRO FOR PANEL PRO Panel Pro
This Panel Pro accessory 1-0100-1 router with porter cable 892S installed
measures individual elements 32063 32063 end mill, 3/32-inch diameter, 1/8-inch
such as lines, circles, and shank, 3/8-inch length of cut, 2 flute,
curves and saves them as a 1-1/2-inch long, carbide, single end
.dxf file for editing in CAD pro- 7-0080-0 7-0080-0 King Air panel spacer kit
grams. Rather than a scanner 85297067 85297067 double mill end, 3/32” diameter, 1/8”
or tracer, the Measure Pro is a shank
coordinate measuring device Measure Pro 85297083 85297083 double mill end, 1/8-inch diameter, 3/16-
that can easily measure the inch shank
curves incorporated into the panel perimeter as well as CNV3000 CNV3000 step down transformer
mounting and instrument holes. The Measure Pro system CUTTING TIPS
consists of a TP1 Touch Probe and measuring software. 15ABAL.005 M125-15ABAL.005 engraver tip/0.005 in cutting tip
–– The TP1 Touch Probe is a switch that opens when the 15ABAL.010 M125-15ABAL.010 engraver tip/0.010 in cutting tip
ruby probe tip makes contact with an edge or surface. It 15ABAL.015 M125-15ABAL.015 engraver tip/0.015 in cutting tip
triggers +/- X axis, +/- Y axis, - Z axis. M30293 M30293 1/8 in 2 flute cutter/end mill for Panel Pro
–– The included measuring software is part of the AvCAM
software included with the Panel Pro 5925
Tooling
Insertion & Extraction Tools
INSERTION & EXTRACTION TOOLS

METAL TIPPED INSERTION & EXTRACTION TOOLS
Insertion and ex- EDMO# MFR# AWG COLOR
traction tools with
color coded handles 91067-1 91067-1 22-28 green and white; metal tip
and metal tips. 91067-2 91067-2 24-20 red and white; metal tip
91066-1 91066-1 22 green and white; metal tip
91066-3 91066-3 16 blue and white; metal tip
91066-4 91066-4 20 red and white; metal tip
TIPS
126195-2 126195-2 91067-1 (extraction end)
126195-3 126195-3 91067-2 (insertion)
126195-4 126195-4 91067-2 (extraction)
5
EDMO# MFR# MATERIAL TYPE COLOR COMPATIBLE CONNECTOR CONTACTS:
CONTACT SIZE #0
M819691408 M81969/14-08 plastic removal yellow MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723,
MIL-C-38999, MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
M819691408
CONTACT SIZE #8
M819691406 M81969/14-06 plastic removal red MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723,
MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
M819691412 M81969/14-12 plastic removal green MIL-C-38999 M819692902
M819692902 M81969/29-02 plastic removal red MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723,
MIL-C-38999, MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
CONTACT SIZE #10
M819691405 M81969/14-05 plastic insertion/ gray/white MIL-C-38999
removal M819691405
CONTACT SIZE #12
M8196916-3 M81969/16-03 plastic insertion yellow/ MIL-C-81511 Series 3 & 4
M819691603* white
M819691603
M819691404 M81969/14-04 plastic insertion/ yellow/ MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723,
removal white MIL-C-38999, MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
CONTACT SIZE #16
M81969/103 M81969/1-03 plastic body, insertion/ blue/white MIL-C-24308 and MIL-C-81659
metal tip removal
M819691403 M81969/14-03 plastic insertion/ blue/white MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723, M81969-103
removal MIL-C-38999, MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
M8196916-2 M81969/16-02 plastic insertion/ blue/white MIL-C-81511 Series 3 & 4
M819691602* removal
CONTACT SIZE #20
M81969/102 M81969/1-02 plastic body, insertion/ red/white MIL-C-24308 and MIL-C-81659
metal tip removal
M81969-102
M819691402 M81969/14-02 plastic insertion/ red/white MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723,
removal MIL-C-38999, MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
M819691410 M81969/14-10 plastic insertion/ red/orange MIL-C-38999 M819691410
removal
M819691411 M81969/14-11 plastic insertion/ red/white MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723, M819693901
removal MIL-T-81714 and MIL-C-5015
M819691601 M81969/16-01 plastic insertion/ red/white MIL-C-81511 Series 3 & 4 M819691601
removal
M819693901 M81969/39-01 plastic insertion/ green/ MIL-C-24308 MIL-C-81659
removal white
CONTACT SIZE #22
*Denotes alternative EDMO#
Tooling
EDMO# MFR# MATERIAL TYPE COLOR COMPATIBLE CONNECTOR CONTACTS:

M81969/101 M81969/1-01 plastic body, insertion/ green/ MIL-C-24308 and MIL-C-81659
metal tip removal white
M819691604
M81969/104 M81969/1-04 plastic body, insertion/ green/ MIL-C-24308 and MIL-C-81659
metal tip removal white
M819691401 M81969/14-01 plastic insertion/ green/ MIL-C-26482, MIL-C-81703, MIL-C-83723, M81969-104
removal white MIL-C-38999, MIL-T-81714
M819691409 M81969/14-09 plastic insertion/ brown/ MIL-C-55302/169 /171
removal white
CONTACT SIZE #23
M819691604 M81969/16-04 plastic insertion/ green/ MIL-C-81511 Series 3 & 4
removal white
M819691604
*Denotes alternative EDMO#
5
DOUBLE-ENDED INSERT/EXTRACTION TOOLS DOUBLE-ENDED INSERT/EXTRACTION TOOL

Double-ended insertion and removal tools designed EDMO# CTA-1160
for size 20 and 22 pin and socket contacts and MFR# CTA-1160
coaxial cable. Double-ended insertion and removal tool designed for size
22-20 pin (CTA-0093 & CTA-0166) and socket (CTA-0094
EDMO# MFR# AWG & CTA-0165) contacts installed in Raychem “MTCP” Series
M15570-201 M15570-20-1 20 Modular Rectangular connectors.
M15570-201
M15570-221 M15570-22-1 22 STAINLESS STEEL INSERTION TOOL
EDMO# CTA-0161
M15570-221 MFR# CTA-0161
M15570-25 M15570-25 COAX Stainless steel insertion tool used to install
or extract Raychem MTC series modular
M15570-221
rectangular connector insert assemblies.
INSERT/EXTRACTION TOOL - INTERCHANGEABLE TIPS

EDMO# 91285-1
MFR# 91285-1
Insertion and extraction tool with inter- EDMO# CONTACT SIZE AWG INSERTION/EXTRACTION TIPS
changeable tips for use with HD-22 and
HD-20 contacts used in Amplimite HD COLOR CODE TYPE
connectors. This tool includes a handle, 543382-5 HD-20 28/20 yellow insertion
six tips, a hex wrench, and a plug. Each 1-543382-0 HD-20 24/18 red extraction
plug is color-coded according to specific 1-543382-1 HD-20 28/24 brown extraction
type and wire size (refer to table). 543382-6 HD-20 posted blue extraction
543382-7 HD-20 posted black insertion
543382-8 HD-22 28/22 green insertion/extraction
SNAP RING REMOVAL & INSERTION TOOLS

The SRT-1 and SRT-2 are 16 inches long and EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
was designed to install (SRT-2) and remove (SRT-
1) those hard-to-get-at snap rings located in the SRT-1 SRT-1 removal tool SRT-1
back of avionics trays. Prevents injury to users’ SRT-2 SRT-2 insertion tool
fingers when removing snap rings from avionics
trays. SRT-2
–– Color/material: plated steel
–– Overall length: 6-7/8 in
Tooling
INSTALL & REMOVAL TOOL KITS

Always have the right EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION KIT INCLUDES
install and removal
tools at hand with 88-09-001 88-09-001 install tool kit install tools:
these two kits. Each dak12 (MS24256A12)
contains an assort- dak16 (MS24256A16)
ment of metal install dak20 (MS24256A20)
and removal tools. 88-09-002 88-09-002 removal tool kit removal tools:
drk12 (MS24256R12)
(88-09-002 pictured) drk16 (MS25246R16)
drk20 (MS24256R20)
TWEEZER INSERTION/REMOVAL TOOLS
5
INSERTION TWEEZERS INSERTION TWEEZERS
EDMO# 91002-1 Insertion tweezers.
MFR# 910021
The AMP insertion tool for connec-
tor pins. Contact sizes 20-24 AWG. EDMO# MFR# SIZE
DAK95-16A DAK95-16A 16
REMOVAL TOOL DAK95-20B DAK95-20B 20
EDMO# CTJR12
MFR# CTJR12
The CTJ-R12 is a double-mod- REMOVAL TWEEZERS
ule removal tool designed for Tweezer removal tools.
MIL-T-81714 terminal junction
modules, grounding modules,
power distribution and feedback
modules. Mil spec M81714/69-02.
DRK237 DRK83-16B
PUSHBUTTON EXTRACTION TOOL
STACO SYSTEMS EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N SIZE
EDMO# 15193
MFR# 15193 DRK237 DRK237 -- 22
DRK83-16B DRK83-16B M81969/8-208 16
Extraction tool for removing DRK95-20B DRK95-20B M81969/8-06 20
pushbuttons from switch/indi-
cator assemblies. Removing pushbuttons provides easier DRK95-22 DRK95-22 MS27495R22 22
access to the heads of the locking screws located inside DRK95-22M DRK95-22M MS27495R22M 22
the front portion of the switch/indicator.
BLADE EXTRACTION TOOL MOLEX EXTRACTION TOOLS

EDMO# 465199-1 Extraction tools for Molex connectors.
MFR# 465199-1
EDMO# MFR# FITS
W-HT-1884 W-HT-1884 -
This extraction tool extracts the AMP-BLADE contacts W-HT-2038 W-HT-2038 for 0.093-in
from connectors 582151, 582200, 582201, 582202, pin terminals
582203, 582204, 582307, and 582389. It consists of
a lance release tip for depressing the contact locking W-HT-2285 W-HT-2285 for 0.062-in
lance, and an extraction tip for pushing the contact pin terminals
from the connector. There is a handle for pushing the
extraction tip.

EDMO Asia Pacific maintains a large inventory of tools that is constantly being updated. If you don’t see what you need here, it’s likely we have it, or
we can order it in for you. As always, give us a call at +618 8182 5511 for parts and pricing or visit us at www.edmoap.com.au.
Tooling
MIL-SPEC REMOVAL TOOLS

DMC
Removal tools.
EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N SIZE
DRK-12 DRK-12 MS24256R12 12
DRK-124 DRK124 MS17806 20
DRK124A DRK124A M81969/20-01 20
DRK16 DRK16 MS24256R16 16

DRK-16A DRK16A M81969/19-08 16
DRK16B DRK16B M81969/19-01 (REV B) 16
5
DRK-20 DRK-20 MS24256R20 20

DRK-20A DRK20A M81969/19-07 REV A 20
DRK20B DRK20B M81969/19-06 (REV/B) 20
SOCKET EXTRACTORS EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# 305183 EDMO# 189727-1
MFR# 305183 MFR# 189727-1
This extraction tool re- Designed to extract Mini-Univer-
moves pin and socket contacts from Multimate con- sal Mate-N-Lock Contacts from
nectors. The tool is comprised of a handle and sleeve housing cavities. Consists of a
that releases the contact locking lance, and a push-rod push button, push rod, handle, and sleeve. The sleeve is
button that ejects the contacts. inserted into the mating face of the housing, depressing
the locking lances of the crimped contact, and allowing
the contact to be extracted from the wire-entry face of the
contact types: II, III, IIII(+), VI, X, and subminiature coaxial housing.
contact sizes: all sizes
material: plastic and steel construction
C8 EXTRACTION TOOL MATE-N-LOK EXTRACTION TOOL

ITT CANNON EDMO# 465644-1
EDMO# CET-C8 MFR# 465644-1
MFR# CET-C8 Tool for removing Mate-N-Lok
The CET-C8 is a plastic removal tool contacts from their housings.
designed for coaxial contacts in-
stalled in ITT-Cannon BKAD, BKAE,
BKAF, DPXMA, MIL-C-81659 and
MIL-C-83733 Series rear release rectangular rack and
panel connectors.
EXTRACTION TOOL - 20-11 EXTRACTION TOOL

ITT CANNON EDMO# 91017-3
EDMO# CET20-11 MFR# 91017-3
MFR# CET20-11 Extraction tool used to extract
The CET20-11 is a removal tool AMP-TAB male terminals from
designed for size 20 pin (330-5291- AMP-TAB quad connectors.
xxx) and socket (331-1007-xxx) Works with wire sizes 26- 22 and 22 – 18.
contacts installed in ITT-Cannon
D*MA and D*U Series D-subminiature rear release rectan-
gular connectors.
Tooling
Crimp & Barrel Die Tools
LEAF EXTRACTION TOOLS

STANDARD TOOL TOOL FOR MOLEX/KING
EDMO# 465195-1 EDMO# 465195-2
MFR# 465195-1 MFR# 465195-2
Extraction tool for leaf This AMP-LEAF extraction tool
pins. This tool consists extracts AMP-LEAF contacts from
of a lance release tip the following connectors: 480133,
for depressing the contact locking lance, an alignment tip 480146, 582191, 583360-1, 583428-1, 583663-1,
for positioning the tool in the connector housing, and an 583716-1, 583731-1. This tool consists of a lance release
extraction tip for pushing the contact from the connector tip for depressing the contact locking lance, an alignment
housing. tip for positioning the tool in the connector housing, and
an extraction tip for pushing the contact from the connec-
tor housing.
REMOVAL TOOL WITH 5 PROBES REMOVAL TOOL/FORK CONTACTS
5
DMC DMC
EDMO# DRK105 Removal tools for fork-type contacts.
MFR# DRK105
Removal tool with 5 interchangeable probes. EDMO# MFR#
DRK188 DRK188
EDMO# MFR# COLOR
DRK105-122 DRK105-122 yellow
DRK105-162 DRK105-162 blue DRK-230 DRK-230
DRK105-222 DRK105-222 green
DRK10522M2 DRK10522M2 yellow
DRK105-202 DRK105-202 red
Tool and probes not shown to scale.
CRIMP & BARREL DIE TOOLS

AFM8 CRIMP TOOL
DMC
EDMO# AFM8
MFR# AFM8
The AFM8 is compatible with most of the miniature and sub-miniature connec-
tor types that are widely used in electronic systems. This tool accommodates
wire sizes 20 through 32 AWG. It gives a Mil-Standard 8 impression crimp that
assures maximum tensile strength while the cycle-controlled precision ratchet
assures consistent crimping with each use. Built into the tool frame is an 8-step
selector knob that makes it easier to dial in the correct crimp depth setting for
the wire being used (see table below for applicable positioners). AFM8 tool kit
includes 3 positioners, 2 plastic insert/removal tools and the AFM8 crimp tool
EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N USE EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N USE
AFM8 POSITIONERS & GAUGES AFM8 POSITIONERS & GAUGES G125 gauge
K13-1 K13-1 M22520/2-08 positioner K330-3 K330-3 M39029/22-22-22 positioner
K40 K40 M22520/2-07 positioner K496-1 K496-1 M39029/1-507 positioner
K41 K41 M22520/2-06 positioner K503 K503 M39029/22-20-20 positioner
K42 K42 M22520/2-09 positioner K673 K673 - positioner
K1-S K1S M22520/2-02 positioner K774 K774 MC6018D positioner K41 turret head
K1461 K1461 - positioner G125 G125 M22520/3-1 go-no-go
K267-1 K267-1 M22520/2-23 positioner gauge
K42 turret head

Additional positioner sizes available, call EDMO Asia Pacific for information. Above parts not shown to scale.
Tooling
GMT232 COMMERCIAL CRIMP TOOL

DMC
EDMO# GMT232
Perfect for crimping low profile M81824/1-x environmental splices & is the most pop-
ular tool to cover the range of 12 (yellow), 16 (blue), & 20 (red) splices for low-profile
environmental splice applications. This tool is equipped with a locator that is config-
ured to hold the splice in the correct location while either wire is being terminated.
–– M22520/37-01 tool for M81824/1-X splices
–– Environmental Splices (26-20, 20-16, 16-12)
EDMO# MFR# APPLICATION/DESCRIPTION

POPULAR GMT-SERIES COMMERCIAL CRIMP TOOL OPTIONS
GMT-221 GMT-221 Rockwell Collins thin-line I & II
5
GMT202 GMT202 Molex 0.062-diameter standard pin and socket terminals, KK, flat blade and pitch
crimp.
Additional GMT tools available, call EDMO for details.
AF8 CRIMP TOOL

DMC
EDMO# AF8
The AF8 “Big Blue” crimp tool is qualified to MIL-DTL-22520/1. Compatible
with the wire range of 12 through 26 AWG. With over a thousand available
turret heads, the tool frame can be adapted to very specific military or propri-
etary contact/wire combinations. The AF8 provides an 8-impression crimp,
assuring maximum tensile strength with almost every closed barrel contact.
Tool requires a compatible turret head and positioner (purchased separately).
–– Crimp tool dimensions: 9.75 × 2.5 × 1.25 in / 15 oz
EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N USE EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N USE
AF8 TURRET HEADS & POSITIONERS AF8 TURRET HEADS & POSITIONERS
TH1A TH1A M22520/1-02 turret head TH270 TH270 M22520/1-12 turret head
TH4 TH4 M22520/1-03 turret head TH285 TH285 M22520/1-13 turret head
TH163 TH163 M22520/1-04 turret head TP485 TP485 M22520/1-15 positioner
UH2-5 UH2-5 M22520/1-05 uni positioner TP513 TP513 M22520/1-16 positioner TH4 turret head
TP45 TP45 M22520/1-06 positioner TP651 TP651 M22520/1-17 positioner
TP85 TP85 M22520/1-07 positioner G125 G125 M22520/3-1 go-no-go gauge UH2-5 positioner
TH199S TH199S M22520/1-08 turret head TH501 TH501 -- turret head
TP360 TP360 M22520/1-09 positioner TH502 TH502 -- turret head
TP365 TP365 M22520/1-10 positioner TH70-1 TH70-1 -- turret head G125 gauge
TP465 TP465 M22520/1-11 positioner
Additional positioner sizes available, call EDMO for information. Above parts not shown to scale.
HX4 CRIMP TOOL

DMC
EDMO# HX4
The HX4 crimp tool uses a system of interchangeable dies that eliminate
the need for separate fixed-die crimp tools for each application. The
crimping dies are easily snapped into the frame and retained by internal
spring clips.
–– 11 inches long / 21 oz
–– Mil-spec M22520/5-01
Tooling
EDMO# MFR# MIL-SPEC WEIGHT DIE CLOSURE DIMENSIONS

HX4 DIE SETS
A HEX LENGTH B HEX LENGTH
Y196 I196 M22520/5-03 0.16 lb 0.128 0.325 0.105 0.325
Y152 Y152 M22520/5-04 0.16 lb 0.138 0.090 0.118 0.270
Y197 Y152 M22520/5-05 0.16 lb 0.213 0.325 0.178 0.325
Y197
Y203 Y203 M22520/5-06 0.16 lb 0.128 0.094 -- --
Y195 M22520/5-07 0.16 lb 0.255 0.325 -- --
Y215 Y215 M22520/5-08 0.16 lb 0.128 0.375 -- --
Y204P Y204P M22520/5-09 0.16 lb 0.178 0.400 0.068 0.093
Y189 Y189 M22520/5-10 0.16 lb 0.160 0.400 -- --
Y205P Y205P M22520/5-11 0.16 lb 0.213 0.400 0.068 0.093 Y205P
Y206P Y206P M22520/5-13 0.16 lb 0.255 0.400 0.068 0.093
Y207P M22520/5-15 0.16 lb 0.263 0.400 0.068 0.093
5
Y142 Y142 M22520/5-19 0.16 lb 0.255 0.400 0.213 0.400
Y149 Y149 M22520/5-21 0.16 lb 0.475 0.400 -- --
Y145 Y145 M22520/5-23 0.16 lb 0.384 0.400 -- --
Y110P Y110P M22520/5-25 0.16 lb 0.426 0.400 0.100 0.120 Y206P
Y151 M22520/5-27 0.16 lb 0.532 0.400 -- --
Y109P M22520/5-29 0.16 lb 0.324 0.400 0.100 0.120
Y136 M22520/5-33 0.16 lb 0.343 0.400 0.105 0.400
Y137 Y137 M22520/5-35 0.16 lb 0.324 0.400 0.128 0.400 Y142
Y138 Y138 M22520/5-37 0.16 lb 0.314 0.400 0.151 0.400
Y139 Y139 M22520/5-39 0.16 lb 0.309 0.400 0.160 0.400
Y140 Y140 M22520/5-41 0.16 lb 0.290 0.400 0.178 0.400
Y141 Y141 M22520/5-43 0.16 lb 0.268 0.400 0.197 0.400
Y143 Y143 M22520/5-45 0.16 lb 0.231 0.400 0.218 0.400 Y149
Y144 Y144 M22520/5-47 0.16 lb 0.359 0.400 -- --
Y148 Y148 M22520/5-53 0.16 lb 0.454 0.400 -- --
Y102 Y102 M22520/5-55 0.16 lb 0.324 0.400 -- --
Y209P Y209P M22520/5-57 0.16 lb 0.255 0.400 0.100 0.120
Y208P Y208P M22520/5-59 0.16 lb 0.255 0.400 0.100 0.100 Y137
Y178 Y178 M22520/5-61 0.16 lb 0.429 0.400 -- --
Y501 Y501 M22520/5-100 0.16 lb pre-insulated terminal crimp 26-10 AWG
Y527 Y527 M22520/5-101 0.25 lb pre-insulated terminal crimp 26-20 AWG
Y539 Y539 M22520/5-102 0.25 lb splice crimp 12-16 AWG
Y540 Y540 M22520/5-103 0.25 lb splice crimp 16-26 AWG Y501
Y554 Y554 0.25 lb -- -- -- --
Y631 0.25 lb 0.218 0.307 -- --
Part numbers ending in “P” indicate that the die set has an alignment pin.
CERTI-LOK CRIMP TOOL

EDMO# 169400
The AMP Certi-Lok crimping tool uses interchangeable die sets (sold separately). This is a basic tool that uses inter-
changeable snap-in die sets, which can be easily inserted or removed. Die set EDMO# 169404 crimps AMP red / blue /
yellow insulated terminals and splices (22-12 AWG).
COMPATIBLE DIE SETS—SOLD SEPARATELY
169404 169404 22-10 GA.die set (insulated)
169409 169409 22-10 GA. die set (uninsulated)
169404 169409
Tooling
MH860 CRIMP TOOL

DMC
EDMO# MH860
Qualified to MIL-DTL-22520/7-01. Supports the majority of EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N USE
electrical systems with one versatile crimp tool frame. In addi-
MH860 POSITIONERS
tion it accepts the entire middle wire range of 16-28 AWG
with positioners capable of adapting it to virtually all applica- 86-1S 86-1S 520/7-02 positioner
tions consistent with others in the MIL-DTL-22520 family. 86-2 86-2 M22520/7-03 positioner
86-3 86-3 M22520/7-04 positioner
86-4 86-4 M22520/7-05 positioner
86-5 86-5 M22520/7-06 positioner
86-6 86-6 M22520/7-07 positioner
86-7 86-7 M22520/7-08 positioner
86-11S 86-11S M22520/7-09 positioner
86-1S 86-12S 86-12S M22520/7-10 positioner
5
86-19 86-19 M22520/7-11 positioner

86-20 86-20 M22520/7-12 positioner
86-21 86-21 M22520/7-13 positioner
86-12S
*Above parts not shown to scale.
WA23 CRIMP TOOL

EDMO# WA23
The WA23 is a heavy pneumatic EDMO# MFR# MIL P/N USE
indent crimp tool that is operat-
WA23 DIE ASSEMBLIES & POSITIONERS
ed with the push of a button. It
works with large-size contacts 8 WA23-2 WA23-2 M22520/23-02 die assembly 8
through 0000 (AWG) and oper- WA23-3 WA23-3 M22520/23-03 die assembly 6
ates on standard 90-125 psi (5.4 WA23-4 WA23-4 M22520/23-04 die assembly 4
– 8.16 BAR) shop air sources. WA23-5 WA23-5 M22520/23-05 die assembly 1/0
This tool is portable and does WA23-6 WA23-6 M22520/23-06 die assembly 2/0
not require an extra booster for WA23-7 WA23-7 M22520/23-07 die assembly 4/0
large-size contacts; and, for WA23-9 WA23-9 M22520/23-09 positioner 8
added safety, it has a full cycle WA23-10 WA23-10 M22520/23-10 positioner 6
control system. The standard WA23-11 WA23-11 M22520/23-11 positioner 4
die assembly and positioner are WA23-13 WA23-13 M22520/23-13 positioner 1/0
easily interchangeable without WA23-5 WA23-9 WA23-14 WA23-14 M22520/23-14 positioner 1/0, 1/0N
the need for a special tool. WA23-15 WA23-15 M22520/23-15 positioner 2/0, 2/0N
–– M22520/23-01
HYDRAULIC CRIMP TOOL

DMC
EDMO# HD51
The HD51 medium duty hydraulic hand crimper is capable
of applying 5.5 tons of die force and provides a larger die
configuration that extends the range of crimping capabilities
to 2/0 AWG conductors. In addition, it reduces the number
of handle closures required to complete the crimp with its
larger and more efficient hydraulic pump system. It is rug-
gedly constructed with lightweight materials and weighs in at
only 4.6 pounds. EDMO# MFR# SIZE
–– Dimensions: 14 in / 4.6 lb HD51 DOUBLE INDENT DIE SETS
–– Crimp force: 5.5 tons HD51-124N HD51-124N #2/0
–– Automatic relief valve prevents over-compression HD51-123N HD51-123N #1/0
HD51-121N HD51-121N #2
–– Release lever for relaxing crimp pressure and opening dies
HD51-120N HD51-120N #4
–– 180° rotating head for ease in confined work areas HD51-119N HD51-119N #6
–– Wire range: (HD51 and XHD5 models): #12 to #2/0 AWG HD51-118N HD51-118N #8
in many power applications, 0.700 (17.78 mm) in coaxial
hexagonal crimping
–– Die sets sold separately
Tooling
MOLEX HAND CRIMP TOOL

EDMO# W-HT-1919
Molex hand crimp
tool that also cuts
and strips wire and cuts wire ranges: 14-24 AWG
cuts bolts. 8.25 inch- cuts bolts (sizes): 4-40, 5-40, 8-32, 10-24, 10-32
es in length with a red crimps terminals: .093-in pin diameter terminals, standard KK crimp; terminals
handle. for .156-in center KK housings, series; #1189/1190, series
#1380/1381, series #2478
CRIMPMASTER CRIMP TOOLS

The Crimpmaster EDMO# MFR# USAGE
crimp tools provide
consistent crimping 30-506 30-506 RG-58, RG-59/62AU, BNC/TNC 3-Piece hex type
5
and are equipped connectors (frame only)
with interchangeable 30-500 30-500 #22 to #10 AWG (.324mm - 5.261mm) insulated ring
dies that are easily tongue terminals and splices (comes with 30-579 die set)
swapped out with a 30-502 30-502 RG-58 RG-59/62AU BNC/TNC 3-Piece hex type connec-
screwdriver. Cush- tors (comes with 30-581 die set)
ioned-grip handles.
CRIMPMASTER DIE SETS

Technicians can add instant versatility to crimp tools with these die sets. These sets are compatible with the 30-506
crimp tool frame and are easy to change out with a screwdriver. Provide consistent crimp.
EDMO# MFR# USAGE
30-572 30-572 16-26 AWG (1.31 mm to 0.128 mm), miniature-insulated rings, spade, butt splices
30-579 30-579 10-22 AWG (.324 mm to 5.261 mm) insulated terminals/color coded nests
30-587 30-587 RG-58, RG-174, RG-8218 for both 50 and 70 ohm cables (Hex 0.213 (5.41 mm), 0.178 (4.52 mm), 0.068
(1.73 mm), 0.042 (1.07 mm)
30-591 30-591 Plenum and non-plenum thin wire cables RG-58 and 59 (Hex, 0.213 (5.41 mm), 0.190 (4.83 mm), 0.068 30-572 30-591
(1.73 mm), 0.042 (1.07 mm)
30-599 30-599 30-18 AWG (0.205 mm - 2.08 mm) open barrel pins and sockets
PRO-CRIMPER CRIMP TOOLS

EDMO# MFR# USAGE
PRO-CRIMPER II
58495-1 58495-1 frame only
58433-1 58433-1 includes die assembly 58445-1 RG-58/62/59
58448-2 584482 includes die assembly 58448-3 for sub-D pins and sockets
Commercial grade tools that PRO-CRIMPER III
provide a wide range of crimping 354940-1 3549401 frame only
possibilities when paired with 58433-3 584333 includes die assembly 58423-1 for RBY terminals
the appropriate die set (each die 58501-1 58501-1 frame only, for use with N connectors
accommodates multiple terminal PRO-CRIMPER II DIE ASSEMBLIES
sizes). The frame has a stationary 58495-2 58495-2 for pins & sockets. Consists of crimping dies & a locator assembly
jaw & handle, a moving jaw, mov- with a wire & insulation anvil, wire crimper & insulation crimper.
ing handle, & ratchet adjustment 58435-1 58435-1 BNC/TNC/RG-58/59/62. Includes two ferrule crimp sections and
wheel that ensures full contact 58436-1 58436-1 two center contact crimp sections. The crimp sections are marked
crimping. The tool frame holds the to identify the cable sizes used with the connectors. 58436-1 58495-2
die assembly with three crimping PRO-CRIMPER III DIE ASSEMBLIES
sections. 220189-3 220189-3 for RG-58/141/142.
–– Carbon steel construction with 58423-1 58423-1 for terminals and splices. Consists of an anvil and indenter; when
extra strength pivot pins closed, the dies form three crimping chambers. Dies are secured
–– Ergonomic, angled head within the tool frame with screws.
–– Ratchet control with emergency 91908-1 919081 for SMA series 50-Ohm RF connectors
58485-1 58485-1 for N-type connectors 58423-1 91908-1
ratchet release
Tooling
MOLEX CRIMP TOOL/14-24 AWG CRIMPER/CUTTER/6 STRIP STATION

MOLEX EDMO# 18E
EDMO# 63811-1000 All-purpose tool that
Universal hand crimping tool with ergonomic, soft grip strips & cuts wires, crimp
handles. For use with wire ranges 14-24 AWG (accepts terminals, and cut bolts.
material thickness- The stripper section strips: 22-10 AWG wire. Crimps in-
es of 0.15-0.40 mm sulated and non-insulated terminals in the following sizes:
and conductor barrel 22-14, 12-10 AWG. The bolt cutter section cuts the fol-
lengths of 2-3.5 mm. lowing size bolts: 4-40, 6-32, 8-32, and 10-32. Features
Air-Pocket cushion grips.
MOLEX RATCHET CRIMPER –– Length: 8.75 inches
MOLEX –– Crimps: 10-22 GA insulated or non-insulated
EDMO# 63811-6600 –– Strips: 10-22 GA overall
The 63811-6600 hand
5
crimp tool is a full-cycle

ratcheting hand tool for STRATO-THERM CRIMP TOOL
use with KK® center EDMO# 46988
crimp terminals, 18-30 AWG. This tool is ergonomically
designed with soft handles and outstanding force ratio
for easier handling. The frame is also equipped with a
user-friendly terminal locator wire stop that holds terminals
in the proper crimping position.
–– IPC/WHMA-A-620 Class 2 and RoHS compliant Hand crimping tool used to crimp high-temperature &
heat-resistant STRATO-THERM terminals/splices onto
T HEAD CRIMP TOOL wire sizes 22-14 AWG. Has an indenter crimping jaw, an
EDMO# 59250 anvil crimping jaw, locator, two insulation crimping adjust-
ment pins & a CERTI-CRIMP hand tool ratchet. The corre-
This T-Head crimp-
ing tool is capable of sponding wire size is marked on the backside of the tool.
crimping PIDG insula-
tion-restricting nylon ROTA-CRIMP HAND TOOLS
terminals, PIDG termi-
nals, and PIDG radiation-resistant terminals, 22-14 GA.
The handles are color-coded to match the color-coding of
the product to be applied. An insulation adjustment indi-
cator controls the crimp height of the insulation barrel—it
can be set at any of four positions corresponding to insu-
lation diameter. Built-in ratchet control ensures complete 600850
crimping of the product and prevents the ratchet from re-
leasing until after the handles are fully closed. Additionally,
this tool is equipped with a locator, quick take-up trigger,
and color-coding information.
601075-1
ROUND BARREL CRIMPER Works with large uninsulated SOLISTRAND and Tubular
EDMO# 35-465 terminals/splices, as well as Cable Maker battery termi-
nals and pre-insulated PLASTI-GRIP/TERMINYL terminals
and splices wire sizes 8-4/0 AWG (see table for details).
Two fixed rotating crimping dies that are held in place by
spring-loaded indexing pins. Each die is positioned using
a spring-loaded die locator pin. Tool label indicates die
settings to help operator match terminal and wire size.
Tubular steel handles with rubber grips.
Crimp tool with a full cycle ratchet that provides an exact, –– Not approved for use in aircraft-related applications
4-way indent crimp that meets MSS22520. High-grade EDMO# MFR# STYLE WIRE SIZE
steel construction. Crimps D-subminiature contacts for
RS232 interface connectors, 20-26 AWG. ROTA-CRIMP
600850 600850 non-ratchet 8, 6, 4, 2 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, and 4/0
–– 20-26 AWG AWG stranded copper wire
–– 8 oz/6.5 in BANTAM ROTA-CRIMP
601075 601075 non-ratchet 8, 6, 4, 2, and 1/0 AWG stranded
601075-1 601075-1 ratchet copper wire
Tooling
Static Mat
CERTI-CRIMP II CRIMP TOOLS

Certi-Crimp hand tools are designed for use with termi-
WIRE & CABLE STRIPPERS
nals, contacts and special wiring devices.
STRIPMASTER WIRE STRIPPER SERIES
CUSTOM STRIPMASTER
The Custom Stripmaster wire
strippers strip solid or stranded wire
with durable die-type blades that
allow for precision stripping. Each
stripper is equipped with a grit pad
45-174
and a counterbored hole sized to
91504-1 91504-1 Certi-Crimp tool/CMNL 20-14 insulation and an inner stripping hole sized for conduc-
91512-1 91512-1 Certi-Crimp 2, SAHT CMNL 24-18 tors. The counterbore hole acts as a collet, which com-
presses the insulation slightly to center the conductor,
5
and prevents the blade-cutting surface from contacting
the surface of the conductor. The ergonomically shaped
comfort grip handles are fitted with replaceable grippers.
STATIC MAT EDMO#

45-171
MFR#
45-171
WIRE SIZES
16 – 26 AWG -
USE
45-174 45-174 16 – 26 AWG Type EE M16878 (1000V)

STATIC MAT 45-176 45-176 10 – 14 AWG Type E M16878 (600V)
Static mat kit for use 45-177 45-177 16 – 26 AWG Type E M16878 (600V)
in soldering assembly 45-1610 45-1610 16 – 26 AWG MIL-W-81044/12B Kynar® wire
areas. This mat is resis- 45-1654 45-1654 16 – 26 AWG Lockheed CO1-1185C
tant to heat, chemicals, 45-1987 45-1987 16 – 26 AWG MIL-W-22759/32-46
abrasion, and tearing ACCESSORIES DESCRIPTION
and as such, is safe to L5559 L5559 Replacement blade for 45-176
use in soldering appli- L5560 L5560 Replacement blade for 45-177
cations that involve flux
and other chemicals. 45-1610-1 45-1610-1 Replacement blade for 45-1610
–– Includes snap kit and
15 ft common-point
ground cord with dual
4 mm banana plugs STRIPMASTER WIRE STRIPPERS
The Stripmaster wire strippers have
knife-type blades that require one-
shipping weight: 3 lb third less hand pressure for each
dimensions: 24 × 36 × 0.060 in
strip. The stripper’s wire gripper
holds the wire centered in the hole
dissipative top layer: 106 - 109 ohms Rtt in order to reduce nicking, cutting,
conductive bottom layer: 104 Rtt and fraying of the wire. Strips wire 45-098
material: 2-layer rubber up to 7/8 in.
approvals: ANSI/ESD S20.20 and EIA-625
The Stripmaster Lite has knife-type blades and easily
strips wire up to 7/8 in. The wire gripper holds the wire
centered in the hole and helps to prevent nicking, cutting,
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION and fraying the wire. This efficient tool uses spring-loaded
tension and requires one third less hand pressure for each
66040 66040CE Static Mat strip.
09070 127-008 elastic ground wrist band and 6 ft cord with Use with EDMO# L-9040, Replacement Blade for Stripmaster wire
alligator clip (for use with 66040) strippers
EDMO# MFR# WIRE SIZES

45-091 45-091 #10 to #18 AWG
45-097 45-097 #16 to #26 AWG
45-098 45-098 #20 to #30 AWG
STRIPMASTER LITE WIRE STRIPPER
45-672 45-672 #24 to #30 AWG
ACCESSORIES DESCRIPTION
L-4994 L-4994 replacement blade for 45-097
Tooling
Wire & Cable Strippers
TWISTRIP QUICK CHANGE WIRE BNC COAXIAL CABLE STRIPPERS

STRIPPER Compact and easy to use. It strips
The Quick Change Wire coaxial cable in one easy step with
Stripper Tool Kit con- its replaceable blade cassette.
tains all of the essentials –– Three-step strip style
for wire stripping. The –– Designed for BNC Mil-type dual
Twistrip tool uses a pair of crimp connectors
interchangeable dies with 603995-1
cutting blades attached to –– Cable diameters from 0.10 – 0.30
a free-rotating core which
make it possible to quickly EDMO# MFR# TYPE
and easily strip back the 603995-1 603995-1 single
shielding of the twisted pair 603995-5 603995-5 dual
wire used in many avionics ACCESSORIES
installations. The Twistrip 603996-1 603996-1 replacement blade
5
tool is an excellent alterna-

tive to using razor blades
which are time consuming
to use and prone to caus-
ing damage to the conductor. 3-STEP COAXIAL STRIPPER
–– Dies can be installed using the quick change mecha- EDMO# 45-520
nism built into the actuator arms that allows the dies to Adjustable wire stripper for dual crimp
be installed without roll pins or extra tools; alternatively, BNC & TNC connectors. It strips
users can opt to semi-permanently install the dies with braid from 0.240” & dielectric 0.240”.
the included roll pins and pin punch tool Use with EDMO# 45-522, Replacement Blade
–– Kit includes: set of TDA-2-6042/5R-4 dies for use for 45-520
with M27500-22TG2T14-type wire and a pinch punch
removal/install tool COAXIAL STRIPPERS
Adjustable blade depth to help
EDMO# MFR# ensure nick-free strips. Works with
TSK-7000QC TSK-7000QC Quick Change Wire Stripper twisted-pair wire, tightly wrapped
ACCESSORIES WIRE SIZES stranded cables, CATV cable, CB
2-6042/5R4 TDA-2-6042/5R-4 die set for 22 AWG/2 conductor wire - antenna cable, SO, SJ, SJT & sim-
M27500-22TG2T14 ilar flexible power cords. 3 straight
2-5439/4R4 TDA-2-5439/4R-4 die set for 24 AWG/2 conductor wire - and a round blade included. 45-162
M27500-24TG2T14
3-6158/7R4 TDA-3-6158/7R-4 die set for 22 AWG, 3 conductor wire - EDMO# MFR# WIRE SIZES (IN)
MS27500-22TG3T14 45-162 45-162 <1/8
45-163 45-163 1/8 – 7/32
45-164 45-164 1/4 – 9/16
45-165 45-165 3/16 – 5/16
T®-STRIPPER SERIES WIRE STRIPPERS Use with EDMO# L9225, Curved Replacement Blade for 45-162,
45-163, 45-165
The Reflex™ Premium version pro-
vides enhanced features including a
curved, ergonomic handle for reduced
wrist fatigue & textured, no-slip sleeves RINGER CABLE STRIPPER
that cushion the thumb and fingers.
–– Corrosion-resistant, black oxide 45-121
steel construction
–– Built-in wire cutter, wire looping
holes, and plier nose
–– Laser-etched wire gauge markings
45-400 45-402 45-403
–– Spring-loaded automatic opening
45-416
Strips most non-round shielded cable including Kapton®,
and Kynar®, Teflon®, Tefzel® and high-temperature
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION WIRE SIZES
insulated cable. The spring-loaded head provides even
45-121 45-121 T-6® T®-Stripper 14-24 solid tension and strips cable up to 0.12” in diameter. The
45-416 45-416 Reflex™ Premium T®-Stripper 16-26 stranded fixed blades are sized to insulation for accurate stripping
(blades sold separately).
Use with EDMO# K-6497, Replacement Blade for 45-400
Tooling
Wire Cutters
EDMO# MFR# CABLE SIZES KNIFE SET

45-400 45-400 up to 0.12 in diameter XCELITE
EDMO# XNS-100
45-402 45-402 0.12 - 0.22 in diameter
45-403 45-403 0.12 - 0.22 in diameter This two-piece light and me-
dium-duty knife set is useful
for a wide range of cutting
needs. Includes two knives
and 10 assorted blades. XNS-100
WIRE CUTTERS knives:

length:
XN100 and XN200
5-13/16 in / 148 mm
5-3/4 in / 146 mm
SAFETY WIRE PLIERS jaw capacity: light / medium duty
These reversible wire twisters blade / point type: assorted
5
have an automatic return function handle type: aluminum
and a cushioned throat. Designed
to be reversible for right-hand
(clockwise action) or left-hand twists. The spring return
automatically retracts the twist rod to make work faster
and simpler. The cushioned throat catches clipped wire FLUSH CUTTER
ends and prevents foreign object damage (FOD). EDMO# 12-500
–– Diamond grip jaw design Flush Cutters are ideal for trimming
–– Cushioned throat holds clipped wire—no FOD wires or circuit boards with sharp,
–– Reversible action for left and right twists precision-ground cutting edges.
–– Auto spring return Length: 5 inches
EDMO# MFR# LENGTH

25W 25W 6 in HEAVY DUTY SHEAR CUTTER
26W 26W 9 in EDMO# 1178M
MFR# 1178M
The Heavy Duty Shear Cutter
is designed for use with IC
SAFETY WIRE PLIERS pins, cables, and harnesses.
Three-in-one tool equipped with a –– Flush cuts soft wire up to
standard pliers, safety wire twister, 14 AWG (1.6 mm)
and wire cutter. Easily operable with
one hand, the pliers are equipped
with a locking grip and cutting length: 5-5/8 in
edge. blade length: 13/32 in
WWP109
–– Tapered nose
–– Hardened alloy steel, black oxide finish
EDMO# MFR# LENGTH LOW PROFILE SHEAR CUTTER
WWP109 WWP109 6 in EDMO #170M
WWP109A WWP109A 9 in MFR# 170M
This low profile shear cutter
is a general purpose tool
that provides superior blade
bypass shear cutting action
SERRATED LONG REACH PLIERS with reduced mechanical
EDMO #378M shock while in use and less
MFR# 378M required hand strength.
Long reach pliers with serrated
jaws and a thin profile for use in
precision electronic assembly length: 5 in
applications.
blade length: 1/2 in
Tooling
Wire Threader
WIRE THREADER –– Tip temperature of 950°F is equivalent to that of an

approximately 200-watt electric soldering iron
–– The blow torch operates at temperatures of up to
WIRE SPOON THREADER 2400°F, making it the perfect tool for heavy soldering
EDMO# MDA-3792 and brazing
MFR# MDA-3792,35250
–– Comfortable ribbed grip
Wire spoon threads wires into already tied harnesses.
–– No electrical interference
–– 300 Series stainless steel construction
–– Includes a 60/40 rosin core, sponge, extra orifice, in-
struction manual, case, 2.4 mm chisel tip, reflector, and
blow torch tip
HEAT SHRINK GUNS
length w/cap (w/soldering tip): 233 mm (9.2 in) [215 mm (8.5 in)]
FLAMELESS HEAT SHRINK GUN weight (with fuel): 142 g
5
EDMO# MJ-600 approximate temperature: soldering tip: 250-500°C (480-950°F)

MFR# MJ-600 torch: 1300°C (2400°F)
This auto-ignition, flameless heat hot knife: 200-350°C (400-600°F)
shrink gun can be powered by a heat blower: 250-500°C (480-950°F)
normal cigarette lighter. Consists gas container capacity: 20 mL
of a Piezo electronic ignition sys- operating time (one gas filling): 120 mi at mid setting
tem with safety locking switch.
Powered by an Iroda RC-30 re-
fillable fuel cell (or any disposable
cigarette lighter). It’s ideal for general heating and drying EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE
applications, bending and forming plastics and plastic PRO100K PRO100K butane solder iron
laminates, PVC bending, preheating flux, installing heat PS-2 PS-2 conical tip/3.2MM
shrink tubing without a flame, and installing heat shrink
and solder filled connectors flamelessly.
–– Heat temperature up to 1300°F (650°C)
DESOLDERING PUMPS
length: 1 in (25 mm) WELLER
height: 4.5 in (115 mm) Cooper tools desoldering
width: 3.2 in (80 mm) pumps.
weight (without fuel): 95 g –– Designed with a desoldering
fuel: IRODA RC-30 refill cartridge or disposable lighter or bulb
similar product (excluding childproof versions)
–– facilitates accurate printed
hours of nonstop ≈ 20 min (per lighter) circuit repair and cleaning
burning:
temperature: 1300°F (650°C) –– May be used with a solder-
ing iron
7874B 7880
SOLDERING TOOLS EDMO#

7874b
MFR#
7874B
VOLTAGE
anti-static desoldering pump
7880 7880 manual desoldering pump
BUTANE SOLDERPRO IRON
EDMO# PRO100K
MFR# PRO-100K
The SolderPro 100 is a
butane-powered, portable, SPONGE
multi-function heat tool. EDMO# TC205
This cordless tool provides MFR# TC205
a power range from 30 to Replacement sponge for the fol-
100 watts and is simple lowing Weller PH-series iron stands:
and safe to operate. This PH50, PH1201ESD, PH1201FE,
device is easily ignited with a Piezo electric ignition and PH1301ESD, PH1503.
within 15 seconds it’s ready to use. It heats with a catalyt-
ic burner and on a full tank of fuel, can last for up to 120
minutes of operation.
Tooling
Hex & Spline Wrenches
TIPS FOR SOLDERING PENCILS

Tips for soldering pencils available in conical, long conical, and screwdriver types. Each tip has a sensor hole in the
base of the tip that’s fitted with a stainless steel liner that prevents the tip from seizing to the sensor.
EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS (IN) TIP WIDTH/THICKNESS (IN) REACH (IN) TIP STYLE
FITS TOOLS: EC1201A, EC1204A, PES50, PES51 & WCC101
ETA ETA 0.062 × 0.032 × 0.625 0.062/0.032 0.625 screwdriver
ETB ETB 0.093 × 0.02 × 0.625 0.093/0.02 0.625 screwdriver
ETJ ETJ 0.031 × 0.012 × 1 0.31/0.012 1 long screwdriver ETA
ETP ETP 0.031 × 0.012 × 0.625 0.031/0.012 0.625 conical
ETS ETS 0.015 × 0.000 × 1.00 0.015/not measured 1 long conical ETB
ETT ETT 0.024 × 0.036 × 0.625 0.024 × 0.036 0.625 conical
FITS TOOLS: WP25, WP30, WP35 & WLC100
ST1 ST1 0.063 × 0.75 0.062/0.032 0.75 screwdriver
5
ST2 ST2 0.093 × 0.75 0.093/0.02 0.75 screwdriver ST1
ST5 ST5 0.031 × 0.75 0.031/not measured 0.75 single flat ST6
ST7 ST7 0.031 × 0.75 0.031/0.012 0.75 conical ST7
ST8 ST8 0.062 × 0.750 0.062/0.044 0.75 narrow screwdriver
Call for additional sizes/styles.
CHEM-WIK ROSIN SD DESOLDERING

BRAID
HEX & SPLINE WRENCHES
Chem-Wik® Desoldering SPLINE WRENCH KIT
Braid ensures fast and safe BRISTOL
desoldering. The ultra-pure, EDMO# SS-508
oxygen free copper braid MFR# SS-508
quickly and completely
removes solder from circuit Spline wrench for radio and electronics
boards and components. Its use in aviation and industrial applications.
fast-wicking action protects Includes nine short-arm L-keys, #1 through
components from harmful #10; refer to the table at right for the kit
heat damage. PermaPak™ contents.
Barrier Packaging ensures ultimate braid freshness and
speed by sealing out harmful effects of the environment
and protecting against oxidation.
–– Reduces the risk of damage associated with static
electricity
–– Coated with noncorrosive ultra high purity type R rosin
flux EDMO# MFR# LENGTHS (IN) DIA. (IN) COMP. SET
–– 5 ft lengths SCREWS
–– MIL-F-14256F, Type R; MIL-STD-2000A; MIL-B- SHORT LONG

81705C ; NASA NHB5300.4(3A) ; NASA SP-5002 ; FLUTES - 4
NASA NPC200-4 ; IPC SF-818; DOD Handbook 263; S-033-4 S-033-4 0.218 1.218 0.033 #1
DOD Standard 1686; BELLCORE TR-NWT-00078 S-048-4 S-048-4 0.344 1.218 0.048 #2, 3
–– Static Dissipative packaging is available on all 5 foot S-069-4 S-069-4 0.562 1.750 0.069 #5
bobbins. The static dissipative bobbins qualify as elec- S-076-4 S-076-4 0.562 1.750 0.076 #6
trostatic discharge protective per DOD Standard 1686 FLUTES - 6
and DOD Handbook 263. Meets the static delay rate S-048-6 S-048-6 0.344 1.218 0.048 #2, 3
provision of MIL-B-81705C S-060-6 S-060-6 0.531 1.656 0.060 #4
S-072-6 S-072-6 0.562 1.750 0.072 #5, 6
EDMO# MFR# SIZE APPLICATION S-096-6 S-096-6 0.609 1.875 0.096 #8
2-5l 2-5L 0.030 micro-circuits S-111-6 S-111-6 0.656 2.000 0.111 #10
5-5l 5-5L 0.050 small pads
7-5l 7-5L 0.075 medium pads
10-5l 10-5L 0.100 large pads
Tooling
Screwdrivers & Nutdrivers
COMPACT BRISTOL SPLINE SET COMPACT ALLEN HEX SET

EDMO# 99-PS-60 EDMO# 99-PS-40
Series 99 bristol spline driv- MFR# 99PS40
er set. Includes a handle, The 99PS40 is an 11-piece
extension blade, nine multi- compact Allen® hex socket
spline blades and a plastic screwdriver set. This kit
storage case. All Series 99 comes arranged in a clear
blades are interchangeable plastic case.
with Series 99 handles. . Kit includes: one 4-inch
–– Steel blades, hardened & tempered for optimum perfor- handle, (1) 4-inch extension, and nine (9) screwdrivers
mance sized: 0.050, 1/16, 5/64, 3/32, 7/64, 1/8, 9/64, 5/32,
–– Plastic handles are equipped with a patented spring 3/16.
device that holds blades securely while allowing quick
removal BALLPOINT ALLEN HEX SET
5
EDMO# 99-PS-40BP
MFR# DESCRIPTION MFR# DESCRIPTION
11-piece ballpoint Allen®
991 regular handle 9964 0.072 in
hex socket screwdriver
99X5 extension blade 9965 0.076 in set that has a unique
99PSE plastic case 9966 0.096 in ballpoint tip for tightening
9961 0.048 in 9967 0.111 in and removing Allen socket
9962 0.060 in 9968 0.145 in screws.
9963 0.069 in 9969 0.183 in Includes one (1) handle,
one (1) extension and nine (9) wrenches sizes: 0.050,
1/16, 5/64, 3/32, 7/64, 1/8, 9/64, 5/32, 3/16.
HEX WRENCH KIT

EDMO# HS-206
MFR# HS-206 SCREWDRIVERS &
Set of six, short hex
wrenches for use in
NUTDRIVERS
military, commercial
radio and avionic NUTDRIVER COMPACT SET - 11 PIECE
applications. XCELITE
EDMO# PS-120
EDMO# MFR# LENGTHS (IN) WIDTH ACROSS FLATS This 11-piece compact
SHORT LONG
convertible nut kit allows
users to complete jobs
CH-028 H-028 7/32 1-7/32 0.028 with fewer tools while
CH-035 H-035 11/32 1-7/32 0.035 saving bench space.
CH-050 H-050 17/32 1-21/32 0.050 This kit contains 11 tools including a black, “piggyback”
CH-116 H-116 9/16 1-3/4 1/16 torque amplifier handle and is packaged in a clear plastic
CH-564 H-564 39/64 1-7/8 5/64 case. Each tool has a color-coded handle.
CH-332 H-332 21/32 2 3/32 –– Includes 11 tools; 10 drivers and one torque amplifier
REGULAR TIP SCREWDRIVERS

XCELITE
HEX SCREWDRIVER SET - 9 PIECE Regular round blade screwdriver with an AISI 6150
XCELITE chrome vanadium steel blade; plated for protection.
EDMO# PS-89
Includes a black, “pig- EDMO# MFR# BLADE BLADE/ WORKING LENGTH /
STYLE POINT SIZE / OVERALL LENGTH
gyback” torque amplifier DIAMETER
handle and is packaged in R-1810 R-1810 slotted 1/8 in / 3.17 mm 10 in / 254 mm
a clear plastic case. Each 12-5/8 in / 321 mm
tool has a color-coded R-186 R-186 slotted 1/8 in / 3.17 mm 6 in / 152 mm
handle. 8-5/8 in / 219 mm
Kit includes: nine (9) tools: one torque amplifier and eight R-188 R-188 slotted 1/8 in / 3.17 mm 6 in / 152 mm
(8) screwdrivers sized: 0.028, 0.035, 0.050, 1/16, 5/64, 8-5/8 in / 219 mm
3/32, 7/64, 1/8.
Tooling
Crescent Tool Kits
EXTRA LONG SCREWDRIVERS

XCELITE
Extra long Phillips® type screw-
drivers with plated AISI 6150 chrome vanadium steel
blades.
EDMO# MFR# BLADE BLADE/ WORKING LENGTH /
STYLE POINT SIZE / OVERALL LENGTH
DIAMETER
X-1010 X-1010 Phillips #1 / 3/16 in 10 in / 254 mm
13-5/8 in / 346 mm
X-1020 X-1020 Phillips #2 / 1/4 in 10 in / 254 mm
14-1/8 in / 359 mm
CTK148MP
5
Includes: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, and 1/2-inch quick-release
ratcheting drives; wide selection of standard and deep
sockets in most common SAE and metric sizes; 72-tooth
CRESCENT TOOL KITS ratchet drives with 5° swing, perfect in tight spaces; 3/8-
inch drive 12-point sockets (148 pieces total)
CRESCENT TOOL KIT SERIES
Contains all the tools needed for most industrial applica-
tions; some kits include 1/4”, 3/8”, and 1/2” quick-release
ratcheting drives, with a wide selection of standard and
deep sockets in the most common SAE and metric sizes.
All tools are industrial-quality, meeting stringent ANSI and
VISES
ASME specifications. All come in durable storage cases
that have raised-letter ID for each tool location. MINI TABLE TOP VISE
PANAVISE PRODUCTS, INC
EDMO# MODEL201
The Mini Table Top Vise holds elec-
tronic and other small components
securely in place with grooved jaws
of thermal composite plastic. A single
knob controls the head movement
through three planes: 210° tilt, 360°
turn, and 360° rotation. A fine/coarse
adjustment knob controls the jaw
pressure for more delicate work.
–– Three planes of head movement: 210° tilt, 360° turn,
and 360° rotation
–– Fine/coarse adjustment knob
–– Grooved jaws are perfect for small objects with rein-
CTK30SET CTK70MP forced thermal composite plastic with a continuous
Includes: 3/8” drive ratchet Includes: 1/4-inch and 3/8- heat tolerance of 350°F (177°C), intermittent heat up to
handle; 6” & 3” extension; inch quick-release ratch- 450°F (204°C)
Metric sockets: 9, 10, 12, eting drivers; 32 SAE and –– Jaws are 2 × 1 inches wide and open up to 2.875
13, 14, 15, 17, 19; SAE metric sockets; 12 SAE and inches
sockets: 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, metric combination wrench- –– Neoprene jaw pads are available for holding delicate
1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4; es, plus 24 assorted tools items
Deep Metric sockets: 12, (70 pieces total)
13, 14, 16, 17; Deep SAE –– Base features 4.3125 bolt circle countersunk for three
sockets: 7/16 ,1/2, 9/16, 1/4-inch flat head screws (not included); compatible
5/8, 11/16, 13/16 spark with all PanaVise base mounts
plug socket. 30 pieces total –– Dimensions: 6.75 in / 1.2 lb
Tooling
Hole Punches
HEAVY WEIGHT TABLETOP VISE DOUBLE HAND HOLDER

PANAVISE PRODUCTS, INC EDMO# 12-051
EDMO# MODEL350 The Double Hand Holder keeps
MFR# MODEL350 objects in place at the work bench
The Heavy Weight Table Top Vise is a while freeing up the operator’s hands.
multi-purpose work center designed Thumbscrews lock the object into
to hold larger, heavy objects. It’s ex- place while the stand’s six ball joints
ceptionally stable with self-centering, allow the objects to be moved into the
extra-wide opening jaws that open appropriate position for ease of use.
to 9 inches and ribbed neoprene jaw Smaller objects can be secured by the two alligator clips.
pads that prevent damage to objects. The dual-purpose Heavy base for added stability.
parts tray base holds extra tools and components while
providing added stability. Head movement is managed
with a single knob that controls three planes of move-
ment, 90° tilt, 360° turn, and 360° rotation. HOLE PUNCHES
5
–– Self-centering, extra-wide jaws open a full 9” and hold

heavy objects by centering weight over the base
ROUND DRILL JIG
–– The 8.5-inch diameter parts tray base mount provides EDMO# DJ-1
added stability and has six individual trays to hold small MFR# FAP 06
parts and tools (includes six non-marring anti-skid pads)
This simple tool comes with a 2-1/4-
–– Ribbed, neoprene jaw pads provide added grip; when inch and 3-1/8-inch centering disc
the pads are reversed they form a wide “V” shape that and clamp bar. Once the instrument
holds cylindrical objects (1.875 × 1.5 inches) hole has been made, clamp the tool
–– Single knob controls head movement through three in place and either spot drill or drill
planes: 90° tilt, 360° turn, and 360° rotation through the four holes for accurate in-
–– Double-action jaws open and close quickly or can be strument mounting. Constructed with
reversed to provide “zero” closure hardened steel for improved longevity.
–– Base accepts all 300-series heads and any5/8-inch
diameter shaft KWIK STEPPER DRILL BIT
–– Dimensions: 7.875 in / 5 lb EDMO# 34403
MFR# 50344030
Not finding what you need? The Kwick Stepper Drill Bit has a unique
split-tip design that penetrates through
If you don’t see what you need here, it’s likely we have steel faster than similar bits while resist-
it, or we can order it in for you. As always, give us ing walking or skidding—even on round
a call on 1300 133 256 (Australia) or 0800 893 488 surfaces—with balanced, double-flute
(New Zealand) for parts and pricing. construction that requires less pressure
during use.
PORTABLE VACUUM TABLE TOP VISE –– Capacity: cut up through 3/8 in (9.5
mm), maximum material thickness: 10
PANAVISE PRODUCTS, INC GA (3.5 mm)
EDMO# MODEL381 –– Overall length: 3-9/16 in (90.5 mm)
The Portable Vacuum Table Top Vise –– Drills through steel, copper, brass, aluminum, wood,
is exceptionally easy to transport to plastic, and laminates
different workstations. Its vacuum –– Hole size: 13/16 in (4.800 mm), 1/4 in (6.400 mm), 5/16
base quickly attaches to any smooth, in (7.900 mm), 3/8 in (9.500 mm), 7/16 in (11.100 mm),
non-porous flat surface with the flip of 1/2 in (12.700 mm),9/16 in (14.300 mm), 5/8 in (15.900
mm), 11/16 in (17.500 mm), 3/4 in (19.100 mm), 13/16
a lever. A single knob controls three in (20.600 mm)
planes of movement, 90° tilt, 360° turn, and 360° rotation.
ROUND HOLE PUNCHES
WIDE OPENING HEAD TABLE VISE These round standard metal punch
PANAVISE PRODUCTS, INC units consist of a punch, die, and
EDMO# MODEL396 draw stud. They can be used with
Designed for larger projects, the battery-powered, hydraulic, ratch-
Wide Opening Head Table Vise et, or manual drivers and when
open up to a generous six inches. properly assembled through pilot 730BB-1
The ribbed, neoprene jaw pads are holes, they make clean, fast, and
1.875 × 1.5 inches wide and provide accurate holes.
solid gripping power for flat-sided –– Standard round knockout
objects—to hold cylindrical objects,
simply reverse the pads so that they form a wide “V”
shape.
Tooling
Riv Nut Tool
EDMO# MFR# LENGTH/

WEIGHT
REPLACEMENT PART RIV NUT TOOL
14 GAUGE CAPACITY (MILD STEEL)
730BB-1 50206702 1 in / 0.5 lb 87AV UPC 03986 Punch, 35164 ADD-A-NUT KIT
UPC 35164 Die And 00042 UPC ADD-A-NUT
00042 Draw Stud EDMO# HP-2
16 GAUGE CAPACITY (MILD STEEL) MFR# HP-2
730BB1-1/4 730BB1-1/4 1-1/4 in / 117AV UPC 04002 Punch, 118AV Add-A-Nut makes installing
0.7 lb UPC 04003 Die And 00042 UPC Riv Nuts and Nut Serts an
00042 Draw Stud easy task. The HP-2 kit
10 GAUGE CAPACITY (MILD STEEL) comes complete with all the
730BB1-3/8 730BB1-3/8 1-3/8 in / 3205AV UPC 04734 Punch, necessary items needed
1.1 lb 3206AV UPC 04735 Die And to install Riv Nuts and Nut
249AVBB UPC 04040 Draw Stud Serts sizes 6-32, 8-32, and
730BB-2 730BB-2 2 in / 1.9 lb 1756AV UPC 04232 Punch, 10-32 in a high-impact plas-
5
35161UPC 35161 Die And tic storage case. Replace-
304AVBB UPC04042 Draw Stud ment parts for the HP-2 are
730BB2-1/4 730BB-2- 2-1/4 in / 437AV UPC 04058 Punch, 438AV available.
1/4 2.6 lb UPC 04059 Die And 304AVBB
UPC 04042 Draw Stud
730TBB 730TBB 3-1/8 in / 1798AV UPC 06363 Punch, EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
6 lb 1797AV UPC 06362 Die, HP-2 HP-2 Add-A-Nut Kit
1434AV UPC 04188 Draw Stud ACCESSORIES
And 1433AVBB UPC04187 Ball riv-nut sizes
Bearing Nut HP-21A HP-21A handle --
HP-22 HP-22 collect case --
HP-23 HP-23 6-32 puller 6-32
HP-24 HP-24 8-32 puller 8-32
HP-25 HP-25 10-32 puller 10-32
HP-26 HP-26 4-40 puller 4-40
HP-30A HP-30A 4-40 nosepiece 4-40
HP-30B HP-30B 6-32 nosepiece 6-32
HP-30C HP-30C 8-32 nosepiece 8-32
HP-30D HP-30D 10-32 nose piece 10-32
HP-32 HP-32 spring retaining pin --
HP-48 HP-48 nosepiece wrench --
FP-1 FP-1 fulcrum assembly --
Tooling
Cable Tie Tools
CABLE TIE TOOLS TWIST CUT CABLE TIE GUN

EDMO# TWT-1
EVO 7 CABLE TIE GUN MFR# TWT-1
HELLERMANNTYTON The Twist Cut Cable Tie
CORP Gun is an efficient and
EDMO# EVO7 economically priced
MFR# 110-70083 mechanical twist tool that
The EVO 7 Cable Tie is light and small enough to fit into a pocket.
cutter uses tension/lock/
cut (TLC) technology to
provide precise cable tie CABLE TIE CUTTER
cutting without creating EDMO# MG-1300
the protruded cut edges MFR# MG-1300
caused by conventional Cable tie cutter with two
5
cable tie cutters that stretch the tie as they cut. The EVO safety guards to protect the
7 provides adjustable tensioning with a locking mech- user’s hands. The guards slide
anism to keep the tension setting in place—ensuring a behind the cable tie strap for
flush cut, each and every time. This advanced cutting simple removal without the
technology is paired with a user-tested ergonomic design risk of damaging bundled
with soft-grip, non-slip, air cushioning on the handle and cables or wires. Ergonomic, cushioned grips.
trigger for the utmost in user comfort.
–– TLC technology allows the user to adjust the tension,
lock it into place, and cut; all cutting energy is directed
into driving the blade through the tie for a clean, flush
cut without jarring to the hand or arm
–– Provides a wide tension range with 33 precisely calibrat-
ed, easy-to-read pre-set tension settings that allow for
precise cable tie application
–– Tension settings can be dialed in using the tension knob
and locked into place with the thumb lock
–– Ergonomic design includes a contoured handle with
soft-grip, non-slip material and an integrated air cushion
that conforms to the user’s hand for improved comfort
–– Contoured, full-length trigger has individual finger grips
for multiple hand sizes and the same soft-grip material
used in the handle
–– One-way blade installation for fast, on-site blade re-
placement
–– Narrow nose fits into tight places
–– Integrated hanger hook allows for easy storage and
accessibility
–– Model 110-70083 is intended for use with 18-80 lb
cable ties
Cleaners/Wipes................................................................................. 108
Cleaners/Wipes
CLEANERS/WIPES CLEANER FOR CRT SCREENS/EFIS

EDMO# CSP20
Screen Prep Presaturated wipes are a
ICLOTH® AVIONICS WIPES convenient cleaning and static con-
iCloth® Avionics wipes are trol system for use on monitor. This
individually wrapped, anti-stat- two-part system is excellent for use on
ic cleaning wipes that keep computer display screens, scope and
electronics display surfaces like dial faces, and glass and plastic sur-
glass panel avionics and tablets faces of instruments. These wipes are
clean and free of dust, grime, safe on plastics and are ideal for clean-
and fingerprints. iCloth wipes ing sensitive surfaces. Screen Prep™
are made of aviation-grade provides a static–dissipative treatment
Sontara®, a super-soft fabric to the surface to control static–gen-
designed to clean glass surfac- erated contamination. Screen Prep™
es. Sontara® is made using a removes dust, fingerprint oils and other
process called hydro-entangling. Pulp and polyester fibers vision-inhibiting contaminants, and leaves no residue.
are tangled together by pounding them with high-pressure
water jets. This process removes all contaminants and
excess lint, leaving a hypoallergenic cloth that is free of COTTON-TIP SWABS 100 PACK
6
any binders or glues that can break down during cleaning EDMO# CT200
and leave streaks. Each wipe is individually packaged to MFR# CT200
preserve product quality and to allow for easy storage. The Cottontips™ Swab consists of
–– Crafted with Sontara®, a super soft aerospace-grade cotton fibers that are tightly wrapped
fabric that cleans glass surfaces without leaving around a wooden handle (the fibers are
scratches or streaks especially tight to prevent residual cot-
ton lint). These swabs have excellent
–– Removes dust, smudges, fingerprints and grime and absorbency, as well as high strength,
provides an anti-static finish especially when saturated with water.
–– Individually wrapped wipes This swab is designed for cleaning applications where
–– Safe for avionics and meets the requirements set by Air absorbency is critical.
Canada, USAF, US Navy, Boeing, Bombardier, Japan –– Tightly wrapped head construction
Defense Agency, and others –– High strength, durable head for rigorous cleaning
–– Low lint production
weight: 0.16 oz (single packet) –– High absorbency capacity and rate
dimensions: 5.25 × 7.25 in (unfolded wipe) –– Good solvent compatibility
cleaning formulation: pre-moistened with proprietary water-based liquid formula –– 100 swabs/bag
containing purified water, isopropyl alcohol, cleaning agents
cleaning formulation Boeing D6-7127 Revision P EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
approval: (Commercial Transport Aircraft Interiors)
fabric approvals: Aerospace Material Specification AMS 3819B, Class 2, 90102 90102 CorrosionX General/Red Can/16 oz
Grade A 80102 CTC80102 CorrosionX Aviation/Blue Can/16 oz
Boeing Material Specification BMS 15-5F, Class A
Bombardier Aerospace [based on AMS-3819, BMS-15-
5F, and DMS-1820E]
Cessna Aircraft Company CSFS039 [based on AMS-
3819B] REJEX
Douglas Material Specifications DMS 1820E EDMO# 61002
Japan Defense Agency – approved based on USAF T.O. MFR# CTC61002
1-1-8 RejeX is a thin-film polymer coating,
Pratt & Whitney GA100-11E [approved for use in produc- used instead of wax or polish, to pro-
tion of jet engines] vide a durable, high-gloss protective
U.S. Air Force T.O. 1-1-8 finish for vehicles of all types. Entirely
US Navy [based on AMS-3819B compliance] synthetic, RejeX’s protective character-
Air Canada AC 99904A1480 istics exceed those of traditional wax
products. It is highly resistant to chem-
icals, detergents, acids and UV, which
deteriorate paint over time. RejeX does
EDMO# MFR# QUANTITY not contain the free silicone oils found in similar products
ICA24 iCA24 box of 24 that are known to contaminate paint and cause problems
ICA100 iCA100 box of 100 when repainting.
ICA500 iCA500 box of 500 –– 16 oz bottle
Antennas
Antenna Sealing................................................................................ 151

Couplers & Diplexers........................................................................ 132
DME Transponder Antennas............................................................. 128
FM Antennas..................................................................................... 144
Glide Slope Antennas....................................................................... 139
GPS, XM & Iridium Antennas............................................................ 140
Marker Beacon Antennas................................................................. 137
Navigation Antennas........................................................................ 121
Radio Altimeter Antennas................................................................ 144
Towel Bar/VOR/LOC/GS Antennas.................................................... 127
UHF L Band Radiophone Antennas.................................................. 147
VHF Antennas.................................................................................... 110
VHF Base Station & Vehicle Antennas............................................. 150
VHF Combo Antennas....................................................................... 118
Antennas
VHF Antennas
VHF ANTENNAS CI 175 VHF WHIP

COMANT
EDMO# CI-175
CI 109 VHF WHIP MFR# CI 175
COMANT The CI-175 is a high-strength whip
EDMO# CI-109 antenna designed as an improved
MFR# CI 109 direct replacement for the standard
The CI-109 is a robust whip anten- Cessna three-hole mounting con-
na that has a tapered glass lami- figuration. It has a tapered glass
nate housing and die-cast alumi- laminate housing and die-cast
num base. It matches the style of aluminum base.
communication antennas used on
1968-72 single engine Cessnas.
Due to its robust design, it is often
used on light helicopters.
weight: 8 oz
height: 18.75 in
weight: 9.6 oz
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz
height: 18.5625 in
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
material: die-cast housing / fiberglass whip
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
finish: polyurethane enamel
material: die-cast housing / fiberglass
7
connector: BNC (female)

altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 250 KTAS
altitude: 50,000 ft
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
airspeed: 250 KTAS
mounting: three-hole external
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
mounting: four-hole external
CI 291 VHF WHIP

COMANT
CI 121 VHF WHIP EDMO# CI-291
COMANT MFR# CI 291
EDMO# CI-121
MFR# CI 121 The CI-291 is a high strength, light-
weight whip antenna with the stan-
The CI-121 is a whip antenna that dard Cessna three-hole mounting
has a tapered glass laminate hous- configuration. It is virtually identical
ing and die-cast aluminum base. in appearance to many Cessna
communication antennas. It has
a tapered glass laminate housing
and die-cast aluminum base.
weight: 8 oz
height: 18.875 in
weight: 8 oz
height: 18.5 in
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
material: die-cast housing / fiberglass
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 250 KTAS
altitude: 50,000 ft
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
airspeed: 250 KTAS
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
Antennas
VHF Antennas
CI 292-1 VHF WHIP AV-529 VHF WHIP

COMANT RAMI
EDMO# CI-292-1 EDMO# AV-529
MFR# CI 292-1 MFR# AV-529
The CI-292-1 is a whip antenna The AV-529 is a whip antenna that
with the standard Cessna three- has a radiator encapsulated in a
hole mounting configuration. De- fiberglass and die-cast aluminum
signed specifically for top mounting base.
on an aircraft. It is equivalent to
the CI-291 but features a straight
tapered stainless steel radiator and
die-cast aluminum base.
weight: 8 oz weight: 8 oz
height: 20 in (CI-292-1); 8.5 in / 23.5 in total (CI-292-2) height: 20.25 in
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum (CI-292-1) VSWR: 2.8:1 maximum
3.0:1 maximum (CI-292-2) material: aluminum/fiberglass
material: die-cast housing / stainless steel finish: --
7
finish: polyurethane enamel connector: BNC female
connector: BNC (female) altitude: 50,000 ft
altitude: 50,000 ft airspeed: 250 mph
airspeed: 250 KTAS FAA TSO C37d, C38d
FAA TSO C37d, C38d mounting: three-hole external
AV-530 VHF WHIP

RAMI
AV-10 VHF WHIP EDMO# AV-530
RAMI MFR# AV-530
EDMO# AV-10 The AV-530 is a whip antenna that
MFR# AV-10 has a die-cast aluminum base and
The AV-10 is a whip antenna that a tapered stainless steel whip for
has a glass laminate housing and less drag at higher airspeeds.
die-cast aluminum base. The an-
tenna essentially matches the styl-
ing of the communication antennas
currently used on most singles and
light twins.
weight: 8 oz
height: 24.5 in
weight: 8 oz VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
height: 20.25 in material: die-cast aluminum/stainless steel
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz finish: --
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum connector: BNC female
material: -- altitude: 50,000 ft
finish: -- airspeed: 350 mph
connector: BNC female FAA TSO C37d, C38d
altitude: 50,000 ft mounting: three-hole external
airspeed: 350 mph
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
Antennas
VHF Antennas
AV-534 VHF WHIP DM C63-1/A VHF WHIP

RAMI ITT EXELIS
EDMO# AV-534 EDMO# DM C63-1/A
MFR# AV-534 MFR# C63-1/A
The AV-534 is a The DM C63-1/A is a whip anten-
heavy-duty stainless na that has a machine-tapered
steel whip antenna with aluminum alloy radiating element
a large stress-relieved and die-cast aluminum base.
ferrule and comes
complete with porcelain
insulators and mount-
ing hardware.
height: 19.5 in height: 20.5 in
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum
material: stainless steel/porcelain material: aluminum alloy
finish: -- finish: white polyurethane
connector: BNC male with 8 ft transmission line connector: BNC (female)
7
altitude: 50,000 ft altitude: --

airspeed: 350 mph airspeed: 250 mph
FAA TSO C37d, C38d FAA TSO C37d, C38d
mounting: stress-relieved ferrule with insulators mounting: three-hole external
AV-534L VHF WHIP DM C70-1/A VHF WHIP

RAMI ITT EXELIS
EDMO# AV-534L EDMO# DM C70-1/A
MFR# AV-534L MFR# C70-1/A
The AV-534L is iden- The DM C70 series whip antennas
tical to the AV-534 a are designed for top or bottom
heavy-duty stainless installation on high-performance,
steel whip antenna with single, twin and turbo engine
a large stress-relieved fixed and rotary wing aircraft. The
ferrule and comes lightweight profile is unobtrusive,
complete with porcelain resists icing and offers low drag.
insulators and mounting
hardware with the addi-
tion of an 8’ foot coax
cable and BNC connector.
weight: 12 oz
height: 15 in
weight: 8 oz frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
height: 19.5 in VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz material: aluminum
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum finish: white polyurethane
material: stainless steel/porcelain connector: BNC (female)
finish: -- altitude: --
connector: BNC male with 8 ft transmission line airspeed: 400 mph
altitude: 50,000 ft FAA TSO C37d, C38d
airspeed: 350 mph mounting: four-hole external
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
mounting: stress-relieved ferrule with insulators
Antennas
VHF Antennas
DM C70-3 VHF WHIP CI 122 VHF BENT WHIP

ITT EXELIS COMANT
EDMO# DM C70-3 EDMO# CI-122
MFR# C70-3 MFR# CI 122
The DM C70 series whip antennas The CI-122 has a
are designed for top or bottom stainless steel bent whip
installation on high-performance, antenna element and
single, twin and turbo engine die-cast aluminum base.
fixed and rotary wing aircraft. The Designed specifically for
lightweight profile is unobtrusive, mounting to the under-
resists icing and offers low drag. side of an aircraft, providing excellent radiation coverage
for air-to-ground VHF communications.
weight: 12 oz
weight: 12 oz height: 18.5 in
height: 20.5 in frequency: 118 – 137 MHz
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum material: cast housing / stainless steel
material: -- finish: polyurethane enamel
finish: white polyurethane connector: BNC (female)
7
altitude: -- airspeed: 350 KTAS
airspeed: 250 mph FAA TSO C37d, C38d
FAA TSO C37d, C38d mounting: four-hole external
mounting: four-hole external Meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
DM C70-6 VHF WHIP CI 292-2 VHF BENT WHIP

ITT EXELIS COMANT
EDMO# DM C70-6 EDMO# CI-292-2
MFR# C70-6 MFR# CI 292-2
The DM C70 Series whip antennas The CI-292-2 is a bent whip
are designed for top or bottom antenna with the standard
installation on high-performance, Cessna three-hole mounting
single, twin and turbo engine configuration. Designed spe-
fixed and rotary wing aircraft. The cifically for bottom mounting
lightweight profile is unobtrusive, on helicopters and fixed
resists icing and offers low drag. wing aircraft. It is equivalent
The DM C70-6 and the DM C70-9 to the CI-292-1 featuring a
are variants of the DM C70-1/A bent tapered stainless steel
and have a different mounting hole radiator and die-cast aluminum base.
pattern; -6 has a BNC connector
that is offset to the left. All other characteristics remain the
same.
weight: 8 oz
height: 20 in (CI-292-1); 8.5 in / 23.5 in total (CI-292-2)
weight: 12 oz
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum (CI-292-1)
height: 15 in 3.0:1 maximum (CI-292-2)
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz material: cast housing / stainless steel
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum finish: polyurethane enamel
material: aluminum connector: BNC (female)
finish: white polyurethane altitude: 50,000 ft
connector: BNC (female) airspeed: 250 KTAS
altitude: -- FAA TSO C37d, C38d
airspeed: 400 mph mounting: three-hole external
FAA TSO C37d, C38d meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
Antennas
VHF Antennas
AV-17 VHF BENT WHIP DM C63-3/A BENT WHIP

RAMI ITT EXELIS
EDMO# AV-17 EDMO# DM C63-3/A
MFR# AV-17 MFR# DM C63-3/A
The AV-17 is designed specifi- The DM C63-3/A is
cally for mounting to the under- a bent whip anten-
side of an aircraft, providing an na with extended
excellent radiation pattern for air- VHF frequency band
to-ground communications. Its (138-174 MHz) that
low profile configuration makes it has a machine-ta-
ideal for helicopters and low-wing aircraft. pered aluminum alloy
radiating element and die-cast aluminum base. Designed
for mounting on the bottom of the fuselage. They are
weight: 8 oz well-suited for helicopter installations.
height: 8.75 in
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum weight: 8 oz
material: -- height: 8.1 in
finish: -- frequency: 138 - 174 MHz
connector: BNC female VSWR: 3.5:1 maximum
altitude: 50,000 ft material: aluminum alloy
7
airspeed: 250 mph finish: white polyurethane

FAA TSO C37d, C38d connector: BNC (female)
mounting: three-hole external altitude: --
airspeed: 250 mph
DM C63-2 BENT WHIP

ITT EXELIS
EDMO# DM C63-2 DM C70-4 BENT WHIP VHF
MFR# C63-2 ITT EXELIS
The DM C63-2 is EDMO# DM C70-4
a bent whip an- MFR# C70-4
tenna that has a The DM C70-4 is a
machine-tapered alu- bend whip antenna
minum alloy radiating designed for bottom
element and die-cast installations on single,
aluminum base. twin, and turbo en-
Designed for mounting on the bottom of the fuselage. gine fixed and rotary
Well-suited for helicopter installations. wing aircraft where
ground clearance does
not permit larger antennas.
weight: 8 oz
height: 8.1 in
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz weight: 12 oz
VSWR: 3.5:1 maximum height: 8.9 in
material: aluminum alloy frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
finish: white polyurethane VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
connector: BNC (female) material: aluminum alloy
altitude: -- finish: white polyurethane
airspeed: 250 mph connector: BNC (female)
FAA TSO C37d, C38d altitude: --
mounting: three-hole external airspeed: 400 mph
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
Antennas
VHF Antennas
CI 108 VHF BLADE CI 119 VHF BLADE

COMANT COMANT
High-speed blade antenna construct- EDMO# CI-119
ed with solid polyurethane with a white MFR# CI 119
polyurethane finish that resists Skydrol High-speed blade antenna de-
and rain erosion. Suitable for either top signed for large single or twin-engine
or bottom mounting. aircraft. The antenna assembly is en-
closed in an aerodynamically shaped,
injection molded polyester glass shell
weight: 2.5 lb
with internal components foamed in
place for mechanical integrity. Featur-
height: 12 in ing reduced height for mounting on
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz top or bottom of aircraft.
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
material: high-density polyurethane
connector: BNC (female) weight: 1.25 lb
altitude: 50,000 ft height: 12.9 in
airspeed: 600 KTAS frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
FAA TSO C37d, C38d VSWR: 2.9:1 maximum
mounting six-hole external material: Valox 420
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements finish: polyurethane enamel
7
altitude: 35,000 ft
airspeed: 350 KTAS at 25,000 ft
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION FAA TSO C37d, C38d
CI-108 CI 108 - mounting four-hole internal
CI-108-L CI 108-L leading edge protection meets RTCA DO-160D and DO-186A requirements
CI 108-1 VHF BLADE CI 138 VHF BLADE

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-138
High-speed blade antenna with ex- MFR# CI 138
tended VHF frequency band (138-153
MHz) constructed with solid polyure- High-speed blade antenna de-
thane with a white polyurethane finish signed for large single or twin-en-
that resists Skydrol & rain erosion. gine aircraft. The antenna assembly
Suitable for top or bottom mounting. is enclosed in an aerodynamically
shaped, injection molded polyester
glass shell with internal components
foamed in place for mechanical
weight: 2.5 lb integrity. Featuring reduced height for mounting on top
height: 12 in or bottom of aircraft. The mounting hole pattern and RF
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz (CI-108), connector location are compatible with Beechcraft. The
118 - 153 MHz (CI08-1) RF connector is offset from the centerline of the antenna.
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
material: high-density polyurethane
finish: polyurethane enamel weight: 1 lb
connector: BNC (female) height: 13 in
altitude: 50,000 ft frequency: 118 – 137 MHz
airspeed: 600 KTAS VSWR: 2.9:1 maximum
FAA TSO C37d, C38d material: Valox 420
mounting six-hole external finish: polyurethane enamel
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements connector: BNC (female) - offset
altitude: 50,000 ft
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION FAA TSO C37d, C38d
mounting four-hole internal
CI-108-1 CI 108-1 -
meets RTCA DO-160D and DO-186A requirements
CI-108-1-L CI 108-1-L leading edge protection
Antennas
VHF Antennas
CI 139 VHF BLADE CI 248-5 VHF BLADE

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-139 EDMO# CI-248-5
MFR# CI 139 MFR# CI 248-5
High-speed blade antenna designed The CI-248-5 was developed for
for large single or twin-engine air- Cessna 182 and 182T aircraft
craft. Enclosed in an aerodynamically matching the look of the Comant
shaped, injection molded polyester ComDat® antenna styling. Fea-
glass shell with internal components turing a built-in notch filter so the
foamed in place for mechanical antenna can be placed in close
integrity. Featuring reduced height proximity to GPS antennas with-
for mounting on top or bottom of out causing interference. Rated
aircraft. The mounting hole pattern and RF connector for most high-powered twins and
location are compatible with Piper. certified for helicopter applications.
weight: 1.25 lb weight: 8.32 oz

height: 13 in height: 17 in
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz frequency: 118 – 137 MHz
material: Valox 420 material: molded glass-filled nylon
7
finish: polyurethane enamel finish: polyurethane enamel

connector: BNC (female) connector: BNC (female)
altitude: 50,000 ft altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 350 KTAS at 25,000 ft airspeed: --
mounting four-hole internal mounting four-hole external
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
CI 196 VHF BLADE CI 268-5 VHF BLADE

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-196 EDMO# CI-268-5
MFR# CI 196 MFR# CI 268-5
High-speed blade antenna de- The CI 268-5 uses the same ra-
signed for large single or twin-en- dome as the multi-function Com-
gine aircraft. The antenna assembly Dat antennas featuring the same
is enclosed in an aerodynamically super tough, nickel-plated alumi-
shaped, injection molded polyester num base plate with integral Nitrile
glass shell with internal components ‘O’ ring for pressurized applica-
foamed in place for mechanical tions. Truly unique, the CI 268-5 is
integrity. Featuring reduced height for mounting on top or the only VHF antenna with a built-
bottom of aircraft. The mounting hole pattern and RF con- in notch filter that allows installation
nector location are compatible with late model Mooney in close proximity to GPS antennas
201/231/252 aircraft series starting in 1978. without cosite interference.
weight: 1.25 lb weight: 1.25 lb

height: 13 in height: 14.1 in
material: Valox 420 material: molded glass-filled nylon
airspeed: 350 KTAS at 25,000 ft airspeed: 325 KTAS maximum @ sea level
mounting four-hole internal mounting four-hole external
Antennas
VHF Antennas
CI 268-60 VHF BLADE DM C50-17 VHF BLADE

COMANT ITT EXELIS
EDMO# CI-268-60 EDMO# DM C50-17
MFR# CI 268-60 MFR# DM C50-173
Utilises the same design as the The DM C50-17 is a high-speed
Comant ComDat® antennas and the blade antenna with extended VHF
same footprint and offset connector frequency band (116 -153 MHz)
location as a CI-238, making it an designed for use on commercial
excellent option when replacing a air transports and business turbo-
CI-238 or matching the look of a jet aircraft. Selected as the original
ComDat® antenna installation. Con- equipment for the Boeing 757, 767,
structed with a durable aluminum and 777 and Airbus A300.
base plate with integral Nitrile “O”
ring for pressurized applications. Built-in notch filter allows
installations in close proximity to GPS antennas without weight: 3.3 lb
interference.
height: 16 in
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum
weight: 1.25 lb material: aluminum
height: 14.1 in finish: white polyurethane
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz connector: C (female)
7
VSWR: 2.9:1 maximum altitude: --
material: molded glass-filled nylon airspeed: --
finish: polyurethane enamel FAA TSO C37d, C38d
connector: BNC (female) offset mounting ten-hole external
altitude: 35,000 ft
airspeed: 325 KTAS
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
mounting four-hole external
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements DM C60 SERIES VHF BLADE
ITT EXELIS
The DM C60 series blade antennas
are designed for top or bottom fuse-
lage mounting. Electrical elements of
AVT-4 VHF BLADE the antenna are sealed by foamed-in-
RAMI place resin within a fiberglass housing
EDMO# AVT-4 making this antenna rugged enough
MFR# AVT-4 for use in commercial and general
The AVT-4 is a high-speed blade aviation aircraft.
antenna that incorporates a high
strength, low drag blade design
with an aluminum radiator, encap- weight: 1.6 lb
sulated in rigid polyurethane foam. height: 11.9 in
- Skydrol resistant frequency: 118 - 137 MHz (DM C60-1)
116 - 152 MHz (DM C60-171)
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum
material: high density unicellular foam / fiberglass housing
weight: 1.25 lb finish: white polyurethane
height: 13 in connector: BNC (male)
frequency: 118 – 137 MHz altitude: --
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum airspeed: 600 mph
material: LURAN-S plastic FAA TSO C37d, C38d
finish: Skydrol-resistant polyurethane paint mounting six-hole external
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 350 mph
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
mounting four-hole internal DM C60-1 C60-1 118-137 MHz
DM C60-171 DM C60-17-1 116-152 MHz
Antennas
VHF Combo Antennas
CI 211 VHF BENT BLADE CI 211-16 VHF BENT BLADE

COMANT COMANT
The CI-211 is a high-speed bent EDMO# CI-211-16
blade antenna designed as a MFR# CI 211-16
low-profile top or bottom mount High-speed bent blade antenna
antenna for large twins and with extended VHF frequency
medium jet aircraft. Skydrol and band (138-154 MHz) designed
rain erosion resistant. CI-211-L as a low-profile top or bottom
is equipped with leading edge mount antenna for large twins
protection. and medium jet aircraft. Skydrol and rain erosion resistant.

material: high density polyurethane material: Valox 420
connector: BNC (female) connector: BNC (female) - offset
airspeed: 250 KTAS airspeed: 573 KTAS at 25,000 ft
7

mounting four-hole external mounting six-hole: four external and two internal
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements meets RTCA DO-160D and DO-186A requirements

CI-211 CI 211 CI 211 antenna
CI-211-L CI 211-L CI 211 antenna with leading edge protection
VHF COMBO ANTENNAS
CI 2480-200 VHF/GPS WHIP
COMANT
CI 211-1 VHF BENT BLADE EDMO# CI-2480200
COMANT
MFR# CI 2480-200
EDMO# CI-211-1
MFR# CI 211-1 A dual function ComDat VHF and
GPS antenna. Matches single engine
The CI-211-1 is a high-speed common teardrop footprint. De-
bent blade antenna with extended signed for popular 26.5 dB gain GPS
VHF frequency band (138-153 panel mount systems. Class Gam-
MHz) designed as a low-profile ma 1 equipment. Not compliant for
top or bottom mount antenna GPS WAAS Class Gamma 2 and 3
for large twins and medium jet applications.
aircraft. Skydrol and rain erosion
resistant.
weight: 9.6 oz
height: --
weight: 1.6 lb
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz (VHF)
height: 8.25 in
1575.42 +/-3 MHz (GPS)
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum (VHF)
VSWR: 2.9:1 maximum
2.0:1 maximum (GPS)
material: high density polyurethane
material: --
finish: --
connector: VHF - BNC / GPS - TNC
altitude: 50,000 ft
altitude: --
airspeed: --
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
FAA TSO C37d, C38d, C144
meets RTCA DO 160D requirements
Antennas
VHF Combo Antennas
CI 2480-201 VHF/GPS WHIP CI 2480-216 VHF/XM WHIP

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-2480201 EDMO# CI-2480216
MFR# CI 2480-201 MFR# CI 2480-216
A dual function ComDat VHF A dual function ComDat VHF
and GPS antenna. Matches and XM antenna. Matches single
single engine common tear- engine common teardrop footprint.
drop footprint. Compatible with Perfect to add XM weather data to
Garmin 17 dB GPS panel mount a stand-alone VHF mounted an-
receiver systems. Not compatible tenna. The patented VHF harmonic
with most portable GPS receiver suppression also protects co-lo-
systems. cated stand-alone GPS antennas,
allowing for more antennas in less
total area. Not compatible with
weight: 9.6 oz
most portable GPS receiver systems.
height: --
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz (VHF) 1575.42 +/-3 MHz (GPS)
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum (VHF) weight: 11.2 oz
2.0:1 maximum (GPS) frequency: 118 - 137 MHz (VHF)
material: -- 2332.5 – 2345.0 MHz (XM)
finish: -- VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum (VHF)
7
connector: VHF - BNC / GPS - TNC 1.5:1 maximum (XM)
altitude: -- connector: VHF – BNC/XM - TNC
airspeed: -- FAA TSO C37d, C38d
FAA TSO C37d, C38d, C129 mounting four-hole external
mounting four-hole external meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
CI 2728-410 VHF/GPS WAAS/XM WHIP

CI 2580-200 VHF/GPS WAAS WHIP COMANT
COMANT EDMO# CI-2728410
EDMO# CI-2580200 MFR# CI 2728-410
MFR# CI 2580-200 A triple function VHF, GPS and XM
A dual function ComDat VHF and Weather antenna for twin and light
GPS WAAS antenna. Designed jet aircraft. Provides 80 dB of VHF
to meet the GPS WAAS Gamma harmonic suppression allowing
3 specifications required by the VHF and GPS to function in one
Garmin G1000 system. Matches radome without in-line filters.
single engine common teardrop Designed to meet the GPS WAAS
footprint. Not intended for porta- Gamma 3 specifications required
ble GPS receiver systems. by the Garmin G1000 system.
Enables primary navigation using
GPS WAAS, including terminal navigation and approach
to landing. XM Weather antenna is designed for low gain
weight: 9.6 oz systems such as the Garmin GDL-69/69A or Heads Up
height: -- systems with shorter coax runs. Lighting diverter strips
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz (VHF) for use with the CI-2728-410 p/n: A272833
1575.42 +/-3 MHz (GPS)
VSWR: 2.5:1 maximum
1.5:1 maximum weight: 1.25 lb
material: -- frequency: 118 – 137 MHz (VHF)
finish: -- 1575.42 +/-3 MHz (GPS)
connector: VHF - BNC / GPS - TNC 2332.5 – 2345.0 MHz (XM weather)
altitude: -- VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum (GPS and XM weather)
airspeed: -- connector: VHF - BNC / GPS - TNC / XM - TNC
FAA TSO C169 (Class C, D, E, 3, 4, 5, 6), C144 FAA TSO C169, C144
mounting four-hole external mounting four-hole external
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements meets RTCA DO 160D requirements
Antennas
VHF Combo Antennas
CI 295-200 SAR DUAL BAND BLADE CI 295-300 TRI-BAND SINGLE PORT

COMANT SAR
EDMO# CI-295-200 COMANT
MFR# CI 295-200 EDMO# CI-295-300
The CI-295-200 is a single anten- MFR# CI 295-300
na that offers frequency spectrum Works within the public service spec-
coverage for two of the most used trum and with radios operating within
Public Service bands by Search Motorola’s APX architecture. Oper-
and Rescue teams around the ates within the P25 standards for
world. Dual ports provide maxi- maximum effectiveness and connec-
mum effectiveness and flexibility, tivity & is helicopter rated for high-vi-
allowing the user connectivity to bration environments. The single port designed saves time
any radio set required for the mis- and space during installation. Application includes heli-
sion. The CI 295 Dual Band/Dual copters and fixed-wing turbine powered aircraft.
Port is helicopter rated for the toughest vibration envi-
ronment. Application includes helicopters and fixed wing
turbine powered aircraft.
weight: 2.0 lb
frequency: 136-174 MHz, 380-520 MHz 764-870 MHz
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum
weight: 2.0 lb connector: BNC (VHF); TNC (UHF)
frequency: 136-174 MHz, 380-520 MHz mounting: six-hole external
7
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum meets RTCA DO-160G requirements and 810G method 514.6 vibration cat
connector: BNC (VHF); TNC (UHF) 14-24
mounting: six-hole external
meets RTCA DO-160G requirements
AT-1108ARC VHF/UHF BLADE

RAMI
CI 295-250 SAR DUAL BAND BLADE EDMO# AT-1108ARC
COMANT MFR# AT-1108/ARC
EDMO# CI-295-250 Designed for usage airspeeds of less
MFR# CI 295-250 than Mach 1. The antenna hous-
The CI-295-200 is a single anten- ing is fiberglass epoxy, designed to
na that offers frequency spectrum withstand the exposure to sand and
coverage for two of the most used dust particles of desert areas and
Public Service bands by Search is foam-filled to reduce the effect of
and Rescue teams around the extreme temperature changes, ex-
world. Dual ports provide maxi- treme humidity, and excessive shock
mum effectiveness and flexibility, and vibration. Meets MIL-SPEC
allowing the user connectivity to MIL-A-55680 and has continuous
any radio set required for the mis- operation altitudes of up to 50,000
sion. The CI 295 Dual Band/Dual ft and temperatures between -65° F and 131° F. The
Port is helicopter rated for the toughest vibration envi- antenna can withstand the impact shock of 30g and the
ronment. Application includes helicopters and fixed wing steady-state acceleration of 6g. The isolation between the
turbine powered aircraft. bands is > 40 dB. A gasket for RF shielding and positive
sealing is included. The antenna is coated with a Skydrol
resistant lusterless CARC black paint.
weight: 2.0 lb
frequency: 136-174 MHz, 764-870 MHz
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum weight: 3.5 lb
connector: BNC (VHF); TNC (UHF) frequency: 116 – 152 MHz, 225 - 400 MHz
mounting: six-hole external VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum
meets RTCA DO-160G requirements material: stainless steel/porcelain
finish: Skydrol-resistant CARC paint
connector: BNC female (VHF); TNC female (UHF)
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: below Mach 1
MIL-A-55680
Antennas
Navigation Antennas
AV-925 VHF/UHF/MULTIBAND BLADE

RAMI
NAVIGATION ANTENNAS
EDMO# AV-925
MFR# AV-925 CI 120G/S VOR/LOC/GS/BLADE/SINGLE
The AV-925 is a multiband blade OUTPUT
type antenna for airborne FM COMANT
transceivers typically found in VOR/LOC/GS navigation anten-
first responder aircraft. It meets na set provides optimum VOR
DO-160G, Section 8, Category U performance when used for
requirements for robust vibration area navigation. Antenna system
and is qualified for installation on qualified for use on single engine,
helicopters with unknown related twin, jet, and helicopter aircraft.
rotor frequencies. Also qualified to Complete set includes two blades, each with single BNC
perform as a 406 MHz ELT anten- connector output, two coax interconnect cables and a
na, it is well suited for this func- signal combiner output providing for a single cable run to
tion on higher speed, fixed wing the avionics installation.
aircraft.
weight: 1.4 lb per blade

weight: 1.8 lb height: 6 in
height: 12.34 in frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC)
7
frequency: 136.0–174.0 MHz 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
380.0–406.0 MHz VSWR: 6.0:1 108 – 118 MHz
406.0–406.1 MHz (TSO C126a) 5.0:1 329 – 335 MHz
406.1–520.0 MHz finish: polyurethane enamel
760.0–870.0 MHz connector: BNC/single output combiner
VSWR: 1.5:1 Max (406.0–406.1 MHz) altitude: 50,000 ft
3.0:1 Max (All Other Bands) airspeed: 600 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft
finish: AV-925 Gloss White FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
AV-925(-1) CARC Black mounting: four-hole external
connector: BNC (female) meets RTCA DO-160D, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements
meets DO-160G, Section 8, Category U requirements

CI-120 G/S CI 120G/S CI 120G/S antenna
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Not finding what you need? CI-120-1 CI 120-1 single antenna blade
EDMO Asia Pacific carries a wide range of antennas, CI-120-3 CI 120-3 one output power combiner
so if the part you are looking for isn’t listed here,
check out our website at www.edmoap.com.au or
give us a call on 1300 133 256 (Australia) or 0800
893 488 (New Zealand) for parts and pricing. We’re
constantly updating our inventory, so there’s a good
chance we’ll have what you need.
Antennas
Navigation Antennas
CI 120-200G/S VOR/LOC/GS/BLADE/
DUAL OUTPUT weight: 1.4 lb per blade
COMANT height: 6 in
VOR/LOC/GS navigation an- frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC)
tenna set provides optimum 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
VOR performance when used VSWR: 6.0:1 108 – 118 MHz
for area navigation. Antenna 5.0:1 329 – 335 MHz
system qualified for use on finish: polyurethane enamel
single engine, twin, jet, and connector: BNC/single output combiner
helicopter aircraft. Complete set includes two blades, altitude: 50,000 ft
each with single BNC connector output, and two coax
interconnect cables. Dual output signal combiner provid- airspeed: 600 knots TAS @25,000 ft
ing for separate RF cable runs to the avionics installation FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
for NAV1 and NAV2 receivers is included. mounting: four-hole external
Meets RTCA DO-160D, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements
weight: 1.4 lb per blade

height: 6 in
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC)
329 – 335 MHz (GS)
VSWR: 6.0:1 108 – 118 MHz
CI 120-400 VOR/LOC/GS/BLADE/DUAL
OUTPUT
7
5.0:1 329 – 335 MHz

COMANT
finish: polyurethane enamel EDMO# CI-120-400
connector: BNC/single output combiner MFR# CI 120-400
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 600 knots TAS @25,000 ft
Comant designed this VOR/LOC/
GS navigation antenna blade set
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c for the Cessna 182 Series.
meets RTCA DO-160D, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements Includes a pair (2) of blades, each
with a single BNC output, and two
coax interconnect cables. Single
BNC output phasing combiner
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION providing for a single RF cable run
CI-120-200 CI 120-200G/S CI 120-200G/S antenna to the avionics installation.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
CI-120-1 CI 120-1 single antenna blade
CI-120-4 CI 120-4 two input - two output power combiner weight: 1.4 lb per blade
height: 6 in
329 – 335 MHz (GS)
VSWR: 3.0:1 108 – 118 MHz
CI 120-200G/S-L VOR/LOC/GS/BLADE/ 3.5:1 329 – 335 MHz
DUAL OUTPUT finish: polyurethane enamel
COMANT connector: BNC/single output combiner
EDMO# 120200GS-L altitude: 50,000 ft
MFR# CI 120-200G/S-L airspeed: 300 knots TAS @25,000 ft
VOR/LOC/GS navigation anten- FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
na set provides optimum VOR mounting: four-hole external
performance when used for meets RTCA DO-160D, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements
area navigation. Antenna sys-
tem qualified for use on single
engine, twin, jet, and helicopter
aircraft. The blades have lead-
ing edge protection and come
with a rubber gasket enabling
mounting on curved vertical stabilizers. This antenna
also provides glideslope reception capability. Complete
set includes a pair (2) of blades, each with a single BNC
connector output, and two coax interconnect cables. The
dual output signal combiner is included (provides for sep-
arate RF cable runs to the avionics installation for NAV1
and NAV2 receivers).
Antennas
Navigation Antennas
CI 2437-01 VOR/GS DUAL OUTPUT DM N4-33 VOR/LOC/BLADE

BLADE ANTENNA ITT EXELIS
COMANT Designed for use on high-per-
EDMO#: CI-2437-01 formance aircraft where aero-
MFR#: CI 24-37-01 dynamic drag and component
Comant has resurrected the weight must be held at a
popular Trivec 24-37-01 VOR minimum. The system provides
Glideslope Balanced Loop increased range and reduced
Blade Set. This heavy duty set bearing error, not possible with
is ideal for Beechcraft King Air dipole type installations. Rugged
and other similar aircraft. metal edges provide erosion
–– Each blade uses an eight bolt mounting pattern resistance and flush glass fiber
housings ensure smooth airflow and reduced drag.
–– Includes: two (2) blade antennas and one (1) phasing
coupler with integral coaxial cables
weight: 4.2 lb
height: 6.7 in
VSWR: 5.0:1
frequency: 108-118 MHz
connector: /C BNC female / /D TNC female
329-336 MHz
airspeed: 250 mph
VSWR: 5.0:1 max
FAA TSO C40a
material: polyester resin and fiberglass filled with polyurethane foam
7
mounting: ten-hole mount (each antenna element)
finish: white polyurethane paint
MIL-E-5400, MIL-T-5422, MIL-F-17555, MIL-T-18303, MIL-T-18307
connector: BNC series MIL type UG 88/U
FAA TSO C34c, C36c, and C40b
mounting: eight-hole external
DM N-4-33/C DM N-4-33/C DM N4-33 antenna with BNC female
DM N-4-33/D DM N-4-33/D DM N4-33 antenna with TNC female
DM N4-15 VOR/LOC/BLADE/DUAL
OUTPUT
ITT EXELIS
EDMO# DM N4-15
MFR# DM N4-15
VOR/LOC/GS/BLADE/SINGLE OUTPUT
ITT EXELIS
The DM N4-15 VOR/LOC dual EDMO# DM N4-17/N
output antenna is designed for MFR# N4-17/N
use on high-performance aircraft
where aerodynamic drag and Designed for general
component weight must be aviation, commercial,
held at a minimum. The system and military aircraft that
provides increased range and operate up to Mach 1.0.
reduced bearing error, not possi- Provides a low-cost,
ble with dipole type installations. lightweight, low-drag an-
Rugged metal edges provide tenna for state-of-the-art
erosion resistance and flush glass fiber housings ensure avionics systems. The balanced loop design assures an
smooth airflow and reduced drag. omnidirectional radiation pattern at the horizon to obtain
the maximum signal for standard VOR & area navigation,
which in turn provides more receiving distance and reliable
system performance. The system consists of two antenna
weight: 4.2 lb elements, two feed cables and gaskets, and a phasing
frequency: 108 – 122 MHz coupler (DM N4-17-2).
VSWR: 5.0:1
connector: DM N4-15 TNC female
airspeed: 250 mph weight: 1.32 lb
FAA TSO C40a height: 12.18 in
mounting: ten-hole mount (each antenna element) frequency: 108 – 122 MHz / 29 – 335.3 MHz
MIL-E-5400, MIL-T-5422, MIL-F-17555, MIL-T-18303, MIL-T-18307 VSWR: 5.0:1
connector: BNC female
airspeed: 250 mph
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
mounting: four-hole mount (each antenna element)
Antennas
Navigation Antennas
CI 157P VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE CI 158C-2 VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-157P EDMO# CI-158C-2
MFR# CI 157P MFR# CI 158C-2
Fixed stainless steel ele- Detachable/replicable stain-
ments that are compatible less steel elements mount
with Piper aircraft. Integral on top of vertical stabilizer
ferrite balun provides for for most single engine gen-
higher radiation efficiency. eral aviation aircraft. Integral
Not approved for helicop- ferrite balun provides for
ter installations. higher radiation efficiency.
Not approved for helicopter installations.
weight: 8 oz
height: 18 in weight: 5.6 oz
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 329 – 335 MHz (GS) height: 17.625 in
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum (108 – 118 MHz VOR/LOC) frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
3.0:1 maximum (329 – 335 MHz GS) VSWR: 3.0:1 108 – 118 MHz / 3.0:1 329 – 335 MHz
finish: black housing / stainless steel whips finish: black housing / stainless steel whips
connector: BNC connector: BNC
7
airspeed: 250 knots TAS @25,000 ft airspeed: 250 knots TAS @25,000 ft
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
mounting: two-hole mount mounting: four-hole mount
meets RTCA DO-160C, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements replacement parts: B15804: antenna element
meets RTCA DO-160, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements
CI 158C VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE

COMANT CI 159C VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE
Detachable/replicable stainless COMANT
steel elements mount on top of Detachable/replicable anti-stat-
vertical stabilizer for most single ic fiberglass elements mount
engine general aviation aircraft. on top of vertical stabilizer for
Integral ferrite balun provides most single engine general
for higher radiation efficiency. aviation aircraft. Integral ferrite
Not approved for helicopter balun provides for higher radi-
installations. ation efficiency. Not approved
for helicopter installations.
weight: 5.6 oz
height: 17.625 in weight: 5.6 oz
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 329 – 335 MHz (GS) height: 17.625 in
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum (108 – 118 MHz VOR/LOC) frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
3.0:1 maximum (329 – 335 MHz GS) VSWR: 3.0:1 Max. 108-118 MHz (VOR/LOC)/3.0:1 Max. 329-335 MHz
finish: black housing / stainless steel whips material: Delrin housing/polyester glass laminate over stainless steel radiators
connector: BNC finish: black housing / fiberglass whips
altitude: 50,000 ft connector: BNC
airspeed: 250 knots TAS @25,000 ft altitude: 50,000 ft
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c airspeed: 250 KTAS @25,000 ft
mounting: two-hole mount FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
meets RTCA DO-160C, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements mounting: two-hole mount
meets RTCA DO-160, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements

CI-158C CI 158C CI 158C antenna EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
REPLACEMENT PARTS CI-159C CI 159C CI 159C antenna
B15804 B15804 single antenna element REPLACEMENT PARTS
B15906 B15906 single antenna element
Antennas
Navigation Antennas
CI 215 VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE

COMANT VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum (108 – 118 MHz VOR/LOC)
Detachable/replicable an- 3.0:1 maximum (329 – 335 MHz GS)
ti-static fiberglass elements material: Delrin housing / polyester glass laminate over stainless steel
featuring two integrally radiators
molded mounting legs or finish: black housing / stainless steel whips
“spacers” for increased connector: BNC
strength. Radiating ele- altitude: 50,000 ft
ments are laminated with
airspeed: 250 knots TAS @25,000 ft
polyester glass material
for improved precipitation FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
static protection. Interchangeable with the VOR/LOC/ mounting: two-hole mount
GS antennas used on most Cessna single engine aircraft meets RTCA DO-160, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements
since 1980 including the Cessna 182 and 210 models.
weight: 9.6 oz AV-12, AV-12L VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE

height: 16 in RAMI
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) EDMO# AV-12, AV-12L
329 – 335 MHz (GS) MFR# AV-12, AV-12L
VSWR: 3.0:1 Max. 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) The AV-12 and AV-
7
3.0:1 Max. 329 – 335 MHz (GS) 12L are VOR/LOC/GS
material: Delrin mounts / glass laminate whips antennas with fixed
finish: black housing / polyurethane enamel stainless steel elements
connector: BNC (female) molded directly into a
altitude: 50,000 ft high-impact thermo
airspeed: 250 KTAS @25,000 ft Bakelite center insula-
FAA TSO C34c, C36e, C40a tor. The stainless steel
mounting: Cessna 182 and 210 mounting configuration elements are ground
meets RTCA DO-160, DO-192, DO-195, and DO-196 requirements to close tolerances to
provide a low profile. AV-12L is supplied with a 25-foot
coax cable.
CI-215 CI 215 CI 215 antenna AV-12 AV-12 AV-12 antenna
REPLACEMENT PARTS
AV-12L AV-12L AV-12L antenna / includes 25-foot coax cable
B15906 B15906 single antenna element
weight: 5.5 oz
CI 259E VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE frequency: 108 – 118 MHz
COMANT
EDMO# CI-259-E 328 – 336 MHz
MFR# CI 259E VSWR: 2.2:1 maximum
material: stainless steel / Bakelite
“V” dipole VOR/LOC/GS an-
connector: threaded two studs accept transmission line assembly with integral
tenna with fixed anti-static
balun transformer (only included with AV-12L)
fiberglass elements for use
on helicopters. Features altitude: 50,000 ft
an integral ferrite balun and airspeed: 350 mph
fixed element construction. FAA TSO C40c
Mechanically designed to mounting: installer drill holes as needed
withstand the severe low frequency vibration environment
experienced by typical helicopter installations. Approved
for use on helicopters.
weight: 5.6 oz
height: 16 in
329 – 335 MHz (GS)
Antennas
Navigation Antennas
AV-520 VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE AV-532, AV-532L VOR/LOC/GS/“V”

RAMI DIPOLE
EDMO# AV-520 RAMI
MFR# AV-520 The AV-532 and AV-
The AV-520 is a “V” style 532L are VOR/LOC/
VOR/LOC/GS antenna GS antennas that use
that uses detachable/rep- detachable/replicable
licable painted stainless stainless steel elements
steel elements and an to reliably withstand
internal balun transformer. vibration and wind
loads. The insulator is
weather-sealed com-
weight: 8 oz pression-molded Bakelite. The unit may be mounted with
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
the V pointed either forward or aft. AV-532L is supplied
with a 25-foot coax cable.
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum 108 – 118 MHz
2.0:1 maximum 329 – 335 MHz
material: stainless steel
connector: BNC female weight: 11 oz
altitude: 50,000 ft frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 328 – 336 MHz (GS)
airspeed: 350 mph VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c material: stainless steel / Bakelite
7
mounting: two-hole mount connector: threaded studs accept transmission line assembly with integral balun
transformer (only included with AV-532L)
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 350 mph
FAA TSO C40c
AV-525 VOR/LOC/GS/“V” DIPOLE mounting: two-hole mount
RAMI
EDMO# AV-525
MFR# AV-525
The AV-525 is a VOR/ EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
LOC/GS antenna that AV-532 AV-532 AV-532 antenna
uses detachable/rep- AV-532L AV-532L AV-532L antenna / includes cable
licable fixed stainless
steel elements molded
directly into a high-im-
pact thermo Bakelite center insulator and is compatible
with Piper aircraft mounting.
weight: 8 oz
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) / 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum 108 – 118 MHz
2.0:1 maximum 329 – 335 MHz
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 350 mph
mounting: two-hole mount
Antennas
Towel Bar/VOR/LOC/GS Antennas
TOWEL BAR/VOR/LOC/GS
ANTENNAS weight:
frequency:
2 lb (without cable)
108 – 122 MHz
VSWR: 5.0:1
CI 205-3 VOR/LOC/GS/TOWEL BAR/ material: magnesium tubing
SINGLE OUTPUT connector: BNC
COMANT FAA TSO C40a
EDMO# CI-205-3 mounting: twelve-hole mount (each antenna element)
MFR# CI 205-3 MIL-E-5400, MIL-T-5422
Towel Bar style VOR/
LOC/GS antenna
designed for mounting EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
on the aircraft vertical
stabilizer or helicopter DM N4-4 DM N4-4 DM N4-4 antenna
tail boom. The antenna features low weight and drag. Its ACCESSORIES
tabular structure minimizes helicopter rotor “down wash” DM N4-4.2 N4-4.2 “T” coax cable
forces. Includes a set of two “towel bar” sensor elements,
each with a BNC output connector and a one-piece dual
coax interconnect signal combiner harness with single
BNC connector output. Provides for a single cable run to
the avionics location. Approved for light helicopter instal- DM N48-1, DM N48-3 VOR/LOC/TOWEL
7
lations. BAR/SINGLE OUTPUT
ITT EXELIS
The DM N48-Series
weight: 1.75 lb balanced loop design
height: 5.25 in assures an omnidirec-
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz (VOR/LOC) tional radiation pattern
329 – 335 MHz (GS) at the horizon to obtain
VSWR: 5.0:1 108 – 118 MHz the maximum signal for
5.0:1 329 – 335 MHz standard VOR and area
material: Delrin mounts, aluminum
navigation systems
installed in lightweight
aircraft, medium twins,
connector: BNC (female) and helicopters operat-
altitude: 50,000 ft ing at up to 250 mph.
airspeed: 300 KTAS @25,000 ft Dual VOR receiver
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c operation is obtained when the antennas are used with
mounting: eight-hole mount (each antenna element) the DM H21-1 diplexer.
meets RTCA DO-160D requirements The DM N48-3 antenna uses a phasing coupler which
enables ease of installation if an access panel is not avail-
able or if the vertical stabilizer is so narrow at the point of
installation it makes it necessary to install the antenna with
both cable leads forward or aft.
CI-205-3 CI 205-3 CI 205-3 antenna
ACCESSORIES
C20544 C20544 power combiner
weight: 1.12 lb
VSWR: 5.0:1
connector: BNC male
DM N4-4 VOR/LOC/TOWEL BAR/SINGLE airspeed: 250 mph
OUTPUT mounting: eight-hole mount (each antenna element)
ITT EXELIS
The DM N4-4 VOR/LOC towel
bar style antenna is lightweight EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
and consists of two green, DM N48-1 DM N48-1 180 degree lead orientation
round magnesium tubing DM N48-3 DM N48-3 phasing coupler
elements connected together REPLACEMENT PART
by a cable harness to provide DM N48-1-2 DM N48-1-2 single antenna element
a single output. Designed
specifically for light planes and
helicopters.
Antennas
DME Transponder Antennas
DM N42-1 VOR/LOC/GS TOWEL BAR/

SINGLE OUTPUT
DME TRANSPONDER
ITT EXELIS
EDMO# DM N42-1
ANTENNAS
MFR# DM N42-1
CI 101 TRANSPONDER STUB/
The DM N42-1 is a COMANT
tail-mounted antenna EDMO# CI-101
for use with VOR, lo- MFR# CI 101
calizer and glide slope
receivers. It provides the The CI-101 transponder antenna is a top-load-
outstanding electrical ed stub monopole design. The antenna radiator
performance of a bal- is mechanically captivated and is machined
anced, center-fed loop at from solid brass for impact resistance. Contact
minimum cost. The input balun transformer is permanent- points are made from beryllium copper. Metallic
ly sealed inside the center housing. Output cables extend parts are plated with bright nickel for corrosion
from this transformer, through each side bar, to the feed protection. Mounts through a single 0.6 inch
points at the bulge on each element. This unusual config- diameter mounting hole.
uration permits reliable, economical installation on aircraft
that cruise at speeds up to 230 mph. When properly
installed, the antenna receives the horizontally polarized weight: 0.96 oz
VOR and localizer signals with uniform high sensitivity height: 3.33 in
from all directions around the aircraft over the full VOR/ frequency: 1030 - 1090 MHz
7
Localizer Band. Because of the inherent characteristics VSWR: 1.5:1 1030 MHz / return loss 14.0 dB
of all balanced loop-type antennas, vertically polarized, 1.5:1 1090 MHz / return loss 14.0 dB
error-producing signals are rejected. The antenna also has
material: brass / beryllium copper
excellent forward reception over the glide slope band (329
to 335 MHz) and can be used for this function by adding finish: tin-nickel alloy
a DMH22-1 coupler to the system. connector: BNC (female)
altitude: 30,000 ft
FAA TSO C74c
weight: 4.2 lb
mounting: one-hole internal
height: --
meets RTCA DO-138 environmental requirements
frequency: 108-118 MHz (VOR/LOC), 329 to 335 MHz (GS)
VSWR: 5.0:1
material: --
finish: white polyurethane
connector: BNC CI 105 DME TRANSPONDER BLADE
altitude: -- COMANT
airspeed: 250 mph EDMO# CI-105
FAA TSO C40a MFR# CI 105
mounting: 12-hole mount The CI-105 DME transponder blade
antenna is encased in a glass-rein-
forced polyester molded shell and
has a two-stud mounting configura-
tion.
weight: 3.84 oz
height: 3.23 in
frequency: 960 - 1220 MHz, 1025 – 1150 MHz
VSWR: 1.5:1 max 960 – 1220 MHz
1.3:1 max 1025 – 1150 MHz
material: molded shell
altitude: 70,000 ft
FAA TSO C66a, C74c
mounting: two-hole internal
meets RTCA DO-160C environmental requirements
Antennas
CI 105-3 DME TRANSPONDER BLADE CI 105-9 DME TRANSPONDER BLADE

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-105-3 EDMO# CI-105-9
MFR# CI 105-3 MFR# CI 105-9
This CI 105-3 DME transpon- The CI-105-9 DME
der blade antenna is encased transponder blade
in a glass-reinforced polyester antenna is encased
molded shell and has a three- in a glass-reinforced
hole flange external mounting polyester molded shell
configuration. and has a two-stud
mounting configura-
tion. Features a six
inch extension coax
weight: 3.84 oz cable with a female
height: 3.31 in BNC connector.
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum (960 – 1220 MHz)
1.3:1 maximum (1025 – 1150 MHz)
weight: 4.8 oz
height: 3.23 in
altitude: 70,000 ft
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum (960 – 1220 MHz)
7
1.3:1 maximum (1025 – 1150 MHz)
FAA TSO C66b, C74c
connector: 6” cable with BNC (female)
altitude: 70,000 ft
FAA TSO C66a, C74c
CI 105-6, CI-105-7 DME TRANSPONDER meets RTCA DO-160A environmental requirements
COMANT
This CI 105-6, CI-105-7 DME
transponder blade antennas are
encased in a glass-reinforced
polyester molded shell and has CI 105-16 DME TRANSPONDER BLADE
COMANT
a four-hole external mounting
EDMO# CI-105-16
configuration. Available with the
MFR# CI 105-16
following BNC and C connec-
tors. The CI-105-16 DME transponder
blade antenna is encased in a
CI-105-6 glass-reinforced polyester molded
shell designed specifically for the
Honeywell BendixKing™ KA60. It
weight: 6.4 oz maximum offers extended length two-stud
height: 3.31 in mounting.
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum (960 – 1220 MHz)
1.3:1 maximum (1025 – 1150 MHz)
material: molded radome
weight: 3.2 oz
height: 3.23 in
connector: BNC, C (see note above)
altitude: 70,000 ft
VSWR: 1.5:1 Max 960-1220 MHz
1.3:1 Max 1025-1150 MHz
FAA TSO C66b, C74c
finish: unpainted white Valox shell
altitude: 70,000 ft
airspeed: 400 KTAS @ 25,000 ft
FAA TSO C66a, C74c
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION mounting: two-hole internal
CI-105-6 CI 105-6 CI-105-6 antenna / BNC female meets RTCA DO 160D requirements
CI-105-7 CI 105-6 CI-106-7 antenna / C female
Antennas
ADS-B TRANSPONDER BLADE EDMO# MFR# CONNECTOR TYPE

COMANT CI-1104030 CI 110-40-30 4-hole mount, connector open path to ground
EDMO# CI-105-17L
CI-1104130 CI 110-41-30 4-hole mount, connector closed path to ground
MFR# CI 105-17-L
CI-1106030 CI 110-60-30 6-hole mount, connector open path to ground
Model CI-105-17-L is a single CI-1106130 CI 110-61-30 6-hole mount, connector closed path to ground
port blade antenna that accom-
modates the ADS-B mandate
by providing both “IN” and
“OUT” processing. This an-
tenna can be used for ADS-B, DME TRANSPONDER BLADE
TIS-B, UAT, DME or ATCRBS COMANT
transponders, as well as Mode S. Lightweight design with EDMO# CI-305
a six-hole mounting pattern. MFR# CI 305
The CI-305 is a miniature high-speed
DME transponder antenna - one of the
weight: 0.3 lb smallest available. At 2.75 inches high,
height: 3.4 in it features a very low-drag frontal profile.
frequency: 960 MHz to 1220 MHz / 1030 MHz to 1090 MHz Strong, lightweight and easy to mount
978 MHz / 1090 ± 1 MHz using four external mounting holes
VSWR: 2.0:1 MAX / 1.5:1 MAX / 1.7:1 MAX / 1.5:1 MAX through base.
finish: polyurethane white paint
7
connector: TNC female

FAA TSO TSO-C66c, 960-1215 MHz weight: 4.8 oz maximum
TSO-C74d, Class A, 1030-1090 MHz height: 2.75 in
TSO-C112e, 1030-1090 MHz
TSO-C154c, Class A3, 978 MHz
TSO-C166b, Class A, B, 1090 ± 1 MHz VSWR: 1.8:1 maximum
mounting: six-hole external finish: polyurethane enamel
meets RTCA DO 160D requirements connector: BNC (female)
RTCA/DO-160G, ENV. CAT.: altitude: 45,000 ft
[F2X]A CE[R(C,C1)H(R)U2(F,F1)S(L)]XSFSXSXXXX[XXX][XX]X[XXXXXX][XX]AXX airspeed: 600 KTAS at 35,000 ft
FAA TSO C66b, C74c
meets RTCA DO-160A environmental requirements
DME TRANSPONDER BLADE

COMANT
The CI-110 series
antennas are low-profile DME TRANSPONDER STUB
metal antenna designed RAMI
for business jet and EDMO# AV-22
commercial high-speed MFR# AV-22
aircraft equipped with The AV-22 is a stub type transponder
DME, standard or antenna utilizing its BNC connector for
Mode S transponders. mounting to the airframe.
Available with four or Note: AV-22-1 available with longer
six-hole mounting and connector with open or closed mounting body.
path to ground.
weight: 1 oz
weight: 4 oz frequency: 1030 - 1099 MHz
height: 2.25 in VSWR: 1.3:1
frequency: 960 - 1220 MHz connector: BNC (female)
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum altitude: 50,000 ft
finish: polyurethane enamel airspeed: 350 mph
connector: C (female) FAA TSO C74c
altitude: 70,000 ft mounting: one-hole internal
FAA TSO C66c, C74c, C112 (class 1A)
mounting: four or six-hole external (see above)
meets RTCA DO-160D environmental requirements
Antennas
DME TRANSPONDER BLADE RADAR INTERROGATION

RAMI RAMI
EDMO# AV-74 EDMO# AT-740/A
MFR# AV-74 MFR# AT-740/A
The AV-74 is a broadband blade type an- Used for airborne radar interroga-
tenna for transponder or DME application. tion on various fixed-wing aircraft.
The antenna housing is constructed of DTL-25707. The antenna is de-
an acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylic (ASA) shell. signed to operate at the extreme
The antenna is supplied with a cellular temperature range of -67° F to 302°
neoprene mounting pad and hardware. F. Flush-mounted, cavity-back slot
Note: AV-74-1 available with longer antenna constructed of aluminum with a fiberglass ra-
mounting studs. dome. The antenna has a type BNC sampling probe and
is protected by an anodic coating to prevent corrosion.
weight: 3.2 oz
height: 3.4 in weight: 1 lb
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum VSWR: 1.8:1 maximum (antenna) / 1.5:1 maximum (sample probe)
material: acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylic shell material: fiberglass
finish: enamel finish: anodic
connector: BNC (female) connector: HN and BNC
7
altitude: 50,000 ft MIL-A-25707
airspeed: 350 mph
FAA TSO C74c, C66c
ITT/D&M/EDO
This low-profile, all-metal blade
DME/TRANSPONDER ANTENNA/L- antenna provides unequaled
BAND/BLADE mechanical strength and built-
RAMI in reliability. Currently in use
EDMO# AV-74-1 on business, commercial, and
MFR# AV-74-1 military aircraft, the DM NI50
antennas have clear advantag-
The AV-74-1 broadband blade type es including: high side load strength that guards against
antenna for transponder or DME ap- breakage by ground handling gear, completely sealed
plications has longer mounting studs construction that prevents failure from moisture intrusion,
for thicker mounting locations. It has and lightning protection circuits that prevent damage to
an anacrylonitrile-styrene-acrylic (ASA) the antenna and safeguard electronic equipment.
shell. The antenna comes with a cellular
neoprene mounting pad and hardware.
weight: 4 oz
height: 2.2 in
weight: 3.2 oz
height: 3.4 in
VSWR: < 1.7:1 (960 – 1220) / 1.5:1 (100 – 1100)
connector: C male, HN male, N male, TNC male
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
FAA TSO C74, C66a, C112
material: anacrylonitrile-styrene-acrylic shell
finish: enamel
altitude: 50,000 ft EDMO# MFR# CONNECTOR/MOUNTING PATTERN
airspeed: 350 mph DM NI50-2 NI50-2-2 C male, 4-hole
FAA TSO C74c, C66c DMNI50-2-1 DMNI50-2-1 4-hole, color: International Orange
mounting: two-hole internal DM NI50-3 DM NI50-3-2 C male, 6-hole
DM NI50-4 NI50-4-2 HN male, 6-hole
DM NI50-6 DM NI50-6-2 N male, 6-hole
DMNI50-9-2 DM NI50-10-2 4-hole
DM NI50-10 DM NI50-10-2 N male, 6-hole
Antennas
Couplers & Diplexers

ITT/D&M/EDO
COUPLERS & DIPLEXERS
The DM NI70 L Band anten-
nas offer more than sufficient DUAL VOR/LOC COUPLER
bandwidth (950 to 1220 MHz) COMANT
for use with civil aviation ATC EDMO# CI-502
transponders and distance MFR# CI 502
measuring equipment (DME). The CI-502 is a dual VOR coupler that
The antenna provides omni- allows the simultaneous use of two
directional, vertically polar- VOR receivers from one VOR anten-
ized coverage when installed on the top or bottom of an na. Compact design makes for easy
aircraft. Its streamlined shape assures minimum aerody- installation.
namic drag. Structurally, the antenna consists of a single
metal element.
Order by connector type and mounting pattern (see table weight: 4 oz
below). height: 0.88 in
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
weight: 4 oz material: die cast aluminum
frequency: 960 - 1220 MHz finish: aluminum
VSWR: < 1.7:1 (960 – 1220) connector: BNC (female)
7
< 1.5:1 (1000 – 1100) FAA TSO C34c, C36c, C40a

connector: C female, BNC female (see note above)
FAA TSO C74b, C66a, C112
DUAL VOR/LOC SPLITTER

EDMO# MFR# CONNECTOR/MOUNTING PATTERN RAMI
DM NI70-1 NI70-1 C male, 4 –hole EDMO# AV-547
DM NI70-2 NI70-2 BNC male, 4-hole MFR# AV-547
DM NI70-3 DMNI70-3 C male, 6-hole The AV-547 feeds 2 VOR receivers from
one antenna. The circuitry is enclosed in
a durable, lightweight aluminum hous-
ing for superior mechanical and envi-
ronmental stability. The splitter operates
TRANSPONDER STUB at altitudes of up to 50,000 ft.
TED
EDMO# 104-12
MFR# 104-12
weight: 3.5 oz maximum
The TED 104-12 is a stub type transponder frequency: 108 - 118 MHz
antenna utilizing its BNC connector for mount- VSWR: 1.4:1 maximum
ing to the airframe. material: aluminum
connector: 3 BNC (female)
weight: ≈ 1 oz
VSWR: 1.3:1
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 350 mph
Antennas
DUAL VOR/LOC OR DUAL MARKER

BEACON COUPLER weight: 4 oz
ITT/D&M/EDO frequency: 329 – 335.3 MHz
EDMO# DM H21-1
VSWR: 1.5:1
MFR# DM H21-1
material: aluminum
Permits operation of two VOR/LOC finish: aluminum
receivers from one VOR antenna or two connector: BNC female
marker beacon receivers from one mark- FAA TSO C34c, C35d, C36d, C40c
er beacon antenna. Housed in an alumi-
num case & all circuit components are fully encapsulated
for vibration protection as well as waterproof protection.
CI 505 DUAL VOR COUPLER/SINGLE

weight: 4 oz GLIDE SLOPE DIPLEXER
frequency: 108 - 118 MHz, 74.74 – 75.25 MHz COMANT
VSWR: 1.5:1 2.0:1 EDMO# CI-505
material: aluminum MFR# CI 505
finish: aluminum The CI-505 is a dual VOR coupler
connector: BNC (female) and a single glide slope diplexer that
FAA TSO C34c, C35d, C36d, C40c allows the operation of two VOR
receivers and one glide slope receiv-
7
er from one VOR/GS antenna. Compact design makes
installation easy.
CI 503 DUAL GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
COMANT
EDMO# CI-503 weight: 3.2 oz
MFR# CI 503 height: 0.88 in
Designed to allow the operation of frequency: 108 – 118 MHz
two glide slope receivers from one 329 – 335 MHz
glide slope antenna. Compact design VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
makes installation easy. material: die-cast aluminum
finish: aluminum
weight: 3.2 oz FAA TSO C34c, C36c, C40a
height: 0.88 in
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
material: die cast aluminum
finish: aluminum
AV-571/DUAL VOR COUPLER/SINGLE
GLIDE SLOPE DIPLEXER
RAMI
FAA TSO C34c, C36c, C40a EDMO# AV-571
MFR# AV-571
The AV-571 diplexer/splitter splits
the signal from one VOR antenna
DM H24-1 DUAL GLIDE SLOPE to feed one glide slope and two
COUPLER VOR receivers. The diplexer/split-
ITT/D&M/EDO
ter’s construction and circuitry is
EDMO# DM H24-1
enclosed in a durable, lightweight
MFR# DM H24-1
aluminum housing for superior mechanical and environ-
mental stability. Operates at altitudes of up to 50,000 ft.
Permits operation of two glide slope
receivers from one glide slope antenna.
The unit is housed in an aluminum case
and all circuit components are fully en- weight: 3.5 oz maximum
capsulated for vibration protection as well frequency: 108 - 118 MHz, 328 – 335 MHz
as waterproof protection. VSWR: 1.4:1 maximum
material: aluminum
connector: 3 BNC (female)
Antennas
DM H23-1/DUAL VOR COUPLER/SINGLE

GLIDE SLOPE DIPLEXER weight: 3.5 oz maximum
ITT/D&M/EDO frequency: 108 – 118 MHz, 328 – 335 MHz
EDMO# DM H23-1
VSWR: 1.4:1 maximum
MFR# DM H23-1
material: aluminum
Dual VOR and single glide slope per- connector: 3 BNC (female)
mit operation of two VOR and one FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
glide slope receiver from one VOR/
LOC antenna. The unit is housed in
an aluminum case and all circuit components are fully en-
capsulated for vibration protection as well as waterproof
protection. DM H22-1 VOR/GLIDE SLOPE DIPLEXER
ITT/D&M/EDO
EDMO# DM H22-1
weight: 4 oz MFR# DM H22-1
frequency: 108 - 118 MHz, 329 – 335.3 MHz Single VOR and single glide slope will
VSWR: 1.5:1 permit operation of one VOR and one
material: aluminum glide slope receiver from one VOR
finish: aluminum antenna. The unit is housed in an
connector: BNC female aluminum case and all circuit compo-
FAA TSO C34c, C35d, C36d, C40c nents are fully encapsulated for vibra-
7
tion protection as well as waterproof

protection.
CI 507 VOR/GLIDE SLOPE DIPLEXER weight: 4 oz

COMANT frequency: 108 - 118 MHz, 329 – 335.3 MHz
EDMO# CI-507 VSWR: 1.5:1
MFR# CI 507
material: aluminum
Allows the operation of one VOR re- finish: aluminum
ceiver and one glide slope receiver from connector: BNC (female)
one VOR/GS antenna. Compact design FAA TSO C34c, C35d, C36d, C40c
makes installation easy.
weight: 3.2 oz
height: 0.88 in CI 509 DUAL MARKER BEACON
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz / 29 – 335 MHz COUPLER
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum COMANT
material: die-cast aluminum EDMO# CI-509
finish: aluminum MFR# CI 509
connector: BNC (female) Dual marker beacon coupler per-
FAA TSO C34c, C36c, C40a mits the use of two marker beacon
receivers from one marker beacon
antenna. Compact design makes
installation easy.
AV-570 VOR/GLIDE SLOPE DIPLEXER

RAMI
EDMO# AV-570 weight: 3.2 oz
MFR# AV-570 height: 0.88 in
The AV-570 diplexer splits the signal frequency: 75 MHz
from one VOR antenna to feed a VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
VOR/LOC and glide slope receiver. material: die-cast aluminum
The circuitry is enclosed in a durable, finish: aluminum
lightweight aluminum housing for su- connector: BNC (female)
perior mechanical and environmental
FAA TSO C35d
stability. Operates at altitudes of up to
50,000 ft.
Antennas
AV-575 DUAL MARKER BEACON CI 1125 DUAL VOR/DUAL GLIDE SLOPE

SPLITTER DIPLEXER
RAMI COMANT
EDMO# AV-575 EDMO# CI-1125
MFR# AV-575 MFR# CI 1125
The AV-575 antenna is a marker Features diplexer circuitry in a small
beacon antenna splitter allowing two die-stamped housing for high reli-
receivers to share the same antenna. ability. Provides operation between
A direct replacement for the CI 509. two VOR receivers and two glide slope receivers from the
same VOR/glide slope antenna.
weight: 3.2 oz weight: 4 oz

frequency: 75 MHz height: 0.75 in
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum frequency: 108 – 118 MHz / 329 – 335 MHz
material: aluminum VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
connector: BNC (female) material: aluminum
FAA TSO C35d finish: aluminum
FAA TSO C34c, C36c, C40a
CI 1114 TRIPLE VOR COUPLER
7
COMANT
EDMO# CI-1114 AV-585 DUAL VOR/DUAL GLIDE SLOPE
MFR# CI 1114 DIPLEXER
RAMI
Coupler provides for use of three EDMO# AV-585
VOR receivers from on VOR antenna.
Coupler circuitry is housed in stamped Provides 2 VOR/ LOC and 2 glide
enclosure to ensure reliability. slope outputs from 1 VOR/LOC/GS
antenna.
weight: 4 oz
height: 0.80 in weight: 3.2 oz
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz height: 1.16 in
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum frequency: 108 – 118 MHz / 328 – 336 MHz
material: stamped aluminum VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
finish: aluminum material: aluminum
connector: BNC (female) finish: gloss coating
FAA TSO C36c, C40a connector: BNC (female)
FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40e
CI 1115 TRIPLE VOR/SINGLE GLIDE AV-586 NAV/LOC/GLIDE SLOPE

SLOPE COUPLER COUPLER
COMANT RAMI
EDMO# CI-1115 EDMO# AV-586
MFR# CI 1115 Antenna signal splitter that provides 2
Allows for the operation between three outputs from a single antenna. De-
VOR receivers and one glide slope re- signed to provide the necessary signals
ceiver from the same VOR/GS antenna. to 2 newer navigational radios that only
have 1 antenna input to receive 3 VOR/LOC/GS signals.
frequency: 108 - 118 MHz / 329 - 335 MHz frequency: 108 – 118 MHz / 328 – 336 MHz
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum VSWR: 1.40:1 max.
material: stamped aluminum material: aluminum
finish: aluminum finish: gloss coating
FAA TSO C34c, C36c, C40a FAA TSO C34e, C36e, C40c
Antennas
AV-587 NAV-LOC-GS, NAV/LOC, GLIDE AV-900 SERIES DIPLEXERS

SLOPE COUPLER RAMI
RAMI The AV-900-series diplexers
EDMO# AV-587 provide two separate frequency
Antenna signal splitter/diplexer band ports to a multiband FM
that provides three outputs transceiver from a single-port,
for antennas with only a single multiband antenna. See table
output port. One output pro- below for band specifications.
vides a combined VOR/LOC/ AV-927
GS signal, a second provides a VOR/LOC signal, and a
third output provides the GS signal. Designed for air-
craft instrument panels that include a newer navigational weight: 6.72 oz
radio and a second, older navigational radio. The AV-587 height: 0.99 in
diplexer provides the necessary signals to both the newer frequency: see table below
and older radio using a single antenna. VSWR: 1.3:1 maximum
material: aluminum
weight: 6 oz finish: gloss coating
height: 0.99 in connector: BNC (female)
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz / 328 – 336 MHz FAA TSO: --
VSWR: 1.40:1 maximum
material: aluminum
7
finish: gloss coating EDMO# MFR# FREQUENCY CONNECTOR/

IMPEDANCE
FAA TSO: C34e, C36e, C40c AV-927 AV-927 136-174 MHz, 380-520 MHz BNC / 50 Ohms
AV-928 AV-928 136-174 MHz, 760-870 MHz BNC / 50 Ohms
AV-930 AV-930 136-174 MHz, 380-870 MHz TNC / 50 Ohms
AV-590 COM/ANTENNA DUPLEXER
SWITCH
RAMI
EDMO# AV-590
Connects 2 communications radios DM H69-1 DUAL VOR/DUAL GLIDE
to one antenna. In the normal, non- SLOPE DIPLEXER
switched mode, the AV-590 splits ITT/D&M/EDO
the signal from the antenna equally EDMO# DM H69-1
between two comm radio receivers. MFR# DM H69-1
When the control voltage is activated by the microphone Has the ability to operate dual VORs
PTT, the AV-590 switches the antenna to the correspond- and dual glide slope receivers from
ing radio transmitter and isolates the other receiver. one VOR antenna. The unit is housed
in an aluminum case and all circuit
components are fully encapsulated for
weight: 8 oz vibration protection as well as waterproof protection.
height: 0.88 in
VSWR: 1.2:1 maximum weight: 4 oz
material: aluminum frequency: 108 - 118 MHz / 329 – 335.3 MHz
finish: gloss coating VSWR: 2.0:1
connector: BNC (female) material: aluminum
FAA TSO: -- finish: gloss coating
MIL-E-5400
Antennas
Marker Beacon Antennas
CI 5120 DUAL VOR/LOC/GS SPLITTER CI 118 MARKER BEACON

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-5120 EDMO# CI-118
MFR# CI 5120 MFR# CI 118
Designed for use with Garmin GNS Designed specifically
580 and similar systems. Splits sin- for high-performance
gle coax antenna input into equally aircraft applications,
proportioned VOR/LOC/GS outputs, featuring aerodynamic
allowing you to run two single input design in a lightweight
receivers off of one antenna. package. The low profile blade type antenna is encased in
a molded polyurethane shell.
–– Skydrol and rain erosion resistant
weight: 1.6 oz
height: 0.97 in
frequency: 108 – 118 MHz / 329 – 335 MHz weight: 8 oz
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum height: 3.69 in
material: aluminum frequency: 75 MHz
finish: aluminum VSWR: 1.5:1
connector: BNC (female) finish: polyurethane enamel
altitude: 45,000 ft
7
airspeed: 400 KTAS @ 25,000 ft
FAA TSO C35d, Class A
mounting: three-hole internal
MARKER BEACON meets RTCA DO 138 requirements
ANTENNAS
CI 102 MARKER BEACON CI 118-1 MARKER BEACON
COMANT
EDMO# CI-102 COMANT
MFR# CI 102 EDMO# CI-118-1
MFR# CI 118-1
Designed for use with
the modern, high Low drag, lower profile
sensitivity marker bea- alternative to the pop-
con receivers. Small ular CI 102 “boat style”
and lightweight, they marker beacon antenna.
feature four-hole internal mounting for simple installation. Approved for medium to high performance single, turbo-
Antenna assembly is enclosed in an injection-molded ra- prop or jet aircraft and provides simple external mounting.
dome that is impervious to the tough environments typical DC grounded to minimize accumulation of precipitation
of the underside of an aircraft. DC grounded to minimize static.
accumulation of precipitation static. –– Skydrol and rain erosion resistant
–– Skydrol and rain erosion resistant
weight: 8 oz
weight: 9.6 oz height: 2.4 in
height: 2.15 in frequency: 75 MHz
frequency: 75 MHz VSWR: 1.5:1
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum / return loss -13.98 dB finish: polyurethane enamel
finish: polyurethane enamel connector: BNC (female)
altitude: 45,000 ft airspeed: 400 KTAS @ 25,000 ft
airspeed: 400 KTAS @ 25,000 ft FAA TSO C35d, Class A
FAA TSO C35d, class A mounting: four-hole external
mounting: four-hole internal meets RTCA DO 138 requirements
meets RTCA DO 138, DO 143, and 160A requirements
Antennas
Marker Beacon Antennas
CI 118-9 MARKER BEACON AV-64 MARKER BEACON

COMANT RAMI
EDMO# CI-118-9 EDMO# AV-64
MFR# CI 118-9 MFR# AV-64
Identical to the CI 118 The AV-64 is a boat
except the mounting type marker beacon
configuration allows for antenna designed for
“drop-in” replacement to the Honeywell Bendix-King KA very low drag. It is con-
26 Marker Beacon. This design has been tested to the structed of an acrylonitrite-styrene-acrylic (ASA) shell with
tough DO-160D environmental standards. DC grounded the internal parts encapsulated in rigid urethane foam for
to minimize accumulation of precipitation static. Skydrol mechanical and electrical stability. The antenna is supplied
and rain erosion resistant with cellular neoprene mounting pad and hardware.
weight: 10.4 oz weight: 8 oz

frequency: 75 MHz frequency: 75 MHz
VSWR: 1.5:1 VSWR: 1.4:1 maximum
material: molded rigid foam material: rigid urethane foam
finish: polyurethane enamel finish: acrylonitrile-styrene- acrylic
connector: BNC connector: BNC (female)
7

airspeed: 400 kts TAS @ 25,000 ft airspeed: 350 mph
FAA TSO C35d, Class A FAA TSO C35d
mounting: two-hole internal mounting: two-hole internal
meets RTCA DO 160-D requirements
AV-569 MARKER BEACON

CI 118-10 MARKER BEACON RAMI
COMANT EDMO# AV-569
EDMO# CI-118-10 MFR# AV-569
MFR# CI 118-10 The AV-569 is a boat
Identical to the CI 118 type marker beacon
but with a four-hole, antenna designed
through mount configu- for very low drag. It
ration. The CI 118-10 Marker Beacon Antenna has been is constructed of an acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylic shell with
tested to the tough DO-160D environmental standards. the internal parts encapsulated in rigid urethane foam for
DC grounded to minimize accumulation of precipitation stability. It is supplied with cellular neoprene mounting pad
static. Skydrol and rain erosion resistant and hardware.
weight: 12.8 oz weight: 6.25 oz

frequency: 75 MHz frequency: 75 MHz
VSWR: 1.7:1 VSWR: 1.6:1 maximum
material: molded radome material: rigid urethane foam
finish: polyurethane paint finish: acrylonitrile-styrene- acrylic
airspeed: 400 kts TAS @ 25,000 ft airspeed: 350 mph
FAA TSO C35d, Class A FAA TSO C35d
mounting: four-hole external mounting: two-hole internal
meets RTCA DO 138 requirements
Antennas
Glide Slope Antennas
AT-640A/ARN MARKER BEACON DM N43-1 MARKER BEACON

RAMI ITT EXELIS
EDMO# AT-640 EDMO# DM N43-1
MFR# AT-640A/ARN MFR# N43-1
Receive-only VHF marker The DM N43 series
beacon antenna for fixed & marker beacon
rotary-wing aircraft. Meets the requirements of MilSpec antennas are low
MIL-A-5999 for electrical & environmental performance. silhouette antennas.
Finished with a white Skydrol resistant polyurethane paint Electrical elements
in accordance with MilSpec MIL-PRF-85285. Operating of the antenna are completely sealed by foamed-in-place
temperature of -40° F to 160° F. Drag force of 0.22 lb at resin within a plastic housing. As a result, the antennas
airspeeds of 400 mph. Precipitation static is minimized are rugged enough for use on all subsonic aircraft.
through the use of a foam-filled fiberglass construction.
The foam also reduces the effects of vibration, shock, and
temperature extremes. weight: 16 oz
height: 2.90 in
frequency: 75 MHz
weight: 16 oz VSWR: 1.7:1
height: 2.5 in material: molded radome
frequency: 75 MHz finish: polyurethane paint
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum connector: BNC (female)
material: foam and fiberglass
7
altitude: 45,000 ft
finish: Skydrol-resistant polyurethane paint airspeed: 400 kts TAS @ 25,000 ft
connector: C (female) FAA TSO C35d
airspeed: 400 mph mounting: six-hole external
mounting: eight-hole internal meets RTCA DO 138 requirements
DM N27 SERIES MARKER BEACON

ITT EXELIS
The DM N27 se-
ries marker beacon GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNAS
antennas are rugged
and lightweight. Con- CI 193 GLIDE SLOPE
structed with wa- DM N27-1 COMANT
ter-resistant dielectric EDMO# CI-193
foam-filled, white polyester-fiberglass radomes. The Sky- MFR# CI 193
drol-resistant housings are fitted with metal leading edges Half wave dipole
for erosion protection. Designed to meet the performance designed for interior
specifications of antennas AT-134 and AT-536. mounting for GS re-
ception. Integral ferrite
balun can result in
weight: 10 oz improved performance
height: 1.25 in when propeller modulation is a problem.
frequency: 74.75 - 75.25 MHz
VSWR: <1.5:1 (at midband) / 5.0:1 (74.8-75.2 MHz)
material: Dielectric foam filled fiberglass housing with metal leading edge weight: 8 oz maximum
connector: TNC female (DM N27-1/A), C female (DM N27-2), BNC female height: 0.75 in
(DM N27-3) frequency: 329 - 335 MHz
FAA TSO C35c VSWR: 2.5:1 max, 329 – 335 MHz (GS)
mounting: three-hole internal material: Delrin housing / brass radiators
MIL-T-5422E finish: black / nickel
connector: BNC
FAA TSO C34c
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION mounting: Internal mount
DM N27-1/A N27-1/A DM N27-1/A antenna / TNC connector meets RTCA DO-192 and DO-16 requirements
DM N27-2 N27-2 DM N27-2 antenna / C connector
DM N27-3 N27-3 DM N27-3 antenna / BNC connector
Antennas
GPS, XM & Iridium Antennas
DM N25-X GLIDE SLOPE

ITT EXELIS VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
The DM N25 Series of glide connector: TNC (female)
slope antennas use a grounded, FAA TSO DO 160-D / C 144
center-fed loop as the radiating mounting: four-hole external
element, which produces sym- meets RTCA DO 160D requirements
metrical radiation patterns. This
antenna is a dual connector that
incorporates a hybrid; its circuitry
effectively isolates the two associ-
ated receiving systems providing CI 401-221 GPS ANTENNA
protection against disablement of COMANT
both systems in the event of fail- EDMO# CI-401-221
ure in one system. The radiation DM N25-2 MFR# CI 401-221
pattern associated with each DM
N25-2 antenna port is identical, so that no coupler drop- Stand-alone GPS antenna that
out problem occurs during automatic landing. All DM N25 matches the standard ARINC
Series antennas provide complete lightning protection for footprint found on many twins
the associated receivers. They are suitable for mounting and business jets. Designed to
either externally, or within a nose radome. operate with Garmin 17.0 dB
gain panel mount GPS receivers. Not compliant for GPS
WAAS Class Gamma 2 and 3 applications. Not compati-
7
weight: 8 oz (DM N25-1) / 14 oz (DM N25-2) / 8 oz (DM N25-3) ble with most portable GPS receiver systems.
frequency: 329 – 335.3 MHz
VSWR: 5.0:1 (DM N25-1) / 3.0:1 (DM N25-2)
material: aluminum weight: 6.2 oz
connector: See below frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 17.0 dB Gain
FAA TSO C34b VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
MIL-T-5422E connector: TNC (female)
FAA TSO DO 160-D / C 144
DM N25-1 DM N25-1 DM N25-1 antenna / TNC connector
DM N25-2 DM N25-2 DM N25-2 antenna / C connector
DM N25-3 DM N25-3 DM N25-3 antenna / N connector
CI 401-460 GPS/XM ANTENNA
COMANT
EDMO# CI-401-460
MFR# CI 401-460
Multifunction GPS and XM
Weather antenna. Designed for
GPS, XM & IRIDIUM compatibility with panel mount
26.5 dB gain GPS receivers.
ANTENNAS Conforms to the popular ARINC
footprint. Certified for GPS & GPS WAAS Class Gamma 1
CI 401-220 GPS ANTENNA equipment. Not compliant for GPS WAAS Class Gamma
COMANT 2 and 3 applications.
EDMO# CI-401-220
MFR# CI 401-220
The CI 401-220 is a stand-alone weight: 6.5 oz
GPS antenna that matches the frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 26.5 dB Gain
standard ARINC footprint found VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
on many twins and business jets. connector: TNC Blue (GPS), TNC (XM)
Designed to operate with 26.5 dB panel mount GPS FAA TSO C144
receivers. Not compliant for GPS WAAS Class Gamma mounting: four-hole external
2 and 3 applications. Not compatible with most portable meets RTCA DO 160D requirements
GPS receiver systems.
weight: 6.2 oz
frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 26.5 dB Gain
Antennas
CI 401-490 IRIDIUM ANTENNA Conforms to the popular teardrop footprint standard on

COMANT many general aviation aircraft and business jets. Used on
EDMO# CI-401-490 most aircraft up to and including business jets.
MFR# CI 401-490
Low profile, iridium-only anten-
na. Narrow-band tuning provides weight: 4.2 oz
optimum iridium performance. height: N/A
Many aviation antennas must frequency: 2332.5 – 2345.0 MHz / 25dB +/- 2dB Gain
go “wide-band” to capture the nearby GPS frequency for VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
FAA TSO, which reduces efficiency. Has an aviation patch connector: XM - TNC (female)
which has earned the FAA TSO C159a for satellite com- mounting: four-hole external
munication. Designed for both fixed wing and rotorcraft meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
airframes, and operating with both Iridium-based voice
and data communications devices, the single channel
aviation patch provides continuous coverage from 1616.0
-1626.5 MHz for excellent Iridium operation. Manufac-
tured to standard aviation ARINC 743 footprint with in-
jection-molded radome, aircraft aluminum base plate and CI 420-16 XM ANTENNA
COMANT
integral Nitrile “O” ring.
EDMO# CI-420-16
MFR# CI 420-16
Designed for Heads Up Technol-
weight: 6.2 oz
7
ogies (HUT) receivers with longer
height: .90 in coaxial cable runs. Features a
frequency: 1616.0 MHz - 1626.5 MHz, +3.0 dBic @ Zenith robust TNC female connector.
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum Conforms to the popular teardrop footprint standard on
material: injection-molded radome many general aviation aircraft and business jets.
connector: TNC (female)
FAA TSO C159a satellite communication
mounting: four-hole external weight: 4.2 oz
height: N/A
frequency: 2332.5 – 2345.0 MHz / 26-30 dB Gain
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
CI 420-1 XM ANTENNA connector: XM - TNC (female)
COMANT mounting: four-hole external
EDMO# CI-420-1 meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
MFR# CI 420-1
Designed to operate with popular
Heads Up XM Weather Data Sys-
tems. Conforms to the popular tear- CI 420-220 GPS ANTENNA
drop footprint, standard on many COMANT
general aviation aircraft and business jets. EDMO# CI-420-220
MFR# CI 420-220
Stand-alone GPS antenna that
weight: 4.2 oz matches the popular teardrop
frequency: 2332.5 – 2345.0 MHz / 26-30 dB Gain footprint found on many general
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum aviation aircraft and business
connector: XM - SMA jets. Designed to operate with 26.5 dB panel mount GPS
mounting: four-hole external receivers. Not compliant for GPS WAAS Class Gamma 2
meets RTCA DO 160D requirements and 3 applications. Not compatible with most portable
GPS receiver systems.
weight: 4.2 oz
CI 420-10 XM ANTENNA frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 26.5 dB Gain
COMANT
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
EDMO# CI-420-10
MFR# CI 420-10 connector: TNC (female)
FAA TSO C144 for GPS and GPS WAAS Class Gamma 1 equipment
Designed for the Garmin GDL mounting: four-hole external
69/69A receivers and Heads Up meets RTCA DO 160D requirements
Technologies (HUT) receivers
with short coaxial cable runs.
Antennas
CI 420-221 GPS ANTENNA continuous coverage from 1616.0 MHz to 1626.5 MHz
COMANT for excellent Iridium operation. Popular teardrop footprint
EDMO# CI-420-221 with injection-molded radome and aircraft aluminum base
MFR# CI 420-221 plate.
Stand-alone GPS antenna that
matches the popular teardrop
footprint found on many general weight: 5.0 oz
aviation aircraft and business height: .72 in
jets. Designed to operate with frequency: 1616.0 MHz - 1626.5 MHz, +3.0 dBic @ Zenith
Garmin 17.0 dB panel mount GPS receivers. Not compat- VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
ible with most portable GPS receiver systems. material: injection-molded radome
FAA TSO C159a satellite communication
weight: 4.2 oz mounting: four-hole external
frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 17.0 dB meets RTCA DO-160 G requirements
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
FAA TSO C144
meets RTCA DO 160D requirements CI 428-200 GPS WAAS ANTENNA
COMANT
7
EDMO# CI-428-200
MFR# CI 428-200
Designed specifically to meet
CI 420-420 GPS/XM ANTENNA the GPS WAAS Gamma 3
COMANT specifications required by
EDMO# CI-420-420 the Garmin G1000 system.
MFR# CI 420-420 Matches the standard ARINC
Multifunction GPS and XM footprint. Meets RTCA DO 160D operating standards
Weather antenna. Designed for including direct effects lightning. Gamma 3 WAAS allows
compatibility with panel mount for primary navigation using GPS for all phases of flight
26.5 dB gain GPS receivers. including precision LPV approaches. Not compatible with
portable GPS receiver units.
weight: 8.5 oz
frequency: GPS 1575.42 MHz / 26.5 dB Gain weight: 6.2 oz
XM 2332.5-2345.0 / 30-34 dB Gain height: N/A
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum frequency: 1575.42 MHz (GPS) / 26.5 dB Gain
connector: GPS - TNC / XM - TNC VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
FAA TSO C190 connector: TNC (female)
mounting: four-hole external FAA TSO C144
meets RTCA DO 160E requirements mounting: four-hole external
CI 420-490 IRIDIUM ANTENNA

COMANT CI 428-410 GPS WAAS/XM ANTENNA
MFR# CI 420-490 EDMO# CI-428-410
MFR# CI 428-410
Low profile Iridium-only an-
tenna. Narrow-band tuning Multifunction GPS and XM
provides optimum iridium per- Weather antenna designed
formance. Many aviation an- specifically to meet the GPS
tennas must go “wide-band” WAAS Gamma 3 specifica-
to capture the nearby GPS tions required by the Garmin
frequency for FAA TSO, which reduces efficiency. The G1000 system. Enables primary
CI-420-490 has an aviation patch which has earned the navigation using GPS WAAS, including terminal navigation
FAA TSO C159a for satellite communication. Designed and approach to landing. XM Weather antenna is de-
for both fixed wing and rotorcraft airframes, and operat- signed for low gain systems such as the Garmin GDL-
ing with both Iridium-based voice and data communica- 69/69A or Heads Up systems with shorter coax runs.
tions devices, the single channel aviation patch provides Conforms to the popular ARINC footprint, standard on
many twin turboprops and business jets.
Antennas

frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 26.5 dB Gain (GPS) frequency: 1575.42 MHz/ 26.5 - 32.5 dB Gain (GPS)
2332.5 – 2345.0 / 25 dB Gain (XM) 2332.5 - 2345.0 MHz/ 25.0 dB Gain (XM)
connector: TNC (female) material: nickel-plated aluminum
FAA TSO C144 finish: Skydrol-resistant coating
CI-429-200 CI-429-200 connector: GPS TNC / XM TNC
mounting: four-hole external FAA TSO C190
meets RTCA DO 160D requirements mounting: four-hole external
meets RTCA DO 160E requirements
CI 429-200 GPS WAAS ANTENNA

COMANT CI 490-490 IRIDIUM SATCOM ANTENNA
MFR# CI 429-200 EDMO# CI-490-490
MFR# CI 490-490
FAA TSO’d GPS antenna
certified to the C190 WAAS High performance Iridium band
requirements. Using the pop- antenna that meets the FAA’s TSO
standard C159a. Intended for use
7
ular ARINC 743 footprint, this
WAAS GPS antenna operates with Iridium systems on most aircraft
with any DO-301 qualified WAAS GPS system providing up to and including business jets for
full Gamma 2 & 3 and LPV capabilities. Manufactured applications including airborne Iridium
with a tough, Skydrol-resistant radome and nickel plated based telephony, email, asset tracking, or safety services.
aluminum base plate, comes standard with a Nitrile “O” Designed with a round-format footprint.
ring for positive sealing to the aircraft skin. Not compatible
with hand-held GPS systems.
weight: 6.2 oz
frequency: 1616-1626.5 MHz
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
weight: 7.73 oz finish: gloss white paint
height: 0.57 in connector: TNC
frequency: 1575.42 MHz / 26.5 dB Gain airspeed: 330 KIAS @ sea level
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum FAA TSO C159a
material: Skydrol-resistant radome mounting: four-hole external
finish: nickel-plated aluminum meets RTCA DO-160G
FAA TSO C190
meets RTCA DO 160E requirements
AV-GPS GPS ANTENNA
RAMI
EDMO# AV-GPS
Designed for use with GPS re-
CI 429-410 GPS WAAS/XM ANTENNA ceivers that provide +5 volts DC
COMANT on their antenna connector. Ac-
EDMO# CI-429-410 tive (amplified) antenna providing
MFR# CI 429-410 an average of 26 dB gain over a
FAA TSO’d GPS/XM anten- passive (non-amplified) antenna.
na certified to C190 WAAS
requirements. Using the
popular ARINC 743 footprint, weight: 8 oz maximum
this WAAS GPS antenna will height: 0.75 in
operate with any DO-301 frequency: 1575 MHz
qualified WAAS GPS system VSWR: 1.2:1
providing full Gamma 2 & 3 and LPV capabilities. The XM connector: TNC
portion of the antenna will operate with popular panel
altitude: 50,000 ft
mounted systems from Garmin and Heads Up. Manufac-
tured with a tough, Skydrol resistant radome and nickel airspeed: 250 mph
plated aluminum base plate, comes standard with a Nitrile mounting: four-hole external
“O” ring for positive sealing to the aircraft skin.
Antennas
Radio Altimeter Antennas
AV-801 WAAS GPS ANTENNA RADIO ALTIMETER

RAMI ITT/D&M/EDO
EDMO# AV-801 EDMO# DMPN19-1-1
MFR# AV-801 MFR# PN19-1-1
Suited to applications as a po- Uses micro strip technology to
sition reporting antenna source provide an extremely low-profile
for ADS-B compliance and can antenna. This fully functional
also be used in other GPS func- antenna was developed to be a
tions. This antenna meets FAA TSO-C190 specifications & high quality, low-cost, lightweight,
has met the requirements of RTCA DO-301 & DO-160G in and near conformal antenna.
qualification testing. Matches the ARINC 743A. The dielectric insert and radiating
elements are recessed into a complete four-sided metal
housing. This design feature protects the dielectric sur-
weight: 5 oz face from the air stream for increased erosion protection in
frequency: 1575.42 +/- 10.23 MHz addition to preventing water intrusion and delamination.
VSWR: 1.5:1 Max
finish: white
connector: TNC female weight: 5 oz
FAA TSO: C190 height: 2.75 in
mounting: four-hole external frequency: 4200 - 4400 MHz
meets RTCA DO-301 requirements VSWR: <2.0:1 4200–4400 MHz max / 1.8:1 4275–4325 MHz max
material: metal
7

altitude: 1,000 – 70,000 ft
FAA TSO C87
MIL-E-5400
RADIO ALTIMETER
ANTENNAS
RADIO ALTIMETER
ITT/D&M/EDO FM ANTENNAS
Dielectric foam filled, lightweight,
flush, broad-beamed horn type CI 177 FM WHIP
antennas. By controlling side lobes COMANT
and reducing surface currents, the EDMO# CI-177
antennas provide very high iso- MFR# CI 177
lation, which exceeds 85 dB at a Designed for use over the public ser-
center-to-center separation of only vice FM frequency band. The CI-177
20”, when used in pairs. is a whip antenna with the radiating
element enclosed in a high strength
tapered glass laminate housing and
weight: 1.25 lb die-cast aluminum base.
height: 2.75 in
FAA TSO C87 weight: 8 oz
height: 14.5 in
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION VSWR: 2.5:1
DM PN3-3/A PN3-3/A Flat surface antenna face
DM PN3-4/A PN3-4/A Curved 71.5 in radius antenna face
altitude: 30,000 ft
airspeed: 450 KTAS
FAA TSO C37b, C38b
meets RTCA DO-138 requirements
Antennas
FM Antennas
CI 177-1 FM WHIP/EXTENDED BAND CI 177-13 FM WHIP/EXTENDED BAND

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-177-1 EDMO# CI-177-13
MFR# CI 177-1 MFR# CI 177-13
Designed as an extended band version Designed as an extended band an-
of the CI 177 for use over the pub- tenna for use over the public service
lic service FM frequency band. The FM frequency band. The CI-177-13
CI-177-1 is a whip antenna with the is a whip antenna with the radiating
radiating element enclosed in a high- element enclosed in a high-strength
strength tapered glass laminate hous- tapered glass laminate housing and
ing and die-cast aluminum base. die-cast aluminum base.
VSWR: 3.0:1 VSWR: 3.0:1
material: die-cast housing / fiberglass whip material: die-cast housing / fiberglass whip
connector: BNC (female) connector: BNC female
7
airspeed: 450 KTAS airspeed: 450 KTAS
FAA TSO C37b, C38b FAA TSO C37b, C38b
mounting: four-hole external mounting: three-hole external
meets RTCA DO-138 requirements meets RTCA DO-138 requirements
CI 177-3 FM WHIP CI 222 BENT WHIP

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-177-3 EDMO# CI-222
MFR# CI 177-3 MFR# CI 222
Designed for use over the public ser- The CI-222 is a re-
vice FM Frequency band. The CI-177- ceive-only AM/FM
3 is a whip antenna with the radiating antenna that offers
element enclosed in a high-strength a unique low profile
tapered glass laminate housing and design. Its bent whip
die-cast aluminum base. configuration is ideally
suited for underbelly and helicopter installations.
VSWR: 2.5:1 550 – 1600 KHz
material: die-cast housing / fiberglass whip VSWR: 3.5:1 maximum @ 98 MHz mid-band
finish: polyurethane enamel 3.0:1 maximum @ 88 & 108 edges
connector: BNC (female) material: die-cast zinc housing / stainless whip
altitude: 30,000 ft finish: polyurethane enamel
airspeed: 450 KTAS connector: BNC (female)
FAA TSO C37b, C38b altitude: 20,000
mounting: three-hole external airspeed: 450 KTAS
meets RTCA DO-138 requirements mounting: three-hole external
Antennas
FM Antennas
CI 222-1 BENT WHIP AV-535 BENT WHIP/FM EXTENDED

COMANT BAND
EDMO# CI-222-1 RAMI
MFR# CI 222-1 EDMO# AV-535
The CI-222-1 is a re- MFR# AV-535
ceive-only FM antenna The AV-535 is a bent
that offers a unique low whip type antenna that
profile design. Its bent operates in the public
whip configuration is ide- service and business
ally suited for underbelly bands; suitable for
and helicopter installa- belly mounting. Rated at
tions. speeds up to 350 mph and altitudes up to 50,000 feet. It
is a direct replacement for the CI 292-3.
weight: 8 oz
height: 8.5 in weight: 8 oz
frequency: 88 - 108 MHz height: 9.81 in
VSWR: 3.0:1 maximum frequency: 138 - 174 MHz
material: die-cast zinc housing / stainless whip VSWR: 3.0:1 Max
finish: polyurethane enamel finish: gloss white
7
altitude: 20,000 altitude: 50,000 ft

airspeed: 450 KTAS airspeed: 350 mph
mounting: four-hole external mounting: three-hole external
CI 292-3 BENT WHIP/FM EXTENDED CI 292-4 WHIP/FM EXTENDED BAND

BAND COMANT
COMANT EDMO# CI-292-4
EDMO# CI-292-3 MFR# CI 292-4
MFR# CI 292-3 The CI-292-4 is designed as an
The CI-292-3 is an extended extended band FM antenna. Features
band FM antenna. Features a a high-strength die-cast aluminum
high-strength die-cast alumi- base with tapered stainless steel whip
num base with tapered stain- radiating element.
less steel bent whip radiating
element suitable for bottom
mounting.

136 – 174 MHz 136 – 174 MHz
VSWR: 2.5:1 @ 138-174 MHz VSWR: 2.5:1 @ 138-174 MHz
3.0:1 @ 136-174 MHz 3.0:1 @ 136-174 MHz
material: die-cast housing / stainless whip material: die-cast housing / stainless whip
airspeed: 250 KTAS at 25,000 ft airspeed: 250 KTAS at 25,000 ft
FAA TSO C37c (Class 1), C38c FAA TSO C37c (Class 1), C38c
mounting: three-hole external mounting: three-hole external
Antennas
UHF L Band Radiophone Antennas
AV-14 WHIP UHF RADIOPHONE MINI WHIP

RAMI COMANT
EDMO# AV-14 EDMO# CI-177-20
MFR# AV-14 MFR# CI 177-20
The AV-14 is a whip antenna that The CI-177-20 is a UHF radiophone mini
has a glass laminate housing and whip antenna particularly well suited to
die-cast aluminum base. The an- the harsh environments experienced on
tenna essentially matches the styl- the underside of an aircraft. Features die-
ing of the communication antennas cast metal base and radiator encased in
currently used on most singles and glass laminate housing.
light twins. The antenna is de-
signed to operate in the FM Public
Service and Business Bands.
weight: 11.2 oz
height: 7 in
weight: 8 oz frequency: 450 – 470 MHz
height: 17.5 in VSWR: 2.0:1
frequency: 138 - 174 MHz material: die cast metal base
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum finish: polyurethane paint
connector: BNC (female) connector: BNC female
7
airspeed: 350 mph airspeed: 450 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft
FAA TSO C37d, C38d mounting: four-hole external
mounting: four-hole external meets RTCA DO-160D requirements
UHF RADIOPHONE MINI WHIP

COMANT
UHF L BAND RADIOPHONE EDMO# CI-200
ANTENNAS MFR# CI 200
The CI-200 is a UHF radiophone mini
whip antenna particularly well suited to
UHF RADIOPHONE STUB the harsh environments experienced on
COMANT the underside of an aircraft. Features die
EDMO# CI-106 cast metal base and radiator encased in
MFR# CI 106 glass laminate housing.
The CI-106 is a UHF radiophone stub an-
tenna designed to withstand the environ-
ment associated with the underside of an
aircraft. Antenna radiator is mechanically weight: 8 oz
captivated and sealed against leakage. All height: 6.125 in
exposed metal surfaces are nickel-plated frequency: 450 – 470 MHz
for corrosion resistance and long service.
VSWR: 1.5:1
material: aluminum alloy / fiberglass whip
weight: 2.88 oz
altitude: 30,000 ft
height: 7 in
airspeed: 450 knot TAS @ 25,000 ft
frequency: 450-470 MHz
VSWR: 1.7:1
material: nickel plated brass
finish: tin-nickel alloy
airspeed: 250 knots TAS
Antennas
UHF RADIOPHONE STUB UHF RADIOPHONE BLADE

COMANT COMANT
EDMO# CI-271 Designed for high-perfor-
MFR# CI 271 mance aircraft over the full
The CI-271 is UHF radiophone stub an- frequency range of 406-
tenna designed to withstand the environ- 512 MHz. Encased in a
ment associated with the underside of an low height, low drag, and
aircraft. Antenna radiator is mechanically lightweight molded body to
captivated and sealed against leakage. All ensure high reliability.
exposed metal surfaces are nickel-plated
for corrosion resistance and long service.
weight: 8 oz
height: 3.5 in
weight: 2.88 oz frequency: 406 - 512 MHz
height: 7 in VSWR: 2.0:1
frequency: 400 - 430 MHz material: nickel plated
VSWR: 1.8:1 maximum finish: polycarbonate
material: nickel plated brass connector: CI-275 BNC, CI-275-2 TNC, CI-275-5 N
finish: tin/nickel alloy altitude: 50,000 ft
connector: BNC female airspeed: 600 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft
airspeed: 250 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft mounting: four-hole external
7

CI-275 CI 275 BNC female
UHF RADIOPHONE STUB CI-275-2 CI 275-2 TNC female
COMANT CI-275-5 CI 275-5 N female
EDMO# CI-273
MFR# CI 273
The CI-273 is UHF radiophone stub
antenna designed to withstand the
environment associated with the un- UHF RADIOPHONE BLADE
derside of an aircraft. Antenna radiator COMANT
is mechanically captivated and sealed EDMO# CI-285
against leakage. All exposed metal MFR# CI-285
surfaces are nickel-plated for corro- The CI-285 is a UHF radio-
sion resistance and long service. phone blade antenna de-
signed for high-performance
aircraft over the full frequen-
weight: 2.88 oz cy range of 400-960 MHz.
height: 7 in The antenna is encased
frequency: 403 - 512 MHz in a low height, low drag,
VSWR: 3.0:1 @ 403 to 512 MHz lightweight molded body
3.0:1 @ 403 to 430 MHz and metal mounting base to ensure stable performance in
2.0:1 @ 403 to 470 MHz tough environmental conditions.
3.0:1 @ 470 to 512 MHz
material: nickel plated brass
finish: tin-nickel alloy weight: 12 oz
connector: BNC female height: 5.20 in
airspeed: 250 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft frequency: 400 - 960 MHz
mounting: one-hole internal VSWR: 2.0:1
material: Lexan
connector: N female
altitude: 55,000 ft
airspeed: 600 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft
meets RTCA DO-160B requirements
Antennas
UHF RADIOPHONE STUB UHF RADIOPHONE STUB

COMANT RAMI
EDMO# CI-306 EDMO# AV-15
MFR# CI 306 MFR# AV-15
The CI-306 is a UHF radiophone stub The AV-15 is a UHF radiophone stub
antenna designed to withstand the environ- antenna used with land mobile radio, and
ment associated with the underside of an flight phone bands. The durably con-
aircraft. Antenna radiator is mechanically structed chrome-plated phosphor bronze
captivated and sealed against leakage. All whip is set in a Teflon insulator and the
exposed metal surfaces are nickel-plated chrome-plated ball tip provides low-
for corrosion resistance and long service. noise static discharge. The antenna is
designed to operate at speeds up to 350
mph and altitudes of 50,000 ft. It has a
weight: 2.4 oz
drag force of 0.75 lb @ 250 mph.
height: 4 in
VSWR: 1.5:1 weight: 2.5 oz
material: nickel plated brass height: 6.25 in
finish: tin-nickel alloy frequency: 450 - 470 MHz
connector: BNC female VSWR: 1.5:1
altitude: 25,000 ft material: chrome-plated phosphor bronze, Teflon insulator
7
airspeed: 250 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft finish: chrome-plated
mounting: one-hole internal connector: BNC female
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 350 knots TAS
FAA TSO C37d, C38d
UHF L BAND RADIOPHONE BLADE
COMANT
The CI-310 series UHF L
Band radiophone blade
antennas are designed for UHF BLADE
high-performance aircraft. RAMI
Features a low-profile, light- EDMO# AT-256AARC
weight antenna design and is MFR# AT-256A/ARC
packaged in a molded body Used for airborne communications on
with metal mounting base to various fixed-wing and rotary-wing air-
ensure stable environmental craft. Produced to Military Specifications
performance and resistance MIL-A-5815 and MIL-A-5815/1. The
to vibration, rain erosion and antenna is designed to operate at the
cleaning solvents. extreme temperature range of -65° F to
257° F with intermittent operation at 302°
F and can withstand a static load of 8 psi
weight: 5.12 oz perpendicular to the blade, with an ulti-
height: 3.25 in mate of 12 psi. The antenna is protected
frequency: 806 - 960 MHz / 1030 – 1090 MHz from corrosion by an anodic coating and
VSWR: 1.75:1 @ 806 to 960 MHz / 1.5:1 @ 1030 to 1090 MHz the outside surfaces resist particular erosion up to Mach
material: high density polyurethane 0.95. The antenna is sealable and tested to an altitude of
finish: polyurethane enamel 70,000 ft.
connector: CI-310-20 BNC female, CI-310-22 TNC female
altitude: 50,000 ft
airspeed: 600 knots TAS @ 25,000 ft weight: 2 lb
FAA TSO C74c, Class 1A height: 9 inches
mounting: four-hole external frequency: 225 – 400 MHz
meets RTCA DO-160C requirements VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum
finish: anodic coating
altitude: 70,000 ft
CI-310-20 CI 310-20 BNC female
CI-310-22 CI 310-22 TNC female
Antennas
VHF Base Station & Vehicle Antennas
L BAND BLADE AV-5 BASE STATION

ITT/D&M/EDO RAMI
EDMO# DM1601354 EDMO# AV-5
MFR# 1601354-001 MFR# AV-5
Designed for BCAS char- Economical Ground Plane
acteristics to provide more base station antenna. Ideally
stringent radiation pattern suited for use with Unicom
directivity and to assure transceivers & field tunable
reliable system performance. to optimize VSWR at desired
Provides extremely high side frequency. Durably construct-
load strength that guards against breakage by ground ed of high quality materials for
handling gear. Features completely sealed construction a long operational life. Mounts
preventing failure from moisture incursion, and lightning to 1” diam pipe or a 1-1/4” OD tube with provided U-bolt.
protection circuits that prevent damage to the antenna
while safeguarding electronic equipment.
weight: 1 lb
height: 34 in
weight: 5.12 oz frequency: 118 - 137 MHz
frequency: 960 - 1220 MHz VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum
VSWR: < 1.8:1 (960 – 1220) / 1.42:1 (1000 – 1100) connector: SO-239
connector: C female airspeed: 100 mph
7
FAA TSO C74c, C66b, C112, C119

AV-3 VEHICLE MOUNT
RAMI
EDMO# AV-3
MFR# AV-3
The AV-3 is a low profile snap-in mounting
VHF BASE STATION & quarterwave antenna for use on surface
vehicles. It has a solderless cable connection
VEHICLE ANTENNAS at the antenna and is supplied with 12 feet of
cable and PL-529 connector. The antenna is
AV-1 BASE STATION field tunable by simply cutting the whip to the
RAMI required length.
EDMO# AV-1
MFR# AV-1
Base station antenna for communi-
cations with ground vehicles or air-
craft. It’s constructed with 3/8-inch weight: 1 lb
diameter aluminum radials, and height: 27.5 in
a 1-inch diameter aluminum tube frequency: 108 - 512 MHz
radiator. These elements are treated VSWR: 1.5:1
with a “hexavalent free” passivation material: aluminum
process per MIL-81706 and MIL- connector: PL-259 male
5541 for superior durability. It mounts to a 1-in diame-
ter pipe or a 1-1/4-in OD tube with locking set screws.
Equipped with a built-in gap-type lightning arrester.
AV-7 VEHICLE MOUNT
RAMI
weight: 2.75 lb High performance vehicular antenna for use on
height: 37 in all surface vehicles where communications on
frequency: 118 - 137 MHz the aircraft VHF COM frequency band is required.
VSWR: 2.0:1 maximum Heavy duty constructed with a tapered stainless
material: aluminum steel whip and spring mount. All exposed fit-
finish: iridite tings are chrome-plated brass or stainless steel.
connector: SO-239 Mounting is easily achieved on rooftop, cowl,
airspeed: 100 mph fender or other suitable location via a magnetic or
fixed “NMO” base. The antenna comes pre-tuned
to operate in the aircraft VHF COM frequency
band. Includes 17 feet of coax cable with male
BNC connector (not attached). AV-7F fixed base
mount, AV-7M magnetic base mount.
Antennas
Antenna Sealing
VEHICLE MOUNT ANTENNA

height: 45 in TALLEY COMMUNICATIONS
EDMO# BMAXMFTS
MFR# MXRBMAX-MFTS
VSWR: 1.5:1
material: stainless steel The (B)MAXMFT is a field tunable quar-
connector: BNC male ter-wave antenna that is durably designed
with a rugged, molded-polymer base, plated,
spring-loaded contact pin, and 0.1-inch diam-
eter stainless steel whip.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION –– Molded polymer base
AV-7F AV-7F BNC, fixed mount, spring-loaded base –– Provides wideband performance of 2.2 GHz
AV-7M AV-7M BNC, whip type with magnetic base to 2.9 GHz without tuning
–– Ready to install; no rod cutting required
–– Spring-loaded gold plated contact pin
VEHICLE ANTENNA
TALLEY COMMUNICATIONS height: 26 in
EDMO# ASPC-201L frequency: 118 - 940 MHz
MFR# MXRASPC201L VSWR: 1.5:1
Feld-tunable, broadband vehicle antenna with material: stainless steel with molded polymer base
7
a snap-in mount for fast, permanent installation finish: black
in a 3/8-inch hole without the need for solder- mounting method: mates with all 1-1/8” 18-thread mounts, including 3/4”
ing. The whip is fastened using a set screw mounts
adapter and can be removed easily for fine
tuning or replacement. Comes with 17-foot
RG58U cable and UHF male connecto
BMAXMFTS MXRBMAX-MFTS vehicle mount antenna
height: 26 in ACCESSORIES
frequency: 108 - 512 MHz BMATM MXRBMATM 3/8-inch hole screw-on base
VSWR: < 1.5:1
material: stainless steel
base and fittings: aluminum, plated steel and brass
mounting method: 3/8-inch hole snap-in mounts
ANTENNA SEALING
MAGNET MOUNT WIRE WHIP ANTENNA
TALLEY COMMUNICATIONS ANTENNA SEALANT/AMS-S-8802B
EDMO# CS3204B1/2
The ASPR-795 is a field-tunable, broadband MFR# CS3204B1/2
vehicle antenna with a magnet mount base
that simplifies the process of replacing or The Flamemaster
fine-tuning the whip antenna. CS3204B1/2 is a fuel
resistant sealant for use
on integral fuel tanks
and pressurized cabins
height: 26 in as well as other areas
frequency: 108 - 512 MHz such as antennas that
VSWR: < 1.5:1 are subject to contact
material: stainless steel with lubricants, oils,
base and fittings: aluminum, plated steel and brass water and/or weath-
mounting method: 1-1/8-inch - 18 thread mobile mounts, ering. At room tem-
including 3/4-inch hole mounts perature, this two-part
polysulfide cures to a
flexible, resilient rubber
with excellent adhesion
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION to aluminum, magnesium, titanium, steel, and numerous
ASPR-795 MXRASPR795 magnet mount wire whip antenna other materials..
ACCESSORIES Meets requirements of specifications AMS-S-8802 for-
G MXRG magnet base cable connector for ASPR-795 merly MIL-S-8802, CMNP021, Lockheed, Gulfstream,
Hughes Aircraft, Fairchild SPS 6-1 & 6-2
Antennas
Antenna Sealing
RTV ADHESIVE/SEALANT ANTENNA GASKETS

DOW CORNING AV-DEC
Dow Corning® 3145 RTV Features:
MIL-A-46146 is designed to –– Antenna to structure sealing over the
provide long term bond- entire surface area
ing and to protect against
moisture, environmental –– Reduction in antenna removal/replace time
factors, mechanical and –– Elimination of antenna perimeter sealants
thermal shock as well as vibration. Typical applications –– Consistent, easy installation
include: bonding of sensitive electronic components and
sub-assemblies. –– Polyurethane material
–– This is a non-corrosive adhesive/sealant –– Excellent material memory & elasticity
–– Silicone rubber formulation cures at room temperature Benefits:
–– Corrosion prevention, Improved avionics
EDMO# MFR# QTY COLOR reliability, Antenna repair/scrap cost avoid-
3145/3OZ/C DC1610431 3 oz clear ance, Structure repair cost avoidance, Di-
3145/3OZ/G DC3138313 3 oz gray version/cancellation/delay cost avoidance
–– Reduction in: return-to-service time, trou-
bleshooting time, labor cost, hanger time
& gate delays
–– Elimination of cure time & hazardous material
7
ANTENNA SEALING TEMPLATES –– Die cut gaskets assure proper sealing with 100% gasket
SEALING GUIDE LLC to surface contact
Keep sealant application simple and –– Non-hazardous, No silicone oil residue before, during or
tidy with these precise, efficient sealing after installation or removal, No issues with paint adhe-
templates. Each template is customized sion or prep, No peripheral silicone contamination
to fit select antennas. Each two-piece
template consists of an inner and outer –– Sealing is maintained during vibration & thermal expan-
part; the inner component adheres to sion/contract
the base of the antenna and the outer
EDMO# ANTENNA
template is placed on the body of the
aircraft surrounding the antenna. Sealant AG282000-03 CI-105-9 & CI-110-41-30, S65-5366-7L, DMN129-11,
is then applied to the gap between the DMN150-2
templates which are later removed after AG282000-04 CI-105, KA61, 071-00221-0010
the sealant has cured. AG477000-35 GA35
See reference table below for tem- SG260-430 AG723000-03 622-6793-001, ANT-52, 071-01501-0100, 0200, KA 54A
plate to antenna compatibilities. AG822000-09 TCAS
AG843000-09 DMQ18-1/A, AV-300
EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH: AG843000-10 CI-121, CI-122, CI-177-20, CI-420-10, CI-420-16, CI-222,
SG260-430 SG260-430 CI-121, CI-122, CI-177, CI-177-1, CI-177-13, GA56, DM C70-4, DM C70-3, KA92, AV-10, AV-17, AV-14
CI-177-3, CI-177-20, CI-291, CI-292-1, CI- AG843000-13 DMC60-3, DMC60-1, AV-925 ELT
292-2, CI-292-3, CI-292-4, CI-222, CI-222-1, AG843000-37 ATC
CI-177-4, CI-4510, CI-317, CI-317-1, CI-405 AG843000-61 CI-200, CI-175
active series, CI-405-26 active series, AV-10, AG843000-72 CI-211
AV-14, AV-17 BL171050-01 11" x 17" Blank Sheet
SG175-525 SG175-525 CI-100 series, CI-105-6, CI-105-7, CI-110-40
series, CI-110-41 series, CI-110-60 series, CI-
110-61 series, S65-5366 series, AV-741, DM
NI50 series, DM NI70 series Many other Av-Dec gaskets sizes available. Ring us for
SG260-450 SG260-450 CI-2480-100, CI-2480-101, CI-2480-300, the antenna you need to match.
CI-2480-301, CI-2480-304, CI-2480-401,
CI-2480-200, CI-2480-201, CI-2480-204,
CI-2480-400, CI-420-420, CI-420-421, CI-
420-224, CI-420-230, CI-248-5, CI-248-30,
CI-248-180, CI-2480-206, CI-420-10, CI-420-
16, 110-338
ELTs & Accessories
Batteries & Accessories - ARTEX..................................................... 159

Batteries & Accessories - KANNAD.................................................. 162
ELT Antennas.................................................................................... 164
ELT Batteries..................................................................................... 168
ELTs - ACK......................................................................................... 163
ELTs - ARTEX..................................................................................... 154
ELTs - KANNAD................................................................................. 160
ELT Test Sets..................................................................................... 167
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - ARTEX
ELTS - ARTEX EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

FIXED WING
ELT 3000 8221 8221 ELT 3000 beacon and 6-year battery with built in GPS NAV
ACR/ARTEX interface
8222 8222 ELT 3000 base pack includes 406 MHz ELT, installation
The ELT 3000 is a compact hardware, buzzer and mounting tray
and lightweight, trans- 8223 8223 ELT 3000 base pack includes 406 MHz ELT with rod
port-grade emergency antenna (110-338) and remote switch (8304), installation
locator transmitter (ELT) that hardware, buzzer, and connectors
can integrate with the NAV 8224 8224 ELT 3000 base pack includes 406 MHz with blade antenna
interface via ARINC42 or (110-340) and remote switch (8304), installation hardware,
RS232 – eliminating the need buzzer, and connectors
to install a separate NAV
HELICOPTER
interface unit. With seamless
NAV-data integration, latitude/longitude is transmitted au- 8231 8231 ELT 3000HM beacon and 6-year battery with built in GPS
tomatically every 50 seconds for 24 hours on the distress NAV interface
frequency. This allows emergency responders to pin-point 8232 8232 ELT 3000HM base pack includes: 406 MHz ELT, installation
the exact location within minutes from activation. hardware, buzzer and mounting tray
8233 8233 ELT 3000HM base pack includes: 406 MHz ELT with rod
–– Lightweight and compact 406 MHz transport-grade ELT antenna (110-338) and remote switch (8304), installation
with built-in ARINC/GPS RS232 interface hardware, buzzer, and connectors
–– Automatic Fixed Emergency Locator Transmitter ACCESSORIES
–– Tri-frequency distress beacon: digital 406 MHz and 8315 8315 ELT battery/Lithium, 6 year. For use with Artex ELT 3000
analog 121.5/243 MHz homing signals and 3000HM
–– Simple to install and maintain 8316 8316 ELT mounting tray/For use with Artex ELT 3000 and
3000HM
8
–– Several remote switch options available

8318 8318 ELT retrofit mounting tray/For use with Artex ELT 3000 and
–– Connects to onboard GPS via the integrated ARINC429 3000HM
or RS232 interface A2-07-0270 programming cable for ELT 3000
–– Embeds GPS data into the digital transmission to re-
duce the search radius to 100 meters
–– Worldwide Cospas-Sarsat coverage
–– Helicopter version (3000 HM) contains 5-axis G-switch ELT 345 BASE PACK
–– Compatible with 406Test.com satellite confirmation ACR/ARTEX
testing system for real-time beacon testing The ELT 345 is a 406
–– 6-year, lithium (LiMnO2) battery MHz ELT that provides
–– Approvals: FAA TSO, Cospas-Sarsat, EASA exceptional value at an
extremely competitive price.
Once activated, the ELT
weight: 2.0 lb 345 transmits a 406 MHz
dimensions: 5.5 x 3.8 x 3.4 in signal with the beacon’s
operating frequencies: 406.040 MHz ±1 kHz(16K0G1D)
registration information and
Depending on Cospas-Sarsat TAC
embedded GPS coordinates to the closest search and
121.5 and 243 MHz ±5 kHz (3K20A3X)
rescue agency via the Cospas-Sarsat satellite system.
The beacon also transmits a 121.5 MHz homing signal to
output power: 406 MHz: 5 W ±2 dB (520 ms/50 sec) for 24 hr help search and rescue pinpoint the aircraft/ELT location.
@ -20°C (-4°F) This unit is designed for fast, flexible installation as either
121.5/243.0 MHz: 100 mW min (20 dBm) for 50 a new install or as a retrofit with options like a two-wire
hr @-20°C (-4°F) remote switch that does not draw aircraft power. The ELT
input power: 9V to 32V @ 25 mA max. 345 is a single-output ELT, using the same RF output and
output connector: 406/243/121.5 MHz: BNC female only one coax cable to transmit both 406 MHz and 121.5
activation: automatic by 4.5 ft/s (2.3 G) MHz signals. The unit’s built-in navigational interface
primary G-switch does not require aircraft power to operate—which results
manual activation in lower install costs—and the stainless steel mounting
battery: 6-year lithium (LiMnO2) bracket supplied with the unit has a multiple hole mount-
operating temperature: -20°C to 55°C (-4°F to 131°F) ing pattern to accommodate legacy footprints.
storage temperature: -55°C to 85°C (-67°F to 185°F) –– Automatic fixed (AF) emergency locator transmitter with
self test checks: G-switch enabled, 406 MHz power, antenna/coax manual or automatic activation using a hermetically
connection, low battery, GNSS, NAV system sealed G-switch
GPS Navigational Interface: ARINC 429 (high speed/low speed), RS232 –– Single antenna output for 406 MHz and 121.5 MHz
Remote Control Functions: On/Arm/Test (2-wire and 5-wire connectivity)
–– Provides position accuracy to within 100 meters
through a built-in GPS interface (NMEA 0183 or RS
232)
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - ARTEX
–– ELT and installation can be tested using a satel- switch only requires two wires, which reduces installation
lite-based online confirmation test via ARTEX’s propri- costs and labor.
etary satellite testing service at 406Test.com –– Automatic fixed emergency locator transmitter
–– Includes a stainless steel mounting bracket with a –– Equipped with a single antenna output for emergency
multiple hole pattern configuration for retrofitting legacy transmission on both 406 MHz (Cospas-Sarsat) and
ARTEX ELTs as well as ACK, or Kannad ELTs 121.5 MHz frequencies
–– 2-wire interface does not require aircraft power –– Provides enhanced positional accuracy using a built-in
–– Worldwide coverage GPS interface that does not require aircraft power
–– The ELT 345 Base Pack includes whip antenna, remote –– Encoded digital message broadcasts aircraft identifica-
switch, install hardware, buzzer and connector. tion/registration and owner/emergency contact details
–– This ELT 1000 kit includes ELT base pack, 406 MHz
ELT, installation hardware, audio buzzer and mount tray
weight: 2 lb (with tray)
dimensions: 6.4 × 2.96 × 3.78 in (transmitter with mounting hardware
installed) weight: 2.2 lb (tray included)
operating fre- 121.5 MHz +/-6.075 kHz (Emission Designator 3K20A3X) dimensions: 6.6 × 2.9 × 3.7 in
quencies: 406.040 MHz +/- 1 kHz (Emission Designator 16K0G1D) operating frequencies: 406 MHz, 121 Mhz +/-5 KHz, GPS interface
Depending on Cospas-Sarsat TAC GPS: built-in GPS navigation interface
GPS: built-in GPS navigation interface output power: 406 MHz; 5 W for 24 hours @ -20°C-55°C
output power: 406 MHz: 5W for 24 hours @ -20°C to +55°C (-4°F - (-4°F-131°F)
121°F) 121.5 MHz; 100 mW min > 50 hours @ -20°C-44°C
121.5 MHz: 50 mW for 50 hours @ -20°C to +55°C (-4°F (-4°F-131°F)
- 131°F) output connector: BNC female (406; 121.5 MHz)
output connector: BNC female activation: automatic by 4.5 ft/sec (2.3 G), primary G-switch or
8
activation: automatic by 4.5 ft/sec (2.3 G) manual activation
primary G-switch or manual activation battery: 6-year Lithium (LISO2)
battery: 6-year Lithium (Limnos) storage temperature: -20°C to 55°C
storage tempera- -55°C to +85°C (-67°F - 85°F) self test: G-enabled, 406 MHz power, antenna/coax connection,
ture: low battery
self test: G-switch enabled; 406 MHz and 121.5 MHz power; NAV remote control: on/arm/test
system; Low battery antenna options: rod (110-338 sold separately)
remote control: on/arm/test whip (110-773 sold separately)
antenna: black whip antenna (8324) approvals: Cospas-Sarsat, FAA TSO
mounting tray & EDMO# 8323 (Universal mounting hole pattern fits 90% of
strap: existing ELT hole configurations)
approvals: Cospas-Sarsat, FAA TSO
8202 8202 406MHz ELT, includes installation hardware, audio buzzer
and mounting tray
8203 8203 406MHz ELT with whip antenna (110-773), remote switch
8102 8102 ELT 345 Base Pack (8304), and install kit with buzzer and connectors
ACCESSORIES 8204 8204 406MHz ELT with rod antenna (110-338) remote switch
8322 8322 replacement ELT battery (8304), and install kit with buzzer and connectors
ACCESSORIES
8302 8302 ELT 1000 replacement battery / 5 year
8303 8303 ELT 1000 mounting strap and tray
8304 8304 ELT 1000 remote switch
ELT 1000 SYSTEM 8603 8603 ELT 1000 antenna / rod / 121.5MHz, 243MHz, 406MHz
ACR/ARTEX
The ELT 1000 is an excellent,
cost-efficient option for upgrading
standard 121.5 MHz transmitters.
The ELT 1000 is a single-output
ELT that transmits on both 406
MHz and 121.5 MHz using the
same RF output and one coax
cable. The 406 signal alone pro-
duces an accurate position within
1.86 miles and when paired with the aircraft’s navigation
system via the built-in GPS interface, the ELT’s accuracy
is further improved to about 110 yards. The GPS interface
does not require aircraft power to operate and the remote
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - ARTEX
ME406 SERIES ELTS EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

ACR/ARTEX 455-6603 455-6603 ME406 transmitter and mounting hardware
The ME406 is a single output 455-6605 455-6605 ME-406 ELT System. Includes: whip antenna,
ELT that uses the same RF out- install kit, remote switch, mounting tray, buzzer,
put and only one coax cable to battery, coax cable, install/ops manual
transmit a 406 MHz emergency 455-6607 455-6607 ME406 ELT System. Includes: rod antenna, install
signal to the Cospas-Sarsat sat- kit, remote switch, mounting tray, buzzer, coax
ellites and a local 121.5 homing cable, install/ops manual
signal. In the event of a crash, 455-6614 455-6614 ME406 ACE (absolute cost efficiency) System
the ELT automatically activates Includes: install kit, remote switch, mounting tray,
and transmits a continuous ME406 whip antenna, buzzer, module interface, ops/install
swept tone of 121.5 MHz while manual, 6 ft. coax cable, flat cable and extender
the 406 MHz transmitter sends ME406P PORTABLE ELTS (EDMO# 453-6611)
an encoded 5-watt signal to 453-6611 453-6611 ME406P transmitter and battery only
the Cospas-Sarsat Satellites
455-6613 455-6613 ME406P Portable ELT System. Includes: 3
every 50 seconds for 440 mil-
frequency rod antenna, 2 frequency portable
liseconds. The ME406 can be
antenna, install kit, remote switch kit, mounting
mounted using the same foot-
tray, buzzer, 6 ft. coax cable/BNC connector,
print as many other ELTs—its
operation/install/maintenance manuals
mounting hardware is compati-
ble with all previous models of 455-6615 455-6615 ME406P Portable ELT System. Includes: tether,
ME406HM battery, 2 freq portable antenna, install kit, mount-
Artex 406 MHz ELT products,
as well as the ELT-300 series, ACK, Pointer Model 3000, ing tray, buzzer operation, install/maintenance
and Narco ELTs. Additionally, current owners of the Artex manuals
2-frequency TSO C91a ELTs can reuse the remote switch ME406 HM (FOR HELICOPTER WITH MULTI-AXIS G-SWITCH)
in the cockpit as well as the wiring harness from the cock- 455-6604 455-6604 ME406HM transmitter and mounting hardware
8
pit to the ELT, which reduces installation costs. 455-6606 455-6606 ME406HM ELT System. Includes: rod antenna,
install kit, remote switch, mounting tray, buzzer,
–– Mounting hardware for the ME406 is compatible with all coax cable, install/ops manual
previous models of the Artex 406 MHz ELT products, ACCESSORIES
as well as the ELT 200 series, Ameri-King, ACK, pointer
452-3034-1 452-3034-1 ME406 ELT mounting tray
model 3000 ELT, and Narco ELTs
150-1127 150-1127 ME406 ELT connector pin
–– The portable versions of the ME406 can be removed 452-6505 452-6505 ME406 ELT buzzer
from the aircraft and are equipped with an auxiliary 455-0023 455-0023 ME406 ELT remote switch
wrap-around antenna that can provide continued dis-
tress signal transmissions 455-7423 455-7423 ME406 ELT install kit
500-0057 500-0057 ME406 ELT test adapter
–– Single-directional and multi-directional G-switch ver- 990-0400 990-0400 ME406 ELT protective plastic cap
sions are available for fixed wing and heli aircraft,
respectively More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call
+618 8182 5511 for more details.
–– System versions listed below include install kits
weight: 2.05 lb C406-N SERIES ELTS

ACR/ARTEX
dimensions: 6.59 × 2.86 × 3.69 in (transmitter with mounting
hardware installed) Similar to the C406-1 series of Artex
antenna options: 110-338 rod antenna, 110-773 whip antenna ELTs, the C406-N is also a single output
operating frequencies: 406 MHz, 121.5 MHz +/- 5 KHz ELT with the distinction that it incorpo-
output power: 406 MHz: 5 W (440 ms/ 50 sec) for 24 hours @ rates latitude and longitude information
-20°C to +55°C, 121.5 MHz: 100 mW minimum directly from the aircraft navigation
system. In the event of a crash, the Artex 453-5060
for 50 hours @ -20°C to +55°C
output connector: BNC female (121.5 and 406 MHz)
C406-N ELT automatically activates and
transmits an emergency message on the
activation: automatic by 4.5 feet per second (2.3 G) primary
standard swept tone on 121.5 and 243.0
G-switch or manual activation
MHz and also transmits an encoded digi-
battery: 6-year lithium (LiMnO2, solid cathode) tal message to the Cospas-Sarsat sat-
temperature certified to: operating: -20°C to +55°C, storage: -55°C to ellite system at 406 MHz, which makes
+85°C it easier for rescuers to quickly identify
self test: G-switch enabled 406 MHz power, antenna/coax 455-5062
victims while reducing search times.
connection, low battery Using an optional programming adapter,
remote control: ON/ARM the ELT can also be programmed with
certifications: TSO C126, ETSO 2C126, Cospas/Sarsat approved, the aircraft’s 24-bit address and other
Transport & Industry Canada approved custom programming for fleet operators.
–– Operates on 121.5, 243, and 406 MHz
frequencies with worldwide coverage
455-5064
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - ARTEX
–– An optional programming adapter makes it possible to C406-1 SERIES ELTS

program the ELT with the aircraft’s 24-bit address for ACR/ARTEX
fleet operators The Artex C406-1 ELT automatical-
–– Single-directional and multi-directional G-switch ver- ly activates in the event of a crash.
sions are available for fixed wing and heli aircraft, The C406-1 transmits the standard
respectively swept tone on 121.5 and 243.0
–– Equipped with a Lithium-ion battery with a five-year life MHz and also transmits an encoded
digital message to the Cospas-Sar-
sat satellite system at 406 MHz. 453-5002
The C406-1 is a single output ELT
weight: 3 lb 5.8 oz (transmitter max) and uses the same RF output NC (f)
7 oz (mounting tray) connector for all three transmitted fre-
dimensions: 11.7 × 3.9 × 3.82 in (transmitter with mounting quencies. As such, it requires only one
hardware installed) coax cable to connect to the Artex
antenna options: 110-338 rod antenna single input antennas. Latitude and
operating frequencies: 406 MHz, 121.5, 243 MHz +/- 0.005% (A3X) longitude data can also be transmit-
output power: 406 MHz: 5 W (520 ms / 50 sec) for 24 hours @ ted as part of the 406 MHz message 455-5015
-20°C to +55°C, 121.5/243.0 MHz: 100 mW min when the C406-1 is interfaced with the optional Artex
(+20 dBm) for 50 hours @ -20°C to +55°C ELT/NAV interface.
output connector: BNC female (121.5/243/406 MHz) –– Operates on 121.5, 243, and 406 MHz frequencies with
activation: automatic by 4.5 feet per second (2.3 G) primary worldwide coverage
–– Compatible with the ELT to navigation interface
battery: 5-year lithium (LiMnO2, solid cathode)
temperature certified to: operating: -20°C to +55°C, storage: -55°C to +85°C –– Single-directional and multi-directional G-switch ver-
self test: G-switch enabled 406 MHz power, antenna/coax sions are available for fixed wing and heli aircraft,
respectively
8
connection, position data present, low battery
remote switch: ON/ARM –– Equipped with a Lithium-ion battery with a five-year life
certifications: TSO C126, ETSO 2C126, Cospas/Sarsat approved, –– System versions listed below include install kits
Transport & Industry Canada approved
weight: 3 lb 5.8 oz (transmitter max)

EDMO# MFR# INCLUDES
7 oz (mounting tray)
453-5060 453-5060 C406-N transmitter and battery only hardware installed)
455-5060 455-5060 C406-N transmitter Base Pac. Includes: battery & antenna options: 110-338 rod antenna, 110-340 blade antenna
accessories operating frequencies: 406 MHz, 121.5, 243 MHz +/- 0.005% (A3X)
455-5061 455-5061 C406-N transmitter. Includes: battery and accessories output power: 406 MHz: 5 W +/- 2 dB (520 ms/50 sec) for 24 hours
455-5062 455-5062 transmitter, battery and install kit, and 110-340 high @ -20°C, 121.5/243 MHz: 100 mW minimum (+20
speed blade antenna dBm) for 50 hours @ -20°C
455-5063 455-5063 C406-N transmitter. Includes: rod antenna output connector: BNC female (121.5/243/406 MHz)
C406-N HM (FOR HELICOPTER WITH MULTI-AXIS G-SWITCH)
453-5061 453-5061 C406-N HM transmitter and battery only G-switch or manual activation
455-5064 455-5064 C406-N HM. Includes: rod antenna and remote switch battery: 5-year lithium (LiMnO2, solid cathode)
ACCESSORIES
temperature certified to: operating: -20°C to +55°C, storage: -55°C to +85°C
453-5068 453-5068 C406-N ELT programming adapter self test: G-switch enabled 406 MHz power, antenna/coax con-
452-3052 452-3052 406-Series ELT top mount cover nection, position data present, low battery
452-5050 452-5050 406-Series ELT mounting tray remote switch: ON/ARM
452-5052 452-5052 406-Series ELT mounting frame cap certifications: TSO C126, ETSO 2C126, Cospas/Sarsat approved,
455-7422 455-7422 C406N install kit. Includes: (1 ea.) 22 pos. plug size Transport & Industry Canada approved
12, (1 ea.) strain relief size 12, (13 ea.) plug sealing
grommet, (4 ea.) screw, (4 ea.) nut, (4 ea.) washer,
(4 ea.) washer, (1 ea.) hex code label, (1 ea.) country
code label EDMO# MFR# INCLUDES
More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call 453-5002 453-5002-[366] transmitter and battery
+618 8182 5511 for more details. 455-5014 455-5014 transmitter and 110-338 rod antenna
455-5015 455-5015 transmitter and 110-340 tri-band blade antenna
with single connector
C406-1HM (FOR HELICOPTER WITH MULTI-AXIS G-SWITCH)
455-5016 455-5016 transmitter and 110-338 rod antenna
ACCESSORIES
More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - ARTEX
EDMO# MFR# INCLUDES EDMO# MFR# INCLUDES

455-9703 455-9703 NVG remote switch 453-5000 453-5000 transmitter and battery
452-0133 452-0133 406-Series Lithium ELT battery / 5 year 455-5010 455-5010 110-320 rod antenna, 455-6196 remote switch,
452-3052 452-3052 406-Series ELT top mount cover cable assembly
452-5050 452-5050 406-Series ELT mounting tray 455-5011 455-5011 110-337 blade antenna, 455-6196 remote switch,
452-5052 452-5052 406-Series ELT mounting frame cap cable assembly, LiMnO2
455-7421 455-7421 C406 ELT install kit. Includes: (1 ea.) 12 pin con- C406-2HM (FOR HELICOPTER WITH MULTI-AXIS G-SWITCH)
nector, (12 ea.) crimp male pins, (4 ea.) screw, 453-5001 453-5001 transmitter and battery
(4 ea.) nut, (4 ea.) washer, (4 ea.) washer, (1 ea.) 455-5012 455-5012 110-320 rod antenna, 455-6196 remote switch
hex code label, (1 ea.) country code label ACCESSORIES
990-0402 990-0402 C406 ELT protective cap cover 452-3052 452-3052
ELT top mount cover
151-5012 151-5012 12 pin connector for B-406, C-406, G-406 452-5050 452-5050
ELT mounting tray
More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call 452-5052 452-5052
ELT mounting frame cap
+618 8182 5511 for more details. 455-7421 455-7421
ELT install kit
includes: (1 ea.) 12 pin connector, (12 ea.) crimp male
pins, (4 ea.) screw, (4 ea.) nut, (4 ea.) washer, (4 ea.)
washer, (1 ea.) hex code label, (1 ea.) country code
C406-2 SERIES ELTS label
ACR/ARTEX 990-0402 990-0402 ELT protective cap cover
Differs from the C406-1 in that it is a More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call
dual output device & uses NC (f) con- +618 8182 5511 for more details.
nector output for 121.5 and 243 MHz
while the 406 MHz signal is transmit-
ted through a TPS (f) connector. 453-5000
G406-4 SERIES ELTS
8
–– Operates on 121.5, 243, and 406

MHz frequencies with worldwide ACR/ARTEX
coverage Designed for the general aviation
–– Compatible with the ELT to naviga- market, these ELTs automatically
tion interface activate during a crash and transmit
the standard swept tone on 121.5
–– Single-directional and multi-direc- and 243.0 MHz frequencies while si-
tional G-switch versions are avail- 455-5011 multaneously transmitting a 406 MHz
able for fixed wing and heli aircraft, encoded digital message to the Cospas-Sarsat satellite
respectively system for reduced identification & search & rescue times.
–– Equipped with a Lithium-ion battery with a five-year life –– Operates on 121.5, 243, and 406 MHz frequencies with
–– System versions listed below include install kits worldwide coverage
–– Compatible with the ELT to navigation interface.
–– battery with a five-year life
hardware installed)
antenna options: 110-320 rod antenna, 110-337 blade antenna
dimensions: 11.7 × 3.9 × 3.82 in (transmitter with mounting hard-
operating frequencies: 406 MHz, 121.5, 243 MHz +/- 0.005% (A3X) ware installed)
output power: 406 MHz: 5 W +/- 2 dB (520 ms/50 sec) for 24 antenna options: 110-338 rod antenna
hours @ -20°C, 121.5/243 MHz: 100 mW minimum
operating frequencies: 406 MHz, 121.5, 243 MHz +/- 0.005% (A3X)
(+20 dBm) for 50 hours @ -20°C
output power: 406 MHz: 5 W +/- 2 dB (520 ms/50 sec) for 24 hours
output connector: BNC female (121.5/243/406 MHz)
@ -20°C, 121.5/243 MHz: 100 mW minimum (+20
activation: automatic by 4.5 feet per second (2.3 G) primary dBm) for 50 hours @ -20°C
output connector: BNC female (121.5/243/406 MHz)
battery: 5-year lithium (LiMnO2, solid cathode)
temperature certified to: operating: -20°C to +55°C, storage: -55°C to +85°C G-switch or manual activation
self test: G-switch enabled 406 MHz power, antenna/coax battery: 5-year lithium (LiMnO2, solid cathode)
connection, position data present, low battery
temperature certified operating: -20°C to +55°C, storage: -55°C to +85°C
remote switch: ON/ARM to:
certifications: TSO C126, ETSO 2C126, Cospas/Sarsat approved, self test: G-switch enabled 406 MHz power, antenna/coax connec-
Transport & Industry Canada approved tion, position data present, low battery
remote switch: ON/ARM
certifications: TSO C126, ETSO 2C126, Cospas/Sarsat approved,
Transport & Industry Canada approved
ELTs & Accessories
Batteries & Accessories - ARTEX
EDMO# MFR# INCLUDES ARTEX ELT INSTALLATION & MOUNTING

453-5012 453-5012 ELT transmitter and battery only COMPONENTS
455-5019 455-5019 ELT system
includes: transmitter, LiMnO2 5 year battery, mounting ELT TO NAV INTERFACE
bracket, remote switch, coax cables, rod antenna, EDMO# 455-6500
install kit, operation/install manual MFR# 455-6500
455-5044 455-5044 ELT system The Artex “ELT to NAV Interface” connects the aircraft’s
includes: transmitter, LiMnO2 5 year battery, mounting Flight Management Computer (FMC) or GPS receiver with
bracket, remote switch, coax cable, whip antenna, an Artex 406 MHz ELT (G406-4, C406-1, C406-2, C406-
install kit, operation/install manual 1 HM, C406-2 HM). Its function is to receive continuous
position updates from the aircraft’s navigation system and
ACCESSORIES translate it to the proper format for use by the ELT. Once
452-0227 452-0227 ELT mounting tray activated, the ELT transmits the latitude and longitude in-
452-0222 452-0222 ELT Lithium battery formation from the GPS along with the 406 distress signal.
455-7421 455-7421 ELT install kit –– Allows the ELT to transmit latitude and longitude of the
includes: (1 ea.) 12 pin connector, (12 ea.) crimp aircraft
male pins, (4 ea.) screw, (4 ea.) nut, (4 ea.) washer,
(4 ea.) washer, (1 ea.) hex code label, (1 ea.) country –– Connects C406 and G406 series ELTs to the aircraft
code label Flight Management Computer or GPS receiver
More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call –– Programs ELT with the 24-bit aircraft address
+618 8182 5511 for more details. –– Compatible with Garmin, UNSD, ARNAV, II Morrow, and
Bendix King systems
–– Includes 455-6500 Install Kit, EDMO# 455-0650
8
BATTERIES & 455-6500
ACCESSORIES
455-6500 ELT to NAV interface
ACCESSORIES - ARTEX 455-0650 455-0650 Install kit for ELT to NAV interface
ARTEX PROGRAMMING DONGLE

ACR/ARTEX ELT BUZZER ELT INLINE TEST ELT TEST PLUG
EDMO# 455-4010 EDMO# 130-4004 HARNESS EDMO# 151-
The DGL-1 programming dongle allows MFR# 130-4004 EDMO# 611-0024 2012
the operator to program an aircraft’s 24-bit ELT buzzer for MFR# 611-0024 MFR# 151-2012
address into a compatible Artex ELT. This use with the Artex Inline test harness ELT test plug for
makes it very easy for ELTs to be switched 110-406 MHz for Artex 406 ELTs. use with Artex
between aircraft conveniently and efficiently ELTs. ELTs.
with reduced maintenance and downtime.
The DGL-1 is designed with an attached top
cover—both the cover and dongle remain in
the aircraft, all that is needed is to swap out
ELTs. Once an ELT is installed, the DGL-1 automatically
reprograms the ELT. Compatible with existing C406-1/2,
G406-4, and B406-4 installations.
weight: 6 oz (DGL-1 max) , .7 oz (protective top cover) ELT REMOTE SWITCHES

11.5 oz (total weight) ELT remote switches for Artex ELTs. 455-6196 comes
dimensions: 2.5 × 6.1 in standard for all TSO C91a and TSO C126 ELTs except for
power: input: +28 VDC +/- 10 Vdc / output: 5.6 VDC +/- 0.3 Vdc the ME406 ACE, B406 series ELTs.
(powers ELT for reprogramming only)
temperature: operating: -20°C to +55°C / storage: -55°C to +85°C EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
compatible with: 110-406 NAV, 110-406HM NAV, 110-406ED NAV, B406-2,
455-6196 455-6196 ELT remote switch kit for
B406-4, C406-1, C406-1HM, C406-2, C406-2HM, G406-1,
ELT110-406
G406-2, G406-4
345- 345-6196- ELT remote switch only /
619604 04 ELT110-406
345-6196 345-6196 ELT remote switch ELT200
/ ELT 110-406 Includes the
switch and mounting screws,
nuts, and washers.
455-6196
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - KANNAD
ELT BATTERIES FOR ARTEX ELT’S ELTS - KANNAD

KANNAD INTEGRA 406 GPS ELT SERIES
MCMURDO
Efficient option for
installing or retrofitting
a 406 MHz ELT with
GPS capabilities. The
PN: 455-0012 PN: 131-0001 PN: 452-0129 Integra ELT transmits
ME406 Remote Switch SLB-460 distress signals and
Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) location data via a
406 MHz signal to the
COSPAS-SARSAT 50501-01
network of satellites
in conjunction with
a homing signal on
121.5 MHz which
allows rescuers to nar-
PN: 452-0130 / -02 PN: 452-0133 PN: 452-0222 row down the search
ELT110-4 / 110-6 C406 & B406 G406-4
Alkaline (Discontinued) Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) area to 490 square
miles. The Integra’s
GPS capabilities make
it possible for the ELT
to send exact GPS 1202502
coordinates for a crash site location, further narrowing the
8
search area to 0.03 square miles while lowering response

times to as little as 30 minutes. The Integra is a compact
unit that uses a universal mounting plate for quick retro-
PN: 8322 PN: 8302 PN: 8315 fits, does not rely on aircraft power, and can be used with
ELT345 ELT1000 ELT3000 a remote switch option for installations where space is
Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT)
limited. An optional programming dongle also makes the
Integra ideal for fleet installs.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION –– The Integra is available in Automatic Fixed and Auto-
8302 8302 ELT battery 6-year lithium/ELT1000 matic Portable versions for both fixed-wing and helicop-
8315 8315 ELT battery 6-year lithium/ELT3000 & 3000HM ter applications
8322 8322 ELT battery 6-year lithium/ELT345 –– The Automatic Fixed version is permanently attached to
131-0001 131-0001 Battery for Remote Switch the aircraft and is connected to an external antenna
452-0129 452-0129 ELT battery 5-year Lithium/SLB-406 –– The Automatic Portable version is rigidly attached to
452-0130 452-0130 ELT battery 2-year alkaline/ELT110-4 the aircraft and connected to an external antenna but
452-013002 452-0130-02 ELT battery 2-year alkaline/ELT110-6 can be easily removed from the aircraft after a crash at
452-0222 452-0222 ELT battery 5-year lithium/G406-4 which point the signal is transmitted using the integral
455-0012 455-0012 ELT battery 6 year lithium. Includes:452-6499 and auxiliary antennas
battery pack, 183-0050 replacement gasket, –– Two-frequency transmitter; when activated, provides
200-01-0006 label 24-hour certified transmission on 406 MHz (distress
signal) and over 48 hours on 121.5 MHz
–– Available with two different GPS options; can be
equipped with either an integrated internal GPS or an
CABLE & CONNECTORS NMEA Integra E-Nav GPS interface
–– Portable version can be removed from the aircraft after
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION a crash with no external power supply required
CABLE –– Choice of remote control panels with three-wire and
611-6052 611-6052 6 ft Teflon coaxial cable, thermoplastic sheathed with two-wire installation options
TNC connector –– Minor change approval available for most common
CONNECTORS aircraft
150-1120 150-1120 Artex TPS connector –– Operates at temperatures as low as -20°C (-40°C ver-
151-2100 151-2100 contact socket #20 sion available for mounting outside pressurized fuselage)
151-2101 151-2101 contact pin #20
–– Optional programming dongle
151-5009 151-5009 receptacle housing
151-6657 151-6657 crimp socket –– Universal mounting bracket makes for simple retrofits
using existing footprints
–– Powered solely by the ELT battery (6-year battery life)
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - KANNAD
necessary aircraft programming information is then up-

loaded to the newly installed ELT. These devices are also
weight: typical: 1.873 lb (850 g) / max: 1.929 lb (875 g) compatible with McMurdo’s remote control panels that
(including batteries) provide control of the ELT from the cockpit when the ELT
dimensions: transmitter only: 5.15 × 3.39 × 2.97 in (131 × 86 × 75.4 is installed in a different section of the plane.
mm)
housing: material: molded plastic. color: yellow (color compounded) –– Two-frequency transmitter; when activated, provides
24-hour certified transmission on 406 MHz (distress
autonomy: minimum operational duration at -20°C: 24 hours on 406MHz
signal) and over 48 hours on 121.5 MHz
and over 48 hours on 121.5MHz
controls and ARM/OFF/ON switch, bright red LED, internal buzzer, outside –– Two-wire capability to control panel with optional control
indicators: buzzer option panel RC102
interfaces: DIN12 socket for remote control panel (RCP), pin programming –– Compatible with Kannad remote control panels
option, BNC antenna connector –– Kit includes: 40502-02 mounting bracket, 40510-01
battery: replacement interval every 6 years ELT battery kit, 20513-11 RC200 remote control switch,
accessories directly powered by ELT battery 20514-03 DIN-12 connector, 0126631 SUB D 9 pin
unique functions: integrated 406 antenna, built-in GPS (antenna & receiver) connector
certifications: COSPAS –SARSAT Class 2 (-20°c to +55°c)
RTCA DO-160/EUROCAE ED14 Environmental conditions
weight: typical: 1.873 lb (850 g)
max: 1.929 lb (875 g)
EDMO# DESCRIPTION dimensions: installed with mounting bracket:
6.89 in × 3.9 × 3.4 in (175 × 9 × 86.4 mm)
S1850501-01 automatic portable/ER transmitter, battery and auxiliary antenna transmission: frequency: 406.028 MHz ± 1 kHz
S1851501-01 automatic fixed/ER transmitter and battery only output power: 5W (37 dBm ±- 2 dB)
S1852501-01 automatic fixed/ER transmitter and battery only (for helicopter) modulation type: 16K0G1D (Biphase L encoding)
8
1202503 automatic fixed transmitter with RC200 kit and plugs (for transmission duration: 440 ms (short message) every 50 sec.
helicopter use) autonomy: over 48 hours at -20°C
1000337 Integra ELT Smart Pack. Includes: automatic fixed transmitter
and NMEA Integra e-Nav interface (20514-08), universal 121.5 MHz transmission
mounting bracket, RC200 Kit, and DIN12 connector frequencies: 121.5 MHz ± 6 kHz
WITH INTERNAL GPS output power: 100mW mini (+20dBm)
1202502 transmitter, universal mounting bracket, RC200 Kit, and DIN12 modulation type: 3K20A3X
connector autonomy: over 48 hours at -20°C
ACCESSORIES control panel: ARM / OFF / ON switch
S1820514-08 Integra 406 NMEA navigation interface/GPS-RS232; provides bright red LED
backup GPS information for the ELT when it cannot receive BNC antenna connector
signals with its built-in GPS receiver DIN12 socket for remote control panel (RCP) and pin program-
S1850581-01 Integra ARINC ELT NAV interface ming
AV-200 ELT whip antenna / 121.5 MHz and 406 MHz / BNC female option with programming dongle
AV-300 ELT rod antenna / 121.5, 243 and 406 MHz / BNC female internal buzzer
G-switch sensor: G-switch sensor compliant
with EUROCAE ED62 specifications
battery: LiMnO2 two-element battery for transmitter power supply
replacement every 6 years
KANNAD 406 AF COMPACT ELT KIT tests and certifi- RTCA DO-160E / EUROCAE ED-14E Section 4 to 26:
MCMURDO cation: C1X[ED62]A[ED62][SYLMC]EYXXXX
Small and light, the 406 AF Com- ZXXX[ZC] [ED62]B[XXXXX]XXX[ED62]
pact ELT is ideal for light aircraft— ETSO-2C91a & ETSO-2C126
it provides all of the benefits of a (EUROCAE ED62)
full-fledged, fixed 406 ELT while FAA TSO-C126 (RTCA - DO-204)
saving on space. The reliable
G-switch shock sensor activates
the ELT in the event of impact and
when needed, the user may also EDMO# DESCRIPTION
manually activate it. Once activated, the AF then transmits S1840501-02 406 AF Compact Kit
a homing signal on 121.5 MHz and a distress signal on ACCESSORIES
406 MHz to the Cospas-Sarsat system. This ELT does not S1840502-01 406 AF Compact ELT mounting bracket
require the aircraft’s power in order to work; it is equipped S1840502-02 406 AF Compact / universal mounting bracket
with its own lithium ion, two-element battery. Like Mc- S1840510-02 406 AF Compact Inspection Kit includes: Mandatory annual
Murdo’s other ELTs, the Compact ELTs are compatible inspection kit for McMurdo Kannad 406 ELTs. Kit includes an
with McMurdo’s programming dongles. The dongle is O-ring, Nylstop nuts, Torx screws, seal label, two inspection
installed permanently on the aircraft and when a product labels, and a desiccant capsule.
is removed for service it can be replaced with any other
McMurdo Kannad ELT. Once connected to the dongle, all
ELTs & Accessories
Batteries & Accessories - KANNAD
BATTERIES & EDMO# DESCRIPTION
ACCESSORIES - KANNAD MCMURDO ELT PROGRAMMING ACCESSORIES

1201570 PR600 ELT Programmer
S1820514-01 Programming Dongle
MCMURDO KANNAD ELT S1820514-06 Programming Dongle & Assembly
PROGRAMMING S1820514-02 Maintenance Dongle
MCMURDO S1820514-03 Din12 connector
PR600 ELT PROGRAMMER

The PR600 programmer works
with any PC computer with USB
ports and Windows 200 or XP. KANNAD ELT INSTALLATION
This part is compatible with the & MOUNTING COMPONENTS
four ICAO-defined protocols: tail
number, aircraft operator des- MOUNTING TRAYS
ignator, serial number, 24—bit The ELT Universal Mounting fits
address ICAO and is designed to all three-frequency ELTs as well as
work with all Kannad ELTs and programming dongles as a the McMurdo Kannad Navigation
replacement for the PR550 programming equipment. Interface Unit. It comes with a
–– Kit includes: PR600 programming interface module, bracket and strap for securely Standard
USB cable, instructions for programming, suit case mounting these devices within
storage and transportation the aircraft.
For Compact ELTs, use the 406
PROGRAMMING DONGLE ASSEMBLY AF Compact Universal Mounting
8
The Programming Dongle is a Tray

programmable smart connector Compact
that is used to program McMur- S1820514-06 ACK/AMERIKING RETROFIT KIT
do Kannad ELTs with aircraft Retrofit Kit for ACK & Ameri-King
identification data. This device, which is identical to the ELTs simplifies the process of
DIN-12, stays with the aircraft and stores all pertinent replacing an older model ELT with
aircraft programming and identification information for the a new installation. Kit includes:
CS144 Navigation Interface with the ability to also transfer mounting bracket, remote switch,
aircraft data to additional or newly reprogrammed ELTs. DIN12 ELT connector with RJ11
When an ELT is connected to the programming dongle cable (already wired), and an RJ11
and switched to “ARM”, it automatically downloads the coupler (for Ameri-King)
data from the dongle. With the dongle in place, an ELT
can be removed for service and a new or reprogrammed WATER SWITCH SENSOR KIT
ELT can be added without manually reinstalling aircraft McMurdo’s water switch
programming/information. The Programming Dongle sensor automatically
Assembly consists of a male DIN-12 connected to the activates ELT transmission
Programming Dongle on the ELT side and a female DIN- when it comes into contact
12 connector on the remote control panel side. with water in the event of a
–– Used in place of the DIN-12 connector and required for water landing or crash.
Navigation Interface connection
–– When using p/n S1820514-06, the remote switch wire OUTSIDE BUZZER ASSEMBLY
harness must be fitted with a male DIN-12 connector The outside buzzer assembly is an auxiliary
buzzer for use with any McMurdo Kannad
MAINTENANCE DONGLE ELT in circumstances where the ELT internal
McMurdo’s Maintenance Dongle buzzer cannot be heard on the ground; espe-
is used to delete aircraft identi- cially useful on large aircraft.
fication information from Mc-
Murdo Kannad ELTs for main- S1820514-02 KANNAD REMOTE CONTROL PANELS
tenance purposes. If there is Remote control panels
any accidental transmission while using the maintenance allow Kannad ELTs to be
dongle, SAR operations are not involved as the identifi- installed on an aircraft
cation code that would be transmitted is recognized by away from the pilot’s
COSPAS-SARSAT as “not on board”. seated position in the
–– DIN-12 connector with SMM cockpit. These remote
–– Equipped with a “Remove Before Flight” tag control panels are de-
signed to be installed in 20513-18
the instrument panel in order to provide the pilot with line-
of-sight view to the ELT activation light and switch.
ELTs & Accessories
ELTs - ACK
EDMO# DESCRIPTION ELTS - ACK

S1820511-01 Universal mounting tray
S1840502-02 Compact Universal mounting tray E-04 406 ELT SERIES
1202573 Retrofit Kit for ACK/Ameriking ELTs ACK TECHNOLOGIES
S1820514-14 Water switch sensor kit
The E-04 is a 406/121.5 MHz
S1820515-06 Outside buzzer assembly ELT intended for use in general
KANNAD REMOTE CONTROL PANELS
and commercial aviation and
S1820513-03 RC100 Remote Control Panel Kit: is a direct replacement for the
3-wire remote control kit to be assembled on the aircraft— E-01 ELT. This ELT fits the E-01
ideal for situations where minimal space is available. Panel mounting trays, uses the same E-04
can be directly installed into the instrument panel or with other remote control panel indicator, and the E-04 external
remote controls on a remote control unit antenna can use the preexisting E-01 antenna mounting
S1820513-11 RC200 Remote Control Panel and Kit: and wiring installation. Can be interfaced with aircraft GPS
S1820513-18 3-wire remote control panel (and kit version) for use in GA data via an optional GPS data receiver and accepts GPS
aircraft. Simple to install—connects to the wiring loom with position input data from Bendix/King, Garmin (NMEA
a SUB-D9 connector (supplied with the ELT kit version) and 0183 GPS). Antenna with molded plastic base is swept
has the same dimensions as the Artex remote control for easy back 20 deg. Equipped with a simple plug-in audible
retrofitting. 20513-11 contains the switch only; 20513-18 is alert indicator. Lithium battery pack that provides a 5-year
the kit version and includes all of the required connectors with battery life.
the switch.
S1820513-09 RC300 Remote Control Panel:
Entry level panel for quarter-turn fastener mounting; requires dimensions: 7.75 × 2.85 × 2.85 in (192 × 72 × 72 mm)
4-5 AWG24 wires to connect to the ELT. Equipped with an
transmission: frequency: 121.5 MHz +/-2 kHz and 406.037 MHz
internal buzzer that alerts the pilot when the unit is activated.
modulation: 406 MHz +/-2 kHz Bi-Phase L (16KOG1D),
S1820513-21 RC102 Remote Control Panel Kit: 2-wire remote control panel
8
121.5 MHz +/-6 kHz AM (3K20A3N), swept downward:
kit that is ideal for retro-fitting. It can be directly installed into 1400-400 Hz, repetition rate: 3 Hz, modulation factor ≥
the instrument panel or with other remote controls on a remote 90%, duty cycle: ≥ 45%
control unit.
power at terminal 50 121.5 MHz 20.7 dBm 50 hours@ -20°C
Ω load: 406.037 MHz 37.3 dBm 24.5 hours @ -20°C
standby current armed mode: 26 uA
peak current: 406 MHz burst 1.5-2 A
current: 121.5 MHz operation 75 mA
MCMURDO REPLACEMENT BATTERIES peak EIRP 121.5 MHz +23 dBm 200 mW
406.037 MHz +39.79 dBm 12.7 W
ELT BATTERY REPLACEMENT KIT BAT300
temperature: operating: -20°C to +55°C, storage: -55°C to +85°C
6-year battery replacement kit. crash activation: 4.5 FpS +- 0.5 FpS
Kit includes: #S1820506-01 bat- tests/certification: FAA/Transport Canada, SO C-126 TSO C-91a, ETSO
tery, #0122993 label, #0124115 2C126 ETSO 2C91a, COSPAS/SARSAT T.001 T.007,
O-ring, #0132014 small foam wedge, Industry Canada 1863A-E04AF, Type: TSO C-126 AF
#0132015 large foam wedge,
#0126601 install kit.
Kit may be used with Kannad’s 406AF,
406AFH, 406AP, 406APH, 121AF, EDMO# DESCRIPTION
121AF(6D), 121AF-H E-04 E-04 406MHz GPS ELT System. Includes: transmitter, battery
pack, external antenna, remote control, mounting tray & retaining
ELT BATTERY REPLACEMENT KIT BAT200 straps, plug-in audible alert, remote cable, coax cable, manual
6-year battery replacement kit for E-04R E-04 406MHz GPS ELT System Retrofit Kit. Includes: transmitter,
use with McMurdo Kannad Integra battery pack, external antenna, plug-in audible alert, install manual
and Compact ELTs. ACCESSORIES
Kit includes: (1ea.) #0141823 E-04PA Pointer to ACK antenna adapter
battery, #0145251 label inspection E-04.11.17 E-04 O-ring
(EES01928), #0145250 inspection E-04.0 E-04 replacement battery
label (EES01923), #0141822 O-ring, E-04.10.4 E-04 coax cable
#0141787 label seal, #0141919 E-04.10.5 E-04 remote cable/black
foam, #0141640 foam, (4 ea.) E-04.17P E-04 hardware kit
#0145234 screw, #0136779 nut, (2 ea.) #0146261 screw. E-04.4A E-04 mounting kit with mounting tray & straps
E-04.5 E-04 ELT remote switch
EDMO# DESCRIPTION E-04.7 E-04 audio alert
S1820516-99A ELT battery replacement kit BAT300 E-04.8 ELT whip antenna
S1840510-01 ELT battery replacement kit BAT200 E-04.PK E-04 programmer
More options available. Please visit www.edmoap.com.au or call for
more details.
ELTs & Accessories
ELT Antennas
E-04C ELT SYSTEM

ACK TECHNOLOGIES
ELT ANTENNAS
The E-04C ELT is a GPS-capable 406
ELT designed for use on corporate
and commercial aircraft. This unit AV-100 WHIP (121.5 & 406MHZ)
accepts data from Garmin Aviation, RAMI
Bendix/King Aviation, NMEA 0183 EDMO# AV-100
and ARINC 429 Data. If the unit loses This passive, two-frequency wire whip antenna
power, it will retain all GPS coordinates. is designed for use with general aviation ELTs
installed on low-speed aircraft.
weight: 1.6 lb (ELT & battery pack)

dimensions: 7.75 × 2.85 × 2.85 in weight: 3 oz
frequency: 121.5 MHz & 406.037 MHz frequency: 121.5 MHz, 406 MHz
modulation: 406 MHz +/-2 kHz bi-phase L (16KOG1D VSWR: 121.5 MHz 2.0:1 max / 406 MHz 1.5:1 max
121.5 MHz +/-6 kHz AM (3K20A3N) connector: BNC female
swept downward: 1400 – 400 Hz airspeed: up to 250 knots
repetition rate: 3 Hz FAA TSO C126a
modulation factor/duty cycle: ≥90% / ≥45%
power at terminal 50 Ω load: 121.5 MHz 20.7 dBm 50 hours @-20°C
406.037 MHz 37.3 dBm 24.5 hours @ -20°C
peak EIRP with E-04.8 whip 121.5 MHz +22 dBm 160 mW
antenna and E-04.10.4 coax 406.037 MHz +39.79 dBm 13.7 W AV-200 WHIP (121.5 & 406MHZ)
peak EIRP with S65-1231 121.5 MHz +23 dBm 200 mW RAMI
8
whip & E-04.10.4 coax cable: 406.037 MHz +39.79 dBm 13.7 W Passive, two-frequency wire whip antenna
crash activation: 4.5 FpS +/- 0.5 Fps designed for use with general aviation ELTs. This
battery: Lithium, certified to TSO-C142a antenna meets DO-160G Section 8, category U
certifications / approvals: FAA / Transport Canada, TSO -C126b TSO-C91a requirements for robust vibration and is qualified
TSO-C142a EASA, ETSO 2C126 ETSO 2C91a for installation on helicopters with unknown relat-
TSO-C142a, Industry Canada, 1863A-E04AF, ed rotor frequencies.
Brazil ANAC/ANTEL: TSO-C126 TSO-C142a
weight: 3 oz
EDMO# INCLUDES
height: 24 in
frequency: 121.5 MHz, 406 MHz
E-04C Mach 1 blade antenna and full install kit VSWR: 2.0:1 max at 121.5 MHz, 1.5:1 max at 406 MHz
E-04C.1 250 knot whip antenna (E-04.8) and install kit connector: BNC female
E-04C.2 install kit only airspeed: up to 350 knots
E-04C.3 AV-300-1 350 knot rod antenna and install kit FAA TSO C126a
ACCESSORIES
E-04.10112 static suppressor for E-04.8 antenna
E04.10.5-2 black ELT remote cable, 25 feet/For use with ACK ELTs
EDMO# MFR# COLOR
AV-200 AV-200 white
AV-200-B AV-200-B black
ELTs & Accessories
ELT Antennas
AV-300 ROD (121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ) 110-340 BLADE (121.5, 243 & 406MHZ)
RAMI ACR ELECTRONICS INC.
EDMO# AV-300 EDMO# 110-340
The AV-300 ELT antenna is intended Tri-Band blade high-speed antenna is equipped with
for use with general aviation ELTs. It innovative The 110-340 offers a single connector for those
is a passive, three-frequency fiber- installations that require this set-up.
glass rod whip antenna, designed for
low speed aircraft (up to 350 knots).
It has met DO-160G, Section 8, weight: 9 oz
Category U requirements for robust height: 14 in
vibration and is qualified for instal- frequency: 121.5 MHz, 243 MHz, 406 MHz
lation on helicopters with unknown VSWR: 2.0:1 @ 121.5 - 243 MHz
rotor frequencies. 1.5:1 @ 406.0 MHz
material: molded blade
weight: 9 oz connector: BNC female
height: 14 in altitude: 55,000 ft
frequency: 121.5 MHz, 243 MHz, 406 MHz airspeed: 350 knots
VSWR: 2.0:1 @ 121.5 MHz FAA TSO C126a
2.0:1 @ 243.0 MHz
1.5:1 @ 406.0 MHz
material: fiberglass
efficiency: >85%
max power: 10W CW
ANT100 PORTABLE WHIP
(121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ)
8
MCMURDO
airspeed: 350 knots EDMO# 0124206
FAA TSO C126a
approvals: meets RTCA DO-204 and DO-160C requirements, EUROCAE Kannad’s ANT100 is an auxiliary whip anten-
ED62/ED14C, MIL-A-6271, MIL-A-7772, MIL-A-9094, na that can be paired with any Kannad ELT
MIL-E-5272, MIL-E-5400, MIL-B-5087 to essentially make it a portable survival unit.
Antenna stores under the ELT tray VELCRO®
mounting strap.
ROD
AV-400 SERIES ROD WHIP (121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ)
(121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ) ACR/ARTEX
RAMI EDMO# 110-320
The AV-401 and AV-402 are passive, three-frequency The Artex 110-320 antenna is designed
fiberglass rod whip antennas for use with general aviation with a glass-reinforced, polyester hous-
ELTs. These antennas are designed for use on low-speed ing and uses proprietary Tri-Band tech-
aircraft flying at speeds up to 350 knots. nology to provide signal transmission on
121.5, 243, and 406 MHz with 10 dB of
isolation between ports.
Use #280-0320, optional gasket for 110-320 for
weight: 6.24 oz installation.
height: 15.25 in
frequency: 121.5, 243, 406 MHz
VSWR: 2.0:1 max @ 121.5 MHz
2.5:1 max @ 243 MHz weight: 0.45 lb
1.5:1 max @ 406 MHz height: 15.5
impedance: 50 Ohms nominal frequency: 121.5, 243, 406 MHz
material: fiberglass VSWR: 2.0:1 – 121.5/243 MHz, 1.5:1 – 406 MHz
connector: BNC female (AV-401, AV-402) polarization: vertical
TNC female (AV-402 only) radiation pattern: omni-directional
airspeed: up to 350 knots impedance RF: 50 Ohms (nominal)
FAA TSO C126b power rating: 25 watts
AV-401 connector: BNC (female) for 121.5/243 MHz
TNC (female) for 406 MHz
altitude: 55,000 ft
EDMO# MFR# CONNECTORS color: white
AV-401 AV-401 BNC female gasket: B31725
AV-402 AV-402 BNC female, TNC female
ELTs & Accessories
ELT Antennas
110-324 WHIP (121.5 & 243 MHZ) 110-338 ROD (121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ)
ACR/ARTEX ACR/ARTEX
EDMO# 110-324 EDMO# 110-338
The 110-324 is a dual-band black whip an- The 110-338 antenna uses Artex’s
tenna with an inductor. Designed for speeds Tri-Band technology to provide
up to 200 knots TAS. Compatible with ELT signal on 121.5, 243, and 406 Mhz.
110-4, ELT 200, and ELT 110-406 This antenna is equipped with a
single BNC connector for installa-
tions that require a single connector
height: 17.4 in
setup. Constructed with a durable,
glass-reinforced polyester housing.
frequency: 121.5, 243 MHz
VSWR: 2:1 – 121.5/243 MHz
connector: BNC (female) for 121.5/243 MHz
altitude: 50,000 ft weight: 0.45 lb
color: black height: 15.5 in
VSWR: 2.0:1 – 121.5/243 MHz, 1.5:1 – 406 MHz
connector: BNC (female) for 121.5, 243, 406 MHz
altitude: 50,000 ft
110-406 WHIP (406 MHZ) temperature: -55˚ C to + 85˚ C
ACR/ARTEX color: white
EDMO# 110-329
Whip type, single-band ELT antenna for use with Ar-
tex ELT 110-406. The 110-329 transmits on 406MHz
8
only. Nickel finish. Compatible with ELT110-406

110-343 WHIP (121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ)
ACR/ARTEX
height: 7 in EDMO# 110-343
frequency: 1.5:1 – 406 MHz MFR# 21-41
VSWR: 2:1 – 121.5/243 MHz Uses Tri-Band technology to provide signal on
connector: TNC (female) for 406 MHz 121.5, 243, and 406 MHz frequencies. This an-
altitude: 50,000 ft tenna is compatible with the C406-1 ELT.
temperature: -55°C to + 85°C
color: nickel weight: 0.31 lb
height: 17 in
VSWR: 2.5:1 – 121.5/243 MHz, 1.5:1 – 406 MHz
110-337 BLADE connector: BNC (female) for 121.5, 243, 406 MHz
(121.5, 243 & 406 MHZ) altitude: 55,000 ft
ACR/ARTEX temperature: -55˚ C to + 85˚ C
EDMO# 110-337 color: white
The 110-337 is a Tri-band, dual-input blade antenna that
uses Artex’s Tri-Band technology to transmit on 121.5,
243, and 406 MHz frequencies. The 110-337 is equipped
with a two-connector setup.
110-773 WHIP (121.5 & 406 MHZ)
ACR/ARTEX
EDMO# 110-773
weight: 1.3 lb max
height: 7.75 in The Artex ELT antenna is a dual-band antenna
designed for use with the ME406-series ELTs
VSWR: 2.0:1 – 121.5/243 MHz,
1.5:1 – 406 MHz
weight: 0.18 lb
connector: BNC (female) for 121.5/243 MHz
height: 15 in
TNC (female) for 406 MHz
frequency: 121.5, 406 MHz
altitude: 50,000 ft
VSWR: 2.0:1 – 121.5, 1.5:1 – 406 MHz
temperature: -55˚ C to + 85˚ C
connector: BNC (female) for 121.5 and 406 MHz
color: white
altitude: 55,000 ft
temperature: -55˚ C to + 85˚ C
color: black
ELTs & Accessories
ELT Test Sets
ELT TEST SETS –– Provides complete 406, 121.5, and 243 MHz channel
measurements (and 121 or 121/243-only beacons)
–– Receives all Cospas-Sarsat past, current & future fre-
ARTEX ETS ELT TEST SET quencies
ACR/ARTEX
EDMO# 8701 –– Decodes all Cospas-Sarsat protocols
The 406 MHz ETS ELT test set –– User can add text or audio notes to each measurement
allows technicians to easily verify a –– External coax allows direct connection between ELT
beacon’s ID after installation or re- and tester (no external attenuator required)
programming. The ETS ELT test set –– Direct connection power measurement accuracy (± 1
is a rugged, waterproof handheld dB - 406MHz)
device that can read the beacon ID –– Comes equipped with easy to use software
transmitted from an Artex 406 MHz
ELT. The beacon ID and its encod- –– Internal antenna receives 406 burst from over 15 meters
ed data is displayed on the display away
and saved and timestamped to –– Stores hundreds of measurements
an internal database. The beacon –– Detailed calibration data is included with each Certifi-
can be read over the air (in test cate of Calibration
mode or in a shielded enclosure),
or by transmitting directly into the reader for beacons with –– Meets/exceeds FAA, IC and EuroCAE ELT inspection
external antenna connections. requirements
–– Records all data to a internal database where it can –– Includes: BT100AV series ELT tester, custom zipper
then be backed up to a PC pouch, RF input interface cable, 10 MHz REF interface
cable, operators manual, watertight storage box, and
–– Data can be viewed on the PC independent of the ELT PDA (includes AC adaptor, PC interface cable, PDA
test set software CD
8
–– Prints records directly to a serial or infrared (IrDA) en-
abled printer
–– Low cost infrared adapters available to turn any printer dimensions: BT100: 1.71 × 2.3 × 0.50 in
with a parallel port interface into an infrared printer BT100 in PDA: 3.03 × 5.51 × 0.67 in
hard case: 12.75 × 10.75 × 4.5 in
RF range (using internal 406 MHz: > 15 m
dimensions: 6.7 × 5.7 × 1.53 in (without antenna) antenna): 121.5 MHz/243 MHz > 3 M
weight: 1 lb (with antenna) RF input VSWR: 1.10:1
frequency range: 406 Mhz (-60 dBm to 36 dBm), 5 watt signal RF input level: 406 MHz burst: -13 dBm Min / +40 dBm Max
decoding: Per Cospas-Sarsat C/ST.001 (issue 3, revision 5) 121.5 MHz/243 MHz: -28 dBm Min / +30
operating system: Windows CE 5.0/Garnet OS 5.4 dBm Max
memory: volatile: 64 MB SDRAM. non-volatile: 128 MB 10 MHz REF input VSWR: 1.15:1
Flash. expansion: via MZIO™ bus standard 10 MHz REF input level: -10 dBm Min / +10 dBm Max
operating temperature range: -10°C to 60°C operating temperature range: 0°C to +50°C
storage temperature range -20°C to 65°C storage temperature range: -20°C to +60°C
humidity: 5% to 90% relative humidity (non-condensing) internal temperature accuracy: ±0.5°C
battery type: lithium ion, custom battery pack RF input cable termination: BNC-female
battery voltage & capacity: 7.3 volts nominal; 1700 mAh 10 MHz REF cable termination: SMA-female
current consumption: power on: 130mA typical (Meazura only, backlight
off). full system: 60mA typical (backlight on)
sleep mode: 7mA typical
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
BT100AVS measures frequency stability in accordance with C/S T.007 with
user controlled test duration and real-time results monitoring
BT100AV ELT TESTER SERIES with data output in a delimited text file for use within other
WS TECHNOLOGIES programs
The BT100AV series of ELT testers accom- BT100AVT 406 MHz graphic measurements, purchase BT100AVS if
modates testing of 406 ELTs (as well as frequency stability measurements are required
EPIRBs and PLBs) including code verifi- BT100AVT-R durable ruggedized versions of the BT100AVT and
cation, annual inspections, certifications, BT100AVS-R BT100AVTS
and troubleshooting. The BT100AV series ACCESSORIES
provides 406 MHz graphic measurements 415-PHP006 BT100AVT replacement battery
for power, phase modulation, and spectrum
while also providing the user with real-time
audio on 121.5 or 243 MHz. The BT100AVS BT100AVT-R.
device(s) are also capable of measuring 406 MHz frequen-
cy stability in addition to the previously listed measure-
ments.
ELTs & Accessories
ELT Batteries
ELT TESTER KIT FOR 121.5,

243 & 406 MHZ ELTS
ICARUS INSTRUMENTS, INC.
EDMO# ELTT-124K
–– Has a sophisticated 406 message
decoder that verifies that GPS data PN: 452-0130 / -02 PN: 452-0133 PN: 452-0222
is being properly transmitted, and ELT 110-4 / 110-6 C406 & B406 G406
measures the time interval of the Alkaline (Discontinued) Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT)
406 transmit packet
–– Tester demodulates and decodes
data stream to HEX ID, GPS lati-
tude and longitude, country code,
and 24-bit ICAO address
–– Stores up to 10 sets of ELT data
for importing into a PC database
–– Dual input design includes an antenna or the ELT can PN: 8322 PN: 8302 PN: 8315
be connected to the tester via an included cable and ELT345 ELT1000 ELT3000
Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT)
attenuator
frequency: 406 MHz accurate to ±500 Hz / 121.5 MHz accurate to KANNAD REPLACEMENT BATTERIES
±300 Hz / 243 MHz accurate to ±300 Hz
RF power: 406 MHz channel in range 19 - 43 dBm / accuracy ± 0.5 EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
dB (antenna: -34 to -10dBm ±2dB) / 121.5 MHz channel in S1820516-99 S1820516-99 ELT battery replacement kit BAT300
8
range 13 to 20 dBm / accuracy ± 0.5 dB (antenna: -40 to S1840510-01 S1840510-01 ELT battery replacement kit BAT200
-34 dBm ±2 dB) / 243 MHz channel in range 13 to 20 dBm
/ accuracy ± 0.5 dB (antenna: -40 to -34 dBm ±2dB)
power supply: 4 AA batteries or USB cable
battery life: approx. 6 hours
calibration cycle: 2 years MISCELANEOUS ELT BATTERY PACKS
power use: no more than 130 mA - standby mode/no LCD highlighting MERL, INC.
no more than 200 mA - standby mode w/ LCD highlighting
no more than 300 mA - measure mode w/ LCD highlighting
accuracy: measures positive / negative phase deviation value accurate to
± 2.8° / measures total transmission time of 406 MHz signal
with accuracy ± 0.2% / measures preamble of 406 MHz
signal with accuracy ± 0.2%
GPS position data provided in degrees, minutes, seconds
decoding:
BP-1020 BP-1010 BP-1030
EDMO# MFR# COMPATIBLE ELTS TYPE

ELT BATTERIES BP-1010 BP-1010 Narco 2 year
BP-1020 BP-1020 D&M 6.0 and 8.0 2 year
ARTEX REPLACEMENT BATTERIES BP-1030 BP-1030 Pointer 3000/3000-1 --
Replacement batteries for Artex ELTs.
POINTER ELT BATTERY PACK

POINTER INC
EDMO# 2020-0
The 2020 alkaline battery pack supplies
7.5 volt power to Pointer model 3000
and 4000 series ELTs. The 2020 protect
PN: 455-0012 PN: 131-0001 PN: 452-0129 factory fresh cells from shock and ther-
ME406 Remote Switch SLB-460 mal vibration in accordance with regu-
Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) Lithium (HAZMAT) lations using a patented formed-foam
body that fits snugly inside the ELT. TSO-C91a certified.
Airband Handhelds & Accessores.................................................... 174

Airband Scanners............................................................................. 176
Transceivers...................................................................................... 170
Transceivers
TRANSCEIVERS EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

TY91 VHF TRANSCEIVER
TY91 & TY92 00883-00 00883-00 remote unit
01079-00 01079-00 complete kit
25 KHZ/8.33 KHZ VHF RADIOS
TRIG AVIONICS LIMITED 01451-00 01451-00 dual control unit
TY92 VHF TRANSCEIVER
Designed for GA and light 00881-00 00881-00 remote unit
sport aircraft. Compact 01080-00 01080-00 complete kit
and lightweight—making
01452-00 01452-00 dual control unit
them ideal for panels
ACCESSORIES
with limited space. Both
standard units consist of 01453-00 01453-00 TY91/TY92 install kit with manual
a radio hardware unit and 01454-00 01454-00 TC90 controller for TY91/92
a control head that can
be mounted in a stan-
dard 2.25” round hole.
In addition, Trig offers a
Dual Control Kit version for both the TY91 or TY92 that TY96/TY96A & TY97/TY97A
allows two radio controllers to integrate with a single Trig 25 KHZ/8.33 KHZ VHF SLIMLINE
radio hardware box; this configuration is ideal for training RADIOS
and flight school use. TRIG AVIONICS LIMITED
–– Single and dual control features The TY96 and TY97
–– Provides more installation options while saving space aviation radios provide
with a control head and separate radio hardware 25 kHz and 8.33 kHz
channel spacing in a
–– Certified 25 kHz and 8.33 kHz VHF transceiver space-saving slim-line TY96
–– When installed, the control head is only 3” deep design. The TY96 is
–– Equipped with 9 programmable memories & dual watch a 10-watt model intended for general aviation and light
sport use. Conversely, the TY97 accommodates high
9
function that allows users to monitor standby frequency

–– Perfect partner for TT21/TT22 Mode S transponders performance aircraft with a 28 volt power supply. The
TY97 is a 16-watt certified radio capable of transmitting
–– Approved for fitting to European/FAA-registered aircraft and receiving over long distances and from high altitudes.
–– FAA TSO and EASA ETSO certification These radios are engineered to save stack space with a
–– Includes a built-in speaker amplifier & 2 place intercom slim-line design that measures only 1.3 inches high. Both
radios have a bright, clear display that shows primary and
–– Easily operable with gloves secondary frequencies along with ICAO or custom set air-
–– Dual Control Features field identifiers. A “Push Step” knob saves time adjusting
–– Ideal for flight training and two-place tandem aircraft between 8.33 kHz and 25 kHz and a Dual Watch feature
and gliders; “smart set” feature automatically duplicates allows the pilot to monitor two frequencies at once—al-
menu settings on each controller to prevent confusion most like having two radios in one. Both radios also have
while a clear display allows both pilots to see selection a “Say Again” feature that relays the last transmission with
being made a press of a button (without requiring a repeat message
from air traffic control) and a one touch emergency button
–– Common features between both controllers include automatically sets 121.5 MHz, along with mic and vol-
volume adjustment, frequency selection, transmit, and ume levels. Each radio has a built-in two-place intercom
flip-flop with auxiliary inputs for stereo music and audio warnings.
–– Includes safety features for flight schools that allow the Additionally, both radios can integrate with a GPS (SL40
flight instructor to override the student if necessary protocol) to automatically display frequencies as they are
–– TY91/92 complete kits include: TC90 control head, required along the flight route.
radio box unit, mounting tray, install kit & manual
Also available to order is the TY96A & TY97A radio. The
TY96A & TY97A have all the same great features as the
TY96 & TY97 but are a 760 channel with 25 kHz spac-
weight: 1 lb (standard) ing radio. This is ideal for pilots flying outside of airspace
dimensions: 1.73 × 2.5 × 1.4 inches (controller) requiring 8.33 kHz spacing.
1.89 × 2.6 × 6.3 inches (radio unit with socket)
supply voltage: 11-33 V (TY91) / 22-33 V (TY92) –– Slim-line – only 33mm high
typical current consumption: 200 mA receive 2A transmit at 14 V (TY91) –– Bright, clear display / simple user interface
130 mA receive 2.5A transmit at 28 V (TY92) –– Unique ‘Push Step’ for faster tuning
nominal transmitter power: 6 watts (TY91) / 16 watts (TY92) –– 8.33 (TY96 & TY97) and 25 kHz (TY96/TY96A & TY97/
certification: TSO-C169a, TSO-C128a, ETSO-2C169a, TY97A) - ETSO and TSO approved
ETSO-2C128,
–– Stereo music / two place intercom
–– Dual Watch – monitor two frequencies at the same time
–– ‘Say Again’ – allows playback of last transmission
Transceivers
–– Emergency button –– Adjustable panel illumination

–– Configurable airfield database – holds over 200 freq –– EASA and TSO certified
–– USB port on facia – upload frequency database (CSV)
TMA45 SUPERIOR
–– No cooling fans or external cooling required
The TMA45 is a fully
–– Ideal retro-fit for legacy radios featured panel that
–– Designed and manufactured in the U.K. provides high quality
–– Two year worldwide warranty audio, stereo music,
and Bluetooth® mobile
phone support for 2-6
seats. Like the TMA44,
weight: 2.09 lb this unit incorporates
dimensions: 1.30 × 6.26 × 9.05 inches its technical features into a logically designed interface
supply voltage (DC): 11-33 V (TY96/TY96A) / 22-33 V (TY97/TY97A) but builds on this platform by adding industry leading
typical current consumption 14 V – 265 mA (TY96/TY96A) Trig Digital Noise Reduction (TDNR). This feature reduces
in receive mode: 28 V – 140 mA (TY97/TY97A) cockpit noise by automatically selecting the optimum level
nominal transmitter power: 10 watts (TY96/TY96A) / 16 watts (TY97/TY97A) of squelch and mic threshold for an improved audio envi-
certification: TSO-C128a, TSO-C169a, ETSO 2C128, 2C169a ronment. The TMA45 also incorporates Trig Active Mute
(TAM) technology that removes unwanted background
noise from radio static for an enhanced audio experience.
Integrated Bluetooth® connectivity allows the TMA45 to
EDMO# DESCRIPTION be connected to up to two portable electronic devices for
01227-00-01 TY96 VHF 10-Watt Transceiver complete system added entertainment and communication options (such
01788-00-01 TY96A VHF 10-Watt Transceiver complete system as cell phones).
01229-00-01 TY97 VHF 16-Watt High Power Transceiver complete system –– Supports 2-6 seats
01790-00-01 TY97A VHF 16-Watt High Power Transceiver complete system –– Bluetooth® technology supports wireless use of mobile
ACCESSORIES phones and music
01650-00 install kit for TY96/TY97 –– Incorporates Trig Digital Noise Reduction and Trig Active
9
Mute
–– Simple, intuitive interface
TMA44 & TMA45 AUDIO PANELS

TRIG AVIONICS LIMITED weight: 0.6 kg
The TMA44 and TMA45 audio panels provide a stream- dimensions: 6.26 × 1.29 × 7.76 in
lined, intuitive, high-quality interface for controlling on- audio panel: TMA44: 2-4 seats – mono
board navigation, communications, and entertainment. TMA45: 2-6 seats - stereo
The TMA Series is available in two versions, the TMA44 mic frequency response – 3 dB TMA44: 350 Hz – 600 Hz
Standard and the TMA45 Superior with variations to suit TMA45: 300 Hz – 600 Hz
user’s needs. Both units provide comprehensive audio music frequency response – 3 dB TMA44: 200 Hz – 15 kHz
features for VFR and IFR flight, include an ILS marker TMA45: 20 Hz – 20 kHz
beacon indicator, are compatible with many third-party headphone impedance: 150 – 1000 W
radio and NAV/COM products, and are designed to fit into headphone output – each headset (no TMA44: 45 mW
a standard avionics rack for simplified installation. clipping): TMA45: 38 mW
speaker output - 14 volt DC /28 Volt DC: 3 watts / 10 watts
TMA44 STANDARD supply voltage: 11-33 volts DC
The TMA44 is a mono pan- temperature range: operating: -20°C to +55°C
el that supports 2-4 seats storage: -40°C to +85°C
with independent control of
crew and passenger audio.
This unit is equipped for
navigation and IFR flight
with switched inputs for
NAV 1, NAV 2, ADF, AUX and DME and also includes two
additional unswitched inputs for audio alerts. The TMA44
also incorporates a smooth fade feature that automatically
lowers music levels in favor of incoming radio communi-
cation.
–– Supports 2-4 seats
–– Equipped with a smooth fade feature
–– Simple, intuitive interface
–– Includes marker beacon receiver with indicators
Transceivers
IC-A120E VHF AIRBAND TRANSCEIVER EDMO# DESCRIPTION

ICOM AUSTRALIA OPC-871A headset adapter for IC-A120
–– Dot-matrix LCD dis- CS-A120 IC-A120 programming software
play is easy to read HM-216 standard microphone for IC-A120
with crisp, clear text SPC-8 aluminum weatherproof PA speaker for IC-A120
–– Memory channels K220A 30-inch whip vehicle mount antenna 118-136 MHz / includes 12
and other radio ft coax with PL-259 connector & magnetic base for vehicle mount
settings can pro-
grammed from the
front panel; this unit
provides 200 memory channels with 12-character chan-
nel names and 8.33 kHz and 25 kHz channel spacing IC-A220 TSO VHF AIRBAND
–– Built-in Active Noise Canceling (ANC) & Automatic TRANSCEIVER
Noise Limiter (ANL) reduces pulse-type noise such as ICOM AUSTRALIA
engine ignition (ANL and ANC functions cannot be used –– Equipped with 20 reg-
at the same time) ular memory channels
–– IP54 dust-protection and water resistant construction with a 6-character
allows the IC-A120 to be used in open-air vehicles channel name; can be
–– ON-Hook scan function automatically starts scanning organized into 50 group memory channels (10 ch × 5
when the hand mic is hooked on the microphone hang- groups) with a channel tag
er; the ON-Hook dualwatch feature checks the priority –– Accepts 12- and 24-volt power source
and operating channels.l –– 8.88 kHz/25 kHz channel spacing (depending on ver-
–– Optional Bluetooth® headset connectivity when the sion)
UT-133 Bluetooth unit is added; this allows a third-party –– One touch access to 121.5 MHz emergency frequency
wireless Bluetooth headsets to be used
–– Side tone function ANL (automatic noise limiter) function
–– Third-party headsets can be used with the optional
OPC-871A headset adapter; when configured this way, –– Remote control capability
9
the user can use the side tone function to monitor his or –– PC programmable
her own transmitted voice via the connected headset— –– Slim 1.34” height for installing in a limited panel space
even when using a hand microphone –– D-SUB 25-pin connector for easy installation
–– Compatible with 12- and 24- volt systems –– Two types of menu mode; settings & config menu
–– 36W (PEP) RF output power
–– Dualwatch and priority scan functions
–– Power on password protection weight: 2.2 lb
–– PC programming capability dimensions: 6.3 × 1.34 × 10.67 in
–– CI-V Commands for external control power requirements: 13.8 V or 27.5 VDC
frequency coverage: TX: 118 – 136.992 MHz
–– VE-PG3 RoIP gateway for interconnect with other radio RX: 118 – 136.992 and 161.650 – 163.275 MHz
devices
channel spacing: 25 kHz / 8.33 kHz
memory channels: 20
operating temperature: -20°C to +55°C
weight: 3.3 lb current drain: TX High: 5.0A max. / RX Stand-by: 500 mA
dimensions: 6.3 × 1.77 × 7.6 in RX Max. audio: 4.0A
power requirements: 13.75 V or 27.5 VDC (automatic selection)
frequency coverage: 118 – 136.992 MHz
channel spacing: 25 kHz / 8.33 kHz
memory channels: 200 EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTIONS
operating temperature: -20°C to +55°C IC-A220 TSO IC-A220 panel mount TSO
current drain: TX High: 5.0A max. / RX Stand-by: 500 mA max. ACCESSORIES
RX Max. audio: 4.0A max. PS-80-05 PS-80-05 base station power supply. Includes HM-176 hand
mic and MBA-3 mounting bracket
HM-176 HM176 hand microphone
SP-35 SP-35 5W external speaker
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
IC-A120E mobile transceiver
ACCESSORIES
OPC-344 DC power cable for IC-A120
OPC-478 cloning cable/PC to radio
OPC-592 adapter cloning cable
Transceivers
TKM REPLACEMENT RADIOS EDMO# MFR# FACEPLATE COLOR

TKM MX-300B MX300 black
MX-300T MX300 tan
MX 385 NAV/COMM
Electrically and mechanically in-
terchangeable with the RT385
and RT485. The MX 385 op-
erates on 27.5 VDC with 3.0a MX-170C NAV/COMM RADIO
minimum current in transmit. EDMO# MX-170C
Electrically and mechani-
cally interchangeable with
weight: 4 lb the KX170/175 series of
dimensions: 6.32 × 2.5 × 11.1 in mounting depth NAV-COMMs. The channeling
outputs are for 40-channel
frequency range: comm: 760 channels 118 – 136.975 MHz
glide slope (King Glide Slope) and 200 channels (King Slip
nav: 200 channels 108 – 117.95 MHz preselect channel
Code). The early model KX 170 has 2 out of 5 channeling
storage capacity - 100
and some interchangeability problems may result.
frequency stability: +/- 0.003%, -20°C to 50°C
transmitter power: 8 watts min.
modulation: 85% minimum with limiting at 90%
sidetone: adjustable to 40 mw into 500 ohms weight: 5 lb
receiver sensitivity: 1.5 uV (soft) for 6 dB s+n/n or 1/2 flag nav dimensions: 3.312 × 2.6 × 14 in mounting depth
com/nav selectivity: 6dB@+/-7.5kHz; 50dB@+/-17.5kHz; 60dB@+/-25kHz frequency range: Comm: 760 channels 118.000 to 136.975 MHz
6dB@+/-15 kHz; 50dB@+/-35kHz; 60dB@+/-50kHz Nav: 200 channels 108.00 to 117.95 MHz
squelch: noise adaptive squelch with manual override Preselect channel storage capacity – 100
audio output: 5 watts (4 ohm speaker); 40 mw (500 ohm headphones) frequency stability: +/- 0.003%, -20°C to 50°C
demod output: VOR adjustable from 0.25 to 0.75 arms modulation: 85% minimum with limiting at 90%
approvals: C34e, C36e, C37d, C38d, C40c sidetone: adjustable to 40 mw into 500 ohms
receiver sensitivity: 1.5 uV (soft) for 6 db s+n/n or 1/2 flag Nav
9
comm/nav selec- 6dB@+/-7.5kHz; 50dB@+/-17.5kHz; 60dB@+/-25kHz
tivity: 6dB@+/-15kHz; 50dB@+/-35kHz; 60dB@+/- 50kHz
EDMO# MFR# FACEPLATE COLOR squelch: noise adaptive squelch with manual override
MX-385B MX385 black audio output: 5 watts (4 ohm speaker); 40 mw (500 ohm headphones)
MX-385T MX385 tan demod output: VOR adjustable from 0.25 to 0.75 arms
approvals: TSO C34e, C36e, C37d, C38d, C40c
MX300 NAV/COMM RADIO

Replaces the RT328T & similar
MX-11 COMM RADIO/NARCO REPLACEMENT
EDMO# MX-11R
units. For the majority of instal-
lations, this unit directly replaces Slide-in replacement for the
the RT308C, RT328T, RT528E, NARCO COM 11, COM 11B,
RT508D, and RT508A. COM 111, COM 111B & COM
120. The unit replaces the COM
10 & COM 110 when the NAV 10
& NAV 110 are not used in the system.
weight: 6 lb
dimensions: 6.312 × 3.12 × 12.15 in mounting depth with connector
frequency range: comm: 760 channels 118 – 136.975 MHz
nav: 200 channels 108 – 117.95 MHz preselect channel weight: 3 lb
storage capability - 100 dimensions: 6.312 × 1.6 × 11.1 in mounting depth
frequency stability: +/-0.033%, -20°C to 50°C frequency range: 118 – 136.975 in 25 kHz increments
transmitter power: 8 watts min frequency stability: +/-0.003%, -20°C to 50°C
modulation: 85% minimum with limiting at 90% modulation: 85% minimum with limiting at 90%
sidetone: adjustable to 40 mw into 500 ohms sidetone: adjustable to 40 mw into 500 ohms
receiver sensitivity: 1.5 uV (soft) for 6 dB s+n or 1/2 flag Nav receiver sensitivity: 1.5 uV (soft) for 6 dB s+n/n
com/nav selectivity: 6dB@+/-7.5kHz; 50dB@+/-17.5kHz; 60dB@+/-25kHz comm selectivity: 6dB @ +/-7.5KHz; 50dB @ +/-17.5KHz; 60dB @ +/-
6dB@+/-715kHz; 50dB@+/- 35kHz; 60dB@+/-50kHz 25KHz
squelch: noise adaptive squelch with manual override squelch: noise adaptive squelch with manual override
audio output: 5 watts (4 ohm speaker); 40 mw (500 ohm headphones) audio output: 5 watts (4 ohm speaker); 40 mw (500 ohm headphones)
demod output: VOR adjustable from 0.25 to 0.75 arms approvals: TSO C37d, C38d
approvals: TSO C34e, C36e, C37e, C38c, and C40b
Airband Handhelds & Accessores
MX-12 NAV/COMM RADIO backup. * Typical operation, Tx:Rx: Stand-by=5:5:90.

EDMO# MX-12 A total of 200 memory channels can be named with an
760-channel communication 8-character channel name for easy recognition. For fast
transceiver for use in aviation and simple operation, these channels can be grouped into
services and a 200-chan- 10 memory banks*.
nel navigation receiver that The battery charger, BC-179, securely holds and charges
provides VOR/LOC signals the radio, even in bumpy condi-tions. The cigarette lighter
to navigational converters cable, CP-22, can be used with the BC-179.
and frequency selection for remote-mounted glide slope
receivers. Direct replacement for the NARCO MK12A. The Supplied: battery (BP232H), charger (BC179), AC adapt-
original remote power supply is not required with this unit, er (BC147SV), belt clip (MB94), antenna (FAB02AR) &
so a jumper plug is provided for interconnection with the handstrap.
speaker, mic, and power. LED display Other outstanding features
–– 5 W typ. (PEP), 1.5 W typ. (CW) output power
–– Side tone function allows you to hear your own voice
weight: 5 lb through a third party aviation headset
dimensions: 6.312 × 2.90 × 12 in mounting depth –– LCD backlight for night time operation
frequency range: Comm: 760 channels 118.000 to 136.975 MHz –– ANL (Auto Noise Limiter) for noise reduction
Nav: 200 channels 108.00 to 117.95 MHz Preselect channel
storage capacity – 100 –– Low battery indication and beep alert
frequency stability: +/-0.003%, -20°C to 50°C –– Adjustable microphone gain setting
transmitter power: 8 watts min. –– BNC type antenna connector
sidetone: adjustable to 40 mw into 500 ohms
receiver sensitivity: 1.5 uV (soft) for 6 dB s+n/n or 1/2 flag Nav
comm selectivity: 6dB@+/-7.5 kHz; 50dB@+/-17.5 kHz; 60dB@+/-25 kHz weight: 350 g (with BP-232H and antenna)
nav selectivity: 6dB@ +/-15 kHz; 50dB@+/-35 kHz; 60dB@+/-50 kHz dimensions: 53 × 120 × 36.9 mm (W × H × D)
squelch: noise adaptive squelch with manual override frequency range: 118.000–136.975 MHz (COM)
audio output: 5 watts into a 4 ohm speaker; 40 mw into 500 ohm head-
9
frequency stability: ±5 ppm

phones channel spacing: 25 kHz
demod output: VOR adjustable from 1.0 to 3.0 arms number of memory channels: 200 channels with 10 banks
approvals: TSO C34e, C36e, C37d, C38d, C40C power supply requirement: 7.4 VDC (Icom battery pack)
current drain (approximate)
Tx High 1.5A
Rx Max. audio/Stand-by 500 mA/50 mA typ.
operating temperature range: –20 ˚C to +55 ˚C
AIRBAND HANDHELDS &

ACCESSORES EDMO#
IC-A15
MFR#
IC-A15
VOLTAGE
220 V
BATTERY TYPE
lithium ion
IC-A15 VHF AIRBAND HANDHELD
RADIO
ICOM AUSTRALIA
The IC-A15/S series employs a BTL amplifier
that doubles the audio output, offering loud and IC-A25NE VHF AIRBAND HANDHELD
clear audio that’ll cut through cabin or tarmac RADIO
noise. ICOM AUSTRALIA
The IC-A15 full keypad type allows you to input EDMO# IC-A25NE
the channel or frequency directly and has an Icom’s Next Generation Air Band Radio
exclusive button for the 121.5 MHz emergency with Built-in GPS and Bluetooth®
channel.
For expanded communication coverage,
Compact (only 120 mm tall) and light weight output power has been increased to
(approx. 350 g including antenna and BP-232H). approximately 6 W typical (PEP)/ 1.8 W
The water resistant construction, equivalent to typical (carrier).
IPX4, provides reliable operation in wet condi-
tions. Often used functions are assigned to the
keypad and you can directly access a
With the 2300 mAh (typ.) large capacity Lithi- desired function. The enlarged flat sheet
um-Ion battery pack, BP-232H, the IC-A15 pro- keypad offers smooth and swift operation.
vides stable output power & 20 hours (approx.)
operating time*. The BP-261, battery case takes The 2.3 inch large, high contrast and highly
6 AA (LR6) alkaline cells for convenient battery visible LCD displays user-friendly, graphic
Airband Handhelds & Accessores
screens and ensures good readability under direct sun- EDMO# DESCRIPTION TRANSCEIVER
light. The operating frequency in large characters can be MODELS
recognized at a glance. In addition, the night mode option CP-20 Cigaretter Lighter Cable (12V/24V DC) IC-A25NE (Optional)
enables easy viewing in low light conditions. BC-179 220V drop-in desktop charger (13.5hrs) IC-A15 (Supplied)
Stores the last 10 channels used. You can easily recall Includes BC-147SV
those channels by using the directional keys, the channel BC-171 220V drop-in desktop charger (8-10hrs) IC-A15 (Optional)
knob or the keypad. This is convenient for switching be- Requires BC-147SV
tween several channels, such as NAV and COM channels. BC-160 220V drop-in desktop charger (3hrs) IC-A15 (Optional)
In addition, you can freely edit (replace, delete and change Requires BC-123SV.
order) the stored recall channels. BC-197 220V multi-charger (6 x BP-232H in IC-A15 (Optional)
Supplied: battery (BP232H), charger (BC179), AC adapt- 3.5hrs) Requires BC-157S.
er (BC147SV), belt clip (MB94), antenna (FAB02AR) & BC-147SV 220V AC adaptor for BC-179 & BC-171 IC-A15 (Supplied)
handstrap. BC-157S 220V AC adapter for BC-197 IC-A15 (Optional)
Other outstanding features CP-22 Cigaretter Lighter Cable (12V/24V DC) IC-A15 (Optional)
–– Full air band coverage (118-136.992 Mhz) for BC-179
CP-23L Cigaretter Lighter Cable (12V/24V DC) IC-A15 (Optional)
–– 6 Watts (PEP) High RF Output Power for BC-160
–– Easy-to-use Interface OPC-656 Cigaretter Lighter Cable (12V/24V DC) for IC-A15 (Optional)
–– 2.3 inch Large High Visibility LCD BC-197
–– “Flip-Flop” Channel Recall HAND MICS
HM-231 Speaker microphone IC-A25NE (Optional)
–– Built-in Bluetooth® for Hands-Free Operation
HM-173 Speaker microphone IC-A15 (Optional)
–– Intelligent Battery with Detailed Battery Status ADAPTERS
–– VOR (VHF Omni-directional radio range) Navigation VS-3 Bluetooth® Headset - The side tone IC-A25NE (Optional)
Functions (IC-A25NE model) function when connected to radio
–– Near Station Search Function OPC-2379 Headset Adapter cable for use with third IC-A25NE (Supplied)
party headset
–– IP57 dust-protection and waterproof construction
OPC-478UC USB programming cable (OPC-2144 plug IC-A25NE (Optional)
9
–– Built-in GPS Receiver with Simplified Waypoint NAV adapter cable required)
–– Flight Plan with Android™ / IOS™ App OPC-2144 Adapter cable for use with OPC-478UC IC-A25NE (Optional)
OPC-499 Headset Adapter cable for use with third IC-A15 (Optional)
party headset
weight: 384 g (with antenna and BP-288) BELT CLIPS
dimensions: 58.9 × 148.4 × 31.8 mm (W × H × D) MB-133 Belt Clip IC-A25NE (Supplied)
frequency range: Tx: 118–136.992 MHz / Rx: 108–136.992 MHz MB-96N Swivel Type Belt Hanger (Leather) IC-A25NE (Optional)
frequency stability: ±1 ppm IC-A15 (Optional)
channel spacing: 25 kHz MB-96F Fixed Type Belt Hanger (Leather) IC-A25NE (Optional)
IC-A15 (Optional)
number of memory channels: 300 channels/15 groups
MB-96FL Long Type Belt Hanger (Leather) IC-A25NE (Optional)
power supply requirement: 7.2 VDC (Icom battery pack)
MB-94 Belt Clip IC-A15 (Supplied)
current drain (approximate) Tx High: Less than 1.8 A
ANTENNAS
Rx Max. audio/Stand-by: Less than 500mA/90mA
typ. (GPS, Bluetooth®, Light: OFF) FA-B02AR Replacement antenna IC-A25NE (Supplied)
IC-A15 (Supplied)
operating temperature range: –20 ˚C to +55 ˚C
OPTIONS FOR ICOM HANDHELD TRANSCEIVERS PILOT USA PUSH-TO-TALK SWITCH

EDMO# DESCRIPTION TRANSCEIVER
Push-to-talk switch that allows the user to transmit to
MODELS ATC when the red button is engaged. Can be used with
BATTERY PACKS or without an intercom. Compatible with multiple Icom
BP-288 Li-ion 7.2 V, 2350 mAh, Waterproof IC-A25NE (Supplied)
handhelds.
BP-232H Lithium battery: 7.2 V / 2300 mAh IC-A15 (Supplied)
BATTERY CASES EDMO# COMPATIBLE TRANSCEIVER MODELS
BP-289 Alkaline battery case IC-A25NE (Supplied) PTT-SW IC-A3, IC-A6, IC-A22, IC-A24; must be used in conjunction with
BP-261 Accepts AA (LR6) × 6 cells IC-A15 (Optional) part #PA-OPC 499 headset adapter
CHARGERS PA-50 base model
BC-224 220V drop-in desktop charger (3hrs). IC-A25NE (Supplied) PA-50ICPTT for Icom headset adapters, may be used with OPC-499, OPC-
Includes BC-123SV. 871, OPC-967
BC-123SV 220V AC adapter for BC-224 & BC-160 IC-A25NE (Supplied)
IC-A15 (Optional)
Airband Scanners
AIRBAND SCANNERS
TSC-100RA AIRBAND SCANNER WITH
NOAA WEATHER CHANNELS
TTI
EDMO# TSC-100RA
MFR# TSC-100RA
The TSC-100RA is a narrow band receiver
that operates on airband, VHF and VHF low
band (66-68 MHz), and WFM broadcast
band frequencies. This receiver provides
high sensitivity and outstanding audio with a
large, backlit LCD screen and easy-to-read
backlit buttons.
–– 200 memory channels, 10 memory banks
–– Provides band selection and multiple
frequency steps
–– Dual watch and scan and search func-
tions
–– Squelch level adjustment
–– AM and FM reception
–– Equipped with automatic power save and beep tone
–– Backlit LCD screen, external earphone jack and keypad
lock
–– This unit includes 3 AA batteries, antenna, belt clip,
male SMA-to-female BNC connector, and an operation
9
manual
weight: 4.2 oz (with battery)

dimensions: 2.2 × 3.9 × 1.18 in (without antenna)
memory channels: 200
power supply: 3.7 VDC
frequency range: 66-88 , 88-108 MHz, 109-136 MHz, 136-174 MHz
PLL steps: 5 / 6.5 / 8.33 / 10 / 12.5 / 25 / 50 / 100 / 500 kHz
operating temperature -10°C to +60°C
range:
Transponders, Altitude
Encoders & Serializers
Altitude Encoders............................................................................. 180

Transponders.................................................................................... 178
Transponders
ADS-B SOLUTIONS
TRANSPONDERS TN70 GPS RECEIVER KIT
If you’re an aircraft owner
looking for a fully compli-
MODE S TRANSPONDERS ant ADS-B Out solution,
TRIG AVIONICS LIMITED then the TN70 is the ideal
Trig offers the easiest retrofit and forward fit ADS-B tech- partner for Trig transpon-
nology. Their TT22 and TT31 ADS-B transponders and ders. The TN70 is simple
their TN70 WAAS GPS kit or TN72 GPS Receiver give to install and provides a
leading edge performance, features and value. The com- great way to add a certified FAA TSO C-145 WAAS GPS
pact, power-efficient TT22 and TT31 transponders are receiver to complete your ADS-B Out installation.
FAA TSO/EASA approved for IFR and VFR. Both models –– Kit includes Trig’s TA70 antenna
provide Mode S 1090ES and ADS-B Out capability when
paired with a suitable WAAS GPS. TN72 GPS RECEIVER
Trig has a comprehensive FAA STC program, covering Flying in busy skies, or in
hundreds of aircraft types. Free ADS-B STCs are available remote areas means that
for both TT31 and TT22 transponders. These units are many pilots want to exploit
compatible with Garmin GTN and GNS WAAS Navigators. the visibility and safety that
ADS-B provides. ADS-B
TT22 CLASS 1 MODE S TRANSPONDER In traffic receivers, used
Small, light, two-part tran- in general aviation today,
sponder system. The control allow a pilot to view ADS-B
head has an integrated altitude Out equipped aircraft on a
encoder, which saves addition- cockpit display.
al space and weight. Fitting in In countries where ADS-B airspace is mandated, opera-
the tightest of panel space, the tion in ADS-B airspace by certified aircraft usually requires
separate hardware box can be full compliance with TSO-C145 GPS technology, our
installed anywhere in the air- TN70.
frame. With a 250 watt power
10
output, the TT22 can be used –– Interfaces with Trig transponder to provide ADS-B Out
in any light sport and GA air- –– Collision avoidance (uses non zero quality indicators)
craft—even high performance
types operating above 15,000 feet at speeds greater than ADS-B OUT CONSIDERATIONS
175 knots.
OPTION 1: TT31 MODE S TRANSPONDER WITH PREEXISTING
–– Certified Class 1 transponder 250 watts nominal output GARMIN GTN OR GNS NAVIGATOR
–– EASA ETSO & FAA TSO Cert – includes TSO C166b. The TT31 is FAA STC approved for use with Garmin’s
GTN and GNS series WAAS GPS devices when installed
TT21 CLASS 2 MODE S TRANSPONDER with the latest free TT31 ADS-B STC software (version
The TT21 is a two-part low power transponder system, 3.13 required). This approval, coupled with the TT31’s
with a compact control head that includes an integrated compatibility with existing Bendix King KT76A, KT76C,
altitude encoder. This transponder’s low power qualifies and KT78A transponder trays makes it a fast, cost-effec-
the unit as a Class 2 transponder. Class 2 transponders tive retrofit option.
may be used on aircraft cruising slower than 175 knots, OPTION 2: TT31 OR TT22 WITH THE TRIG TN70 KIT
and operating below 15,000 feet, IFR or VFR.
For certified aircraft without a compliant WAAS GPS, Trig
–– Certified class 2 transponder 130 watts nominal outputt provides the TN70 kit. This consists of a certified WAAS
–– EASA ETSO & FAA TSO Cert - includes TSO C166b GPS receiver and companion WAAS GPS antenna. The
TN70 kit is ideal a companion to either Trig’s TT31 or
TT31 CLASS 1 MODE S TRANSPONDER TT22 Mode S transponders (see table below for compari-
The TT31 is the class lead- son) for full ADS-B Out compliance.
ing ‘plug and play’ Mode –– The FAA STC’s (ADS-B) for the TT31 and TT22 includes
S retrofit, compatible with pairing with the TN70 kit
Bendix King KT76A, KT76C
and KT78A transponders.
With the latest software, the
TT31 even allows an ADS-B
compatible install using the
existing BK tray.
–– Certified Class 1 tran-
sponder 240 watts nominal output
–– EASA ETSO & FAA TSO Certification – TSO C166
Transponders
STX-165 PANEL MOUNT TRANSPONDER

TT21 & TT22 SANDIA AEROSPACE
weight: 440g The STX-165 panel mount version has a 1/2 3ATI panel
dimensions: controller: H 44 x W 63 x L 54 mm cutout configuration & bright OLED display & is equipped
transponder in tray: H 48 x W 68 x L 160 mm with a built-in altitude encoder & three tier functions:
operating temperature: controller –25°C to +70°C, transp: –40°C to +70°C elapsed flight time, up timer & down timer. If the user in-
supply voltage: 9-33 V stalls an optional STP78 OAT probe (305561-91), the unit
certification: ETSO C88A, C112C, C166A and TSO C88b, C112c, can also display density altitude (DALT), current outside
C166b, approved for IFR and VFR flight air temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit & an icing alert.
compliance: ED-73C, DO-160F, DO-178B Level B, DO-254 Level C,
The STX-165R remote version accepts either Gilham Gray
DO-260B, DO-181D
Code or RS-232 altitude input for Mode C operation. It
TT31
can be mounted vertically or horizontally with or without a
mounting tray.
weight: 1.35 kg
dimensions: In tray – H 40 x W 160 x L 239 mm STX-165 & STX-165R
operating temperature: –25°C to +70°C
supply voltage: 11-33 V
–– Provides 200W nom output
certification: ETSO C166A, 2C112B and TSO C112, C166b –– Kit includes: transponder, 9
compliance: ED-73B, DO-160E, DO-178B Level B, DO181C, DO- pin sub D connector, size 1 D
260B Class B1S, DO-254 Level C connector clamp, 15 pin sub
TN70 KIT D connector, size 2 D connec-
weight: 726 grams (antenna is 141 grams) tor clamp, SMA connector
STX-165
dimensions: TN70: H 41 x L 165 x W 105mm
antenna: 41 × 73 × 120mm
STX-165 ONLY
operating temperature: –55°C to +70°C –– 3ATI panel cutout with a bright
supply voltage: 9-32 V OLED display that automatically
certification: TSO-C145c dims in low light
Beta 1 Receiver –– 3 timer functions, elapsed flight
compliance: DO-229D, DO-178B level C, DO-254 level C D0-160F time, up timer and down timer
TN72 –– Behind-the-panel depth of only
weight: 110 grams 7.34”
10
dimensions: H 30 x L 90 x W 63mm (W with base flange 80mm) –– Requires low currents—making
operating temperature: -40°C to + 70°C it perfect for LSA, glider, and STX-165R
supply voltage: 11 – 33 V UAV operations.
certification: TSO-C199 Class B
compliance: TSO-C199 Class B, DO-160G
weight: 1.3 lb (STX-165) / 1.16 lb (STX-165R)
dimensions: 1.78 × 3.5 × 7.34 in (behind-the-panel depth STX-165)
3 × 1.8 × 6.9 in (STX-165R)
EDMO# DESCRIPTION input voltage: 11-33 Vdc
TT31 current requirements: 430 mA @ 14 Vdc / 210 mA @ 28 Vdc
00220-00-01 TT31 transponder only (500PRF and 7777Code) / (STX-165)
00225-00-01 TT31 transponder Kit (includes Trig tray and install kit) 360 mA @ 14 Vdc / 180 mA @ 28 Vdc
TT31 ACCESSORIES (500PRF and 7777Code) / (STX-165R)
00223-00 TT31 install kit power output: 200 watts nominal
00231-00 TT31 mounting tray transmitter frequency: 1090 kHz
TT21/22 receiver sensitivity: -74 dBm nominal @90% reply rate
00710-00 TT21 mode S transponder complete kit inputs: Alt encoder: built-in 35K encoder, external RS-232 (opt)
00746-00-01 TT22 mode S transponder remote unit only OAT probe: SANDIA STP78 (optional) (STX-165)
00772-00 TT22 mode S transponder complete kit Grey Code, RS-232 (STX-165R)
01318-00 TC20 controller for TT21/TT22 environmental: temperature: -20° to +55°C
TT21/22 ACCESSORIES altitude: -100 to 35,000 ft (STX-165R)
00667-00 TT21/TT22 mounting tray certifications: DO160F, DO 178B Level C, TSO C74d TSO D88b
TN70/TN72 (encoder)
01381-00 TN70 WAAS GPS Receiver / WAAS Antenna
01685-00-01 TN72 GPS Receiver
ADS-B SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH KIT
1111148201 ADS-B system airspeed switch kit. Compatible with: Trig TT31,
TT22 and Bendix King KT 74 installations 705832-00 705832-00 panel mount transponder
705831-00 705831-00 remote mount transponder
ACCESSORIES
305561-91 305561-91 OAT probe for STX-165
Altitude Encoders
ALTITUDE ENCODERS EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

SSD120-30N SSD120-30N Altitude range: 30,000 ft
NANO ENCODERS SSD120-30NE SSD120-30NE Altitude range: 30,000 ft
TRANS-CAL INDUSTRIES INC extended operating temperature range
-67° to +158°F (-55° to +70°C)
The SSD120-(XX) Series SSD120-35N SSD120-35N Altitude range: 35,000 ft
Nano altitude encoders SSD120-42N SSD120-42N Altitude range: 42,000 ft
are all solid-state devices WITH TWO RS232 OUTPUTS
that measure air pressure
and convert the mea- 30N-RS232 SSD120-30N-RS232 Altitude range: 30,000 ft
surements into the ICAO 30NERS232 SSD120-30NE- Altitude range: 30,000 ft
parallel data for pressure RS232 extended operating temperature range
altitude transmission via -67° to +158°F (-55° to +70°C)
an ICAO pressure altitude 35C-RS232 SSD120-35C-RS232 Altitude range: 35,000 ft
30N-MOD1
Gray code output. The 35N-RS232 SSD120-35N-RS232 Altitude range: 35,000 ft
Nanos also provide altitude data to GPS, autopilots, tran- 42N-RS232 SSD120-42N-RS232 Altitude range: 42,000 ft
sponders, and other navigation devices with optional two
(or five) asynchronous RS232 outputs for which the serial 42NE-RS232 SSD120-42NE- Altitude range: 42,000 ft
data protocol can be individually selected. The user has RS232 extended operating temperature range
multiple resolution settings to choose from; typically the -67° to +158°F (-55° to +70°C)
serial altitude data is set to 100 ft or 10 ft. However, data 30N-RS232 SSD120-30N-RS232 Altitude range: 30,000 ft
protocols for one-foot resolution or metric altitude data are 30NE-RS232 SSD120-30NE- Altitude range: 30,000 ft
available. The Nanos are available in an array of configura- RS232 extended operating temperature range
tions according to operating altitude, temperature range, -67° to +158°F (-55° to +70°C)
and necessary data formats (see table below). 35N-RS232 SSD120-35N-RS232 Altitude range: 35,000 ft
–– Dual 1/8-27 NPT static port inlets 42N-RS232 SSD120-42N-RS232 Altitude range: 42,000 ft
–– One ICAO pressure altitude Gray code output 42NE-RS232 SSD120-42NE- Altitude range: 42,000 ft
RS232 extended operating temperature range
–– Optional two or five RS 232-compliant data outputs -67° to +158°F (-55° to +70°C)
–– Serial ports may be installer configured to transmit sep- WITH TWO RS232 OUTPUTS (HIGH ALTITUDE)
arate data protocols (message and baud rate) 50N-RS232 SSD120-50N-RS232 Altitude range: 50,000 ft
–– Power, ground, and data I/O lines provided on industry
10
62NE-RS232 SSD120-62NE- Altitude range: 62,000 ft

standard D-subminiature connectors RS232 range -67° to +158°F (-55° to
–– Constructed with corrosion-resistant aluminum housing +70°C)
ADDITIONAL VERSIONS
NANO ADAPTER PLATES 30N-RS SSD120-30N-RS Altitude range: 30,000 ft with 10 ft
resolution. Provides altitude data on
Trans-Cal Industries’ adapter
two asynchronous RS232 outputs and
plates allow aircraft technicians to
one RS485 output
quickly replace existing or legacy
ADAPTER PLATES
encoder installations with a Trans-
Cal SSD120-(XX)N series altitude 103036 103036 compatible with: TCI D120
digitizer/encoder. 103038 103038 compatible with: SSD 120
103059 103059 compatible with: ACK devices
103060 103060 compatible with: Shadin devices
weight: 5.9 oz (low altitude)

6.8 oz (high altitude)
altitude range: -1200 up to +100,000 ft
operating temperature range: -4° to +158°F optional “E” versions -67° to
+158°F
operating current: +12Vdc @ 220mA / +28VDc @ 270mA (low
altitude)
+12Vdc @ 55mA / +28Vdc @ 60mA (high
altitude)
operating voltage: +10 to +33 Vdc
approvals: FAA TSO-C88a
EASA ETSO-C88a
MIL-STD-704E
RTCA DO-160E
Altitude Encoders
D-120 ALTITUDE ENCODER SAE 5-35 ALTITUDE ENCODER

TRANS-CAL INDUSTRIES INC SANDIA AEROSPACE
EDMO# D120-P2T20 The SAE 5-35 altitude en-
MFR# D120-P2-T 20 coder combines three func-
Renowned for its reliability, the D-120 tions into one unit: altitude
altitude encoder is an electro-mechan- encoding, digital altitude,
ical, optical shaft angle encoder linked and altitude inflight monitor-
to a mechanical aneroid. It provides low ing. The SAE 5-35 provides
current consumption and a high MTBF. Gillham Grey code to the aircraft’s mode C transponder
–– Offered in 20,000, 30,000, and using innovative pressure circuitry that greatly reduces
35,000 ft operating ranges. warm-up time. Two RS232 altitude data outputs provide
digital altitude data to GPS and terrain awareness systems
in 10-foot increments. This unit provides altitude data
from -1000 to 35,000 feet; as such, it can be installed for
weight: 19 oz use on piston, turbine, or jet aircraft. The altitude inflight
altitude range: 1,000 ft to +35,000 ft monitoring (AIM) system ensures that the aircraft altitude
operating temperature range: 86°F to 122°F (30°C to +50°C) remains within a selected range and provides alerts when-
input power: 10-15 VDC at 120 ma. Max (pin 14) ever deviations of 100 feet or more occur.
22-30 VDC at 150 ma. Max (pin 8)
ground (pin 15)
dielectric strength: 200 VAC, 60 Hz for 1 min weight: 0.7 lb
insulation resistance: 200 VDC, 10 megohms minimum output dimensions: 4.74 × 4.87 × 1.06 in
approvals: TSO-C88 altitude range: 35,000 ft
power input: 11 - 33 VDC
operating current: 0.9 amps
outputs: one grey code, two RS232
ALTITUDE SERIALIZER resolution: grey code 100 ft, RS232 10 ft
TRANS-CAL INDUSTRIES INC accuracy: 50 ft or better
EDMO# IA-RS232CS AIM output: max lamp current: 80 mA
MFR# IA-RS232CS max. off voltage: 50 V
approvals: TSO C88a
10
The IA-RS232C-S altitude se-
rializer is a solid-state interface
adapter that converts parallel,
10-bit ICAO pressure altitude EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
data to a fan-out of two RS232
compliant outputs. This device 705154-00 705154-00 SAE 5-35 Altitude Encoder 35,000 feet
provides a simple and robust ACCESSORIES
method for converting parallel 305216-00 305216-00 install kit for SAE 5-35
data into serial data and re- 305189 305189 knurled nut for SAE 5-35
transmitting to multiple aircraft 305145 305145 mounting tray for SAE 5-35
systems.
–– Serial altitude data is provided
on two asynchronous RS232C output ports and can be
use to provide pressure altitude data to GPS or other
on-board navigation devices 8800 ALTITUDE ENCODER/CONVERTER
SHADIN
–– No warm-up required
Solid-state Mode C Encoder
–– Compatible with Trans-Cal, Terra, ACK, Narco with a high-resolution con-
verter that interfaces with
most transponders while
weight: 12 oz simultaneously transmitting
altitude range: -1,000 to +62,700 ft altitude information to GPS
operating temperature range: 68° F to 185°F (-20°C to +85°C) (and Loran) receivers. The
operating voltage: +12 to +30 VDC 8800 makes advanced VNAV
operating current: 90 mA functions and 3-D global
8800T
approvals: TSO-C88a positioning possible by pro-
RTCA DO-160b viding automatic, real-time altitude input to the aircraft’s
GPS receiver. This is particularly beneficial in situations in
which the GPS unit is only able to receive data from 3 sat-
ellites instead of the required 4 (the 4th may be below the
horizon or the signal is obstructed by the tail/wing of the
aircraft) because the 8800 supplies precise, real-time alti-
tude reference data as a substitute for the fourth satellite.
Altitude Encoders
–– Provides RS-232 formatted data to selected GPS/Lo-

ran systems as well as the Shadin AMS-2000 Altitude
Management System weight: 9 oz
dimensions: 1.5 × 3.125 × 5.75 in
–– Compatible with most Mode C transponders—supplies power: 10 to 28 VDC 300 mA max
Gray code altitude information
Gray code inputs: 11 pins – 10 signal, 1 return (no diode isolation)
–– Eliminates the need to manually enter altitude reference serial outputs: RS232
–– Allows display of altitude in 10-foot increments resolution: 100 feet (10 feet with serial encoder)
–– One-foot resolution allows true VNAV functions operating altitude: up to 55,000 ft
–– All solid-state microprocessor design for reliability altitude display range: -1,000 feet of upper limit of encoder
operating temperature: 14°F to +122°F (-10° C to +50° C)
–– FAA approved: TSO C-88a
approvals: TSO-C88a, RTCA/DO-160B
weight: 12.8 oz
dimensions: 6.125 × 3 × 2.124 in
altitude range: -1,000 ft to 35,000 ft A-30 ALTITUDE ENCODER
operating temperature: -20° to +55°C ACK TECHNOLOGIES
input: static pressure Reports to 30,750’ & provides par-
power input: SSR automatic pressure altitude transmission Codes allel gray code output in the mod
RS-232 serial data (pressure altitude) 4 through mod 7 configuration.
approvals: TSO-C88a In mod 8 and above, the digitizer
RTCA DO-160B reports to 42,000 feet & provides
both parallel gray code & two
A-30.5
RS232 outputs which are jumper
selectable in 10 or 100 ft incre-
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION ments in the most popular data
8800-02 8800-02 landing up gear warning and altitude encoder formats. High quality construction
8800M 8800M IIMorrow GPS interface with gold-plated connectors &
8800T 8800-T Trimble and Garmin GPS serial interface an anodized diecast aluminum
ACCESSORIES
chassis. Includes: quick release
mounting tray, 4 foot harness, 4
10
IK8800 IK8800 install kits for 8800 altitude encoders A-30.9

foot static line, installation manual
weight: 5.1 oz
AMS 2000 ALTITUDE ALERT SYSTEM dimensions: 6 × 2.65 × 1.3 in
SHADIN range: MOD 5-950 to 30,750 ft/w gray code output
EDMO# 8900 MOD 9-950 to 42,000 ft/w 2× RS232 output
accuracy: typical +-50 ft, maximum +-50 ft
The AMS 2000 Altitude Alert
operating voltage: 10 to 32 VDC
System alerts the pilot when
the plane is approaching operating current: 160 mA typical
or deviating from the target operating temp: -4 to +131°F, -20 to +55°C
altitude and when the plane warm-up current draw: 14 VDC 160 mA, 28 VDC 220 mA
has reached decision height warm-up time: 70°F ambient 60 seconds, 0° F ambient 210 seconds
or minimum descent altitude. Upon nearing the destina- altitude resolution: gray code (parallel) output 100 ft, RS232 10 or 100 ft
tion altitude, the AMS 2000 also provides a landing gear approvals: FAA TSO-C88a, RTCA DO-160B, German LBA
reminder. In addition, the AMS 2000 calculates density 10.221/4
altitude and engine performance. Altitude is displayed in
100-foot increments and when connected to the 8800
altitude encoder, it displays altitude in 10-foot increments.
–– LED screen with single dial control for all functions
–– Adjustable audio alert tone (Sonalert™ compatible) A-30.5 A-30 Mod 5 gray code 30,000 ft, code output to 30,750 ft
A-30.9 A-30 Mod 9 gray code 42,000 ft, RS 232 dual outputs
–– Broadcasts and displays gear-down reminder, altitude ACCESSORIES
deviation, level-off warning
A-30R A-30R A-30 install hardware kit: Includes: one 1/8-in NP port
–– Displays MDA/decision height adapter, four 3/8-in spring hose clamps, six 5/16-in
–– Displays altitude from -1,000 to +62,000 ft spring clamps, one 3/16-in nylon “T” fitting, two reduc-
–– Compatible with most Mode-C transponders ing adapters, one sheet altimeter placard
A-30E A30.03 A-30 mounting tray that includes “T” nut and bolt
A30.06.04 A30.06.04 A-30 black hose ≈ 3 ft
A30.11.01 A30.11.01 A-30 connector and 4 foot wiring assembly
Headsets, Intercoms &
Accessories
Headset Accessories........................................................................ 194

Headset Adapters & Interfaces........................................................ 196
Headset PTT Switches...................................................................... 202
Headsets - Active.............................................................................. 184
Headsets - Ground Support.............................................................. 193
Headsets - Passive........................................................................... 187
Headset Switch & Cable Assemblies............................................... 204
Headset Tester.................................................................................. 210
Intercom Systems............................................................................. 207
Microphone Lights............................................................................ 203
Microphones - Handheld.................................................................. 202
Headsets - Active
HEADSETS - ACTIVE FLIGHTCOM VENTURE V50ANR

FLIGHTCOM
The Venture V50ANR stereo headset makes outstanding
FLIGHTCOM DENALI D90ANR Flightcom™ ANR performance widely available with no
FLIGHTCOM skimping on other features. The 17oz weight, open-cell
Extremely lightweight headset that foam PVC ear seals, wide/comfortable air-pillow head
offers exceptional performance pad, & shallow speaker design make a very comfort-
and outstanding comfort. able headset. With 24dB passive NRR & an additional
–– Cell phone/MP3 inputs 14-18dB ANR, noise fatigue and clear communication
–– High-fidelity stereo speakers shouldn’t be an issue. A stereo/mono switch and dual
volume controls optimize hearing. The Sure Power sys-
–– TwistFlex headband tem shuts off ANR to preserve battery life when no audio
–– Lightweight 13.4 oz. is present after 20 minues. A powder-coated black
–– Active noise reduction headband complements the fresh look of onyx black ear
domes.
–– Extra-thick ComLeather ear seals
–– Active noise reduction
–– 3-year limited warranty
–– Glossy black domes
–– Comfortable air pillow head
D90ANR D90ANR Premium Active Noise Reduction Headset pad
–– Black headband
–– Precision flex boom
FLIGHTCOM DENALI D50ANR –– PVC open cell foam ear seals
FLIGHTCOM –– Vinyl carry bag included
–– Active noise reduction technology
–– Lightweight 13.4 oz. EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
–– Extra-thick ComLeather ear seals V50ANR V50ANR ANR Dual-Input Headset

–– High-fidelity stereo speakers
–– Up to 25 hours of battery life
–– TwistFlex headband
FLIGHTCOM CLASSIC ANR
–– Three-year limited warranty FLIGHTCOM
The Classic ANR is built with
11

D50ANR D50ANR Lightweight ANR Headset comfort features not found in
similar headsets. With over-
stuffed Confor® foam ear seals
and larger than normal head-
band, the classic aviation style
FLIGHTCOM VENTURE V90ANR provides extended comfort and
FLIGHTCOM performance.
The Venture 90 Dual Input ANR stereo headset delivers –– Active noise reduction
comfort & performance beyond anything in its class. The –– Dual volume controls
Sure Power system shuts off ANR to preserve battery
life when no audio is present. And the chrome headband –– 17.9 ounces
with carbon fiber print ear domes put this into a class –– Stereo/mono switchable
of its own with the latest in style –– Carry case included
complemented with outstanding
features and reliability. –– 3-year limited warranty
–– Active Noise Reduction EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
–– MP3 and cell phone inputs 100-0011-00 100-0011-00 ANR Headset
–– 50-hour battery life
–– Lightweight 17 ounces
–– Extra-thick ComLeather ear seals
–– Washable thick polar fleece head pad
–– Heavy-duty padded carry case included

V90ANR V90ANR Dual-Input Stereo Headset
Headsets - Active
ASCEND ANR HEADSET AIRMAN 850 ULTRA-LIGHTWEIGHT

TELEX COMMUNICATIONS ANR HEADSET
Comfort, clear sound, and inno- TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
vation combined. Telex’s Ascend Designed for use in aircraft with
Headset provides a redesigned, low noise levels; it provides up to
more comfortable fit with high 12 dB of active noise reduction
quality sound. This versatile design that targets the higher frequency
was created for the cockpit but wind and equipment noise usually
is easily configured for personal found in jet cockpits. An ampli-
use with the ability to change the fied, noise-canceling electret mic
connector, remove the boom, or ensures clear communications
add a battery. The advanced noise and the mic’s flexible rotating
reduction (ANR) system coupled with limited speaker boom provides a degree of cus-
output and high-bandwidth frequency response provides tomization while also protecting
the wearer with crystal-clear sound. A unique chassis the headset cordage. Providing
equipped with pivoting ear cups provides a comfortable fit 301317-002
exceptional lightweight comfort,
and can be swiveled a full 180° for easy storage. the Airman 850 provides an adjustable fit with two inches
–– FAA/TSO C139 approved of up and down earphone adjustment per side and gimbal
–– Flexible cord can be easily coiled mounting that improves the headset’s side-to-side com-
fort. 3.8 oz (without cord) FAA TSO approvals: C57a and C58a.
–– 8oz - cord length 5.91ft Cord length: 01317-000: 5.5 ft +/-0.5 ft, 301317-002:
6.5 ft +/-0.5 ft, 301317-003: 5.5 ft +/-0.5 f
EDMO# MFR# CONNECTOR TYPE
PRD252100 PRD000252100 standard plug & jack EDMO# DESCRIPTION
PRD252150 PRD000252150 XLR 5-pin 301317-000 dual sided, 150 ohm, GA (PJ-068 or equivalent) connector
301317-002 dual sided, 600 ohm, XLR-5 type connector for Airbus
301317-003 dual sided, 600 ohm, (PJ-068 or equivalent) connector
STRATUS 30XT HEADSET

TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
The Stratus 30XT ANR headset DC PRO-XP ENC ACTIVE HEADSET
provides active noise reduction DAVID CLARK
(ANR) up to 16 dB coupled with The DC Pro-XP has a six-pin
another 29 dB passive noise re-
11
connector for use with panel
duction (PNR) while its noise-can- mount installations and pro-
celing electret mic ensures the vides hybrid electronic noise
clearest-possible transmissions. cancellation and Bluetooth®
In addition to its noise reduction technology combined with
capabilities, the Stratus 30XT pro- digital signal processing for
vides a comfortable, customizable high fidelity communications,
fit with an adjustable headband, and dual voice coil for fail-safe
swiveling, adjustable ear cups, operation. This headset spares
and ear cushions padded with a nothing on comfort for the user
layer of 1-inch thick slow recovery foam that conform to with soft leatherette ear seals
the wearer’s head and provide a perfect seal. This headset and a lightweight magnesium
incorporates a handy auto shut-off feature that automat- alloy suspension.
ically shuts off the headset after 15 minutes in low-noise
environments but remains on while the aircraft intercom –– Hybrid Electric Noise Cancellation
system is in use, during cellphone conversations, while –– Digital Signal Processing (DSP) technology provides
music is playing, and when cabin noise exceeds 90 dB. high fidelity audio for superior communications and
–– 17.99oz (510g) - cord length 6.5ft (1.9m) music listening
–– Lightweight magnesium alloy headband and suspen-
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION: sion is adjustable and collapsible so that it can be easily
folded up and stored
PRD11100 PRD000011100 Stratus 30XT Headset
Accessories –– Weight: ≈ 8.4 oz (without cable)
63966-000 63966000 PT-300 push to talk switch with hook-and-loop
strap, coiled cord, std. plug jack adapter EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
43100G-01 43100G-01 base model
43100G-02 43100G-02 same as 43100G-01 but includes 5-pin
(Airbus) connector
Headsets - Active
MODEL H10-13X ENC ACTIVE HEADSET G2 ANR HEADSET

DAVID CLARK FARO AVIATION LLC
The Model H10-13X ENC The Faro® G2 headset with active
Active Headset provides noise reduction (ANR) reduces cock-
crisp, clear audio quality with pit noise up to 52 dB. The Faro®
electronic noise-canceling G2 uses a combination of passive
(ENC) performance. When noise reduction (PNR) and active
ENC is activated, the H10- noise reduction technology (ANR) to
13X provides 23 dB pas- reduce ambient noise in the aircraft.
sive noise reduction and an Active noise reduction is achieved
additional 17-22 dB low-fre- by placing a microphone inside the
quency noise attenuation. A ear cup that listens to ambient noise
noise-canceling M-7A electret and generates “anti-noise” into the
microphone and delivers speakers to cancel out unwanted
crisp transmission while a H10-13X ambient noise.
reduced-pressure headband fitted with plenty of padding –– Noise canceling electret micro-
offers a comfortable fit. G2-A-BLACK
phone and fully adjustable beam
–– Provides 23 dB of passive noise reduction with an addi- with windscreen allows communication to be heard loud
tional 17-22 dB low-frequency noise attenuation when and clear
ENC is activated –– Premium leather ear protection provides 23 dB in pas-
–– Designed with a super-soft, double-foam head pad and sive noise reduction and additional 29 dB noise reduc-
large, lightweight Comfort Gel ear seals and a head- tion with active noise reduction
band designed to produce less pressure on the head –– Large, soft cushions made of durable fiber provide add-
–– Pilot selectable automatic shut-off feature ed comfort for long flights
–– Includes a battery power module with a 9-volt battery –– MP3/Audio compatible with built in 3.5 mm audio jack
that provides up to 25 hours of operation and included auxiliary cable
–– A flex/wire boom makes it easy for the wearer to adjust –– Weight: 23 oz
the placement of the M-7A noise-canceling electret
microphone EDMO# MFR# COLOR
–– In-line stereo/mono switch G2-A-BLACK FARO-G2ANR-BLACK / X000T93H85 black
–– Stereo is compatible with stereo intercom and cabin
entertainment system
–– Steel chrome lock nut headband
11
MODEL H10-13XP G3 ANR HEADSET

Similar to the H10-13X but is capable of operating on the FARO AVIATION LLC
aircrafts power via a supplied permanent panel mount EDMO# FARO-G3
module. This variant includes the headset, an attached MFR# FARO-G3 ANR
5-foot extended coil cord, quick release connector and The Faro G3® ANR head-
a panel mount module that comes with all necessary set is constructed carbon
hardware and instructions for flush, bracket, or surface fiber, making it extremely
mounting. lightweight with the kind of
–– Designed for fixed-wing aircraft barely-there comfort that
–– Dual plugs results from a total weight of
nine (9) ounces. It features
Bluetooth® connectivity,
active noise reduction rated
weight: H10-13X: 18 oz at 52 dB, premium speakers
H10-13XP: 22 oz for crystal clear audio, and a
approvals: FAA TSO approved C57 360° rotatable noise cancelling electret microphone. Faux
Cat. B and C58a leather ear cushions and a soft head cushion ensure that
this lightweight headset’s nine ounces go unnoticed for
hours of in-flight comfort.
–– 100% carbon fiber construction for an airy, light fit
–– Bluetooth™ compatible for audio and communication
H10-13X 40411G-06 H10-13 headset with 5-foot straight cord
H10-13XP 40600G-02 H10-13 headset with 5-foot coil cord and panel –– Active noise reduction rated at 52 dB
mount power module –– 3.5 mm auxiliary audio input (cable included)
–– 2xAA batteries required
–– Weight: 9 oz
Headsets - Passive
HEADSETS - PASSIVE VENTURE V70SP HEADSET

FLIGHTCOM
The Venture V70SP Passive
DENALI D30SP HEADSET Fixed-Wing Stereo headset
FLIGHTCOM delivers an outstanding combi-
The Denali D30SP is an extremely lightweight headset that nation of comfort, performance,
offers exceptional performance and outstanding com- and good looks. This headset
fort. Engineered to fit unlike any other aviation headset, weights a mere 17 ounces and
the D30SP provides excellent passive noise attenuation, comes with supple ComLeather
a secure and comfortable fit and ear seals and a washable polar
extremely reliable performance. fleece had pad for long-wearing
–– Lightweight 11 oz. comfort. Like other Flightcom
–– Extra-thick ComLeather ear seals Venture series headsets, the
V70SP provides a 24dB NRR
–– High-fidelity stereo speakers barrier against cockpit noise. A stereo/mono switch and
–– TwistFlex headband dual volume controls optimize hearing. The powder-coat-
–– 21dB passive noise reduction ed black headband and carbon fiber print ear domes look
professional in any cockpit. A lightweight carry bag is
–– Three-year limited warranty included.
–– Stereo/mono switchable
–– Carbon fiber print domes
D30SP D30SP Denali Passive Headset
–– Washable, low-profile polar fleece head pad
–– Precision flex boom
–– Thick ComLeather ear seals
VENTURE V90SP HEADSET –– Lightweight carry bag
FLIGHTCOM
The Venture V90SP Passive Fixed-Wing Headset delivers
top-of-the-line comfort and outstanding performance V70SP V70SP Passive Fixed-Wing Headset
for pilots who don’t need ANR. Like its ANR cousin, this
headset weights a mere 17 ounces and comes with su-
per-thick ComLeather ear seals and washable thick polar
fleece head pad for long-wearing comfort on experienced
pilots, or those who are gaining experience. Cockpit noise VENTURE V50SP HEADSET
11
is tamed with 24dB NRR, with stereo/mono switch and FLIGHTCOM
dual volume controls to optimize hearing. The chrome The Venture V50SP passive stereo headset makes
headband and carbon fiber print ear domes set a new Flightcom™ quality and performance available to pilots
standard for looks and class. A heavy-duty padded carry- and “back-seaters” alike. The 17 ounce weight, open-cell
ing case is included. foam PVC ear seals, wide and comfortable air-pillow head
–– Carbon fiber print domes pad, and shallow speaker design make a very comfort-
–– Washable polar fleece head able headset. With 24dB passive NRR, everyone will enjoy
pad clear communication. A stereo/mono switch and dual
volume controls optimize hearing. A powder-coated black
–– Chrome headband headband complements the fresh look of onyx black ear
–– Precision flex boom domes. A lightweight carrying bag is included.
–– Thick ComLeather ear seals –– Glossy black domes
–– Heavy duty carry bag –– Comfortable air pillow head
–– 3-year warranty pad
–– 2-year warranty
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION –– Black headband
V90SP V90SP Passive Fixed-Wing Headset –– Precision flex boom
–– PVC open cell foam ear seals
–– Vinyl carry bag

V50SP V50SP Passive Fixed-Wing Headset
Headsets - Passive
VENTURE V30SP HEADSET 4DLX CLASSIC HEADSET

FLIGHTCOM FLIGHTCOM
EDMO# V30SP EDMO# 100-0004-00
The Venture V30SP passive stereo headset combines The 4DLX Classic is a general aviation style headset at
affordable quality, durability, and features for new pilots a price to fit any budget. The dual volume controls allow
and passengers young and old. The 17 ounce weight, for independent volume adjustment in each ear dome
open-cell foam PVC ear seals, ventilated foam-rubber and the precision flex boom, with noise canceling electret
head pad, and shallow speaker design deliver adaptable microphone, provides exact positioning.
fit. The 24dB passive NRR enables clear communication. –– Wide, comfortable air-pillow head-
A stereo/mono switch and single volume control optimize pad
hearing. The powder-coated black
headband matches natural black –– Combined liquid and foam ear seals
ear domes. –– Stereo/mono switchable
–– Black domes –– NRR 24dB
–– Comfortable ventilated head pad –– Weighs 16.8 ounces
–– Black headband –– Mic muff & cloth ear seal covers
–– Precision flex boom included
–– PVC open cell foam ear seals –– 3-year warranty
VENTURE V90MPH HEADSET 4DX CLASSIC HEADSET

FLIGHTCOM FLIGHTCOM
EDMO# V90MPH EDMO# 100-0003-00
The Venture 90 Passive Helicopter stereo headset delivers The 4DX Classic is an entry level headset with classic
top-of-the-line comfort & outstanding passive perfor- Flightcom ruggedness. With an easy-to-position wire
mance. Cockpit noise is tamed with 24dB NRR, & dual articulated boom, ventilated foam rubber headpad and
volume controls with stereo/mono switch optimize hear- combined liquid and foam ear seals, the 4DX Classic is
ing. U-174/U helicopter plug comfortable and affordable.
–– Carbon fiber print fomes –– Ventilated, cushioned headpad
–– Washable polar fleece head –– Combined liquid foam ear seals
pad –– 24dB NRR
–– Chrome headband –– Single volume control
–– Precision flex boom –– Mono
11
–– Thick ComLeather ear seals –– Mic muff & cloth ear seal covers
–– Heavy duty carrying bag included
5DX CLASSIC HEADSET AIR 3100 PASSIVE HEADSET

TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
FLIGHTCOM
EDMO# 300048-200
EDMO# 100-0005-00
–– Comfortable fit with a foam-
A conventional general aviation style headset, the 5DX filled headband pad
Classic ensures long-life ruggedness. The dual volume
controls allow for independent volume adjustment in each –– Soft, lightweight gel ear cush-
ear dome. The precision flex boom, with noise canceling ions
electret microphone, provides exact –– Flexible microphone boom
positioning. with sealed ball-and-socket
–– Dual volume controls joint
–– Soft silicone gel ear seals –– Noise-canceling electret
element with a cartridge that
–– Washable polar-fleece headpad snaps on and off for quick
–– Stereo/mono switch ensures audio replacement
compatibility –– Mic cartridge is protected inside the boom arm, all wire
–– 22dB NRR used in the headset is shielded from RFI and EMI, and
–– 3-year warranty strain-reliefs on all cords provide maximum durability
–– Folds into an extremely compact shape for storage and
transport
–– 14.22oz
–– FAA TSO C57a and C58a
Headsets - Passive
AIR 3500 PASSIVE HEADSET ECHELON 25XT PASSIVE HEADSET

TELEX COMMUNICATIONS TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
EDMO# 300400-000 EDMO# PRD13000
–– 24 dB passive noise reduction MFR# PRD000013000
–– Three quick-set headset pres- –– Provides noise reduction
sure settings greater than or equal to 25 dB
–– Foam-filled headband pad & ear –– A built-in audio interface allows
cushions the wearer to connect media
players and cellphones to the
–– Volume adjustable for each ear headset—with the ability to
–– Boom can be positioned on mute the devices as needed
either side of the head with one simple on/off switch
–– 13.44 oz –– A stereo mono switch on the
–– FAA TSO C57a & C58a Y-cord can be set to mono for monaural intercom sys-
tems or for direct connection to the aircraft radio
5X5 PRO III PASSIVE HEADSET –– Individual ear cup volume controls
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS –– Includes a deluxe carrying case
–– Eartip style receiver –– Weight: 13.62 oz
–– Adjustable headband is comprised
of two stainless steel springs MODEL H10-60 SERIES PASSIVE
covered with soft polypropylene HEADSET
webbing DAVID CLARK
–– Includes a detachable headband The H10-60 Series headsets
and pivot assembly that can be are designed to go the distance
rotated over a 180-degree range with a plush, comfortable fit for
–– Headband is cushioned with soft 64000-100 long-distance flights. Headsets
polyester-urethane foam head pads in this series are constructed
–– Can be paired with a push-to-talk switch with an adjustable headband,
cushioned head pad, and gel
–– 4.27 oz ear seals that provide even pres-
–– FAA TSO C57a and C58a sure on the wearer’s head. The
headset’s M-7A microphone
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION is attached to a patented flex/
11
64000-100 64000-100 standard model wire boom that can be precisely
64000-103 64000-103 for KC-10 aircraft
positioned by the user. H10-60H
–– Noise reduction rating of 23 dB
–– M-7A microphone
–– Constructed with a flex wire boom for precise micro-
phone placement and a boom guide lock
AIRMAN 750 PASSIVE HEADSET
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS –– Volume is easy to adjust using the dual volume control
for each ear
–– Open-air style earphones provide
comfort during long flights and are –– Designed for comfort with a super-soft, foam-filled pil-
designed for adaptable usage low headpad and Comfort Gel ear seals
–– Comes with miniature, amplified, –– Adjustable headset pressure & headband size, steel
noise-canceling electret microphone chrome, lock nut
that provides 400 Hz hum rejection –– 22 oz (headset only)
–– 3.2 oz –– FAA TSO C-139, RTCA/DO-214 standards
–– 64400-200: FAA TSO C57a 64300-200
EDMO# MFR# CORD PLUGS AIRCRAFT MIC
–– 64300:200: FAA TSO C57a and C58a
H10-60 40128G-01 5-foot straight dual fixed wing M-7A
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION H10-60C 40128G-02 5-foot coil dual fixed wing M-7A
H10-60H 40128G-03 5-foot coil U-174-U helicopter M-7A
64300-200 64300-200 Airman 750
MILITARY OPTION
64300-210 64300-210 Airman 750 with XLR-5-12C connector for Airbus
H10-66 18283G-03 5-foot coil U-174-U helicopter M-101
64300-300 64300-300 Airman 750 single sided
64400-200 64400-200 Airman 760, same as Airman 750 but does not
include a microphone. Approved to TSO C57a only.
Headsets - Passive
MODEL H10-30 SERIES PASSIVE MODEL H10-13.4 SERIES PASSIVE

HEADSET HEADSET
DAVID CLARK DAVID CLARK
The H10-30 Series passive –– Certified noise reduction rating
headsets provide solid comfort of 23 dB
and noise protection at an ex- –– Fitted with a super-soft, double
cellent price point for veteran foam head pad and Comfort
aviators and student pilots Gel ear seals
alike. Model H10-30 headsets
are fitted with plush head pads –– Universal Flex boom that is
and Comfort Gel ear seals adjustable to the wearer’s
with a flexible wire boom that preferences and an M-7A
makes it easy to customize noise-canceling microphone
mic placement. H10-30
–– Low-profile volume control
–– Certified noise reduction rating of 24 dB knob with detent settings
–– Super soft head pad & larger, lighter, undercut Comfort –– Durable molded cord assem-
Gel ear seals bly withstands pulls and flex H10-13S
–– Wire boom for easy mic placement –– Steel chrome, lock nut headband
–– Equipped with an M-1/DC amplified, dynamic micro- –– 16.5 oz
phone –– FAA TSO approved C-57 cat. B and C58a
–– Molded cord assembly made to withstand pulls and flex
EDMO# MFR# CORD PLUGS AIRCRAFT
–– Steel chrome, lock nut headband
H10-13.4 40411G-01 5-foot straight cord dual plugs fixed wing
–– 20 oz
H10-13S 40422G-01 5-foot straight cord dual plugs fixed wing
–– FAA TSO C57 Cat. B and C58a, RTCA/DO-214 H10-13Y 40411G-04 5-foot straight cord dual plugs fixed wing
H10-13H 40411G-02 5-foot coil cord single plug helicopter
EDMO# MFR# CORD PLUGS AIRCRAFT MIC H10-13N H10-13N 5-foot straight cord dual plugs fixed wing
H10-30 12508G-17 5-foot straight dual fixed wing M1/DC
H10-36 12508G-20 5-foot coil single helicopter M1/DC
MODEL H20-10 PASSIVE HEADSETS

DAVID CLARK
MODEL H10-20 PASSIVE HEADSET
11
–– The head pad suspension

DAVID CLARK system is constructed with
–– Certified noise reduction advanced, lightweight com-
rating of 24 dB posite materials and provides
–– Designed for comfort with a a comfortable fit with pillowy
soft head pad and light- cushioning and contoured
weight, undercut Comfort gel ear seals that conform to
Gel ear seals the wearer’s ears and head
–– Includes a Flex boom as- –– Headband design eliminates
sembly that can be adjust- an exposed overhead cord
ed for perfect microphone –– Equipped with an M7-A
placement and an M-7A, noise-canceling microphone
advanced noise-canceling –– All cords are constructed to withstand pull and flex
microphone H10-20 –– H20-10S is the stereo version and includes an inline
–– Includes a low-profile volume control knob with detent stereo/mono switch
settings
–– 19 oz
–– Steel chrome, lock nut headband
–– FAA TSO approved C-57 cat. B and C58a
–– 19 oz
–– FAA TSO C57 Cat. B and C58a, RTCA/DO-214 EDMO# MFR# CORD PLUGS AIRCRAFT
H20-10 40495G-01 5-foot straight cord dual plugs fixed wing
EDMO# MFR# CORD PLUGS AIRCRAFT H20-10S 40495G-09 5-foot straight cord dual plugs fixed wing
H10-20 40074G-01 5-foot straight dual fixed wing EAR SEALS FOR H20-10 HEADSETS
H10-26 40074G-02 5-foot coil single helicopter 40243G-05 40243G-05 Gel-filled ear seals for: H20-10, H20-10S, H20-16
Headsets - Passive
MODEL H3530 PASSIVE HEADSET EDMO# MFR# COLOR OR SIZE OPTION

DAVID CLARK G2-H-BLACK FARO-G2PNR-HELI- black
The Model H3530 Passive Head- BLACK
set is part of the Series 3800 ACCESSORIES
UH60 Blackhawk VIP intercom BAG-BLACK FAROBAG-BLACK black headset bag—fits most aviation
system. headsets
–– Certified noise reduction rating BAG-GREEN FAROBAG-GREEN green headset bag—fits most aviation
of 24 dB headsets
–– Constructed with a corro- MIC-COVER FARO-MIC-COVER microphone cove for use with Faro
sion-proof, chrome plated, headsets
headband and stirrup assembly
–– Soft headpad and ear seals
and an adjustable Flex-Boom
that allows the wearer to position the mic as needed
AIR IN-EAR HEADSET
–– Includes an M-1A amplified dynamic microphone that FARO AVIATION LLC
provides superior noise cancellation EDMO# FARO-AIR
–– Comes with a 30-inch straight cord with locking con- MFR# FARO-AIR
nect (SC298) to mate with C35-XX belt station (required) The Faro Air In-Ear headset, as
its name implies, is extreme-
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION ly lightweight weighing only 1
H3530 12508G-34 H3530 headset ounce. Though lightweight, this
ACCESSORIES headset provides more than 30
C35-08 04016G-14 C35-08 belt station for H3530 (8 ft coil cord and dB of noise reduction with Faro’s
PJ-051 plug) slow-recovery composite foam
C35-16 04016G-13 C35-16 belt station for H3530 (16 ft straight cord ear tips. They are slightly longer
and PJ-051 plug) than typical ear plugs to fit deep-
C35-26 04016G-10 C35-0268 belt station for H3530 (26 ft coil cord er into the ear canal and create an effective seal while
and PJ-051 plug) exerting low pressure in the ear canal. It also features
premium speakers rated at 280Ω, noise canceling electret
C35-30 04016G-11 C35-30 belt station for H3530 (30 ft straight cord
microphone, replaceable foam ear tips, and padded ear
and PJ-051 plug)
hooks for a secure and comfortable fit.
18920G-02 18920G-02 M-1A mic for H3530 and H3531 headsets
18316G-02 18316G-02 foam-filled ear seals for use in David Clark ENC –– Weighs only one (1) ounce
model headsets—sold in pairs and compatible with: –– Provides over 30 dB noise reduction with slow-recovery
11
H3530, H3531, H3335, H3312, and H3313 composite foam ear tips that create an effective seal in
the ear canal
–– Auxiliary audio input
–– Dual volume control
G2 PNR HEADSET –– Mono/Stereo switch
FARO AVIATION LLC –– Replaceable ear plugs offered in 3 sizes
The Faro® G2 PNR headset
is lightweight and comfortable PA-1161 PASSIVE HEADSET
with precise, clear audio that PILOT USA
uses passive noise reduction to EDMO# PA-1161
reduce noise by 26 dB. MFR# PA-1161
–– Large cushions made of soft, –– Passive NRR of 24 dB
durable fiber are built into the –– The chrome headband frame is
headband for a soft, com- cushioned with a foam head-
fortable fit band and foam ear seals for
–– Noise canceling electret mi- long-lasting comfort
crophone and fully adjustable –– The noise canceling electret mic
beam with windscreen can be positioned as needed
–– Weight: 13 oz on the half-metal, half-flex mic
–– MP3/Audio compatible with built in 3.5 mm audio jack & boom
included auxiliary cable –– Volume can be individually adjusted on each earcup
–– Equipped with mono/stereo capability
EDMO# MFR# COLOR OR SIZE OPTION
–– Foam ear seals and a foam headpad provide a comfort-
G2-BLACK FARO G2-PNR black able fit
–– Weight: 15.4 oz
Headsets - Passive
PA-1151ACB CADET PASSIVE HEADSET PA-1169T PASSIVE HEADSET

– CHILDRENS’ PILOT USA
PILOT USA EDMO# PA-1169T
–– 24 dB passive noise reduction
–– Ectret noise canceling mic
& half metal/half flex micro-
phone boom
–– Provides mono/stereo capa-
bility and is compatible with
3.5 mm (4 conductor) and 2.5
mm inputs
–– Dual volume control on each
ear cup
–– Comes with a padded headset bag
PA-1151ACB PA-1151ACG –– Construct with black and gray earcups with chrome
hardware
The PA-1151ACB Children’s Headset is a passive headset –– Weight: 15.9 oz
that is designed for smaller heads but includes all of the
trimmings that come with an adult headset.
PA-1181T PASSIVE HEADSET
–– Provides passive noise reduction of 24 dB PILOT USA
–– Designed with a smaller version of the Pilot USA head- EDMO# PA-1181T
band and SuperCushion headpad to accommodate –– 24 dB passive noise reduction
smaller head sizes
–– Full flex microphone boom.
–– Includes a shorter full, flexible microphone boom to
ensure proper placement of the noise canceling micro- –– Washable pillow top head pad;
phone silicone gel ear seals.
–– Compatible with media players including tablets, lap- –– Built-in PTT button
tops, and cellphones –– Compatible with cell phones &
–– The headband may be swapped out for larger head- satellite phones & includes a
bands over time “true stereo” input jack so that
the user can listen to or watch
–– PA-1151ACB has one red ear cup and one blue ear cup media on cellphones & tablets
–– PA-1151ACG has pink ear cups
11
–– Provides mono/stereo capability & is compatible with

–– Weight: 11.9 oz 3.5 mm (4 conductor) and 2.5 mm inputs
–– Comes with a soft, padded headset case
–– Weight: 15.9 oz
PA-1151ACB PA-1151ACB Cadet Headset –boys’
PA-1151ACG PA-1151ACG Cadet Headset –girls’
AIRCLASSICS HS-1A PASSIVE HEADSET
ASA
EDMO# HS-1A
–– Noise reduction rating of 23 dB
PA-1160 PASSIVE –– Passive noise attenuation with
HEADSET earcups padded with high-
PILOT USA density acoustic foam
The PA-1160AI provides 24 dB –– Adjustable headband that elimi-
of passive noise reduction; the nates hotspots & accommodates
PA1160AIR provides 23 dB eyeglasses
–– Includes an installed inline –– High fidelity speakers and
Press-To-Talk (PTT) switch on noise-canceling electret mic
the comm cord –– Flex microphone boom
–– Weight: 15.9 oz –– Corrosion-resistant gold-plated
microphone and headphone plugs and high-grade,
multi-strand wire throughout
–– Mono/stereo capability
–– Includes large, dual controls for adjusting the volume on
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION each ear
PA-1160AI PA-1160AI/STRAIGHT PA-1160 with straight plug –– Weight: 1.95 lb
PA-1160AIR PA-1160AI/RIGHT PA-1160 with right angle plug
Headsets - Ground Support
HEADSETS - GROUND EDMO# MFR# CORD MICROPHONE
SUPPORT H3335 12304G-04 30-inch straight cord with snap-fastened nylon

PJ-051 plug; mates C31- straps secure micro-
XX series extension cords phone muff to mouth
MODEL H331X HEADSETS Ear Seals
DAVID CLARK 18316G-02 18316G-02 foam-filled ear seals for use in David Clark ENC
–– Certified noise reduction model headsets—sold in pairs and compatible
rating of 26 dB. with: H3530, H3531, H3335, H3312, and H3313
Extension Cords
–– M-1/DC noise-canceling C31-26 18874G-01 26 ft coil cord
amplified dynamic mic.
C31-12 22397G-03 12 ft straight cord
–– Soft foam head pad & foam C31-25 18874G-01 25 ft straight cord
ear seals C31-50 22397G-05 50 ft straight cord
–– Corrosion-proof, chrome C31-100 22397G-06 100 ft straight cord
plated headband and stirrup Connector Kit
assembly 18900G-42 18900G-42 connector kit PJ-051 for use with: H3335, H3312,
H3310
H3313, H3310
EDMO# MFR# CORD MICROPHONE
H3310 12506G-05 30-inch straight cord with snap-fastened nylon
PJ-051 plug; mates C31- straps secure micro-
H3312
XX series extension cords
12515G-12 25-foot straight cord
phone muff to mouth
microphone muff hangs
HEADPHONES
freely, for periodic use
H3313 12515G-14 30-inch straight cord with microphone muff hangs AIRMAN 760 HEADPHONES
PJ-051 plug mates with freely and ready for TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
C31-XX series extension periodic use EDMO# 64400-200
cords Lightweight comfort and adaptabil-
EAR SEALS ity and weigh in at just over 3oz.
18316G-02 18316G-02 foam-filled ear seals for use in David Clark ENC There are two versions of the Air-
model headsets—sold in pairs and compatible with: man headset available: the Airman
H3530, H3531, H3335, H3312, and H3313 760, consisting of headphones only
EXTENSION CORDS and the Airman 750 which includes
C31-12 22397G-03 12 ft straight cord an amplified, noise-canceling elec-
C31-25 18874G-01 25 ft straight cord tret mic.
11
C31-26 18874G-01 26 ft coil cord –– Open-air style earphones—the
C31-50 22397G-05 50 ft straight cord earphone housings are mounted
C31-100 22397G-06 100 ft straight cord on stainless steel sliders that provide over two inches of
Connector Kit fit adjustment
18900G-42 18900G-42 connector kit PJ-051 for use with: H3335, H3312, –– Removable ear cushions designed for quick field re-
H3313, H3310 placement
–– 3.2 oz
–– FAA TSO C57a
MODEL H3335 HEADSET MODEL 10A HEARING PROTECTOR

DAVID CLARK DAVID CLARK
EDMO# H3335 EDMO# 12451G-01
MFR# 12304G-04 One of David Clark’s most popu-
–– Certified noise reduction at 24 dB lar hearing protection models, the
–– M-1/DC noise-canceling amplified Model 10A over-the-head-style
dynamic microphone hearing protection headphones
–– Microphone either right or left side provide a certified noise-reduction
using the hinged wire boom rating of 23 dB.
–– Hands-free communication with a –– Equipped with wide, foam-filled
microphone on/off switch on the ear seals and low-profile ear
ear dome cups
–– Soft foam head pad & foam ear –– Adjustable head band with
seals plush foam headpad provides a
comfortable fit
–– Corrosion-proof, chrome plated headband and stirrup
–– Constructed with high quality chrome-plated hardware
–– 26 ft coil cord mates with C31-12, C31-25, C31-50,
and C31-100.
Headset Accessories
HEADSET ACCESSORIES EAR CUP DOME FILTER

EDMO# 14096P-09
Foam dome filter fits inside the ear
DAVID CLARK HEADSET ACCESSORIES cups of David Clark Headsets. Fits
SUPER-SOFT, DOUBLE FOAM HEAD PAD KIT the following headsets: H10-13.4,
FOR H10-13-SERIES HEADSETS H10-13N, H10-13S, H10-13H, H10-
EDMO# 40688G-36 13Y, H10-20, H10-21, H10-26, H10-30, H10-36, H10-56,
H10-56N, H10-60, H10-60C, H10-60H, and H10-00.
The Super-Soft, Double Foam Head
Pad kit dissipates headset weight PILLOW HEAD PAD
with a tapered cushion and a unique EDMO# 40075G-02
center hinge that allows the head pad The pillow head pad has a
to “breathe” for improved comfort. This four-chamber design that provides a
head pad is compatible with David combination of comfort and durabil-
Clark H10-Series headsets including ity. Intended for use with most David
UNDERCUT COMFORT-GEL EAR SEALS Clark headsets except for the H20-Series.
EDMO# 40863G-02 SOFT FOAM HEADPAD
Constructed with a patented un- EDMO# 18900G-45
dercut design that increases sur- David Clark’s soft, foam-filled head
face-area contact with the wearer’s pad is constructed with soft foam and
head without a substantial increase a cotton cloth cover for cushioned
in weight. The design also results in comfort. Compatible with the following
more interior room for the wearer’s headsets: H10-20, H10-21, H10-26,
ears—ensuring quieter, more com- H10-30, H10-36, H10-56N, H10-56,
fortable flights. Compatible with David Clark H10-Series H10-60, H10-60C, H10-60H, H10-00, H10-56, H10-
headsets and hearing protectors. Sold in pairs. 56HXL, H10-56HXP.
EAR SEAL FOAM HEADPAD RESTRAINT
EDMO# 18316G-07 EDMO# 40266G-01
Soft, dependable foam-filled ear seals Foam headpad restraint for David Clark
provide a perfect fit that is both comfortable headsets. Compatible with the follow-
and secure. Intended for use with most ing models: H10-13.4, H10-13H, H10-
David Clark headsets except for H20-10 13HX, H10-13N, H10-13S, H10-13X,
standard and ENC Models. Sold in pairs. H10-13X, H10-13Y, H10-76, H10-76X,
GEL-FILLED EAR SEALS 40411G-16, 40762G-01.
11
Flo-Fit Gel-Filled Ear seals provide STOP GAP EYEGLASS TEMPLE CUSHIONS
incredible comfort and a consistently EDMO# 12500G-02
soft, cushioned fit. Sold in pairs. Stop Gap Eyeglass Temple cushions
provide comfort and a good seal around
EDMO# MFR# COMPATIBLE WITH: eyeglasses to prevent noise from leaking
40243G-02 40243G-02 Most David Clark headsets except H20-10 standard through the gap. Sold in pairs.
and ENC models DAVID CLARK MICROPHONE WINDSCREENS
40243G-05 40243G-05 H20-10, H20-10S, H20-16
EAR SEAL COMFORT COVERS

EDMO# 22658G-01
40062G-01 40062G-02 18434G-02
Constructed with soft, double-knit, David Clark microphone protectors/windscreens provide
100% cotton, these washable ear seal improved communications by reducing ambient noise
covers are easy to maintain and provide during transmission. Check microphone model to get the
an extra layer of comfort with the ability right size.
to absorb moisture in hot, humid weath-
er. Compatible with most David Clark ear seals except for EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION:
H20-Series and X-Series (ENC) headsets. Sold in pairs. 40062G-01 40062G-01 M-4 microphone protector
FILTER 40062G-02 40062G-02 M-7A microphone protector
EDMO# 25629P-03 18434G-02 18434G-02 M-1/DC microphone cover
Ear seal filter for H1 and H3 Series
headsets.
Headset Accessories
TELEX HEADSET ACCESSORIES EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

GEL-FILLED EAR CUSHION KIT FL-ES-HEL PA-22GL gel ear seals – large size
EDMO# 800027-002
Replacement gel-filled ear cushions for
Telex headsets. Compatible with the
following headsets: Air 3500, 3500HE, CLOTH EAR SEAL COVERS
3000, 4000, 4100, ANR, ANR-1D. Sold as a pair. EDMO# PA-20
MFR# PA-20
FOAM EAR CUSHIONS Cloth ear seal covers prolong the life of
EDMO# 800456-008
headset ear seals while also adding an
Compatible with the following Telex head- additional layer of comfort for the wearer. These cov-
sets: Air 3500, ANR 150, and Stratus 30. ers are constructed with washable 100% cotton, that is
Sold as a pair. designed to absorb moisture in hot, humid environments.
EAR CUSHIONS/STRATUS 50D/30XT Sold in pairs.
EDMO# 800456-021 PILOT USA MICROPHONE WINDSCREENS
Replacement ear cushions for Stratus
50D and 30XT headsets.
TELEX MICROPHONE WINDSCREENS
Microphone windscreens compatible with
Telex products. Protects the microphone PA-10 PA-10L PA-11
while reducing background noise. Windscreens for Pilot USA microphones protect headset
microphones while improving sound quality by reducing
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION: interference from wind and other background noises.
800456-000 800456000 elongated microphone windscreen for: AIR 3500,
ANR, PRO Air Series, Echelon, Air 3100 EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION/USE:
800456-001 800456-001 lightweight microphone windscreen for Airman PA-10 PA-10 small foam windscreen for electret mic; fits PA-5, PA-7,
ANR 500 and Airman 750 PA-9 or equivalent
PA-10L PA-10L large foam windscreen for dynamic mic; fits M-101, M-87
or equivalent
PA-11 PA-11 leather mic cover and foam windscreen for electret mic; fits
PA-5, PA-7, PA-9 or equivalent
ASA HEADSET ACCESSORIES
ASA GEL HEADSET EAR SEALS
11
EDMO# HS-1-GEL
Gel ear seals from ASA provide increased com-
fort, improved noise protection & sharper com- FARO HEADSET ACCESSORIES
munications. The gel material used in ASA’s gel GEL EARSEALS
ear seals allow the seal to flow naturally around EDMO# EAR-SEAL
the wearer’s ear to distribute pressure evenly MFR# GEL-EAR-SEAL
around the head and facial contours. Faro Gel Ear Seals are designed with
ASA MICROPHONE MUFF double-thickness silicone gel cush-
EDMO# HS-1-MUFF ions and provide high noise reduction
The ASA microphone muff is made of and a comfortable fit. Compatible
acoustically transparent Sonic Foam™pro- with most aviation headsets including
tects headset mics from moisture, dirt and David Clark.
debris while reducing excess wind and LEATHER EAR CUSHION
background noise. Designed for comfort and years of use, EDMO# EARCUSHION
this microphone muff is hypoallergenic and washable. MFR# LEATHER-EAR-CUSHION
Secures into place with an included O-ring. Faro leather ear cushions are light,
comfortable and ideal for long flights
PILOT USA HEADSET ACCESSORIES and hot days. Compatible with most
aviation headsets.
GEL EAR SEALS
Silicone gel ear seals for most
conventional headset styles. Easy to
install—simple slide-on design.

FL-ES-15 PA-22G gel ear seals
Headset Adapters & Interfaces
HEADSET ADAPTERS & INTERFACES

HEADSET EXTENSION ADAPTERS
JB-02 EJB-02 Heavy duty headset extension allows a 0.25 inch phone jack to be extended by 5 feet. Excellent
for customizing an aircraft with rear passenger headphone (listen only) capabilities.
JB-03 EJB-03 Heavy duty extension cable allows a general aviation headset using a PJ-068 and PJ-055B or
equivalent plugs to be extended 5 feet. Ideal when position of aircraft radio or intercom does not
allow headset cords to reach adequately.
JB-03 10FT JB-03 Same as JB-03 with 10 foot extension
JB-03 25FT JB-03-25 Same as JB-03 with 25 foot extension.
JB-03 50FT JB-03-50 Same as JB-03 with 50 foot extension
JB-03 100F JB-03 100FT Same as JB-03 with 100 foot extension
JB-04 EJB-04 Heavy duty extension allows a 0.206-inch microphone jack to be extended by 5 feet. Excellent
for customizing an aircraft with rear passenger microphone jacks.
JB-13 EJB-13 Helicopter headset extension for headset using U-174/U, U-93A/U or equivalent plugs; 5 feet in
length.
JB-13 1FT JB-13-S Same as JB-13 but 1 foot length.
JB-13SHORT JB-13SHORT Same as JB-13 but 2 foot length.
Y ADAPTERS
JB-01 EJB-01 Dual headphone Y adapter heavy duty adapter converts one 0.25 phone jack into two. De-
11
signed for those who want to connect two headphones into one A/C radio headphone jack; can
be used with stereo or mono headphones and jack. 2 feet in length.
JB-05 EJB-05 Double headset Y adapter converts one set of A/C radio headset jacks (0.026 and 0.25 inch)
into two and can be used with any general aviation headset using PJ-068 and PJ-055B or
equivalent plugs. Adds an additional headset position to the aircraft without the high cost of
installing additional panel jacks or purchasing a new intercom system. 2 feet in length
JB-06 JB-06 Dual microphone Y adapter converts one 0.206-inch aircraft radio microphone jack into two.
Ideal for those who want to add another push-to-talk position to the radio; 2 feet in length.
JB-12 Y adapter converts a headset with 0.206 inch mic and 0.25 inch phone plugs into a one 0.25
inch plug headset. 9 inches in length.
JB-30 EJB-30 Y headset adapter converts a headset with a single 0.206 plug into one with two 0.206 inch
mic and 0.25 inch phone plugs. 9 inches in length.
HELICOPTER ADAPTERS
JB-07 JB-07 Standard to helicopter adapter converts one 0.206-inch aircraft radio microphone jack into two.
Makes it possible to add another push-to-talk position to the radio. 9 inches in length.
JB-08 JB-08 Helicopter to standard adapter cable converts general aviation plugs PJ-068 and PJ-055B or
equivalent to U-174/U or equivalent plug. Allows standard headset to be used in a helicopter. 9
inches in length.
JB-15 EJB-15 Dual helicopter headset adapter converts a single helicopter radio or intercom jack (TJ-120,
TJT-120, TJT-102) into two. 1 foot in length; adds additional space to a headset without costly
installation.
MILITARY ADAPTERS
JB-17 JB-17 Headset adapter cable converts U-174/U or U-93A/U to U-75/U. 9 inches in length.
JB-19 JB-19 Headset adapter cable accepts standard aircraft headphone and microphone plugs and converts
to a U-175/U plug.
11
JB-20 JB-20 Headset adapter cable that allows a headset with a U-75/U plug to be converted to a standard
aviation mic and phone plugs. 9 inches in length.
IMPEDANCE CONVERTER
JB-23 EJB-23 Low to high impedance adapter converts a low impedance mic and phone military headset
into higher impedance for use in general aviation aircraft. It also converts U-174/U plug on the
military headset into a 0.206 inch and 0.25 inch plugs used in general aviation. 3 feet in length.
JB-23H EJB-23H Same as JB-23 but for helicopter use.
MULTI-CONDUCTOR CABLE
JB-21-10 JB-21-10 Retractable, 10 conductor color-coded conductors, shielded. 6 feet extended, 12 inches
retracted.
JB-21-3 EJB-21-3 Retractable, 3 conductor color-coded conductors, shielded. 6 feet extended, 12 inches retracted.
JB-21-6 EJB-21-6 Retractable, 6 conductor color-coded conductors, 28 AWG shielded. 6 feet extended, 12 inches
retracted.
SPECIALTY ADAPTERS
JB-22 EJB-22 Video recorder adapter provides an interface between a video recorder and the aircraft intercom
system. Records sounds transmitted through the mic system. 5 feet in length.
11
JB-26-5 JB-26 iPOD/MP3 to intercom adapter connects an MP3 player or iPod with a 3.5 mm plug directly into
an intercom system with a 0.206-inch plug. 5 feet in length.
JB-26-11 JB-26L Same as JB-26-5, but 11 feet in length.
AIRBUS ADAPTERS
JB-44 JB-44 General aviation to Airbus adapter reduces a single 0.25-inch headset plug to a single 0.206
headset plug. 9 inches in length.
JB-45 JB-45 Airbus to general aviation adapter converts Airbus headset to general aviation intercom communi-
cation system. Reduces a single 0.206-inch mic plug to a 3.5 mm mini plug. 9 inches in length.
PILOT USA HEADSET ADAPTERS

PILOT USA
EDMO# MFR# ADAPTS:

FIXED WING
PA-72S PA-72S Dual headset adapter converts one set of radio or intercom mic and phone jacks into two sets,
for monaural or stereo headsets; 6-foot straight cable
PA-73 PA73S Dual headphone Y-adapter for monaural or stereo headsets; converts one set of radio or
intercom headphone jack into two sets
PA-84 PA-84 US NATO to Europe adapter converts 4 conductor US NATO plug to a 4 conductor Europe
NATO plug; female socket: U-92A/U, male plug: ASTL 5935-99-946-6652
PA-77S PA-77S Headset extension cable for monaural or stereo headsets allows general aviation headset to be
extended 5 ft, 10 ft or 25 ft
PA-78 PA-78 Monaural replacement headset cable, 5 foot, with PJ-055 and PJ-068 plugs, comes with
strain release and crimp ring
PA-79 PA-79 Replacement monaural/stereo headset cable, 5 foot with mono/stereo switch and strain
release and crimp ring
11
PA-86A PA-86A Amplified cell phone adapter allows the use of a cell phone or satellite phone with a GA plug
headset; also works with CD, MP3, iPods and other music devices; true stereo sound (when
available) requires a 9V battery (not included)
PA-88 PA-88 Amplified impedance adapter converts a low impedance military headset into high impedance
for use in general aviation aircraft; also converts the U-174/U plug on the military headset into
0.206 in and 0.25 in plugs used in general aviation
PA-89 PA-89B Bose A20® 6 pin LEMO to GA adapter converts a Bose A20® panel mount headset to
standard dual plugs for GA use
PA-92 PA-92 Single plug headset to GA adapter converts a headset with a single 0.25 in plug into a dual
plugs (0.206 mic and 0.25 in phone)
EDMO# MFR# ADAPTS:

PA-93B PA-93B GA headset to Bose (6 pin LEMO) adapter converts a dual plug GA headset to a single Bose
(6 pin LEMO connector)
PA-97 PA-97 Dual plug GA headset to Airbus adapter converts a dual plug GA headset to the Airbus radio
system; accepts standard 0.25 in (PJ-055) and 0.206 in (PJ-068) plugs; adapts to XLR-5
PIN/DIN Airbus® type male—for use in Airbus® 318, 319, 320, 321, 330, 340
HELICOPTER
PA-72H PA-72H Dual headset adapter allows two helicopter/military headsets to be used in one headset jack;
can be used with any headset using U-174/U, TP-120, U-93A/U or an equivalent single
helicopter/military plug
PA-75 PA-75 Heli to GA adapter converts a U-174/U or U-93A/U helicopter plug to general aviation plugs
PJ-068 and PJ-055B or equivalent (does not convert impedance)
PA-76 PA-76 GA to heli adapter converts general aviation plugs PJ-068 and PJ-055B or equivalent to
helicopter U174/U plug or equivalent (does not convert impedance)
PA-86AH PA-86AH Amplified cell phone adapter allows the use of a cell phone or satellite phone with a helicopter
11
single plug headset; also works with CD, MP3, iPods and other music devices, requires a 9V
battery (not included)
PA-77H PA-77H Helicopter extension cable, 5 foot, with female U-92A/U jack on one end and a male TP-120
(U-174/U) plug on the opposite end; extends any helicopter or military headset that uses a
single U-174/U or equivalent plug
PA-88H PA-88H Amplified impedance adapter converts a low impedance military headset into high impedance
for use in civilian helicopter aircraft; U92A jack converts military headset to single plug U174/U
PA-93BH PA-93BH Helicopter headset to Bose Plug headset adapter converts helicopter U-92A/U jack to single
Bose connector
FARO AVIATION HEADSET ADAPTERS

FARO AVIATION LLC
EDMO# MFR# ADAPTS:

FIXED WING
FAHLI20 FAHLI20 GA to military: converts a general aviation 0.206 inch and 0.25 inch plugs to a military
headset U-174/U plug; includes two female GA jacks: 0.250-inch headphone (PJ-055) and
0.206-inch microphone (PJ-068), and one military plug (U-174/U); requires a 9-volt battery
FALHI20 FALHI20 Military to GA: converts a military headset U-174/U plug to general aviation 0.206 and 0.25
inch plugs
FRYC01 FRYC01 Y adapter: allows pilots to add an additional headset position to an aircraft; converts A/C radio
headset jacks (0.206 and 0.250 inch) into two and can be used with any general aviation
headset that uses PJ-068 or PJ-055B (or equivalent) plugs.
HELICOPTER
HELI-AD FAROHELIAD Helicopter adapter: converts general aviation plugs into a single helicopter standard plug
(U-174/U, U-93A/U or equivalent); required for Faro® G2 aviation headset if used in helicop-
ters
BLULINK™ INTERFACE ADAPTER DIGITAL AUDIO RECORDER ADAPTER

PILOT USA PILOT USA
–– BluLink™ wirelessly controls music Turn digital recording device
–– If a call comes in while music is play- including tablets, and other smart
ing, the music will pause so that the devices into a cockpit voice
wearer can answer the call; after the recorder. This adapter works with
call is ended, the music will begin to any device equipped with a 3.5
play automatically mm, 4 conductor jack including a
GoPro HERO2, Drift HD, handheld
–– Helps to filter out RF noise PA-86BLU/G video camera and other person-
PA-80S-I
–– 4.2 oz (including batteries) al audio recorder (a version for
11
–– 5.5 x 1 x 1.5 in smartphones provides compati-
bility with smart devices including
EDMO# MFR# ADAPTS: iPhones, iPads, Android devices,
Windows phones, and more).
PA-86BLU/G PA-86BLU/GA general aviation version The user’s headset plugs into the
PA-86BLU/H PA-86BLU/H helicopter version adapter and the 3.5 mm plug is
connected to the smart device’s
headset jack. Once connected, PA-80H-I
the user can then record all audio heard through the avi-
ation headset as well as all transmissions on the intercom
GOPRO HERO3, 3+ ADAPTER system including in-cabin and ATC transmissions.
PILOT USA
–– The adapter includes a 3.5 mm, 4 conductor plug
Record all transmission from the aircraft
intercom system to their external GoPro –– For use with general aviation (dual plug) headsets and
Hero 3 video camera. Excellent way to helmets
produce aerial videos without having to –– Ideal for students and CFIs reviewing radio communica-
deal with excess cabin noise—the adapt- tion skills post-flight
er records all audio transmitted through
the intercom system, including in-cabin EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH:
audio and ATC transmissions. FOR MOST DIGITAL RECORDERS
–– Design for the GoPro Hero3 with a mini PA-80S/D PA-80S/DIGITAL Devices that use a 3.5 mm stereo external mic
USB input instead of a 3.5 mm jack PA-80H-H input such as the GoPro HERO2, Drift HD or
other handheld video camera or personal audio
EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH: recorder
FOR SMARTPHONES & TABLETS
PA-80H-H PA-80H/HERO3 Helicopter (single U-174/U plug) headsets and
helmets PA-80S-I PA-80S/iPHONE GA (dual plug) headset
PA-80S-H PA-80S/HERO3 GA (dual plug) headsets and helmets PA-80H-I PA-80H/iPhone Helicopter (single plug) headsets
Headset PTT Switches
HEADSET ADAPTER LO TO HI Z PUSH TO TALK SWITCH

COBHAM ASA
Military headset adapter con- EDMO# PTT-1A
sisting of 5 W dynamic military MFR# PTT-1A
mic to general aviation 150W The ASA push-to-talk switch
amplified dynamic mic adapter, mounts to the yoke with a Vel-
with an 8 W to 600 W trans- cro strap to provide hands-free
former for phones matching. communication. With a press of
These small, remote mounted the thumb, the pilot can commu-
metal units are equipped with nicate with ATC, Unicom, or other
D-sub connectors and are AA39-187 aircraft without having to pick up
designed to operate from stan- a microphone.
dard mic bias, supplied by the aircraft radio and intercom –– Low profile ergonomic button
system.
–– Heavy duty gold-plated plugs and jack
EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH –– Durable shield-coiled cord
AA39-187 AA39-187 one headset –– Hook and loop mounting strap
AA39-287 AA39-287 two headsets –– Plugs into aircraft radio or intercom
–– Molded strain relief
FARO PUSH TO TALK SWITCH (PTT)

ASA HELICOPTER ADAPTER FARO AVIATION LLC
ASA EDMO# PTT
EDMO# HS-HELADPT MFR# FARO-PTT
MFR# HS-HELADPT The FARO® Push-to-Talk
This rugged adapter/exten- (PTT) switch mounts to the
sion makes it possible to yoke with a strap and allows
convert a general aviation pilots to communicate with
fixed-wing headset for use in ATC, Unicom, and other
a helicopter. aircraft with the push of a button. This push-to-talk switch
is excellent for dual flights where co-pilots or instructors
–– Compatible with all general aviation headsets assist with communications.
–– Features shielded tensile strength wire and a polyure-
thane casing
11
MICROPHONES -
HEADSET PTT SWITCHES HANDHELD
DAVID CLARK PTT 602T DYNAMIC AVIATION MICROPHONE
DAVID CLARK TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
EDMO# C10-15 The 602T handheld dynamic
MFR# 18216G-01 microphone is a transistorized,
Portable push-to-talk (PTT) pressure-gradient microphone
switch with double-pole that uses three sound entrances
switch contacts provide to reduce interfacing ambient
positive keying with no dead noise. As such, this mic is excel-
spots. lent at discriminating between
–– Constructed with durable, near and distant sounds for
high-impact ABS plastic housing maximum ambient noise 602-3374
rejection. The 602T’s single stage
–– Highest grade Velcro hook and pike yoke strap for tight, transistor amplifier is stabilized and designed to operate
secured mounting uniformly from +55°C down to – 20°C.
–– Coil cord (5 ft extended) shielded for positive protection
from radio frequency and Electro-Magnetic interference EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
602-3374 602-3374 602T dynamic mic with slide hanger
602-3375 602-3375 602T dynamic mic with button hanger
602-3376 602-3376 602T dynamic mic with loop hanger
Microphone Lights
903E ELECTRET AVIATION 100TRA DYNAMIC MICROPHONE

MICROPHONE TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS Consisting of a dynamic mi-
EDMO# 903-1341 crophone, amplifier, and push-
The model 903E condenser to-talk switch. The 100TRA
handheld microphone is ideal for gain trimmer, accessed by
high noise environments such as removing the back cover of the
aircraft cockpits, passenger cabins, microphone, provides a range of gain adjustment (it is
control towers, or terminal areas. recommended that adjustments be made by a certified
EMI, RFI, and magnetic signals are technician). A noise-canceling duct on the back of the mi-
greatly reduced by the electret ele- crophone must remain unobstructed during use. Supplied
ment. This mic is recommended for with a hanger bracket and mounting hardware
advanced technology air transports EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
using flight instrumentation systems (glass cockpits).EMI & 62800-001 62800-001 100TRA dynamic microphone
RFI protected for resistance to aircraft generated magnet- ACCESSORIES
ic fields
62767-000 62767000 cord unit for 100TRA
–– Tailored voice response per RTCA/DO-170 62802-000 62802-000 hanger bracket for 100TRA/500T microphones
–– Hanger bracket included

903-1341 903-1341 903E electret mic/PJ-068 plug 500T ELECTRET MICROPHONE
903-1342 903-1342 903E electret mic/XLR-4-12-C TELEX COMMUNICATIONS
Consists of an electret micro-
phone, amplifier, and push-to-talk
switch. The 500T is resistant
to the interference, hum, and
38T ELECTRET MICROPHONE squealing produced by 400 Hz
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS power systems. Gain can be
EDMO# 63999-000 adjusted. .
Noise-canceling, hand-held –– Supplied with a hanger bracket and mounting hardware
aviation microphone consist- EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
ing of an electret microphone 63333-000 63333-000 500T electret microphone
element, a microphone ampli- ACCESSORIES
fier, and a push-to-talk switch.
11
62802-000 62802-000 hanger bracket for 100TRA/500T microphones
The 38T cancels noises com-
ing from more than ½-inch
away and is resistant to interference, hum, and squealing
produced by 400 Hz power systems. This mic is also
equipped with electronic switching that eliminates the
switch popping that often occurs when using other micro-
phones. Gain can be adjusted as needed; adjustment by MICROPHONE LIGHTS
a qualified avionics technician is recommended.
MIKE LITES
66T DYNAMIC HAND MICROPHONE SEITZ SCIENTIFIC INDUSTRIES
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS Compatible with all night vision
Excellent speech intelligibility with the ability goggles/devices & can be
to discriminate against all sounds coming mounted on helmets or head-
from more than ½-inch away. Microphone sets. A pushbutton ON/OFF
gain can be adjusted through an opening switch on the side of the light
in the back of the microphone (it is recom- can be actuated by the wear-
mended that a qualified avionics technician er’s lip or tongue.
make all adjustments). The microphone is Uses 2 x AA Bateries (not included).
supplied with an adhesive label that can be
placed over the opening to prevent tamper- EDMO# Mfr# description:
ing. 60837-001
ML-8 ML8 NVIS green A LEDs (3 ea.)
ML-11 ML11 infrared (1 ea.) NVIS green A LEDs (2 ea.)
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
ML-18 ML18 filtered NVIS white LEDs
60837-001 66T dynamic hand microphone ML-21 ML21 bright NVIS green A Les (3 ea.)
60837-008 66TRA dynamic hand microphone with right angle plug ML25 MAXILLO, filter NVIS white (3 ea.). filtered NVIS white (3 ea.)
More versions available, visit edmoap.com.au for details.
Headset Switch & Cable Assemblies
HEADSET SWITCH & CABLE ASSEMBLIES

COMM INNOVATIONS SWITCH & CABLE ASSEMBLIES
CIX200, 300 and 400 series switch and cable assemblies can be assembled, repaired or reconfigured for other purpos-
es without a solder gun. The interconnect module is fixed to the rear half of the switch case. All key components (cable,
jack, volume control, slide switch, and PTT switch) plug into the interconnect module. The distribution header plugs into
the interconnect module to provide the necessary switch and connection functions.
CIX200 SERIES SWITCH & CABLE ASSEMBLIES
with microphone interrupt (no key function)
slide switch
and/or
volume PTT
control switch
cable
plug
jack
CIX2
CASE & CLIP SWITCH JACK VOLUME CONTROL PLUG
CONFIGURATION
CODE COLOR CLIP CODE DESCRIPTION CODE IMP GRND CODE DESCRIPTION
1 large CODE DESCRIPTION none TJT-120 (civil helo) none none n/a 74 TP-120 (civil helo)
black 0 mom-mom
2 none TJ TJT-101 (civil helo) H hi yes 74M TP-120 (military)
3 small 1 mom-lock (on) W TJT-120 (military) HA hi no 75 U-75/U (USFS)
4 beige large 3 PTT TJW TJ-101 (military) L lo yes NP NATO (Europe)
5 none B TJT-125 (5 contacts) LA lo no 84 U-38/U (5 contacts)
6 small N NATO (Europe) CIPC-055B & CIPC-
YP
7 blue large CIJ-051 (commercial 068 (general aviation)
C 4L lugs
8 none aviation) CABLE & LENGTH
11
9 small F U-61/U (USFS) 4X no plug

CODE DESCRIPTION
A gray large CIJ-055 & CIJ-068
G K2 2 ft coil
B none (general aviation)
KM 3 ft **
R red large
K3 3 ft coil
olive
D large K6 6 ft coil
drab
K10 10 ft coil
K15 15 ft coil
K20 20 ft coil
/XX XX ft straight
**Special coil cable for EMS applications, 20-inch straight section from end of cable to switch case.
CIXAT200 SERIES SWITCH & CABLE ASSEMBLIES

with microphone interrupt (no key function) & low to high impedance adapter
CIXAT 2
SHIELDING CASE SWITCH VOLUME CONTROL CABLE PLUG
CODE DESCRIPTION see above see above*** CODE DESCRIPTION see above see above
adjustable amp and none no
none
shielded transformer H grounded
shielded amp and HA ungrounded
S
transformer
***CI VOX option not available.

with single key function
slide switch
and/or
volume PTT
control switch
cable
plug
jack
CIX3
CASE & CLIP JACK VOLUME CONTROL CABLE & LENGTH PLUG
CODE COLOR CLIP CODE DESCRIPTION CODE IMP GRND CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
1 large none TJT-120 (civil helo) none none n/a K2 2 ft coil U-174/U
black 74K
2 none TJ TJT-101 (civil helo) H hi yes KM 3 ft ** (wired for key)
3 small W TJT-120 (military) HA hi no K3 3 ft coil MS3116E10-6P
6P
4 beige large TJW TJ-101 (military) L lo yes K6 6 ft coil (6 contact plug)
5 none B TJT-125 (5 contacts) LA lo no K10 10 ft coil MS3476W10-6P
6W
6 small N NATO (Europe) K15 15 ft coil (6 contact plug)
7 blue large CIJ-051 (commercial K20 20 ft coil MS3476W10-6P
C 6WE
8 none aviation) /XX XX ft straight & EMI backshell
9 small F U-61/U (USFS) MS3476W12-10P
10W***
A gray large CIJ-055 & CIJ-068 (10 contact plug)
G MS3476W12-10P
B none (general aviation) 10WE
R red large & EMI backshell
olive U-77/U
D large 77
drab (MIL-C-10544)
CIPC-055
YK & CIPC-068
(general aviation)
SWITCH CONFIGURATION
11
5L lugs
CODE DESCRIPTION MIC INTERRUPT CODE DESCRIPTION MIC INTERRUPT 5X no plug
0 ICS mom-mom none 4 ICS mom-lock (vox) mic hi
1 ICS mom-mom mic hi 5 ICS mom-lock (CI vox***) mic hi
2 ICS mom-lock none 6 ICS PTT (3 contact) none
3 ICS mom-lock mic hi 7 ICS PTT (3 contact) mic lo
0R XMIT mom-mom none 8 ICS PTT (DPDT) mic hi
1R XMIT mom-mom mic hi 6R XMIT PTT (3 contact) none
2R XMIT mom-lock none 8R XMIT PTT (DPDT) mic hi
3R XMIT mom-lock mic hi
**Special coil cable for EMS applications 20-inch straight from coil to switch case.
***More MS3476W12-10P wiring options available, see partial list on page 207.

with single key function & low to high impedance adapter
CIXAT 3
SHIELDING CASE SWITCH VOLUME CONTROL CABLE PLUG
CODE DESCRIPTION see above see above** CODE DESCRIPTION see above see above
adjustable amp none no
none and shielded H grounded
transformer HA ungrounded
shielded amp
S
and transformer
**CI VOX option not available.

with ICS & transmit key functions
slide switch
volume and/or PTT
control switch
cable
plug
jack
CIX4
CASE & CLIP JACK VOLUME CONTROL CABLE & LENGTH PLUG
CODE COLOR CLIP CODE DESCRIPTION CODE IMP GRND CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
1 large none TJT-120 (civil helo) none none n/a K2 2 ft coil U-174/U
black 74K
2 none TJ TJT-101 (civil helo) H hi yes KM 3 ft ** (wired for key)
3 small W TJT-120 (military) HA hi no K3 3 ft coil MS3116E10-6P
6P
4 beige large TJW TJ-101 (military) L lo yes K6 6 ft coil (6 contact plug)
5 none B TJT-125 (5 contacts) LA lo no K10 10 ft coil MS3476W10-6P
6W
6 small N NATO (Europe) K15 15 ft coil (6 contact plug)
7 blue large C CIJ-051 (commercial) K20 20 ft coil MS3476W10-6P
6WE
8 none F U-61/U (USFS) /XX XX ft straight & EMI backshell
9 small CIJ-055 & CIJ-068 10W MS3476W12-10P
G **** (10 contact plug)
A gray large (general aviation)
B none 10WE MS3476W12-10P
R red large **** & EMI backshell
olive SWITCH CONFIGURATION U-77/U
D large 77
drab (MIL-C-10544)
CODE SLIDE SWITCH XMIT PTT MIC INTERRUPT
CIPC-055
0 ICS (mom)-Xmit (mom) none none
YK & CIPC-068
1 ICS (mom)-Xmit (mom) none mic hi (general aviation)
2 ICS (lock)-Xmit (mom) none none 5L lugs
3V ICS vox (lock)-Xmit (mom) none mic hi
11
5X no plug
4 ICS (mom-lock) 3 contact none
5 ICS (mom-lock) 3 contact mic lo
6 ICS (mom-lock) DPDT mic hi
4M ICS (mom-mom) 3 contact none **Special coil cable for EMS applications 20-
5M ICS (mom-mom 3 contact mic lo inch straight from coil to switch case.
6M ICS (mom-mom) DPDT mic hi
***This option is only available with switch
5V ICS (mom)-CIS vox (lock) 3 contact mic lo
configurations 3, 5, and 6. ICS is Vox only.
6V ICS (mom)-CIS vox (lock) DPDT mic hi
7*** ICS (mom)-CIVox (lock) 3 contact none ****More MS3476W12-10P wiring options
8*** ICS (mom)-CIVox (lock) 3 contact mic lo available, see partial list on page 207.
9*** ICS (mom)-CIVox (lock) DPTDT mic hi

with ICS & transmit key functions & low to high impedance adapter
CIXAT 4
SHIELDING CASE Switch VOLUME CONTROL CABLE PLUG
CODE DESCRIPTION see above see above** CODE DESCRIPTION see above see above
adjustable amp and none no
none
shielded transformer H grounded
shielded amp and HA ungrounded
S
transformer
**CI VOX option not available.
Intercom Systems
STANDARD WIRING CONFIGURATIONS
MS3116A10-6P PLUG: -6P MS3116A10-6P PLUG: -6P/1 MS3116A10-6P PLUG: -6P/2 MS3116A10-6P PLUG: -6PA
MS3476W10-6P PLUG: -6W MS3476W10-6P PLUG: -6W/1 MS3476W10-6P PLUG: MS3476W10-6P PLUG: -6WA
6P STANDARD 6P OPTION 1 6P OPTION 2 6P OPTION A
Mic Hi red to B Mic Hi red to A Mic Hi green to E Mic Hi red to B
Mic Lo green, brown & Mic Lo green, brown & Mic Lo red & mic Mic Lo green to C
all shields to C all shields to C shield to B
ICS key yellow to F ICS Key yellow to F ICS Key yellow to C ICS key yellow to F
Xmit key blue to E Xmit Key blue to E Key Return brown & overall Xmit key blue to E
shield to F
Phones Hi white to D Phones Hi white to D Phones Hi white to D Phones Hi white to D
Phones Lo black to A Phones Lo black to C Phones Lo black, blue & phone Phones Lo black, brown & all
shield to A shields to A
MS3116A12-10P PLUG: -10P MS3116A12-10P PLUG: -10P/1 MS3116A12-10P PLUG: -10P/2 MS3116A12-10P PLUG: -10P/5
MS3476W12-10P PLUG: -10W MS3476W12-1-P PLUG: -10W/1 MS3476W12-10P PLUG: -10W/2 MS3476W12-10P PLUG: -10W/5
MS3476L12-10P PLUG: -10W/L MS3476L12-10P PLUG: -10P/1L MS3476L12-10P PLUG: -10W/2L MS3476L12-10P PLUG: -10W/5L
10P STANDARD 10P ALTERNATIVE 1 10P ALTERNATIVE 2 10 P ALTERNATIVE 5
Mic Hi red to F Mic Hi red to A Mic Hi red to E Mic Hi red to B
Mic Lo green & mic Mic Lo green & mic Mic Lo green to F Mic Lo green & mic
shield to G shield to B shield to A
Pones Hi white to A Phones Hi white to C Key ground brown to A Phones Hi white to C
Phones Lo black to B Phones Lo black to D Mic Shield drain to J Phones Lo black to D
ICS key yellow to D ICS key yellow to E Phones Hi white to G ICS Key yellow to E
Xmit key blue to E Xmit key blue to F Phones Lo black to H Xmit Key blue to G
Ground brown & overall & Ground overall & phone ICS Key yellow to C Ground brown, overall &
phone shield to J shields to G Xmit Key blue to D phone shields to J
Ground brown, overall & phone
shields to backshell
If the wiring configuration you need is not shown here, please give us a call at 1.800.235.3300 to specify how you would like to see your
11
switch and cable assembly wired.
SKYE AVIONICS DROPCORDS

SKYE AVIONICS, LTD.
INTERCOM SYSTEMS
403 STEREO PANEL MOUNT INTERCOM
FLIGHTCOM
6-Place, Voice-Activated
–– Stereo/mono jacks
–– 3-place transmit
–– Adjustable volume and
squelch
Skye Avionics’ drop cords are constructed to withstand –– Music input with muting
rough use and conditions while providing the user with –– Pilot isolate
a versatile, ergonomic design that can be operated with
either hand. All drop cords include long-life PTT switches –– Includes optional round faceplate
that are rated to withstand 1,000,000 mechanical and 2.25"
electrical cycles and a volume control that is sealed in a Weight: 5.0 ounces
container and panel sealed to IP67 specifications. Size: 5 in. L x 2.4 in. W x 1.2 in. H
–– Ergonomic design is CNC machined out of aluminum Power requirements: 0.16 amp, 12-28 VDC
that is hard anodized to resist scratching
–– Laser etched EDMO# Mfr# mic inputs
–– Heavy duty belt clip 101-0243-10 101-0243-10 3-6
–– High quality switches and parts
–– Provides volume control and radio PTT
Coil cord available in varying lengths (see product table)
with ICS switch (Lock-Mom)
Intercom Systems
403MC MONO PANEL MOUNT deliver high quality monaural music to standard aviation
INTERCOM headsets
FLIGHTCOM –– Adjustable music mute / radio input levels allows music
EDMO# 101-0263-10 to be adjusted to mute up to 50% for passengers and
4-Position, Voice-Activated. Smallest 4-position intercom 100% for the crew; conversely, radio volume levels can
on the market, fits virtually be set at a lower level for passengers while maintaining
anywhere. greater volume for the crew
–– 2 position transmit –– Exclusive ICS tie line
–– Selectable auto-muting
EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS
–– Pilot isolate
AA85-001 AA85-001 4-6
–– Weight: 3.6 ounces ACCESSORIES
–– Horizontal or vertical installation options AA85-IKC AA85-IKC crimp installation kit
–– Easy volume and squelch adjustment
–– Size: 2.625 in L x 2.375 in. W x 1 in. H
–– Power requirements: 0.16 amp, 12-28 VDC
AA83 INTERMUSIC™ STEREO
IISX PORTABLE MONO INTERCOM INTERCOMS
FLIGHTCOM COBHAM
2-Place, Voice Activated, Portable Four-place stereo voice-activated in-
–– 9-volt battery or aircraft power tercom that supports the pilot, copilot,
and two passengers with full intercom
–– Cigarette lighter adapter capabilities. The InterMUSIC series can
–– Adjustable volume and squelch be installed in several different configu-
–– Auxiliary input and output jacks rations from single-unit systems to fully
–– Pilot isolate independent stations for the pilot, copilot
and passengers. These systems can be
–– Add 2 more positions with available expansion module further expanded using the tie line con-
nections (compatible with AA80, AA82,
EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS AMS4x, and AA9x series units).
AA83-001
101-0220-00 101-0220-00 4-6 –– Music is muted during ICS, ATC &
ACCESSORIES transmit operations; individual mic gating on ICS with
103-0602-20 103-0602-20 SR4 expansion module adjustable muting depth
11
103-0611-20 103-0611-20 Cable for SR4 & IISX –– Equipped with two color LED annunciators including
radio transmit green and ICS triggered amber
–– Controls include ICS volume, music level, VOX squelch,
RX volume, RX balance, ICS balance, music balance,
ICS bass, music bass and dual pilot and copilot/pas-
AA85-001 INTERVOX IITM AIRCRAFT sengers VOX controls
INTERCOM SYSTEM
COBHAM –– Modes include: LIVE, KEYED, VOX
Voice-activated intercom –– Voice track trigger circuit with adjustable threshold on
system that provides full radio front panel
& intercom capabilities for
the pilot and copilot without EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS
the clipping that occurs with AA83-001 AA83-001 4
relay-activated systems. AA83-100 AA83-100 4
Equipped with a tie-in feature that allows the AA85 to be ACCESSORIES
connected to a complex, multi-unit system as either a AA83-IKC AA83-IKC installation kit for AA83
primary or secondary component.
–– Pilot/crew/all modes tree-position toggle switch allows
the pilot/crew isolation from passengers; crew and pas-
sengers retain full intercom and music capabilities within
their group while passengers are prevented from hear- AA82 INTERMUSIC™ STEREO
ing any radio communications during isolated operation EXPANSION UNIT
–– VOX/LIVE/PTT modes; the intercom mode is set by COBHAM
the position of the respective VOX controls with sep- The AA82 InterMUSIC™ Stereo
arate VOX controls for the pilot and crew/passengers Intercom System is a passenger
that compensate for the differences in noise levels and entertainment and communi-
headset types between the front and rear of the aircraft cation system. The AA82-060
–– Stereo music input uses sophisticated channel mixing to system is compatible with AA83
Intercom Systems
intercoms & provides 6 stereo positions. The InterMU- TWO PLACE PORT INTERCOM
SIC system supports up to 6 stereo positions & can be PILOT USA
connected to a forward flight crew system or expanded EDMO# PA-200T
passenger loop using the ICS tie line. This unit includes adjustable controls
–– Music mutes during ICS, ATC & transmit operations; infor volume and squelch for precise
dividual mic gating on ICS with adjustable muting depth adjustments and to minimize ambient
–– Equipped with two color LED annunciators including noise. The PA-200T is a voice activated
radio transmit green and ICS triggered amber unit that provides options for adding
–– Controls include ICS volume, music level, VOX squelch, two push-to-talk switches for intercom
RX volume, RX balance, ICS balance, music balance, use (switches sold separately). This
ICS bass, music bass and dual pilot and copilot/pas- intercom includes an AUX jack that can
sengers VOX controls be used for cell/satellite phone calls or
entertainment media input.
–– Modes include: LIVE, KEYED, VOX
–– Portable and compact design
–– Voice track trigger circuit with adjustable threshold on
front panel; LIVE or HOT mic is operated by rotating the –– Includes an AUX input for cell/satellite phones or music
VOX control to extreme counter-clockwise position –– Provides volume control for pilot and co-pilot as well as
an adjustable squelch circuit
EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS –– Equipped with voice activated (VOX) transmission capa-
AA82-060 AA82-060 6 bilities with the option to add two push-to-talk switches
ACCESSORIES –– Fail safe mode
AA82060IKC AA82-060-IKC AA82-060 crimp install kit –– 9 V battery provides 25-30 hours battery life and is easy
to access
FOUR PLACE STEREO INTERCOM

AA80 INTERVOX INTERCOM SYSTEM PILOT USA
COBHAM EDMO# PA-400ST
The AA80 InterVOX is an This unit has a completely portable
advanced cockpit intercom design that provides four-station
system for general avia- capability with 3-way isolation
tion flying that provides full control, dual volume controls for
boom-mic transmit and pilot and copilot, and a soft-mute
ICS operation for the pilot, feature that automatically lowers
the volume when ATC comes in.
11
copilot, and 2-4 passengers.
The InterVox also provides The PA-400ST is also equipped
a stereo input that is mut- with an AUX cell phone jack that is
ed during transmit and ICS compatible with smartphones and
AA80-001 satellite phones.
operations (pilot privacy func-
tion). Transparent ICS allows –– Completely portable design with four-station capability
immediate transmission from the ICS mode without any –– Provides voice activated (VOX) transmission capabilities,
additional switching. a Soft-Mute feature that automatically lowers volume
–– InterVOX system uses AEM’s audio processing system when ATC comes in, and dual volume controls for pilot
of dynamic noise reduction and selective bandwidth and copilot
to produce clean, crisp intercom audio under noisy –– Includes separate mic circuits for front and back with
conditions 3-way isolation control for pilot/crew/all
–– High output power and low distortion ensures adequate –– Equipped with superior SQL circuitry
level for all types of headsets and flying conditions –– Back-lit control panel with on/off button is easy to read
–– Provides split bus operation and automatic emergency –– Fail-safe feature
switching in the event of power failure
–– Accommodates smartphone and satellite phone use
–– Provides internal overvoltage and reverse voltage pro- with a music-in/cell phone jack
tection
–– Record out
–– AA80-001 has VOX function
–– Provides two (2) push-to-talk jacks (2)
–– AA80-020 with VOX and PTT functions
–– Uses two 9V alkaline batteries
EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS –– Auxiliary power jack and cigarette power cord adapter
AA80-001 AA80-001 4
with in-line fuse for protection
AA80-020 AA80-020 4
ACCESSORIES
AA80-IKC AA80-IKC AA80 crimp install kit
Headset Tester
SPA-400 & SPA-600 INTERCOMS for any pilot.

SIGTRONICS HIGH NOISE ENVIRONMENT N SERIES
General aviation headset The SPO N Series intercoms incorporate special high-
microphones draw power noise circuitry that works well in ultra-lights, helicopters,
from the intercom or radio open cockpit aircraft, and with hand held radios
mic line. Some poorly de- –– Fail safe feature allows pilot to always hear radios - even
signed intercom systems if the intercom is off.
hook all the headsets to
one mic line so that all –– Operates up to 40 hours on one 9-volt battery.
the headsets must share the same power. All Sigtronics –– Includes DC power cable to offer seamless operation on
intercom systems use separate mic input lines and do not either battery or 11-34 Volt DC aircraft power.
have this problem. –– Radio priority assures that ATC hears only the crew
Choose either rectangular (horizontal or vertical) or circular member transmitting.
faceplate mounting configuration to fit anywhere in the –– Push to Talk Switch inputs for both pilot and copilot.
cockpit. With a compact 2.5" x 1" sized panel, the SPA –– Music input for CD player, MP3 player or AM / FM
system will easily fit in the tightest panels. All installation receiver.
hardware included.
–– Audio output for recording ATC flight dialog.
–– WARRANTY: Five years parts and labor.
HIGH NOISE ENVIRONMENT N SERIES
Designed specifically for experimental, ultralights, war- EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS / FEATURES
birds, helicopters, and other high noise aircraft. Push to
intercom as well as voice activated intercom is available SPO-22 SPO-22 2-Place
as desired. Tested by Sigtronics at ambient noise levels of SPO-22N SPO-22N 2-Place / High Noise
between 115-120 decibels, the SPA-400N / SPA-600N SPO-42 SPO-42 4-Place
outperformed all other intercoms on the market, panel SPO-42N SPO-42N 4-Place / High Noise
mounted as well as portable. SPO-62 SPO-62 6-Place
–– FAA TSO approved. SPO-62N SPO-62N 6-Place / High Noise
SPO-82 SPO-82 8-Place
–– Pilot fail safe feature allows pilot to always hear radios.
SPO-102 SPO-102 10-Place
–– Works with all brands of General Aviation headsets.
–– Reversible face plate included for vertical or horizontal
mounting.
–– Radio priority assures that ATC hears only the crew
member transmitting.
11
–– Installation hardware included, including jack kit and

pre-wired harness. HEADSET TESTER
–– WARRANTY: Five years parts and labor.
SIGTONICS HEADSET TESTER
SIGTRONICS
EDMO# MFR# MIC INPUTS / FEATURES
EDMO# HT1
SPA-400 SPA-400 4-Place
With this unit you may
SPA-400N SPA-400N 4-Place / High Noise test one headset alone
SPA-600 SPA-600 6-Place or two headsets togeth-
SPA-600N SPA-600N 6-Place / High Noise er. Simpy plug one or
ACCESSORIES two headsets into the
900068 900068 2.25" Round Face Plate tester then place the
headset on your head
and press the Push-To-
Test switch.
This will power the
TRANSCOM II PORTABLE INTERCOMS headphone and microphone circuits. If a complete path
SIGTRONICS of electric current exists, you will hear your voice in the
Available in 2, 4, 6, 8 & headphones when you speak into the microphone.
10 place versions with the If testing two headsets, you and the person wearing the
addition remote expansion other headset will be able to hear each other.
modules. This allows the
backseat passengers to –– Accommodates two headsets.
have their own units and –– Includes built-in Push-To-Test switch.
connection points. –– Self-contained, operates on one 9-volt battery.
An audio output records
flight dialog for post flight
review, a great training tool
Clocks, Instruments
& Annunciators
Airspeed & Altitude Indicators......................................................... 223

Annunciator Control Units................................................................ 222
Chronometers................................................................................... 212
Clocks............................................................................................... 215
Compasses........................................................................................ 224
Cooling Fans..................................................................................... 226
Hour Meters...................................................................................... 225
Instrument Accessories................................................................... 225
Pressure Switches............................................................................ 218
Sensors - Pressure, Temperature & CO2......................................... 216
Son-Alert........................................................................................... 215
Standby Instruments........................................................................ 220
Turn Coordinators & Slip Indicators................................................. 219
VOR Indicators.................................................................................. 224
Chronometers
CHRONOMETERS EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

800-28V 800-28V 800-28V (GMT, LT, ET)
800 SERIES CHRONOMETERS 800-28/NVG 800-28V-NVG 800-28V with night vision lighting and
DAVTRON INC memory battery holder (AA)
800-28/BAT 800-28V-BAT 800-28V with memory battery holder (AA)
Davtron’s 800-series clocks are multi-functional chronom- 800-28-SHB 800-28V-SH-BAT 800-5V with illuminated buttons and
eters with an easy to use two-button design. They display battery holder
universal time, local time, and elapsed times (other func-
tions are available, see the variant versions below). The 800-28-N/B 800-28V-NVG-BAT 800-28V lighting with night vision lighting
800 series come with two different screen formats, either and memory battery holder (AA)
liquid crystal incandescent—both with illuminated screens More versions available. Call EDMO for more information.
that are readable in high sunlight situations.
The 800 series is divided into these parts in the following
sections: M800, MB800, M803, M850, M877, M880A, MB800 CHRONOMETERS FOR BEECHCRAFT
and M811 The MB800 is an 800-series chronometer designed with a
yoke mount for use with Beechcraft aircraft.
M800 CHRONOMETERS –– Two-button control system
–– Provides universal time, local time, elapsed time with –– Liquid crystal display is illuminated for reading in dark
countdown timer, and an elapsed time alarm conditions
–– Liquid crystal display is illuminated for reading in dark –– Displays universal time and local time
conditions
–– Elapsed time with count-
–– 2-1/4 inch internal mount down timer
–– Two-button control system –– Yoke mount for Beechcraft
–– Laser engraved faceplate –– Elapsed time alarm
–– Optional audio alarm –– Optional audio alarm
–– NVIS green A option –– NVIS green A option
–– Keep-alive battery option –– FAA-PMA Approved
–– FAA-PMA approved
weight: 3.3 oz
weight: 4 oz voltage: 12 to 30 volts
voltage: 12 to 30 volts keep alive current: 0.004 amps. 12 to 30 volts
keep alive current: 0.004 amps. 12 to 30 volts internal lighting: 230 mA at 5V, 120 mA at 14V, 50 mA at 28V
internal lighting: 230 mA at 5V, 120 mA at 14V, 50 mA at 28V (specify (specify voltage when ordering)
voltage when ordering) NVIS option: NVIS green A lighting
12
NVIS option: NVIS green A lighting universal time: 24 hour format

universal time: 24 hour format local time: 12 or 24 hour option, user selectable
local time: 12 hour or 24 hour option, user selectable elapsed time count up: starts in minutes and seconds, then hours and min-
elapsed time count up: starts in minutes and seconds, then hours and minutes elapsed time countdown: utes, up to 99:59 hours
elapsed time countdown: up to 99:59 hours elapsed time alarm: settable from one second to 59 minutes and 59
elapsed time alarm: settable from one second to 59 minutes and 59 seconds. Activates at zero when counting down
seconds. Activates at zero when counting down battery type: AA battery
battery type: AA battery compatible with: Diamond Aircraft Model DA20-A1
compatible with: Diamond Aircraft Model DA20-A1. Beech Models Beech Models 35, A35, B35, C35, D35, E35,
35, A35, B35, C35, D35, E35, F35, G35, H35, J35, F35, G35, H35, J35, K35, M35, N35, 35-33 and
K35, M35, N35, 35-33 and 35-A33 35-A33

800-5V 800-5V 800-5V (GMT, LT, ET) (5V lighting) B80028V24B b800-28v24b 800B-28V with black yoke for mounting
800-5V/BAT 800-5V-BAT 800-5V with battery holder (AA) in Beechcraft, 24-hour military time
800-5V/NVG 800-5V-NVG 800-5V with night vision lighting green A B800-28V/C 800B-28V-CRM 800-28V with cream yoke for mounting
800-5V-N/B 800-5V-NVG-BATT 800-5V-NVG, memory battery holder (AA) in Beechcraft
800-14V 800-14V 800-14V (GMT, LT, ET) (14V lighting) B800-28V/B 800B-28V-BLK 800-28V with black yoke for mounting
800-14V/24 800-14V-24 800-14V with 24-hr lighting in Beechcraft
800-14/BAT 800-14V-BAT 800-14V with battery holder B80028V/SB 800B-28V-SH-BLK 800B-28V- with black yoke for mounting
800-14-N/B 800-14V-NVG-BAT 800-14V with memory battery holder in Beechcraft, illuminated buttons
800-28V/24 800-28V-24 800-28V, 24-hr military time (28V lighting) More versions available. Call EDMO for more information.
More versions available. Call EDMO for more information.
Chronometers
M803 CHRONOMETERS M811 CHRONOMETERS

The M803-series chronometers are similar to the M800 The M811 chronometer provides a six-digit, incandescent
but also provide readings for outside air temperature (OAT) display for all three functions (flight time, elapsed times
in Fahrenheit and centigrade and voltage. count up, and local time). Memory battery included.
–– Liquid crystal display is lighted for reading in dark con- –– 2-1/4 in internal mount
ditions –– Provides local time, flight time, and elapsed time with
–– Provides universal time, local time, flight time with alarm, countdown timer
elapsed time with countdown timer, and elapsed time –– Sunlight readable incandescent display
alarm
–– NVIS green A option
–– 2-1/4 in internal mount
–– Six-digit display for all three
–– Laser engraved faceplate functions
–– Optional audio alarm –– Two faceplate options:
–– Voltage the grey faceplate with
–– OAT Fahrenheit and Celsius screen-printed nomenclature
and a black faceplate with
–– NVIS green A option engraved nomenclature
–– Keep alive battery option –– Polaroid filter
–– FAA-PMA approved –– FAA-PMA approved

input current: 0.2 amps input current: 0.4 amps
input voltage: 12 to 30 volts input voltage: 14 volts
voltage range: 8 volts to 32 volts ±0.2 volts typ. -55°C to NVIS option: NVIS green A lighting
+100°C ±0.2°C typ.
local time: 12-hour or 24-hour option (user selectable)
keep alive current: 0.004 amps. 12 to 30 Volts
flight time: 24 hour
internal lighting: 240 mA at 5V, 240 mA at 14V, 100 mA at 28V
elapsed time count up: 24 hour
(specify voltage when ordering)
battery type: 6 volt battery with 2-year operating life
NVIS option: NVIS green A lighting
compatible with: BAE Jetstream Models 3101 and 3201
universal time: 24 hour format
Beech Models 35, A35, B35, C35, D35, E35, F35,
local time: 12 hour or 24 hour option G35, H35, J35, K35, M35, N35, 35-33, and 35-A33
flight time: records in hours and minutes, up to 99:59 British Aerospace Model BAE/Avro 146
flight time alarm: full set range of ﬂight time British Aerospace Model 125-700
elapsed time count up: starts in minutes and seconds, then hours and de Havilland Models Dash-8 Series 100 (101,102,103)
elapsed time countdown: minutes, up to 99:59 hours de Havilland Models Dash-8 Series 300 (301,311)
elapsed time alarm: settable from one second to 59 minutes and 59
12
Falcon Models 10, 900EX, and 2000
seconds Gates Learjet Models 24E, 24F, 25D, 25F, 35A, and 36A
activates at zero when counting down IAI Models 1125WW Astra and Astra SPX
battery type: AA memory battery Mystère Falcon Models 50, 200, and 900
compatible with: Bell Helicopter Textron Model 407 Waco Model Classic WACO F5 and F5c

803-5V 803-5V 803-5V (UT, LT, FT and ET, voltmeter, OAT 811B-12 811B-12 811B-12 (FT & ET) 12-hour lighting
(temperature probe included)) (5V lighting) 811B-24 811B-24 811B-24 (FT & ET) 24-hour lighting
803-5V-NVG 803-5V-NVG 803-5V with night vision 811B-24A 811B-24A 811B-24 (with gray faceplate) 24-hour lighting
803-14V 803-14V 803-14V (UT, LT, FT and ET, voltmeter, OAT 811B-24/N 811B-24-NVG 811B-24 with night vision
(temperature probe included)) (14V lighting) 811B-24/N1811B-24- 811B-24 with night vision and compatible with
803-14-NVG 803-14V-NVG 803-14V with night vision lighting green A NVG-15 KW515-4F displays (green A)
(temperature probe included) 811BFTR24 811BFTR24 811B-24 with flight time reset
803-28V 803-28V 803-28V (UT, LT, FT and ET, voltmeter, OAT ACCESSORIES
(temperature probe included)) (28V lighting) 811-INV 811-INV inverting female connector
803-28-NVG 803-28V-NVG 803-28V with night vision lighting green A 811-BATT 811-BATT-1 memory battery pack for 811B
(temperature probe included) 811-28 811-28 dropping resistor for 811B
803B-2 803-28V-C 803-28V with gray buttons KW505F RP-KW505F Davtron digital display for model 811B readout
More versions available. Call EDMO to inquire about your specific display/1 digit
needs. More versions available. Call EDMO for more information.
Chronometers
M850 CHRONOMETERS –– Two button control system with illuminated buttons &
The M850 chronometers provide seven functions (Green- annunciators
wich Mean Time, local times, flight time with alarm, –– Bright, sunlight-readable, incandescent display with an
elapsed time with countdown timer, and elapsed time) automatic dimmer
with an incandescent display and –– NVIS green A option
illuminated buttons and annunci-
ators. –– Two faceplate options: the grey faceplate with
screen-printed nomenclature and a black faceplate with
–– 2-1/4-inch front mount engraved nomenclature
–– NVIS green A option –– Keep alive battery option
–– Keep alive battery option –– FAA-PMA approved
–– Two button control system with
illuminated buttons and annun-
ciators weight: 5 oz
–– Bright, sunlight-readable, in- input current: 0.2 amps
candescent display with an auto dimmer input voltage: 14 to 28 volts (backlight available with 5V, 14V, or
–– Also equipped with an optional audio alarm 28V lighting)
–– FAA-PMA approved keep alive current: 0.00004 amps
NVIS option: NVIS green A lighting
Greenwich Mean Time: 24 hour format
local time: 12-hr or 24-hr option
weight: 5 oz
flight time: records in hours and minutes, up to 99:59, 99:99
input current: 0.2 Amps
flight time alarm: hour option / full set range flight time
input voltage: 14 to 28 volts (backlight available 5V, 14V or 28V
elapsed time count up: starts in minutes and seconds, then hours and minutes,
lighting (see options below)
elapsed time countdown: up to 99:59 hours
keep alive current: 0.00004 amps elapsed time alarm: settable from one second to 59 minutes and 59
display: incandescent, automatic dimming seconds.. Activates at zero when counting down
NVIS option: NVIS green A lighting for Model 850 battery type: AA size alkaline
Greenwich Mean Time: 24 hour format compatible with: Mystère Falcon 50 and 900
local time: 12 hour or 24 hour option Learjet Airplanes 35A and 60
flight time: records in hours and minutes up to 99:59, 99.99 hour BAE Jetstream Model 4101
flight time alarm: option / full set range flight time
elapsed time count up: starts in minutes and seconds, then hours and minutes,
elapsed time alarm: settable from one second to 59 mins, 59 seconds EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
activates at zero when counting down 877-5V 877-5V
877-5V (GMT, LT, FT, & ET) LED clock with illuminat-
battery type: N size alkaline ed buttons (rear mount, 5V lighting)
12
compatible with: Israel Aircraft Industries Model 1125 Astra & Galaxy 877A-5V 877A-5V 877A-5V with gray faceplate
877-14V 877-14V 877-14V (GMT, LT, FT & ET) LED clock with illumi-
nated buttons (rear mount, 14V lighting)
877-28V 877-28V 877-28V (GMT, LT, FT, ET) LED clock with illuminat-
ed buttons (rear mount, 28V lighting)
850-5V 850-5V
850-5V (includes GMT, LT, FT, ET) LED clock with 877A-28V 877A-28V 877-28V (GMT, LT, FT & ET LED clock 28V illumi-
illuminated buttons (5V lighting) nated buttons (rear mount)
850-28V 850-28V 850-28V (GMT, LET, FT, ET) LED clock with 877-28V-24 877-28V 877-28V with 24-hour light
illuminated buttons, front mount (5V lighting)
850-28V-24 850-28V-24 850-28V with 24-hour lighting (28V lighting)
850-14V 850-14V 850-14V (GMT, LT, FT, ET) LED clock with illumi-
nated buttons (front mount, 14V lighting)
M880 CHRONOMETERS
The M880-series are designed for military use and provide
GMT and elapsed time with countdown timer and alarm.
M877 CHRONOMETERS –– 3 ATI front mount
The M877 series chronometers –– Two-button control system
are designed with an internal –– Laser engraved faceplate
mount design rather than a –– Keep alive battery
front mount. This series pro-
vides GMT, local times, flight –– NVG filter compatible NVIS
time with alarm, and elapsed green A or BG7B
time with countdown timer and –– Six-digit display
alarm. –– Remote control option
–– 2-1/4-inch internal mount –– Sunlight readable/dimmable display
Son-Alert
SON-ALERT
weight: 10 oz
input current: 500 mA SON-ALERT AUDIO ALERT
input voltage: 28 volts DAVTRON INC
NVG: compatible: NVIS Green A or BG7B EDMO# SONALERT
Greenwich Mean Time: 24 hour format, full six-digit hours/minutes/seconds The Son-Alert is a warning alarm for use
local time: 12 hour or 24 hour option with chronometer models 800, 803, 850,
elapsed time count up: starts in minutes and seconds, then hours and minutes and 877.
elapsed time alarm: settable from one second to 59 mins, 59 seconds
activates at zero when counting weight: 1.5 oz
battery type: AA size alkaline mode of operation: continuous tone
compatible with: for military use frequency: 2900 Hz ±500 Hz
current draw: 4 mA max @ 10 VDC, 18 mA max @ 48 VDC
voltage rating: 10-48 VDC
loudness: (min. voltage): 68 dB(A) min. @ 2ft and 10 VDC
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION (max voltage): 80 dB(A) min. @ 2ft and 48 VDC
M880A-S M880A-S 880A (GMT, LT & ET military clock) with night vision storage temperature: -40°C to +85°C
compatibility (green A) operating temperature: -30°C to +65°C
880A-28 M880A 880A resistor 20 Ohm 1%25W aluminum housing
LC-2 CHRONOMETERS
ADS/TRANSICOIL
CLOCKS
Uses a custom-designed micro-
processor circuit to provide time, MD93 DIGITAL CLOCK DUAL USB
date, and elapsed timer with a CHARGING PORT
hold or time-out feature. The MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
microprocessor is attached to a EDMO# 6420093-1
single circuit board, that results –– Six-digit, seven-segment LED
in durable, reliable performance. clock and USB charger
The circuitry is not subject to dirt, –– Four modes: local time, universal
vibration, friction, or the wear char- time, flight timer, and stopwatch
acteristics of mechanical clock movements. –– Flight time duration automatically
–– Liquid crystal display with lighting for night flying displays when power is applied
12
–– 14V & 28V bulbs are included to the aircraft and can be reset in
–– Selectable 12 or 24-hour clock with four-digit display manual mode
–– Timing accuracy is typically better than a few seconds –– 12-/24-hour. Sec: On or Off
per month –– Manual or automatic dimming
–– 24-hour elapsed timer, Date displayed in month/day –– 8-year internal battery maintains time and flight timer
–– Three-button operation memory when not powered by the aircraft
–– Rear mounts into standard 2-1/4” panel cutout –– USB interface provides 2.1 amps per charging port
–– 2 years battery life (power drain when connected to the –– Protects itself and the charging device from short circuit,
aircraft battery is negligible [less than 0.003 amps]) power surges and over-current potential
weight: < 5 oz weight: 0.3 lb

power: batteries: 2 years. aircraft battery: power drain < 0.003 amps dimensions: 2.39 × 2.39 × 1.15 in max
approvals: RTCA DO-160 power input: 10-32 VDC, 27W max. 2.1A@14 VDC; 1A@28 VDC (clock)
power output: 5.0 ± 0.25 VDC; 2.1A per USB port
clock accuracy: ±0.5 seconds in 24 hours
temperature: -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 148°F)
EDMO# DESCRIPTION altitude: 55,000 ft
AT420100 panel mounted, powered with 2 internal AAA batteries, mounting: rear-panel mounted, (4) #6 screws
AT420000 panel mounted , aircraft powered connector kit: MCIA P/N 9018178
USB interface: USB Standard-A
case: anodized aluminum black
Sensors - Pressure, Temperature & CO2
MD-90 CLOCK
MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS linear current output: 1uA/K (AD590KH)
EDMO# MD90
temperature range: -55°C to 150°C (AD590KH)
MFR# MD-90-1
terminals (2): voltage in/current out (AD590KH)
The MD90 is an electric, power supply range: 4 to 30 Volts (AD590KH)
quartz-movement, analog 12- material: nickel-plated probe case and nut
hour aircraft clock. The clock is
approvals: DO160 salt-fog tested
8-32V and non-backlit.
–– Precision quartz movement
–– Compact 2-1/4 inch size fits
standard panel cutout
DIGITAL TEMPERATURE PROBES
–– Transient and reverse polarity
protected Davtron’s D307PS probe is simple and efficient to use..
–– Low power consumption (3 mA) –– Unique 64-bit serial code stored in an onboard ROM
–– Continuously powered by aircraft battery –– Multi-drop capability
–– No external components required
–– Can be powered from a data line
weight: 0.5 lb –– 1-Wire interface that requires only
dimensions: 2.5 × 2.5 × 3.2 in one port pin for communication
voltage input range: 8 – 32 VDC
current input: 3 mA max (without lighting)
accuracy: ±30 seconds in 24 hrs interface: 1-Wire interface, requires one port pin
temperature: –40°F to +180°F temperature range: -55°C to +125°C ±0.5°C, acc from -10°C to +85°C
altitude: –1,000 to +55,000 ft power supply range: 3 - 5.5 Volts
humidity: 0 to 9% at 25°C material: nickel-plated probe case and nut
vibration: 0.02 in dbl. ampl., 1.5g @5 to 50 Hz approvals: DO160 salt-fog tested
certification: FAA PMA approved
mounting: front or rear panel
connector: #6-32 threaded terminals
approvals: FAA PMA approved EDMO# COMPATIBLE LENGTH/COLOR
INSTRUMENTS
ANALOG
PROBE-2FT 307CD, 307FD 2 ft / red and black twisted
C307PS 301, 303, 307, 655, 803 12 ft / white
655 PROBE 301, 303, 307, 655, 803 7 ft / red and black twisted
DIGITAL*
12
SENSORS - PRESSURE, D307PS 301, 303, 307, 655 12 ft / white
TEMPERATURE & CO2 *Digital only; use with units with a “D” in the serial.
DAVTRON TEMPERATURE PROBES M655 SERIES MULTIFUNCTION

DAVTRON INC
INDICATORS
ANALOG TEMPERATURE PROBES DAVTRON INC
Davtron temperature probes equipped with an Analog Automatically computes density
Devices AD590KH 2-terminal temperature-to-voltage altitude. The M655 measures
transducer. outside air temperature and
receives pressure altitude infor-
mation from the blind encoder or
encoding altimeter and then con-
verts this information to a direct 655-1
read-out of density altitude (us-
ing US standard atmosphere tabu-
lation). Take-off roll, maximum rate
of climb, and fuel consumption are
all determined using the aircraft’s
flight manual & density altitude.
655 PROBE C307PS –– Voltage alarm (not on NVG unit)
–– Deviation alarm (not on NVG unit)
–– Sunlight readable display
655-2
Sensors - Pressure, Temperature & CO2
–– Compatible with Beech Models 35, A35, B35, C35,

D35, E35, F35, G35, H35, J35, K35, M35, N35, 35-33,
and 35-A33 weight: 4 oz
temp. range: -40°C to +100°C accuracy ±1% of full scale
–– FAA-PMA approved -40°C to +199°C accuracy ±1% of full scale
input voltage: 12 to 30 volts
EDMO# DESCRIPTION input current: 150 mA max.
655-1 DCV, rectangle (temp probe included), voltage, and deviation alarm operating temp: -25°C to +60°C
655-2 DC voltage (rear mount), temperature probe included
655-2-NVG DC voltage (rear mount), temperature probe included, NVG green A
DIGITAL O.A.T. (FC) VOLTMETER

DAVTRON INC
EDMO# 307FCE
M303 SERIES MULTIFUNCTION MFR# 1011-307FCE
INDICATORS –– Sunlight readable display with automatic dimming
DAVTRON INC
–– Fahrenheit or Celsius
–– Measures outside temperature in degrees C & F
–– Minimum panel space
–– Available in 2-1/4 standard mount or front mount
–– Lightweight
–– Sunlight readable display with automatic dimming
–– Miniature remote probe
–– LED display
–– Lightweight 307FCE
–– Aircraft voltage with alarm
–– Laser engraved faceplate
–– Voltage (low voltage alarm)
weight: 4 oz
weight: 4 oz temp. range: -40°C to +100°C accuracy ±1% of full scale
temp. range: 307CD: -65°C to +150°C accuracy ±1% of full scale -40°C to +199°C accuracy ±1% of full scale
307FD: -70°F to +290°F accuracy ±1% of full scale input voltage: 14/28 volts
input voltage: 14 to 28 volts input current: 150 mA max.
input current: 150 mA max. unit default alarm: set to flash 11v or below
operating temp: -25°C to +60°C R3 & R4: located on back board. Alarm off/1.5 ohm resistor on R3
alarm 20v or less/1.5 ohm resistor on R4
operating temp: -25°C to +60°C
accuracy: ±1% of full scale
12
303-1 1005-303-1 OAT Fahrenheit and Celsius (temperature probe
included), front mounted
303-2 1006-303-2 OAT Fahrenheit and Celsius (temperature probe O.A.T. F&C INDICATOR
included), rear mounted DAVTRON INC
EDMO# 307FC
MFR# 1010-307FC
–– Lightweight
–– Automatic dimming
307FCI CABIN AND OUTSIDE AIR TEMP
INDICATOR –– Minimum panel space
DAVTRON INC –– Miniature remote probe
EDMO# 307FCI –– Sunlight readable LED. Display Celsius & Fahrenheit
MFR# 1012-307FCI
–– Provides temperature in Fahrenheit and Celsius –– FAA-PMA approved
–– Sunlight readable display with automatic dimming
–– Lightweight
weight: 4 oz
–– Minimum panel space temp. range: -40°C to +100°C accuracy ±1% of full scale
–– Miniature remote probe -40°C to +199°C accuracy ±1% of full scale
–– FAA-PMA approved input voltage: 14 to 30 volts
–– Laser engraved face- input current: 150 mA max.
plate operating temp: -25°C to +60°C
accuracy: ±1% of full scale
–– Compatible with DeHavilland Models Dash-8, Series
100 (Model 101, 102, 103)
Pressure Switches
CELSIUS DIFFERENTIAL INTERCOOLER EDMO# DESCRIPTION

GAUGE W/MINI PROBE 301C-A-GRN 301C with 3-pin connector for temp. probe & green LED
DAVTRON INC 301F-GRN OAT Fahrenheit with green LED
EDMO# 307CD
301F-A-WHT 301F with 3-pin connector for temp. probe & white LED
MFR# 1009-307CD
301F-A-GRN 301F with 3-pin connector for temp. probe & green LED
The 307CD displays engine air cooling in degrees Celsius.
–– Sunlight readable display with automatic dimming Mini-
mum panel space
–– Lightweight
AERO 452 CO DETECTOR
GUARDIAN AVIONICS
–– Miniature remote probe If CO is found to be
–– Fahrenheit or Celsius present, the AERO 452
–– FAA-PMA approved provides a visual alert
to the crew. The 452
also includes a built-in
pressure compensation
weight: 4 oz sensor that detects cabin
temp. range: 307CD: -65°C to +150°C accuracy ±1% of full scale altitude changes; the unit
307FD: -70°F to +290°F accuracy ±1% of full scale then sends a signal to a 452-101011
input voltage: 14 to 30 volts remote light (if installed)
input current: 150 mA max. when cabin altitude goes above 10,000, 12,500, and
operating temp: -25°C to +60°C 14,000 feet.
–– TSO certified; FAA-approved for use in certified aircraft
–– Package includes: AERO 452, FAA-approved paper-
work for installation authorization
M301-SERIES TEMPERATURE
INDICATORS weight: 3.5 oz
DAVTRON INC
input power: 14/28 VDC
Additional LED screen power usage less: < 0.25 watt
colors and configurations temp range: -20°C to 55°C
available, see table below.
inspection: each unit 100% tested
–– Fahrenheit or Celsius humidity: 5% to 95% RH (non-condensating)
–– Minimum panel space 301C/A circuit breaker: 2 amp
–– Lightweight design meets: TSO-C48A
–– Sunlight readable display CO sensor tested to: 25,000 ft
12
with automatic dimming alarm: between 50-70 ppm in <5 min

–– FAA-PMA approved EDMO# MFR# MOUNT INPUT/OUTPUT
301F-GRN 452-101011 452-101-011 panel mount RS232
452-201011 452-201-011 remote mount RS232
weight: 4 oz
temp. range: 301C -40°C to +100°C Accuracy ±1% of full scale
301F -40°F to +199°F Accuracy ±1% of full scale
input current:
operating temp:
150 mA max.
-25°C to +60°C PRESSURE SWITCHES
display: LED
5000 SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH
HOBBS
The 5000 Series pressure switches are designed for use
EDMO# DESCRIPTION in extended duty applications. The switch is factory set
301C OAT Celsius but can be adjusted in the field.
301C/A 301C with 3-pin connector for included temperature probe –– Kapton diaphragm for compatibility with a wide variety
301F OAT Fahrenheit of fluids
301F/A 301F with 3-pin connector for included temperature probe –– Includes various terminations including a Metri-Pack
301C-GRN OAT Celsius with green LED connector that forms a tight seal when connected
301C-A-WHT 301C with 3-pin connector for temp. probe & white LED
Turn Coordinators & Slip Indicators
type: direct action blade contact weight: 1.2 lb

contacts: silver alloy, gold plated dimensions: 3.25 × 3.25 × 4.25 in
set point: factory set from 0.5 to 150 PSI input voltage range VDC: 12-32
operating pressure: 150 PSI for 0.5-24 PSI set point range, rotor type: DC
250 PSI for 25-150 PSI set point range power consumption nominal: 0.35 A
proof pressure: 500 PSI bezel lighting: yes
burst pressure: 750 PSI for 0.5 - 24 PSI set point range inclinometer ball / background color: white / black
1250 PSI for 25-150 PSI set point range connector number of pins: 3
ratings: resistive: inductive turn indication: standard 2-minute turn
15 amp - 6 VDC 1 amp - 120 VAC operating temperature: –30°C to + 50°C
8 amp -12 VDC 0.5 amp - 240 VAC operating altitude: -1,000 ft to 35,000 ft
glass: HEA non-glare
4 amp - 24 VDC
mounting: 3.125 in front or rear panel
diaphragm: polyimide film
temperature range: -40°F to 250°F+
connector: 1/8-27 NPT male thread
terminals: #8 -32 screws, 1/4-in blade, 280 Series Metri-Pack EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE/LIGHTED
circuitry: SPST-N.O., N.C., 1 circuit adjustable dual circuit, or 2 1234T1003A 1234T100-3ATZ for Cessna 10-32 volt / yes
circuits adjustable dual circuit. Also available are N.O./N.O. 1234T1003T 1234T100-3TZ C661004-0101 10-32 volt / yes
dual circuit and N.C./N.C. dual circuit 1234T1007T 1234T100-7TZ for Cessna 10-32 volt / no
base: plated steel 1234T1007A 1234T100-7ATZ C661031-0101 10-32 volt/ no
cover: glass reinforced polyester
options: brass, plastic, or stainless steel base; various base connec-
tor thread sizes; wire leads (potted and sealed)
TURN & SLIP INDICATOR

MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
EDMO# DESCRIPTION CONTACT SETTING/ EDMO# 55508340N5
FACTORY SET AT:
76579 dual circuit/one circuit adjustable/screw 3.1 - 7 PSI / 4 PSI This two-inch turn-and-slip indi-
terminal cator fits into tight panel spaces
77039 dual circuit/one circuit adjustable, mates 4 - 6 PSI / 5 PSI
and is widely used in the turboprop
with Packard/Metri-Pack terminal
market.
ACCESSORIES –– Certified to FAA TSO C3b
79380 pressure switch boot –– Internal 400 Hz AC brushless
Additional versions available, see more at edmo.com. gyro spin motor with solid-state
12
inverter
–– Power warning indicator
–– Internal lighting available 5, 14, or 28 V
–– Commercial and military qualified
TURN COORDINATORS &
SLIP INDICATORS weight: 1.5 lb
dimensions: 2.4 × 2.4 × 6.1 in
TURN & SLIP INDICATOR input voltage: 28 VDC
MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS current input: 0.4 Amp
Extremely reliable, tried-and-true units, these 3-inch turn temperature: –30°C to +50°C
and slip indicators have a proven track record through altitude: -100 to +35,000 ft
HALT testing and OEM usage humidity: 0 to 95% at 32°C
since 1999 and are a top choice vibration: 0.02 in dbl. ampl. 1.5 g @ 5-50 Hz
for more than 15 aircraft compa- certification: TSO C3b
nies. motor speed variation: 3% max
–– Certified to FAA TSO C3b mounting: front or rear panel
–– OEM standard – proven reliability connector: 3-pin or 5-pin AN type
–– Power warning indicator
–– 5, 14, 28v lighting
1234T100-3A
Standby Instruments
3-INCH TURN COORDINATORS The Quattro Plus has a built-in battery which provides up
MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS to two hours of stand-alone operation if neededthus en-
3-inch turn coordinator equipped with a brushless AC ro- suring an added level of redundancy. The MFD fits directly
tor powered by a solid-state in- into a standard round 3-inch instrument hole with no pan-
verter. This design results in less el modification, making it a near drop-in installation.
heat behind the panel and one –– Displays precision airspeed, attitude, altitude, slip and
of the top ratings in the industry Instantaneous Vertical Speed (I)VSI in an EFIS presenta-
at 4,800 hours MTBF. This in- tion
strument is a direct replacement –– MFD is an excellent
for most 3-pin turn coordinators replacement for steam-
and is ideal for use in high-per- gauge standby instru-
formance aircraft as well as ments in retrofit EFIS
cold-climate applications. equipped aircraft
–– Certified to FAA TSO C3b 1394T100 –– Backup lithium battery
–– OEM standard—proven reliability provides up to 2 hours
–– Power warning indicator battery life
–– Fits a 3-inch panel hole
weight: 1.2 lb –– Weighs just over 11
ounces
dimensions: 3.25 × 3.25 × 4.25 in
input voltage range VDC: 12-32 –– TSO approved
rotor type: DC
power consumption nominal: 0.35 A weight: 0.51 lb
bezel: no dimensions: 3.52 × 3.25 × 1.4 in
inclinometer ball/background color: black/white electrical: input voltage: 10-32 Vdc, current: 2A max
connector number of pins: 3 environmental: temperature: -20° to +55°C, altitude: -1500 to +35,000 ft,
turn indication: standard 2-minute turn Airspeed: 20-400 Kts
operating temperature: –30°C to + 50°C battery: Li-Poly, 30 minutes minimum, Sandia Aerospace 2 hrs nominal
operating altitude: -1,000 ft to 35,000 ft certification TSO-C2d (type B), TSO-CSe, TSO-C4c, TSO-C10b (Type I),
glass: clear (pending): TSO-C113a, TSO-C201 (A5 HX T7), RTCA DO-347, DO 178C
mounting: 3-1/8 front or rear panel (Level C), DO 160G
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE/

LIGHTED SAM™ MD302 STANDBY ATTITUDE
1394T1003B 1394T100-3B
brushless 11-32V / yes MODULE
1394T1007B 1394T100-7B
brushless 11-32V / no MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
12
1394T1007RB 1394T100-7RB
autopilot, ARC, brushless 11-32V / no EDMO# 6420302-1
1394T10010RB 1394T100-10RB
autopilot, KAP 140, high 11-32V / yes
wing, brushless
1394T10012RB 1394T100-12RB autopilot, KAP 140, 11-32V / yes
brushless
1394T10014RB 1394T100-14RB autopilot, S-TEC, 11-32V / yes
brushless
STANDBY INSTRUMENTS
SAI340 QUATTRO PLUS 4-in-1, self-contained, solid-state instrument for use
FIVE IN ONE STANDBY INSTRUMENT during normal operation or in case of primary instrument
SANDIA AEROSPACE failure. It features selectable orientation (horizontal or ver-
EDMO# 706171-20 tical), which provides flexibility during the cockpit design
Five-in-one attitude, airspeed, altitude, slip indicator that and installation process.
now includes Instantaneous Vertical Speed (I)VSI. With –– Displays attitude, altitude, airspeed, and slip information
smooth, high-quality graphics & an easy to read EFIS with ARINC 429 output
presentation, the Quattro Plus makes a great addition to a –– Two-screen display has external, automatic and man-
traditional six pack panel. This multi-fuction display (MFD) ual dimming control settings and provides smooth,
is a cost-effective way to replace steam-gauge standby high-definition graphics with extra-wide viewing angles
instruments in retrofit EFIS-equipped aircraft. and a user-friendly menu structure
Standby Instruments
–– Users can configure the display and control the menu

with the device’s single knob
weight: 1.6 lb
–– Easily programmable airspeed range markings dimensions: 5.94 in
–– Software is field-upgradeable via a standard USB port power input: 10-32 VDC: 14 VDC input (1.4A max start, 0.51A running)
–– 10-32 VDC power input and is also equipped with a 28 VDC input (0.6A max start, 0.24A running)
self-contained, rechargeable Nanophosphate® lithi- dial: rotating roll dial configuration, blue over brown
um-ion emergency battery Delta wing symbolic airplane
panel tilt: aircraft specific—specify exact tilt between 0° and 20°
lighting: internal LED lighting switchable to 5, 14, or 28 VDC input;
weight: 1.2 lb wired through the main connector
dimensions: 3.25 × 3.25 × 4.25 in glass: special HEA anti-reflective coating
power input: 10-32 VDC; 6W nominal, 25W max MTBF: 2,500 hours
output: ARINC 429 mounting: rear mount in standard 2-inch MS33638 panel cutout
operating attitude: 300 per second pitch, roll and yaw (max) temperature range: -30°C to 70°C (-22°F to +158°F)
range: altitude: -1,500 to +55,000 ft (-457 m to 15,764 m) mating connector: MS3116F8-4S / 9015514
airspeed: 20-500 knots (23 to 575 mph) (37 to 926 kph)
certification: FAA TSO-C4c, RTCA/DO-160D/E
units of altitude: feet or meters
measure: barometric setting: inches of mercury, millibars
airspeed: knots, miles per hour or kilometers per hour
panel tilt: configurable -10° to +90° pitch EDMO# MFR# SYMBOLIC AIRPLANE ROLL DIAL
lighting: 5, 14, and 28 VDC input 4200-10 4200-10 traditional rotating
pilot interface: 16-detent, push and turn knob 4200-11 4200-11 Delta wing rotating
battery: rechargeable, field-replaceable, internal battery
technology: Nanophosphate lithium-ion
run time: 60 minutes minimum when fully charged and properly maintained
mounting: front panel mounted
mating Mid-Continent p/n 9017646 kit contains custom DB15 connec- LIFESAVER® 4300 SERIES ELECTRIC
connectors: tor with configuration module, pitot and static connectors ATTITUDE INDICATOR, 3-INCH
certification: FAA TSO certified to C2d, C3e, C4c, C10b, C106, C113a, MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
C179a, EASA ETSO certified to C2d, C3d (incomplete), C4c, The Lifesaver® 4300-series
C10b, C106, C113, C179a, RTCA DO-178B and DO-254 3-inch attitude indicators provide
design assurance level (DAL) A, RTCA DO-160 qualified, RTCA one hour of emergency attitude
DO-311 qualified reference in the event of aircraft
power failure (non-battery back
up versions are available, see
table below). The 4300 series is
MD302-1 6420302-1 internal battery; black bezel designed for use as a primary or
12
MD302-2 no battery; black bezel standby artificial horizon in fixed-
MD302-4 internal battery; gray bezel wing aircraft and helicopters with
MD302-5 no battery; gray bezel a single connection that saves
time in the installation process. 4300-313
The 4300 series provides 10-32
volt DC operation with anti-reflective glass, long-life light-
4200 SERIES MINI GYRO ing, and 7,500 hours MTBF.
MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS –– Lighted display with field-replaceable lighting
AND AVIONICS –– Anti-reflective glass
Provides emergency attitude refer- –– Custom versions available to match existing displays
ence in the event of primary attitude
failure. –– When ordering, indicate panel tilt and lighting voltage
needed. Other important information is aircraft type, dis-
–– Single 4-pin connector install play preference, whether the gyro is a standby indicator,
–– Ideal standby artificial horizon in and also to specify the primary indicator configuration.
fixed-wing & helicopters
–– Custom versions available to power input: 10-32 VDC:
match existing instrument/EFIS 1400 mA start, 600 mA max. running at 14 VDC input
displays 700 mA start, 300 mA max. running at 28 VDC inpuplt
–– 10-32 VDC operation for use in 12 dial: fixed roll dial, traditional symbolic airplane
and 28-volt aircraft lighting: 5, 14, or 28 VDC incandescent; field-replaceable tray wired
–– Anti-reflective glass enhances visi- through main connector
bility & reduces fatigue glass: special HEA anti-reflective coating
–– Long-life LED lighting, user select- MTBF: 7,500 hours
able to 5, 14, or 28-volt input
Annunciator Control Units
mounting: rear mount in standard 3-1/8 in round panel cutout color: index marks, text , symbolic airplane, logo: white
temperature range: -30°C to 70°C (-22°F to +158°F) bezel, dial background: black
mating connector: MS3116F8-4S / 9015514 power/speed warning flag: red
certification: FAA TSO-C4c, RTCA/DO-160D glass: special HEA anti-reflective coating
MTBF: 2,500 hours
mounting: rear panel mount in standard 3-1/8 inch round panel cutout
temperature range: -40°C to +55° (-40°F to 130°F)
EDMO# WT. /DIM. (LENGTH BEHIND SYMBOLIC ROLL mating connector: MS3116F8-4S / 9015514
PANEL) AIRCRAFT DIAL
LIFESAVER® WITH BATTERY BACKUP
4300-411 3.7 lb / 8.6 × 3.28 × 3.28 in Traditional rotating
4300-412 3.7 lbs / 8.6 × 3.28 × 3.28 in Traditional fixed
WITHOUT BATTERY BACKUP
4300-313 2.7 lb / 6.6 × 3.28 × 3.28 in Delta wing rotating
4300-311 2.7 lb / 6.6 × 3.28 × 3.28 in traditional rotating ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL
4300-411
ACCESSORIES
3.7 lb / 8.6 × 3.28 × 3.28 in traditional rotating
UNITS
36023 slip indicator for 4300 series
36022 knob cover MD41 ANNUNCIATION CONTROL UNITS
TT43 TT43 battery tester and charger for 4300 series. MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
9015607 Standby Battery The MD41-series
9016909 28 V LED light tray annunciation control
9015640-10 5V NVG light tray units (ACU) are small,
9015640-12 28V NVG light tray self-contained units
9016909-14 14V LED light tray that display status
9016909-5 28V LED light tray annunciation received MD41-1510
from NAV and GPS
systems. They are each equipped with a daylight-read-
able display with dual 20,000-hour photocell lamps, inter-
nally lighted selection switches, and automatic photocell
DIRECTIONAL GYRO - ELECTRIC dimming. Simple to install, the MD41 units use a single
MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS cutout and D-subminiature connector (panel punches are
EDMO# 3300-10 available).
MFR# 3300-10 –– Horizontal and vertical configurations available in 14- or
The 3300-series directional 28-volt units
gyros are designed with ad- –– Available in two sizes: 0.75 × 2.45 × 2.5 or 0.8 × 2.73
12
vanced circuitry that withstands × 3.2 in

high vibration while requiring less –– D-subminiature connector and single cutout for simple,
than half the power of standard cost-effective installation
directional gyros, and a power
input of 10-32 volt DC, this se- –– Terrain awareness and warning system versions are
ries can be used in any aircraft. TSO C151a certified
The 3300-series is equipped –– Meets RTCA DO-160D environmental specifications
with long-life LEDs and a sharp, (certified to 55,000 ft)
backlit display
EDMO# FOR USE WITH
–– Provides RTCA DO-160E HIRF immunity, making it an
ideal replacement for heavy, older AIM and RC Allen HORIZONTAL MOUNT ORIENTATION
units 14 VOLT
MD41-1484W Garmin GNS 430W, 530W
MD41-1512 Garmin GTN 650, GTN 750
28 VOLT
weight: 1.9 lb
MD41-1408A Garmin GPS400, GNC420, GPS430, GPS500, GS530
dimensions: 4.65 in
MD41-1488W Garmin GNS 430W, 530W
power input: 10-32 VDC
current rating: 14 VDC, start: 1.4A max., run: 0.44A nominal
28 VDC, start: 0.6A max., run: 0.22A nominal
VERTICAL MOUNT ORIENTATION
lighting: internal LED lighting user selectable to 5, 14, or 28 VDC 28 VOLT
input with adjustable brightness
MD41-1408C Garmin GPS 400/500, GNC-420/520, GNS-430/530
More configurations are available. Call EDMO at +618 8182 5511 for
more information.
Airspeed & Altitude Indicators
MD41-1948 SATCOM ACU

FOR AVIATOR 200, 300, 350
AIRSPEED & ALTITUDE
EDMO# MD41-1948
INDICATORS
Works with the Aviator MD25 AIRSPEED INDICATOR
200, 300, and 350 MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
systems. This device EDMO# MD25-300
provides the inputs
and annunciations Lightweight, compact, 2-inch indicator intended for a wide
described in the Aero-SB Lite installation manual, displays range of GA and business aviation
the connectivity status of SBU, and gives the flight crew aircraft.
on/off capabilities for the SB-Lite and or the Wi-Fi from
the cockpit or cabin console (which eliminates the need to
cycle breakers). dimensions: 2 in
voltage: 28V
–– Compatible with the Thrane & Thrane Aviator 200, Avia- airspeed range: 40-300 knots
tor 300, and Aviator 350 systems
lighting type: LED
–– Sunlight-readable display with a 10,000-hour lamp with
automatic photocell dimming
–– Horizontal alignment (vertically versions available)
–– D-subminiature connector and single cutout for simple, 3-1/8” VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
cost-effective installation UMA INC
EDMO# 8-310-60
weight: 0.3 lb The UMA 3-1/8 inch airspeed indicator is designed for
dimensions: 0.8 × 2.73 × 3.2 inches fixed wing aircraft with a reciprocating or turboprop en-
voltage input: 28 VDC gine. Black and white dial.
current input: 0.3 amps
temperature: –55°C to +70°C weight: 8.8 oz
altitude: 55,000 ft range: ±6000 ft/min
certification: RTCA DO-160D dial name: vertical speed
max altitude: 25,000 ft
temperature range: -55° to +85°C
WAAS GPS ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 8-310-20

DEKLIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC EDMO# MFR# FT/MIN TSO
EDMO# DWA2000 8-310-20 8-310-20 0-2000 yes
12
The DWA2000 is a 8-310-60 8-310-60 0-6000 no
self-contained WAAS
GPS Annunciator Panel
for 14 & 28 Vdc aircraft
& replaces the DWA 1000. Displays annunciation status
from GPS receivers that output discrete signals for remote
annunciation purposes. INOPERATIVE INSTRUMENT COVER
H C WARD, CO.
EDMO# 0601
weight: 2 oz
MFR# 0601
dimensions: 2.5 × 0.72 × 0.35 in
operating temperature: -55°C to +70°C Plastic instrument cover that masks
survival temperature: -55°C to + 85°C
the face of most general aviation
flight instruments. Attaches to the
humidity: 95%
instrument face with a suction cup.
altitude: 50,000 ft max This cover is useful in training situa-
connector: 12 pin DO-160E tions involving partial panel work and
input specifications: input voltage: 11-33 Vdc, current: 0.170 amps max as a safety aid for masking non-func-
(@27.5 VDC), fuse/circuit breaker rating: 0.5 amps tional instruments.
interface specifications: A+: red, 11-33 Vdc
–– Includes two covers
ground: black airframe ground
manual lamp test: white/blue - requires ground low
manual lamp dim: white/red - requires ground low
(the following require a logic low to annunciate)
VLOC: brown, GPS blue, MSG: violet, WPT: orange
TERM: yellow, APR: white, LOI: green, BS: gray
VOR Indicators
VOR INDICATORS COMPASSES

903ID DIGITAL VOR LOCALIZER PAI-700 VERTICAL CARD COMPASS
& STATION IDENTIFIER PRECISION AVIATION INC
DAVTRON INC The primary advantage of the PAI-700
The Davtron 903ID is a vertical card magnetic compass over
compact, computer-based fluid-damped compasses is that it
instrument with a DVOR provides an easy-to-steer by presen-
feature that digitally reads the tation with an aero designed lubber
aircraft’s radial position from line on the lens that allows the pilot to
the VOR station. The radial view the entire 360-degree dial in its
903ID-1 proper relation to flight.
position is displayed and
updated every 0.8 seconds –– Satisfies FAA requirement that
and makes VOR step down each aircraft must have a magnetic
fixes and intersections easy compass
to read at a glance while the –– The magnet-driven design has reduced lead and lag
instantaneous to/from switch- than other similar models due to eliminated pendulosity
ing capability makes the 903
a fast, efficient way to obtain –– Naturally occurring, built-in eddy current damping
VOR cross-checks. The lo- makes the design inherently stable
calizer mode displays course
deviation numerically with 903ID-2 EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE
the equivalent resolution of a SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE
1/2 dot of a CDI. In addition, the 903ID takes the Morse PAI70014SH PAI-700 14 V
code identifier signal of the VOR station and sequentially PAI70028SH PAI-700 28 V
displays the station letters on the single alpha-numeric ACCESSORIES
display at a readable rate. This device features two toggle PACMG-2 PACMG-2 Universal glare shield mounting bracket for
switches on the front; the first allows the user to select aircraft that utilize a glare shield or deck
NAV1 or NAV2 and the second provides To or From bear- mount.
ing selections. During the install process, the user can PMO-U PACMO-UN Universal mounting bracket with vertical
calibrate the 903ID using a small push-button switch that, hanger that can be bent forward or aft to
when pressed, allows the unit to become a signal level the desired angle. Holes can be drilled
meter—this functionality removes the need for an external where needed. Once installed, the compass
signal level meter during the installation process. face should be parallel to the instrument
–– Automatic VOR position orientation panel.
–– Localizer deviation and centerline PMO- PACMO-APZ21N Mounting bracket for Apache, Aztec, Cessna
–– Alphanumeric station identifier APZ21N 414/421 with windscreen mount.
12
PMO-CES2 PACMO-CESNO2 mounting bracket for PACMO CESNO II

–– Instant to/from switching
PMO-PIPERN PACMO-PIPERN mounting bracket for Piper
–– Digital filtering and signal processing PMO-VMN PACHO-VMN mounting bracket for Mooney, vertical
–– Sunlight readable incandescent display with automatic mount
dimming PAI-LIT/14 PAI-14V 14V light assembly
–– Serial ASCII output of station and radial OFF flag PAI-LIT/28 PAI-28V 28V light assembly
More mounting brackets available; call +618 8182 5511 for more
information.
weight: 6 oz
input voltage: 14 to 28 volt
input signal: 0.35 to 10 volts
supply current: 0.3 amps
operating temperature range: -20°C to +55°C
DVOR accuracy: +/-2 degrees
EDMO# MFR# MOUNT TYPE

903ID-1 1114-903ID-1 rectangle mount
903ID-2 903ID-2 round mount
Instrument Accessories
INSTRUMENT
ACCESSORIES range:
input voltage:
8 – 32 volts
14 to 28 volts
resolution: 0.1 volt
VOLT METERS input current: 150 mA max.
DAVTRON INC operating temp: -25°C to 60°C
Davtron 450 and 451-series voltmeters are small, light- accuracy: +/- 1% of full scale
weight instruments that precisely monitor aircraft voltage
so that the pilot can more accurately gauge the amount
of capacity remaining in the battery when there is a low
voltage condition. The 475VA and 475VAA series were EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
designed for low current drain and are designed for use in 450-SERIES
standby & emergency battery packs for reading voltage & 450 1018-450 amber LED
current flows. 450-GRN 1018.1-450-GRN green LED
450-WHT 1018.2-450-WHT white LED
450-SERIES 450A 1019-450A amber LED/remote sensing
–– Lightweight and requires mini- 450A-GRN 1019.1-450A-GRN voltmeter/green LED/remote sensing
mum panel space 451-SERIES
451 1023-451 1.25 round mount
475-SERIES
–– Voltage with flashing alarm 475VA-14V 1025.2-475VA-14V 2 function DC volts & amps/14 V
–– FAA-PMA approved 475VA-28V 1025.3-475VA-28V 2 function DC volts & amps/28 V
–– Automatic dimming, sunlight readable display 475VAA-14V 1028-475VAA-14V DC volts/battery amp/ALT amps/14 V
475VAA-28V 1029-475VAA-28V DC volts/battery amp/ALT amps/28 V
range: 8 – 32 volts
resolution: 0.1 volt
input current: 150 mA max.
operating temp: -25°C to 60°C
accuracy: +/- 1% of full scale HOUR METERS
HOURMETER AIRSPEED SWITCH/STC
451-SERIES FLOATS ALASKA, LLC.
–– Lightweight and requires minimum panel space EDMO# AEROMETER
–– Automatic dimming, sun- The Aerometer tracks time in service
12
light-readable display by electronically activating an existing
–– Voltage (remote option avail- hourmeter when the forward motion of
able) the aircraft exceeds 27 mph IAS. This
device is designed for light aircraft and
–– FAA-PMA approved comes with a complete kit; installation
is quick—under two hours—and does
range: 8 – 32 volts not require structural or sheet metal
input voltage: 14 to 28 volts modifications.
resolution: 0.1 volt See manufacturer’s website for compatible
aircraft models.
input current: 150 mA max.
operating temp: -25°C to 60°C
accuracy: +/- 1% of full scale
AEROMETER AEROMETER Hourmeter Airspeed Switch
ACCESSORIES
AMTR 1/4 AMTR 1/4 1/4-inch install kit
475-SERIES AMTR 3/16 AEROMETER 3/16” KIT 3/16-inch install kit
–– Low current drain 0.001 amp
–– Plus or minus 150.0 amp range
–– Remote option available
–– Sunlight readable display
–– One tenth amp resolution
–– One tenth volt resolution
Cooling Fans
QUARTZ HOUR METERS EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE PORTS

HOBBS ACF314 ACF314 14 3
The 8500 series provides legendary Hobbs performance ACF328 ACF328 28 3
and reliability in a technically advanced quartz package. ACF528 ACF528 28 5
The Quartz Plus features a highly reliable frive mechanism,
an improved odometer gear train, and a snap-together
intergrated chassis for easy installation in a variety of case
designs. The Chassis fits into a shock-proof, totally-sealed
case made of an engineered plastic that is impervious to SAFE 128 & 328 COOLING FANS
acids and solvents. SANDIA AEROSPACE
To ensure our high standards of quality, all parts are
in-process inspectied. Every Quartz Plus meter must pass
100% function, burn-in, and timing accuracy test before
shipping. Because YOUR time matters.
SAFE 128 SAFE 328

The SAFE series cooling fans are axial fans that attach di-
rectly to an avionics unit’s cooling port. These fans provide
a nominal 20 CFM of cooling air and an alert output when-
ever the fan RPM drops below a preset level. The SAFE
85012 85097 85094
series uses a high quality, brushless blower motor and or
RunQuiet technology.
COOLING FANS weight: SAFE 128: 0.25 lb, SAFE 328: 0.7 lb
dimensions: SAFE 128: 2.36 × 2.87 × 1.44 in
ACF 314 & 328 COOLING FANS SAFE 328: 5.58 × 4.75 × 1.25 in
SANDIA AEROSPACE operating voltage: 22-31 VDC
current draw: SAFE 128: 100mA nominal < 0.250 mA startup
SAFE 328: 400mA nominal < 0.550 mA startup
12
EDMO# MFR# MODEL # VOLTAGE

305468-00 305468-00 SAFE 128 28
305467-00 305467-00 SAFE 328 28
ACF314 ACF528
The ACF 314 and ACF 328 are 3-port cooling fans with
the ability to cool up to three avionics units and the ca-
pacity to cool up to 20 cubic feet of air per minute. The
The ACF 528 is similar to the ACF 314 and ACF 328 but
is equipped with five ports and the ability to cool up to five
weight: 1.18 lb
dimensions: 5.92 × 5.18 × 2.1 in
operating voltage: ACF314: 14 VDC, ACF328: 28 VDC
current draw: ACF314: 960 mA (1.7 A at startup)
Air Data Attitude Heading System................................................... 228

Air Data Computer Systems............................................................. 228
Air Data Converters & Adapters....................................................... 229
Fuel Flow Indicators......................................................................... 231
Modular Accessory Remote Cards................................................... 233
Air Data Attitude Heading System
AIR DATA ATTITUDE AIR DATA COMPUTER

HEADING SYSTEM SYSTEMS
ATTITUDE/HEADING REFERENCE ADC-2000 FUEL/AIRDATA COMPUTER
SYSTEM (ADAHRS) SHADIN LP
GENESYS AEROSYSTEMS The F/ADC-2000 Fuel/
The digital air data and Airdata computer
solid-state attitude/ provides real-time flight
heading reference information by creating
system (ADAHRS) an interface between the
incorporates a magnet- aircraft GPS receiver and
ic sensing unit (MSU) the aircraft’s flight man-
and a separate outside agement system. This
air temperature (OAT) device interfaces with
probe. This system relies on the latest micro-electro-me- nearly every major GPS
chanical system (MEMS) technology to provide extremely and flight management
precise digital output and referencing of aircraft position system and automati-
rate vector, and acceleration data. cally calculates real-time
–– Light, three-component product suite weighs less than fuel usage, TAS, true air
1.5 lb temperature, OAT, barometric pressure correction, density
altitude, and wind aloft without the need for manual data
–– Reliable DO-178B, level A software entry. This information is then displayed via the on-board
NAV system, EFIS, and TAWS.
–– Supports nearly every major GPS
weight: 0.97 lb (ADAHRS) –– Provides a standard ARINC 429 driver board with
0.40 lb (magnetometer) switch selectable output to drive most standard 429
0.13 lb (OAT probe) systems
dimensions: 2 × 2.5 × 3.9 in
input voltage: nominal 14 to 28 V dual bus (80 V max, 10 V min) –– Equipped with a 55,000 ft, high-resolution encoder
connector type: MIL-C 28999 Souriau PN: 8D0c-13F35PN/airframe
side: Souriau PN: 8D5-13F35SN
temperature range: -55° to +70°C weight: 2.25 lb
body rates: ±200° per second dimensions: 7.4 × 4.3 × 3.9 in (including mounting rack)
velocity range: 20-550 KIAS input power: 9-35 VDC, 1 watt nominal
velocity resolution: 0.2KIAS below 25KIAS / 0.1KIAS 25KIAS and operating temperature: -20° to +55°C
above operating altitude: up to 55,000 ft
velocity accuracy: ±5.0KIAS below 50KIAS, Meets or exceeds input: pitot pressure, static pressure, outside air temperature
TSO-C106 from 50 to 450 KIAS ±5.0KIAS above heading synchro, baro correction, fuel flow
450KIAS output: auto baro corrected Alt., altitude blind encoder output,
attitude range/resolution: -1,000 MSL to FL550/1 ft (meets or exceeds airdata output on ARINC 429 buss, IAS, TAS, mach, P.Alt.,
13
TSO-C106) D.Alt., OAT, TAT, wind aloft, fuel flow, L. Fuel Used, R. Fuel
OAT calibration range: 70°C to +100°C (0.1°C resolution) used,
OAT accuracy: ±1.5°C from -70°C to +70°C (per TSO-C106) output format: RS-422/RS-232, ARINC 429 lo/high speed, ARINC 565
±2.5°C from +70°C to +100°C AC TAS
approvals: RTCA/DO-178B, level A environmental: RTCA DO-160B
software: RTCA DO-178A, level II
TSO category: C-106, C-44a, C-88a

4200200101 42-002001-0001 Outside Air Temperature - OAT probe
4200200301 42-002003-0001 oat install kit EDMO# DESCRIPTION FUEL SENSOR
TYPE
4200400101 42-004001-0001 magnetic sensing unit
962830-1A high level IF digital
4200500101 42-005001-0001 air data attitude heading reference system
962830-2A baro corrected altitude sine wave
962830-3A baro corrected altitude DC
962830A1S4 Quick Start capability, MS connector, and digital
install kit
ACCESSORIES
IK9630-1 ADC-2000 install kit
681201-1 OAT temperature probe assembly kit
Air Data Converters & Adapters
SAC 7-35 AIR DATA COMPUTER

SANDIA AEROSPACE weight: 0.4 lb
The SAC7-35 Airdata dimensions: 2.4 × 4.3 × 1.15 in
Computer for Gener- power supply voltage: +14 to +28 VDC
al Aviation is actually supply current: 70 mA at 28 VDC
four systems in one; protection: not internally fused
it provides an altitude
input (two, one per engine: DC input voltage range: 0 – 10 V
encoder, altitude
705548-00 input impedance: >100 MΩ
alerting, fuel flow, and
an airdata computer. frequency FF output (two, VOL < 0.8 V: IMAX=15 mA
The SAC 7-35 is an FAA TSO approved altitude encoder one per engine) VOH = 5 V: IMAX=15 mA
that provides RS-232 data for newer generation transpon- digital frequency signal pulse width (VOL): 0.4 ms
ders as well as standard Gilham Grey code for legacy output: max. frequency, VIN=10 V: 1,221 Hz
transponders. The system is also equipped with SAND- operating temperature: -30° to +55°C
IA’s Altitude Inflight Monitoring (AIM) that alerts the pilot operating altitude: -1,000 to 55,000 ft
whenever the aircraft deviates 100 feet or more from the certification: TSO-C44b
selected altitude. When paired with a fuel flow transducer environmental: RTCA/DO-160C
(two for a twin), the SAC 7-35 provides all of the fuel flow
data required by navigation systems to monitor fuel flow.
The SAC 7-35 is also a fully TSO’d airdata computer with
multiple interface formats that provide data to a wide vari- CONVERTER FOR RS232 TO RS422/
ety of avionics systems. RS422 TO RS232
–– Includes: tray connectors, OAT probe & install manual SHADIN LP
EDMO# 930510
The RS232 to RS422/RS422
weight: 1.18 lb to RS232 converter takes
dimensions: 5.62 × 4.87 × 1.89 in serial data in either RS-232 or
RS-422 format and converts it
to RS-422 or RS-232 format
respectively. This converter ac-
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION cepts any serial data format and converts data simultane-
ously as a bi-directional level translator with two indepen-
705548-00 705548-00 SAC7-35 air data computer dent converter channels.
705548-01 705548-01 SAC7-35 air data computer (supports ADS-B with
the TDR94D and Garmin navigators –– Inputs: RX RS-232 serial data, RX RS-422 serial data
ACCESSORIES –– Outputs: TX RS-232 output serial data, TX RS-422
305580 305580 SAC7-35 programming/adapter cable output serial data
weight: 0.4 lb
dimensions: 1.15 × 4.3 × 2.4 in
power supply voltage: +28 VDC
13
supply current: 30 mA at 28 VDC
AIR DATA CONVERTERS & protection: not internally fused
ADAPTERS inputs/outputs:
operating/storage temperature:
RS-232 or RS-422 / RS-232 or RS-422
-20° to +55°C / -55° to 85°C
operating altitude: up to 55,000 ft
DC FUEL FLOW TO FREQUENCY certification: TSO-C44b
CONVERTER
SHADIN LP
EDMO# 630502
MFR# 630502 AIS-360 ARINC 429 ADAPTERS
This device receives SHADIN LP
analog fuel flow (FF)
signal as DC voltage LS/HS ADAPTER
and produces a digital Two ARINC 429 low-speed
output signal with a input channels & 2 ARINC
frequency proportional 429 high-speed output
to the FF signal. The digital output represents the engine channels. The AIS-360
fuel flow and can be used with standard fuel management receives any label on the 833610-01
system. ARINC 429 low speed input and outputs it on an ARINC
429 high-speed bus with up to 440 μsec delay. During
this process the label data is not changed and the update
rate remains the same in the conversion.
Air Data Converters & Adapters
BUFFER/ISOLATOR
Two ARINC 429 input channels and two ARINC 429 out- weight: 1.7 lb
put channels. This unit receives any label on the ARINC dimensions: 8.5 × 4 × 2.5 in
429 low speed input and outputs it on an ARINC 429 power supply voltage: +18 VDC to +33 VDC
low speed bus. Any label received on the ARINC 429 supply current: 520 mA max (745 mA max including external loads)
high-speed input is output on the ARINC 429 high speed
protection: active current limiting to 2.0 amps
output. Label data and update rate remain unchanged.
inputs:
ARINC 429: high speed, 100 Kbps ±1%
weight: 0.9 lb 26 VAC reference 24.7 VAC to 27.3 VAC
dimensions: 8.5 × 4 × 1.59 in CH1,CH3: active: low/ground signal V < 3.5 VDC with I<20 mA
power supply voltage: +18 VDC to +33 VDC discrete input (ARINC sink or R < 10Ω / Inactive: high/open signal 18.5 VDC
supply current: 100 mA max 763-3): < V < 36 VDC or R > 100K Ω
protection: not internally fused outputs:
inputs: (LS/HS adapter) ARINC 429: high speed, 100 Kbps ±1%
ARINC 429: low speed, 12-14.5 Kbps ±1% synchro-X, Y, and Z 0 to 11.8 VAC typical, 12.4 VAC max
ARINC 429: high speed, 100Kbps ±1% (ARINC 407) (heading, 0.209 VA into 500Ω each channel
(Buffer) pitch and roll): input angle ±0.5°
ARINC 429: low speed, 12-14.5 Kbps ±1% synchro angle accu- +28 VDC (valid) / open (invalid) discrete, 75 mA max
ARINC 429: high speed, 100Kbps ±1% racy: short circuit protected
outputs: (LS/HS adapter) synchro-valid-CH1, 200mV/Deg
ARINC 429: high speed, 100Kbps ±1% CH2, and CH3:
(Buffer)
ARINC 429: low speed, 12-14.5 Kbps ±1% alternate 2-wire
ARINC 429: high speed, 100Kbps ±1% synchro (ARINC 561)
operating/storage temp: -15°C to +70°C / -55°C to +85°C (pitch and roll)
operating altitude: up to 50,000 ft operating/storage -40°C to +70°C / -55°C to 85°C
certification: RTCA/DO-160F temperature:
certification: TSO-C4c, TSO-C5f, TSO-C6e “incomplete system”
833610-01 833610-01 LS / HS adapter
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
833610-02 833610-02 buffer / isolator / HS TO HS / LS TO LS
834510-00 ARINC 429 heading, pitch, & roll to 3-channel ARINC 407 synchro
834511-00 ARNC 429 heading to single channel ARNC 407 synchro
AIS-450 ARINC 429 ADAPTERS

SHADIN LP
The AIS-450 is a digital to
A-429 HS/LS TO SERIAL CONVERTER
synchro-based converter WITH SM SELECT
that receives angular data SHADIN LP
13
(heading, pitch, and roll) on EDMO# 933612-02

two high-speed ARINC 429 Accepts the following ARINC 429
inputs and converts it to input labels on the ARINC 429 in-
three ARINC 407 synchro put bus and ignores all other labels
outputs (3-wire). The two which may be contained in the in-
ARINC 429 inputs accept only angular ARINC 429 labels put: 074, 075, 113-116, 147, 251,
for heading, pitch, and roll (ARINC 314, 320, 324, and 300-307, and 310-313. Designed
325). The high-speed ARINC 429 outputs pass through for use on Honeywell NZ2000 Mov-
only the valid angular ARINC 429 labels received on the ing Map System.
inputs. The three ARINC 407 outputs are configured as a
3-wire synchro. weight: 0.6 lb
–– Current AIS 450 hardware capabilities: digital I/O, 3 dimensions: 3 × 3.2 × 3.2 in
channel ARINC 407 3-wire synchro out, discrete I/O input voltage / current: +14 to +28 VDC / 100 mA
–– Common applications: ARINC 429 input labels: 114, 115, 116, 147, 251, 310, 311, 312, 313, 275
–– ARINC 429 labels 314 or 320 to synchro heading out- flight plan data: 074, 075, 113, 300-307
put high/low select: open = high speed, GND = low speed
–– ARINC 429 labels 314 or 320, 324, and 325 to synchro outputs: RS-232 or RS-422 serial data
heading, pitch, and roll output operating temperature: -20°C to +55°C
–– ARINC 429 to ADF, DME synchro storage temperature: -55°C to +85°C
altitude: up to 55,000 ft
–– ARINC 429 or serial-selected course waypoint bearing certification: TSO-C129a Class A1
–– Serial to synchro
Fuel Flow Indicators
SYNCHRO HEADING INPUT/ARINC 429

CONVERTER
FUEL FLOW INDICATORS
SHADIN LP
EDMO# 933753-00 SHADIN FUEL FLOW INDICATORS
SHADIN LP
Accepts the magnetic
heading (ARINC 407 3-wire The Shadin Miniflo, Digiflo & Microflo fuel flow indicators
synchro data inputs) and display real time fuel flow with up to ±1% accuracy for
converts to A-429 low speed max fuel efficiency. Each is equipped with an LED sev-
output label 320. en-segment display that can be toggled between different
data fields. These devices are capable of transmitting fuel
information to Bendix/King KLN-88, KLN-90, and Garmin
GPS navigation receivers.
weight: 0.4 lb
dimensions: 1.15 × 4.3 × 2.4 in DIGIFLO
input voltage / current: +28 VDC / 150 mA Constant fuel flow rate, fuel used, fuel remaining, endur-
input data: magnetic heading ARINC 407 3-wire synchro (reference ance (hrs & mins until fuel exhaustion), Add/Full switch for
26 VAC 400Hz excitation 11.8VL-L) one touch fueling, low fuel warning (by
output data: ARINC 429 LS data magnetic heading, label 320 time). Added feature for twin models: left
categories: testing pending engine fuel used, right engine fuel used.
operating temperature: -55°C to +70°C
storage temperature: -55°C to +85°C DIGIFLO-L
altitude: up to 55,000 ft DIGIFLO plus: Communicates with most
GPS receivers. Fuel to destination, fuel
remaining upon reaching your destina-
tion, nautical miles per unit of fuel, low
fuel warning (by time). Fully STC’d. Digiflow
SYNCHRO TO ARINC-429 HIGH SPEED
CONVERTER MINIFLO
SHADIN LP Low flat pack profile allows ease of installation in almost
EDMO# 933800-24 any panel configuration. Constant fuel flow rate (com-
The Synchro to ARINC 429 high- bined rate in left window for twins,
speed converter can be used with the capability of displaying
whenever Synchro to ARINC individual engine flow rates at the
429 high-speed conversion is touch of a button), fuel used, fuel
required. The purpose of this unit remaining, endurance, low
is to receive three 3-wire Synchro fuel warning (by time), Add/Full
ARINC 407 inputs: pitch, roll, and switch for one-touch fueling.
magnetic heading. Received la-
bels are then converted to ARINC MINIFLO-L Miniflo
429 high speed. MINIFLO plus: Communicates with most GPS
receivers. Fuel to fuel.
13
weight: 1.5 lb MICROFLO
dimensions: 8.562 × 3.305 × 3.68 in 2-1/4” with short body design allows for easy installation
mounting: rack in existing pre-cut panels. Red dot matrix LED display,
power supply voltage: +28 VDC or 26 VAC 400 Hz constant fuel flow rate (combined rate in left window for
supply current: 300 mA at 28 VDC twins, with the capability to display individual engine flow
protection: not internally fused rates at the touch of a button), fuel
input data: magnetic heading, ARINC 407 3-wire Synchro used, fuel remaining, endurance, low
Pitch, ARINC 407 3-wire Synchro fuel warning (by time), Add/Full switch
Roll, ARINC 407 3-wire Synchro for one touch fueling.
Heading reference 26 VAC 400Hz excitation 11.8VL-L
output data: ARINC 429 high speed labels: MICROFLO-L
320 (magnetic heading) MICROFLO plus: Communicates with
324 (pitch) most GPS receivers. Fuel to destination, Microflo
325 (roll) fuel in reserve upon reaching destina-
operating/storage -20°C to +55°C / -55°C to +85°C tion, nautical miles per unit of fuel spent.
temperature:
approvals: RTCA/DO-160C
Fuel Flow Indicators
SHADIN TRANSDUCER KITS

weight: 12 oz
dimensions: 3.25 × 1.25 × 7.5 in
input voltage/current: 14-28 VDC/200 mA @ 14 VDC to 28 VDC
maximum usable fuel: 1,800 gallons/6,822 liters, 9,999 lb/ 5,484 Kg @
0.805 Kg/lit
maximum altitude: 40,000 ft
operating temperature: -30° to 50°C
humidity: up to 95% @ 32C
accuracy: ± 2%
KIT-A KIT-O
ground speed range: 27-600 knots
functions: fuel flow (selectable endurance warning)
fuel used EDMO# KIT COMPONENTS FUEL FLOW
fuel remaining RANGE (GPH)
full fuel KIT-A FF transducer #680501A (1), AN 816-4-4 0-60
add fuel 90-degree elbow fittings (2)
endurance KIT-A1 FF transducer #680501A (1), AN 816-4-4 0-60
mounting: instrument panel 90-degree elbow fittings (2), AN 823-4 45-de-
certification: TSO-C44a gree elbow fitting (1), AN 912-1J bushing (1)
KIT-B FF transducer #680501B (1), AN 816-4-4 fitting 0-60
(1), AN MS51528B elbow fitting(1), AN 912-1
bushing (1), MS20825-4 tee (1)
EDMO# MFR# ENGINE UNIT
TYPE KIT-F FF transducer #680501F (1), AN 823-6 45-de- 0-60
DIGIFLO-L
gree elbow (1), AN 822-6 90-degree elbow
fitting (1)
910531P 910531P single gallons
KIT-G FF transducer #680501G (1), MS 35207-263 0-60
910532P 910532P twin gallons
screw 10-32 × 1/2 (2), AN 365-1032 elastic
910534P 910534P twin 5.8 pounds nut 1-32 (1), MS 21919 DG-32 clamp (2), AN
910536P 910536P twin 6.7 pounds 816-4-4 fitting (1)
910537P 910537P single liters KIT-L FF transducer #660526AS (1), bracket (1), 0-70
910538P 910538P twin liters AN501A10-10 screw (4), AN4-4A bolt
MICROFLO-L (4), AN960-416L washer (4), stop nut (4),
912041T38D 912041T-38-D single gallons MS513531-85 nut (2), reducer (2), conical seal
MINIFLO-L (2), washer (4), MS3106E10SL-3S ITT Cannon
912041TD 912041T-D single gallons (1)
912045TD 912045T-D single pounds KIT-O FF transducer #660526A (1), connector (1), 0-70
912046TD 912046T-D twin pounds AN 4-4A bolts (1), AN 501A 10-10 screw, MS
ACCESSORIES 20365-428 nut (1), AN960-416L washer (6),
IK9121-1 IK9121-1 install kit for Mini/Microflo AN 960-10L washer #10 (4), mounting bracket
IK9337 IK9337 install kit for the Digiflo, 15 pin D-sub (2), conical seal (2), MS51534B8-4S-8 to -4
reducer (2), MS51531-8S nut
13
440501 440501 harness/Digiflo-L/twin

440502 440502 harness/Digiflo-L/single KIT-R FF transducer #660526AS (1), reducer (2), 0-70
422110-1 422110-1 harness/Miniflo-L/single, shield MS3106E-10SL-3S connector (1), conical seal
(2), MS51531-85 nut (2)
Additional Digiflo, Microflo, and Miniflo configurations available, call
EDMO for more information. More transducer kits available. If you don’t see what you need, visit
www.edmoap.com.au or call +618 8182 5511.
TRANSDUCERS FOR USE WITH SHADIN FUEL FLOW

INDICATORS FUEL QUANTITY INDICATOR
UMA INC
EDMO# DESCRIPTION EDMO# 18-260-1F5
660526AS 70 GPH with ST MFR# 18-260-1F5
pick-up Electronic fuel quantity indicator
660532R 200 GPH with RA with range of 10 - 180 ohm, 270
pick-up degree sweep and a black and
680501-1 bare white dial with wire leads.
680501-85 bare, K-85.0 3%
680501-1
Modular Accessory Remote Cards
MODULAR ACCESSORY REMOTE CARDS

MARC70 INTERFACE MODULES
SANDIA AEROSPACE
switching module 305001-01 special interface module 305005-01 305018-00 shown with cards (sold separately)
The MARC 70 Switching and Interface Modules provide installers with a wide variety of interface circuits needed to inte-
grate avionics systems. MARC 70 modules can be mounted individually in the SRU 1 or grouped in the SRU 5 or SRU
10 multi-card enclosures. The SRU 5 holds up to five interface modules while the SRU 10 holds up to 10 modules.
MARC 70 modules are PMA approved and certified to 55,000 feet.
EDMO# MFR# MODEL DESCRIPTION

SPECIAL INTERFACE MODULES
305005-01 305005-01 SA 3 Regulator/dimming board for use with incandescent lamps that provides 0.5 amps of annunciator drive for lighting display
annunciator. Will provide 1 amp short term for test purposes. Switchable between bright and dim with both modes field
adjustable.
305005-02 305005-02 SA 3L Similar to SA 3 but designed for use with LED lamps.
305004-01 305004-01 SA 15 Inverter board converts a high to a low or a low to a high to provide common annunciator power. 14 inverter outputs.
305003-01 305003-01 SA 24 Diode isolation module. Provides 23 lines of diode ground in-ground out isolation. Internal FET allows simultaneous test of all
lines to ground. Requires 28 VDC for test.
MIL QUALIFIED SWITCHING MODULES
305001-01 305001-01 SA 263 The SR263 has two, six-pole nitrogen-filled relays. The two relays can be activated simultaneously or individually.
305002-01 305002-01 SA 623 The SR 623 has six, two pole nitrogen filled relays. The six relays are activated individually.
ENCLOSURES
305146-00 305146-00 SRU 1 The single module SRU 1 enclosure houses any of the MARC 70 modules.
305018-00 305018-00 SRU 5 The SRU 5 will house up to 5 MARC 70 modules. Supplied with four blank plates.
13
305014-00 305014-00 SRU 10 The SRU 10 houses up to ten MARC 70 modules. Extra slots can be reserved for future use.
GPS Accessories
Antenna Docks.................................................................................. 243

Cooling Fans..................................................................................... 245
GPS Re-Radiating Kits...................................................................... 237
Notch Filters...................................................................................... 236
Panel Docks...................................................................................... 239
Panel Dock Tilt Adapters.................................................................. 242
Remote Relays.................................................................................. 236
Terrain Awareness Control Units..................................................... 243
GPS Accessories
Notch Filters
NOTCH FILTERS MD41 24-POLE REMOTE RELAY

INLINE GPS NOTCH FILTER Bulkhead-mounted remote trans-

TED MANUFACTURING CORP
fer relay unit that switches a CDI or
EDMO# 4-70-54
HIS indicator between two aircraft
radio navigation systems. The unit
The Inline GPS Notch Filter pre- is designed for use with the MD41-
vents harmonic noise caused by 1xxx-series ACUs and is meant for
communications radios from in- situations in which the users wants
terfering with onboard GPS units. to share a common CDI or HIS
While an aircraft GPS receives between an existing NAV system and
positional information at 1575.42 a GPS system. This is a 24-pole unit
MHz, the comm radios transmit- with eight relay pairs with three poles
ting on a completely separate per relay pair—each pair can be
frequency can still cause inter- MD41-24P28
activated individually by either volt-
ference. The TED 4-70-54 notch age or ground keying or as a group by ground keying. The
filter is a simple, low-cost way to unit provides indication that all relays have power applied
clean up the receiver’s frequency environment. This device to their activating coils with a design feature
installs with standard BNC bayonet couplings, in-line
between radios and antenna and is engineered to pass
requisite environmental criteria. weight: 0.75 lb
PARAMETER UNITS
dimensions: 2.86 × 1.52 × 2.60 inches
material: gold plated contacts/nitrogen filled
center notch frequency: 1575 MHz relay contact current rating: 2 Amps DC, no to exceed 30 V
attenuation over F+/-1.5 MHz: 52 dB voltage: 28 V
insertion loss from 118 to 137 MHz 0.1 dB RTCA DO-160c Env. Cat.: RTCA DO-160C, DO-208
impedance from 118 to 137 MHz 50 Ohms
VSWR from 118 to 137 MHz 1.5:1
EDMO# MFR# # OF POLES / VOLTAGE

MD41-248 MD41-248 24 / 28
MD41-24P28 MD41-24P(28) 24 / 28
REMOTE RELAYS
12-, 16-, 24- POLE RELAYS AUTOPILOT INTERFACE UNIT
COBHAM DEKLIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC
Allows large numbers of data or The AIU-900s are pre-as-
audio lines to be transferred with sembled autopilot interfaces
a single ground logic level. 14/28 that integrate with existing
VDC operation is supported and 1C388-series autopilot cou-
the series is Transport Canada plers while adhering to the
Type Approved for installation in interconnect specifications
IFR and restricted aircraft. and component requirements
The RS16 provides user defin- recommended by PFD man-
14
RS24-020 AIU-900A
able remote switching functions ufacturers. These devices
for more complex operations. It can work for both voltage provide multiple variations for installers to use instead of
or ground keying, and has an independent ILS reversion having to produce the same circuits from discrete compo-
logic switch (for ground keying mode). Each 4-pole switch nents.
has its own status annunciation for fault monitoring and –– Supports EFD1000PRO PFD to Century 1C388 series
airframe troubleshooting. Dry nitrogen filled, gold contact, autopilot couplers and G500 PFD to Century 1C388
sealed relays provide dry-circuit to 0.5A switching range. series autopilot couplers
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION # OF POLES/ –– For use with Aspen or Garmin PFDs
VOLTAGE
–– Installation/mounting is made simple by the device’s
RS12-020 RS12-020 remote relay/20K 12/14 OR 28 small size; equipped with a D-sub connector
RS16-001 RS16-001 modular remote relay/35K 16/28
RS24-020 RS24-020 remote relay 24/28
ACCESSORIES weight: 0.38 lb
D50SL-IKC D50SL-IKC RS12 install kit/crimp -- dimensions: 4.6 × 2.56 × 1.5 inches (not including mating connector)
RS16-IKC D62SL-IKC RS16 install kit/crimp -- case material: 5052H32 aluminum chassis and cover
connectors: 25 Pin female D-Sub connector
GPS Accessories
GPS Re-Radiating Kits
GPS RE-RADIATING KITS

mounting: bulkhead, four 8/32 screws
component list AIU- capacitors: 0.027uF, 0.047uF metalized polyester, 100V HANGAR NETWORK GPS
900A: inductor, choke: 18 mH, 27mH
resistors: 10.0 kOhm, 100.0 kOhm 0.25W, 1%
RE-RADIATING KITS
GPS NETWORKING, INC.
trim pots: 5 kOhm, 200 kOhm single turn, side adj
transformers: TY-141P (×3) Making it easier than
component list AIU- capacitors: 0.027uF, 0.047uF metalized polyester, 100V ever to transmit GPS
900B: inductor, choke: 18 mH, 27mH signal throughout a
resistors: 10.0 kOhm, 100.0 kOhm 0.25W, 1% facility or worksite, the
trim pots: 5 kOhm, 200 kOhm single turn, side adj Hangar Network GPS
transformers: TY-141P (×1), TY-145P (×2) Re-Radiating Kit (HNR-
equipment supplied: 1 each AIU-900 RKIT) is a system that
equipment required 1 each 25 pin male D-sub connector
makes it possible to
but not supplied: 1 each SPC15461 hood or equivalent
re-radiate the GPS L1
each 2063 screw locking hardware kit or equivalent
signal indoors. The kit HNRRKIT110
or,
includes an active roof
1 each AIU-900IK installation kit
antenna, a re-radiating amplifier with a wall-mount plug-in
transformer that powers the entire system, and a passive
re-radiating antenna. If a receiver has a line of sight with
the indoor re-radiating antenna, it can receive GPS signal
EDMO# MFR# REQUIREMENTS up to 100 feet away (indoors), making it an ideal product
AIU-900A AIU-900A use 3 each of the TY141P transformers for customizing a GPS network.
AIU-900B AIU-900B use 2 each of the TY145P and 1 of the TY141P –– Kits include: #NRRKAMP Amplifier, #L1GPSA-N L1
ACCESSORIES Roof Antenna, and #L1RRKPA-S Re-radiating Antenna
(includes SMA-N adapter)
AIU-900IK AIU-900IK AIU-900 Install Kit. includes: 25-pin male D-sub
connector, SPC15461 Hood (or equivalent), 2063 RE-RADIATING AMPLIFIER
screw-locking hardware kit or equivalent ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, TA = 250C
frequency range: min: 1.1 GHz, max: 1.7 GHz, Ant – J1
in/out impedance: type: 50 Ω, Ant, J1
gain: min: 20 dB, type: 22 dB, max: 24 dB
input SWR: max: 1.8:1 dB, J1 - 50 Ω
TRANSFORMER RELAY ADAPTER output SWR: max: 1.8:1, Ant - 50 Ω
DEKLIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC
noise figure: typ: 3.3 dB, max: 3.5 dB, Ant – J1
The TR1 and TR2 series gain flatness: typ: 0.5 dB, max: 1 dB, | L1 – L2 | ; Ant – J1
transformer/relay adapters reverse isolation: min: 35 dB, J1 – Ant
are pre-assembled autopilot
interface units that follow
the interconnect specifi-
cations and component RE-RADIATING ANTENNA
requirements recommend- ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, TA = 250C
ed by the manufacturers of frequency: typ: 1.575 GHz
certain PFD systems when TR1 bandwidth: max: 20 MHz
interfaced with existing autopilots. Rather than designing impedance: typ: 50 Ω
14
their own assembly from several components, installers peak gain: typ: 3 dBic
can install the TR1 or TR2 which is already housed in a output SWR: max: 1.5:1
small aluminum enclosure with the same wiring interface polarization: typ: RHCP
outlined in PFD installation manuals.
EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH
TR1 TR1 For Aspen Avionics primary flight display installations when EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
interfaced with Century autopilot models 21, 31, 41, HNRRKIT220 HNRRKIT-N/5/220 220 V voltage input,
2000, 4000 N type connector
TR1R TR1R For Aspen Avionics primary flight display installations when VG HNRRKIT VGHNRRKIT-TNC/5/110 variable gain option; re-radiating amp
interfaced with Century autopilot models 21, 31, 41, gain varies from -3 to +23 dB, 110
2000, 4000, with flight director V voltage input, TNC connector
TR2 TR2 For Aspen Avionics primary flight display installations when
interfaced with Century autopilot models IIB, III, IV
TR2R TR2R For Aspen Avionics primary flight display installations when
interfaced with Century autopilot models IIB, III, IV with flight
director
GPS Accessories
GPS Re-Radiating Kits
L1 PORTABLE RE-RADIATING KITS RE-RADIATING KIT ACCESSORIES

GPS NETWORKING, INC.
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
The L1 Portable
Re-Radiating Kit ANTENNAS
(PNRRKIT) is similar to L1GPSA-N L1GPSA-N antenna: 38 dB gain antenna that works with the GPS
the Hangar Network L1 carrier frequency; this antenna is powered by the 5 VDC it
GPS Re-radiating Kit receives on the center conductor.
in its ability to re-ra- L1RRKPA-S L1RRKPA-S re-radiating antenna: passive antenna that re-radi-
diate GPS L1 signal ates the GPS L1 carrier frequency; available with SMA-female
indoors except that connectors.
it is a portable unit. ANTENNA ACCESSORIES
The PNRRKIT con- RAMB-L1 L1 roof antenna mounting bracket
sists of a re-radiating N/F-SMA/M “N” female to “SMA” male adapter for HNRRKIT re-radiating kit
amplifier with a wall PNRRKIT220
WRUMT antenna mount for the amplifying antenna included in the HNRRKIT
mount plug-in trans-
former that powers the system, along with a passive L1
re-radiating antenna. The GPS signal is picked up by the
roof antenna and then re-radiated indoors by the passive
antenna for a distance of up to 100 feet. XM/SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO RE-
–– Kit includes: # L1RRKPA-S Re-Radiating Antenna and RADIATING KIT
#NRRKAMP Amplifier (with wall mount plug-in) GPS NETWORKING,
INC.
RE-RADIATING AMPLIFIER EDMO# XMSRRKIT
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, TA = 250C MFR# XMSRRKIT
frequency range: min: 1.1 GHz, max: 1.7 GHz, Ant – J1 The XM/Sirius re-radi-
in/out impedance: type: 50 Ω, Ant, J1 ating kit is a complete
gain: min: 20 dB, type: 24.5 dB, max: 26 dB re-radiating system
J1, Normal Configuration that makes it possible
min: -3 dB, max: 23 dB, Variable Gain Option to re-radiate XM and
input SWR: max: 1.8:1, J1 - 50 Ω Sirius satellite radio signals indoors or in other environ-
output SWR: max: 1.8:1, Ant - 50 Ω ments where it is not possible to receive satellite signals.
noise figure: typ: 3.3 dB, max: 3.5 dB, Ant – J1 The XMSRRKIT consists of an active roof antenna, a
gain flatness: typ: 0.5 dB, max: 1 dB, | L1 – L2 | ; Ant – J1 re-radiating amplifier with a wall mount plug-in transformer
reverse isolation: min: 35 dB, J1 – Ant that powers the entire system, and a passive re-radiating
antenna. This system receives XM or Sirius signals via the
roof antenna and then amplifies and re-radiates the signal
indoors over distances up to 100 feet. (Actual re-radiat-
RE-RADIATING ANTENNA ed distance is determined by the cable length and type
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, TA = 250C
between the roof antenna and re-radiating amplifier and
frequency: typ: 1.575 GHz retransmit antenna.)
bandwidth: max: 20 MHz –– Amplified roof antenna; gain ≥ 30 dB
impedance: typ: 50 Ω
peak gain: typ: 3 dBic –– Re-radiating amplifier with power supply; gain ≥ 18 dB
output SWR: max: 1.5:1 –– Options for mounting kit hardware and additional re-ra-
polarization: typ: RHCP diating amp gain
14
ROOF ANTENNA
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, OPERATING TEMPERATURE -40°
TO +185°F
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
Min Typ Max Units
PNRRKIT-MC 220 V voltage input, normal gain ≥ 20 dB, military connector
frequency: 2332.5 2345 MHz
(user supplies DC voltage), portable version
bandwidth: 12.5 MHz
VG PNRRKIT variable gain option; re-radiating amp gain varies from -3 ≤gain
out imped.: 50 Ω
≤23 dB, 220 V voltage input, TNC connector, portable version
pre-amp gain: 30 dB
noise figure: 1.0 dB
polarization: LHCP circular
current draw: 70 mA
req. DC input V.: 5.5 6.0 6.5 Vdc
GPS Accessories
Panel Docks
RE-RADIATING AMPLIFIER
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, OPERATING TEMPERATURE -40°
PANEL DOCKS
TO +185°F
Min Typ Max Units GARMIN 196/296/396/495/496 DOCK
frequency range: 1.0 3.0 GHz AIRGIZMOS, LLC
in/out impedance: 50 Ω The Garmin Panel Dock allows
gain: 18 dB users to temporarily mount the
input SWR: 1.8:1 - Garmin 196, 296, 396, and
output SWR: 1.8:1 - 496 GPS units into the panel
noise figure: 2.0 dB with the look of a permanent
current: 25 mA installation while retaining the
flexibility and versatility of their
portable device. The dock
fits into a standard 6.25-inch
RE-RADIATING ANTENNA avionics stack or can be
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, TA=250C
flush-mounted anywhere in the (GPS unit not included)
Min Typ Max Units panel. The GPS unit is firmly
frequency: 2320 2345 MHz held in place but can be removed by pulling the release
bandwidth: 25 MHz tab on the left side of the unit. The unit’s power and
impedance: 50 Ω antenna cables slide through the prefabricated keyholes
peak gain: 3 dBic toward the back of the unit which keeps cables out of
output SWR: 1.5:1 - sight and prevents connectors from slipping back into the
polarization: RHCP panel when the unit is removed.
weight: 4.3 oz
RE-RADIATING AMP SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY OPTIONS
dimensions: 6.25 × 4.25 × 2.44 in
Source Voltage Options Voltage Input Style
110 VAC transformer (wall mount)
220 VAC transformer (wall mount) EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
240 VAC (UK) transformer (wall mount) AG-ITEM 4 PD4 panel dock
customer supplied DC military style connector ACCESSORIES
9-32 VDC AG-ITEM 14 PD9 The AirGizmos Panel Dock Cover is designed to cover
RE-RADIATING AMP the Panel Dock for the Garmin 196, 296, 396, and
normal gain gain = 18 dB 496 GPS devices—both with and without the GPS
additional gain gain = 36 dB installed. It covers the open space when the dock
RE-RADIATING AMP RF CONNECTOR OPTIONS
is empty and protects the GPS from the sun when
installed.
Connector Options Connector Style Charge Weight: 2.4 oz / Dimensions: 6.78 × 4.2 × 0.6 in
type N NC
type SMA NC
type TNC NC
Type BNC NC GARMIN 295 PANEL DOCK
AIRGIZMOS, LLC
EDMO# AG-ITEM 2
14
MFR# PD2
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
radome dimensions: 3.75 × 3.75
The Garmin 295 Panel Dock
is similar to the AG-ITEM 4
arm length: 8 except that it is designed to fit
mounting bracket: 4.75 × 2.75 the Garmin 295 handheld GPS,
roof antenna connector: F connector (adapter included to convert to which is a wider unit, and there-
N-female) fore the dock is larger and will
roof antenna weight: 1.75 lbs (including mounting hardware) not fit a standard 6.25-inch radio
amplifier box input connector: N-female (GPS unit not included)
stack. The GPS device is held
amplifier/re-radiating antenna 4 × 4 × 4.5 firmly in place but is easy to remove within seconds. The
box dimensions: power and antenna cables are routed through the back of
amplifier/re-radiating box weight: 2.75 lb (includes box, power supply, amplifier, the unit where a series of machined keyholes prevent the
re-rad antenna) connectors from sliding through the panel.
weight: 5.1 oz (without mounting hardware)

dimensions: 7.4 × 4.05 × 3.25 in
GPS Accessories
Panel Docks
AERA 500 SERIES PANEL DOCK GARMIN AERA 795/796 PANEL DOCK
AIRGIZMOS, LLC AIRGIZMOS, LLC
The dock matches the look EDMO# PD22
and feel of the panel while Designed to fit the Garmin aera
keeping the device out of 795/796 GPS unit, which is larger than
the way of other instruments its predecessor, the 696, the 795/796
and all cables organized Panel Dock has a carefully sculpted
and out of sight; it even has design that minimizes the footprint
extra room to accommodate required so that it can still fit within the
the docking connector that dimensions of 6.25 × 8 in. The size and
Garmin added to the aera screw hole locations match the 696
500. Users can access the power button on the device Panel Dock, which makes it easy for
via the actuator built into the dock—this provides easier users to upgrade from the 696 GPS
access when the Garmin is docked within the panel. and dock to the 795 or 796. The dock includes an actua-
–– For those upgrading from an older GPS unit, the aera tor button that allows the user to access the GPS device’s
500 also fits the same opening as the 196, 296, 396, on-off switch at the top of the device without having to
and 496 panel docks, using the same hole layout for remove it from the panel. A cooling port at the back of the
mounting panel is compatible with standard avionics cooling fans if
desired.
weight: 3.3 oz
dimensions: 6.25 × 4.25 × 1.53 in
weight: 7.8 oz
dimensions: 6.25 × 8 × 2.3 in

AG-ITEM 41 PD16 panel dock
ACCESSORIES
AG-ITEM 46 PD21 panel dock cover. The cover is designed with a latch iCloth: a screen-cleaning solution.
that can be locked with a standard padlock if needed.
Weight: 2.7 oz / Dimensions: 6.49 × 4.25 × 1.48 in iCloth® wipes keep glass surfaces
in the panel free of dust, streaks,
fingerprints, and static with aviation
grade Dupont™ Sontara® fabric.
GARMIN 695/696 PANEL DOCK
AIRGIZMOS, LLC
The dock accommodates the 5.7 × AIRMAP 1000/2000C PANEL DOCK
7.7-inch dimensions of the larger 696 AIRGIZMOS, LLC
yet still fits into the standard 6.25-inch EDMO# AG-ITEM 6
standard stack size. It uses a latching MFR# PD6
wheel mechanism that holds the unit Designed to fit the Lowrance AirMap
in place while remaining virtually invis- 1000/2000c series of portable GPS
ible from the front of the panel so that receivers, this Panel Dock locks the
it doesn’t extend beyond the allotted AirMap into place with a release
space. Users can install or remove the latch at the top that makes it easy to
14
695 or 696 GPS units within a matter remove the device and use it in other
of seconds. aircraft. The AirMap’s cables can fit
through the keyhole slots in the (GPS unit not included)
back of the unit.
weight: 8.9 oz
weight: 6.6 oz
dimensions: 7.18 × 3.29 in
AG-ITEM 29 PD13 panel dock
ACCESSORIES
AG-ITEM 45 PD20 panel dock cover. The cover is designed with a latch
that can be locked with a standard padlock if needed.
GPS Accessories
Panel Docks
IFLY 700/720 PANEL DOCK AVMAP EKP-IV PANEL DOCK

AIRGIZMOS, LLC AIRGIZMOS, LLC
EDMO# PD23 EDMO# AG-ITEM 5
MFR# PD5
This dock is equipped
with a quick-release fea-
ture, cable storage, and a
clean finish that matches
the panel.
(EKP-IV not included)
PD23 (GPS unit not included) weight: 5.3 oz

dimensions: 7.71 × 5.65 × 2.38 in
This mount supports the GPS in a stable, safe installation
that can be mounted horizontally or vertically and it pro-
vides additional room for the external battery.
weight: 6.8 oz GEOPILOT & GEOPILOT II PANEL

dimensions: 2.43 × 7.9 × 6.25 in DOCKS
AIRGIZMOS, LLC
Both docks accommodate
power and antenna cables,
AV8OR PANEL DOCK FOR BENDIXKING keeping them stored away
AIRGIZMOS, LLC out of sight for a clean,
EDMO# AG-ITEM 31 professional-looking instal-
MFR# PD15 lation. The GeoPilot II is de-
Holds the BendixKing signed to fit into a standard
AV8OR GPS securely in 6.25-in stack.
place within the panel and AG-ITEM 25
fits a standard 6.25-inch ra-
dio stack. To accommodate weight: 3.9 oz (AG-ITEM 17) / 5.2 oz (AG-ITEM 25)
the AV8OR’s two selection dimensions: 7.23 × 4.99 × 1.36 in (AG-ITEM 17)
buttons at the top of the 6.25 × 4.8 × 3.14 in (AG-ITEM 25)
device, the dock has two corresponding tabs that allow
the user to make selections without removing the GPS
from the panel.
AG-ITEM 17 PD11 GeoPilot Panel Dock
weight: 3.4 oz
AG-ITEM 25 PD12 AvMap GepPilot II+ panel dock
IPAD PANEL MOUNTS
14
BENDIXKING AV8OR ACE PANEL DOCK AIRGIZMOS, LLC
AIRGIZMOS, LLC
EDMO# AG-ITEM 36
MFR# PD17
Designed to fit around the large
display of the BendixKing AV8OR
ACE GPS unit. The dock fits a
standard 6.25-inch radio stack.
The AV8OR ACE can be installed
into the panel dock with a stan-
dard battery or the extended
battery.
BM2 (iPad not included) BM3

The iPad panel mounts are equipped with a base mount
weight: 5.8 oz that is screwed to the panel using standard instrument
dimensions: 6.25 × 8 × 1.67 in mounting holes. The iPad can then be snapped into the
dock where it is held securely.
GPS Accessories
Panel Dock Tilt Adapters
PANEL DOCK TILT

weight: 5.9 oz (BM2)
2.5 oz (BM3MINI) ADAPTERS
13.6 oz (BM3AIR)
dimensions: 7.69 × 9.78 × 2.10 in (BM2) 196/296/396/496/AERA VERTICAL TILT
5.53 × 8.18 × 1.76 in (BM3MINI) ADAPTER
12 × 9 × 4 in (BM3AIR) AIRGIZMOS, LLC
EDMO# AG-ITEM 10
MFR# PD8
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION Designed for use with the
AG-ITEM-4, the aera Vertical
BM2 BM2 iPAD Panel Mount (GEN 1, 2 & 3) Tilt Adapter provides a 30°
BM3MINI BM3MINI iPAD Mini Panel Mount angle for better viewing of
BM3AIR BM3AIR iPAD Air Panel Mount the GPS unit mounted within
when mounted above or
below the direct line of sight.
It can be mounted to provide the desired angle in either
direction (up or down). This adapter fits the same opening
IPAD MINI PANEL DOCK as the panel dock itself so that it can be easily mounted in
AIRGIZMOS, LLC existing installations.
EDMO# PD24
MFR# PD24
The iPad Mini Panel Dock from Air- weight: 3 oz
Gizmos provides a secure, temporary dimensions: 3 × 6.45 × 4.28 in
place to mount for the iPad mini for
use while in flight. The iPad mini panel
dock includes a cooling port on the
back that is compatible with standard
avionics cooling fans. HORIZONTAL TILT ADAPTERS
–– Designed to work with the Air- AIRGIZMOS, LLC
Gizmos Angle Adapter, see part Pilots can improve the
AG-ITEM 30 visibility of GPS units (par-
ticularly if mounted on the
passenger side) by using
weight: 4.4 oz the Angle Adapters from
dimensions: 6.25 × 8 × 1.32 in AirGizmos. These devices
are compatible with the
AirGizmos Panel Docks
and provide 15° of tilt to
the GPS dock for the best
iCloth: a screen-cleaning solution. possible viewing angle. AG-ITEM 30
The adapter fits the
iCloth® wipes keep glass surfaces same panel cutout as the Panel Dock and it also provides
in the panel free of dust, streaks, more installation options as it gives the user the option to
14
fingerprints, and static with aviation surface-mount the Panel Dock on any instrument panel.
grade Dupont™ Sontara® fabric. See table below for GPS Panel Dock compatibilities.
weight: 3.8 oz (AG-ITEM 30)

2.7 oz (AG-ITEM 7)
dimensions: 6.45 × 8.11 × 2.27 in (AG-ITEM 30)
6.38 × 4.25 × 2.55 in (AG-ITEM 7)
cutout opening: 6.25 × 8 in
EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH

AG-ITEM 30 PD14 Garmin 695/696/795/796
AG-ITEM 7 PD7 Product is intended for use with the Garmin
196/296/396/496 Panel Dock, and Garmin aera 500
series Panel Dock
GPS Accessories
Antenna Docks
ANTENNA DOCKS TERRAIN AWARENESS

AERO COVER FOR GPS/XM ANTENNAS
CONTROL UNITS
AIRGIZMOS, LLC
EDMO# AG-ITEM 13 MD41 TAWS CONTROL UNITS
MFR# 31 MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
The Aero Cover is a streamlined, at- The MD41 series of
tractive external cover for portable GPS terrain awareness
antennas or XM weather antennas. This control units provide
cover fits all major brands of GPS and annunciation and mode
XM weather antennas and protects them selection for Terrain
from the elements. Awareness Warning MD41-1308
Systems (TAWS).
These units are available in horizontal and vertical con-
figurations, 14- and 28-volt versions, and are compatible
with multiple systems including those made by Garmin,
weight: 2.2 oz Honeywell, L-3, and Sandel. These devices are equipped
dimensions: 6.56 × 4 × 1.3 in with automatic photocell dimming, manual and remote
test capability, and a sunlight-readable display.
–– Presents the primary or secondary visual TAWS alert
within direct view of the pilot
AERO DOCK/GARMIN 396 XM ANTENNA –– Provide annunciation and mode selection for terrain
AIRGIZMOS, LLC awareness warning systems (TAWS), helicopter ter-
EDMO# AG-ITEM 12 rain awareness warning systems (HTAWS), enhanced
MFR# AD-2 ground proximity warning systems (EGPWS).
Sleek with an aerodynamic –– Easier, less time-consuming installation than individual
exterior, the AirGizmos Aero switches and wires
Dock allows users to mount –– Daylight readable annunciations with automatic photo-
a Garmin 396 XM antenna cell dimming and internally lighted pushbuttons
on the exterior of the aircraft. –– Remote annunciator test capability
It keeps the antenna cables
hidden out of sight while –– Panel punches available (see table below)
making installation simple and
efficient.
dimensions: Available in two sizes:
–– Kit includes 1 cradle, 1 base, 1 cable, and mounting
0.8 × 2.25 × 3.5 in (MD41-1208)
hardware
0.8 × 2.75 × 3.5 in (MD41-1308, MD41-1348)
altitude: 55,000 ft
certifications: TSO C151a certified
weight: 2.6 oz
RTCA DO-160D
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE/ FOR USE WITH
14
TYPE
396 XM ANTENNA DOCK HORIZONTAL MOUNT ORIENTATION
AIRGIZMOS, LLC MD41-1028 MD41-1028 28 / TAWS Garmin GNS 530
EDMO# AG-ITEM 8 MD41-12485 MD41-1248 5 / TAWS Sandel ST3400
MFR# AD1 MD41-1048 MD41-1048 28 / HTWAS Garmin GNS 430W
The XM Antenna dock allows users to MD41-1348 MD41-1348 28 / HTAWS Honeywell Mark XXII
move their Garmin 396 XM weather MD41-1368 MD41-1368 28 / HTAWS Honeywell Mark XXII
antennas (and GPS) between vehicles MD41-1208 MD41-1208 28 / TAWS Honeywell KGP-560
or aircraft. MD41-1208D MD41-1208D 28 / EGPWS Honeywell KGP-560 (dual install)
VERTICAL MOUNT ORIENTATION
MD41-1378 28 / TAWS Honeywell MK21
More configurations are available. Call EDMO Asia Pacific to ad-
dress your specific needs.
weight: 2.4 oz
dimensions: 3.75 diameter × 1.125 in high
GPS Accessories
Terrain Awareness Control Units
COURSE DEVIATION INDI- MD222 SERIES COURSE DEVIATION

INDICATOR
CATORS MID-CONTINENT INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS
The units in this series have
MD200 SERIES COURSE DEVIATION new-generation rectilinear
INDICATOR meter movements for more
accurate readings, a course
selector, and resolver output.
The MD200 Series 3-inch Designed with precision-fit
Course Deviation Indicators metal gears, ball bearings, and
are engineered to fit a stan- a glass lens.
dard 3-1/8-inch panel cut-
out. They use durable metal –– 2-1/4-inch size
construction with ball bearings –– LED backlighting
in critical areas and anti-re- –– True course resolver output
flective glass lenses. Built-in (1 volt, 30 Hz) MD222-506
annunciators and a dimming –– For added safety, pointers move out of view with invalid
circuit help to reduce installa- signal
tion costs while also providing
the user with navigational –– Built-in annunciations for NAV, GPS, and VLOC or BC
source information. This CDI –– FAA TSO approved for use with most GPS and VOR
is the same unit that GARMIN AT™ uses in their systems systems
and it is a direct pin-for-pin replacement for the Collins –– Quality Mil-Spec connectors included
Microline™ IND-350 and 351. It is also a direct replace-
ment for the KI-206 with a different connector. Connector
kit included. weight: 0.6 lb
OPTIONS: the MD200-302/303 accept DC left-right, to- dimensions: 3.5 in (length)
from and Nav warn flag signals from a remote-mounted power input: accepts 11 to 32 volts DC, 0.3A max.
VOR converter while the MD200-306/307 accepts DC input range: common mode voltage range is 1V to 5V for deviation
signals from a glideslope receiver which drives the UP- signal inputs
DOWN needle along with a GS warn meter; both units temperature range: –30°C to +55°C (–22°F to 130°F)
incorporate NAV, GPS, and BC annunciation with photo-
altitude: –15,000 ft. to +55,000 ft
cell dimming.
humidity: 95% non-condensing
–– FAA TSO approved for use with all GPS & VOR systems NAV/GS Deviation input impedance:
–– High quality rectilinear meter movements normal: 1k ohms ± 10%
–– MIL-SPEC connectors included max operating temp range: 1k ohms ± 25%
deflection sensitivity:
–– Annunciations for NAV, GPS and Back course (BC)
normal: 150 mV ± 10%
–– Compatible WAAS GPS receivers max operating temp range: 150 mV ± 25%
–– Automatic photocell annunciator dimming valid NAV/GS meter Input impedance:
–– True course resolver output Normal: 1k ohms ± 10%
Max Operating Temp Range: 1k ohms ± 25%
–– Internal 14 and 28 volt lighting meter in view:
–– Optional course datum synchro normal: 260 mV ± 10%
max operating temp range: 260 mV ± 25%
14
to/from annunciation: input impedance:

weight: 1.4 lb (MD200-302, -306)
normal: 200 ohms ± 10%
cutout: standard 3 1/8-inch round max operating temp range: 200 ohms ± 25%
voltage input: 14 VDC or 28 VDC to or from in view:
current input: 0.3 amps max normal: ± 40 mV ± 15%
temperature: –55°C to +70°C max operating temp range: ± 40 mV ± 25%
altitude: 0 to 55,000 ft operational shock rigid mounting, 6G operational, 15G crash safety
humidty: 95% non-condensing OBS resolver: zeroed at:
vibration: DO-160B, Cat. M and N normal: 300° ± 1° ORZ
certification: FAA TSO-C34e, -C36e, -C40c max operating temp range: 300° ± 2.5°
mounting: panel, rear mount lighting: internal white LED. Lighting control voltage is selectable
connector: Mil-Spec 25-pin D-Subminiature for 5, 14 or 28 VDC
cover glass: special HEA (anti-reflective) coating
color: index marks and text: white
EDMO# DESCRIPTION FOR USE WITH
dial background: black
MD200-302 left-right only, NAV, GPS Garmin AT CNX80, glideslope & navigational pointers: white
MD200-306 Glidescope, NAV, GPS GX50/60 and SL30 bezel: black
MD200-3065 Glidescope, NAV, GPS; 5 volt bezel lighting models
GPS Accessories
Cooling Fans
SAFE 128 & 328 COOLING FANS

connectors: 25-pin male D-Sub (MD25M3S0V50) SANDIA AEROSPACE
Mating Connector The SAFE series cooling fans are axial fans that attach di-
25-pin female D-Sub (MD25F3R4000 or equivalent) rectly to an avionics unit’s cooling port. These fans provide
certifications: FAA TSO-C34e, -C36e, -C40c a nominal 20 CFM of cooling air and an alert output when-
RTCA DO-192, -195, -196, -160E ever the fan RPM drops below a preset level. The SAFE
series uses a high quality, brushless blower motor and or
RunQuiet technology.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION FOR USE WITH
MD222-406 MD222-406 Built in annunciator reads: Garmin GNS-430/530
GS/LOC, NAV, GPS, VLOC models
MD222-506 MD222-506 Built in annunciator reads: HoneyWell,Bendix King
BC, GS/LOC, NAV, GPS KLN-89/90A,KLN-
89B,90B,94,900,K-
SN770,KLX-135A
SAFE 128 SAFE 328
weight: SAFE 128: 0.25 lb
COOLING FANS dimensions:

SAFE 328: 0.7 lb
SAFE 128: 2.36 × 2.87 × 1.44 in
SAFE 328: 5.58 × 4.75 × 1.25 in
ACF 314 & 328 COOLING FANS operating voltage: 22-31 VDC
SANDIA AEROSPACE current draw: SAFE 128: 100mA nominal < 0.250 mA startup
The ACF 314 and ACF 328 are 3-port cooling fans with SAFE 328: 400mA nominal < 0.550 mA startup
the ability to cool up to three avionics units and the ca- certification: FAA-PMA
pacity to cool up to 20 cubic feet of air per minute. The
EDMO# MFR# MODEL # VOLTAGE
The ACF 528 is similar to the ACF 314 and ACF 328 but 305468-00 305468-00 SAFE 128 28
is equipped with five ports and the ability to cool up to five 305467-00 305467-00 SAFE 328 28
14
ACF314 ACF528
weight: 1.18 lb
dimensions: 5.92 × 5.18 × 2.1 in
operating voltage: ACF314: 14 VDC
ACF328: 28 VDC
current draw: ACF314: 960 mA (1.7 A at startup)
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE PORTS

ACF314 ACF314 14 3
ACF328 ACF328 28 3
ACF528 ACF528 28 5
Aircraft Lighting
Anti-Collision & Position Lights....................................................... 254

Beacons............................................................................................ 259
Cabin Lights...................................................................................... 251
Dimmers............................................................................................ 253
Instrument Lighting.......................................................................... 248
Lighting Accessories........................................................................ 263
Taxi, Landing & Recognition Lights................................................. 261
Aircraft Lighting
Instrument Lighting
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING EDMO# VOLTAGE DESIGN PMA

LW3028A 28 V left cutout
NULITE LIGHT WEDGES LW3028AA 28 V alt cutout
NULITE INSTRUMENT LIGHTING SYSTEMS LW3028AB 28 V double cutout / gyro yes
LW3028B 28 V right cutout
NULITE aircraft instrument lighting creates the same light-
ing appearance as internal lighting kits without the cost LW3028V 28 V VSI
NVIS
and install time. Sandwiched between the instrument and
2/-1/4 IN
the panel, they reduce glare and hot spots by concentrat-
ing 60% of the light on the upper half of the instrument— NV2028A 28 V left cutout
all focused by a unique bezel that directs light toward the NV2028B 28 V right cutout
instrument, not the pilot. Available in two configurations, NV2028 28 V round
light wedges and light bars. No special tools or equipment 3-1/8 IN
required, NULITES can be installed in a matter of minutes NV3028 28 V round
NV3028-S 28 V round / for Sikorsky
NV3028V 28 V VSI cutout
NV3028B 28 V right cutout
NV3028AB 28 V left and right cutout
NV3028AA 28 V altimeter cutout
NV3028A 28 V left cutout
LED
2-1/4 IN
LW2034 14 V round
LW2014 LW3005 LW2034A 14 V left cutout
LW2038 28 V round
3-1/8 IN
LW3034 14 V round
LW3034AA 14 V altimeter cutout
LW3034AB 14 V left and right cutout
NV3028A LW3034B 14 V right cutout
LW3034V 14 V VSI cutout
LW3038 28 V round
EDMO# VOLTAGE DESIGN PMA
INCANDESCENT LW3038AA 28 V altimeter cutout
2-1/4 IN LW3038AB 28 V left and right cutout
LW2005 5V no cutout yes LW3038B 28 V right cutout
LW2005A 5V left cutout yes LW3038V 28 V VSI cutout
LW2014 14 V no cutout yes ACCESSORIES
LW2014A 14 V left cutout 1G02 pin kit for UMA light wedges
LW2014AA 14 V altimeter cutout
LW2014AB 14 V left and right cutout, gyro
LW2028 28 V no cutout yes
LIGHT BARS
15

LW2028AE 28 V left cut / for American Eurocopter NULITE INSTRUMENT LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3-1/8 IN Four-inch lighting strip for installation above areas requir-
LW3005 5V no cutout yes ing additional lighting.
LW3005A 5V left cutout –– 0.075 larger than standard ATI instruments
LW3005AA 5V alt cutout
–– Includes two Mil Spec. incandescent lamps
LW3005B 5V right cutout
LW3014AA 14 V alt cutout
LW3014AB 14 V double cutout / gyro
LW3014V 14 V VSI
LB4028 LB4014
Aircraft Lighting
Instrument Lighting
EDMO# MFR# COLOR POST VOLTAGE

HEIGHT
thickness: 0.220 in
material: translucent plastic 71434B23 01-0771434B23 white short 28 VDC
GRAY
coating: three part NO-MAR epoxy
lighting: 100% linear (i.e. 7V on a 14V lamp will produce 50% lumens) 71434G11 01-0771434G11 white long 14 VDC
current draw: 80 mA (average), 125 mA (max) 71434G13 01-0771434G13 white short 14 VDC
71434G20 01-0771434G20 red long 28 VDC
Meets FAR 25.853 burn requirements, PMA approved.
71434G21 01-0771434G21 white long 28 VDC
71434G22 01-0771434G22 red short 28 VDC
EDMO# MFR# SIZE VOLTAGE 71434G23 01-0771434G23 white short 28 VDC
LB4014 LB4014 4 in 14 V 71440 SERIES
LB4028 LB4028 4 in 28 V 7144000 01-0771440-00 red with spacer 28 VDC
7144001 01-0771440-01 white - 28 VDC
7144002 01-0771440-02 red - 28 VDC
71450 SERIES
BLACK
714XX-SERIES LED 71450B11 01-0771450B11 white long 14 VDC
INSTRUMENT POST LIGHTS 71450B21 01-0771450B21 white long 28 VDC
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
71450B23 01-0771450B23 white short 28 VDC
The 71434, 71440, and 71450 Series LED instrument GRAY
post light assemblies illuminate the instrument panel and 71450G11 01-0771450G11 white long 14 VDC
function as instrument mounting bolts, making them 71450G13 01-0771450G13 white short 14 VDC
a high quality, long-lasting alternative to conventional 71450G20 01-0771450G20 red long 28 VDC
incandescent post lights. LED lighting provides a longer 71450G21 01-0771450G21 white long 28 VDC
operating life of approximately 20,000
hours, reduced power consumption, and
improved shock and vibration resistance
(LEDs do not contain a filament), crisp, clear
light color and temperature, and no EMI/RFI
interference. 70844 SERIES LED INSTRUMENT
POST LIGHTS
–– Approximately 20,000 hour LED life WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
–– Shock and vibration resistant The model 70844 series are LED instrument
–– Light color and temperature post light assemblies are designed to illumi-
–– Produces no EMI or RFI interference 71450B23 nate the instrument panel and function as
instrument mounting bolts—making them an
–– Model 71434 is available in a 14V version with a white excellent alternative to standard incandescent
LED and a 28 V version with white or red (replaces post lights.
existing A350 and A250CN assemblies)
–– Long life of approximately 20,000 hours
–– Model 71450 includes a connector nut and is otherwise
identical to 71434 –– Reduced power consumption compared to
alternative light sources
–– Model 71440 includes a #10-32 mounting thread and 7084400
includes a 28 VDC version with white or red LED (re- –– Shock and vibration resistant
places Model 70348) –– No EMI or RFI interference

dimensions: 0.95 in (with spacer), 0.875 in (without spacer) exposed height: 1 in w/out spacer, 1.12 inches w/spacer 15
current draw: 0.10 mA @14 VDC & 28 VDC power consumption: 0.02 amps @14 VDC, 0.02 amps @28 VDC
EDMO# MFR# COLOR POST VOLTAGE EDMO# MFR# CONFIGURATION VOLTAGE

HEIGHT
7084400 01-0770844-000 1 in post/nut 14 VDC
71434 SERIES
7084401 01-0770844-010 1.5 in post/nut 14 VDC
BLACK 7084403 01-0770844-030 1.5 in post/nut 28 VDC
71434B11 01-0771434B11 white long 14 VDC 7084402 7084402 1 in post/nut 28 VDC
71434B13 01-0771434B13 white short 14 VDC ACCESSORIES
71434B20 01-0771434B20 red long 28 VDC 70807000 70807000 LED post light hood
71434B21 01-0771434B21 white long 28 VDC
71434B22 01-0771434B22 red short 28 VDC
Aircraft Lighting
Instrument Lighting
A350CN SERIES POST LIGHTS ELECTRO-LUMINESCENT (EL)

WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. INSTRUMENT LIGHTING SYSTEM
These instrument post light assem- UMA INC
blies illuminate the instrument panel UMA’S instrument lighting systems
and function as instrument mounting use an electro-luminescent light
bolts. Includes connector nut strip (EL) housed within an easy to
install bezel. The EL strip consists of
a black injection-molded enclosure
weight: 0.037 lb containing semiconductor crystals
dimensions: 0.875” without spacer; 1.00 with spacer that convert electrical energy directly
power con- 0.2 amps @ 6 VDC, 0.08 amps @ 14 into light energy. The strip draws
sumption: VDC, and 0.04 amps @ 28 VDC very low current, produces very little
post height: short: 1.875 in, long: 2.375 in heat and is available in multiple col-
approvals: FAA/PMA approved ors (see table below). The bezel itself
A350CNCL28 is easy to install; it can either be
placed between the instrument and
the panel or between the instrument
EDMO# MFR# LENS POST VOLTAGE panel and the overlay.
COLOR HT –– Exceptionally long life, no bulbs
BLACK POST COLOR to burn out 2-20-W
A350CN00 01-0770119-00 instrument white long 6 VDC –– Easy to install
A350CN01 01-0770119-01 red long 6 VDC
–– Lightweight, bulb-free, dimmable design
A350CN02 01-0770119-02 clear long 6 VDC
A350CN04 01-0770119-04 red short 6 VDC –– 360° lighting
A350CN07 01-0770119-07 red long 14 VDC
A350CN10 01-0770119-10 red short 14 VDC
A350CN11 01-0770119-11 clear short 14 VDC weight: 0.5 oz.
GRAY POST COLOR temperature range: -40 to 90°C
A350CN18 01-0770119-18 instrument white long 6 VDC useful life: over 3,000 hours
A350CN19 01-0770119-19 red long 6 VDC operating voltage: 40-220 VAC
A350CN20 01-0770119-20 clear long 6 VDC operating frequency: 60-3000 Hz
A350CN21 01-0770119-21 instrument white short 6 VDC spectral output: 500nM for aviation green @400 Hz
A350CN22 01-0770119-22 red short 6 VDC bezel material: ABS plastic
A350CN23 01-0770119-23 clear short 6 VDC
A350CN24 01-0770119-24 instrument white long 14 VDC
A350CN25 01-0770119-25 red long 14 VDC
EDMO# MFR# COLOR DESIGN STC/PMA
A350CN28 01-0770119-28 red short 14 VDC
A350CN29 01-0770119-29 clear short 14 VDC 2-1/4 IN
A350CN30 01-0770119-30 instrument white long 28 VDC 2-20-G 2-20-G green knob cutout
A350CN31 01-0770119-31 red long 28 VDC 2-20-W 2-20-W white knob cutout
A350CN32 01-0770119-32 clear long 28 VDC 2-21-W 2-21-W white no cutout
A350CN33 01-0770119-33 instrument white short 28 VDC 3-1/8 IN
A350CN34 01-0770119-34 red short 28 VDC 2-30-G 2-30-G green knob cutout yes
A350CN35 01-0770119-01 clear short 28 VDC 2-30-W 2-30-W white knob cutout yes
BLACK POST COLOR 2-31-G 2-31-G green no cutout yes
A350CNCL28 01-0770119-14 clear long 28 VDC 2-31-W 2-31-W white no cutout yes
A350CNCLBK 01-0770119-08 clear long 14 VDC 2-33-W 2-33-W white center cutout
15
A350CNIW28 01-0770119-12 instrument white short 28 VDC 2-34-W 2-34-W white double cutout
A350CNIWB 01-0770119-15 instrument white short 28 VDC 2-35-W 2-35-W white vertical speed
A350CNIWBK 01-0770119-06 instrument white long 14 VDC 2-35-G2 2-35-G green no cutout / recessed
A350CNRDB- 01-0770119-13 red long 28 VDC corner
ACCESSORIES
A350CNSH28 01-0770119-17 clear short 28 VDC
ACCESSORIES 10-700-14 10-700-14 light wedge inverter, 14 V
A343 02-0350183-00 connector nut assembly 10-700-28 10-700-28 light wedge inverter, 28 V
1G01-1 1G01-1 1K ohms 5 watt, wire-wound potentiometer with
on/off switch
Aircraft Lighting
Cabin Lights
BOLT LITE ASSEMBLIES 70339 SERIES INTERIOR DOME LIGHT

LUMINATOR AIRCRAFT PRODUCTS ASSEMBLY
Luminator Bolt Lites are used to illuminate WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
instrument faces ranging in size from 1-3 These interior dome/compartment
inches. They are commonly used in rheostat light assemblies are designed for
control dimming circuits. recessed overhead or wall mounting
–– Standard non-glare black finish where minimal depth is available.
–– Requires no adapters or backing plates –– Requires a 14 VDC #1414 lamp or
–– Available in either 14 or 28 volts a 28 VDC #1495 lamp
–– Optional on/off switch
5100-CW-14 weight: 0.16 lb

EDMO# MFR# LENS VOLTAGE depth behind mounting flange: 1.06
5100-CW-14 -- instrument white 14 V lamp wattage: 6 watts
5102-CW14 -- instrument white 14 V power consumption: 0.46 amps @ 14 VDC, 0.3 amps @ 28 VDC
5803-CW-28 5803CW28 instrument white 28 V
59548NDCW2 59548NDCW28 instrument white 28 V
NVIS
5102-6-28 5102-6-28 NVIS green 28 V EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE SWITCH
7033901 01-0770339-01 14 VDC no
7033903 01-0770339-03 14 VDC yes
7033904 01-0770339-04 28 VDC yes
CABIN LIGHTS
70813 SERIES LED CABIN LIGHT
LED DOME LIGHT WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. EDMO# 7081312
EDMO# 7114000 MFR# 01-0770813-12 (E)
MFR# 01-0771140-00 This series of LED inte-
LED light alternative to the Grimes rior cabin lights are high
34170 dome light used on Bom- quality, long lasting, and
bardier Global Express, Challenger dimmer controllable, as
600, 601, 604, Gulfstream GIII, GIV; well as being a modern
Learjet 54, 56, 60 and Sikorsky S76. alternative to the A360
This lamp operates on 28 V with an series incandescent
emergency circuit at 5 V for long- interior cabin lights.
life lighting on an alternative power The series’ use of LED
source. technology provides a
long life, reduced power
–– Spun aluminum assembly 5.5 inches outer diameter, consumption compared to alternative light sources, shock
3.83 inch recessed inner diameter with a 1-inch re- and vibration resistance, and a small profile for shallower
cessed depth mounting depth.
–– Includes three (3) flying leads, a ground, a 5 V line, and –– No EMI or RFI interference
a 28 V line
–– 60 LED dome light, 28 V 15
weight: 0.35 lb
weight: 0.1 lb
exposed height: 0.45 mm
mounting depth: 0.25 in
power consumption: 125 mA @ 28 VDC, 250mA @ 5V
dimensions: 3 x 2.75 in
LED color: aviation white
lens: translucent polycarbonate
Aircraft Lighting
Cabin Lights
A315-HI SERIES COCKPIT UTILITY 70820 SERIES LED MAP LIGHT

LIGHT WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. The 70820 Series map/
The A315-HI series consists of reading light assem-
cockpit utility assemblies that rotate blies are designed to
for convenience in reading maps and illuminate the cockpit or
illuminating instrument panels. They cabin. These versatile
are furnished with a right angle brack- lights are easy to adjust
et for easier mounting. Available with with a 360° swivel base
instrument white (blue) lens, red, or for and LED bulbs
7082003
clear. Uses a 14 or 28 VDC lamp. for life (approximately
20,000 hours), reduced power consumption, and a vibra-
tion-resistant design.
A315HIW2
–– Black anodized finish
weight: 0.07 lb
dimensions: 0.93 × 0.87 × 2.2 in weight: 0.19 lb
power consumption: 0.46 amps @ 14 VDC, 0.3 amps @ 28 VDC dimensions: 2.66 dia × 1.34 × 1.13 in
power consumption: 0.02 amps @ 14 VDC
0.02 amps @ 28 VDC
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE LENS COLOR
A315HIB1 01-0770113-04 14 VDC instrument white
A315HIB2 01-0770133-05 28 VDC instrument white EDMO# MFR# LED COLOR VOLTAGE
A315HIR1 01-0770113-00 14 VDC red 7082002 01-0770820-02 white 28 VDC
A315HIR2 01-0770113-01 28 VDC red 7082003 01-0770820-03 white 28 VDC
A315HIW1 01-0770113-02 14 VDC white 7082005 01-0770820-05 red 28 VDC
A315HIW2 01-0770113-03 28 VDC white 7082006 01-0770820-06 blue 14 VDC
7082007 01-0770820-07 blue 28 VDC
A315-LO SERIES COCKPIT UTILITY

LIGHT LED ADJUSTABLE MAP LIGHT
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
Similar to the A315-HI series, the A315- EDMO# 7114416
LO series light assemblies rotate for MFR# 01-0771144-16
convenience in reading maps and illumi- This gooseneck style adjustable
nating instrument panels. Optional right reading light is equipped with
angle mounting brackets are available for rheostat controlled light intensity
easier mounting. Uses a 14 VDC or 28 operable with a simple pushbut-
VDC lamp. ton switch.
–– Aviation white LED
–– Fixed position black nylon hood
A315LO14
15

dimensions: 0.81 × 0.81 × 2.18 in length: 16 in
power consumption: 0.33 amps @ 14 VDC, 0.17 amps @ 28 VDC power consumption: 0.06 amps @ 28 VDC
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE

A315LO14 01-07701606-00 14 VDC
A315LO28 01-0770106-01 28 VDC
Aircraft Lighting
Dimmers
DIMMERS
weight: 1 oz
MAXDIM LIGHTING CONTROLLERS dimensions: 0.85 × 0.85 in
SEATON ENGINEERING CORP voltage/current: 5-35 VDC, 0-5 amps ‘E’ and ‘F’ models per channel
approvals: RTCA/DO-160E, part 2, EMI Qualified, STC/PMA
Ideal for aircraft lighting and instrument panels, the Max-
Dim solid state lighting controllers/dimmers have hun-
dreds of DC lighting control applications. MaxDim con-
trollers can be used with standard incandescent, halogen, EDMO# MFR# CONNECTORS
and pre-inverter electroluminescent strips, high intensity 9100-001-E 9100-001-E ring terminals
LED lights, Nulites, and cabin glare shield LED strips. Full 9100-001-F 9100-001-F spade terminals
STC-PMA approval.
MICRODIM SINGLE CONTROL

SEATON ENGINEERING CORP
EDMO# 9100-001ID
MFR# 9100-001-I OPT L-11
Seaton Engineering’s smallest panel
dimmers, the MicroDim lighting con-
trollers provide excellent LED lighting
9100-001-A 9100-001-D control—making them ideal for
night vision use in helicopters. They
are compatible with Nulites, UMA
dimmers, Avion glare shield dimmers
weight: 0.58 oz and LED-lit panels. DO-160G EMI
dimensions: Single: 1.25 × 1.25 in tested.
Dual: 1.6 × 1.6 in
–– Connectors: ring terminals
voltage/current: Single: 12-35 VDC @ 12.5 amps ‘A’; 15 amps ‘B’
0-12.5 amps ‘A’; 0-15 amps ‘B’
Dual: 12-35 VDC @ 15 amps ×2
0-15 amps per circuit weight: 1.31 oz
voltage/current: 5-35 VDC
7.5 amps per channel
EDMO# MFR# CONNECTORS
SINGLE CONTROL CIRCUIT
9100-001-A 9100-001-A spade terminals
9100-001-B 9100-001-B ring terminals
DUAL CONTROL CIRCUIT INSTRUMENT LIGHT DIMMING KIT
9100-001-C 9100-001-C spade terminals MIL-SPEC light dim-
9100-001-D 9100-001-D ring terminals ming rheostat kit has
a power transistor
mounted to a heat-sink
and wiring harness.
–– Kit includes: rheo-
MAXDIM MINI LIGHTING CONTROLLERS stat, wiring harness, AL697-1
SEATON ENGINEERING and dimmer module
CORP 15
The MaxDim Mini is a com-
pact, lightweight, solid-state dimensions: 1.75 × 1.25 × 4.25 in (AL697-1)
dimmer that is ideal for tight 3 × 1.25 × 4.75 in (AL697-2)
panel spaces. Provides con- breaker: 2 amp @ 14 V, 1-1/2 amp @ 28 V (AL697-1)
trol for LEDs, Nulite dimmers, 9100-001-E
7.5 amp @ 14 V, 4 amp @28 V (AL697-2)
UMA dimmers, and Avion current: 1.4 amps @ 14 V, 0.7 amps @ 28 V (AL697-1)
Glare shield dimmers as well 4 amps @ 14 V, 2 amps @28V (AL697-2)
as hundreds of other DC
lighting applications. Complies
with Cessna AD 93-24-15
regarding cockpit fires. EDMO# MFR# WATTS/VOLTAGE
9100-001-F AL697-1 AL697-1 20W/0-32 VDC
AL697-2 AL697-2 56W/0-32 VDC
Aircraft Lighting
Anti-Collision & Position Lights
LD12 SERIES LIGHT DIMMER

COBHAM
ANTI-COLLISION &
The LD12 light POSITION LIGHTS
dimmer series are
remote-mounted ORION SERIES LED LIGHTING
modules for use in WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
GPS systems. These
units control up to 12
independent lamps
with full test function.
The LD12 can output
up to 1 amp of current
when used as a bulk LD12-001
lamp dimmer.
–– Adjustable lamp
dimmer drives twelve
separate 28 VDC/50 OR5001V OR6001G
mA lamp lines
–– Dimmer can be op-
erated in the preset
mode (12-24 V range)
or as an adjustable LD12 IKC
dimmer using an ex-
ternal control; a single
switch can select day, night, and lamp test functions
–– Day operation mode provides regulated 24 VDC for all
lamps to prevent early lamp failure and internal lamp
blackening from excessive voltage OR6501GE OR6501G
–– Gold plated interconnect and relay contacts The Orion 600/650/500 series are self-contained, posi-
–– Relays are sealed, dry nitrogen-filled units rated for high tion/anti-collision lights equipped with super-bright LEDs
vibration and a replaceable, hard-coated polycarbonate lens to
–– Circuit boards are constructed with G10-FR flame re- maintain maximum light output. These LED position/
tardant material with solder masks, reflowed tin plating, anti-collision lights eliminate the need for external flasher
and environmental post-coating boxes, and they are flush mountable and able to accom-
modate a wide variety of applications. The 600 and 650
series are for wingtip mounting; the 500 series is designed
for mounting on the tail; all have an aerodynamic design.
weight: 0.84 lb
current draw: 5 × 3.95 × 1.75 in
input power: +24.8 VDC to +30 VDC, +27.5 VDC nominal weight: 0.28 lb
(reverse and over voltage protection) current draw: 12 V / 28 V, 0.20 / 0.10 amp (position) 0.38 / 0.19 amp
operating temperature: -15°C to +70°C (anti-collision)
altitude: 50,000 ft lens: clear hardcoated polycarbonate
approvals: DO-160C, Cat. B,M,N (vibration) approvals: ORION 500
FAA TSO-C96a Class II / TSO-C30c Type III
ORION 600
FAA TSO-C96a Class II / TSO-C30c Type II & III (OR6001G/G2)
15
EDMO# MFR#
FAA TSO-C96a Class II / TSO-C30c Type I & III (OR6001R/2R)
LD12-001 LD12-001 light dimmer/12 circuits ORION 650
LD12-002 LD12-002 light dimmer FAA TSO-C96a Class III / TSO-C30c Type I (OR6501R/2R)
ACCESSORIES FAA TSO-C96a Class III / TSO-C30c Type II (OR6501G/2G)
LD12-IKC D50SV-IKC LD12 install kit/crimp ORION 650E
FAA TSO-C96a Class II / TSO-C30c Type II & III
(OR6501GE/2GE)
FAA TSO-C96a Class II / TSO-C30c Type I & III (OR-
6501RE/2RE)
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE MOUNT COLOR

ORION 500
OR5001V 01-0771774V01 12 VDC vertical tail white
Aircraft Lighting
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE MOUNT COLOR COMETFLASH® STROBE FOR HELI

OR5002V 01-0771774V02C 28 VDC vertical tail white AIRCRAFT
ORION 600 WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
OR6001G 01-0771733-01 12 VDC wingtip green The self-contained CometFlash® strobe
OR6001R 01-0771733-02 12 VDC wingtip red anti-collision light uses the same lens/
OR6002G 01-0771733-11 28 VDC wingtip green reflector and strobe tube as the model
OR6002R 01-0771733-12 28 VDC wingtip red HRCFA. However, this light differs in that
ORION 650 its vibration resistant, heavy-duty con-
OR6501G 01-0790725-01 12 VDC wingtip green struction is designed for use in helicopter
applications.
OR6501R 01-0790725-02 12 VDC wingtip red
OR6502G 01-0790725-11a 28 VDC wingtip green –– Operates between 10 to 30 VDC
OR6502R 01-0790725-12A 28 VDC wingtip red –– Equipped with a fixed mounting adapt-
ORION 650E er and an MS input connector 7028521
OR6501GE 01-0790701-01C 12 VDC embedded green –– FAA approved as a direct replacement for any rotating
OR6501RE 01-0790701-02C 12 VDC embedded red beacon that uses a 2-2/4-inch diameter mounting hole
OR6502GE 01-0790701-11C 28 VDC embedded green
OR6502RE 01-0790701-12c 28 VDC embedded red
weight: 1.5 lb
dimensions: 8 in high × 3.7 in diameter
power consumption: 3.2 amps @ 14 VDC, 1.6 amps @ 28 VDC
COMETFLASH® STROBE LIGHT
Unique polycarbonate optic
lens & reflector designs that EDMO# MFR# COLOR TYPE
redirect stray light rays into 7028521 7028521 red RFI shielded
the horizontal plane to pro- 7028540 01-0770285-40 red -
vide 360° of uniform lighting. ACCESSORIES
Designed for use as a direct 7087900 01-0770879-00 Operates up to three CometFlash® strobe light
replacement for any rotating heads at 36 joules. Meets FAA requirement
beacon that uses a 3-3/4” of 400 effective candlepower when used in
diameter mounting hole. May conjunction with the Whelen A612 lens/flashtube
be installed in the vertical fin configuration. TSO-C96a
or the fuselage (requires the
A440 mounting adapter). HRCFADSM HRCFAR
Operates in 10 – 30 VDC.
weight: 1.5 lb 70875 SERIES FORWARD POSITION

dimensions: 7.25 × 3.7 in diameter LIGHTS
power consumption: 3.2 amps @ 14 VDC, 1.6 amps @ 28 VDC WHELEN ENGINEERING
lens colors: aviation red, aviation white, and aviation red/white (split) This series of forward po-
lens: hard-coated polycarbonate sition lights use solid-state
approvals: FAA/PMA LEDs which provide a
usable life of up to 20,000
hours.
EDMO# MFR# POST COLOR
HRCFADSM 01-0770029-389 standard assembly, split red/white lens, RFI
shielded with MS connector weight: 0.26 lb 15
HRCFAR 01-0770029-29 standard assembly, red lens exposed height: 1.39 in
HRCFAS 01-0770029-31 standard assembly, split red/white lens length: 3.92 in
ACCESSORIES power consumption: 0.35 amps @ 28 VDC
7087900 01-0770879-00 Operates up to three CometFlash® strobe
light heads at 36 joules. Meets FAA require-
ment of 400 effective candlepower when
used in conjunction with the Whelen A612 EDMO# MFR# COLOR
lens/flashtube configuration. TSO-C96a 7087501 01-0770875-01 green
A440 19-130074- fuselage mounting adapter for the HRCFA 7087502 01-0770875-02 red
009D and SACF series; PMA ACCESSORIES
A469B 01-0770044- strobe tube assembly replacement designed 7087330 68-3970873-30 clear lens for 70875 series
02W for use with HRCFA and A470A series
A402ADW 68-21705041-30 white lens/RFI shielded
Aircraft Lighting
LED TAIL/AFT POSITION LIGHTS 70980 SERIES SELF-CONTAINED LED

WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. LIGHT ASSEMBLY
The 71554-series LED tail lights WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
are available in horizontal or The model 70980 Series consist of
vertical mounts and fit the exist- self-contained IR LED anti-collision
ing footprint for Whelen Models lights that are regularly used on mil-
A555A and 71011 tail lights. itary aircraft platforms, marine set-
–– Models -01 and -02 come tings, and can be easily adapted for
with flying leads use in the NVG environment. Tested
–– Model -03 has a pin and a to DO160 environmental standards.
ring terminal for connections –– Shipped with flying leads
–– Lower mount has drain hole in lens 7098000
weight: 0.14 lb
dimensions: 1.4 × 1.59 × 2.07 in weight: 1 lb
current draw: 0.13 amps @ 28 VDC dimensions: 4.04 × 3.6 in
0.26 amps @ 14 VDC power consumption: 0.1 amps @ 28 VDC
lens: clear hard-coated polycarbonate LED: infrared (875 nm)
LED color: aviation white lens: clear hard coated polycarbonate
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE MOUNT STYLE EDMO# MFR# MOUNTING SPECIFICATIONS

7155401 01-0771554-01 28 VDC horizontal 7098000 7098000 upper mount
7155402 01-0771554-02G 28 VDC vertical 7098001 01-0770980-01 lower mount
7155403 01-0771554-03 28 VDC vertical
7155411 01-0771554-11 14 VDC horizontal
7155412 01-0771554-12 14 VDC vertical
71011 SERIES LED TAIL POSITION

LIGHTS
71105 SERIES LED POSITION The model 71011 Series LED tail
LIGHT ASSEMBLY position lights are designed to
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. replace existing older-model tail-
The 71105 series are fully FAA lights typically seen mounted on
TSO compliant Forward Posi- general aviation, corporate, and
tion lights equipped with LEDs helicopter applications. These
for reduced current draw over lights provide all of the advan-
conventional light bulbs. These tages inherent in LED lighting
LEDs are designed as a direct including improved reliability and 7101102
replacement for Whelen Model reduced operating costs.
W1285 series lights.
weight: 0.2 lb
15
dimensions: 1.36 in high

weight: 0.25 lb (28 V version) power consumption: 0.5 amps @ 14 VDC; 0.3 amps @ 28 VDC
exposed height: 2.7 in LED color: aviation white
LED navigation power consumption: 0.25 amps @ 14V or 28 V mounting hole pattern: 1.75 in
LED color(s): aviation red/green approvals: FAA/TSO-C30c Type III
lens: clear polycarbonate
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE MOUNTING SPECIFICATIONS

EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE COLOR 7101102 01-0771011-02 28 VDC aft position light/vertical
7110503 01-0771105-03 28 V green 7101103 01-0771011-03 28 VDC aft position light / horizontal
7110504 01-0771105-04 28 V red
Aircraft Lighting
71110 SERIES STROBE ANTI- EDMO# MFR# WATTS/VOLTAGE COLOR

COLLISION/LED POSITION LIGHT MB2G 01-0771519-01 14 VDC green
ASSEMBLY MB2R 01-0771519-02 14 VDC red
Wingtip mounted strobe anti-collision/position light
assembly that uses LEDs for the forward position lights.
LEDs provide a significant re- 70509 SERIES FLASHER
duction in current draw over WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
conventional position light The 70509 Series is comprised of
bulbs. The strobe light lens a self-contained, halogen, flashing
assembly is radio shielded anti-collision (strobe) light with the
for maximum EMI/RFI pro- same mounting pattern as the factory
tection. installed beacon on a single-engine
–– Navigation light portion is Cessna 1967 and later.
wired with flying leads
–– Direct replacement for
Whelen model A650PG/
PR series weight: 0.27 lb
7111003
dimensions: 3.75 in high × 2.65 in diameter
power consumption: 2.7 amps @ 14 VDC, 1.3 amps @ 28 VDC
weight: 0.45 lb (14 V), 0.5 lb (28 V)
exposed height: 2.7 in
power consumption: 0.25 amps @ 14 V or 28 V EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
LED color: aviation red/green 7050907 7050907 red with mask
lens: clear, RFI coated glass: strobe ACCESSORIES
clear polycarbonate: navigation lights 5043300 5043300 14 V lamp assembly
approvals: STC SA800EA/FAA TSO-C96a, TSO-C30c Type II A402AS A402AS red and white lens assembly
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE/COLOR

71379 SERIES LED
7111003 01-0771110-03 28 VDC / green FORWARD POSITION LIGHT
7111004 01-0771110-04 28 VDC / red WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
7111005 01-0771110-05 28 VDC / green
7111006 01-0771110-06 28 VDC / red
The 71379 series are LED W1250
ACCESSORIES
wingtip forward position lights de-
signed to be located under a fair-
36-005062- 36-0050628-00 flashtube assembly ing that is also suitable for external
mounting as well. Replaces GRIMES
A1815A and Whelen W1250. Avail-
able in 28 VDC or 14 VDC version.
MICROBURST II WINGTIP Ships with six flying leads
NAV LIGHT ASSEMBLY 7137901
The MicroBurst series LED wingtip lights are lightweight, weight: 0.5 lb
low current, water and vibration resistant, and exception- dimensions: 2.31 × 1.25 × 1.75 in
ally bright for experimental or LSA aircraft. This variant of
power consumption: 0.3 amps
the MicroBurst series is green.
voltage: 28 VDC 15
–– Low current, long life, light- approvals: 7137901/7137911:LED Fwd POS (Green) FAA TSO-
weight C96a,TSO-C30c Types II
–– Self-contained (no external 7137902/7137912: LED Fwd POS (Red) FAA TSO-
power supply needed) C96a, TSO-C30c Types I
–– Aerodynamic design is resis-
tant to vibration and mois- MB2G
ture
EDMO# MFR# COLOR/VOLTAGE
–– Synchronizable
7137901 01-0771379-01 green/28 VDC
–– Replaceable lenses 7137902 01-0771379-02 red/28 VDC
–– Super bright, rivaling strobe in 7137911 01-0771379-11 green/14 VDC
impact 7137912 01-0771379-12 red/14 VDC
–– Available with Comet- MB2R
Flash®, the lighting concept that revolutionized aviation
lighting
Aircraft Lighting
90088 SERIES LED ANTI-COLLISION EDMO# MFR# LENS COLOR

LIGHT 28 VDC
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. 9034003 01-0790340-03 green
Constructed with sol- 9034004 01-0790340-04 red
id-state circuitry and LED 14 VDC versions available - www.edmoap.com.au for more details.
technology that makes
them an excellent re-
placement for older-style POSITION LIGHT ASSEMBLY
mechanical oscillating WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
beacons and the Whelen The W1250 Series are wing tip position
90044 series quartz hal- lights designed for use under a wing tip
ogen flashing beacons. These beacons have no moving fairing that uses a 26-watt incandes-
parts, no EMI/RFI, and no inrush current spikes. Several cent lamp. It is a direct replacement for
versions available to accommodate different mounting the brand G A1815A Series. Available
patterns. in 14 or 28 VDC.
weight: 1.8 lb nom.

height: 9.87 × 2.70 in exposed height weight: 0.3 lb
power consumption: 0.45 amps @ 28 VDC dimensions: 1.25 × 2.75 in
LED color: aviation red power consumption: 2 amps @ 14 VDC, 1 amp @ 28 VDC
lens color: clear glass approvals: FAA/TSO-C30b Type I (
approvals: FAA design conformity RTCA/DO-160d
TSO-C96a Class III approved
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE COLOR
W1250PG1 01-0770082-02 14 V green
EDMO# MFR# MOUNT INCLUDES
W1250PR1 01-0770082-00 14 V red
28 VDC
W1250BPG28 01-0770082-07 28 V green with black housing
9008813 01-0790088-13 upper / 5 hole rudder mount
W1250BPR28 01-0770082-05 28 V red with black housing
9008815 01-0790088-15 lower / 5 hole MS27508E 10A-5P connector
9008816 01-0790088-16 upper / 5 hole MS27508E 10A-5P connector
9008817 01-0790088-17 lower / 5 hole 2 drain holes (Hawker 800)
9008818 01-0790088-18 upper / 8 hole cable pigtail 90377 SERIES LED
9008819 01-0790088-19 lower / 8 hole cable pigtail POSITION LIGHT ASSEMBLY
Model 90377 Series is a wing tip mounted LED position
light assembly for use in both the forward and tail position
90340 SERIES STROBE & lights (this eliminates the need for a tail mounted position
ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT light).
–– Direct replacement
Comprised of wingtip (exact footprint) for the
mounted strobe anti-col- Whelen model A675PG/
lision/position lights that 9037701
PR series
use LEDs for the forward
& tail position lights, which –– One set each of flying
eliminates the need for a leads required for both
tail-mounted position light. the forward and tail
Direct replacement (exact nav on 14 V version 9037702.tif
15
footprint) for the Whelen

9034004
Model A600PG/PR series but does not require
replacement the current strobe power supply. weight: 0.35 lb
The strobe light assembly is radio shielded for maximum dimensions: 1.08 × 1.87 × 5.69 in
EMI/RFI protection. Both the forward & tail nav on the power consumption: 0.5 amps
28VDC version can be operated with a single set of flying lens: clear polycarbonate
leads. Includes 3 feet of braided, bonded protection. De- LED colors: red, green, white
signed for composite wingtip structure.
weight: 0.65 lb
dimensions: 1.87 × 5.69 × 2.7 in (exposed height) EDMO# MFR# LENS COLOR VOLTAGE
current draw: 0.25 amps @ 28 VDC 9037701 01-0790377-01 green 14 VDC
lenses: clear RFI coated glass (strobe), clear polycarbonate (nav lights) 9037702 01-0790377-02 red 14 VDC
28 VDC versions available.
Aircraft Lighting
Beacons
BEACONS EDMO# MFR# MOUNTING SPECIFICATIONS

28 VOLTS
7090501 SERIES LED BEACON 7108001 01-0771080-01 A470A mount
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. 7108004 01-0771080-04 5-hole adapter, flying leads
EDMO# 7090501 7108007 01-0771080-07 3.75-inch adapter, MS connector, lower
MFR# 01-0770905-01 7108008 01-0771080-08 5 hole adapter, MS connector
The model 70905 series are 7108015 01-0771080-15 3.75-inch adapter, flying leads, lower
self-contained anti-collision lights 7108017 01-0771080-17 3.75-inch adapter, MS connector, lower
for rotorcraft that do not require an 7108018 01-0771080-18 5 hole adapter, MS connector
external power unit. All units in this 7108030 01-0771080-30 EC120, 130, 135 adapter, MS connector
series meet the minimum require- 14 VOLTS
ments stated in FAR parts 27 and 7108051 01-0771080-51 A470A mount, Mate-N-Lock connector
29 for anti-collision light systems 7108055 01-0771080-55 3.75-inch adapter, flying leads
used on rotorcraft, Ref; Class I
(150 effective candela) of SAE
AS8017a minimum performance.
Part 7090501 replaces existing
beacons with a 5-hole mounting 71410 SERIES LED BEACON
pattern on a 4.656 diameter bolt circle and incorporates WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
an MS3102R10SL-3P connector for input. The 71410-series LED white anti-colli-
sion beacons are FAA TSO compliant
and self-contained LED lights that
weight: 1.4 lb meet rotorcraft minimum ACL stan-
dimensions: 4.04 × 3.66 in dards Class I, 150 effective Cd. These
power consumption: 0.45 amps @ 28 VDC anti-collision lights replace Whelen’s
LED color: aviation red HRCFA/SACF style strobe units, rotat-
ing beacons, and model A470(A). Ships
with 12 long flying leads, available in 28
V only.
7141001
71080 SERIES LED BEACON
weight: 0.75 lb
dimensions: 3.4 in high × 3.6 in diameter
power consumption: 0.32 amps
voltage: 28 VDC
color: white
approvals: TSO-C96a, CLASS III
EDMO# MFR# MOUNT POSITION CONN

7141001 01-0771410-01 2.75-inch upper -
7141005 01-0771410-05 3.75-inch upper -
7108001 7108008
7141008 01-0771410-08 5-inch plate upper MS connector
The model 71080-Series LED beacons are self-contained 7141015 01-0771410-15 3.75-inch plate lower -
LED anti-collision lights designed to replace existing 15
beacons that use a 2-1/2 diameter footprint as well as re-
mote-mounted strobe lights (which allows for the removal
of the strobe power supply). The 71080 series is designed
to replace a range of products, please refer to the mount-
ing specifications below
weight: 0.6 lb
dimensions: 3.64 × 2.6 × 4.61 in
power consumption: 0.28 amps average @ 28 VDC
LED color: aviation red
lens: aviation clear, polycarbonate
approvals: FAA TSO-C96a Class I
Aircraft Lighting
Beacons
71055 SERIES LED BEACON 90520 SERIES LED BEACON

WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
EDMO# 7105501 90520 series LED beacons are FAA
MFR# 7105501 TSO compliant, self-contained LED
Model 71055 series beacons are anti-collision lights. They are meant
self-contained LED anti-collision lights as replacements for strobe lightheads
that are designed to replace existing as small as the A470A with available
quartz halogen flasher beacons found models to replace HR self-contained
in original equipment installations on beacons (HRCFA) or our legacy 70900
single-engine Cessnas from 1967 and LED beacon.
later. These lights may also replace –– Mounting plate included with as-
remote-mounted strobe lights—thus sembly
allowing for the removal of the strobe
power supply. –– Red and white LED color
–– Internal mounting plate provided with choice of mount-
ing holes to retrofit most existing mounting patterns
weight: 0.65 lb (295 gm)
dimensions: 3.74 in exposed height × 2.6 in diameter
current: 0.67 amps average; 3 amps peak
weight: 0.52 lb
lens: clear polycarbonate
dimensions: 3.09 x 2.6 in
approvals: FAA TSO-C96a Class III
power consumption: 01-0771055-00 - 1.2 Amps Avg. / 01-0771055-01
- 0.6 Amps Avg.
lens: clear polycarbonate EDMO# MFR# MOUNTING DETAILS
approvals: STC SA615EA, FAA/TSO-C96a Class III 28 VDC
9052001 01-0790520-01 A470A mount, flying leads
9052004 01-0490520-04 5 hole adapter with flying leads
9052005 01-0790520-05 3.75-inch adapter with flying leads
FIXED WING LED BEACON/28V 9052007 01-0790520-07 3.75-inch adapter with MS connector
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. 9052008 01-0790520-08 5 hole adapter, MS connector
EDMO# 7090005 9052014 01-0790520-14 5 hole adapter, flying leads, lower
MFR# 7090005 9052015 01-0790520-15 3.75-inch adapter, flying leads, lower
The model 7090005-series LED 9052017 01-0790520-17 3.75-inch adapter, MS connector, lower
beacons are self-contained anti-col- 9052018 01-0790520-18 5 hole adapter, with MS connector, lower
lision lights for fixed wing aircraft that
do not require an external power
unit and do not produce EMI or RFI.
These beacons replace existing light
assemblies with a 3-3/4 inch mount- Not finding what you need?
ing patterns (Whelen HRCFA series, EDMO Asia Pacific carries a wide range of aircraft
90081 Series, and old style rotating lighting options; so, if the part you are looking for isn’t
beacons); use the same mounting listed in our catalog, check out our website at www.
hole pattern with no need for modification to the aircraft edmoap.com.au or give us a call at +618 8182 5511
required. for parts and pricing. We’re constantly updating our
inventory, so there’s a good chance we’ll have what
you need in stock.
15
weight: 1.1 lb
power consumption: 0.85 amps @ 14 VDC (01-0770900-04)
0.425 amps @ 28 VDC (01-0770900-05)
approvals: Meets minimum requirements stated in FAR Parts 23
and 25 for anti-collision light systems used on fixed
wing aircraft, Ref; Class III (100 effective candela) of
SAE AS8017a minimum performance standards. STC
SA615EA approved
Aircraft Lighting
Taxi, Landing & Recognition Lights
71485 SERIES COVERT IR/RED

COMBINATION BEACON weight: 0.52 lb (PAR36)
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. 1 lb (PAR46)
The 71485-Series is a combination dimensions: 4.38 round × 1.75 in face to screw terminal (PAR 36)
aviation red visible and IR flashing 5.65 round × 2.25 in face to screw terminal
beacon that can be surface-mounted amps @ volts: 0.68 amps @ 28 VDC (P36P2L/2T)
in an area as small as 2.75 inches and 1.36 amps @ 14 VDC (P36P1L/1T)
has an adapter to drop into a 3.75- 1.3 amps @ 28 VDC (P46P2L)
inch recessed mount, if needed. Nom- 2.6 amps @ 14 VDC (P46P1L)
inal IR LEDs at 875 nm. Unit ships beam candlepower: P36 landing: 60,000
with 18 flying leads, independent P36 taxi: 15,000
control for Red and IR LED packages. P46: 105,000
approvals: STC/PMA
weight: 0.670 lb
dimensions: 3.5 in high × 3.66 base width EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE TYPE
voltage: 28 VDC PAR36
lens: clear polycarbonate P36P1L 01-0771833-10B 14 VDC landing (spot light, 10°)
LED color: aviation red & IR P36P1T 01-0771833-15B 14 VDC taxi (spreader optic, 40°)
P36P2L 01-0771833-20B 28 VDC landing (spot light 10°)
P36P2T 01-0771833-25B 28 VDC taxi (spreader optic, 40°)
PAR46
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE/BULB COLOR BASE P46P1L 01-0790750-100 14 VDC landing (spot light, 10°)
7148500 7148500 28 VDC/red 3.75 in P46P2L 01-0790750-200 28 VDC landing (spot light, 10°)
7148501 01-0771485-01 28 VDC/red 2.6 in
71125 SERIES LED RECOGNITION

LIGHT
WHELEN ENGINEERING
TAXI, LANDING & The model 71125 series LED
RECOGNITION LIGHTS recognition light provides sup-
plemental lighting for several
aircraft applications. These lights
PAR36/46 LANDING LIGHTS withstand vibration, require low
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. current draw, produce no EMI/
The Parmetheus™ Plus series LED RFI, and produce little heat. These lights are 7112522
landing lights are drop-in replace- available with several different beam spreads and are
ments for outdated halogen or HID designed to replace the Whelen A775 series; additionally,
lamps. The Parmetheus™ Plus lights they can be used in conjunction with the 71115 flasher
are 40% brighter than the original control assembly.
Parmetheus™ lights and are light-
weight, low current, moisture resis-
tant, and capable of providing stable PAR36 weight: 0.3 lb
light for thousands of hours. dimensions: 3.25 × 1.25 × 1.95 in
–– Equipped with Whelen TIR (Total power consumption: 0.9 amps @ 14 V, 0.45 amps @ 28 15
Internal Reflector) technology that LED color: aviation white
combines spot and flood lighting lens: clear polycarbonate
for improved intensity and effec-
tiveness
–– Drop-in design incorporates a EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE BEAM SPREAD
clocking notch and power wir-
ing that attaches to brass screw 7112510 01-0771125-10 14 V 10 degree
terminals 7112522 01-0771125-22 28 V 90 degree
PAR46
–– Weight is comparable to older/ 7112550 01-0771125-50M 28 V 20 degree
previous lamps
–– Moisture-resistant design with a hard-coated, polycar-
bonate outer lens and metal, heat-dissipating housing
Aircraft Lighting
Taxi, Landing & Recognition Lights
71259 SERIES LED INTERIOR/

LANDING/TAXI/RECOGNITION LIGHT weight: 1.3 lb
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. dimensions: 2.87 × 4.7 in dia.
Designed for use as a stand-alone or power consumption: 1.5 amps @ 28 VDC
they can be attached to other Whelen lens: clear polycarbonate
LED lighting products for use in land-
ing, taxi, or recognition light applica-
tions when used behind an aircraft EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE MOUNTING STYLE
outer lens. This assembly ships with
two sets of 10-inch, 18 ga. leads and 9036110 01-0790361-10 14 V U bracket
terminates with A444 style connec- 9036120 9036120 28 V 4-inch round
tors. 10, 20, and 30-degree optic lighting spreads for
these assemblies. 28 VDC only
IR LANDING LIGHT
weight: 0.65 in WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
dimensions: 3.25 × 3.90 × 2.05 in EDMO# 9054000
current draw: 1.25 amps MFR# 01-0790540-000
LED color: white Infrared illumination product that produc-
lens: clear polycarbonate es a 24-deg beam. Demonstrated effec-
tiveness for helicopters and reciprocating
engine airplanes during takeoff, landing,
EDMO# MFR# BEAM SPREAD and off-airport locations. Enhances the
7125900 01-0771259-00 10 degree landing / 20 degree taxi effectiveness of NVG goggles by produc-
7125901 01-0771259-01 10 degree landing / 30 degree taxi ing IR illumination at 875 nm nominal.
weight: 15. lb
dimensions: 4.7 × 1.86 inches
LED LANDING LIGHT/TAXI LIGHT current: 2 amps @ 28 VDC
lens: clear hard-coated polycarbonate
EDMO# 9035220
MFR# 01-0790352-20
Self-contained LED landing light. The unit
is mounted internally behind the existing 90569 SERIES LED FORWARD & AFT
lens and all current source and electron- POSITION & ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT
ic circuitry is contained within the unit’s WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
housing. Available in several mounting Incredibly small all-LED 400 effective POS/ACL assembly
configurations to retrofit existing typical with integrated red LED ground recognition lights. 90569
PAR-46 lighting. is an LED head assembly only, and is powered by Whelen
model 71457 flasher/current source.
weight: 2.2 lb –– Replacement for A600/90340
dimensions: 3.18 × 5.9 in diameter (with adapter)
power consumption: 3 amps @ 28 VDC –– Ships with 12” of cable wiring
color: black finish into an amp connector
lenses: clear polycarbonate –– Available in 28 VDC only
weight: 0.5 lb
15
dimensions: 5.61 × 1.77 × 2.01 in

90361 SERIES ROUND LED LANDING current: 0.3 amps fwd & aft pos, 0.85 amps average ACL
LIGHT color: red, green
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. lens: clear polycarbonate
The 90361 Series is a self-contained, approvals: TSO-C96a Class II and TSO-C30c
all-LED landing light assembly that can
be used as a taxi/landing light on a wide
variety of aircraft and is designed to EDMO# MFR# COLOR MOUNTING DETAILS
retrofit existing typical PAR-36 lighting. 9056903 01-0790569-03 green fwd/AFT POS/ACL
All current source and electronic circuitry 9056904 red fwd/AFT POS/ACL
is contained within the housing and the RELATED PART
outer lens allows for mounting externally
7145700 01-0771457-00 28 LED flasher/current source for
on the aircraft (optional diffusion lens
90569-series assembly
available upon request).
–– Includes flying leads
Aircraft Lighting
Lighting Accessories
MAXPULSE LANDING LIGHT CONTROL SUB-MINI BULBS

UNIT CANDELA CORPORATION
SEATON ENGINEERING CORP
EDMO# MFR# BULB TYPE VOLTAGE
This aircraft landing light pulser can be set to different
SUB-MINI
pulse periods, provides wig wag control & can be used
with standard incandescent, halogen, high intensity LED ML-6180 6180-I 60 milliamp bulb 5
lamps & other lighting technologies. STC-PMA approval. OL1099 OL1099 60 milliamp bulb 12
OL6839 OL6839 24 milliamp bulb 28
CF16-I CF16-I / CF16 16 milliamp bulb 28 ML-6180
A490ATSC-SERIES POWER SUPPLY

EDMO# A490ATSC
MFR# 01-0770062-03
9200-000-A 9200-000-B The model A490ATSC series units
are compact power supplies that
operate one strobe lighthead. Due to
weight: 1 oz its small size, the A490ATSC can be
dimensions: 1.6 × 1.6 in mounted in the wing tip or the tail,
adjacent to the lighthead. This power
voltage/current: 12-35 VDC, 20 amps total
supply produces an accumulated 34 joules of power and
0-10 amps per circuit – both models
is capable of flashing simultaneously with up to 5 other
function modes: X - both circuits off units by connecting an 18-gauge wire between outlet 3 on
S - starboard (right) on only the input power connector. Operates from 10 to 30 VDC.
P - port (left) on only
S+P - both circuits On
A44 - alternate 44 PPM (STD) weight: 1.7 lb
B44 - both flash 44 PPM dimensions: 5 × 3.12 × 3.06 in
A88 - alternate 88 PPM power consumption: 4.0 amps @ 14 VDC; 2.0 amps @ 28 VDC
A120 - alternate 120 PPM approvals: FAA/PMA
EDMO# MFR# CONNECTORS

9200-000-A 9200-000-A spade terminals A413AHDACF POWER SUPPLY
9200-000-B 9200-000-B ring terminals WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
EDMO# HDACF
MFR# 01-0770028-05
The HDACF power supply
provides simultaneous flash-
ing, alternate flashing, or both
LIGHTING ACCESSORIES for up to three strobe light
heads. When operating the
BULBS wing tip strobes in alternating
CANDELA CORPORATION mode, the unit provides up to
an accumulated 42 joules of power to each light and up
EDMO# MFR# BULB / MOUNT VOLTAGE to 21 joules while in simultaneous mode. On the trigger
MIDGET FLANGE selector outlet, a switch mounted in place of the jumper 15
ML-0327 ML-0327 T-1 3/4 / midget flange 28 allows wing tip outlets 2 and 3 to be turned off while tail
ML-0330 ML-0330 T-1 3/4 / midget flange 14 outlet 1 remains on (this is useful when the third light is
ML-0387 ML-0387 T-1 3/4 / midget flange 28 used for ground operations).
C-BAYONET –– Operates from 10 – 30 VDC
ML-1683 683 single-C / bayonet 28
weight: 2.1 lb
MINI BAYONET dimensions: 2.37 × 5.0 × 5.50 in
ML-1495 1495-1 T-4 1/2 / min bayonet 28 current draw: 7.0 amps @ 14 VDC
ML-1813 1813-1 T-3 1/4 / min bayonet 14.4 3.5 amps @ 28 VDC
ML-1819 1819-I T-3 1/4 / min bayonet 28 approvals: FAA/PMA
ML-1820 1820-I T-3 1/4 / min bayonet 28 ML-1495
Aircraft Lighting
Lighting Accessories
71156 SERIES ELECTRONIC EDMO# MFR# POS. CONNECTOR INCLUDES

PULSE LIGHT FLASHER TYPE
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. A441 01-0430011-00 3 male pin kit
EDMO# 7115604 A442 01-0410823-00 3 female socket kit
MFR# 01-0771156-04 A444 02-0230007-00 2 male pin kit
Electronic pulse light flasher A446 02-0230085-00 2 female socket kit
for use with Whelen Taxi and A447 01-0417808-00 4 male pin kit
Landing LED lightheads. This
flasher operates four out-
puts steady on or will allow
two outputs to be flashed
or steady independent of the other. MS connectors with INSTALLATION CABLE KIT
aluminum housing WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC.
EDMO# HD60
MFR# HD-60
weight: 1.1 lb This cable kit includes connectors
dimensions: 5 × 1.8 × 4.56 in to hook up the strobe light power
power consumption: 20A max (all outputs) @ 28 V supply, warning placards, and an
flash rate: 90 fpm (combined) install service manual. The included
approvals: tested in accordance with RTCA/DO-160 cable is 16 gauge, 3 conductor, and
shielded.
weight: 0.050 lb per linear foot

FLASHER BOX dimensions: 60 ft × 0.275-inch diameter
EDMO# 7170000
MFR# 01-0771700-000
Electronic light flasher for use
with Whelen LED exterior light- A610 FLASH TUBE & A612 LENS SERIES
ing products. This flasher oper-
ates two outputs steady on or The A610 flash tube
flashes outputs alternately. This and A612 glass lens
unit is equipped to handle up to 5 amps of power. are used for installing
wing tip strobes in
single-engine Cessna’s
REPLACEMENT CONNECTORS 1972 and later. The
WHELEN ENGINEERING CO, INC. existing position light
Replacement cable connector kits and assemblies. retainer must be mod-
ified to accommodate A610
the lens and the flash
tube is then mounted
directly behind. The A612 lens increases the light intensity
by two to three times (in the horizontal plane).
A442 socket kit A444 pin kit weight: 0.09 lb / 41 grams (A610 flash tube)
15
0.08 lb / 36 grams (A612 lens)

dimensions: 1.6 × 1.12 × 1.56 in (A610)
1.68 × 1.17 × 1.75 (A612)
lenses: RF coated clear / aviation red
approvals: lenses meet material requirements of MIL-C-7989B Class B
A441 pin kit A446 socket kit

A610 02-0250276-00 strobe tube assembly with 6-inch leads
ACCESSORIES
A612 68-2290005-30 clear glass lens for A610 flash tube
A447 pin kit
Converters......................................................................................... 266
Emergency Power Supplies.............................................................. 269
Inverters............................................................................................ 267
Converters
CONVERTERS –– > 88% efficient

–– Optional remote On/Off
TC120 DC-TO-DC CONVERTER
TRUE BLUE POWER weight: 2 lb
EDMO# 6430120-1 dimensions: 6.74 × 5.94 × 2.02 in
Produces 120 watts of power input voltage: 115 ± 10 VAC, 350-800 Hz
from an aircraft’s 28 VDC input input current: 2.8 A Nominal
and is capable of powering output voltage: 29 VDC ± 3%
equipment throughout the output power: 280 watts
aircraft including in-seat cabin regulation: 2% load, 2% temperature
and cockpit power applications. This unit uses a fanless mating connector: MS3106A-18-9S (MCI P/N 9016905-1)
design that results in a reduction in weight and volume. case: anodized aluminum extrusion, blue
Due to its small, light design, the TC120 can be conve- operating temperature: -65°F to + 160°F (-55°C to +70°C)
niently mounted in either the floor or the cabin wall. The altitude: 55,000 ft
TC120 is a direct replacement for Ameri-King converters certification: FAA TSO C71 pending, RTCA DO-160G qualified
AK-551-9, AK-551-9M, AK-551-9M1 and AK-551-9M2.
The FAA recommends removing Ameri-King products
manufactured or shipped after December 28, 2015.
–– Supplies 120 watts of power N2412-SERIES DC-TO-DC POWER
–– Lighter and smaller than competing units CONVERTER
–– Fanless design for reduced weight ASTRON CORPORATION
–– Designed to be mounted in the floor or cabin wall The N2412-series DC-
to-DC power converters
–– Input transient, overload and short-circuit protection are intended for use with
–– > 90% efficient FM transceivers and oth-
–– Optional remote On/Off er applications requiring a
12V power source converter from a 24V battery. These
units provide overvoltage, overcurrent, and short 2412-24
weight: 0.6 lb circuit protection.
dimensions: 2.75 × 3.75 × 1.2 in
–– Input voltage is 24 VDC – GRD only (functional between
+22 to +32 VDC – GRD)
input current: 5.0 A Nominal
output voltage: 5-18 VDC –– Output voltage is 13.8 VDC regulated from zero to full
output power: 120 watts
load within ±30 mV
regulation: 1% load, 2% temperature –– The N2412-12 delivers 10 amp continuous 12 amp
mating connector: MS3106A-14S-5S maximum while the N2412-24 delivers 20 amp continu-
case: blue anodized aluminum extrusion ous and 24 amp maximum
operating temperature: -65°F to +160°F (-55°C to +70°C) –– Provide excellent line/load regulation & low output ripple
altitude: 55,000 ft –– Converters may be turned on and off with the ignition
certification: FAA TSO C71 certified, RTCA DO-160G qualified switch by removing the jumper between ON/OFF and
VIN (voltage in) and connecting a wire from the ON/OFF
lug to the ignition
TC280 AC-TO-DC CONVERTER weight: 2412-12: 1.8 lb / 2412-24: 2 lb

TRUE BLUE POWER dimensions: 2412-12: 2 × 6.2 × 6 in / 2412-24: 2 × 6.2 × 7 in
EDMO# TC280
input voltage: 22 – 32 VDC
Produces 280 watts of pow- line/load regulation: 2412-12: 0.03 VDC / 2412-24: 0.04 VDC
er from an aircraft’s 115 VAC ripple: 20 mVrms
input. This unit is engineered continuous current: 2412-12: 10 A / 2412-24: 20 A
to run cooler than other simi-
16
peak current: 2412-12: 12 A / 2412-24: 24 A

lar units and it uses a fanless
design that reduces weight overvoltage protection: 16 VDC
and requires less energy. The TC280 is capable of power- efficiency: 88%
ing electronic equipment throughout the aircraft including
in-seat cabin and cockpit power applications.
EDMO# MFR# INPUT OUTPUT POWER (CONTINUOUS
–– Supplies 280 watts of 28-volt power (VDC) (VDC) VOLTAGE)
–– Compact, lightweight construction—lighter and smaller 2412-12 N2412-12 22 – 32 14 10 A
than competing units 2412-24 N2412-24 22 – 32 14 20 A
–– Fanless design for reduced weight
–– Designed to be mounted in the floor or cabin wall
–– Input transient, overload and short-circuit protection
Inverters
ST26 TACH GENERATOR ADAPTER

SANDIA AEROSPACE input voltage: 20 - 36 VDC
EDMO# 305662-00
input current: 10A at 28 VDC input
MFR# 305662-00
output voltage: TI250: 115 VAC ±3% / TI254: 115 VAC ±3%
The ST26 Tach Generator output frequency: TI250: 60 Hz ±0.1% / TI254: 400 Hz ±0.1%
Adapter converts turbine output waveform: single phase, true sine wave, <3% total harmonic
engine tach generators; sinu- distortion
soidal, 26 VAC – 400 Hz output into a digital signal. This
power conversion method: current mode control
adapter is compatible with aircraft instrument displays and
other control systems and is approved to work with most altitude: 55,000 ft
common aircraft tachometer models. humidity: Tested to < 95% for 10 days, temperature cycle
off 100°F to 150°F
temperature: -65°F to 160°F (-55°C to 70°C)
weight: 8 oz mating connector: MS3106A-18-9P (MCI P/N 9016905-1, -2)
dimensions: 5.06 × 0.99 × 3.35 in case: anodized aluminum extrusion, blue
operating voltage: 11 - 33 VDC certification: FAA TSO-C73 certified, RTCA DO-160G certified
current: 0.10 Amps part channel
operating temperature: -55°C - 70°C
EDMO# MFR# OUTPUT OUTPUT
max. operating altitude: 55,000 ft VOLTAGE: FREQUENCY:
approvals: TSO C49B, ETSO C49B, DO 160E
TI250 6430250-1 115 VAC ±3% 60 Hz ± 0.1%
TI254 6430250-2 115 VAC ±3% 400 Hz ± 0.1%
INVERTERS TI1200 SERIES STATIC INVERTER

TRUE BLUE POWER
The TI1200 Series Inverters
TI250 SERIES STATIC INVERTER supply 1200 watts of power
TRUE BLUE POWER to cabin accessories, galley
equipment, and entertainment
systems. The units in this
series are ideal for emergency
medical service, law enforce-
ment, and VIP cabin configu- TI1200
rations. TI1200 inverters pro-
duce 1200 watts of “wall outlet” power from an aircraft’s
28 VDC input. The TI1200 has the same connector and
footprint of legacy designs, plus overload and short-circuit
TI250 TI254 protection up to 150% of the rated load.
–– 1200 watts of power to multiple cabin accessories,
The TI250 Series inverters are efficient DC to AC static in- galley equipment and entertainment systems
verters that produce 250 watts of “wall outlet” power from
the aircraft’s 28 VDC input. Engineered with a fanless de- –– Compact —30% smaller than competing products
sign, the TI250 saves energy, operates cooler and weighs –– Lightweight at only 7.3 lb
only 2.2 pounds. The TI250 utilizes the same connector –– 88% efficient
and footprint as legacy designs and includes overload, –– Input transient, overload and short circuit protection—
short-circuit, and ground fault protection. up to 150% of rated load without damage
–– Supplies 250 watts of power to multiple cabin accesso- –– Optional remote on/off
ries, such as laptops, tablets, and cell phones
–– Compact design. Lightweight at only 2.2 lb
weight: 7.3 lb
16
–– 85% - 90% efficient

dimensions: 12 × 6.32 × 3.46 in
–– Input transient, overload, short-circuit protection up to output power: 1200 VA
150% of rated load without damage input voltage: 20 – 36 VDC
–– Ground fault interrupt (GFI) protection input current: 50A at 28 VDC input
–– Remote on/off output voltage: TI1200: 115 VAC ± 3% / TI1202: 230 VAC ± 3%
output frequency: TI1200: 60 Hz ± 0.1% / TI1202: 50 Hz ± 0.1%
output waveform: single phase, true sine wave < 3% total harmonic
weight: 2.2 lb distortion
dimensions: 6.74 × 5.94 × 2.02 in altitude: 55,000 ft
output power: 250 VA
Inverters
humidity: Tested to greater than 95% for 10 days, temperature connector: MS3102A-18-9P
cycle of 75° F to 160° F mating connector: MS3106A-18-9S (MCI P/N 9016905-1, -2)
temperature: –65° F to +160° F (-55° C to +70° C) case: anodized aluminum, blue
efficiency: 85-90% certification: FAA TSO-C73 and RTCA DO-160F
remote control: remote on/off optional
overload & short-circuit input transient, overload and short-circuit protection
protection: (up to 150% of rated load without damage)
integral tuning: dual, electronically-controlled brushless fans
mating connector: MS3106A24-12S TI10 STATIC INVERTER
MS3057-16A (cable clamp / backshell) TRUE BLUE POWER
case: anodized aluminum extrusion, blue EDMO# TI10
certification: FAA TSO-C73 certified, RTCA DO-160G qualified MFR# MD26-28
The TI10 static inverter from True
Blue Power is a DC-to-AC static
EDMO# MFR# OUTPUT OUTPUT inverter that provides 26-volt, 400
VOLTAGE: FREQUENCY: Hz AC power. Small in size at only
TI1200 KIT6431200-1 115 VAC ± 3% 60 Hz ± 0.1% 1.5 inches tall, this device provides reliable, stable voltage
TI1202 6431200-3 230 VAC ± 3% 50 Hz ± 0.1% and frequency in terms of its pure sine wave output, re-
gardless of input fluctuations. Ideal for use with bootstrap
synchros, weather radar systems, GAD 42 and GAD.
–– Compatible with 14 VDC and 28 VDC aircrafts (11 – 40
TI500 STATIC INVERTER VDC input range)
TRUE BLUE POWER –– Pure sine wave output 26 VAC, 400 Hz, 10 VA
EDMO# TI500
MFR# MD50 –– Provides reference and/or power for bootstrap syn-
chros, weather radar systems, GAD 42, GAD 43 and
Produces 115 volts at 60 Hz others
for 500 watts of wall outlet
power using the aircraft’s 28 –– Transient and reverse polarity protected
VDC input. This unit is lighter –– Compact and lightweight
and 30% smaller than sim- –– FAA PMA approved
ilar inverters yet it uses the
same connector and footprint used by legacy designs.
Equipped with overload and short circuit protection up weight: 0.28 lb
to 150% of the rated load. Perfect for powering cabin dimensions: 1.5 × 2.8 × 3.0 in
accessories. input voltage: 11 - 40 VDC
–– Supplies power for various cabin accessories such as input current: 1.7A max @ 11 VDC input, 10 VA load
laptops, cell phones and iPods output voltage: 26 ±1 VAC, 400 Hz ±0.5%, single phase
–– Input transient, overload and short-circuit protection— 10 VA pure sine wave, <3% distortion
up to 150% of rated load without damage altitude: -1,000 to 50,000 lb
–– The compact design is 30% smaller than competing humidity: 0 to 95% @25°C
products temperature: -55°C to 70°C
–– Remote on/off connector: terminal block
mounting: base mount
RF emissions: RTCA DO-160F, Section 21, Category M
certification: FAA PMA approved
weight: 3.9 lb
dimensions: 8.15 × 6.34 × 2.74 in
input current: 17 to 23A MPS28-115 DC TO AC
16
output: power: 500 VA / voltage: 115 VAC MINI PORTABLE INVERTER

output waveform: Single phase, true sine wave / <3% Total Harmonic Distortion DEKLIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC
output frequency: 60 Hz ± 1% EDMO# MPS28-115
efficiency: 85-90% –– 150 VA continuous output with
altitude: 55,000 ft. 200 VA peak power for five
humidity: tested to greater than 95% for 10 days, temperature cycle of minutes
75°F to 160°F
–– Lightweight, compact & portable
temperature: -65°F to +160°F (-55°C to +71°C)
protection: Input transient, overload and short circuit protection –– Provides short circuit and over-
(up to 150% of rated load without damage) load protection and easy access
to a user replaceable fuse
–– 400 VA surge power
Emergency Power Supplies
EMERGENCY POWER
weight:
dimensions:
1.08 lb
6.06 × 2.87 × 1.77 in SUPPLIES
input voltage: range: 22-30 VDC / nominal: 28 VDC
input current: 10 A max (at 200VA), 7.5 A nominal TS835 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY
standby input current: 0.20 A TRUE BLUE POWER
output voltage: 115 VAC The TS835 Series Lithium
output frequency: 60 Hz Emergency Power Supply uses
output waveform: modified sine wave Nanophosphate® lithium-ion
output power, continuous: 150 VA cell chemistry. This design pro-
output power, peak: 200 VA vides advantages over older,
efficiency: 90% lead-acid designs including a
battery low alarm: 22 VDC ± 0.5 VDC 63% reduction in weight, lower
battery low shutdown: 21 VDC ± 0.5 VDC maintenance costs & a longer
thermal protection: 176°F / 80°C usable life of up to 10 years.
This unit automatically provides 24.5 VDC power for
overload protection: yes
critical or standby equipment in the event of aircraft power
short circuit protection: yes failure and is equipped with an integrated 5 V output.
–– Automatically provides 24.5 VDC power for critical or
standby equipment in the event of aircraft power failure
–– Equipped with a 4.5 amp-hour Nanophosphate® lithi-
MPS28-300 DC TO AC um-ion battery
MINI PORTABLE INVERTER –– Includes an integrated 3.0-5.5 VDC adjustable output
DEKLIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC –– Uses A123 Systems’ advanced Nanophosphate®
EDMO# MPS28-300P lithium-ion technology that is safer and more chemically
MFR# MPS28-300P stable than older metal oxide lithium-ion chemistries
The MPS28-300 power sup- –– Maintains full charge by recharging during normal flight
ply provides 300 VA contin- operations
uous output in a compact,
portable, and lightweight unit. –– 63% lighter than legacy lead-acid designs
–– 300 VA continuous output –– Direct replacement for L-3 Avionics/JET PS-835 or PS-
855 (same rack mount and connector)
–– Lightweight, compact, and
portable –– Two-year maintenance schedule
–– 400 VA peak power for 5 min –– 10-year life expectancy
–– Provides short circuit and overload protection and easy
access to a user replaceable fuse weight: 4.8 lb
–– 400 VA surge power dimensions: 3.1 × 12.7 × 2.4 in
capacity: 4.5 amp-hour battery nominal
input: 24 – 32 VDC, 15 amps max.
weight: 1.76 lb output: 24.5 VDC nominal, 20 amps max
dimensions: 5.9 × 4.13 × 1.77 in TS835-5 includes 3.0 – 5.5 VDC adjustable lighting
input voltage: range: 22 – 30 VDC / nominal: 28 VDC output, 5.0 amps max
standby input current: 0.4 A protection: factory replaceable fuse
output voltage: 115 VAC mating connector: DPXB13-33S-0001
output frequency: 60 Hz rack mount: ¼ ATR rack
output waveform: modified sine wave case: anodized blue aluminum
output power, continuous: 300 VA battery: lithium-ion
output power, peak: 500 VA (5 minutes) certification: FAA TSO C179a certified
16
efficiency: 90% EASA ETSO C179a certified

battery low alarm: 22 VDC ± 0.5 VDC ANAC TSO C179a certified
battery low shutdown: 21 VDC ± 0.5 VDC Part 23 AML STC certified
RTCA/DO-160F qualified
thermal protection: 176°F / 80°C
RTCA/DO-311 qualified
overload protection: yes
short circuit protection: yes
EDMO# MFR# OUTPUT
TS835 MD835-1 24.5 VDC nominal, 20 amps max
TS835-5 TS835-5 same as TS835 with 3.0-5.5 VDC adjustable lighting
output, 5.0 amps max
Emergency Power Supplies
TS420 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY TT43 BATTERY TESTER AND CHARGER FOR TS420
TRUE BLUE POWER EDMO# TT43
EDMO# TS420 MFR# TT43
MFR# MD420 The TT43 battery tester
The TS420 Series and charger provides au-
Emergency Power tomatic capacity testing
Supply System is a and battery recharging
two-module sys- for the 4300 Series Life-
tem consisting of saver and TS420 Series
a remote-mounted emergency power supply batteries in five hours or less.
battery module and It can test and charge two batteries at once and it allows
panel-mounted annunciation control unit. This system for indefinite float charging (providing a continual low rate
provides 18 volts of rechargeable power for lighting or charge that compensates for the self-discharge rate of
critical avionics in the event of a power failure. The TS420 the battery) so that a charged battery is always ready.
automatically charges during flight, turns off after flight, The TT43 is equipped with a dot matrix LCD display and
and switches on in the event of power failure while in- microprocessor control.
flight conditions are detected. When in use, this system –– Tests and charges the removable battery of the 4300
provides power to one primary power output and three Series and TS420 Series Emergency Power Supply
lighting power outputs. The TS420 system can be operat-
ed manually but also provides an automatic function that –– Alphanumeric dot matrix LCD display provides dynamic
uses either air speed data collected from its integrated test status and measurements
pitot/static ports or electrical signals from an external –– Test or charge on or two batteries simultaneously in less
sensor to verify in-flight conditions. than 5 hours
–– Provides 18 volts of rechargeable power for lighting and –– Microprocessor control adjusts test to accurately com-
avionics pensate for acceptable battery variation
–– Capable of providing power for LED or incandescent –– Bright LEDs provide quick reference pass/fail results
lighting at 5, 14, or 28 VDC –– Can float charge batteries indefinitely to maintain an
–– This unit commences charging during flight, activates always-ready state
immediately in the event of power loss, and turns off
after flight
–– Remote, mini-annunciation switch controls test and supports: 4300 Series: 0.5 Ah battery
manual operations TS420: 0.5 Ah battery
–– Annunciator lighting provided by LED backlighting with TS420-1: 2.5 Ah battery
automatic internal dimming efficiency: tests/chargers up to two batteries simultaneously in <
5 hours
–– Field-replaceable battery modules
accuracy: microprocessor control adjusts test to accurately com-
–– Uses sealed lead-acid cells for improved reliability pensate for acceptable battery variation
–– Includes Mil-Spec connectors battery conditioning: can float charge batteries indefinitely to maintain an
always-ready state
display: alphanumeric dot matrix LCD display
weight: 3.2 lb indication: bright LEDs provide quick reference pass/fail results
dimensions: 3.35 × 6.75 × 3.38 in power supply: wall-outlet AC adapter included
capacity: 1.0 Ah (0.05C) at 25°C battery type: switch allows for selection of 0.5 Ah or 2.5 Ah battery
input power: 10 – 32 VDC, 0.25A nominal, 4.0A max at 14 VDC/2.0 protection: short-circuit protection and time out for failed batteries
max at 28 VDC
output power: 18 VDC nominal, 1.6 amps max
mating connectors: 25-pin female D-sub (MD25F20JVL0 or equivalent)
9-pin female D-Sub (MD9F20JVL0) or equivalent)
compatibility: provides 60 minutes or more of backup power to
Mid-Continents electric attitude indicator model 4200 or
16
4300 and lighting power for two additional instruments

(5, 14, 0r 28 V)
battery run time will vary depending on total power load
and battery charge status
certification: FAA TSO-C4c certified
RTCA DO-160E qualified
Tactical Communications &
Audio Systems
Airborne Telephone Adapters........................................................... 288

Audio Controllers.............................................................................. 272
Audio Mixer Panels........................................................................... 279
Audio Panels..................................................................................... 272
Audio Storage And Playback Unit.................................................... 283
Digital Audio Control System (DACS)............................................... 277
Interfaces & Accessories................................................................. 289
PA/Siren Systems............................................................................. 279
Tactical Radios................................................................................. 284
Audio Panels
AUDIO PANELS AUDIO CONTROLLERS

TMA44 STANDARD AUDIO PANEL AA95-1000 MULTI-USER AUDIO
EDMO# 01801-00-01 CONTROLLER
TRIG AVIONICS EDMO# AA95-1000
The TMA44 equips MFR# AA95-1000TSO
you for navigation COBHAM
and IFR flight, with switched inputs for; Nav 1, Nav 2, Based on the technology
ADF, Aux and DME. An illuminated marker beacon for ILS of its predecessors, the AA95 & AMS43 audio control-
approaches adds visual cues to marker audio tones. All lers & is intended for use in a variety of fixed/rotary-wing
switchgear has a positive feel, with adjustable panel illumi- aircraft. The advantage of the AA95-1000 over previous
nation for a great user experience day or night. generations is a customizable faceplate design that can
The TMA44 has two additional unswitched inputs includ- be fitted with snap-in legends to accommodate any
ed for audio alerts, such as stall or undercarriage warn- mission. Like previous models, this version provides full
ings. The option of playing music via two custom inputs transmit (TX), receive (RX) & intercom (ICS) functionality—
is enhanced by the TMA44’s ‘smooth fade’ feature. This this includes control of 5 transceiver positions, 6 receiver
automatically adjusts music levels to ensure vital radio inputs & 1 PA output. Additionally, passengers can control
information is always clearly received. RX & ICS functions. The AA95-1000 can be mounted
The unit has a 44 pin connector allowing a simple retro-fit using Dzus or quarter-turn fastening rail systems.
with older audio panels & is designed to fit into a standard –– Provides an independent control for each audio channel
avionics rack. Popular choice for GA aircraft owners look- that allows sidetone, ICS audio, and RX audio
ing to enhance their audio system, getting core functional- –– Can be customized for any configuration with snap-in
ity in a cost effective package. legends that are easy to order and install
–– Mono – audio inputs for phone / music –– Lighted faceplate
–– Smooth fade feature –– Boom mic support for pilot and copilot with ICS and
–– Simple user interface – easy to use XMIT functions via cyclic or yoke switching
–– Dedicated buttons for ADF and DME functions –– Provides the clearest possible ICS audio performance
–– Marker beacon receiver – with indicators with dynamic noise reduction and active filtering
–– Supports 2-4 seats –– ICS tie line for dual operation
–– Great value for fleet operators and flight schools –– Gold-plated switches, relay contacts, external connec-
tions
–– Sealed switches and relays—the relays are dry nitro-
TMA45 SUPERIOR AUDIO PANEL gen-filled units rated for shock and high vibration (50g)
EDMO# 01802-00-01
TRIG AVIONICS
Industry leading Trig weight: 2 lb
Digital Noise Re- dimensions: 8.07 × 5.75 × 1.88 in
duction (TDNR). By automatically selecting the optimum power: 0.25 A/28 VDC
level of squelch and mic threshold TDNR reduces cockpit lighting: 27.5 VDC @ 160 mA
noise. This improves your audio environment; it aids pilot temperature: -20°C to +70°C
concentration and combats fatigue. Our Superior panel altitude: 25,000 ft max
also features Trig Active Mute (TAM) this further removes
unwanted background noise from radio static, producing
class leading audio quality.
By creating a more comfortable audio environment you AMS4X & LEGACY AA9X MULTI-USER
are best placed to enjoy the TMA45’s stereo music AUDIO CONTROLLERS
entertainment and mobile phone connectivity. Integrated COBHAM
Bluetooth allows two portable electronic devices to be
connected providing stereo music and communication SINGLE CHANNEL
options – it’s the preferred solution for discerning pilots
who want to stay connected. The TMA45 is designed to The original AMS4x and AA9x
fit in a standard avionics rack. and their various models and
components are available for use
17
–– Stereo – full support for Bluetooth – phone / music in multiple applications including AMS43
–– High quality audio processing – TDNR and TAM EMS flight crews, EMS medical
–– Superior user interface – simple operation crews, and during police and military operations. Custom
–– Dedicated buttons for ADF and DME functions versions can be designed to spec. The AMS43 and AA95
series provide transmit and intercom (ICS) capabilities for
–– Marker beacon receiver – with indicators pilot and co-pilot plus intercom for up to four passengers.
–– Support 2-6 seats Panel controls include master RX volume, ICS volume and
–– Plug and play retro-fit for the GMA 340 squelch (VOX) adjust, an auto-receive function with select-
able receive switches for COM and NAV sources. These
Audio Controllers
units come with an ICS tie line so that multiple controllers EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
can be networked. Additionally, the AA95, 96, and 97 can
be custom configured to support up to six transceivers or AMS43 AMS43 single-channel audio controller
five transceivers plus a PA. AMS43TSO AMS43 TSO single-channel audio controller (TSO)
SINGLE CHANNEL OPTIONS-CUSTOM
DUAL CHANNEL Customers may still order legacy versions of the AA94, 5, 6, 7 and components,
including custom versions that can be designed to spec.
The dual-channel AMS42 and AA95-xxx AA95-xxx TSO Legacy AA95 parts/custom
AMS44 take up the same
AA96-xxx AA96-xxx Legacy AA96 parts/custom
amount of space as a single
controller and allow the pilot AA97-xxx AA97-xxx Legacy AA97 parts/custom
DUAL CHANNEL OPTIONS
and copilot to independent-
ly select radio transmit and AMS42 AMS42 dual channel audio controller
AMS42 AMS42F AMS42F USFS version – 4 comm configuration
receiver audio while also
supplying the crew and up to AMS42U AMS42U USFS version – 5 comm configuration
five passengers with intercom AMS44 AMS44 dual channel audio controller
support. Each pilot can choose AMS44N AMS44N includes NVG light
their own communication setup INSTALL KIT
specific to their role and each AA90-IKC D50S37SL-IKC crimp install kit for AA90/AMS series
is equipped with a selection of Additional versions available; please call us or visit www.edmoap.com.au for more
receiver select switches so that AMS44 options including variants of the AA94, 5, 6, and 7.
the pilots may operate inde-
pendently of each other. Both units can accommodate up
to five COMs with auto-receive function and the AMS42
is set up with receiver select switches for the first four
COMs. COM 5 is set up for auto receive only and NAV
inputs are selectable by internal dip switches. Another N301A SINGLE USER AUDIO
variant of the dual-channel controller, the AA94, can be
customized for specific needs and/or missions. CONTROLLER
COBHAM
STANDARD FUNCTIONS - BOTH AMS4X AND AA9X UNITS The N301A single-user
The integrated intercom provides a high headphone out- audio controller provides
put with up to 500 mW per channel and uses the propri- extensive noise suppres-
etary Active Noise Filtering (ANFTM) system that provides sion, fully floating inputs
the best possible communications in noisy aircraft envi- to remove ground-loop
ronments or common mode noise
and supports both high
–– The intercom voice activated squelch (VOX) provides and low-impedance
hand-free ICS operation N301A-201
headsets with the ability
–– Two direct inputs accommodate functions including Rad to adjust mic outputs for
Alt, GPS Alerts, Low Rotor, or Telephone ringer each transceiver. This unit can be used in new installations
–– Emergency mode switch on the front panel switches where single or multiple user networks (up to 10 stations)
the pilot headphones directly to the selected radios are required. The N301A includes split RX and ICS volume
while mic control is maintained using the transmit select controls, VOX squelch control, an additional RX input
switch for each available radio for the AUX TX position, and an extra Nav Aid position.
The N301A is also includes additional internal inputs to
–– Models AMS43, AA95 and AA97 provide three internal improve airframe alerting capability.
alert tone generators: single-tone, two-tone, and timed
siren –– Each panel is self-contained with solid-state modular
plug-in construction, sealed switching devices for low
noise and gold switch/relay contacts for long life
SPECIFICATIONS FOR AMS43, AA95, 96, 97, AMS42, AMS44,
–– Includes a CVR output, TX annunciator light, emergen-
AA92H, AND AA94 cy mode switch, second connector for supplemental
weight: 2 lb inputs, two additional ICS buses (PVT and NAT) to
dimensions: 6.75 × 5.75 × 1.88 in support more complex ICS networks
power: 22- 32 VDC at 250 mA typical (excluding lamps) –– Includes a VOX circuit and front panel control for a
lighting: 160 mA/28 VDC (Max. 600 mA/5 VDC) voice-activated intercom
17
temperature: -20°C to +55°C –– This unit is offered in standard configurations or cus-

altitude: 25,000 ft max. tomized panel layouts with 5 VDC or 28 VDC standard
white lighting, plus optional NG friendly or NVIS green
compliant lighting
–– The N301A is a plug-compatible replacement for the
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION Andrea A301-6
SINGLE CHANNEL OPTIONS
–– N301A-2xx/3xx models can be customized for any
mission with snap-in 55-06-xxxx legends that are easy
to order and install
Audio Controllers
weight: 1.75 lb lighting: 27.5 VDC @ 200 mA max. (AA12S-001)

dimensions: 3.7 × 5.75 × 2.625 in (rear of unit is 5 in wide) 13.5 VDC @ 400 mA max. (AA12S-004)
power: 22 – 32 VDC @ 0.17 A typical temperature: -20°C to +55°C
lighting: 160 mA/28 VDC / 600 mA/5 VDC / blue/white or NVG altitude: 50,000 ft
temperature: -20°C to +70°C
altitude: 25,000 ft max.
EDMO# DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE
AA12S-001 compact audio controller 28
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION AA12S-002 same as AA12S-001 with faceplate changes (ADF 28
N301A-000 N301A-000 single user audio controller becomes ADF/MKR, DME/MKR becomes TRFC)
N301A-200 N301A-200 standard lighting HI Z AA12S-004 same as AA12S-001 except voltage 14
N301A-201 N301A-201 NVIS green B backlight HI Z AA12S-005 same as AA12S-004 except voltage 28
N301A-202 N301A-202 NVIS green A backlight HI Z AA12S-012 same as AA12S-001 with 6 place voice-activated 28
N301A-300 N301A-300 dual impedance/blue/white backlight intercom
N301A-301 N301A-301 dual impedance NVIS green B backlight INSTALL KIT
N301A-302 N301A-302 dual impedance NVIS green A backlight AA12S-IKC crimp install kit AA12S-XXX
INSTALL KIT
D50S15SL-C D50S15SL-IKC crimp install kit for N301/N301A
AA24 AUDIO CONTROLLER
COBHAM
AA12S COMPACT AUDIO CONTROLLER The AA24 and AA25 sin-
COBHAM gle user audio controllers
The AA12S audio con- provide dedicated individ-
trollers are Dzus-mount- ual control panels for each
ed units with an integral user in larger, multi-station
4-place stereo, voice-ac- installations. These units are
tivated intercom that provides intercom capabilities for equipped with interchange- AA24-001
the pilot, copilot and two passengers (PAX). The AA12S able connector mapping and multi-station junction boxes
accepts stereo music inputs from portable or fixed enter- that make it possible to quickly install large audio systems.
tainment systems to produce high-quality stereo headset –– Accommodates up to four transceivers: a PA position,
output. The AA12S’s radio functions include selectable five switched NAV inputs and a dedicated alerting input
transmit capability for the pilot and copilot on 3 COM and are designed with fully floating inputs to prevent
radios and a PA; receive audio selections include COM1, ground-loop and common mode noise
COM2, COM3, MKR, NAV, ADF, and DME. Each of the –– Panel controls include independent VOX, ICS level & ra-
four mics has individual VOX gating; each gate may also dio level adjustments & a two-color TX/ICS annunciator
be activated with the corresponding ICS keyline –– ICS features ICS tie line & ANF noise reduction system
–– ICS muting is automatic during radio transmission –– May be specified for either high or low impedance
–– Comes configured for use with a standard bi-directional headsets and/or helmets and can be custom-config-
ICS audio TIE line for multi-unit interface (depending on ured to meet mission requirements
the configuration); the crew and PAX are always con- –– Integral intercom - headphone output of 200 mW
nected except in the case of Pilot ISO mode, when the
pilot is disconnected from the ICS tie line –– Voice-activated squelch (VOX) uses voice-tracking
circuit that combines low noise audio processing with
–– Custom configurations are available in which one or selective voice-band squelch triggering for effective,
more receiver audio inputs can be configured as an hands-free ICS operation
unswitched Direct Audio input
–– Provides the following audio levels (may be adjusted at
installation or during service provided by an approved
dealer): ICS balance, ICS bass level, music balance, weight: 1.2 lb (AA24)
music bass level, music mute level, RX balance, RX 1.5 lb (AA25)
volume level, sidetone level dimensions: 7.55 × 5.75 × 1.49 in (max dimensions AA24)
2.62 × 7.44 × 5.75 in (max dimensions AA25)
17
power: 28 VDC (reverse and over voltage protection)

weight: 1.2 lb 400 mA max
dimensions: 5.58 × 5.75 × 1.12 in lighting: 28 VDC @ 160 mA
power: 11-30 VDC operating range temperature: -40°C to +70°C (operating)
30.3 VDC (maximum) altitude: 25,000 feet max
13.8 VDC or 27.5 VDC @ 600 mA (nominal, one input for both)
11.0 VDC (minimum)
Audio Controllers
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION –– Rear Call annunciators illuminate when a rear call signal
is activated
AA24-001 AA24-001 single user
AA24-013 AA24-013 NVIS green A –– ICS function switching is a passive circuit so it continues
AA24-015 AA24-015 NVIS green A, custom to operate without power (annunciators and outputs fail
without power)
AA25-001 AA25-001 single user with individual RCV volume controls
INSTALL KIT
AA24-IKC D37S15SL-IKC install kit for AA24/25
weight: 0.5 lb
dimensions: 2.82 × 5.75 × 1.13 in (max)
power: +28 VDC
AA30 EXPANSION SWITCHES 155 mA max @ +27.5 VDC / 80 mA max @ +27.5 VDC
COBHAM annunciators: Rear Call (left): amber (dimming)
Compact, Dzus-mounted Rear Call (right): amber (dimming)
switch expansion units that ISO: amber (dimming
support up to four trans- Common: green (dimming)
ceivers with individual RX temperature: -40°C to +55°C (normal) / -55°C to +85°C (survival)
volume control (depends altitude: 25,000 feet
on variation of AA30). AA30-008
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
weight: 1.05 lb
AA31-001 provides active grounds for external annunciation
dimensions: 6.20 × 5.75 × 2.5 in
AA31-002 same as -001 except provides voltage to annunciation
power: 0.25 A / 28 VDC
AA31-006 same as -002 with modes: COPIL ISO, PIL ISO, REAR ISO, ALL
COMMON
AA31-104 same as -002 but NVG version
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION INSTALL KIT
AA30-008 AA30-008 single expansion AA31-IKC installation crimp kit
AA30-051 AA30-051 dual expansion More versions available. Visit www.edmoap.com.au or call +618
AA30-EVG AA30-EVG custom NVG-friendly version 8182 5511 for more information.
More versions available. Visit www.edmoap.com.au or call +618
8182 5511 for more information.
AA38-XXX LOCAL ICS LOOPS
COBHAM
AA31 ICS MODE CONTROLLER The AA38-5xx, -6xx, -7xx,
COBHAM and -8xx Series Local ICS
The AA31 ICS Mode loops are remote, bulk-
Controllers organize an head mounted units that
aircraft audio system into support a wide variety
multiple intercom circuits of ICS loop applications,
for independent or com- particularly isolation/ICS
AA31-002 amplifier use, where the
mon operation. These units are ideal for appli- AA38-02
cations in which multiple independent operations occur output is required to be
within the aircraft that require isolation and the ability to headset or line level. The AA38 units can be connected to
share common communications. The AA31 provides ICS larger audio systems via a switch-selectable NAT/Andrea
switching for three or four audio controllers or other devic- or NAT/SuperNAT ICS tie line. An auxiliary input allows
es incorporating an ICS tie line. In addition, the AA31 has audio input from an audio panel or transceiver.
provisions for driving external annunciators and interfacing –– ICS level and VOX sensitivity adjustments are provided
for ICS calling. for each headset position and for the AUX level
–– Front panel annunciators provide positive indication of –– PTT drop cords can be added and configured to allow
the ICS mode selection; an LED on the right of the ICS individual selection of headset volume, intercom op-
function knob lights green to indicate ICS function is all eration in VOX, LIVE, or PTT mode, and independent
common while the LED to the left of the ICS function TX PTT capability for AA38 models equipped with TX
knob lights amber to indicate that any of the ICS func- functions
17
tions are in the isolated position –– Small and compact to fit into areas with limited space
–– Equipped with four annunciator outputs, one for each –– Mapped interconnect simplifies the installation process
ICS function
–– AA38-5xx series provide live, VOX, or keyed ICS for 4
–– 4 annunciator outputs, one output for each ICS function or 8 users (depending on model) with low impedance
–– Provides load matching so that the ICS levels do not headsets
change as the ICS function is changed; when the AA31 –– AA38-6xx series provide live, VOX, or keyed ICS for 4
isolates an audio controller’s ICS tie line, it connects a or 8 users (depending on model) with high impedance
resistor, equal to the load of the ICS tie line, in place of headsets
the isolated audio controller
Audio Controllers
–– AA38-7xx series provide an external ICS volume control DIGITAL ICS TIE LINE ADAPTER
and live, VOX or keyed ICS for 4 users with low imped- COBHAM
ance headsets Provides an interface between
–– AA38-8xx series local ICS loops provide and external AEM audio products with an
ICS volume control, and live, VOX or keyed ICS for 8 ICS tie line or SuperNAT tie line
users with high impedance headsets and other proprietary bi-direc-
–– AA38-503, AA38-603, and AA38-703 models have tional and uni-directional ICS
prioritized transmit capabilities for all users with priority tie lines. This is especially useful when integrating AEM
given to user #1 and lowest to user #4 products with an existing system. The following functions
may be adjusted by the user:
–– Universal microphone output levels (not impedances)
weight: 1.14 lb (AA38-501, -504, -505) –– Universal bi-directional ICS tie line output levels and
2 lb (AA38-502) impedances
0.80 lb (AA38-601) –– Attenuation of the analog audio signal arriving on the
1.37 lb (AA38-602) universal ICS tie line or microphone input
1.20 lb (AA38-603)
1.44 lb (AA38-802)
–– Attenuation of the analog audio signal arriving on the
NAT ICS tie line
dimensions: 4.88 × 5.91 × 1.18 in (AA38-501, -504, -505)
4.88 × 5.91 × 2.26 in (AA38-502) –– Output level of the NAT bi-directional ICS tie line
4.88 × 5.91 × 1.18 in (AA38-601) –– Universal bi-directional tie line can be configured to one
4.88 × 5.91 × 2.26 in (AA38-602) of four possible proprietary tie lines
4.88 × 5.91 × 1.9 in (AA38-603)
4.95 × 5.94 × 1.94 in (AA38-802)
MIC inputs: 4 or 8 mic inputs: 0.250 mV/5W weight: 0.6 lb
headset outputs: 4 or 8: 100 mW @ 8 or 600W dimensions: 4.59 × 4.54 × 1.4 in
Balanced output for high common mode noise rejection input/output: dB systems: 400 mVrms into 430 ohms
ICS tie lines: 1 or 2: 1.6 kW (NAT) or 250W (Andrea) Gemelli 400 mVrms into 150 ohms
2 ± 0.2 kW for NAT and SuperNAT telephonics: 400 mVrms into 150 ohms
AUX input: 1 or 2: 1 kW Andrea: 2.8 mVrms into 600 ohms
temperature: -45° to +55°C (ambient) / -55° to +85°C (survival) Honeywell: 7.7 mVrms into 600 ohms
mounting: bulkhead mount with four 10-32 screws power: 0.3 A / 28 VDC
material/finish: 5052-H32 brushed aluminum with chromate conversion finish
connectors: filtered male 37—in D-subminiature connector with positronics
V5 locking tabs. (Two in the AA38-502, -503, -602, -603, EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
-703, and -802) AA36-100 AA36-100 digital ICS tie line adapter
INSTALL KIT
AA37-IKC AA37-IKC crimp install kit

4 PLACE INTERCOM
AA38-501 AA38-501 LO Z local ICS loop, 1 ICS tie line, 1 AUX input, LIVE, MODEL 380 AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
VOX or PTT operation COBHAM
AA38-504 AA38-504 LO Z local ICS loop, 1 ICS tie line, 1 AUX; LIVE, VOX or The 380-Series Multi-User
PTT operation Audio Selector Panel is
AA38-601 AA38-601 Hi Z local ICS loop, 1 ICS tie line, 1 AUX input, LIVE, compatible with a variety of
VOX or PTT operation aircraft cockpit applications
8 PLACE INTERCOM with a design that accom-
AA38-502 AA38-502 LO Z local ICS loop, 2 ICS tie lines, 2 AUX inputs, LIVE, modates custom front
VOX or PTT operation panel configurations and
AA38-602 AA38-602 Hi Z local ICS loop, 2 ICS tie lines, 2 AUX inputs, LIVE, switch configurations. This
VOX, or PTT operation unit can receive input from NAT380-037
AA38-802 AA38-802 Hi Z with master volume, 2 ICS tie lines: 2, 2 RX input up to 13 receivers, stereo
LIVE, VOX, or PTT operation music, five auxiliary unmated
4 PLACE INTERCOM WITH TRANSMIT inputs, oxygen mask microphone, six cabin microphones,
17
AA38-603 AA38-603 Hi Z local ICS loop, 1 ICS tie line, 1 AUX input, LIVE, and one observer microphone or hand mic. The model
VOX or PTT operation, individual TX PTT for each user 380 outputs support two pilot headphones, six cabin
(ascending priority) headphones, up to eight transceivers (radios) and CVR.
More versions available. Visit www.edmoap.com.au or call +618
Each receiver input is controlled with a push on/push off
8182 5511 for more information.
volume control; the selected transceiver’s audio/sidetone
is automatically selected via the “autocom” feature. All mic
inputs feature independent Dynamic VOX noise reduc-
tion capability. Two independent interphone lines provide
isolated or combined cockpit and cabin intercom (ICS)
Digital Audio Control System (DACS)
capability. The emergency mode provides direct connec- connected to all audio input devices and it completes all
tion between the pilot’s headset and either Com 1 or Com audio processing. The RM01 is a remote memory unit for
2, whichever is configured at time of install. DACS, a small, remote-mounted device that connects to
–– Supports up to eight transmit radios the AMU50 via a digital bus; this device stores the sys-
tem’s configuration and aural alert files (remotely) which
–– Five NAV receiver inputs allows the AMU50 to be replaced as needed without the
–– Five unswitched inputs need to reconfigure the replacement unit.
–– Two crew headsets –– The DACS provides six direct (unswitched) audio inputs
–– Up to six passenger headsets that are fixed gain type, but can be adjusted using the
–– Stereo music inputs configuration management software (these inputs are
configurable using the DACS configuration manage-
–– Dynamic VOX noise reduction ment software)
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION –– DACS includes an integrated aural alert generator that
380-037 380-037 audio control panel
provides eight tone/voice warnings with multiple levels
of priority (configuration software allows the customer to
380-005 380-005 audio control panel
load their own warning/alert messages as .wav files)
–– The system configuration is defined and loaded using a
computer and DACS DevCS (device configuration soft-
ware); this includes the number of radios, number and
type of users, headset impedances, number of ACPs,
DIGITAL AUDIO CONTROL number and type of user associated with each ACP,
VOX control for the passengers, input/output levels for
SYSTEM (DACS) the transceivers and receivers
DIGITAL AUDIO CONTROL SYSTEM

COBHAM weight: 1.01 lb max. (ACP51)
1.76 lb max (ACP53)
4.11 lb max. (AMU50)
0.09 lb max. (RM01)
dimensions: 2.62 × 5.75 × 2.25 in (ACP51)
2.62 × 5.75 × 3 in (ACP53)
11 × 7.48 × 2.23 in (AMU50)
1.69 × 2.21 × 0.71 in (RM01)
power: 27.5 VDC, 2.5A nominal
Left to right: ACP51, RM01, AMU50, ACP53
MIC inputs: 7 inputs, 3 impedances selectable:
The digital audio control system (DACS) is a communica- 5 ohms (250 uVrms), 75 ohms (850 mVrms) or 150
tions management system that distributes and controls all headset outputs: 7 outputs, 3 impedances available:
aircraft audio between transceivers, receivers, and audio 8ohms (250mW),150ohms (250mW),600ohms (250mW)
warning sources. This integrated, multi-channel intercom radio audio inputs: 16 inputs, 1 to 20 Vrms inputs range 600 ohms input
system can be configured to the operator’s communi- impedance
cation schemes using the programmable user definition radio mic outputs: 8 outputs, 50 mVrms to 1 Vrms output range, <60 ohms
capabilities. The components of the system include the output impedance
audio control panels (ACP51 or ACP53), audio manage- radio PTT outputs: 8 outputs, active Lo
ment unit (AMU50), and the remote memory (RM01). The direct audio inputs: 6 inputs, fixed audio output levels, 1 to 15 Vrms input range,
audio management unit is the system’s primary compo- 600 ohms input impedance
nent and it can be connected to up to eight transceivers CVR outputs: 2 CVR outputs, one for pilot and one for co-pilot, <600
and receivers, up to six direct audio inputs and audio ohms output impedance, 500 mVrms output
control panels. The audio management unit distributes aural warnings: 8 internal alerts, messages are .WAV files, assigned by NAT
all radio audio to each user and can be connected to up config management software, can be active Hi rLo
to seven headsets (standard configuration is two crew DF blanking output: 1 blanking output, active Lo
and five passengers but any passenger headset can be music inputs: 2 inputs, 2 input ranges – 400 mVrms or 2.5 Vrms, 1000
assigned to an ACP to upgrade the passenger to a crew ohm input impedance
member with full capabilities). ACP/AMU protocol: RS-422
lighting: 5/28 V standard, 5 V optional, NVIS compliant optional
COMPONENTS
17
compliance: TSO-C139 – aircraft audio systems and equipment

The ACPs are essentially terminals that monitor switch DO-214, Class lb, DO-178B, Level C
selections and provide system power to status indicators ETSO-C50c – audio selector panels and amplifiers
while communicating with the audio management unit; DO-214, Class lb
ACPs are available in two packages, one for flight crews DO160E Env. Cat.
(transceiver audio and receiver audio controls) and one for [(A4)(D1)]-BBB[(SBM)(U2FF1)]XXXXXXZZAZ[ZC][RR]
cabin crew/mission specialists (transceiver audio controls H[A3J33]XXXX
only). All radio legends for the ACP5x units are “snap-in”
type for easier installation. The audio management unit is
Digital Audio Control System (DACS)
EDMO# DESCRIPTION DACS ACCESSORIES

ACP51 – TYPICALLY FOR BACKSEAT CREW COBHAM
ACP51-100 NVIS green “A” lighting; both 5V and 28V supported
ACP51-101 blue and white non-NVIS lighting; both 5V/28V supported
HORIZONTAL LEGEND CAPS FOR COBHAM DACS
ACP51-102 NVIS green “B” lighting; both 5V/28V supported For use with the DACS ACP51, ACP53 & N301A-2xx/3xx.
ACP53 – TYPICALLY FOR COCKPIT CREW EDMO# MFR# LEGEND TEXT
ACP53-000 blue and white non-NVIS lighting; both 5V/28V supported HORIZONTAL LEGEND CAPS
ACP53-001 NVIS green “B” lighting; both 5V/28V supported 55-06-000 55-06-000 blank
ACP53-600 vertically aligned NVIS green “B” lighting; both 5V/28V supported 55-06-ADF 55-06-ADF ADF
INSTALL KIT 55-06-ADF1 55-06-ADF1 ADF1
ACP50-IKC ACP5X crimp kit 55-06-ADF2 55-06-ADF2 ADF2
55-06-AM 55-06-AM AM
55-06-ANN 55-06-ANN ANN
EDMO# DESCRIPTION 55-06-AVL1 55-06-AVL1 AVL1
AMU50 AUDIO MANAGEMENT UNIT 55-06-AVL2 55-06-AVL2 AVL2
AMU50-001 digital audio management unit 55-06-AVL3 55-06-AVL3 AVL3
ACCESSORIES 55-06-CELL 55-06-CELL CELL
AMU50-IKC crimp install kit for AMU50 55-06-DF1 55-06-DF1 DF1
ERU50-001 emergency relay unit for DACS 55-06-DF2 55-06-DF2 DF2
ERU50-IKC install kit for ERU50 55-06-DL 55-06-DL DL
55-06-DSC 55-06-DSC DSC
55-06-DVR 55-06-DVR DVR
EDMO# DESCRIPTION 55-06-DZMZ 55-06-DZMZ DZMZ
RM01 REMOTE MEMORY MODULE
55-06-ECOM 55-06-ECOM ECOM
RM01-001 DACS remote memory module 55-06-FM1 55-06-FM1 FM
INSTALL KIT 55-06-FM2 55-06-FM2 FM2
RM01-IKC RM01 crimp install kit 55-06-HF 55-06-HF HF
55-06-LVHF 55-06-LVHF LVHF
55-06-MAR 55-06-MAR MAR
55-06-MB1 55-06-MB1 MB1
DACS PASSENGER ICS AMPLIFIER 55-06-MKR 55-06-MKR MKR,
COBHAM 55-06-MVHF 55-06-MVHF MVHF
EDMO# PIA01-001 55-06-NAV1 55-06-NAV1 NAV1
It is a remote mounted 55-06-NAV2 55-06-NAV2 NAV2
unit that connects up to 55-06-PA 55-06-PA PA
12 passengers (6 head- 55-06-PC1 55-06-PC1 PC1
set connections on the 55-06-PC2 55-06-PC2 PC2
PIA, each supporting two headsets in parallel, if desired) 55-06-RALT 55-06-RALT RALT
to the DACS. The PIA01’s capabilities can be expanded 55-06-RGR 55-06-RGR RGR
via an analog or digital ICS tie line connection. The PIA01 55-06-RWR 55-06-RWR RWR
may be configured for multiple customized applications; 55-06-SAR 55-06-SAR SAR
it can support 1 of 3 microphone impedances and one of 55-06-SAT 55-06-SAT SAT
three headphone impedances and the microphone and 55-06-SAT2 55-06-SAT2 SAT2
headphone impedances selected apply to all users on the
55-06-SHF 55-06-SHF SHF
system. When paired with DACS, the unit is connected
to the audio management unit (AMU) using a digital ICS 55-06-SKY1 55-06-SKY1 SKY1
tie line connected to a serial data port. The PIA01 system 55-06TACAN 55-06-TACAN TACAN
parameters may be configured using a PC connected to 55-06-TCAD 55-06-TCAD TCAD
the AMU. Can also be used as a stand-alone passenger 55-06-TRC 55-06-TRC TRC
intercom amplifier. Provides a stereo music input 55-06-TRS 55-06-TRS TRS
55-06-TVN 55-06-TVN TVN
55-06-TVU 55-06-TVU TVU
weight: 1.65 lb 55-06-UHF 55-06-UHF UHF
17
dimensions: 7.95 × 6.65 × 1.35 in 55-06-UHF1 55-06-UHF1 UHF1

input power: input current: 2.0 A maximum @ 28 VDC 55-06-VHF1 55-06-VHF1 VHF1
nominal: +28 VDC 55-06-VHF2 55-06-VHF2 VHF2
maximum: +30.3 VDC 55-06-VHF3 55-06-vhf3 VHF3
minimum: +22 VDC 55-06-VHI 55-06-VHI VR
emergency: +18 VDC 5506-XPNDR 55-06-XPNDR XPNDR
altitude: 50,000 feet max 55-06-XM 55-06-XM XM
Audio Mixer Panels
VERTICAL LEGEND CAPS FOR COBHAM DACS EDMO# DESCRIPTION

For use with the DACS ACP51 & ACP53. AA35-201W panel mount AA35 potentiometer panel. provides signal combina-
EDMO# MFR# LEGEND TEXT tions of up to 12 in / 12 out or 12 in / 1 composite out. 2.5 Vrms
or 7Vrms input level. Output 7.7 Vrms or 100 mW/600 ohm max
VERTICAL LEGEND CAPS
AA35-400 remote mount AA35 for TAWS applications. Provides signal com-
55-07-000 55-07-000 blank
binations or up to three in /three out or three in / one composite
55-07-DME 55-07-DME DME
out. .5 Vrms or 7 Vrms input level. Output 7.7 Vrms or 100
55-07-FONE 55-07-FONE FONE mW/600 ohm max
55-07-MKR1 55-07-MKR1 MKR1 55-14-010 faceplate for AA35 / NVIS B
55-07-MKR2 55-07-MKR2 MKR2 INSTALL KITS
55-07-NAV1 55-07-NAV1 NAV1 AA35-IKC-1 crimp install kit for AA35
55-07-NAV2 55-07-NAV2 NAV2
55-07-PA 55-07-PA PA
55-07-SAT 55-07-SAT SAT
55-07-TAC
55-07-TAC1
55-07-TAC
55-07-TAC1
TAC
TAC 1
PA/SIREN SYSTEMS
55-07-TAC2 55-07-TAC2 TAC 2
55-07-TAC3 55-07-TAC3 TAC 3 LSC22 SERIES LOUD SPEAKER / SIREN
55-07-UHF 55-07-UHF UHF CONTROLLER
55-07-VHF1 55-07-VHF1 VHF 1 ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP
EDMO# LSC22*
55-07-VHF2 55-07-VHF2 VHF 2
The LSC22 Series
surpass the capabil-
ities of preceding models of siren controllers by provid-
ing an enhanced degree of centralized control over an
aircraft’s internal & external loud speaker systems. It is
AUDIO MIXER PANELS compatible with AEM’s LSA series loud speaker amplifiers
& legacy AEM PA equipment.
The LSC22 provides on-board digital storage for record-
AA35 AUDIO MIXER PANEL ing up to three messages that can be broadcast through
COBHAM
the loudspeaker system. A front panel AUX input allows
The AA35 audio panel mixer is the user to broadcast recorded messages from an MP3
a six or 12 channel summing player or smart phone. These two features allow for
amplifier with independent broadcasting voice only—eliminating cockpit noise inher-
level control for each input and ent in live microphone broadcasting.
can be used as an expansion –– The siren can be modified to meet individual user needs
AA35-001
panel for existing audio controllers.
–– Optional NVG lighting available
weight: 1.1 lb
dimensions: 5.68 × 5.75 × 1.12 in / 4.78 in depth behind panel weight: 1.1 lb
4.9 in width behind panel dimensions: 6.32 × 5.77 × 1.11 in
mounting: Dzus rail approvals: Environmental: DO-160G, Performance Spec: DO-214
material/finish: chassis and cover are 5052-H32 brushed aluminum with
conversion coating finish
AA20/AA21 PA/SIREN CONTROLLERS
COBHAM
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
AA35-000 AA35 base model, no faceplate
AA35-001 panel mount AA35 base model. Provides signal combinations of AA20-431 AA21-400
17
up to six in / six out or six in / one composite out. 2.5 Vrms or 7 The AA2x PA/siren controllers are used for internal pas-
Vrms input level. Output 7.7 Vrms or 100 mW/600 Ohm max senger address systems and external public address/
Panel lighting 28 VDC (normal) siren systems. The various models offer different options
AA35-100 remote mount AA35 model. provides signal combinations of up to including remote or panel-mounted keying front panel
six in / six out or six in / one composite out. 2.5 Vrms or 7 Vrms power switch and LED, and high and low level inputs.
input level. Output 7.7 Vrms or 100 mW/600 ohm max The AA20-431 is a self-contained PA controller with a
medium output power amplifier (25-30 W) that provides
auto-chime plus both speaker and phone outputs. The
PA/Siren Systems
AA21-400 controllers provide both internal and external

PA an/or siren control and are compatible with AEM LSA
PA siren systems. weight: 1 lb
dimensions: 6.32 × 5.75 × 1.11 in
–– Self-contained 35-watt amplifier provides excellent pas- TSO compliance: DO-160C Env. Cat. B1-BA[MN]XXXXXXABBBBXXXXX
senger address capabilities or ramp hailer
–– Additional control lines are provided to interface with PA
amplifiers for high output PA/siren
–– Dzus rail mounted EDMO# DESCRIPTION
AA22-110 Standard swept siren, adjustable rate/tone
Mode select switch, PA/radio monitor
weight: 1.3 lb (AA20-431) / 1.4 lb (AA21-400) >50 mW output into 150 Ohms
dimensions: 5.75 × 1.11 × 6.83 in (AA20-431) 6 Vrms nominal siren output into 600 Ohms
5.75 × 1.11 × 6.83 in (AA21-400) 70 mA nominal current consumption
power: 2.0 A / 28 VDC (AA20-431) PA and siren override at all times
2.3 A / 28 VDC (int amp); 0.4 A/28 VDC (extl amp)(AA21-400) +28 VDC switched power output
TSO C50c: RTCA DO-170 Class II DO-160C (AA20-431) Use with PA110 and PA220 series amplifiers
RTCA DO-170 Class II DO-160D (AA21-400) AA22-160 Wail/yelp swept siren, adjustable rate/tone
Mode select switch, PA/Radio monitor
6 Vrms nominal audio output into 600 Ohms
6 Vrms nominal siren output into 600 Ohms
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
70 mA nominal current consumption
AA20-431 three-tone chime, mode select, PA/music, 30W output into 8 +28 VDC switched power output
ohm, 80 mW max. into 600 ohm, PA/seatbelt, no smoking Use with PA110 and PA220 series amplifiers
keys-active low, message key-active high supports up to 8 Can be selected as a radio with keyline serving as siren key
headsets AA22-163 Same as AA22-160, with locking PA/RADIO select switch
AA21-400 mode select, PA/music, 35 W max. output into 8 ohm, 6.5 AA22-170 Same as AA22-163, with 28 VDC NVG-suitable lighting
Vrms max. into 600 ohm, PA key—active low; PA110/PA220/ AA22-171 Same as AA22-163 with NVIS B lighting
PA250/PA700 outputs; radio input 2.5 Vrms into 1k ohm AA22-173 Same as AA22-160 with AUX input, no PA input
INSTALL KITS
AA22-492 PA siren controller for PA250/700
AA35-IKC-1 crimp install kit for use with AA20-431 Wail/yelp swept siren, adjustable rate/tone
D25SV-IKC crimp install kit for use with AA21-400 Mode select switch, PA/radio monitor
500 mVrms nominal audio output into 600 Ohms
450 mVrms nominal siren output into 600 Ohms
Siren override at all times
AA22 SERIES PA DRIVER/SIREN 70 mA nominal current consumption
CONTROLLERS Used with PA250 and PA700-series amplifiers
ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CORP. Can be selected as a radio with keyline serving as siren key
The AA22 Series PA AA22-493 PA siren controller for PA250/700
driver and siren con- Wail/yelp swept siren, adjustable rate/tone
troller is a compact Mode select switch
Dzus-mounted line 100 mVrms nominal audio output into 600 Ohms
driver for use with AA22-160 90 mVrms nominal siren output into 600 Ohms
remote-mounted power amplifiers. The AA22- Siren override at all times
110 and AA22-160 are intended for use with the PA110 80 mA nominal current consumption
or PA220. The AA22-492 and AA22-493 are generally Used with PA250 and PA700 series amplifiers
used with the PA250 or PA700. The unit can interface with Can be selected as a radio with keyline serving as siren key
a microphone via an AA9x/AMS4x series audio controller AA22-497 PA siren controller, with NVIS B lights
or using a carbon equivalent microphone. AA22 units are AA22-592 Same as AA22-492, with 5 VDC lighting
equipped with a radio audio input for radio rebroadcast AA22-594 Same as AA22-492, with 5 VDC NVG-suitable lighting
operation. The siren can be adjusted for tone, rate, and INSTALL KIT
level. This unit provides the option for external power AA20-IKC crimp install kit for AA22-series PA siren systems
switching for remote mount power amplifier activation. More versions (including custom models) available. Visit www.
–– Two mode siren: yelp and wail edmoap.com.au or call +618 8182 5511 for more information.
–– Direct interface to mic
17
–– Radio rebroadcast
–– Optional NVG lighting
–– 5 and 28 VDC lighting available
–– AUX input for playback device
PA/Siren Systems
LS SERIES LOUD SPEAKERS The driver assembly and mechanical parts can be re-
ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP placed in the field. The TS series is available in multiples
AEM’s LS Series loud speak- of two bells and are designed for use with AEM’s 250W,
ers are high output power, 300 400W, 700W, and 850W PA series audio amplifiers.
and 600-watt loud speakers for –– The TS150 and TS300 loudspeakers are the most
use in air-to-ground, air-to-sea recent additions to the TS series and feature 150 watt
or ground-to-ground audible drivers, making them more robust while providing more
communication systems. These power than earlier models
speakers are intended for use –– The TS92 speaker array is intended for use in large-ar-
with the LSA400 or LSA800 LS300-200 ea dispersions while the TS94 array is better suited to
series power amplifiers. more focused applications
–– Available in a single, double,
EDMO# DESCRIPTION FOR USE WITH
or triple bell configuration
–– Updated speaker drivers TS100WR 100 watt loudspeaker PA110, PA220
provide better conversion of TS150 150 watt compact loudspeaker PA110, PA220, LSA400-001
electrical power (watts) to TS200WR 200 watt loudspeaker PA110, PA220
sound pressure (SPL) LS600-200 TS300 300 watt compact loudspeaker PA250, LSA400-001
–– Field replaceable driver as- TS92-02AN 2 bell speaker array, black PA250
sembly and mechanical parts TS92-04AN 4 bell speaker array, black PA250
TS94-04AN 4 bell mini speaker array PA250
–– Available in 300 and 600-watt
versions See PA system cross-reference on page 283.
–– Improved mechanical design
and updated speaker drivers LS900
LSA SERIES LOUDSPEAKER
AMPLIFIERS
ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP
weight: 15 lb (LS300-200)
28 lb (LS600-200) The Next Generation Loud Speaker Amplifier (LSA) from
46 lb (LS900-200) AEM is a compact, lightweight, Class D amplifier that
dimensions: 12.8 × 6.6 × 10.3 in (LS300-200)
provides excellent sound quality and output while using
12.8 × 13.2 × 10.3 in (LS600-200)
much less power compared to previous versions. The
12.8 × 19.8 × 10.3 in (LS900-200)
unit’s “smart power supply” modifies the amplifier output
to meet the output load demand. This unit is available in
rated peak power: 300 watts peak (LS300-200)
two versions providing either 100-600 (LSA400) watts of
600 watts peak (LS600-200)
audio output power or 600-1200 watts (LSA800).
900 watts peak (LS900-200)
approvals: DO-160G qualified –– Equipped with four audio inputs including one micro-
phone, two single-ended inputs, and one differential
audio input; each input has a field adjustable gain level
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION COMPATIBLE to optimize speaker output power for various input
AMPLIFIERS signal levels
LS300-100 300W internal loudspeaker - –– Amplifier status annunciators for the protection circuits
LS300-200 LS300-200 300W external loudspeaker LSA400-001 and user-accessible audio input adjustments are dis-
LS600-100 600W internal loudspeaker - played externally near the D-sub connectors
LS600-200 LS600-200 600W external loudspeaker LSA400-001
LS900-200 LS900-200 900W external loudspeaker LSA800-001 LSA400
INSTALL KITS –– Delivers 100-600 watts of audio out-
LS300-IKC for use with LS300 speakers put power to the speakers
LS300-IKS LS300-IKS for use with LS300/LS600 –– Ideal for light & medium helicopters,
See PA system cross-reference on page 283. single, and twin turbine engine types
–– Intended for use with an LS300 and
LS600 external speaker array and
TS SERIES SIREN/PA SPEAKERS siren controller as a complete system
ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP
LSA800
17
–– 600-1200W audio output power to

the speakers
–– Ideal for medium & heavy helicop-
ters, single & twin turbine engine
TS100WR TS200WR TS300 types
The TS Series PA speakers are lightweight, high output –– Accommodates up to two LS600
power loudspeakers that can be used for use in air-to external speaker arrays, one LS900
ground and air-to-sea audible communication systems. speaker array, or one TS95-16xx &
a siren controller as a complete system
PA/Siren Systems
PA250
weight: 3.7 lb max. (LSA400) / .3 lb max. (LSA800) The PA250-series amplifiers
dimensions: 9.8 × 2.04 × 5.45” (LSA400) / 9.86 × 3.74 × 5.51” (LSA800) are designed for use with AA22
approvals: DO-160G qualified series PA controllers and are
capable of supplying 250 watts
output power. (400 watts with
the VR33-001 power converter).
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION COMPATIBLE This unit is completely transis-
LOUDSPEAKERS torized and constructed with a rugged, black anodized
LSA400- LSA400- 400 watt loudspeaker TS150, TS300, LS300- aluminum chassis.
001 001 amplifier 200, LS600-200 –– Contains protective circuits that protect the amplifier
LSA800- LSA800- 800 watt loudspeaker TS95-16DN, LS900- from reverse polarity, excessive current and voltage, and
001 001 amplifier 200, or two (2) LS600- internal or external short circuits
200
INSTALL KITS
LSA400- LSA400-IKC crimp, for use with LSA400 series weight: 6.75 lb
IKC
dimensions: 10 × 8.75 × 4.26 in
LSA400- LSA400-IKS solder, for use with LSA400 series
IKS
D36SM-IKC D36SM-IKC crimp, for use with LS400-IKC
See PA system cross-reference on page 283.
PA700
The PA700 series power amplifiers
supply 700 watts of output pow-
PA-SERIES POWER AMPLIFIERS er (850 watts with the VR33-002
ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP power converter). This unit has a
unique built-in protective circuit that
PA110 shuts off the amplifier in the event of
The PA110 high power audio am- excessive input or when operating
plifiers are designed for use with conditions threaten to impair vital
the AA22 series PA controllers circuit elements.
and are remote-mounted modular –– Maximum usable horizontal range
amplifiers capable of producing is greater than one mile when operated from a favorable
110 watts of output power. vantage point
–– Interconnects, switches and relay contacts are gold
plated for maximum reliability
–– G10-FR flame retardant circuit boards are post-coated weight: 9.9 lb
for maximum moisture resistance and corrosion preven- dimensions: 10 × 8.75 × 5.78 in
tion
–– Relays are sealed, high vibration rated and dry nitrogen
filled
EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH COMPATIBLE
LOUDSPEAKERS
PA110- PA110-015 100 watt systems TS100WR
weight: 4.6 lb 015
dimensions: 6.32 × 7.9 × 4.1 in PA220- PA220-010 200 watt systems TS200WR
010
PA250- PA250-001 250 / 400 watt systems TS92-02xN
001
PA220 PA700- PA700-001 700 / 850 watt systems TS92-06xN (700 watt) or,
The PA220 high power audio 001 TS92-06xN and VR33-
amplifiers are similar to the PA110 002 (850 watt)
series but capable of producing INSTALL KITS
220 watts of output power. PA110-IKS D25SL-IKS PA110 solder installation kit
17
PA220-IKS D37SL-IKS PA220 solder installation kit

PAP- PAPWR-IKS 90-degree speaker connector for PA700
weight: 7.75 lb WR-IKSR
dimensions: 6.4 × 8.09 × 4.17 in VR33-001 VR33-001 power converter for PA250 to 400W
VR33-002 VR33-002 power converter for PA700 to 850W
See PA system cross-reference on page 283.
Audio Storage And Playback Unit
PA SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE CHART AUDIO STORAGE AND

SYSTEM WEIGHT AMPLIFIER SPEAKER PLAYBACK UNIT
100 watt 8.45 lb PA110-015 TS100WR
200 watt 14.35 lb PA220-010 TS200WR 630A AUDIO STORAGE & PLAYBACK
250 watt 17.75 lb PA250-001 TS92-02xN UNIT
300 watt (compact) 12.7 lb LSA400-001 TS300 COBHAM
300 watt 18.7 lb LSA400-001 LS300-200 EDMO# 630A-000
400 watt 29.45 lb PA250 & VR33-001 TS92-04xN The 630A Audio Storage
600 watt 31.7 lb LSA400-001 LS600-200 and Playback Unit (ASPU)
700 watt 36.9 lb PA700-001 TS92-06xN is an advanced audio alert
850 watt 40.8 lb PA700-001 & VR33-002 TS92-06xN and notification system.
900 watt 54.1 lb LSA800-001 TS95-16DN It provides multi-channel,
900 watt 45.3 lb (est) LSA800-001 LS900-200 digital audio playback of tones and voice messages to
1200 watt 62 lb LSA800-001 LS600-200 the cockpit and cabin and meets the requirement for
increased aircraft alert capacity. In total, the 630A pro-
vides 96 alerts based on 24 alert trigger discretes. Each
trigger can generate up to four alerts: voice, tone, and
combination. Additionally, pilot and copilot sides can have
VR33 SERIES DC POWER CONVERTER individually-customized and prioritized alerts or advisory
ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP messages. Audio alerts can be customized by selecting
each tone, chime or voice message used from a library of
The VR33 series DC saved alerts or the user can create and upload their own
power converters in- customized .WAV files.
crease the nominal 28
VDC aircraft voltage to –– Provides up to 96 alerts using 24 alert trigger discretes
33 VDC using high speed (inputs); each alert trigger can be prioritized and can
switching DC-DC con- activate up to four alerts including voice, tone, and
version. The VR33 can combination (with the option to customize and prioritize
be paired with either the alerts or advisory messages for the pilot and copilot)
AEM PA250- or PA700- VR33-001 –– Users have access to pause, cancel, and alert test
series high power ampli- features as well as the ability to mute chimes, briefing
fiers to improve the audible range of the specified speaker messages, and background
system. –– Uses standard Microsoft Windows audio alert.WAV files
–– The VR33-001 is paired with the PA250-xxx audio so that the installer can create and upload their own
power amplifier to boost its output power from 250 to files if desired
400 watts –– The 630 is configured using a standard USB or RS-
–– The VR33-002 is equipped with two outputs so that it 232/RS-422 interface, PC configuration tool, and audio
can be used with the PA700-xxx audio power amplifier; storage and playback unit configuration
in this configuration, it boosts the output power of the –– Password protection feature ensures that operators
PA700-xxx from 700 to 850 watts cannot alter installation configurations
–– Installer programmable alert volume levels
–– Compatible with the original model 630 for retrofit
weight: 2.7 lb (VR33-001)
3.9 lb (VR33-002) –– Approved to TSO-C139 requirements
dimensions: 10 × 8.75 × 1.56 in max excluding connectors –– Includes CD with 630A series Install/Ops manual and
input power: VR33-001: 140 watts new ASPU-CS configuration software and manual.
VR33-002: 280 watts
input voltage: +28-0 VDC nominal weight: 1.25 lb
+21.0 VDC minimum dimensions: 4.96 × 7.81 × 1.68 in
+32.0 VDC maximum
noise: <-50 dB (-70 dB typical)
input current: VR33-001: PA250-xxx current (15-20 ADC full load)
total harmonic distortion (THD+N): <3% (<1% typical)
VR33-002: 10 ADC + PA700-xxx current (35 ADC full load)
frequency response: Audio I/O: flat-to-within 3 dB from 3000
compliance: DO-160C Env. Cat. B4-XXNXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
MHz to 6 kHz
17
audio outputs - playback messages: flat to within 3 dB from 300 Hz to 15 kHz

crosstalk: -80 dB (typical)
EDMO# FOR USE WITH: SYSTEM POWER operating temperature: -55°C to +70°C
VR33-001 PA250 speaker amplifier 400 watt operating altitude: 55,000 feet (16,764 m)
VR33-002 PA700 speaker amplifier 850 watt TSO C50c compliance: Meets the performance requirements of
RTCA DO-214 while testing to the environ-
mental conditions of RTCA DO-160F
Tactical Radios
TACTICAL RADIOS EDMO# MFR# TYPE ENCRYPTION

OPTIONS:
P-2000-xx* dual transceiver AES/DES/DES-XL/
P-2000 DUAL BAND TRANSCEIVER DES-OFB/OTAR
COBHAM INSTALL KIT
The P-2000 digital/analog tacti- 149-249093 149-249093-25 25-pin sub-D connector kit
cal FM radio provides commu- 1240490820 124-049082-01 P-2000 KVL data cable
nications capabilities for aircraft *Additional versions is available; call +618 8182 5511 to cus-
on the VHF, UHF, and 800 tom-build a P-2000.
MHz bands in addition to P-25
functionality and interoperability
on one or two public ser- P-2000
vice bands. Vital information C-2000 CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT
is displayed in an easy-to-read format on the P-2000’s COBHAM
bright LCD display. The P-2000 features a space-saving, The C-2000 control display
panel-mounted design with a Dzus rail footprint. unit is designed for use as
–– FM1 and FM2 a slave control head with
–– Panel mount, dual band (single band available) a P-2000 panel-mount
–– Standard, color display (NVG options also available) transceiver. The C-2000 is
available with either a stan-
–– AES/DES-XL/DES-OFB encryption dard or an NVG display and C-2000-1
–– P-25 and Motorola trunking has a backlit keypad. The C-2000 fits a stan-
–– Embedded simulcast and relay functionality dard Dzus mount, making it easy to add to the instrument
panel. It is equipped with two connectors, a DB-25 and
–– Maximum transmit range with 10 watt transmit power DB-15, which accept all harness wiring on the rear of the
on VHF and UHF bands C-2000.
–– VHF, UHF, 800 MHz (versions available with the follow- –– Panel-mount design
ing bands: 137-174 MHz, 380-470 MHz, 450-520 MHz,
764-870 MHz) –– Color LCD display (NVG compatibility in select models)
–– C-962A compatible
–– NVG compatible
weight: 3.10 lb max (single transceiver) –– Slave for P-2000
3.70 lb max (dual transceiver)
dimensions: 3 × 5.75 × 7.1 in (not including mating connectors)
frequency bands: Choose one (single band) or two (dual band) options from weight: 2.3 lb max
the following: 137-174 MHz, 380-470 MHz, 450-520 dimensions: 6.6 × 5.75 × 3 in (not including mating connectors)
MHz, 764-870 MHz
power requirements: normal voltage range: 22 to 30.3 VDC
power requirements: normal voltage range: 22.0 to 30.3 VDC abnormal voltage range: 20.5 to 32.2 VDC
abnormal voltage range: 20.5 to 32.2 VDC emergency operation: not supporter
Single transceiver: input current: 0.75 A nominal 1.2 A max
receive: 0.75 A nominal 1.20 A max
panel lighting: 5 VDC, 5 Vrms and 28 VDC (voltage sense only)
transmit: 2.50 A nominal 3.00 A max
Dual transceiver: channel memory: 512 channels per band
receiver: 0.75 A nominal. 1.20 A max altitude: 55,0000 feet ASL (16,764 meters)
transmit: 3.50 A nominal. 4.00 max temperature: operation: -22°F to 140°F (-30°C to 60°C)
audio output: headset out: 100 mW into 600 ohms storage: -67°F to +185°F (-55°C to 85°C)
normalized out: >1.0 VRMS into 10k load certification: FAA: PMA
external speaker out: >1.0 VRMS into 10k load Software: DO-170B Level D
RF power output: 10 watt Hi, 1 watt Lo (2.75/1 watt 800 MHz band) Environmental: DO-160D
channel memory: 512 channels per band [(B4/F1)X]BAB[S<CL)]EXXXXXZZBZZ[RR]MXXXA
panel lighting: 5 VDC, 5 Vrms and 28 VDC (voltage sense only)
temperature: operation: -22°F to +140°F (-30°C to 60°C )
storage: -67°F to +185°F (-55°C to 85°C ) EDMO# MFR# TYPE:
certification: FAA PMA/STC
software: DO-170B level D C-2000-1 C-2000-1 standard display
17
environmental: DO-160D C-2000-2 C-2000-2 NVG display

[(B4/F1)X]BAB[S(MB)]EXXXXXZZBXZ[RR]MXXXA
Tactical Radios
C-5000 CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT EDMO# MFR# DISP CONNECTION P25

COBHAM TYPE TYPE / QTY COMP.
The C-5000 control head C-5000-65 31300-1202-1210- NVG serial RT control/1 yes
controls and monitors 0-37-000
up to three RT-5000 C-5000S1 31300-0101-1200 standard serial / 1 no
transceivers* and, when ANTENNAS & ACCESSORIES
combined, make up the 042832-02 121-042832-02 AT-570 antenna / FC-570 tuner req.
Cobham Flexcomm tac- 0413890105 149-041389-0105 PC cloning cable and software
tical radio system. This 215344-01 129-215344-01 connector for C-5000 system interface
system enables users 217321-01 129-217321-01 FC-550/FC-50(J1) connector
to talk on law enforce- 217323-01 129-217323-01 AT-550/AT-50/AT-51 connector
ment, military, medical, C-5000-2 217324-01 129-217324-01 FC-550/FC-50(J2) connector
marine, SAR and public service frequencies from 217474-01 129-217474-01 C-5000 serial connector
29.7 MHz to 960 MHz with P-25 compliant digital com-
munications (P25 compatibility available in some models *Includes parallel port for legacy systems.
(see table below). The C-5000 comes standard with 350 Additional versions available; go to www.edmoap.com.au or call
preset channel memories, 99 scan group memory, DTMF/ +618 8182 5511 for more details.
pulse dialing, manual frequency selection on each system,
front panel programming, and a data port on the front of
the unit. CD-5000 CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT
–– Controls up to three transceivers (P25 versions control COBHAM
up to two P25 RT-5000 transceivers) The CD-5000 display unit controls the Synthesized Guard
–– Dual independent mic/headset ports version of the RT-5000 and is optimized for VHF/UHF AM
–– 350 preset channels communications so that, when connected to an RT-5000,
–– 99 preset scan groups users can simultaneously monitor two channels (VHF/
UHF, VHF/VHF, UHF/UHF) or use the
–– Programmable by UPC database download, front panel, guard to monitor 121.5 or 243 MHz.
and manual frequency entry In addition, this unit provides complete
–– Multiple radio-enhanced modes include cross-band 29.7 to 960 MHz public service band
relay, simultaneous multi-radio transmissions, and coverage.
repeater –– 350 preset channels
–– Flexcomm CS upgrade provides 700 preset channels –– Direct frequency entry
plus single mic operation
–– VHF/UHF AM operation
–– P25 versions are equipped with software that enables
12-digit Alpha identifier labels –– Controls the RT-5000 synthesized
guard version which has two 29.7-
–– Black case 960 MHz receivers CD-5000-1
*These C-5000 variants are compatible with multiple other legacy
transceivers including the RT-7200, RT-9600(F), RT-118, RT-450, RT-
30, RT-138(F), and RT-406F.
weight: 0.77 oz
dimensions: 2.5 × 3.15 × 4.29 in
power requirements: 27.5 VDC (+/-20%)
weight: 3.5 lb current requirements: 28 VDC: 100 mA +/-10% at maximum brightness
power requirements: 27.5 VDC aircraft power (+/- 20%) 5 VDC: 500 mA +/- 10% at maximum brightness
current requirements: 0.4 A to 1.3 A PC interface: RS-232
temperature: -22°F to 140°F (-30°C to +60°C) tuning control: RS-422 (with RT-5000) / RINC-529 (future capability)
panel lighting: 5 VDC, 5 Vrms and 28 VDC standard altitude: 55,000 ft
display options: standard green or NVG Gen III compatible temperature: operational: -4°F to +131°F (-20°C to +55°C)
radio interfaces: RT-5000, RT-7200, RT-9600(F), RT-30, RT-138(F), storage: -67°F to +185°F (-55°C to +85°C)
RT-450, RT-406F
EDMO# MFR# DISP CONNECTION P25

CD-5000-1 400-047153-8000 NVG display
TYPE TYPE / QTY COMP. CD-5000-2 400-047153-8100 standard display
17
C-5000-1 31300-1202-1220 NVG serial / 2 yes ANTENNAS & ACCESSORIES

C-5000-2 31300-0201-1200 NVG serial / 1 no AT-5000-1 121-040045-01 29.7-960 MHz/5.5-inch, white antenna,
C-5000-3 31300-1202-1200 NVG serial / 1 yes tuned blade (FC-5000 required)
C-5000-32 31300-0201-1220 NVG serial / 2 no AT-5000-2 121-040045-02 29.7-960 MHz/5.5-inch, black antenna,
tuned blade (FC-5000 required)
C-5000-54 31300-1202-1210* NVG serial, parallel/1 yes
FC-5000 153-040047-01 FC-5000 antenna tuner for AT-560 or
*Includes parallel port for legacy systems. AT-5000
Additional versions available; go to www.edmoap.com.au or call
Tactical Radios
RT-5000 MULTIBAND TRANSCEIVER EDMO# MFR# ADDITIONAL ENCRYPTION

COBHAM BANDS: OPTIONS:
The RT-5000 AM/FM multi-band RT-5000-1 400-015525-5811 VHF 136-174 MHz AES/DES/DES-XL/
transceiver covers the 30-50, (FM2A) DES-OFB/OTAR/
50-88, 118-136, 136-174, 220- VOTE SCAN
400, 400-512 and 800-960 MHz RT-5000-2 400-015525-6011 VHF 136-174 MHz AES/DES/DES-XL/
frequency bands. A second guard (FM2A), UHF 764- DES-OFB/OTAR/
receiver can also be added to 870 MHz (FM2B) VOTE SCAN
monitor an additional frequency if RT-5000-3 400-015525-5011 VHF 136-174 MHz AES/DES/DES-XL/
needed; this guard is fully syn- (FM2A), UHF 764- DES-OFB/OTAR
thesized and covers the same RT-5000
870 MHz (FM2B)
29.7-960 MHz as the main trans- RT-5000-4 400-015525-5111 VHF 136-174 MHz AES/DES/DES-XL/
ceiver. This unit is controlled by the C-5000 control head, (FM2A), UHF 380- DES-OFB/OTAR
which is connected via a proprietary serial tuning bus that 470 MHz (FM2B) (FM2A)
simplifies the required wiring. The RT-5000 also comes in AES/DES/DES-XL/
a P-25-capable version that performs P-25 digital mod- DES-OFB/OTAR
ulation across the entire range, plus up to two additional (FM2B)
modules that can be added to cover the VHF, UHF, and RT-5000-6 400-015525-5311 UHF 764-870 AES/DES/DES-OFB/
700/800 MHz that add trunking and Motorola proprietary MHz (FM2A) OTAR (FM2A)
radio network features. RT-5000-7 400-015525-5411 UHF 380-470 AES/DES/DES-XL/
–– 29.7-960 MHz main transceiver (optional 29.7-960 MHz MHz (FM2B) DES-OFB/OTAR
guard) ACCESSORIES
–– 10 watts FM/15 watts AM (nominal) transmit power RT-5000MT 300-316605-01 RT-5000 vertical mounting tray
RT-5000MTH 300-316835-01 RT-5000 horizontal mounting tray
–– 1.24 kHz tuning
017812-01 246-017812-01 RT-5000 shock mounts/vertical or hori-
–– 12.5/25/35/70 kHz IF bandwidths zontal mounting tray, four (4) required
–– DF interface 040046-01 146-040046-01 gasket for AT-5000
–– All versions of the P-25 enabled RT-5000 provide AES 044540-01 246-044540-01 shock mount vibration isolator for RT-
encryption, OTAR, multi-key and SmartZone P-25 5000, vertical or horizontal tray
trunking 216657-01 129-216657-01 connector for RT-5000
–– Compatible with multiple antennas that support the
range of frequencies provided by the RT-5000
–– CTCSS/DCS
–– P-25 and Motorola trunking EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION LNGTH/
COLOR
FLEXCOMM™ TRANSCEIVER ANTENNA SYSTEM
weight: 15.8 - 19 lb (base model) TUNED BLADE - 29.7-960 MHZ
18 – 18.5 lb (P25 model) 017850-01 121-017850-01 AT-550 antenna/FC-550 req. 9.5”/white
dimensions: 14 × 7.64 × 4.88 in 040130-02 121-040130-02 AT-560 antenna/FC-5000 req. 9.5”/black
power requirements: 27.5 VDC (+/-20%) 042832-02 121-042832-02 AT-570 antenna/FC-570 req. 9.5”/black
current requirements: receive: 2.5 A AT-5000-2 121-040045-02 AT-5000 antenna/FC-5000 req. 5.5”/black
transmit: 10.0 A max AT-5000-1 121-040045-01 AT-5000 antenna-FC-5000 req. 5.5”/white
frequency range: 29.7-400 MHz (AM) PASSIVE BLADE - 29.7-960 MHZ
29.7-960 MHz (FM) 040129-01 121-040129-01 AT-160 antenna 9.5/”white
channeling: 12.5/20/25/30/50 kHz 040129-02 121-040129-02 AT-160 antenna 9.5”/black
tunability: 1.25 kHz steps ACCESSORIES
temperature: -22°F to 140°F (-30°C to +60°C) 040129-G 146-040129-01 gasket for AT-160 antenna
options: RT-5000: 042831-01 153-042831-01 FC-570 Antenna Tuner / 24.75 - 960 MHz
synthesized guard (29.7 – 960 MHz) FC-5000 153-040047-01 FC-5000 Antenna Tuner / AT-560 or AT-
30-50 MHz single channel guard 5000
137-174 MHz single channel guard Additional versions available; go to www.edmoap.com.au or call
406-512 MHz single channel guard +618 8182 5511 for more details.
17
RT-5000 P25:
136–174 MHz P25 module
380-470 MHz P25 module
450-520 MHz P25 module
764-870 MHz
Encryption options: DES-XL, DES-OBF, DVP-XL, DVI-XL,
AES
certification: FAA PMA/STC
Tactical Radios
RT-7000 TACTICAL PANEL MOUNT NPX136D FM PANEL

RADIO MOUNT/DIGITAL RADIO
COBHAM COBHAM
EDMO# RT-7000* The NPX136D digital
Cobham satisfies complex radio is a VHF panel
communications needs, mount, APCO Project
accommodates changing 25-compliant trans-
technologies, and simplifies ceiver. This trans-
operability with the RT-7000 ceiver’s compact and
Flexcomm™ Panel Mount lightweight design is NPX136D070
Tactical Radio. This unit perfect for helicopters
operates on all public safety and fixed-wing aircraft
and parapublic voice com- where size and weight is restricted. The NPX136D is easy
munications bands, supporting 29.7 to 960 MHz com- to use and program with its Tac/Com II operating format.
munications with up to three embedded and individual The NPX136D has straightforward controls including main
channels equivalent to three separate radios and an addi- volume and scan controls which are arranged beside the
tional two external handheld radios. The RT-7000 provides display for quick access while an online “Help” screen
P-25 Phase 1 and 2 digital modulation across the entire provides assistance when needed. The P25 also provides
range and with the addition of up to two extra modules, it PC software and a data transfer function that makes pro-
can also cover VHF, UHF, and 700/900 MHz public safety gramming channel information faster and more efficient.
bands. As a software-defined device, the RT-7000 can be –– Digital P25 Phase I and Analog wideband/narrowband,
updated to meet evolving requirements for software and 16 zones, 255 +2 guard channels
hardware without replacing the radio. This unit includes
an integrated audio and radio control; commands can be –– 2 channel synthesized guard (on select models, see
entered via the touchscreen display or dual concentric table below)
front panel knobs. –– USFS/BLM approved for fire contract use
–– Provides communication across all public safety and –– Multiple scan mode
parapublic voice communication bands supporting 29.7 –– Front panel programmable
to 960 MHz communications –– Backward compatible with analog radios
–– With the addition of two extra modules, the RT-7000 –– Modular construction
can supply P-25 Phase 1 and 2 digital modulation
across the entire range plus VHF, UHF, and 700/900 –– Analog DTMF signaling
Mhz bands
–– Equipped with up to three embedded and individual weight: 3.2 lb max
channels equivalent to three separate radios and an
dimensions: 7.02 × 5.77 × 2.65 in
additional two external handheld radios
power: +28 VDC
–– The modular design allows for the addition of different current: NPX136D-070: idle: 380 mA (max.), receive: 430 mA
personality or function modules; the operator can add (max.), transmit: 2.6 A (max.)
capabilities like data and video transmission, data and
video recording on secure modules, and SatCom with NPX136D000: idle: 330 mA (max.), receive: 380 mA
PTT capability (max.), transmit: 2.6 A (max.)
–– Software can be updated to meet new software and frequency range: 136 – 173.9975 MHz
hardware requirements channel increments: 2.5/6.25 kHz
–– Integrated audio and radio control can be operated via audio output power: 100 mW (600 ohms) rated
the touchscreen display or dual concentric front panel 10 mW (adjustable) (NPX136D-x70 only)
knobs panel lighting: 28 VDC
*Part numbers will be available after publication of this catalog, con- remote interface: RS232C Data, to PC for channel & firmware loading
tact EDMO Asia Pacific for details at +618 8182 5511. temperature: -30°C to +60°C
altitude: 50,000 ft
compliance: TC STC SA99-211, TC STC SH05-12, TC STC SH07-25,
FAA STC SA0117NY
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION:

17
NPX136D070 NPX136D-070-0001 VHF P25 panel mount with synthesized

guard receiver
NPX136D000 NPX136D-000 VHF P25 panel mount (136-174 MHz)
INSTALL KIT
NPX-IKC NPX-IKC crimp install kit for NPX transceiver
Airborne Telephone Adapters
NPX138 PANEL MOUNT VHF-FM RADIO

COBHAM
AIRBORNE TELEPHONE
The NPX138 panel ADAPTERS
mount FM transceiver
is a USFS-compliant, PTA12 POTS AIRBORNE
standalone radio that TELEPHONE ADAPTER
operates on the 138 COBHAM
MHz to 173 MHz NPX138N070
frequency range in 5.0/6.25 kHz increments. Each of the The PTA12-series units
100 available channels can store a receive frequency and are Dzus-mounted, key-
CTCSS tone, transmit frequency and CTCSS tone, scan pad-based control units for
function, and an alpha/numeric identifier. The user can use with airborne telephone PTA12-100
select transmit power of either 1 or 10 watts. The op- system applications. These
tional synthesized, two-channel guard receiver available units connect to a telephone system transceiver via a
on some models allows front panel tuning of user fre- two-wire plain old telephone service (POTS) interface.
quencies; thereby allowing the operator to select for wide PTA12-series units can be connected directly to an
(5 kHz deviation) and narrow band (2.5 kHz deviation) aviation headset or to the aircraft audio controller(s). The
operation. Other options include simplex and semi-duplex PTA12 units are available in a variety of configurations (see
operations. Panel lighting is available in 28, 14, and 5 VDC descriptions below).
controlled by the aircraft dimmer bus (NVG-compatible
lighting is also available). UNIVERSAL FEATURES:
–– Wideband/narrowband capable –– The speech circuits include a mic input amplifier and a
phones output amplifier with front panel volume control
–– Compact size and weight
–– HOOK-switch control and indication on the front panel
–– Optional synthesized 2-channel guard receiver
–– Ring indication with a flashing green LED
–– Low power consumption
–– FLASH key is provided on the front panel for use with
–– Modular construction call transfer and call waiting
–– Multiple scan modes –– HOLD key on the front panel mutes all audio to and
–– Ease of operation from the headset
–– Low cost –– REDIAL key on the front panel automatically redials the
–– Agile operation last number entered
–– Interfaces with the airborne telephone system transceiv-
er using a two-wire POTS port
weight: 3 lb –– Illuminated keypad
dimensions: 8.64 × 5.75 × 1.88 in
input power: 28 VDC nominal PTA12-000 BASE UNIT
current: 0.5 A receive/2.0 A transmit (typical) The PTA12-000 provides
0.8A receive/3.0 A transmit (max.) ring detect, ringer audio
frequency range: 138 MHz to 173.995 MHz generate, DTMF tone generation, speech audio circuits,
audio output power: 100 mW @ 600 W Bal/Unbal hook-switch, and flash.
tone capability: 38 standard CTCSS tones –– PTA12-100 Adapter with Display
panel lighting: 28, 14, or 5 VDC (NVG options available) –– The PTA12-100 provides speech audio circuits, hook
remote interface: RS232C serial data switch, ring indication, flash, hold redial, serial data
temperature: -30°C to +60°C communications, backlighting, display, speed dial, Glo-
altitude: 25,000 ft balstar™ Interfaces with the airborne telephone system
certification: TC STC #SA99-211 transceiver satcom status, DTMF tone generation and
TC STC #SH05-12 ringer audio generate.
FAA STC #SA01170NY –– Includes serial port for data communications to sitcom
FAA PMA systems
DO-160C Env. CAT [B4D1]ZBA[BMN]XXXXXXABA-
BAUAXXX –– LED dot matrix character display with brightness control
–– Speed dial function
–– Indicates Globalstar™ satcom signal strength and sys-
17
tem availability status with LED lit text on the front panel
EDMO# MFR# LIGHTING: SPECIAL OPTIONS:
NPX138N000 NPX138N-000 28 VDC none PTA12-300 ADAPTER WITH NVIS DISPLAY
NPX138N070 NPX138N-070 28 VDC synthesized guard The PTA12-300 provides
NPX138N500 NPX138N500 5 VDC none speech audio circuits, hook
INSTALL KIT switch, ring indication, flash,
NPX-IKC NPX-IKC crimp kit for NPX transceiver hold, redial, serial data com-
munications, backlighting, dis-
play, speed dial, Globalstar™
Interfaces & Accessories
satcom status, DTMF tone generation & ringer audio gen-

erate. This unit shares many of the same features as the
PTA12-100, but includes NVIS-compliant components. weight: 0.4 lb max
dimensions: 3.9 × 3.6 × 2.2 in (245)
–– Equipped with a front panel keypad with NVIS-compli- 2.8 × 2.8 × 1.5 in (246)
ant backlighting TSO compliance: DO-214, D0-160C, TSO-C50c
–– Dot matrix LED display has brightness control feature Env. Cat.: [A2F2]-BA(CL)XXXXXXZ(BZ)AAATZ(XXC2)XX
and is filtered to meet NVIS radiance requirements
weight: PTA12-000: 0.63 lb / PTA12-100: 0.8 lb EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

PTA12-300: 0.8 lb NAT245 245 standard input (7.75 Vrms into 600 ohms)
dimensions: PTA12-000: 4.17 × 5.75 (max) × 1.12 in NAT245-001 245-001 input is 1.0 Vrms into 1800 ohms
PTA12-100: 4.17 × 5.77 (max) × 1.52 in NAT245-002 245-002 input is 0.25 Vrms into 1600 ohms
PTA12-300: 4.17 × 5.77 (max) × 1.52 in NAT246 246 input is 0.0775 Vrms into 470 ohms
certification: DO-160D INSTALL KIT
C16S-1-IKC C16S-1-IKC install kit for NAT245 and NAT246
PTA12-000 PTA12-000 adapter only
PTA12-100 PTA12-100 adapter with display
PTA12-300 PTA12-300 adapter with NVIS display MODEL 247 AUDIO MIXING AMPLIFIERS
INSTALL KIT COBHAM
D25SV-IKC D25SV-IKC crimp install kit The Model 247 is a multipurpose,
12-channel mixing amplifier for
mixing aural warning, cockpit,
voice recorder audio mixing, and
cabin music mixing. This unit
provides a degree of flexibility with
INTERFACES & three identical four-channel elec- NAT247
ACCESSORIES trically isolated mixing amplifiers,
each with their own output. In addition, each mixing circuit
is equipped with its own power supply, which in turn
MODEL 245 AND 246-SERIES SPEAKER allows each circuit to be powered and used for separate
AMPLIFIERS functions or daisy-chained to create a 10-channel unit.
COBHAM –– Three identical four-channel isolated mixing amps with
The Model 245 and 246 speaker dedicated outputs
amplifiers are designed to be inter- –– Individual power supplies for separate functions or com-
changeable with Collins Avionics bined to create 10-channel unit
Model 365F-3 speaker amplifier and –– Adj inputs with installer-selectable (jumper) mic bias
Model 356C-4 isolation amplifier,
respectively. With higher power –– Small package size and low weight
output at lower distortion than the NAT245
–– Quick-latching, high-density D-subminiature connector
365F-3, the Model 245 is an excellent choice for
cabin or cockpit applications either as a replacement of
an existing Collins unit or for new installations. Suitable weight: 0.35 lb (max.)
for cabin paging, cockpit speaker or music applications, dimensions: 4 × 3 × 1.6 in
the Model 245 is high output and high performance in
TSO compliance: DO-214, D0-160C, TSO-C50c
a small package. The Model 246 is suitable for driving a
Env. Cat.: [A2F2]-BA(CL)XXXXXXZ(BZ)AAATZ(XXC2)XX
5-watt speaker or for other 150 to 600 ohm loads such as
headphones. Additionally, the model 246 has an installer
selectable (jumper) mic bias of 30mA @ 15.
–– Model 245 speaker amplifier is interchangeable with EDMO# DESCRIPTION
Collins model 365F-3 speaker amplifier 247 designed for driving non-DC biased (ground referenced) loads
–– Model 246 speaker amplifier is interchangeable with
17
247-001 includes bi-polar output capacitors for compatibility with DC

Collins model 356C-4 isolation amplifier biased loads such as DC biased microphone inputs to other
–– Accepts differential and single ended inputs equipment
–– Over-temp and over-current protection INSTALL KIT
D44SV-IKC crimp install kit for NAT247-series audio mixing amplifiers
–– Input impedance - 600 ohms
–– Certified to TSO-C50c
–– Improved immunity to electrical interference
–– Low output distortion <1%
AA23 SPEAKER AMPLIFIER AA37 ALERTING SYSTEMS

COBHAM COBHAM
The AA23 speaker amplifier AA37 Alerting Systems are
converts balanced 600 ohm compact, remote mounted units
line, 150/600 ohm headset, that provide two- or three-level
or carbon-equivalent mi- alerting. All outputs are ful-
crophone levels to speaker ly isolated to accommodate
outputs. The AA23 interface installation in dual audio con-
is fully floating (transformer troller systems. Trigger inputs AA37-212
AA23-001
coupled), permitting complex can be active low or active high
and long-distance intercon- depending on the model—this allows for straightforward
nects with outstanding rejection of ground loop signals interfacing with common aircraft systems. The tone and
(speaker output is ground referenced). This device can rate of the alerts can be tailored to ensure that they don’t
be used for distributed music systems, paging, transfer interfere with existing airframe warning functions.
of headset-based systems to speaker-based outputs, or
as a very high powered headset booster driver. The AA23
incorporates extensive key logic and muting capability for weight: 0.49 lb (AA37-002) / 0.51 lb (AA37-212)
difficult or small cockpit installations. Fully or partially mut-
ed installations can be performed through interconnect pin dimensions: 4.4 × 4.5 × 1.25 in
selection. The AA23 will drive any speaker load from 3.2 input power: 27.5 VDC at 200 mA (nominal)
to 16 ohms, but provides optimum energy transfer into temperature: operating: -20°C to +55°C / survival: -55°C to +85°C
either four or eight ohm loads. altitude: 25,000 ft
–– Incorporates a power (and fuse) monitor LED that allows
in-place visual indication of unit activity; the LED will turn
off if either the external breaker or internal fuse is tripped EDMO# DESCRIPTION
–– Internal noise filter eliminates DC coupled interference AA37-001 Dual channel, 2 level alerting.
into the system Audible output tones for ICS call or alerting.
–– Provides a choice of bandpass operation (voice or mu- Floating outputs, 150 – 600 ohm loads.
sic) with an internal jumper selection Low level triggers.
AA37-002 Dual channel, 2 level alerting.
–– Internal trimpot is included to permit level adjustment of Audible output tones for ICS call or alerting.
the over-all system Floating outputs, 150 – 600 ohm loads.
–– Includes a set of uncommitted relay contacts (2 A rating) High level triggers for alert #1.
–– Fully muted (no output) and partially muted outputs Low level triggers for Alert #2.
–– Two external, unrelated key inputs for muting the AA23 AA37-212 Dual channel, 3 level alerting.
and to provide flow-through key output Provides alerting for AA94/AMS42/44.
Floating outputs, 150 – 600 ohm loads.
–– Adjustable gain Low level triggers.
–– Dual PTT key logic in/outputs INSTALL KIT
–– Selectable frequency response, voice or music AA37-IKC crimp install kit for use with AA37
weight: 0.78 lb (without mating connector)

dimensions: 5.20 × 3.95 × 1.73 in UNIVERSAL RADIO INTERFACE
output performance: 3.2 ohm: 9.0 W < 0.6% distortion COBHAM
4.0 ohm: 7.5 W < 0.6% distortion The AA34 Universal Radio Interface meets the interface
8.0 ohm: 4.5 W < 0.5% distortion and switching requirements of mobile or CB radio sys-
16 ohm: 2.5 W < 0.3% distortion tems when integrated into an aircraft audio system. These
power: 1.0 A / 28 VDC units provide microphone excitation, relay keying, and
sidetone generation, all fully isolated from airframe ground.
AA34-200:
–– Higher RX output into the
AA23-001 AA23-001 speaker amplifier for cabin PA, music aircraft audio system
17
AA23-002 AA23-002 dual speaker amplifier –– Mobile/FM radio interface

INSTALL KIT
D15SL-IKC D15SL-IKC crimp install kit for use with AA23 –– Provides floating key lines
–– Internal RX and sidetone
amplifier
–– Provides floating audio lines in and out
–– Internal mic exciter with adjustable output
–– Internally selectable functions and levels
AA34-300: –– Mic amplifier with adjustable output

–– Has an amplified mic channel –– Selectable functions and levels
and is TSO certified –– Includes VOX and one pin for VOX control
–– Mobile/FM radio interface
–– Provides floating key lines
–– Internal RX, sidetone and weight: 0.4 lb
microphone amplifiers dimensions: 4.5 × 1.38 × 5 in (max)
–– Provides floating audio lines in and out power: 0.25 A max / 14/28 VDC
certification: DO160C
–– Internal mic exciter with adjustable output
–– Internally selectable functions and levels
–– Designed to meet the requirements of TSO C50c
NAT270 270 universal interface adapter
weight: AA34-200: 0.63 lb / AA34-300/301: 0.40 lb INSTALL KIT
dimensions: 2.71 × 4.54 × 1.3 in D25SM-IKC D25SM-IKC install kit for NAT270
input power: +13.8VDC±10% or 27.5VDC ±10% (selected by appropriate
pin). AA34-200: 160 mA. AA34-300: 70 mA
input signals: mic: 250 mVrms @ 150 W ±10%
audio: 2.5 Vrms @ 600 W ±10%
AA34-200 mic: 225 mVrms @ 150 W RS16 MODULAR REMOTE SWITCH
AA34-200 audio: 2.5 Vrms @ 600 W ±10% COBHAM
AA34-300 mic: adjustable to 1.5 Vrms max into 600 W or 178 The RS16 is a bulkhead
mVrms into 8 W mounted, user definable
AA34-300 audio: 100mW into 8 or 600W nominal. frequency remote switch that can
response: <3dB from 350 to 6 kHz. distortion: <10% @ rated switch up to sixteen nav-
output. noise level without signal: >50 dB don from rated output igational or audio signals
mounting: bulkhead mount with four 10-32 screws as either one group, or
connectors: AA34-200: 25 pin male D-sub as groups of four. Each of
AA34-300: 25 pin male filtered D-sub the four-pole relays has
altitude: AA34-200: 15,000 ft (tested to 25,000 ft) its own fault-monitoring
AA34-300/301: 35,000 ft status annunciation and can be activated by voltage or
certification: AA34-300: DO-160C ground keying and has an independent ILS reversion logic
switch.
–– Dry nitrogen filled, gold contact, sealed relays provide
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION dry-circuit switching to 0.5 A
AA34-200 AA34-200 base unit with higher RX output –– Circuit boards are constructed with G10-FR (flame
AA34-300 AA34-300 TSO’d unit with amplified mic channel retardant) material with solder masks and reflowed
INSTALL KIT tin plating; environmentally protected with conformal
D25SL-IKC D25SL-IKC crimp kit for use with AA34 coating
weight: 0.44 lb
MODEL 270 UNIVERSAL INTERFACE dimensions: 3.46 × 5.15 × 1.20 in
ADAPTER mounting: bulkhead
COBHAM temperature: -40°C to +70°C (operating)
The Model 270 Universal Inter- altitude: 35,000 feet max
face Amplifier provides amplifi-
cation and switching functions
for varying radio, microphone,
and custom audio interface EDMO# DESCRIPTION
needs. This unit interfaces radios RS16-001 16P2T data switch with green annunciation, ILS reversion relay,
to operator headsets and microphones while providing can be mapped for voltage or ground keying
17
specialized switching functions including voice activated INSTALL KIT

switching, radio PTT switching, or other interface func- RS16-IKC crimp install kit for RS16
tions. The Model 270 can be used as a primary amplifier Additional models available, please visit www.edmoap.com.au or
for an aircraft or vehicle operator station or it can be used call for details.
as an auxiliary amplifier for interface or other applications.
–– Floating key lines
–– RX and side tone amplifier
–– Floating audio lines in and out
REMOTE TRANSMIT SELECTOR PANEL EDMO# MFR# LEGEND TEXT

ANODYNE ELECTRONICS MFG CORP 155-06-COM3 155-06-COM3 COM3
–– Eternal toggle switch 155-06COM4 155-06-COM4 COM4
connected to the flight 155-06-DME 155-06-DME DME
controls provides 155-06-DME1 155-06-DME1 DME1
hands-free selection of 155-06-DME2 155-06-DME2 DME2
transceiver channels RTS01-001
155-06DPLR 155-06-DPLR DPLR
–– RX ACTIVE detection feature illuminates an RX annun- 155-06-FM1 155-06-FM1 FM1
ciator to indicate which transceiver is currently receiving 155-06-FM2 155-06-FM2 FM2
audio signal 155-06-FM3 155-06-FM3 FM3
–– The RTS01 may be incorporated as expansion panel 155-06-FM4 155-06-FM4 FM4
with support for up to 7 transceivers 155-06-HF 155-06-HF HF
–– A wrap-around feature can be enabled or disabled for 155-06-MKR 155-06-MKR MKR
incrementing and decrementing transceiver selection 155-06-MUSC 155-06-MUSC MUSC
when using an external toggle switch 155-06-NAV 155-06-NAV NAV
–– An RX ONLY feature allows received audio for com 5, 6, 155-06-NAV1 155-06-NAV1 NAV1
and 7 to be individually monitored regardless of which 155-06-NAV2 155-06-NAV2 NAV2
transceiver is selected 155-06-OFF 155-06-OFF OFF
–– Snap-in legends are used in the front panel to allow 155-06-PA 155-06-PA PA
customizable labeling for radio positions; legends are 155-06-SAT 155-06-SAT SAT
required to operate the RTS01 but are not included. 7 155-06TAC1 155-06-TAC1 TAC1
legends required per unit 155-06TAC2 155-06-TAC2 TAC2
–– Night vision goggle (NVG) mode available on some 155-06TAC3 155-06-TAC3 TAC3
models; available with NVIS Green A backlighting and 155-06TAC4 155-06-TAC4 TAC4
NVIS Green B annunciators 155-06TACN 155-06-TACN TACN
155-06-TEL 155-06-TEL TEL
155-06-UHF 155-06-UHF UHF
weight: 0.8 lb 155-06-VHF1 155-06-VHF1 VHF1
dimensions: maximum: 0.75 × 5.00 × 5.75 in 155-06-VHF2 155-06-VHF2 VHF2
behind the panel: 0.75 × 4.56 × 5.00 in
mounting: standard Dzus mounting (four fasteners)
faceplate: Lexan polycarbonate
connectors: 1 × 44 pin D-sub plug (male) / 1 × 44 pin D-sub socket TA SERIES QUARTER TURN FASTENER
(female) / V5 locking hardware TRAY ADAPTERS
materials/finish: chassis & cover: brushed aluminum with chromate conversion
temperature: -40°C to 70°C operating / -55°C to 85°C survival
electrical: input operating voltage: 28 VDC nominal, 30.3 VDC maximum
22 VDC minimum, 18 VDC emergency TA03-001 TA04-001 TA05-001
input power requirements: 400 mA max @ 28 VDC nominal
1.0 mA max @ 5 VDC; 1.0 mA max @ 28 VDC max Convert common size Dzus mount products into 6.25-
inch tray mount products. Makes it possible for techni-
cians to flush mount mixed avionics quickly & easily while
EDMO# MFR# LEGEND TEXT eliminating variations in instrument height, mount designs
RTS01-001 RTS01-001 standard lighting create polished, coordinated looking instruments.
RTS01-100 RTS01-100 NVIS lighting. –– Constructed with high quality CNC-milled aluminum
–– No adjustments required
–– Reduces installation and labor time
SNAP-IN LEGEND CAPS FOR RTS01 UNITS –– Fits different mounting sizes
EDMO# MFR# LEGEND TEXT –– Tested to DO-160D for equipment < 5 lb
155-06-000 155-06-000 blank, painted black EDMO# HOLES SIZE FITS PRODUCT
155-06-ADF 155-06-ADF ADF TA03-001 3 1.16 in AA12, AA21, AA20/22, AA30
17
155-06-ADF1 155-06-ADF1 ADF1 TA04-001 4 1.55 in AA24, PTA12-100

155-06-ADF2 155-06-ADF2 ADF2 TA05-001 5 1.92 in AA95, ACP51, AMS42/44, NPX138N
155-06-AUX 155-06-AUX AUX TA06-001 6 2.30 in TH250/350
155-06-AUX1 1-55-06-AUX1 AUX1 TA07-001 7 2.67 in N301A, NPX136D, AA25
155-06-AUX2 155-06-AUX2 AUX2 TA08-001 8 3.05 in 3110, ACP53, AA97
155-06-COM1 155-06-COM1 COM1 TA09-001 9 3.43 in TH450B
155-06-COM2 155-06-COM2 COM2
Test Equipment
Aircraft Scales.................................................................................. 306

Air Data & Pitot Static Test Sets....................................................... 299
Airframe/Powerplant Test Sets........................................................ 303
Bench Test Sets................................................................................ 294
Databus Analyzers............................................................................ 297
ELT Test Sets..................................................................................... 307
Fiber Optic Inspection ..................................................................... 306
Fuel Quantity Test Sets..................................................................... 302
NAV/COM Ramp Tester..................................................................... 294
Sight Compass.................................................................................. 305
Strobe Intensity................................................................................ 305
Wire & Cable Testers........................................................................ 310
Test Equipment
NAV/COM Ramp Tester
NAV/COM RAMP TESTER BENCH TEST SETS

NAV/COM/MARKER/RAMP TEST SET ASI-200-X & ASI-2000 TEST SYSTEM
TKM RADIO PLUG-INS
EDMO#: NC-2210 AVIONICS SPECIALIST, INC.
MFR#: 2210 The ASI-200-X works with
The NC 2210 is optimized for ramp the ASI-2000 Main Frame
testing of navigation and com- to test a wide variety of
munication equipment. This unit avionics unit, concentrat-
provides test signals for marker ing on the Collins Pro-Line
beacon, communication, localizer, and King Gold Crown line
glide slope and VOR. Also included of avionics.
is a wide band comm receiver with
agc to permit evaluation of comm
transmitter AM fidelity.
dimensions: 7 × 5.5 × 8 in
–– High RF Power power requirements: from ASI-2000
–– Precise localizer and glide slope deflection
–– Calibrated VOR bearings at 10 degree increments
–– Crystal controlled modulation frequencies EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
–– Long battery life ASI-2000 ASI-2000 ASI Test System
–– Internal antenna with adjustable length ASI-2001 ASI-2001 Pro Line Computer System
ASI-200-1 ASI-200-1 Plug In/CTL-22/32/62/92
ASI-200-2A ASI-200-2A Plug In/VIR-32/HDG SYNC ONLY
weight: 1.3 lb ASI-200-2B ASI-200-2B Plug In/VIR-32/HDG/TO-FR/OBS
dimensions: 3.8 × 7.4 × 2.3 in ASI-200-5 ASI-200-5 Plug In/DME-42
localizer: 108.1 Mhz +/- .003% -3 +/- 3 dbm at base of antenna ASI-200-12 ASI-200-12 Plug In/VIR-432
deviation: Centered, +/- .047 DDM, +/- .094 DDM, +/- .15 ASI-200-13 ASI-200-13 Plug In/DME-442
DDM. tone delete: 90 and 150 Hz with undeleted tone at More options available—call EDMO’s test equipment specialists at
30%. accuracy: +/- .005 DDM +618 8182 5511 for assistance in selecting the right test equipment
glide slope: 334.7 Mhz +/- .003% -6 +/- 3 dbm at base of antenna and configuration options for your specific needs; or, visit us online
deviation: Centered, +/- .094 DDM, +/- .188 DDM, +/- .30 at www.edmoap.com.au to see a larger assortment of our offerings.
DDM. tone delete: 90 and 150 Hz with undeleted tone at 4-%
accuracy: +/- .01 DDM
ILS: Both the Localizer and Glide Slope signals are above.
deviation: Both signals deviated simultaneously ASI-349-X AVTECH TEST SETS
VOR: 108.0 MHz +/- .003% -3 +/- 3 dbm at base of antenna AVIONICS SPECIALIST, INC.
bearing: Selectable in 10 degree increments
accuracy: +/- 1.5 degree
marker: 75.0 MHz +/- .003%
modulation: 400, 1300, 3000, 1020 HZ @ 95% – CW or
pulsed -3 +/- 3 dbm at base of antenna
communication: 118.0 MHz +/- .003%
modulation: 400, 1300, 3000, 1030 Hz @ 30% – CW or
pulsed
transmitter test: -10 to +10 dbm Go-Nogo. Phones to check
modulation
power: Internal battery with over 2 hours running time. (110 VAC
charger included) The ASI-349-X series test units test a variety of Avtech
avionics.
EDMO# DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

ASI-349-1 AVTECH 5088-1 Test Panel 8.75 × 19 x 6 in
ASI-349-3 Station Card Test Panel 8.75 × 19 × 6 in
ASI-349-4 AVTECH 5088-1 Test Panel 14 × 19 × 10 in
ASI-349-5 AVTECH Test Set for 141/5144/5145 -
18
control panels
Test Equipment
Bench Test Sets
ASI-502 CONTROL WIZARD EDMO# DESCRIPTION POWER

AVIONICS SPECIALIST, INC. ASI-700-4 DFIU VHF/HF ARINC panel 28 VDC/115 VAC/400 Hz
EDMO#: ASI-502 ACCESSORIES
Emulates many standard ASI-7002A1 overlay/ ADF-700
avionics control head ASI-7002A2 overlay/ADF-900
functions making it an ideal ASI-7002B1 overlay/ ILS-700/720
control substitute for bench ASI-7002B2 overlay/ILS-900
and flight line testing. It is
capable of controlling ADF, HF/VHF COM, DME, NAV,
Transponder, or any other system that requires ARINC
429 serial or parallel tuning methods including BCD and
2×5 (8.33/25kHz). UNIVERSAL ATR BREAKOUT BOX
It can also read and display ARINC 429 control data, AVIONICS SPECIALIST, INC.
Collins CSDB control data, ARINC 579 VOR bearing EDMO#: ASI-CTS-10
data, which may eliminate the need for more expensive MFR#: ASI-CTS-10
data bus readers or various test control heads. The unit The ASI-CTS-10
comes pre-programmed with control functions required Universal ATR Break-
for general testing of avionics equipment. Optional custom out Box used to
control programming available upon request: optional gain access to all
rear connector adapters are available which allow existing pins comprising up
cables to plug directly to the ASI-502 Control Wizard. This to three half-height,
is useful in existing bench test harness and flight line use. Thinline connectors. Signals to/from these connectors are
Standard Channeling formats: available at the tip jacks mounted on the front panel of
–– ARINC 429 (3 Inputs / 3 Outputs) ASI-CTS-10 chassis box. These tip jacks are labeled and
–– ARINC 2×5 (25 kHz) color-coded to enhance usability. Using the ASI-CTS-10 is
simple and requires no modification to aircraft wiring--sim-
–– ARINC 566A (8.33 kHz) ply plug the ASI-CTS-10 between the wiring harness and
–– ARINC 579 VOR Bearing (Read Only) the LRU to gain access to all inputs and outputs.
–– Collins CSDB (2 Inputs / 2 Outputs) The ASI-CTS-10 uses half-height, 4 row (60 pin) Collins
–– BCD (Parallel) Thinline Connectors (qty 3). All tip jacks are mounted on a
protective chassis box for easy access.
–– BCD (Inverse)Its bright vacuum-fluorescent screen can
be seen in most any lighting condition.
dimensions: 3.5 × 15 × 7 in
dimensions: 8.1 × 3.3 × 6.4 in cable length: 13 in
power: 18 to 28VDC 3/4 Amp
ASI-700-X DISCRETE FUNCTION TEST PANEL FOR KI525 & KI525A

INTERFACE UNITS AE TEST SOLUTIONS, INC.
AVIONICS SPECIALIST, INC. EDMO#: LTS-525/A
MFR#: LTS-525A
The ASI-700-X Se-
ries Discrete Function
Interface Units (DFIU)
are designed to test the
Collins ARINC 700/900
series Line Replacement
Units (LRU). These units
work in conjunction with
an ARINC 429 Data ASI-700-4
The panel has a 3 1/2 digit meter to monitor the following
Bus Generator (user supplied) to provide the LRU with all circuits: To-From, Nav 14VDC, Nav 28 VDC, +15 Unreg,
voltages, discretes, control inputs and outputs required for -15 VDC, +15V DC, TP-A, Nav Flag, Nav Dev, GS Flag,
regulation testing per the Collins maintenance manual. GS Dev. The panel operates from 115VAC 400Hz power
The ASI-502 can be used as a DME ARINC 429 control head simula- and produces all the DC voltages required to power the
tor (see previous product). KI-525/A. The panel provides tip jacks to access the sup-
ply voltages. The test and alignment procedure in the King
18
EDMO# DESCRIPTION POWER KI-525/A maintenance manual can be performed word-

ASI-700-1 DFIU - indicator 115 VAC/400 Hz for-word with the LTS-525/A Test Set.
ASI-700-2 DFIU ILS/VOR/MB/ADF/GLU 28 VDC/115 VAC/400 Hz –– Dimensions: 7 × 19 × 5.25 in
ASI-700-3 DFIU LRA/DME 28 VDC/115 VAC/400 Hz
Test Equipment
Bench Test Sets
RADAR/RADIO ALTIMETER TEST PANEL rotates continuously through 360° in a clockwise or

AE TEST SOLUTIONS, INC. counter-clockwise direction. Engraved marks are provid-
ed at 45° increments on the table top; engraved marks
at 1° increments are optional. A spring-loaded steel ball
engages detents in the bottom of the table top, locking
it into position for quick setup. The detents are located
every 45°. Tables with optional engraved marks every 1°
The LRA-2 Test and Test Interface Panel provides for the have detents every 15°. The tension is adjustable for the
complete bench testing of all Radar Altimeters and Indica- positioning detents on the tabletop.
tors. RT units and Indicators may be tested as a system
or individually. Test harnesses are supplied with cables for –– Includes 2 one-minute sensitive levels on the table base
each indicator in those systems having multiple different for a more accurately leveled table surface. The leveling
indicators. The unit provides those functions and controls feet can compensate for as much as 5° of tilt.
usual to the aircraft installation as well as a means to –– The top surface of the table has 6 tapped holes for
check those multiple different configurations that are vari- attaching the instrument package to be tested. Knurled
able dependent upon different installations. Radar Altime- mount screws (1/4-20) may be purchased separately.
ter manufacturer’s recommended tests and test points are –– Model 1310-L: tilt range: ±80º; engraved increment on
accommodated with extra test jacks and testing functions azimuth axis: 45º
to allow additional desirable testing and circuit access. –– Model 1310-1-L: tilt range: ±80º; engraved increment
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION on azimuth axis: 1º
LRA 2 LRA 2 Radar/Radio Altimeter Test Panel EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
TEST HARNESSES
1310-L 227545-2 2 Axis Manual Tilt Table
LRA 6108 LRA 6108 for KRA-405/LRA 2 1310-1-L 1310-1-L 2 Axis Tilt Table
LRA 6109 LRA 6109 for KRA-405B/LRA 2
LRA 6110 LRA 6110 for KNI 416/LRA 2
1790 SERIES TACHOMETER TESTER

IDEAL AEROSMITH, INC.
HEADSET TESTER The Model 1790 Tachometer Tester is used for testing
AE TEST SOLUTIONS, INC.
EDMO#: LH 4 and calibration of electrical and mechanical tachometer
MFR#: LH-4 generators and indicators. A high-quality DC motor is
coupled directly to a 1/4-inch square hole drive (AN Pad).
This tachometer tester output can be converted to a wide
The LH 4 provides a complete range of tests for head- variety of adapters and different tachometer interfaces.
phones, microphones (carbon, electret or equivalent, The motor drive control circuit uses SCR components and
dynamic), headsets and their associated switches, cords an open loop system for an economical solution to speed
and plugs, from go no-go to complete performance certifi- adjustment. The control panel consists of a five-digit LED
cation. Testing can be performed using voice and/or the display, momentary switches for start and stop, a direction
internal tone generator when testing any unit or combina- switch, a display select switch, and a ten-turn potentiom-
tion of units. Evaluation of the unit under test (UUT) can eter for speed adjustment.
then be made using the LH 4 speaker, meter and other –– 250-10,000 RPM Tachometer Testing Range
panel indicators.
The unit requires an AC 100 to 250 volt 50/400 Hz power –– 250-5,000 RPM Actual Drive Speed
source. Other than the AC power source, this unit is com- –– ± 1 RPM Accuracy of Digital Display
pletely self-contained and may be used as a stand-alone –– Bright Red 5-Digit Display
unit or rack-mounted. Dimensions: 3.5 × 19 × 6 in –– Maximum Torque: 60 oz-in
–– Low Cost
1310 SERIES MANUAL POSITIONING –– Direct-drive
TABLE
IDEAL AEROSMITH, INC. –– Bi-directional
The 1310-L Manual Tilt and Turn –– Ten-turn Speed Adjustment
Table consists of two axes of –– Optional Calibration Kit
motion, one for tilting and the Available
other for rotating the table. It can –– Dimensions: 12.7 × 12 × 8.1 in
be tilted in either direction from
0° to 80°, or 0° to 90°, depend-
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE READOUT
ing upon the model. Rotating the
18
handle in the desired direction 1790 230020-6 115 VAC RPM

will change the tilt six degrees per revolution. 1790-230 230020-7 230 VAC RPM
The vernier on the tilt axis is readable to one minute of arc 1790-4200 230020-8 115 VAC percentage
with the vernier adjustable to ± 5°. There are engraved 1790-230- 230020-9 230 VAC percentage
marks at 0.5° increments on the tilt axis. The tabletop
Test Equipment
Databus Analyzers
1921 SERIES TACHOMETER TESTER EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION

IDEAL AEROSMITH, INC. DT-400H-01 01-1404-01 Handheld 429 Databus Analyzer with
The Model 1921 Tachometer Tester is used for the testing Williamsburg Protocol
and calibration of electrical and mechanical tachometer 15-0009-10 SA-121A6IV-2W/ battery charger for DT-400H
generators and indicators. Two variable-speed brushless USN-205D-IP-ROHS
motors eliminate the need for gears while providing for
a testing range of 10 to 50,000 RPM. Each motor/shaft
is controlled by closed-loop system utilizing hall/encoder
feedback and a digital motion control card. The result is
a very reliable system with a speed accuracy of 0.005%. ARINC 429 ANALYZER WITH BOEING
The control panel consists of an LCD back-lit display with LABELS & PRINTER PORT
RS-232 entry keypad, illuminated power switch, emergen- ATG
cy stop button and a shaft rotating indicator.
The 429EBP databus analyzer allows
–– 10-50,000 RPM actual drive speed avionic technicians and line-main-
–– High accuracy tenance personnel to troubleshoot
–– 0.01 display resolution ARINC 429 labels. This unit can
–– Direct-drive selectively trap labels in three differ-
ent ways. The unit has non-volatile
–– Bi-directional memory and user-selectable ARINC
–– RS-232 keypad entry with Air Transport Equipment Identifier
LCD display codes. The transmitted and received
–– Various adapter wheels data can be viewed in either hexa-
included decimal or easy-to-understand engineering format. The
429EX is housed in a rugged, compact case with internal,
EDMO# MFR# VOLTAGE rechargeable NiCad batteries. The unit comes with either
230440-2 1921 115 V a 110V or 230V plug-in battery charger. An optional carry-
230440-3 1921-230V 230 V ing case is available for convenience and protection of the
unit. The 429EBP is equivalent to 429E, with the addition
of unique label definitions for testing of Boeing aircraft
avionics.
DATABUS ANALYZERS weight:

dimensions:
3 lb
7.25 × 4.5 × 2.5 in
power requirements: 110VAC, 60Hz, 500mA OR 230VAC, 50Hz, 300mA OR
DT400H HANDHELD ARINC 429 Six (6) int mounted AA size rechargeable NiCad batteries
DATABUS ANALYZER/WILLIAMSBURG
PROTOCOL
ATG
The DT400H (DT-400H-01) is a EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
lightweight handheld ARINC 429 429EX 01-1001-05 ARINC 429 Bus Analyzer
databus analyzer that provides 429EBP 429EBP 429 TX/RX databus analyzer with Boeing labels/
the same features as the full- printer port
sized DT400. This device pro- ACCESSORIES
vides breakpoint troubleshoot- 15-0009-01 11288 battery charger for 429EX/110-250 VAC to 9
ing mode, 16-label recorder, VDC
128-label transmitter, RS-232C port, D/A conversion, and 15-0009-03 11290 battery charger for 429EBP/110 - 250 VAC to
a Williamsburg protocol analyzer. The LCD backlit display 9 VDC
is sunlight readable and can operate for over six hours on
battery power.
–– Lightweight, hand-held unit is user-friendly
–– 16-line, backlit display
–– Record up to 240 screens for later d/load to PC/printer Not finding what you need?
–– Many labels displayed simultaneously EDMO carries a wide range of test equipment prod-
ucts with multiple configuration options; so, if the
–– Compatible with all other DATATRAC test equipment part you are looking for isn’t listed here, check out
our website at www.edmoap.com.au or give us a
call at +618 8182 5511 for parts and pricing. We’re
18
weight: 3.5 lb constantly updating our inventory, so there’s a good

dimensions: 6.3 × 9.75 × 2 in chance we’ll have what you need in stock.
power requirements: 110 or 220 VAC, 50-400 Hz AC adapter, int NiCad bat
bus frequency: 12-14.5 kHz or 100 kHz (selectable)
Test Equipment
Databus Analyzers
DT600 ARINC 429-629 DATABUS

ANALYZER weight: 18 lb (rack mount) / .5 lb (display)
ATG dimensions: 7 × 19 × 16” (rack mount) / 12.2 × 12.3 × 5.7 (display)
EDMO#: DT-600
power requirements: 50-60 Hz, 100-240 VAC
MFR#: 01-1405-02
BUSMASTER 2500
AE TEST SOLUTIONS, INC.
EDMO#: BM2500
MFR#: BM2500
The AE Test Solutions BusMaster
The DT600 is a combination ARINC 429/629 Databus an- 2500 is completely self-con-
alyzer with dual, independent ports for each bus standard. tained and provides convenient
Nearly identical functions are provided for each bus type. use for ramp and bench. It op-
These include basic receive and transmit func- erates on internal rechargeable
tions along with a general record mode and a pow- battery or AC adapter and has
erful breakpoint mode. The standard RS232 port an AC adapter on outside of unit for easy recharge. The
is used for downloading real time or recorded data AE Test Solutions BusMaster 2500 incorporates all of the
and for uploading new label/word definitions. following busses to allow for testing/troubleshooting:
The standard DAC port can be used to provide a trig- –– CSDB (RS-422): Commercial Standard Digital Bus
ger pulse or to drive recorders or instruments. An (unidirectional)
optional GPIB port permits remote control of all func- –– ARINC 575: Digital Air Data System (DADS)
tions. PC software is available to aid the user in defin- –– ARINC 429 (High & Low): Digital Information Transfer
ing customized data definition table(s). The large graph- System (DITS)
ical display and integrated keyboard provide an
informative and intuitive user interface. – – ARINC 568: DME (6-wire)
–– ASCB: Avionics Standard Communication Bus (bidirec-
T1200B ARINC CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT tional)
ATG –– ARINC 561: Inertial Navigation System (6-wire)
EDMO#: T1200B –– ARINC 571: Inertial Sensor Attitude-Heading Reference
MFR#: 01-1200-B2 System
Designed for use with any FEATURES:
system using an ARINC 429 –– 8 Channels: 4 transmit, 4 receive
Databus. It is equipped with
an external, touch-sensitive –– Capable of recording fully loaded high-speed busses
color Liquid Crystal Display (not just trapping some labels)
that provides a convenient –– Analyze and trap label set with a trigger
user configuration menu that –– Can capture detail based on a specific data occurrence
makes it easy to select data on triggered label
to be sent or received. This
unit is compatible with all major makes of navigation/com- – – Example: the occurrence of a label can be recorded if
munication equipment due to its ARINC 429 compatibility. a bit in the binary changes and bus data preceding and
The T1200B also provides an advantage with on-board following occurrence can be analyzed
electrical systems with its ability to provide control & –– User definable label setup - full scenarios
display functions such as operating or directional lights, –– Scenarios can be saved and played back
electrical switching & cockpit display panels. –– Data transferable to desktop PC for further manipulation
–– External 12 inch touch-screen display allows main unit /printing
to be located away from operation –– 128 Meg non-volatile storage of data
–– PS-2 mouse may be used with or without touch-screen –– Can store 26 hours of low-speed bus data
–– May be ordered with front or rear display connectors –– Can store over 3 hours of fully-loaded high-speed data
–– Easy-to-use menu selection of avionics test formats (not label trapping)
–– Test formats that follow specific OEM avionics CMMs –– Dimensions: 17 × 13 × 4.5 in
–– Up to 10 words transmitted on each channel
–– Transmission and reception of all ARINC 429 words EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
18
–– Ability to decode VOR, ILS, ADF, VHF, HF, DME, LRA, & BM2500 BM2500 BusMaster 2500
ATC associated words as well as all other BCD & BNR 85286 85286 battery for BusMaster 2500
data words into easily recognizable engineering units
–– 2 low speed & 2 high speed ARINC 429 transmitter/
receiver cards
Test Equipment
Air Data & Pitot Static Test Sets
AIR DATA & PITOT STATIC components used in the 1811NG have a well-established
history of proven flight line reliability & accuracy– includ-
TEST SETS ing the case, pumps, valves, and pressure transducers.
Features include wireless remote operation via tablet;
7-inch color LCD touchscreen that is sunlight readable
DPS-1000 PITOT STATIC TEST SET/ and compatible with gloved fingers; go-to-ground func-
RVSM tion; auto leak test custom profiles; programmable limit
BARFIELD protections; altitude correction and altitude compensation
EDMO#: DPS-1000 for leak testing.
MFR#: 101-01175 –– Wireless remote operation with tablet application
The DPS-1000 is a us- –– High accuracy—non-RVSM compliant
er-friendly, fully automat-
ed, and RVSM-compliant –– Fully automatic control
air data test set that –– 7-inch color touchscreen
performs pitot and static systems tests and inspections. It –– LCD sunlight readable
is equipped with a 7-inch, color LCD touchscreen that is
sunlight readable and compatible with gloved fingers. On –– Usable with gloves in cold climate
it, users can easily update the features and user interface. –– Versatility to update user interfaces & features
This device has a go-to-ground function, auto leak test –– Go to ground function
custom profiles, programmable limit protections, and an –– Auto leak test custom profiles
altitude correction feature. The DPS-1000 is easy to trans-
port with a tough set of wheels and an extendable handle –– Programmable limit protections
on the case. –– Altitude correction
–– High accuracy—RVSM compliant –– Altitude compensation for leak testing
–– Fully automatic control –– Durable wheels and extendable handle on case
–– 7-inch color touchscreen
–– LCD sunlight readable
–– Can be operated with gloves weight: 33 lb
dimensions: 14.8 × 22.2 × 9 in
–– User interfaces and features can be updated AC power requirements: 85-264 VAC; 50-60 Hz; auto selection; 200 VA
–– Includes go-to-ground function storage temp range -25° to 70°C
–– Auto leak test custom profiles operating temp range: 0° to 50°C
–– Programmable limit protections humidity: 0-95% non-condensing
–– Altitude correction
–– Altitude compensation for leak testing
–– Durable wheels and extendable handle on case
1811GA SERIES PITOT STATIC TESTER
BARFIELD
weight: 33 lb The Barfield 1811GA testers are
dimensions: 14.8 × 22 × 9 in portable, self-contained units,
AC power requirements: 85-264 VAC; 50-60 Hz; auto selection; 200 VA used for testing and calibrat-
frequency range: 2 MHz to 1 GHz ing aircraft pitot-static systems.
The tester has three-instrument
storage temp range -25° to 70°C
capability for analog (Altimeter,
operating temp range: 0° to 50°C Vertical Speed, and Airspeed)
humidity: 0-95% non-condensing units to perform aircraft leak tests
or instrument calibrations. All 1811
series testers are configured with
hand pumps and external pressure ports for supplying
the necessary pressure and vacuum needed for on-board
1811NG DIGITAL PITOT STATIC TESTER testing and calibration. Compact fiberglass case allows
BARFIELD unit to fit in tight installations.
EDMO#: 1811NG
MFR#: 101-01178 –– Performs on-board instrument calibration checks
The latest in the Im- –– Performs precision pitot-static leak tests
perium series, the fully –– Three-instrument capability for analog units with option-
automated 1811NG al ranges Correction cards for all analog instruments
18
digital pitot static test set –– Fully portable, self-contained (No electric or external
performs altimeter and pressure sources required)
static systems tests and –– Vacuum & pressure hand pumps installed
inspections directly supporting general aviation, helicopter,
UAV, non-RVSM regional and corporate aircraft. Critical –– Digital instruments contain four indications (altitude,
airspeed, vertical speed and Mach)
Test Equipment
–– 1-year calibration cycle for digital 1811s 1811D SERIES PITOT STATIC TEST SET
–– Includes 2 x 25-ft hoses, pitot mast adapter, 2423F BARFIELD
static port adapter kit and pitot-static system CD-ROM The Barfield 1811D is an
inexpensive, portable, self-con-
weight: 24 lb tained field tester. It is ideal
for leak testing aircraft pitot
dimensions: 9.76 × 15.4 × 14.9 in
and static systems or on-
board testing of altimeters and
airspeed indicators. The tester
EDMO# MFR# CONFIGURATION uses two analog or digital
1811GA-465 101-00185-465 60-420kts, 6k ft/min, 35k ft instruments (Altimeter and
1811GA-625 101-00185-625 20-250kts, 2k ft/min, 35k ft. Airspeed) to perform aircraft
1811GA-635 1811GA-635 20-250kts, 3k ft/min, 35k ft leak tests or instrument cali-
1811GA-645 101-00185-645 20-250kts, 4k ft/min, 35k ft.
bration checks. All legacy 1811
series testers are configured
1811GA-665 101-00185-665 20-250kts, 6k ft/min, 35k ft.
with hand pumps and external
1811GA-AOA 101-00185-AOA 20-650kts, 6k ft/min, 55k ft pressure ports for supplying the necessary pressure and
vacuum needed for on-board testing.
–– Ideal for flightline calibration checks and troubleshooting
1811HA SERIES PITOT STATIC TESTER –– Performs precision pitot-static leak tests
BARFIELD –– Two-instrument combination with optional ranges
The Barfield 1811HA testers are –– Correction cards for all analog instruments
portable, self-contained units, –– Fully portable and self-contained (No electric or external
used for testing and calibrating pressure sources needed)
aircraft pitot-static systems.
The tester has three-instrument –– Lightweight plastic case for portability
capability for analog (Altimeter, –– Digital instruments contain four indications (altitude,
Vertical Speed, and Airspeed) airspeed, vertical speed and Mach)
units to perform aircraft leak –– 1-year calibration cycle for digital 1811s
tests or instrument calibrations.
All 1811 series testers are con- –– Includes: two (2) 25-ft hoses, a pitot mast adapter, and
figured with hand pumps and external pressure ports for a 2423F static port adapter kit
supplying the necessary pressure and vacuum needed for
on-board testing and calibration.
–– Compact fiberglass case weight: 18 lb
–– Performs on-board instrument calibration checks
–– Performs precision pitot-static leak tests
–– Three-instrument capability for analog units with option-
al ranges Correction cards for all analog instruments EDMO# MFR# CONFIGURATION
–– Operates from 115/230 VAC 50-400hZ 1811D-403 101-00164-403 60-420kts, 50k ft
–– Fully portable, self-contained (No electric or external 1811D-405 101-00164-405 60-420kts, 35k ft
pressure sources required) 1811D-603 101-00164-603 20-250kts, 50k ft.
1811D-605 101-00164-605 20-250kts, 35k ft.
–– Vacuum and pressure hand pumps installed
1811D-AOA 101-00164-A0A 20-650kts, 55k ft.
–– Digital instruments contain four indications (altitude,
airspeed, vertical speed and Mach)
–– 1-year calibration cycle for digital 1811s
–– Includes 2 x 25’ hoses, pitot mast adapter, 2423F static 1811 SERIES PITOT STATIC TEST SET ACCESSORIES
port adapter kit and a pitot-static system CD-ROM
EDMO# DESCRIPTION
weight: 30 lb 115-00056 25-foot Hose Kit with pitot and static system test hoses/Includes
dimensions: 9.76 × 15.4 x 14.9 in 115-00057 basic pitot test adapter
115-00218 40-foot Hose Kit with pitot and static system test hoses/Includes
115-00057 pitot test adapter
EDMO# MFR# CONFIGURATION
115-00057 Basic Pitot Test Adapter with surgical tubing with #4 AN Fitting
18
1811HA-423 101-00184-423 60-420kts, 2k ft/min, 50k ft 2423F Static Port Adapter Kit
1811HA-425 101-00184-425 60-420kts, 2k ft/min, 35k ft
1811HA-435 101-01184-435 60-420kts, 3k ft/min, 35k ft.
1811HA-443 101-00184-443 60-420kts, 4k ft/min, 50k ft.
Test Equipment
ADTS500 SERIES AIR DATA TEST SETS ADTS553F

GE/DRUCK Portable three-channel flightline air data test set. Provides
The ADTS500 Series of pitot static air data validation leak testing, fault-finding and
pitot static testers provides avionics instrumentation testing for any aircraft requiring
a smarter way to perform angle of attack two off static-controlled channels, in ad-
standard aircraft mainte- dition to a pitot test channel. The ADTS553F can also be
nance, troubleshooting, used as a standard two-channel flightline air data test set.
fault-finding and emer-
gency aircraft on ground ADTS554F
instrumentation validation. Portable four-channel flightline air data test set In
The ADTS500 Series is three-channel mode it provides pitot static air data vali-
equipped with Bluetooth® dation, leak testing, fault-finding and avionics instrumen-
wireless technology and tation testing for any aircraft requiring angle of attack two
the ADTS Touch hand ter- off static-controlled channels, in addition to a pitot test
minal, which removes the need to run cables or hoses to channel. The ADTS554F can also be used as a standard
the cockpit. It has an icon-driven, swipe-screen interface two-channel flightline air data test set or two simultaneous
that makes navigating to and performing tasks quicker two-channel air data test sets.
and more intuitive.
–– ADTS Touch hand terminal with Bluetooth® wireless LSU105 AIR DATA LINE SWITCHING UNIT
technology The LSU 105 Line Switching Unit
–– Day/night color display with swipe technology user significantly enhances flightline
interface Independently controlled two, three, or four operation of any Druck Air Data
channels Test Set. For use with civil and
–– State-of-the-art TERPS pressure sensor technology military aircraft, it uses manually
switched color coded valves to
–– Factory set or user defined limit protection for aircraft connect an air data test set to
instruments Accuracy suitable for RVSM validation Captain, First Officer and Auxil-
–– 15-month calibration interval for low cost of ownership iary pitot-static systems simul-
–– Altitude range from -3,000 to +65,000 feet taneously. Once connected, the
LSU 105 saves time and effort
–– Airspeed range from 20 to 650 knots in performing multiple system
–– Low airspeed option air data tests, increasing aircraft
–– Ps only and Pt only control modes availability and reducing costs.
–– High-speed, smooth pressure/vacuum control for 6,000 Each pitot-static channel can also be fully isolated to
feet/minute rate of climb to 30,000 feet ceiling at con- allow the conventional independent system testing often
stant airspeed required.
–– Multiple languages with additional ones easily installed EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
by customer Base unit and hand terminal software and
ADTS-542F ADTS542F 2-channel/low pitot static volume demands
firmware updated via USB mass storage device
ADTS-552F ADTS552F 2-channel/large pitot static volume capability
–– Optional additional ADTS Touch hand terminal ADTS-553F ADTS553F 3-channel/2-channel
–– Optional accessories, including ADTS backpack, acces- ADTS-554F ADTS554F 4-channel
sories bags, hoses, adapters and aircraft connectors LINE SWITCHING UNITS
–– Global service support LSU105-2 LSU105-2 AIR DATA LINE SWITCHING UNIT/4 Pitot and 4
Static Output Ports
ADTS542F LSU105-4 LSU105-4 AIR DATA LINE SWITCHING UNIT/Configured to 4
Small, lightweight and cost-effective: portable two-chan- Pitot or Static/8 Pitot or Static
nel flightline air data test set for ‘Aircraft on the Ramp’
testing. Ideal for any aircraft with low pitot static volume
demands or for light aircraft, including helicopters, and
propeller-driven airplanes. Provides pitot static air data
validation, leak testing, fault-finding and avionics instru-
mentation testing.
ADTS552F
Portable two-channel flightline air data test set with large
pitot static volume capability for use on a wide range of
aircraft from light aircraft to wide body passenger and
18
freight aircraft. Provides pitot static air data validation, leak

testing, fault-finding and avionics instrumentation testing.
Test Equipment
Fuel Quantity Test Sets
PITOT STATIC TEST ADAPTERS & AIR cycle or 220V 50 cycle

DATA ACCESSORY KITS –– Hand pump operation when power is not available
NAV-AIDS –– Bench test altimeters, encoders, airspeeds, vertical
speeds & air data component
–– Face-up or standard instrument operating position
–– All models have 6,000 FPM vertical speed
393 393 115V 60Hz/35K, 300 mph
393D 393D 115V 60Hz and hand pumps/35K, 3090 mph
393M 393M 220V 50Hz/35K, 260 kts
ADA787-612 Air Data Accessories Kit FUEL QUANTITY TEST

SETS
DIGITAL DC FUEL QUANTITY TEST SET
BARFIELD
EDMO#: DC-400A
MFR#: 101-00850
The compact and lightweight
DC400A is a complete fuel
33410LH-125-4 and P75701M2-3 Pitot/Static Test Adapters quantity system test set for
use on aircraft that have
Nav-Aids Ltd. of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, has been probes with integral diode
family-owned and operated for 50 years. They specialize rectification, commonly called
in pitot-static test adapters and air data accessories kits “DC” fuel quantity systems.
for all manner of aircraft – from general aviation, commut- Completely self-contained
er, corporate, transport and military to missile defense, un- and portable, the DC400A is
manned aerial vehicles and space vehicles. Nav-Aids Ltd. lightweight and as an internal
supports more than 300 different types of aircraft in all. All battery-powered DC fuel quantity system. The tester is
of Nav-Aids’ design, assembly and testing takes place at specifically designed, when used with the proper Adapter
its state-of-the-art 6,000-square-foot facility located near Module, to meet the requirements for testing and calibra-
Montréal-Trudeau International Airport. tion of a wide range of Aircraft DC Fuel Quantity Systems.
Nav-Aids’ adapters are available as stand-alone items or The Interchangeable adapter modules customize the
in aircraft-specific kits that include all required adapters, DC400A to interface directly with a specific aircraft without
hose assemblies, pre-test tools, control consoles (LSUs), the need for an external adapter cable. The digital monitor
spare seals, lubricating fluid, hose suspension fixtures function monitors the fuel quantity indicator/signal condi-
and more—all contained in transit cases equipped with tioner output directly in pounds, volts, ratio, etc., depend-
dunnage to properly store and protect contents. . ing on the module.
–– Capabilities include bench checking aircraft fuel quantity
393 AIR DATA & PITOT STATIC system components and testing all major components
TESTERS and circuitry in the aircraft’s DC fuel quantity system
AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENT SUPPORT SERVICES –– Direct digital LCD readout of probe capacitance
The 393 Air Data and –– Digital readout of quantity system output
Pitot-Static System Testers
can be used in the cockpit
for solo pitot-static system weight: 4.5 lb
functional and leak tests. dimensions: 5.3 × 12.2 × 10.4 in
–– Easy set-up and operation
–– Operates on 115V 60 cy-
cle, 220V 50 cycle or por-
table (no power required) EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
18
on hand pump models DC-400A 101-00850 Digital DC Fuel Quantity Test Set
–– Test all systems at one time on typical general aviation 101-00802 101-00802 adapter cable for DC400 and DC400A test set on
aircraft, corporate aircraft & air carrier aircraft Beechcraft / Raytheon 1900, C-99 and King aircraft
–– Use on the Hangar Floor/Ramp: operates on 115V 60
Test Equipment
Airframe/Powerplant Test Sets
AIRFRAME/POWERPLANT –– Injection Pads: during leak

detection the Injection Pads
TEST SETS are used to inject tracer gas
via the leak exit point. When
the gas has been injected,
EXTRIMA / EX CLASSIFIED FUEL LEAK the Ex-certified leak detector
DETECTOR SYSTEM Extrima is recommended for
INFICON pin-pointing the leak on the
EDMO#: 590-600 fuel system. The pads are
The Extrima finds leaks available in sizes small (60 mm)
in a wide range of indus- and large (150 mm).
trial applications such –– Injection Fix Kit: when fuel
as aircraft and hydrogen leaks are found in tricky plac-
cooled generators. With es, the Injection Fix Kit allows for adapting the injection
the Extrima, the aviation tool to a specific situation. The kit includes PVC tubes,
industry has a safe, accurate and yet simple solution for cutter, aluminum tape, injection plug, mylar film and
leak testing of complete fuel systems, both in production sealant tape.
and maintenance situations. Thanks to its high sensitivity, –– Injection Panel: the Injection Panel is the complete Gas
the Extrima can detect even minute leaks with pinpoint Injection Kit without the Injection Pads and the Injection
accuracy. Extensive tests have shown that using the Fix Kit.
Extrima can reduce the average time by more than 50 %
for identifying, locating and repairing a leak on a fighter jet
during maintenance. TT1200A DIGITAL TURBINE
–– Certified for use in Zone 0, classification Ex ia, IIC T3 TEMPERATURE TEST SET
with ATEX, IECEx, NEPSI & CSA certificates. The Extri- BARFIELD
ma can be used to trace leaks using Forming gas or in EDMO#: TT1200A
applications where pure hydrogen is used. MFR#: 101-00930
–– Explosive environments without prior venting The TT1200A Digital Turbine Tem-
perature Test Set tests digital and
–– Up to 12 hours battery capacity glass cockpit indicators. It tests
–– Extremely robust & resilient to hydraulic fluids and fuels the aircraft Chromel/Alumel (K
–– High sensitivity, quick reaction, fast recovery type) turbine temperature mea-
suring systems with the ability
–– Can be used in wet conditions to measure resistances to 0.001
–– Accessories for aircraft fuel system leak detection ohms, measures insulation up
–– Intrinsically safe: Ex ia, IIC T3 for use in Zone 0/Div 1 to 200M ohms, performs indi-
–– High sensitivity 0.5 ppm/1x10E-7 cc/s using 5% cator run-outs with a resolution
H2/95% N2 of 0.1ºC or 1º C and a range of
1372ºC. It can also display the equivalent ºF or millivoltag-
–– Waterproof: IP 67 es and may be used as a master indicator. This micropro-
–– 1 minute start up time cessor based, completely self-contained, battery powered
–– Unique selectivity to hydrogen unit is housed in a rugged, high visibility case.
–– Displays the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit in addi-
tion to Celsius and millivoltage
weight: 10 lb –– Has a calibrated temperature range of 1372ºC
dimensions: 15.03 × 9.44 × 6.57 in –– Powered from long lasting C-cell batteries with auto-off
ambient temp range: -20 to +50°C (-4 to +120°F) feature to conserve batteries
chemical resistance: JET-fuel and most common petroleum products –– True 4-wire resistance measurements
–– Calibration date reminder available from display with
user alerts for approaching CAL date
–– Backlit 16-character alphanumeric display with user
COMPLETE GAS INJECTION KIT prompts
INFICON –– CE certified
EDMO#: 590-621 –– Accuracy: Typical measurement error at ambient (25ºC)
Accessory to the Extrima, Ex-certified Hydrogen Leak less than ± 0.5ºC simulated system lead resistance
Detector for injecting tracer gas into fuel leaks during
maintenance of aircrafts. The kit includes a complete set
18
of accessories that are needed for efficient leak detection weight: 7.3 lb
in many different kind of situations, all delivered in a smart
and heavy-duty transport case. The equipment includes dimensions: 7 × 11 × 10 in
Injection Pads, Injection Fix Kit and Injection Panel, which
incorporates a certified leak for calibration of the detector.
Test Equipment
Airframe/Powerplant Test Sets
TT1000A DIGITAL TURBINE EDMO# MFR# FOR CABLE SIZE

TEMPERATURE TESTER SINGLE CABLE TENSIOMETER
BARFIELD 102-03101 102-03101 1/16 / 25-300 lb
EDMO #: TT-1000A 102-03102 102-03102 3/32 / 25-400 lb
MFR#: 101-00901
102-03103 102-03103 1/8 / 25-600 lb
The TT1000A is a completely 102-03104 102-03104 5/32 / 25-700 lb
self-contained, battery powered, 102-03105 102-03105 3/16 / 50-500 lb
aircraft turbine temperature sys- 102-03106 102-03106 7/32 / 50-900 lb
tem tester capable of measuring 102-03107 102-03107 1/4 / 50-1,000 lb
system lead resistance, insula-
GENERAL MULTI-CABLE TENSIOMETER
tion, and performing indicator
run-outs with a range up to1000 102-03108 102-03108 extended range for cable sizes 1/16 - 1/4
°C. The unit was specifically de- 102-03120 102-03120 high accuracy for cable sizes 1/16 - 3/16
signed to meet all requirements
for testing aircraft Chromel/Alu-
mel (CH/AL) turbine temperature
measuring systems and provides an accurate display of
thermocouple outputs in degrees Celsius (°C). 2311FA PRESSURE TESTER
BARFIELD
The TT1000A includes an automatic digital display that EDMO#: 2311FA
practically eliminates human error and reduces testing MFR#: 101-00212
time to a minimum. The test leads incorporate automatic
temperature compensation to remove induced voltage The 2311FA Pressure Tester
caused by a “Cold Junction” created when the test leads field tests aircraft pressure
are attached to the aircraft. systems for both recipro-
cating and turbine engine
All of the features designed into the TT1000A have been pressure systems. It provides
added to reduce maintenance time and cost as well as pressure for testing pressure
provide a maintenance friendly tester for measuring and transmitters, warning switch-
displaying resistance of thermocouple, thermocouple es pressure-type torque
rings, and system lead circuits. (BMEP) indicators and sys-
tem leak testing in the range
CT12A DIGITAL CABLE TENSIOMETER of 0-600 PSI.
BARFIELD The unit consists of a cylinder equipped with a manually
The CT12A measures existing operated screw piston for developing pressure. A fluid
tension in 1/16 to 1/4-inch cables. reservoir is connected through a control valve to the pres-
There are two different unit types sure cylinder. 1/8 NPT female outlet port is provided for
available within the product line: attachment to the unit or system to be tested. The tester
multi-cable and single-cable. The is portable and rugged, with a wide range capability. It is
multi-cable unit is capable of mea- simple to operate, self-contained and both line and shop
suring up to seven different cable proven.
sizes, while the single cable units Two types of gauges are recommended and available
are customized for one specific depending upon the requirements of the user (standard or
cable size. This device has a stan- inspector test types). Standard gauges are available with
dard mode for providing individual an accuracy of +2% of full scale in ranges of 0-60, 0-200
cable tension measurements and and 0-600 pounds per square inch (PSI). Inspector test
an averaging mode, which automatically averages three gauges are available with an accuracy of +1/2% of full
measurements. The CT12A’s screen displays the battery scale in ranges, of 0-60, 0-100, 0-160, 0-200, 0-300 and
life, last measured cable size, ambient temperature, and 0-600 PSI.
cable tension. Only requires one-handed operation with
no need for conversion tables. The use of VITON (Fluro-Carbon) seals on the piston per-
mits the use of any fuel, lubricating or hydraulic fluid. The
principal incompatible fluids not to be used with VITON
seals are: alcohols, aldehydes, amines, alkyl phosphate
weight: 1.2 lb esters (skydrol), ethers and ketones.
dimensions: 8.75 × 4.38 × 1.5 in –– Field tests aircraft pressure systems in the 0-600 PSI
power requirements: 3.7 VDC lithium battery; 14 hours max if instrument range
remains on; 28 hours normal operation (activated 30%
–– Provides for both leak and calibration tests
of time)
storage temp range -20° to 60°C –– Pressure source for pressure transducers, warning
switches and direct reading pressure gauges
18
operating temp range: -10° to 60°C

–– Applicable for shop or line use
–– No electrical or pneumatic source needed
Test Equipment
Sight Compass
mounting hardware were designed with materials that will

not affect the magnetic accuracy of the sight compass.
weight: 3 lb
dimensions: 9.8 × 7.8 × 7.5 in –– Calibration device for mounted aircraft compass
storage temp range -20° to 60°C –– Indicates magnetic direction at all times
operating temp range: 0° to 40°C –– Rugged, durable and lightweight
–– Accurate to within ±1 degree
–– Hand-held and portable
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION –– 5-foot, 6-inch monopod support and protective carrying
2311FA 2311FA Pressure Tester case included
PRESSURE GAUGES
304-00003 304-00003 Pressure Gauge with Standard Accuracy/0-60 PSI EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
304-00004 304-00004 Pressure Gauge with Standard Accuracy/0-200PSI SC063 101-01200 Sight Compass
304-00005 304-00005 Pressure Gauge with Standard Accuracy/0-600PSI 383-00014 383-00014 Sight Plate for SC063 Sight Compass
304-00006 304-00006 Digital Pressure Gauge/0-200 PSI/.1 PSI Accuracy 115-00493 115-00493 Monopod for SC063
304-00007 304-00007 Digital Pressure Gauge/0-500 PSI/.1 PSI Accuracy
304-00100 304-00100 Pressure Gauge/Inspector Accuracy/0-60 PSI
304-00103 304-00103 Pressure Gauge/Inspector Accuracy/0-300 PSI SWING SIGHT COMPASS
OTTO INSTRUMENT SERVICE INC
EDMO#: BJ-180
The BJ-180 sight compass is used
to check the aircraft compass for
accuracy. It has a reversed card so
pilot and swinger read the same
SIGHT COMPASS heading. It is painted red for clear
identification and must not be
installed in any aircraft. Comes com-
SC063 SIGHT COMPASS plete with plastic case and easy to
BARFIELD
follow instructions.
The SC063 is a portable,
self-contained calibration device
used to check the mounted
aircraft compass. Consisting
of a modified aircraft compass, STROBE INTENSITY
which has been re-screened
to indicate 180 degrees from FLASH TEST ST-4000 STROBE LIGHT
normal. The SC063 allows the INTENSITY TESTER
operator to stand facing the AMERICAN AEROSPACE CORP
aircraft, making it considerably EDMO#: ST-4000
easier to transmit signals to MFR#: ST-4000
and from the aircraft cockpit; it
is unique in that the compensating magnets have been The Flash Test ST-400 is a hand-held
removed and a combination magnifying lens and collimat- system for measuring strobe light
ing sight added. The compensator has been removed so intensity “On The Wing.” It allows
the compass indicates magnetic direction at all times and the operator to measure the intensity
is not subject to calibration offsets. The magnifying lens of all strobe lights without removing
increases the readability of the dial and the collimating them from the aircraft. The procedure
lens insures precise sighting alignment. Attached to the is quick, easy, and provides a digital
rear of the compass is an adjustable sight lens. The lens is read-out of the strobe intensity in
precisely aligned to insure that the overall accuracy of the effective candelas. This is important
dial does not exceed ±1 degree. for record keeping purposes and data
gathering. The test can be accomplished during routine
The sight compass is painted orange and a caution label maintenance visits, indoors or outdoors, and needs no
is attached to prevent inadvertent installation in an aircraft. additional special equipment or setup. The Flash Test
Each unit is painted orange for clear identification and can also be used in the repair shop to ensure proper light
must not, under any circumstances, be used as an aircraft intensity output following strobe unit repair or overhaul.
compass. The compass is mounted on a bracket which
–– FAA approved and meets requirements of FAA Flight
18
can be attached to the monopod assembly. The mono-

pod support provides a stable reading while not requiring Standards Information Bulletin for Airworthiness FSAW
long set-up times. The 5-foot 6-inch monopod assembly 98-01
may be adjusted so the sight compass meets the eye lev- –– Designed & manufactured in accordance with SAE
el of the operator. All external parts of the sight compass ARP5029 - Measurement Procedures for Anti-Collision
such as the mounting bracket, monopod and associated Strobe Lights
Test Equipment
Aircraft Scales
AIRCRAFT SCALES fiber network; and used to install, test, and maintain fiber
systems where portability is essential such as in FTTX,
BPON/EPON/GPON, FTTA, and data centers.
LPA400 LOW-PROFILE AIRCRAFT –– Automated pass/fail analysis for fiber inspections/tests
SCALES WEIGHING SYSTEM –– On board storage for fiber inspections and test results
GENERAL ELECTRODYNAMICS
–– Easily generates fiber certification reports
Easy to move from one aircraft
and one location to another. Each –– 3.5-inch color touchscreen
platform weighs less than 30
pounds, so they are easily trans- DIGITAL ANALYSIS MICROSCOPE
ported and quickly deployed. Less The P5000i is a digital
than two inches high, no ramps handheld microscope
are needed and the platforms that automatically
have a capacity of up to 30,000 inspects and certifies
pounds each. The weighing 4301150 the end faces of fiber
systems are remarkably ac- connectors accord-
curate—up to ±0.1% of the applied load (or 5 pounds) ing to industry standards and specifications. This digital
with excellent repeatability. Each scale reads in 1-pound microscope provides instant pass/fail results at the push
increments. The extremely accurate and stable indicator of a button, eliminating subjective and time-consuming
can be interfaced with a laptop computer. guesswork. Compatible with multiple platforms, including
–– Easy-to-read backlit display T-BERD®/MTS-2000/4000/5800/ 6000A, 8000v2, HST-
3000, Certifier40G, CellAdvisor JD720C, laptops, PCs,
–– Zero key and Android mobile devices, the P5000i provides fast,
–– No leveling required; self-contained design eliminates repeatable analysis that easily integrates into existing test
cables procedures. The world’s leading manufacturers, installers,
–– Internal latitude, altitude, and temperature correction and service providers already rely on Viavi Solutions to
certify their fiber connectors. Whether testing on the pro-
duction line or in the field, the P5000i gives any technician
weight: 30 lb that handles fiber the same capabilities in the palm of their
dimensions: 1.25 inches high hand.
accuracy: ±0.1% of applied load –– Connects via USB with multiple devices including Viavi
capacity: 30,000 lb tools, laptops/PCs, and Android mobile devices
–– Repeatable pass/fail analysis eliminates subjective
guesswork from the measurement process
–– User-selectable acceptance profiles allow certification to
any acceptance criteria
4301150 LPA400-5 Scale, 5 PAD –– Includes FiberChekPRO™ software for analysis and
4301160 4301160 LPA400-3 Scale, 3 PAD reporting with laptops/PCs
–– Automatic image centering ensures the fiber always
appears in the center of the screen
–– Detailed report generation to certify and document
results
–– Dual magnification (200X and 400X) functionality pro-
FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION vides high-level and detailed inspection and analysis
–– Magnification toggle button allows easy switching in
SMARTCLASS™ FIBER HANDHELD both live and analysis views
SOLUTIONS –– Accepts FBPT series tips for comprehensive support for
VIAVI all connector types used in today’s network
HD4I SMARTCLASS DIGITAL HANDHELD VIDEO DISPLAY BOEING 787 BASIC AVIONICS INSPECTION KIT
The HD4I SmartClass™ digital Users can ensure that fiber
handheld video display gives connectors are clean before
technicians the flexibility and connecting them with the
performance in one powerful, FBP-787-1 Basic Avionics
easy-to-use device. At the Inspection Kit. Includes the
push of a button, the HD4I cuts HD4I Digital Handheld Display,
testing and certification time in the P5000I Digital Analysis
18
half and gives customers con- Microscope, and a selection of

fidence in their network quality. interface tips, inspections tips,
This unit provides reports with barrel assemblies, alignment
pass/fail fiber connectivity analysis; standardizes fiber guides, and organization cases all packed into one pad-
inspection, analysis, and testing methods throughout the ded Pelican hard case.
Test Equipment
ELT Test Sets
EDMO# DESCRIPTION ELT TEST SETS

FBP-HD4I Digital Display
includes; patchcord and probe scope BT100AV ELT TESTER SERIES
FBP-SD4I Fiber Inspection Kit WS TECHNOLOGIES
includes: FBP-HD4I Digital Display, P5000I Digital Probe
FBP-787-1 Boeing 787 Basic Avionics Inspection Kit The BT100AV series of ELT
FBP-787CCR Boeing 787 CCR Cabinet/Long Reach Upgrade Kit
testers accommodate an array of
testing needs 406 ELTs (as well
12910 IBC Fiber Optic Pin and Socket Connector Cleaning Tool/H125 as EPIRBs and PLBs) including
code verification, annual inspec-
tions, certifications, and trouble-
shooting. The BT100AV series
measure all 121, 243 and 406
FIBER OPTIC POWER METER MHz parameters and provide
GREENLEE TEXTRON, INC. 406 MHz graphic measurements
EDMO#: 560XL for power, phase modulation,
MFR#: 1546741 and spectrum while also pro-
–– Loss measurements in (dB) viding the user with real-time
–– Power measurements in (dBm) audio on 121.5 or 243 MHz. The
–– 0.01 dB measurement resolution BT100AVS device(s) are also capable of measuring 406
MHz frequency stability in addition to the previously listed
–– Long battery life measurements.)
–– User selectable auto shut-off –– Receives all Cospas-Sarsat past, current, and future
–– Rugged and splash-proof frequency channels
–– Easy to use - three buttons control all functions –– Decodes all Cospas-Sarsat protocols
–– Multi-wavelength storage -store and recall reference –– User can add text or audio notes to each measurement
power levels for faster, more efficient measurements –– External coax allows direct connection between ELT
–– Snap-On connector interface adapts to FC, SC and ST and tester (no external attenuator required)
connectors –– Direct connection power measurement accuracy to ± 1
dB on 406 MHz
–– Comes equipped with easy to use software
weight: 8.5 oz –– Internal antenna receives 406 burst over 15m away
–– Stores hundreds of measurements
–– Detailed calibration data is included with each Cert
–– Meets and exceeds FAA, IC and EuroCAE ELT inspec-
tion requirements
LED SOURCE 520 –– Includes: BT100AV series ELT tester, custom zipper
GREENLEE TEXTRON, INC. pouch, RF input interface cable, 10 MHz REF interface
–– 850/1300 nm wavelengths cable, operators manual, watertight storage box, and
–– Stable calibrated output. PDA (includes AC adapter, PC interface cable, PDA
software CD
–– Easy to use
–– Continuous wave & modulated output
–– Fixed connector interface FC, SC or ST dimensions: BT100: 1.71 × 2.3 × 0.50 in
–– Long battery life - approx. 80 hours BT100 in PDA: 3.03 × 5.51 × 0.67 in
–– User selectable auto shut-off hard case: 12.75 × 10.75 × 4.5 in
–– Rugged and splash-proof RF range (using internal 406 MHz: > 15 m
antenna): 121.5 MHz/243 MHz > 3 M
RF input VSWR: 1.10:1
RF input level: 406 MHz burst: -13dBm Min / +40dBm Max
weight: 8.5 oz 121.5/243MHz: -28dBm Min / +30dBm Max
dimensions: 2.8 × 5.6 × 1.4 in 10 MHz REF input VSWR: 1.15:1
10 MHz REF input level: -10 dBm Min / +10 dBm Max
operating temperature range: 0°C to +50°C
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION storage temperature range: -20°C to +60°C
18
internal temperature sensor ±0.5°C

570XL-ST 52022357 LED source 520/1300 nm with ST connector accuracy:
570XL-SC 52022356 LED source 520/1300 nm with SC connector RF input cable termination: BNC-female
10 MHz REF cable termination: SMA-female
Test Equipment
ELT Test Sets

BT100AVS 910-BT100AVS
ELT Tester: measures frequency stability weight: 0.5 lb
in accordance with C/S T.007 with user dimensions: 4.3 × 2.5 × 1.0 in
controlled test duration and real-time results 406 MHz receiver sensitivity: -125 dBm
monitoring with data output in a delimited out of band rejection (<400 > 145 dB
text file for use within other programs MHz, > 413 MHz):
BT100AVT 910-BT100AVT ELT Tester: 406 MHz graphic measure- harmonic image rejection: > 95 dB
ments, purchase BT100AVS if frequency 406 MHz input frequency: 406.0 - 406.1 MHz
stability measurements are required 406 MHz RF input VSWR: 1.20:1
BT100AVT-R 910-BT100AVT-R durable ruggedized versions of the 406 input impedance: 50Ω
BT100AVS-R 910-BT100AVS-R BT100AVT and BT100AVTS 406 input connector: SMA-female RP
ACCESSORIES
GPS antenna port bias/connector: +3.3V @ 40 mA max
415-PHP006 415-PHP006 BT100AVT replacement battery GPS antenna connector: SMA female
130-002 130-002 replacement 406 input cable for BT100A receiver power requirements +5 V @ <500 mA
(from USB port):
operating temperature range: -40˚C to +85˚C
storage temperature range: -55˚C to +85˚C
FBM200A 406 MHZ ELT BEACON
MONITOR
WS TECHNOLOGIES
EDMO# FBM200A
MFR# 910-FBM200A
ELT TESTER KIT FOR 121.5, 243 & 406
MHZ ELTS
Provides real-time monitoring for all ICARUS INSTRUMENTS, INC.
Cospas Sarsat 406 MHz beacon EDMO# ELTT-124K
transmissions. All information is or- MFR# ELTT-124K
ganized in an XML format for use in a
database; additionally, information can The multi-band ELTT-124K 406 MHz
be time-stamped and data logged. ELT Test Set from ICARUS Instruments
A GPS antenna and receiver allow measures ELT power and frequency
the user to obtain precise geograph- on all three ELT bands. This test set
ical data which is then automatically mapped to Google receives and measures 406 MHz, 121.5
Earth™, making it easy to view the GNSS location data MHz, and 243 MHz frequencies while
with Google’s detailed array of mapping features. Users also measuring radiated RF. It’s also
can connect it to their PC via USB or Ethernet cables - equipped with an advanced 406 mes-
the latter has the added benefit of allowing users remote sage decoder that verifies the proper
management and diagnostics. transmission of GPS data while also
measuring the duration of phase deviation and 406 pack-
–– Monitors 406 ELTs in real time, displays and decodes et burst. The unit stores up to 10 sets of ELT data, which
messages, measures and displays RSSI (receiver signal can be imported into a PC database. The set provides
strength), and displays distance to beacon two means of data transfer with an included antenna,
–– Automatically receives all past, present, and future Co- direct connection cable, and attenuator.
spas Sarsat channels with -125 dBm sensitivity (soft- –– Measures frequency and radiated RF power on all 3 ELT
ware adjustable sensitivity) bands including 406 MHz, 121.5 MHz, and 243 MHz
–– Automatically maps the location of the decoded GNSS including planned 406 MHz bands
location data into Google Earth™ for easy viewing and –– Has a sophisticated 406 message decoder that verifies
access to a detailed geographical interface that GPS data is being properly transmitted, and mea-
–– Data is XML formatted for use in database applications sures the time interval of the 406 transmit packet
–– Can send alerts via email and/or SMS text messaging –– Tester demodulates and decodes data stream to HEX
–– Capable of logging data with a time stamp ID, GPS latitude and longitude, country code, and 24-
bit ICAO address
–– Connects to user PCs with a USB cable or Ethernet
interface which allows for remote management and –– Receives all messages from any 406 MHz CO-
diagnostics; power is supplied through connection to a SPAS-SARSAT beacon—this includes test mode signals
PC USB port or an AC adapter and signals sent during alert/emergency mode
–– Multiple units can be connected together for a wider –– Stores up to 10 sets of ELT data for importing into a PC
range of coverage database (software package included)
–– Rugged aluminum design can sit on a desk or be –– Dual input design includes an antenna or the ELT can
mounted on a wall be connected to the tester via an included cable and
18
attenuator
–– Includes USB cable (2m), AC-USB adapter, ethernet
cable (2m), 406 MHz monopole antenna, GPS active –– Inexpensive two-year calibration cycle
antenna (5m cable), certificate of calibration, operator’s –– Set includes ELTT-124 tester, antenna, attenuator with
manual & user interface software 2 cables, PC USB cable, a user manual, and a custom
–– Optional: high performance outdoor antenna 2100 pelican case with foam insert
Test Equipment
ELT Test Sets
frequency: 406 MHz accurate to ±500 Hz decoding: Per Cospas-Sarsat C/ST.001 (issue 3, revision 5)
121.5 MHz accurate to ±300 Hz operating system: Windows CE 5.0/Garnet OS 5.4
243 MHz accurate to ±300 Hz memory: volatile: 64 MB SDRAM
RF power: 406 MHz channel in range 19 - 43 dBm / accuracy ± non-volatile: 128 MB Flash
0.5 dB (antenna: -34 to -10dBm ±2dB) expansion: via MZIO™ bus standard
121.5 MHz channel in range 13 to 20 dBm / accuracy ± operating temperature range: -10°C to 60°C
0.5 dB (antenna: -40 to -34 dBm ±2 dB) storage temperature range -20°C to 65°C
243 MHz channel in range 13 to 20 dBm / accuracy ± humidity: 5% to 90% relative humidity (non-condensing)
0.5 dB (antenna: -40 to -34 dBm ±2dB) battery type: lithium ion, custom battery pack
power supply: 4 AA batteries or USB cable battery voltage & capacity: 7.3 volts nominal; 1700 mAh
battery life: approx. 6 hours current consumption: power on: 130mA typical (Meazura only,
calibration cycle: 2 years backlight off)
power use: no more than 130 mA - standby mode/no LCD highlight- full system: 60mA typical (backlight on)
ing sleep mode: 7mA typical
no more than 200 mA - standby mode w/ LCD highlight-
ing
no more than 300 mA - measure mode w/ LCD high-
lighting
accuracy: measures positive / negative phase deviation value ULB TEST SET
accurate to ± 2.8° DUKANE
measures total transmission time of 406 MHz signal with EDMO#: TS-200
accuracy ± 0.2%
The ULB Beacon Tester performs
measures preamble of 406 MHz signal with accuracy ±
required functional and operational
0.2%
tests for DK100, DK120, DK130
GPS position data provided in degrees, minutes, seconds and DK140 Beacons. Can be
decoding: used while beacon is still mounted
to the airframe or to the aircraft’s
flight recorder. Battery operated
–– Easy to read LCD display
ARTEX ETS ELT TEST SET
ACR/ARTEX ULB TEST SET
EDMO# 8701 DUKANE
The 406 MHz ETS ELT test set allows EDMO#: 42A12/1
technicians to easily verify a beacon’s The Dukane 42A12/1 is a self-con-
ID after installation or reprogramming. tained, hand-held functional tester
The ETS ELT test set is a rugged, designed primarily for testing
waterproof handheld device that can underwater acoustic beacons. It is
read the beacon ID transmitted from an a battery operated heterodyne type
Artex 406 MHz ELT. The beacon ID and receiver tunable over the ultrasonic
its encoded data is displayed on the frequency range of 30 to 45 kHz.
display and saved and timestamped to Utilizing the internal microphone
an internal database. The beacon can and loudspeaker, the test set can perform an operational
be read over the air (in test mode or in a shielded enclo- test on a beacon without removing the beacon from its
sure), or by transmitting directly into the reader for bea- mount on the aircraft.
cons with external antenna connections. –– Single hand operation
–– Records all data to a internal database where it can –– Audible
then be backed up to a PC
–– Can be used while beacon is still mounted to the air-
–– Data can be viewed on the PC independent of the ELT frame or to the aircraft’s flight recorder
test set
–– Performs required operational tests for DK100, DK120,
–– Prints records directly to a serial or infrared (IrDA) en- DK130 and DK140 beacons as well as other beacons in
abled printer the 30-45 kHz range
–– Low cost infrared adapters available to turn any printer
with a parallel port interface into an infrared printer
weight: 9.4 oz
18
weight: 1 lb (with antenna) battery: (one) 9 volt

dimensions: 6.7 × 5.7 × 1.53 in (without antenna)
frequency range: 406 MHz (-60 dBm to 36 dBm), 5 watt signal
Test Equipment
Wire & Cable Testers
WIRE & CABLE TESTERS

weight: 2.2 lb
AVIONICS TDR COMPLETE KIT WITH dimensions: 8.5 × 4.3 × 2.25 in
HARD CASE AND TEST LEADS internal power: 8 AA NiMH cells (installed) ≈5.5 hrs continuous operation
AEA TECHNOLOGY on single charge (rechargeable)
cable list: 64 cable types with Z and VF. PC upload or download
The Avionics TDR troubleshoots
OSP, drop, or twisted pair
cables & single wires in bun-
dles or harnesses. It uses step EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
technology to accurately locate
& display wire faults and then 6021-5154 6021-5154 Avionics TDR Complete Kit with Hard Case and
stores, recalls, & uploads traces Test Leads
to the PC by name, date & time. 6021-5054 6021-5054 Avionics TDR with Padded Carrying Case
It also has MicroFault locating
for finding small coax kinks &
crushes that might affect service
but are difficult to see on a nor-
mal TDR trace. Ideal for testing CP1 CABLE PRO CABLE TESTER
Coax, Twinax, Triax, Telco OSP, BULLER ENTERPRISES, INC.
or LAN twisted pairs Cat 2 to Cat 6A. Equipped with EDMO#: 1-0490-0
a user-friendly interface and includes a Setup Wizard, MFR#: 1-0490-0
Named Menu Keys, and Context-Sensitive help. Internal The Cable Pro eliminates errors
cable elist holds 64 cable types, can be user edited, and from manually probed pins and
modified lists can be uploaded or downloaded to a PC tests not only one connection,
using ETDR PC Vision™ software. but all possible combinations to
AEA Technology offers two TDR purchasing options to verify correct, missing, and mis-
accommodate the user’s accessory needs: the Avionics wired connections. The CP1 is
TDR Complete Kit with hard case and test leads or the extremely flexible and can be reconfigured to test a variety
Avionics TDR with padded carrying case. of cables by utilizing the included Cable View software.
With the software, the adapter and cable definitions can
–– Vision™ software and training presentation be defined manually, or with a learn mode to copy the
–– style with accessories pouch and connectors protec- connections from a known good cable. Fix it to the work
tion; BNC-Alligator clips test lead; AC adapter/charger; bench or take it to the job; a simple adapter mates the
USB cable; quick start guide; basic user’s guide; cali- Cable Pro to the tested cable for a complete end-to-end
bration certificate with data; CD with operating manual; test, or connect one end to the Cable Pro and use the
ETDR PC Vision™ software and training presentation built-in logic probe to visually and audibly test individual
–– EMI shielded interior protects against RF interference connections. The configuration file for the tested cable
and emissions defines the connectors and connections using low voltage
–– Dark gray ABS plastic case and enhanced keypad, logic. The CP1 is quick and efficient--testing all possible
explosion proof design, BNC and RF45 test ports combinations of the pins from each direction and identi-
fying not only a missing connection, but also the pin it is
–– Belt case style with accessories pouch actually connected to (1/10th of a second to test 75 pins
–– Coax and twisted pair testing using same TDR (all types to each other). The testing can be made continuous to
of coax, OSP, twisted pairs [CAT 2 to CAT 6A], and check for intermittent contacts. This thorough testing pro-
single wires in bundles or harnesses) cess means each pin is driven high, then every other pin is
–– Accurate and clearer trace indication of faults with Mi- checked for the presence of a logic high. That means that
croFault locating for finding even small coax kinks 5625 possible combinations are tested. Manual testing in
this manner would take hours and is error prone. When
–– Has data transfer abilities: saves, uploads & emails trac- the test is complete, a detailed report is generated that
es and can upload, download, and customize cable lists shows the name of the test, the operator, the date and
–– Saved traces are also saved setups for recall time of the test, as well as the pass/fail status. When a
–– Shows reverse ingress or cable signal test fails, a detailed record is made to facilitate rework.
–– TDR frequency does not interfere with cable signal –– Safe to use: the Cable Pro is powered by the host PC
–– Isolate drop or pairs quickly using Tone function through a USB cable. No dangerous high voltages are
applied.
–– Setup Wizard makes training interactive
–– Includes: Cable Pro tester, Cable View software, USB
–– 6021-5154 Complete Kit includes: TDR unit; hard cable, logic probe, and one year warranty.
case; connector test leads for pin and socket sizes 12,
18
16, 20, and 22; coaxial cable with BNC connectors;

BNC-to-Alligator clips; RJ45 Cat 5 test lead; AC adapt-
er/charger; USB cable; quick start guide; basic user’s weight: 1 lb (shipping weight)
guide; calibration certificate with data; CD with operat- dimensions: 6.6 × 4.4 × 1.9 in
ing manual; ETDR PC
Test Equipment
ARC CHASER DUAL MODE

TDR CABLE TESTER weight: 12 oz with batteries
LIVEWIRE INNOVATION dimensions: 1.3 × 3.15 × 6.8 in
EDMO#: LW-AC120AV
internal power: 4 AA alkaline batteries
The Arc Chaser Dual Mode TDR Cable safety compliances: Complies with ANSI/ISA 82.02.01 (61010-1) 2004,
Tester provides fault testing and monitoring CAN/CSA-C22.2 No 61010-1-04, UL 6101B (2003)
in energized and un-energized cables up to and IEC/EN 61010-1 2nd Edition for measurement
600 volts. It can monitor live cables for in- Category III, 600 V, EMC EN61326-1
termittent arc faults and capture when and
where they occur using advanced spread
spectrum time domain reflectometry (SST-
DR) with accuracy to fault better than 1%. EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
–– Color touchscreen display FAULT-KIT FaultChaser Kit with TP-200 tone probe & case
F-1001 LWF-1001 FaultChaser/SSTDR unit only
–– Compact form factor
ACCESSORIES
–– 3rd Generation Lithium Ion Batteries: up to 8hrs TP-200 TP-200 tone probe for use with FaultChaser F-1001
–– Benchtop, handheld, or hung up:
–– Connects to many different types of systems
–– Waterproof/shock resistant transport case: keeps
equipment protected even in harsh conditions AX 6000 PORTABLE MILLIOHMMETER
STARTER KIT
–– SD card for data file transfer of cable tests ATEQ OMICRON
Upgradeable firmware: stay up to date with cable set- EDMO#: EZ-0079-B
tings, features, and enhanced software upgrades MFR#: EZ-0079-B
The AX 6000 portable mil-
weight: 1 lb 9 oz (with batteries) liohmmeter performs bonding
dimensions: 2.41 × 4.18 × 9.03 in resistance measurements in
compliance with all specifica-
operating temp: -20 to 70° C
tions for fixed- and rotary-wing
storage temp: -30 to 80° C aircraft and ground support vehicles for both production
safety compliances: PENDING: Complies with ANSI/ISA 82.02.01 (61010-1) and maintenance. The AX 6000 can be used for applica-
2004, CAN/CSA-C22.2 No 61010-1-04, UL 6101B tions requiring up to 10 A current measurements (mea-
(2003) and IEC/EN 61010-1 2nd Edition for measure- sures from 1 μΩ TO 6 Ω, with 4-wire measurement). The
ment Category II, 600 V, EMC EN61326-1 AX 6000 stores up to 2,000 readings and is equipped
with a wide, back-lit LCD display and an intuitive keypad.
–– Versatile design can be worn on the shoulder or chest in
addition to being a standalone device
FAULTCHASER HANDHELD
CABLE TESTER KIT –– Incorporates a wide, back-lit LCD display and an intui-
LIVEWIRE INNOVATION tive key pad
Quickly and accurately tests energized –– Manual or auto range
cables up to 60 volts and determines –– From 1 μΩ TO 6 Ω
cable length. This simple device allows –– 4 wire measurement
users to find cable length and deter-
mine impediments as well as the overall –– Memory of 200 readings
condition of cables up to 3,000 feet –– Compact and lightweight
long. Using advanced spread spec- –– Starter kit includes: AX 6000, a battery pack, shoulder
trum TDR technology, the FaultChaser bag, Kelvin clips, probes, and a manual
provides accuracy at 1% or better while
remaining immune to voltage, current,
or data stream disruptions. The companion TP200 Tone
Probe is a handheld, battery-powered device that allows weight: 6 lb
users to trace voice, data, and video cables and detect dimensions: 9.4 × 4.7 × 8.3 in
cable faults. It includes an integrated, detachable genera- internal power: 4 AA alkaline batteries
tor and a tracer with a replaceable probe tip. temperature: Operating: 0° to +50°C (25° to 122°F)
Storage: -20° to +60°C (-4° to 140°F)
–– Simple, easy-to-understand user interface
Relative humidity < 90% none condensing
–– Locates open and short circuits compliances: CE: 61010-1 ; CEM: 61326-1 and 55011
–– Distance to fault accuracy of ±1% with known VOP and
18
consistent cable parameters

–– Memory storage for two cable types
–– Large backlit LCD display
–– Rugged case
Test Equipment
BIRD 43 RF WATTMETER 87V INDUSTRIAL MULTIMETER

BIRD ELECTRONICS FLUKE
EDMO#: BIRD 43 NF EDMO#: FLUKE 87-5
MFR#: BIR43 MFR#: FLUKE 87V
The 43 is an insertion-type RF The Fluke 87V delivers the accuracy and
wattmeter, designed to measure RF advanced troubleshooting capabilities you
power and load match in 50 ohm co- need. Designed specifically to handle com-
axial transmission lines. It is intended plex signals, the 87V industrial multimeter,
for use with CW, AM, FM, and TV allows the user to gain productivity by
modulation, but not pulse modulation. taking the guesswork out of drive system
When used in 50 ohm applications, troubleshooting even in loud, high energy,
the 43 has a maximum VSWR of 1.05 and high altitude locations.
for frequencies up to 1000 MHz. The –– Accurate frequency measurements on adjustable speed
meter provides direct readings in watts with an expanded drives (ASD) due to Fluke-designed low-pass filter
scale for easy reading. The scale is graduated for 25, 50,
and 100 full scale. Elements are available in a variety of –– Built-in thermometer allows temperature measurements
power and frequency ranges. without a separate thermometer
–– Peak Min/Max allows capture of intermittents as fast
250 µS
weight: 4 lb –– Dual display resolution – 6000 or 20,000 counts – lets
dimensions: 3.63 × 4.0 × 6.88 in you see small changes in displayed readings
impedance, nominal: 50 ohm –– CAT III 1000V, CAT IV 600V safety rated
power & frequency: 100 mW – 10 kW / 0.45 – 2700 MHz –– Designed and built in the U.S.A.
connectors: Bird “QC” N Female (BIRD 43 NF) –– Lifetime warranty
Female BNC (BIRD 43BNC)
weight: 355 g / 624 (with holster)

EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION dimensions: 201 × 98 × 52 mm (with holster)
BIRD 43 NF BIR43 Bird 43 Wattmeter with N Female battery: alkaline battery
BIRD 43BNC BIR43BNC Bird 43 Wattmeter with BNC life: ≈ 400 hours typical, without backlight
More options available. Call +618 8182 5511 to order.
INSULATION MULTIMETER MILLIOHMMETER WITH NIST CERT

FLUKE EXTECH INSTRUMENTS
EDMO#: FLUKE 1587 EDMO#: 380580NIST
MFR#: FLUKE 1587 MFR#: 380580NIST
Combines a digital insulation tester with a –– Four terminal Kelvin measure-
full-featured, true RMS digital multimeter ments
in a single, compact, handheld unit, which –– Over-temperature and over-volt-
provides maximum versatility for both trou- age protection
bleshooting and preventative maintenance. –– 5 ranges with 100µΩ max reso-
–– Large display with backlight lution
–– Insulation test voltages: 50V, 100V, 250V, 500V, 1000V –– Large 2000 count LCD display
–– Insulation test: 0.01 MΩ to 2.0 GΩ –– Auto-Hold and Auto-Off features
–– Live circuit detection prevents insulation test if voltage > –– 20V test voltage
30 V is detected for added user protection –– Invalid test indicators prevent inaccurate measurements
–– Auto discharge of capacitive voltage –– Built-in water resistant case with shoulder strap
–– Auto power off to save battery power –– Complete with 8AA batteries, and 2 sets of test leads
–– CAT III 100V, CAT IV 600V measurement category (4 wire with 4 alligator clips and 4 wire with 2 Kelvin
–– Accepts optional Fluke TPAKTM magnetic hanging alligator clips)
system
–– Rugged, utility hardcase
weight: 3.3 lb
18

battery power: 8 AA batteries
weight: 624 g
dimensions: 203 × 100 × 50 mm
Test Equipment
MASTER AERO KIT

SILVERTRONIC CONNECTOR TO CONNECTOR LEADS
EDMO#: 815003 127068 Aero Lead Pin Size 12 female to female yellow
Numerous test applications have 127072 Aero Lead Pin Size 12 male to male yellow
proven the Master Aero Kit to be 127069 Aero Lead Pin Size 16 female to female blue
a versatile electrical test compan- 127073 Aero Lead Pin Size 16 male to male blue
ion for most common test needs. 127070 Aero Lead Pin Size 20 female to female red
This kit contains avionic test leads,
127074 Aero Lead Pin Size 20 male to male red
test accessories and adapters,
a coaxial-adapter kit, test-lead 127071 Aero Lead Pin Size 22 female to female green
extensions and the optional “Aero” 127075 Aero Lead Pin Size 22 male to male green
digital multimeter, which may be used for insulation mea- 4MM SOCKET TO CONNECTOR LEADS
surement. Each component in the kit is labeled for quick 127076/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 12 4 mm socket to female yellow
visual inspection. The special avionic leads are displayed 127080/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 12 4 mm socket to male yellow
in the lid of the case for initial visual inspection, but there- 127077/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 16 4 mm socket to female blue
after can be stored in the color-coded tool rolls that are 127081/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 16 4 mm socket to male blue
supplied with the kit. 127078/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 20 4 mm socket to female red
Kit includes: Aero Leads 22 AWG (male and female), Aero 127082/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 20 4 mm socket to male red
Leads 20 AWG (male and female), Aero Leads 16 AWG 127079/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 22 4 mm socket to female green
(male and female), Aero Leads 12 AWG (male and fe- 127083/50 mm Aero Lead Pin Size 22 4 mm socket to male green
male), Aero Leads MTC 22 (NG) (male and female), cable
extensions 6m, BNC coaxial adapter kit, BNC coaxial
cable, various test prods and test leads, 4mm adapter,
4mm/4mm coupler, crocodile clips and 6 storage pouch- AVIONICS PIN TEST KIT
es for the Aero Leads EDMO DISTRIBUTORS
–– Comes in a sturdy black polypropylene case that is very EDMO#: PIN-TS KIT
durable, shock resistant, airtight, waterproof, dustproof
and flotable The Avionics Pin Test Kit
tests electrical contacts safe-
ly and quickly.
weight: 13.45 lb
dimensions: 19.29 × 7.48 × 16.93 cm Kit includes:
temperature range: -23 to 99 degrees Celsius –– One (1) red and one (1)
black double-insulated
silicone test lead: each
lead is terminated on one
AVIONIC CONNECTOR & JUMPER LEAD end with a right angle 4
KIT mm plug compatible with all standard 4 mm instrument
SILVERTRONIC sockets; the other end of the test lead is terminated
EDMO#: 905315 with a unique ‘screw-in pin socket’
MFR#: 905315 –– Two (2) sets of 4 screw-in in pins; each pin has both a
The Avionic Connector and male and female contact
Jumper Lead Kit accepts all –– One (1) green double insulated earth lead with detach-
standard 4mm plugs and is able large green crocodile clip
ideal for connecting small –– Comes packed in a durable Pelican 1060 hard pack
conductors and test points. case with custom-cut foam
–– 1.2 double insulated silicone cable, 250+ copper
stranding for high flexibility
–– Silicone insulation protects from excessive heat and Not finding what you need?
cold EDMO carries a wide range of test equipment prod-
–– Inner silicone skin is a contrasting color, which acts as a ucts with multiple configuration options; so, if the
wear/damage indicator part you are looking for isn’t listed here, check out
our website at www.edmoap.com.au or give us a
–– Jaw opening 7mm (0.275 inches) max call at +618 8182 5511 for parts and pricing. We’re
–– Rated IEC 1010 300V CAT II 10 Amps constantly updating our inventory, so there’s a good
–– 123680/OF-OR red and black chance we’ll have what you need in stock.
–– CE/UL/CSA compliant
18
–– Rated IEC 1010 1000V CAT III/600V CAT IV 20 Amps

–– All components are NSN listed individually and can be
configured as desired
Test Equipment
COAX ADAPTER KITS (1) BNC female-female in-series Adapter, 50 Ω

CAL TEST ELECTRONICS, INC. (1) BNC male-male in-series Adapter, 50 Ω
(1) BNC female-N female between-series Adapter, 50 Ω
(1) BNC female-female-female Tee in-series Adapter, 50 Ω
(1) N type male-female Right-Angle in-series Adapter, 50Ω

CT-2701A CT-2701A Universal Coaxial Adapter Kit
CT-2702 CT-2702A Coaxial Adapter Kit
VLS SERIES POWER SUPPLIES/28 VDC

CT2701A CT-2702 ASTRON CORPORATION
The VLS Series is a sol-
UNIVERSAL COAXIAL ADAPTER KIT - CT2701A id-state, electronically reg-
Assemble hundreds of different adapters, both in-series ulated power supply with
and between-series with this unique coaxial adapter kit. fold-back current limiting,
Supplied in a convenient, protective zippered pouch. which protects the power
supply from excessive
Includes: current and continuous
6) Universal Adapters shorted output.
(2) Coax Adapter- BNC male –– Crowbar overvoltage protection
(2) Coax Adapter- BNC female –– Maintains regulation and low ripple at low line input
(1) Coax Adapter- F male voltage
(1) Coax Adapter- F female –– Heavy-duty heat sink/chassis mount fuse
(2) Coax Adapter- N male –– Three connector power cord
(2) Coax Adapter- N female –– Input voltage: 105-125 VAC
(1) Coax Adapter- RCA male –– Output voltage: 28 VDC +/- 0.05 volts (internally adjust-
(1) Coax Adapter- RCA female able: 22-32 VDC)
(1) Coax Adapter- SM male –– Separate volt and amp meters
(1) Coax Adapter- SMA female –– Output voltage adjustable from 5-32 volts
(2) Coax Adapter- TNC male –– Current limit adjustable from 1.5 amps to full load
(2) Coax Adapter- TNC female
(2) Coax Adapter- UHF male weight: VLS-25M: 46 lb
(2) Coax Adapter- UHF female VLS-35M: 49 lb
(1) Coax Adapter-Mini-UHF male (shipping weight)
(1) Coax Adapter-Mini-UHF female dimensions: VLS-25M: 6 × 13.75 × 11 in
VLS-35M: 6 × 13.75 × 12.13 in
COAXIAL ADAPTER KIT - CT-2702 ICS (amps): VLS-25M: 25 / VLS-35M: 35
continuous duty (amps): VLS-25M: 18 / VLS-35M: 27
Convenient twelve (12) piece BNC and N type, in-series
and between-series 50 Ω adapter kit. Designed with input voltage: 105-125 VAC
gold-plated center contacts and includes a foam-lined output voltage: 28 VDC +/- 0.05 volts (internally adjustable: 22-32
storage case. VDC)
ripple: < 5mV peak to peak (full load and low line)
Includes:
(1) BNC female-male-female Tee in-series Adapter, 50 Ω
(1) N type female to N type female in-series Adapter, 50 Ω
(1) N type male to N type male in-series Adapter, 50 Ω
VLS-25M VLS-25M 25 ICS amps
(1) N type female-male-female Tee in-series Adapter, 50 Ω
VLS-35M VLS-35M 35 ICS amps
(1) N type female-female-female Tee in-series Adapter,
18
50Ω
(1) BNC female to N type male between-series Adapter,
50 Ω
(1) BNC male to N type female between-series Adapter,
50 Ω
Power Units & Battery Chargers
Aircraft Battery Chargers................................................................. 319

Portable Starting Units..................................................................... 316
Power Supply Units........................................................................... 316
Power Supply Units
POWER SUPPLY UNITS MODEL 53105 POWER SUPPLY UNIT

START PAC
EDMO# 53105
PORTABLE POWER SUPPLY UNITS Model 53105 supplies continu-
START PAC ous 28.5 volt DC power supply
MODEL 53025 - 25 AMP when plugged into a 220 volt
The Start Pac Portable single-phase AC power source.
Power Supply is de- This unit delivers full 105 Amp
signed for powering up an DC output that is ideal for maintenance purposes and
53025/50 powering up various systems including inverters, avionics,
aircraft’s entire electrical
system for GPS programming and electrical maintenance. and GPS programming.
This allows the onboard battery to be saved for starting. –– Over current, temperature, and voltage protection
–– Ideal for aircraft with glass cockpits
–– Continuous duty fan cooled weight: 26 lb
–– Over current, voltage and temperature protection dimensions: 15.75 × 5.25 × 9 in
–– Not intended for engine starting or battery charging AC input: 190 – 240 volts
DC output: 105 amps +5%
weight: 8 lb
dimensions: 13.5 × 5.25 × 4.25 in
AC input: 90-240 Volts AC, 6.8 amps
DC output: 25 amps at 28.5 volts
PORTABLE STARTING
UNITS
MODEL 53050 - 50 AMP
The Start Pac Model 53050 provides 28.5-volt continuous
START PAC PRO
START PAC
DC power when plugged into 110/220 volt single-phase
EDMO# STARTPAC PRO
AC power. This unit delivers full 50 amp DC output which
makes this unit ideal for maintenance use and for power-
ing various systems such as inverters, avionics, and GPS
programming.
–– Over current, temperature and voltage protection
–– Continuous duty, fan cooled
–– Not intended for engine starting or battery charging
The patent pending Start Pac PRO is a very portable
unit that is designed to be used as a safe and reliable
weight: 10 lb
jump-starting solution when aircraft batteries fail or are too
dimensions: 14 × 5.25 × 4.25 in weak to provide a satisfactory engine start. This light-
AC input: 90 – 240 volts weight solution is unique in that it addresses the require-
DC output: 50 amps +5% ments across both civil, commercial and military markets.
The Start Pac PRO Jump Starting System can be used for
helicopters and fixed wing aircraft as well as military UAVs.
EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION The Start Pac PRO comes standard as a complete set
with a patent pending aircraft cable adaptor kit, propri-
25 AMP
etary charger and carrying case.
53025/24V 53025/24V 28.5 VDC / 25 amp power supply
50 AMP –– Only 14 lbs./6.35 kg
53050/12 53050/12V 12 VDC / 50 amp power supply –– 28V safe lithium ion battery
53050 53050 28.5 VDC / 50 amp power supply –– 14Amp hour battery capacity
ACCESSORIES –– 1800 Peak amps for engine starting
53025/PIN 3-PIN CONNECTOR standard 3 pin connector for 53025
–– 100-240VAC Input
–– Standard 3-pin aircraft cable extension kit
–– 5 Amp universal charger
*200, 300 and 400 Amp power supply units also
–– .5 to 2.5 hour recharge time depending upon the de-
available. Call +618 8182 5511 for more information. gree of discharge
–– Dimensions:13”Lx3.5”Hx7”W
19
Portable Starting Units
START PAC ONE LI2800QC

START PAC
EDMO# STARTPAC ONE
LI2800QC is a 28 VDC battery pack that provides starts

for all electrically started turbine engines. This unit has
The patent pending Start Pac ONE is a very portable 26V dual, redundant chargers with a total of 7 amps output
unit that is designed to be used as a safe and reliable and a recharge time of around four hours.
jump-starting solution when aircraft batteries fail or are too
weak to provide a satisfactory engine start. This lightweight: 20.8kg
weight solution is unique in that it addresses the require- dimensions: L48.768cm x W19.05cm x H24.765cm
ments across both civil, commercial and military markets.
The Start Pac ONE Jump Starting System is designed to peak current: 2400 amps peak curren, 28 amp hours @ 10 hour rate
be used with voltage sensitive aircraft that cannot accept
true 28V external starters. The Start Pac ONE comes
standard as a complete set with an aircraft cable adaptor LI2700QC SUPER PAC
kit, proprietary charger and carrying case.
The LI2700QC Super Pac
–– Only 12 lbs./5.44 kg is a 26 VDC battery pack
–– 26V safe lithium ion battery that provides starts for all
–– 16Amp hour battery capacity electrically started turbine
engines with QC trolley for
–– 1400 Peak amps for engine starting easier transport.
–– 100-240VAC Input
–– Standard 3-pin aircraft cable extension kit
–– 5 Amp universal charger weight: 71 lb
–– .5-2.5 hr recharge time (depending upon discharge) peak current: 2400 amps peak current
–– Dimensions: 14.5” L x 7.5” H x 4.5” W 31 amp hours @ 10 hour rate
LITHIUM ION PORTABLE STARTING

UNITS EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
START PAC LI2000QC LI2000QC 28.5 VDC / 3.5 amp
LI2000QC LI2700QC LI2700QC 26 VDC / 9 amp output
LI2700QC-S LI2700QC SUPER PAC Super Pac 26 VDC battery pack/9amp
output/recharge time » 4 hours
LI2800QC LI2800QC 28 VDC / 7 amp
ACCESSORIES
LI2700QCB RBB Li2700QC replacement battery pack for LI2700QC,
LI2700QC-RBB, LI2700QC Super Pac
& LI2700QC Twin Pac units
The LI2000QC is a 28 VDC battery pack that provides 24HF4 2409 charger for I2700QC—each LI2700QC
starts for small to medium size turbine engines. This unit requires 2 each
is equipped with a built-in charger and provides 3.5 amps
output with a recharge time of six hours.
weight: 13.6kg
dimensions: L9.525cm x W3.75cm x H30.48cm
peak current: 2400 amps peak current, 20 amp hours @ 10 hour rate
19
Portable Starting Units
MODEL 1324-1QC PORTABLE 2300QC TWIN PAC

STARTING UNIT The Twin Pac is similar to the
START PAC base model unit except that
EDMO# 1324-1QC it consists of two complete
The Model 1324-1QC is units that can be used as a
a 24-volt Start Pac unit single unit or separated for
that can start turbine or use as two separate units
piston engines up to 500 that can be carried on board
horsepower. This unit is different aircraft. 2300QC-T
equipped with a 4.5 amp
charger and provides a charge time of approximately 4
hours with the ability to give two to three starts between weight: 138 lb
charges. The Model 1324-1QC’s removable batteries can peak current: 2500 amps peak current / 52 amp hours @ 10 hour rate
be changed out in the field, in as little as 15 seconds.
–– Designed for engine starting only
–– Quick Change technology provides change times in as
little as 15 seconds 2300QC SUPER PAC
The Super Pac unit
also has dual, redun-
dant charge with a
weight: 35 lb total of 7 amps output
dimensions: 15.5 × 4 × 11.75 in with a recharge time
peak current: 1300 amps / 13 amp hours @ 10 amp hour rate) of approximately four
output: 24VDC (with universal charger that accepts 90-240VAC 50/60 Hz) hours. The Super Pac
comes standard with 2300QC-S
the QC trolley and provides an alternative to traditional
GPUs.
MODEL 2300QC PORTABLE STARTING
UNIT weight: 79 lb
START PAC
2300QC START PAC peak current: 2400 amps peak current / 26 amp hours @ 10 hour rate
The Model 2300QC is a
24 volt, all-in-one porta-
ble Super Pac unit that
includes built-in chargers, EDMO# MFR# DESCRIPTION
power plug, and cables. 2300QC 2300 QC 2300QC Start Pac
The 2300QC’s intended 2300QC-T 2300QC TWIN PAC 2300QC Twin Pac
use is for starting aircraft, 2300QC 2300QC-S 2300QC SUPER PAC 2300QC Super Pac
tank, and military truck ACCESSORIES
engines—it will start turbine or piston engines up to 1500 2300QC-B RBB 2300QC Earth Gear replacement battery
horsepower and is equipped with universal chargers that
accept 90-240 VAC at 50/60 hertz with a recharge time of
less than 3.5 hours.
–– Equipped with dual redundant 3 amp chargers that
accept 90-240 VAC at 50/60 hertz and includes power MODEL 6028QC PORTABLE STARTING
plug and cables UNIT
–– When plugged into an AC source, it provides 8 amps at START PAC
28 VDC for maintenance functions EDMO# 6028QC
–– Recharging batteries takes approximately 3.5 hours The Start Pac 6028QC
–– May be recharged in the field without an AC source in is a 28.5-volt unit that is
aircraft that allow the ship’s generator to back charge a capable of starting the
GPU largest electrically started
turbine or piston engines
including the Garret
TPE331. The 6028QC is capable of providing a fast, cool
weight: 69 lb start that results in increased turbine life. Additionally,
dimensions: 19.2 × 7.5 × 11.5 in this unit can be used during various maintenance duties
peak current: 2300 amps peak current requiring more than 24 volts for checkout.
26 amp hours @ 10 hour rate –– Equipped with a separate removable battery that can be
changed in as little as 15 seconds, in the field
19
–– Dual redundant chargers that provide a total of 7 amps
Aircraft Battery Chargers
output –– 100% full-time US patented pulse-type desulfation

–– Recharge time of approximately 4 hours keeps the battery free of sulfate and/or dissolves sulfate
completely in older batteries
–– May be recharged in the field without an AC source in
aircraft that allow the ship’s generator to back charge a –– Detects and rejects batteries with bad cells, terminates
GPU charge to prevent out-gassing
–– Maximizes battery life and capacity, recovers weak
batteries, and diagnoses battery’s condition and state of
weight: 77 lb
charge
dimensions: 19.2 × 7.5 × 11.5 in –– Recovers weak or discharged batteries including, but
peak current: 2300 amps peak current not limited to: flooded filler cap, maintenance-free, valve
26 amp hours @ 10 hour rate regulated lead-acid (VRLA), sealed lead-acid (SLA),
starter, deep cycle, and hybrid
–– Maintains up to six (6) batteries at a time
–– Auto-restart after power failure
–– Dust- and water-resistant per IEC Standard IP65
–– Bad cell detection with auto-shutdown
–– Includes short circuit, spark, reverse polarity protection,
AIRCRAFT BATTERY thermal runaway protection, automatic D/C disconnect
on A/C failure and quick-connect/disconnect fused
CHARGERS alligator clip assembly
–– Equipped with an ECO-mode with hi-efficiency/low
BATTERYMINDER 12 AND 24-VOLT power consumption so that the unit may remain con-
BATTERY CHARGERS nected to AC without consuming a high level of electric-
VDC ELECTRONICS ity
The BatteryMINDer –– Vibration-resistant construction
CEC1-AA Series char- –– 6-foot AC cord, 6-foot DC cord with quick connector
128CECAAS2
ger/maintainer/desulf- –– Includes Battery MINDer maintenance charger-desulf-
ators are designed for ator, auto-temp compensation sensor, 2-foot battery
all aviation-specific FAA clip cord set with quick connector and 15A replaceable
Certified Concorde, Gill, fuse, and an instruction manual
Hawker, and Odyssey
brand sealed, wet (filler EDMO# MFR# FOR USE WITH:
cap), maintenance-free,
AGM, gel and PLT thin- 12 VOLT 128CEC1-AA
plate lead-acid batteries. 128CECAAS2 128CEC1-AA-S2 Gill (sealed + flooded [wet cell/filler cap])*
In addition to charging 128CECAAS3 128CEC1-AA-S3 Hawker Odyssey
and maintaining sealed 128CECAAS5 128CEC1-AA-S5 Concorde (sealed valve-regulated AGM+
or wet cell (filler caps) 244CECAAS5 flooded [wet cell/filler cap])
aviation batteries, these 24 VOLT 244EC1-AA
units also allow the user 244CECAAS2 244CEC1-AA-S2 Gill (sealed + flooded [wet cell/filler cap])*
to test the level of charge 244CECAAS3 244CEC1-AA-S3 Hawker-Odyssey and Gill LT 7000 Series
remaining in the battery. 244CECAAS5 244CEC1-AA-S5 Concorde (sealed valve-regulated AGM +
BatteryMINDer CEC1-AA flooded [wet cell/filler cap])
units test for weak/dead The above models are intended for exclusive use with the brands
cells and can recover indicated except where otherwise listed with an asterisk.
weak or severely dis- *These parts are intended to be used exclusively with Gill products
charged batteries while except the Gill LT 7000 Series.
providing easy to under-
stand battery analysis for the user.
Five-part charging process: (1) testing phase qualifies/ac-
cepts or rejects battery, (2) soft stage start or max charge
rate, (3) absorption phase completes charge to ensure
100% capacity, (4) test stage determines if battery will
hold charge or needs further desulfation, (5) maintenance/
float phase keeps battery at full charge and continues to
desulfate if needed
–– Equipped with temperature sensors to prevent over-
charge/undercharge (33°F to 130°F)
–– Push-button selection for all battery types and charge
19
rates
–– Tested and endorsed by Concorde Battery Co.
Dayton-Granger
ADF Wire Antenna Systems.............................................................. 347

Antennas - Dayton-Granger............................................................. 322
Antenna Wire.................................................................................... 338
Assembly Tools................................................................................. 337
Discharger Cross Reference List..................................................... 346
Electrostatic Diagnostic Test Set..................................................... 360
HF Wire Antenna Systems................................................................ 350
Lead-Thru Assemblies..................................................................... 359
Lead-Thru Bodies, Gaskets & Nut Rings.......................................... 328
Lead-Thru Elbows & Sleeves........................................................... 327
Lead-Thru Insulators........................................................................ 326
Masts................................................................................................ 353
Shackles........................................................................................... 334
Static Dischargers............................................................................ 338
Strain Insulators............................................................................... 329
Tee Connectors................................................................................. 330
Tension Units.................................................................................... 331
Tip Retainers and Adaptors.............................................................. 345
“V” Tension Units.............................................................................. 336
Dayton-Granger
Antennas - Dayton-Granger
ANTENNAS - DAYTON- IFF CONFORMAL ANTENNA

EDMO# L10-271-1
GRANGER MFR# L10-271-1
VOR & GLIDESLOPE COUPLER

EDMO# GSNC20-05
MFR# GCNC20-05
The L10-271-1 is a military-qualified, flush-mounted, IFF

transponder antenna, which is designed to operate at the
1030 and 1090 MHz frequencies. It meets all applicable
requirements of MIL-STD-810B. The antenna consists
of an aluminum cavity with a fiberglass radome. Once
The GSNC20-05, when used with a combination glide- installed on the aircraft its body is completely embedded
slope/VOR antenna, separates the VOR signal from within the aircraft structure.
the glideslope signal while providing proper impedance
matching and minimum insertion loss. Frequency: 1030 & 1090 MHz
Impedance: 50 Ohms VSWR: 1.5:1
VSWR: 1.5:1 Impedance: 50 Ohms
Isolation: 25 dB Polarization: Vertical
Insertion Loss: Glideslope: < 1.0 dB Power Handling: 100 Watts
Navigation: < 0.7 dB Radiation Pattern: Omnidirectional
Frequency: 108-118 MHz 329-336 MHz Approvals: UH-60 Blackhawk
Approvals: FAA TSO-C34c & TSO-C40a
weight: 0.27 kg
height: Conformal
connector TNC
weight: 0.14kg
height: 31.72mm
connector BNC
20
Dayton-Granger
L10-601-( ) L BAND ANTENNA L10-806-( ) GPS/IRIDIUM ANTENNA

Each antenna is a The L10-806 Iridium/
small, swept-back, GPS antenna is a du-
low-profile blade with al-function, dual-con-
minimum drag and nector, short blade
excellent side load that provides excellent
capabilities. They all coverage in both the
are constructed of Iridium and GPS-L1
cast aluminum and bands. The integrated
are very light-weight LNA for the GPS band
while having superior offers a low noise figure
strength. The element and high gain. Addi-
is DC grounded for lightning protection. They are directly tional filtering yields an
interchangeable with most L-band blade antennas cur- effective out-of-band
rently in service. rejection and reduces
Frequency: 960-1220 MHz the risk of saturation by interfering signals. DC grounding
is intended for protection against damage from potential
VSWR: 1.7:1 at 960-1220 MHz, 1.5:1 at 1000-1100 MHz lightning strikes.
Impedance: 50 Ohms
Polarization: Vertical
Power Handling: 3 kW Peak, 100 W Average weight: 0.54 kg
height: 78.3 mm
Radiation Pattern: Omnidirectional connector TNC
Approvals: FAA TSO-C66c, TSO-C74c, TSO-C112 & MIL- speed rating: 600 knots
A-25708c

L10-806-1 L10-806-1 GPS DC Bias is +4.5 to +24 VDC
L10-806-2 L10-806-2 Passive
ELT ANTENNA
EDMO# 720063
The 720063 is a three-frequency, single-connector, whip

antenna designed for use on slower moving aircraft with
speeds of up to 250 knots. It is FAA TSO approved with
the Artex ELT system. The antenna has the same foot-
weight: 0.11 kg print as the DG PN ELT10-214-2 dual-frequency antenna,
height: 55.4 mm for ease of substitution.
mounting holes 6 Frequency: 121.5, 243 and 406 MHz
speed rating: Mach 1.0+
VSWR: 2.0:1 at 121.5 & 243 1.5:1 at 406 MHz
Impedance: 50 Ohms
EDMO# CONNECTOR COLOUR Polarization: Vertical
L10-601 HN White Radiation Pattern: Omnidirectional
L10-601-1 HN Black Approvals: FAA TSO-C91a and TSO-C126
L10-601-2 HN Yellow
L10-601-3 N White
L10-601-4 N Black weight: 0.14 kg
L10-601-5 N Yellow height: 304.8 mm
L10-601-6 N Grey connector BNC
20
L10-601-7 N White speed rating: 250 knots
Dayton-Granger
VF10-210 VHF COMMUNICATIONS VF10-347-( ) VHF COMMUNICATIONS

ANTENNA ANTENNA
The VF10-210 is a vertically-polarized, VHF communica- The VF10-347-( ) series
tions antenna, which operates over the frequency range of SPI antennas are
of 118 to 136 MHz. The antenna consists of an aluminum low-profile, vertically
base with a fiberglass rod sur- polarized, VHF com-
rounding the radiating element. munications antennas,
Damages from destructive which operate over
environmental conditions such the frequency range of
as shock, vibration, moisture 116 to 150 MHz. The
intrusion, and sudden altitude antenna is construct-
changes, which would degrade ed of cast aluminum
antenna performance, are elimi- for extra strength and
nated by filling the interior cavity longer durability during
with lightweight foam. flight. This antenna has
Frequency: 118-136 MHz a much higher MTBF
(Mean Time Between Failures) than fiberglass antennas
VSWR: 2.5:1 presently available on the market. The antenna shown in
Impedance: 50 Ohms the drawing is the standard VF10-347. The following dash
Polarization: Vertical numbers describe different antenna options in the series.
Power Handling: 25 Watts Frequency: 116-150 MHz
Radiation Pattern: Omnidirectional VSWR: 2.5:1
Approvals: FAA TSO-C37c and TSO-C38c Impedance: 50 Ohms
Polarization: Vertical
Power Handling: 40 Watts
Radiation Pattern: Omnidirectional
Approvals: FAA TSO-C37b and TSO-C38b
weight: 0.68 kg
height: 210.8 mm
weight: 0.45 kg) connector See below
height: 475 mm speed rating: 600 knots
connector BNC temperature -62 °C to +71 °C
speed rating: 250 knots side load 100 psi
vibration 3 gRMS
EDMO# CONNECTOR DIRECT REPLACEMENT FOR

VF10-347-1 BNC Chelton P/N 16-21B fiberglass antenna.
VF10-347-2 TNC Chelton P/N 16-21B fiberglass antenna.
VF10-347-3 BNC HR Smith P/N 10-118-1 antenna.
VF10-347-4 TNC HR Smith P/N 10-118-2 antenna.
20
Dayton-Granger
VFS10-90-( ) VHF COMMUNICATIONS OTHER DAYTON-GRANGER ANTENNAS

ANTENNA Please call our friendly sales reps for information & specs
Vertically polarized VHF for all Dayton-Granger antennas. PH: +618 8182 5511
communications antennas.
The bent blade design EDMO# DESCRIPTION
offers high performance in a 14772 VOR Navigation Antenna
low-profile envelope. 14850 Two VOR & Glideslope Coupler
Impedance: 50 Ohms 14960 VOR Navigation Antenna
Polarization: Vertical 16010 Two VOR & Two Glideslope Coupler
16060 VHF Communications Antenna
Power Handling: 100 Watts
Radiation Pattern: Omnidi- 16355 VHF Communications Antenna
rectional 17660-( ) HF Towel Bar Antenna
Approvals: FAA TSO-C37b 17760-( ) HF Towel Bar Antenna
and TSO-C38b 17825 ELT Antenna
VFS10-90-5: It’s designed with Dayton-Granger PN: 17930 UHF Antenna
15340 static discharger mounted at the trailing edge of 17950 MLS Antenna
the antenna. 40ARM300-93 VOR Navigation Antenna
VFS10-90-6: It’s designed for Bell Helicopter. 710019 HF Towel Bar Antenna
VFS10-90-7: It’s designed with Dayton-Granger PN: 720017 VHF/UHF Communications Antenna
16390 static discharger mounted at the trailing edge of 720021 16” Tunable Antenna for AN/ARC 186 Radio
the antenna. 720023 9” Tunable Antenna
VFS10-90-10: Designed with an Oring on base and ero- 720025 Satcom Airborne Antenna System
sion protection on leading edge. 720026 F-16 Tunable Coupler for AN/ARC 186 Radio
720032 VHF/UHF Communications Antenna
720033 VHF/UHF Communications Antenna
720036-( ) Dual Glideslope Antenna
720042 9” Tunable Antenna
720044-( ) VHF Communications Antenna
720047-1 ELT Antenna
720050 9.5” Tunable Antenna for AN/ARC 182 Radio
720055 ELT Antenna
720058-( ) 9.5” Tunable Antenna
720083 9.5” Tunable Antenna for AN/ARC 210 Radio
730007 UHF Hybrid Coupler
750140 L-Band Antenna
750151-( ) Slotted Waveguide Antenna
810001-1 MLS Antenna
weight: 0.91 kg
810007 MLS Coupler
height: 208.3 mm
810008 GPS Antenna
connector BNC
810010 Triple MLS Coupler
speed rating: 600 knots
810014 GPS Antenna
temperature -62 °C to +71 °C
810016 Radio Altimeter Antenna
shock 15 gPEAK
CS20-16 Course Softener Box
vibration 5 gPEAK
CU20-70 VHF/UHF Triplexor
CU20-71-( ) VHF Diplexor
EDMO# FREQ. MHZ VSWR WEIGHT COLOUR DGSC20-02 Dual Glideslope Coupler
DMB20-20 Dual Marker Beacon Coupler
VFS10-90-2 118-150 2.5:1 1.3 Lbs White
DOC20-06 Two VOR & Two Glideslope Coupler
VFS10-90-5 118-136 3.0:1 1.3 Lbs White
DRC20-04 Two VOR Coupler
VFS10-90-6 116-118 3.5:1 1.6 Lbs Black
118-150 2.5:1 DRC20-35 Dual VOR & Phasing Coupler
VFS10-90-7 118-136 3.0:1 1.3 Lbs White ELT10-177-( ) ELT Conformal Antenna
VFS10-90-8 118-153 2.5:1 1.3 Lbs White ELT10-209-( ) ELT Antenna
VFS10-90-9 118-153 2.5:1 1.3 Lbs Black ELT10-214-2 ELT Antenna
VFS10-90-10 118-153 2.5:1 1.5 Lbs max White ELT10-234 ELT Antenna
ELT10-249 ELT Antenna
20
VFS10-90-11 118-150 2.5:1 1.3 Lbs Black

ETL10-613 ELT Antenna
Dayton-Granger
Lead-Thru Insulators
EDMO# DESCRIPTION LEAD-THRU INSULATORS

FM10-12 Marker Beacon Antenna
FM10-22-7 VHF Communications Antenna LEAD-THRU INSULATORS
FM10-30-( ) VHF Communications Antenna
FM10-207 FM Coupler
EDMO# 25ARM300-20-( *)
EDMO# 25ARM300-20E-( *)
FM10-322-4 VHF Communications Antenna (*= 90°, 55°, 30°, 20°, 10° angles)
FM10-3( ) VHF/UHF Communications Antenna
FM20-22-7 FM Coupler The lead-thru insulators with “E” in the part number come
complete with solder
FM20-47 FM Coupler
lugs for inserting a
FM20-74 6 Band Coupler shunt capacitor across
FM20-265 5 Band Coupler the lead-thru to ground
FM20-3( ) FM Coupler as required with some
FMC10-88 FM Coupler ADF antennas. They
FVU10-421 VHF/UHF/L-Band Antenna also have chuck jaws in
GPS10-614 GPS Antenna the cap for securing the
GPS10-615 Active GPS Antenna antenna wire.
GPS10-617 GPS Antenna Lead-thru insulators
GPS10-634 Dual Frequency Active GPS Antenna without the letters “E”,
GPS10-650 Active GPS Antenna (ARINC 743) “A”, or “D” in the part
GPS10-646 Dual Frequency GPS Antenna number have a feed
GPS10-662 Active GPS Antenna (ARINC 743) thru hole to feed the
GPS10-663 Active GPS Antenna (ARINC 743) antenna wire through the cap and stud into the aircraft
GPS10-664 Active GPS Antenna where the antenna wire is wrapped around the stud and
GPS10-665 Dual Frequency Active GPS Antenna secured.
GPS10-668 Passive GPS/GLONASS Antenna
GPS10-669 Passive GPS/GLONASS Antenna
GPS10-670 Active GPS Antenna
GPS10-687 Active GPS/GLONASS Antenna
GPS10-688 Active GPS/GLONASS Antenna
GS10-336 Glideslope Antenna
HF10-321 HF Towel Bar Antenna
LVF10-612 VHF/L-Band Antenna
L10-16-( ) L-Band Antenna
L10-611-( ) L-Band Antenna
MB10-128-( ) Marker Beacon Antenna
NC10-98 VHF/VOR Antenna
RGS10-( ) Glideslope Antenna
UF10-76 UHF Antenna
UF10-412 UHF Antenna
UF10-704 UHF Communications Antenna
UHF10-620 UHD Satcom Antenna
UHF10-629 Satcom Airborne Antenna
UL10-609 UHF/L-Band Antenna
UV20-63 VHF/UHF Diplexor
VC10-126 VHF Communications Antenna
VC20-30 VHF Coupler
VF10-10-1 VHF Communications Antenna
VF10-108-( ) VHF Conformal Antenna
VF10-185 VHF Communications Antenna
VF10-616 Special Purpose Antenna
VF10-626 16” Tunable Antenna for AN/ARC 222 Radio
VT10-02 VOR Navigation Antenna
VT10-24 Phasing Coupler
VT10-56-( ) VOR Navigation Antenna
20
Dayton-Granger
Lead-Thru Elbows & Sleeves
LEAD-THRU INSULATORS
EDMO# 25ARM300-20A-( *)
LEAD-THRU ELBOWS &
EDMO# 25ARM300-20D-( *) SLEEVES
(*= 90°, 55°, 30°, 20°, 10° angles)
The “D” in the part LEAD-THRU ELBOWS & SLEEVES
number designates a
series filter which has
been added to minimize
interference from DME
and transponder anten-
na radiation.
FEED RF
EDMO# MS# ANGLE BREAKDOWN COLOUR
VOLTAGE
13357 25055-1A 55 7.5kv Brown
14401 25055-1B 55 10kv Black
14355 - 10 10kv Black
FEED RF
EDMO# MS# ANGLE BREAKDOWN COLOUR
VOLTAGE
13355 25056-1A 90 7.5kv Brown
14371 25056-1B 90 10kv Black
13819 - 90 7.5kv Brown
14817 - 90 10kv Black
20
Dayton-Granger
Lead-Thru Bodies, Gaskets & Nut Rings
LEAD-THRU BODIES,
GASKETS & NUT RINGS
LEAD-THRU BODIES, GASKETS & NUT
RINGS
FEED-THRU RF ANTENNA
EDMO# MS# CAP BREAKDOWN WIRE
VOLTAGE
14217 25054-1A 2.5pf 7.5kv 14379
14402 25054-1B 2.0pf 10kv 14379
15631 - 2.0pf 10kv 14809
20
Dayton-Granger
Strain Insulators
STRAIN INSULATORS
STRAIN INSULATORS
VOLTAGE ANTENNA WIRE ANTENNA MAX LOAD INSULATION DIAMETER LENGTH

EDMO# BREAKDONWN ATTACHMENT WIRE KG/(LBS) TO SPACE CM/(IN) CM/(IN)
KV @ S.L. KV
15733 18 @ 30,000ft Chuck Jaws 14809 378.61/(850) 180 2/(.805) 18.4/(7.25)
14810 7.5 Chuck Jaws 14809 362.90/(800) 180 1.6/(.625) 13.6/(5.37)
14392 10 Chuck Jaws 14379 181.44/(400) 180 1.6/(.625) 13.3/(5.25)
13842 7.5 Chuck Jaws 14379 181.44/(400) 180 1.6/(.625) 13.3/(5.25)
12354 5 Chuck Jaw Pin 14379 226.80/(500) - 1.6/(.625) 11.7/(4.6)
12354-1 5 Chuck Jaw Pin 14379 226.80/(500) - 1.6/(.625) 14.3/(5.26)
12354D 5 Chuck Jaw Pin 14379 181.44/(400) - 1.6/(.625) 39/(15.37)
12354-1D 5 Chuck Jaw Pin 14379 181.44/(400) - 1.6/(.625) 41.6/(16.37)
14019 5 Chuck Jaw Pin 14379 204.12/(450) - 1.6/(.625) 39/(15.37)
10ARM300-13CN 5 Chuck Jaws 14379 113.40/(250) - 1.1/(.437) 13/(5.1)
10ARM300-18CN 5 Chuck Jaws 14379 113.40/(250) - 1.1/(.437) 13/(5.1)
20
Dayton-Granger
Tee Connectors
TEE CONNECTORS
TEE CONNECTORS
INSULATION RF ANTENNA WIRE ANTENNA LOADING WEIGHT VOLTAGE

EDMO# TO SPACE CURRENT ATTACHMENT WIRE KG/(LBS) GRAM/(OZ) BREAKDOWN
(KV) (AMPS) KV @ S.L.
13843 100 10 Chuck Jaws 14379 181.44/(400) 60/(2.12) 7.5
15ARM300-19CN 10 Chuck Jaws 14379 181.44/(400) 30/(1.06) 7.5
15ARM300-19N 10 Wrap Around 14379 N/A 6/(.21) N/A
15100 100 10 Chuck Jaws 14809 378.61/(850) 60/(2.12) 15 @ 50,000ft
Part Numbers 15173 and 17350 Yoke Assembly provide continuity be-
tween the two legs with an 80˚ angle and open circuit between the third
leg. The fitting is designed to provide a bend in the antenna element of
approximately 80°. The chuck jaws in the assembly will accept the High
Strength Wire (P/N 14809) only. The 10° “T” Connectors P/N 15632,
14039 are used where a sealed connection in the antenna wire must
be made and the angle back to the feed point is approximately 10°.
Both units are completely sealed and have chuck jaws in all three legs.
EDMO# INSULATION TO ANTENNA WIRE ANTENNA LOADING WEIGHT VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN

SPACE (KV) ATTACHMENT WIRE KG/(LBS) GRAM/(OZ) KV @ S.L.
14039 180 Chuck Jaws 14379 113.40/(250) 65/(2.3) 7.5
15026 * 100 Chuck Jaws 14379 204.12/(450) 40/(2.3) 10
15173 100 Chuck Jaws 14809 362.90/(800) 226/(8) 15**
15632 * 100 Chuck Jaws 14809 181.44/(400) 65/(2.3) 7.5
17350 180 Feed Thru Any 453.61/(1,000) 133.3/(4.7) 10
20
* Leg “A” is insulated. ** 50,000Ft
Dayton-Granger
Tension Units
TENSION UNITS
INSULATED TENSION UNIT
INSULATED TENSION UNITS
Part Numbers Listed Next to Product
P/N 12312-D
P/N 12312-1D
P/N 16515
P/N 5ARM300-7CN-3
P/N 5ARM300-1CN-3
P/N 5ARM300-6CNL-3
P/N 5ARM300-8CN-1
P/N 5ARM300-7CN
P/N 5ARM300-1CN
P/N 5ARM300-6CNL
P/N 12312
Starting Full Maximum

Spring Force Mid Stroke Stroke Load Tube Antenna Antenna Attachment Capaci- Length Weight
Part Number Travel Force Diameter Wire tance Grams/
Kg. / Force Kg. / Wire means Cm/ (In.)
Cm./ (in.) (Lbs.) Kg / (Lbs.) Kg / (Lbs.) (Lbs.) Cm./ (In.) Attachment*
(pf) Oz
12312-D 2.54 3.56 6.80 11.34 200.45 1.58 Chuck Jaw 14379 Eye 1 31.75 130
(1.125) (8) (15) (25) (450) (.62) Pin (12.5) (4.6)
12312-1D 1.27 11.34 178 22.68 200.45 1.58 Chuck Jaw 14379 Eye 1 31.75 130
(.5) (25) (40) (50) (450) (.62) Pin (12.5) (4.6)
12312 2.85 3.56 6.80 11.34 200.45 1.58 Pin 14379 Eye 1 17.78 130
(1.12) (8) (15) (25) (450) (.62) (7) (4.6)
1.90 4.53 16.92 29.48 68.0 1.58 Chuck 19.05 110
13352-A (.75) (10) (38) (65) (150) (.62) Jaws 14379 Eye 1 (7.5) (3.9)
5ARM300-8CN-1 2.85 3.56 6.80 9.07 226.80 1.11 Chuck 14379 Quick 1 18.09 56
(1.12) (8) (15) (20) (400) (.44) Jaws Disconnect (7.18) (2)
2.54 3.56 6.80 9.07 113.40 1.11 Chuck 20.32 50
5ARM300-7CN (1) (8) (15) (20) (250) (.44) Jaws 14379 Eye 1 (8) (1.77)
5ARM300-1CN 2.54 6.80 11.34 13.60 181.44 1.11 Chuck 14379 Eye 1 20.32 50
(1) (15) (25) (30) (400) (.44) Jaws (8) (1.77)
5ARM300-6CNL 6.35 4.53 11.34 31.75 113.40 1.11 Chuck 14379 Eye 1 30.48 110
(2.5) (10) (25) (70) (250) (.44) Jaws (12) (3.9)
(1) (8) (15) (20) (250) (.44) Jaws Disconnect (8.5) (1.77)
(1) (15) (25) (30) (400) (.44) Jaws Disconnect (8.5) (2.13)
6.35 4.53 11.34 31.75 113.40 1.11 Chuck Quick 31.75 120
5ARM300-6CNL-3 (2.5) (10) (25) (70) (250) (.44) Jaws 14379 Disconnect 1 (12.5) (4.25)
20
P.O. Box 350550, Ft. Lauderdale, FL. 33335 Tel: (954) 463-3451 Fax: (954) 761-3172
EDMO Asia Pacific Web site: 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au
www.daytongranger.com 331
Dayton-Granger
NON INSULATED TENSION UNIT
Tension Units
NON INSULATED TENSION UNITS
P/N 16644
P/N 13816
P/N 12330-1
P/N 12330-2
P/N 5ARM300-11C
P/N 5ARM300-5C
P/N 5ARM300-6C
P/N 5ARM300-5CA
P/N 5ARM300-6CH
P/N 5ARM300-11CN
P/N 5ARM300-5C-3
P/N 5ARM300-6C-3
P/N 5ARM300-6C-1G
P/N 5ARM300-11C-5
P/N 5ARM300-11C-6
Starting Full Maximum

Spring Force Mid Stroke Stroke Load Pre-Set Antenna Antenna Attachment Length Tube
Part Number Travel Force Wire Weight Diameter
Kg. / Force Kg. / Cm./ (In.) Wire means Cm/ (In.)
Cm./ (in.) (Lbs.) Kg / (Lbs.) Kg / (Lbs.) (Lbs.) Attachment* Grams/Oz Cm./ (In.)
11.43 11.34 34.0 68.0 725.28 5.71 Chuck Ball & 50.8 400 1.58
14818-2 (150) 14379
(4.5) (25) (75) (1600) (2.25) Jaws Swivel (20) (14.1) (.62)
13816 3.18 3.62 15.87 28.95 200.44 5 Chuck 14379 Quick 24.13 100 50
(1.5) (8) (35) (65) (450) (2) Jaws disconnect (9.5) (3.5) (1.76)
12330-1D 7.62 44 13.60 27.21 272.17 None Chuck 14379 Eye 38.1 140 50
(3) (10) (30) (60) (600) Jaws (15) (4.9) (1.76)
3.18 4.53 9.07 18.14 272.17 Chuck Jaw 30.48 110 50
12330-2D (1.5) (10) (20) (40) (600) None Pin 14379 Eye (12) (3.8) (1.76)
9.52 4.53 31.75 79.38 272.17 Chuck Jaw 45.72 230 50
12330-3D (3.75) (10) (70) (175) (600) None Pin 14379 Eye (18) (8.1) (1.76)
7.62 4.53 13.60 27.21 272.17 22.89 120 50
12330-1 (3) (10) (30) (60) (600) None Pin 14379 Eye (9) (4.2) (1.76)
12330-2 3.18 4.53 9.07 18.14 272.17 None Pin 14379 Eye 16.51 96 50
(1.5) (10) (20) (40) (600) (6.5) (3.4) (1.76)
5ARM300-11C 3.18 2.26 6.80 9.07 226.80 None Chuck 14379 Eye 15.24 50 1.11
(1.5) (5) (15) (20) (500) Jaws (6) (1.76) (.44)
5ARM300-5C 2.54 4.53 9.07 13.60 226.80 None Chuck 14379 Eye 15.24 50 1.11
(1) (10) (20) (30) (500) Jaws (6) (1.76) (.44)
6.35 3.62 11.34 22.68 181.44 Chuck 25.4 100 1.11
5ARM300-6C * (2.5) (8) (25) (50) (400) None Jaws 14379 Eye (10) (3.5) (.44)
5ARM300-11C-3 3.18 2.26 6.80 9.07 226.80 None Chuck 14379 Quick 16.51 50 1.11
(1.5) (5) (15) (20) (250) Jaws disconnect (6.5) (1.76) (.44)
5ARM300-5C-3 2.54 4.53 11.34 13.60 226.80 None Chuck 14379 Quick 16.51 50 1.11
(1) (10) (25) (30) (250) Jaws disconnect (6.5) (1.76) (.44)
6.35 3.62 11.34 27.21 226.80 Chuck Quick 26.67 100 1.11
5ARM300-6C-3 (2.5) (8) (25) (60) (500) None Jaws 14379 disconnect (10.5) (3.5) (.44)
16644 3.18 3.62 15.87 29.48 181.44 5 Chuck 14379 Ball & 24.13 100 50
(1.5) (8) (35) (65) (400) (2) Jaws Swivel (9.5) (3.5) (1.76)
5ARM300-6C-3G 6.35 3.62 11.34 27.21 181.44 None Chuck 14379 Quick 25.4 100 1.11
(2.5) (8) (25) (60) (400) Jaws disconnect (10.37) (3.5) (.38)
5ARM300-6C-1G 6.35 3.62 11.34 27.21 226.80 None Chuck 14379 Ball & 25.4 100 1.11
(2.5) (8) (25) (60) (500) Jaws Swivel (10.37) (3.5) (.38)
3.18 2.26 6.80 9.07 226.80 Chuck Quick 16.51 50 1.11
5ARM300-11C-5 (1.5) (5) (15) (20) (500) None Jaws 14379 disconnect (6.5) (1.76) (.44)
* 5ARM300-6CG with ground strap.

20
170
Dayton-Granger
TENSION TAKE-UP UNITS Tension Units
P/N 14818, -3; 15157, -2
TENSION TAKE-UP UNITS
P/N 17960
Insulated high strength
tension unit with weak
link
P/N 14818
P/N 14818-3*
*( with grounding strap)
P/N 15167
P/N 15167-2
Spring Starting Mid Full Maximum Antenna Tube

Part Number Stroke Stroke Pre-Set Antenna Attachment Length
Travel Force Force Force Load Wire Means Weight Diameter
Cm./ (In.) Kg. / (Lbs) Kg. / (Lbs) Cm./ (In.) Wire Cm./ (In.)
Kg / (Lbs) Kg / (Lbs) Attachment
Gr./ (Oz.) Cm./ (In.)
15167* 11.43 9.07 47.62 72,57 362.90 8.41 TU N/A Rel. 45.72 406 1.57
(4.5) (20) (105) (160) (800) (3.31) Hook (18) (14.32) (.62)
15167-2 11.43 17.81 56.70 81.65 725.28 6.03 TU N/A Rel. 53.34 541 1.57
(4.5) (40) (125) (180) (1200) (2.37) Hook (21) (19.1) (.62)
11.43 11.34 34.02 68.0 362.90 5.71 Chuck 50.8 380 1.57
14818 ** (4.5) (25) (75) (150) (800) (2.25) Jaws 14809 B&S (20) (13.4) (.62)
* Zero tension release and adjustable swivel. TU= Termination Unit

** 14818-3 has grounding straps.
20
Web site: www.daytongranger.com
171
Dayton-Granger
Shackles
INSULATED SHACKLE
SHACKLES
INSULATED SHACKLES
P/N 13692-D
P/N 10ARM300-14CN-3
P/N 10ARM300-15CN-1
For stranded wire only
P/N 10ARM300-14CN
P/N 10ARM300-37L-3
P/N 10ARM300-37L
Voltage Antenna Maximum

Part Number Breakdown Wire Antenna Load Length Weight Attachment
Wire Kg./ (Lbs) Cm./ (In.) Gr./ (Oz.) Means
KV @ S.L. Attachment
Chuck 14379 200.44 23.2 60.1

13692-D 7.5 Jaws Shackle
(450) (9.25) (2.12)
Chuck 68.0 24.3 70
13624-D 7.5 Jaws 14379 (150) (9.56) (2.48) Shackle
Chuck 113.40 13.6 24

10ARM300-14CN 10 Jaws 14379 (250) (5.62) (.85) Eye
Pass Thru 113.40 12.7 22

10ARM300-37L 10 Hole 14379 (250) (5.3) (.78) Eye
10ARM300-14CN-3 10 Chuck 14379 200.44 14.9 24 Quick

Jaws (400) (5.87) (.85) Disconnect
10ARM300-37L-3 10 Pass Thru 14379 200.44 14.3 22 Quick

Hole (450) (5.62) (.78) Disconnect
113.40 11.9 20
10ARM300-15CN-1 10 * 16438 (250) (4.5) (.69) Shackle
* Soft solder/crimp
20
172
Dayton-Granger
NON-INSULATED SHACKLES Shackles
NON INSULATED SHACKLES
P/N 16645
P/N 13903
P/N 15154
(Termination unit with P/N
15167 Tension unit)
P/N 12348-D
P/N 20ARM300-21C-3
( P/N 15ARM300-21
Grounding Strap )
P/N 20ARM300-21C
These non-insulated shackles are fitted with chuck jaws to accept antenna wire P/N 14379. There is direct continuity
between the chuck jaws and the termination fitting. They are all rated at 400lbs. maximum load.
20
173
Dayton-Granger
“V” Tension Units
INSULATED “V” TENSION UNITS

“V”
Part TENSION UNITS
Numbers Listed Next to Product
INSULATED “V” TENSION UNITS
P/N 5ARM300-6LV-3
P/N 5ARM300-6LV
P/N 5ARM300-12LV
P/N 5ARM300-3
P/N 14057 “V”
Mid Full
Spring Starting Maximum Tube
Part Number Stroke Stroke Length Attachment Antenna Weight
Travel Force Load Diameter Cm./ Means
Cm./ (In.) Kg. / (Lbs) KgForce
Force (In.) Wire Gr./ (Oz.)
Kg. / (Lbs) Cm. / (In.)
/ (Lbs) Kg / (Lbs)
5ARM300-6LV 6.35 4.53 11.34 27.21 181.44 1.11 29.84 Pass Thru 14379 99.22
(2.5) (10) (25) (60) (400) (.44) (11.6) Hole (3.5)
6.35 4.53 11.34 27.21 181.44 1.11 32.7 Pass Thru 104.89
5ARM300-6LV-3 14379
(2.5) (10) (25) (60) (400) (.44) (12.1) Hole (3.7)
14057 3.81 36 + 22 15.87 29.48 181.44 1.59 26.67 Chuck 14379 153.08
(1.5) (8 + 5) (35) (65) (400) (.62) (10.5) Jaws (5.4)
20
5ARM300-3 2.54 4.53 9.07 13.60 181.44 1.11 20 Pass Thru 51.02
14379
(1) (10) (20) (30) (400) (.44) (7.87) Hole (1.8)
336 1300 133 256 (AUS)Web
| 0800
site: 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au
www.daytongranger.com EDMO Asia Pacific
174
Dayton-Granger
Assembly Tools
ASSEMBLY TOOLS
ASSEMBLY
Part NumbersTOOLS
Listed Next to Products
ASSEMBLY TOOLS
14808 is identical to our standard wire retriever P/N

14053 with the exception that it is designed for our high
strength antenna wire P/N 14809.
P/N 14806 High Strength Mast Plug
Driver. This plug driver is identical to our
standard mast plug driver P/N 14533,
except that this driver is designed for our
high strength antenna mast P/N 14780,
P/N 16252 For P/N 14955-2 and P/N 15016. This plug
Removing 15/ driver is used to remove 3/8” insulation
16” insulation High strength wire from the antenna wire
from P/N 14809 retriever P/N 14808
antenna wire for (For antenna Wire
high strength “O” P/N 14809 only)
tension mast.
Standard Wire Retriever 14053

(for antenna wire P/N 14379.
This is a military specification
50ARM300-250 Standard Wire Release Tool for wire retriever (MS25119-1)
Tension Units; (for antenna wire P/N 14379) designed to release antenna wire
This unit is our commercial wire retriever designed P/N 14379 from chuck jaws of
to release antenna wire P/N 14379 from chuck jaws the various antenna components
of the various antenna components and to remove and remove 7/16” of insulation
7/16” of insulation in precisely the right length. It in precisely the right length. It
prevents nicking of the antenna wire when the prevents nicking of the antenna
insulation is cut for removal. wire when the insulation is cut for
removal.
Standard Mast Plug Driver 14533

This plug driver is used to assemble the chuck
assembly into the mast head and for adjusting
proper tension on the antenna wire using the
1” travel of the chuck assembly in the mast
head after the antenna system is installed. It is
required for installation of the following antenna Pretensioning Tool P/N 15863
masts: This tool is a ratchet type tool used to spread the
P/N 14472, 14540, 14690, 14955-1, 15005. tension unit to its Pre-Set point. It has specific
applications where very strong springs are utilized.
Strikeguard Roller, P/N 16470
Pretensioning Tool P/N 14807

This tool is used to spread the tension units to its
Pre-Set point. The tool has a maximum spread of
3”.
Allen Wrench Tool P/N 16500

20
175
P/N 14379- Type1-6370-1
See Grid for Information
This antenna wire consists of a 50-mil copper-clad steel wire conductor, insulated by a 661/2-mil sheath of brown-
Dayton-Granger
pigmented polyethylene with particularly high resistivity to ultraviolet deterioration, as well as outstanding electrical
Antenna
characteristics. ThisWire
wire will withstand external corona voltages up to 240 KV. It will also support RF line voltages in
excess of 7,000 volts at 60 cps without corona onset. Type 1 No. 6370-1 Antenna Wire, P/N 14379 is manufactured
in accordance with Military Specification MIL-W-6370c dated 14 November 1983. This wire should be used in fittings
ANTENNA WIRE
with chuck jaws wire attachment features.
Antenna Wire
ANTENNA WIRE
P/N 14379- Type1-6370-1
This antenna wire consists of a 50-mil copper-clad steel wire conductor, insulated by a 661/2-mil sheath of brown-
pigmented polyethylene with particularly high resistivity to ultraviolet deterioration, as well as outstanding electrical
characteristics. This wire will withstand external corona voltages up to 240 KV. It will also support RF line voltages in
excess of 7,000 volts at 60 cps without corona onset. Type 1 No. 6370-1 Antenna Wire, P/N 14379 is manufactured
in accordance with Military Specification MIL-W-6370c dated 14 November 1983. This wire should be used in fittings
with chuck jaws wire attachment features.
For use with Conductor Outside Weight
Wire Strength Military
Part Number fittings with wire
Insulation Wire Type Diameter Diameter
Kg. (Lbs.) Spec.
gm/pr meter
attachment Cm. (In.) Cm. (In.) Oz./per foot
Copper Clad .13 .46 204 Type 1 2.36

14379 Chuck jaws Polyethylene Steel (.05) (.18) (400) 6370-1 (.274)
Copper Clad .18 .46 385 3.11

14809 Chuck jaws Polyethylene Steel (.07) (.18) (800) - (.360)
Fixed pin Phosphore .19 .46 91 3.00

14411 Polyethylene K-1201
Loose Pin Bronze 6 X 7 (.08) (.18) (200) (.348)
Fixed pin Copper Clad .1 .1 77 .907

14413 For use
Loose Pinwith None Steel Conductor
(.04) Outside
(.04) (170) W-106A Weight
(.105)
Wire Strength Military
Part Number fittings with wire Wire Type Diameter Diameter gm/pr meter
Insulation Kg. (Lbs.) Spec.
attachment Cm. (In.) Cm. (In.) Oz./per foot
Fixed pin .15 .15 91 1.24
16438 None Bronze 7 X 7 -
Loose Pin Copper Clad (.06)
.13 (.06)
.46 (200)
204 Type 1 (.144)
2.36
14379 Chuck jaws Polyethylene
Steel (.05) (.18) (400) 6370-1 (.274)
16650 Chuck jaws FEB Copper Clad .13 .33 204 - 4.83
PTFE (White)* Steel Clad
Copper (.05)
.18 (.13)
.46 (450)
385 (.560)
3.11
14809 Chuck jaws Polyethylene -
Steel (.07) (.18) (800) (.360)
* Teflon coated wire
Fixed pin Phosphore .19 .46 91 3.00
14411 Polyethylene K-1201
Loose Pin Bronze 6 X 7 (.08) (.18) (200) (.348)
STATIC DISCHARGERS
Fixed pin Copper Clad .1 .1 77 .907
14413 Loose Pin None Steel (.04) (.04) (170) W-106A (.105)
Fixed pin .15 .15 91 1.24

16438 None Bronze 7 X 7 -
THE HISTORY Loose
OF Pin
STATIC DISCHARGERS (.06) (.06) (200) (.144)
In the early days of Chuck

16650
aviation,
jaws
flying was
FEB doneCopper
primarily
Clad during.13daylight by .33
visual reference
204 such as highways, railroad
-
4.83
tracks, and rivers. Communications were doneSteel
PTFE (White)* by signal lights
(.05) and wing(.13)
wagging. (450) (.560)
As the reliability of aircraft improved, flying under all conditions became practical,creating demands for improved
navigation and communication systems. However, during the early use of these systems, pilots quickly became aware
* Teflon coated wire
of a form of severe radio interference which hampered the performance of the existing navigation and communication
systems.
Experience showed a correlation between RF noise and flight through rain, snow, and clouds. Hence, pilots became
very concerned because the P.O. conditions which Ft.
Box 350550, caused the most
Lauderdale, FL.“precipitation static”463-3451
33335 Tel: (954) occurred Fax:
when(954)
navigation
761-3172 and
communication instruments needs were
Web site: greatest.
www.daytongranger.com
During World War II, it was necessary to have navigation and communication systems that were reliable in all weather
conditions. To address the interference problem, the Naval Air Development Center (NADC) sponsored a program to
develop methods to reduce noise created by P Stat. As a result of this program, Dayton-Granger invented and patent- 176
ed the first static dischargers.
Continued research and development in the 1950’s led to a static discharger which adopted a new concept that was
far superior in noise suppression than existing static dischargers. This patented device, designed by Granger Associ-
ates (later to became part of Dayton-Granger) was the Null Field discharger, which is still the industry standard today.
WHY DAYTON-GRANGER’S DISCHARGERS ARE THE

P.O. Box 350550, BEST!
Ft. Lauderdale, FL. 33335 Tel: (954) 463-3451 Fax: (954) 761-3172
Dayton-Granger invented and patented
Web site: the first static dischargers during the early years of World War II. They have
www.daytongranger.com
continuously built on this technical base, applying ongoing research and development to provide their customers the
latest technological advancements in precipitation static protection
Dayton-Granger dischargers are manufactured to exceed the stringent requirements of Military Specification MIL-D- 176
9129D. All manufacturing and assembly is done at Dayton-Granger’s own facility in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. They have
20
years of experience using the latest in technologies and handcrafted techniques.

Dayton-Granger is a trusted name in static dischargers and is the most widely used in the aviation industry.
Dayton-Granger
Static Dischargers
TRAILING STATIC DISCHARGERS

16305 Null Field Trailing Discharger NSN: 5920-00-271-3217
Mounting: 610R Series Retainers

For Commercial & Business Class Aircraft Noise Quieting: 50 db
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D Length: 10-11/32” Weight: 0.93 oz
740001 Null Plus Trailing Discharger

For Commercial & Business Class Aircraft Noise Quieting: 50+ db
*16785 Null Strike Trailing Discharger

FAA PMA Length: 8-7/8” Weight: 0.58 oz
16920-1 Null Plus Trailing Discharger
Mounting: 15401, 15660-1, 15448 or 16195 Screw Retainer

*16920 Null Strike Trailing Discharger

17770 Trailing Discharger
Mounting: Fits Chelton Retainer or DG p/n 540095

All noise quieting measurements are measured as per

20
MIL-SPEC Procedure MIL-D-9129D

* Has Lightning Diverter Element
EDMO Asia Pacific 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au
339
Dayton-Granger
Static Dischargers

740013 Micropoint Trailing Discharger NSN: 5920-00-283-1321
Mounting: Fits Chelton Retainer or DG p/n 540095

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D Length: 8” Weight: 0.15 oz
16320 Nullfield Trailing Discharger NSN: 5920-00-084-6045
Mounting: 2 - # 8-32 Flat Head Screws

For General Aviation & Business Class Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db
17750 Supersonic Trailing Discharger NSN: 1560-01-116-5688
Mounting: 16340 Retainers

For Supersonic Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db
MIL-9129D Length: 6-15/16” Weight: 0.53 oz
*15330 Micropoint Trailing Discharger NSN: 5920-00-201-4914
Mounting:15401, 15448, 15660-1 or 16195 Screw Retainer

16630 Micropoint Trailing Discharger
Mounting: 2 #4-40 Screws, 100% counter-sunk Noise Quieting: 40+ db

For General Aviation Aircraft (speeds Below 300 mph) Length: 8-3/4” Weight: 0.17 oz
16165 ASA Micropoint Trailing Discharger (Flexible) NSN: 5920-01-011-9378
Mounting: 2 #10-32 Flat Head Screws

For General Aviation Aircraft (speeds Below 300 mph) Noise Quieting: 40+ db
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D Length: 9” Weight: 0.37 oz

20
Web site: www.daytongranger.com 182
Dayton-Granger
Static Dischargers

740019-1 Null Plus Trailing Discharger NSN: 5920-01-375-4643
Mounting: 15401, 15660-1, or 16195 Screw Retainers

* 740019 Null Strike Trailing Discharger
Mounting: 15401, 15660-1, or 16195 Screw Retainers

16175 Null Field Trailing Discharger
Mounting: P/N 540095

For Commercial & Business Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db
16330 Supersonic Trailing Discharger Null Field NSN: 5920-00-137-5003
Mounting: 16340 Retainer for Supersonic Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D Length: 9.20” Weight: 0.63 oz
16081 Micropoint Trailing Discharger (Flexible) NSN: 5920-00-283-1321
Mounting: DG P/N 540095

For Commercial & Business Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db
16606 Micropoint Trailing Discharger (Flexible)
Mounting: 15401, 15488, 15660-1, or 16195 screw retainer

For General Aviation and Business Class Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db

20
EDMO Asia Pacific 1300 133FL.

P.O. Box 350550, Ft. Lauderdale, 256 (AUS)
33335 0800463-3451
Tel:| (954) 893 488Fax:
(NZ)(954)
| www.edmoap.com.au
761-3172 341
Dayton-Granger
Static Dischargers

740026-1 Supersonic Trailing Discharger
Mounting: 16340 Retainer Noise Quieting: 40+db

For Supersonic Aircraft Length: 5.23” Weight: 0.43 oz
MIL-912D

MIL-9129D Length: 7-3/4” Weight: 0.20oz
Mounting #10-32 UNF-2A

740042 Null Plus (ASA) Trailing Discharger
Mounting: 2 #10-32 Flat Head Screws

For General Aviation Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db
21000 Supersonic, Null Plus Trailing Discharger
Mounting: 740038 Retainer

For Special Application Supersonic Aircraft Noise Quieting: 40+ db
MIL-9129D Length: 6.9” Weight: 0.43 oz
16450 Composite Null Field Trailing Discharger
Mounting:16261 Composite Retainer Noise Quieting: 50 db

For Commercial & Business Class Aircraft Length: 10-11/32” Weight: 0.81 oz
NOTE: This Graphite/ Carbon composite trailing static discharger has been designed for mounting on graphite
and/or carbon loaded conductive surfaces. The retainer is epoxied to the conductive Graphite/Carbon surface
and the trailing discharger is secured to the retainer with two screws. The compatibility of the Graphite/Carbon
composite retainer with the Graphite or Carbon conductive aircraft surface prevents corrosion that would be
20
generated if an aluminum retainer were to be mounted on the Graphite or Carbon surface.
342 1300P.O.
133Box
256 (AUS)Ft.
350550, | 0800 893 488
Lauderdale, Tel: (954) 463-3451 Fax: (954) 761-3172EDMO
(NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au
FL. 33335 Asia Pacific
Dayton-Granger
Static Dischargers
TIP STATIC DISCHARGERS

NSN: 5920-00-888-7706
16310 Null Field Tip Discharger

Noise Quieting: 30+ db
For Commercial & Business Class Aircraft
Length: 3-1/2” Weight: 0.15 oz.
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
NSN: 5920-00-462-1121
16315 High Performance Null Field
Tip Discharger
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D Length: 3-21/32” Weight: 0.18 oz.
740007 Null Plus Tip Discharger

*15344 Null Strike Tip Discharger

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
*16930 Null Strike Tip Discharger
Mounting: 15347 or 17705 Screw Type Retainer

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
16930-1 Null Plus Tip Discharger

15340 Micropoint Tip Discharger

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
NSN: 5920-00-084-6046
16325 Null Field Tip Discharger
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D

Mounting: 2 #8-32 Flat Head Screws Noise Quieting: 30+ db
For General Aviation & Business Class Aircraft Length: 7-15/32” Weight: 0.53 oz.

20

EDMO Asia Pacific
Web 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800 893 488 (NZ) | www.edmoap.com.au
site: www.daytongranger.com 185 343
Dayton-Granger
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
Static
Mounting Dischargers
DG P/N 540095 Noise Quieting: 30+ db
Commercial & Business Class Aircraft Length: 5-3/4” Weight: 0.13 oz.

TIP STATIC DISCHARGERS
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
NSN: 5920-00-300-1843
16125 Micropoint
Mounting Tip
DG P/N 17255-1 Discharger Noise Quieting: 30+ db
For Helicopters Length: 4-19/32” Weight: 0.21 oz.
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D
Mounting DG P/N 540095 Noise Quieting: 30+ db
16125-1 Null Plus Tip Discharger (Anti-Magnetic) NSN: 5920-00-300-1843
FAA PMA, MIL-9129D

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D

FAA PMA, MIL-9129D

Mounting DG P/N 17255-1 Noise Quieting: 30+ db
For Helicopters Length: 4-19/32” Weight: 0.21 oz.

186

20
Dayton-Granger
Dayton-Granger has a complete selection of retainersTip Retainers andairframe
to fit numerous Adaptorsradii.
It is extremely important that the static dischargers be bonded properly
to the aircraft to insure their maximum performance.
TIP RETAINERS AND ADAPTORS
The best way to accomplish this is to use the correct mounting retainer.
TIP RETAINERS AND ADAPTORS
TIP RETAINERS
611R Series (Slot Type) Retainers
PART MODEL
NUMBER NUMBER RADIUS(in) RADIUS(cm)
P/N 16286 (FLAT)
16286 611R-4A FLAT FLAT
16287 611R-5A 1.43-1.6” 3.63-4.06 cm
16288 611R-6A 2.5” 6.35 cm
16289 611R-7A 2.0-2.36” 5.08-5.99 cm
16290 611R-8A 3.5-4.81” 8.89-12.2 cm
16291 611R-9A 1.25-1.37” 3.17-3.47 cm
16292 611R-10A 3.00-3.92” 7.62-9.95 cm
16293 611R-11A 5.” 12.7 cm
16296 611R-14A .531” 1.35 cm
16297 611R-15A .689” 1.75 cm
16155 611R-16A .5” 1.27 cm
16420 611R-17A .31” .79 cm
16348 180-12 .38” .96 cm
ADAPTERS
P/N 15335
P/N 17705 TIP RETAINER
Trailing Retrofit Adapter
Tip Retrofit Adapter
Adapter for 610R Series P/N 15347
Adapter for 611R Series
Trailing Dischargers For Screw-on Type
Tip Dischargers
Tip Dischargers
Dayton-Granger has a complete selection of retainers to fit numerous airframe radii.

It is extremely important that the static dischargers be bonded properly to the aircraft to insure their maximum perfor-
mance.
The best way to accomplish this is to use the correct mounting retainer.
20
Dayton-Granger
Discharger Cross Reference List
DISCHARGER CROSS REFERENCE LIST

CROSS REFERENCE LIST
DISCHARGER CROSS REFERENCE LIST
Superceded Current D-G Series Product

Part Numbers D-G P/N & Model Description
DISCHARGERS
001-0315-01 16310 611D-1B Discharger
001-0320-01,02 16305 610D-1B Discharger
001-5540-01 16325 613D-1A Discharger
001-5882-01 16315 611-1008HE Discharger
001-7750-01 16330 620D-1A Discharger
001-8435-01 16320 612D-2A Discharger
--------------- 16162 610D-1BD Discharger
--------------- 16163 611D-1BD Discharger
TOOLS
001-0062-01 16284 610-1014 Torque tool
001-0064-01 16210 610-1013 Heat Clamp
--------------- 16268 ------------ Trailing Template
--------------- 16269 ------------ Tip Template
RETAINERS
001-0317-01,02 16335 610R-9A Trailing Retainer
001-7615-01 16286 611R-4A Tip retainer (Flat)
001-6394-01 16287 611R-5A Tip retainer (1.43-1.60” Rad)
001-7557-01 16294 611R-12A Tip retainer for Helicopter
001-8652-01 16296 611R-14A Tip retainer (0.531” Rad)
001-8653-01 16297 611R-15A Tip retainer (0.689” Rad)
--------------- 16298 611R-16A Tip retainer (0.5” Rad)
GASKETS
--------------- 16181 -------------- Trailing Aluminum Gasket
--------------- 16243 -------------- Tip Aluminum Gasket
20
346 1300 133 256 (AUS) | 0800

P.O. 893 488 (NZ)
Box 350550, Ft.| Lauderdale,
www.edmoap.com.au EDMO
FL. 33335 Tel: (954) 463-3451 Asia761-3172
Fax: (954) Pacific
Dayton-Granger
ADF Wire Antenna Systems
45ARM300-125
ADF WIRE ANTENNA SYSTEMS
ADF WIRE ANTENNA
45ARM300-125 SYSTEM
- FREQUENCY 0.4 - 30 MHZ Frequency: 0.4 - 30MHz
ADF sense antennas play a considerable role in the performance of ADF

systems. If the effective height and capacitance of the sense antenna
is not maintained relatively close to the ADF design specifications, poor
range and/or sluggish needle activity will result. This antenna design
will produce optimum performance from the ADF system. The antenna
kit listed represents the ultimate in sealed (Anti-P-Static) ADF sense
antennas.
COMPONENT PARTS
10ARM300-14CN-3 25ARM300-20E-90
Strain Insulator with Insulator Feed Thru
Quick Disconnect
30ARM300-75A
14379 Stand Off Mast 27D
Wire Solid Copper Clad
30ARM300-76A
15ARM300-19N Stand Off Mast 90D
Tee connector, Wrap Around
5ARM-300-8CN-1
Tension Unit 20Lbs
20
138
Dayton-Granger
45ARM300-126
ADF Wire Antenna Systems
ADF WIRE ANTENNA SYSTEM Frequency: 0.4 - 30MHz
45ARM300-126 - FREQUENCY 0.4 - 30 MHZ

antennas.
COMPONENT PARTS
10ARM300-13CN 17500-12
Insulator Strain with Installation Instructions
Chuck Jaws
25ARM300-20E-20
14379 Insulator Feed Thru
Wire Solid Copper Clad
3280
Anchor Kit Vertical Fin
5ARM300-1CN
Tension Unit 30Lbs
ANTENNA ELEMETNST 5D PF AND EFFECTIVE HEIGHT 5D PF AND EFFECTIVE HEIGHT

LENGTH(L) AND PAD CAPACITOR OF .5 METERS OF .25 METERS
VALUE
ANTENNA ANGLE DEGREES L-INCHES PF L-INCHES PF
5 229 0 160 12
10 173 12 118 24
15 142 20 98 27
20 130 24 90 30
25 120 27 86 33
30 111 27 77 33
20
139
Dayton-Granger
45ARM300-127 ADF Wire Antenna Systems
ADF WIRE ANTENNA

45ARM300-126 SYSTEM

antennas.
COMPONENT PARTS
10ARM300-1CN-3 25ARM300-20A-30
Strain Insulator Insulator Feed Thru
14379 5ARM300-1CN
Wire Copper Clad Steel Tension Unit 30Lbs
17500-12 30ARM300-74
Installation Instructions Tension Unit 30Lbs
30ARM300-77
Tension Unit 30Lbs
20
140
Dayton-Granger
HF Wire Antenna Systems
45ARM300-109SA
HF WIRE ANTENNA SYSTEMS
HF WIRE ANTENNA
45ARM300-109SA SYSTEM
This HF antenna system is designed to operate with any HF transceiver.

The strain insulator can be positioned anywhere on the antenna wire
element to precisely obtain the antenna element length recommended
by the HF manufacturer.
COMPONENT PARTS
10ARM300-13CN 3280
Insulator Strain with Anchor Kit Vertical Fin
Chuck Jaws
50ARM300-250
14379 Tool Wire Release
Wire Copper Clad Steel
5ARM300-1CN-3
25ARM300-20-300 Tension Unit 30Lbs
Insulator Feed Thru
5ARM300-3
3254 Tension Unit
Bracket Wing-Tip
20
141
Dayton-Granger
45ARM300-140 HF Wire Antenna Systems
HF WIRE ANTENNA
45ARM300-140 SYSTEM
This HF antenna system is designed for HF transceivers requiring a

grounded HF antenna, however a strain insulator could be added in front
of the grounded tension unit to obtain an open HF antenna. The tension
unit has a grounding wire to assure minimum resistance through the
tension unit.
COMPONENT PARTS
14379 3280
Wire Copper Clad Steel Anchor Kit Vertical Fin
17500-10 50ARM300-250
Instalation Intructions Tool Wire Release
25ARM300-20-30 5ARM300-6CG
Insulator Feed Thru Tension Unit 30Lbs
20
142
Dayton-Granger
45ARM300-141
HF Wire Antenna Systems
HF WIRE ANTENNA
45ARM300-141 SYSTEM
This HF antenna system is designed for HF transceivers requiring a

grounded HF antenna; however a strain insulator could be added near
the forward feed thru to obtain an open HF antenna. The tension unit on
the vertical stabilizer is a “V” feed-thru type. The antenna is fed from the
rear feed thru insulator.
COMPONENT PARTS
14379 3280
Wire Copper Clad Steel Anchor Kit Vertical Fin
25ARM300-20E-30 50ARM300-250
Insulator Feed Thru Tool Wire Release
30ARM300-20E-55 5ARM300-6LV
Insulator Feed Thru Tension Unit V Feed Thru
V feed thru is insulated.
The insulation on the wire
simply passes thru the hole
on the tension unit.
20
143
Dayton-Granger
Masts
MAST
MASTS WITH COAXIAL LEAD-THRU
P/N 35ARM300-80S, 82
35ARM300-80S, 82
These masts are manufactured from

a high strength, high impact fiberglass
reinforced injection molded plastic.
Rubber gasket, doubler plate and
mounting hardware are supplied with
the mast.
RF
Insulation Breakdown Maximum Shunt Internal Antenna Antenna
Maximum Maximum
Part Number Mast Fore-Aft Side
Type To Space RF Capaci- Connector Wire Wire
(KV) Sea level Current tance Type (P/N)
Load Load Weight Height
Attachment
(KV) Kg. / (Lbs.) Kg. / (Lbs.) Kg./ (Lbs.) Cm./ (In.)
35ARM300-80S Lead Chuck 2669 27.21 2.26 19.05

35ARM300-80C * Thru N/A 7.5 N/A 17.5 pf BNC Jaws 14379 (60) (25) (25) (7.5)
35ARM300-82 Lead Chuck 2669 22.68 2.26 10.66
35ARM300-82A * Thru N/A 7.5 N/A 17.5 pf BNC Jaws 14379 (50) (20) (20) (4.2)
Has series filter to eliminate interference from transponder or DME radiation.
20
147
Dayton-Granger
STAND-OFF MASTS
Masts
P/N 30ARM300-72A, -75A, -79A

30ARM300-72A, -75A, -79A
Part Number Finish Height Weight

30ARM300-72A White Epoxy 7.37” 6 oz.
Paint (18.7 cm.) (170.1 gm.)
30ARM300-75A White Epoxy 10” 12 oz.
Paint (25.4 cm.) (340.2 gm.)
30ARM300-79A* White Epoxy 7.37” 6 oz.
Paint (18.7 cm.) (170.1 gm.)
20
157
Dayton-Granger
STAND-OFF MASTS Masts
P/N 30ARM300-73A,
30ARM300-73A, -74A -74A
The 30ARM300-74A cast aluminum

stand-off mast is used to secure one
end of an ADF sense antenna. The
30ARM300-73A is an ADF sense
stand-off mast designed to be placed in
between the feed point and termination
mast to support the wire. The antenna
wire is fed in one side of the mast and
out the other.

Paint (18.7 cm.) (198.4 gm.)
Paint (11.02 cm.) (170.1 gm.)
20
158
Dayton-Granger
STAND-OFF MASTS
Masts
P/N 30ARM300-70A,
30ARM300-70A, -76A -76A
These cast aluminum stand-off masts

are designed to secure one end of an
ADF sense or HF long wire antenna.

Paint (18.7 cm.) (141.7 gm.)
Paint (25.4 cm.) (283.5 gm.)
20
159
Dayton-Granger
STAND-OFF MASTS Masts
P/N 30ARM300-71A,
30ARM300-71A, -77A -77A
These cast aluminum masts are de-

signed to secure the wire between the
two stand-off masts of an ADF antenna.

Paint (18.7 cm.) (170.1 gm.)
Paint (25.4 cm.) (226.8 gm.)
20
160
Dayton-Granger
STAND-OFF MASTS
Masts
P/N 16440,
16440, 16665 16665
These injection molded plastic masts

are designed as stand-off masts for an
HF long wire antenna. The masts are
designed to support the wire in between
the feed mast and the termination mast.
The wire is fed in one side of the mast
head and out the other.

16440 White Epoxy 7.37” 4 oz.
Paint (18.7 cm.) (113.4 gm.)
16665 White Epoxy 10” 8 oz.
Paint (25.4 cm.) (226.8 gm.)
20
161
Dayton-Granger
Lead-Thru Assemblies
LEAD-THRU ASSEMBLIES
LEAD-THRU
Part ASSEMBLIES
Numbers Listed Next to Product
LEAD-THRU ASSEMBLIES
90° 35° 10°

P/N 14090 P/N 15485 P/N 15840
P/N 15486
P/N 15839
RF
Antenna Feed Antenna
Part Number Feed Breakdown
MS # Angle
Wire Thru Wire
Voltage Attachment Cap (pf) (P/N)
(KV)
Chuck
14090 25054-1A 90 7.5 Jaws 5.5 14379
Chuck
14403 25054-1B 90 10 Jaws 3.5 14379
Chuck
15485 - 35 7.5 Jaws 3.0 14379
Chuck
35° 15486 - 35 10 Jaws 3.5 14379
P/N 16390 Chuck
HN connector 15839 - 35 10 Jaws 3.5 14809
Chuck
10°
15487 - 10 10 Jaws 3.5 14379
P/N 17340 15840 - 10 10

Chuck
3.5 14809
Jaws
HN connector
14718 - 90 .5 Solder - 14379
Chuck
16390 - 35 7.5
Jaws - 14379
Chuck
17340 - 10 7.5 Jaws - 14379
20
162
Dayton-Granger
Electrostatic Diagnostic Test Set
('76
(OHFWURVWDWLF'LDJQRVWLF7HVW6HW 7HVW3UREH$WWDFKPHQWV
ELECTROSTATIC DIAGNOSTIC TEST SET
EDTS10-843

7KH 'D\WRQ*UDQJHU '* 31 ('76 (OHFWURVWDWLF 'LDJQRVWLF 7HVW ,QVWUXPHQW LV XVHG WR HOHFWULFDOO\
FKDUJHDQDLUFUDIWRQWKHJURXQGWRVLPXODWHWKHFKDUJLQJSKHQRPHQDWKDWDLUFUDIWHQFRXQWHUGXULQJIOLJKW7KLV
WHVWLQVWUXPHQWFDQVLPXODWHVWUHDPHULQJFXUUHQWQRLVHVSDUNLQJQRLVHDQGFRURQDQRLVHDOORZLQJWKHSUREOHP
WREHLGHQWLILHGVRWKDWFRUUHFWLYHPHDVXUHVFDQEHWKHQWDNHQWRHOLPLQDWHWKRVHVRXUFHVRIHOHFWURVWDWLFQRLVH
RQWKHDLUFUDIWEHLQJWHVWHG

$'9$1&(''(6,*1)($785(6 (/(&75267$7,&',$*1267,&7(676(7
'*31('76
,QFUHDVHGYROWDJHVRXUFHNLOR9ROWV

/LJKWZHLJKWXQLWXQGHUOEV

1RLQVXODWLQJEORFNVUHTXLUHGXQGHUWKHDLUFUDIW

7KUHHVSHFLDOL]HGSUREHDWWDFKPHQWVHDFKLV
GHVLJQHGWRLGHQWLI\DQGORFDOL]HVSHFLILF
SRWHQWLDOSUREOHPDUHDVRQWKHDLUFUDIW
¾ &ROOHFWRU'LVKDWWDFKPHQW
¾ &RURQD%DOODWWDFKPHQW
¾ ,RQ6WUHDPHUDWWDFKPHQW

'*&ROOHFWRU'LVK '*&RURQD%DOO '*,RQ6WUHDPHU
31 31 31,6

,W LV FRQVWUXFWHG RIILEHUJODVV ZLWK ,W LV DQ DOXPLQXP EDOO XVHG WR )DEULFDWHG RI ORZQRLVH VWDWLF
D UHVLVWLYH FRDWLQJ WR JLYH WKH VZHHS DOO DUHDV RI DQ DLUFUDIW LQ GLVFKDUJHUV RQ D GLVK LW FDQ
RSHUDWRUWKHFDSDELOLW\RIDSSO\LQJ RUGHU WR GHWHUPLQH WKH LQWHJULW\ RI FKDUJH ZLQGVKLHOGV UDGRPHV DQG
FRQFHQWUDWHG KLJKYROWDJH ILHOGV WKHERQGLQJ RWKHU QRQPHWDO VXUIDFHV ,W FDQ
QHDU DQWHQQDV WUDLOLQJ HGJHV DOVR EH XVHG WR FKDUJH LVRODWHG
GHLFLQJERRWVHWF PHWDO VHFWLRQV ZKLFK UHVXOW LQ
VSDUNLQJQRLVH

'D\WRQ*UDQJHUSURYLGHVSURYHQHTXLSPHQWDQGH[SHUWWUDLQLQJLQ(OHFWURVWDWLF'LDJQRVWLF7HVWLQJZLWKWKH
IROORZLQJRSWLRQV
x 7HVWLQJ±2QVLWH(OHFWURVWDWLF'LDJQRVWLF7HVWLQJSHUIRUPHGE\D'*WHFKQLFLDQ
x 7UDLQLQJ±2QVLWHH[SHUWWHFKQLFDODVVLVWDQFHWUDLQLQJIRUFXVWRPHU¶VWHFKQLFLDQ
x 3XUFKDVH±,QFOXGHV7HVW6HWDQGRSWLRQDOLQVWUXPHQWVSOXVWUDLQLQJE\D'*WHFKQLFLDQ
x 5HQWLQJ±(TXLSPHQWUHQWDOVHUYLFHVIRUWHVWLQJSHUIRUPHGE\FXVWRPHU¶VWUDLQHGWHFKQLFLDQ
20
32%R[)W/DXGHUGDOH)/
7HO)D[
:HEVLWHZZZGD\WRQJUDQJHUFRP (PDLOVDOHV#GD\WRQJUDQJHUFRP

Dayton-Granger
Electrostatic Diagnostic Test Set
('76
2SWLRQDO$FFHVVRULHVIRU(OHFWURVWDWLF'LDJQRVWLF7HVW6HWV

'*3UREH0HWHU3130

7KH 30 3UREH 0HWHU LV D
PLFURDPSPHWHU ZLWK D VFDOH RI
ʅ$ ,W LV GHVLJQHG WR EH
LQVWDOOHG RQ WKH SUREH DVVHPEO\ RI
WKH '* (OHFWURVWDWLF 'LDJQRVWLF
7HVW6HWV31('76DQG31
('76 WR PHDVXUH WKH
FKDUJLQJFXUUHQW

'*0LFURSRLQW/RZ1RLVH
'LVFKDUJHU31'6

7KH'6LVDPLFURSRLQWORZ
QRLVH GLVFKDUJHU ZKLFK RIIHUV D
QRLVH TXLHWLQJ RI G% ,W LV D
UHSODFHPHQW SDUW IRU WKH ,RQ
6WUHDPHUZKLFKLVRQHRIWKHSUREH
DWWDFKPHQWVRIWKH'*(OHFWURVWDWLF
'LDJQRVWLF7HVW6HW

'*$QWLVWDWLF6SUD\$JHQW '*.QXFNOH '*3OXJ$GDSWHU
31 31%-$ 31

7KH '* $QWLVWDWLF 6SUD\ 7KH %-$ LV D '* $GDSWHU 7KH LV D '* 3OXJ $GDSWHU
$JHQW LV D WUDQVSDUHQW KLJKO\ WKDW LV LQWHQGHG WR EH LQVWDOOHG LQWHQGHG WR EH SODFHG DW WKH WLS RI
UHVLVWLYH WHPSRUDU\ FRDWLQJ WKDW LV EHWZHHQ WKH HQG RI WKH WHVW SUREH FDUERQSRLQW GLVFKDUJHUV IRU ZKLFK
XVHGRQLQVXODWLQJVXUIDFHVVXFKDV DQG HLWKHU WKH ,RQ 6WUHDPHU RU WKH D PHDVXUHPHQW RI WKH '&
UDGRPHV ZLQGVKLHOGV ILEHUJODVV &ROOHFWRU 'LVK ,W LV GHVLJQHG WR UHVLVWDQFH LV GHVLUHG ,WV PDLQ
ZLQJWLSV DQG DQWHQQDV WR SUHYHQW DOORZ WKH LQGLYLGXDO SHUIRUPLQJ WKH SXUSRVH LV WR FUHDWH D EHWWHU
VWUHDPHULQJ QRLVH LQ SUHFLSLWDWLRQ (OHFWURVWDWLF 'LDJQRVWLF 7HVW WR FRQQHFWLRQ EHWZHHQ WKH PHWHU
VWDWLFFRQGLWLRQV7KHILOPSURYLGHV KDYH WKH RSWLRQ RI URWDWLQJ WKH ,RQ OHDGVDQGWKHGLVFKDUJHUWLS
DKLJKUHVLVWDQFHEOHHGSDWKIRUWKH 6WUHDPHURU&ROOHFWRU'LVKIRUHDVH
LQVXODWLQJ VXUIDFHV ,W XVXDOO\ RI DFFHVV WR FHUWDLQ SDUWV RI WKH
UHPDLQV HIIHFWLYH IRU XS WR DLUFUDIW WKDW FRXOG EHFRPH '*310
IOLJKWVDWZKLFKWLPHWKHZLQGVKLHOG FXPEHUVRPH WR UHDFK GXULQJ WKH 0HJRKPPHWHU
DQGRUVWUXFWXUHVKRXOGEHUHWUHDWHG WHVW 7KH $GDSWHU FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
ZLWK WKH VSUD\ (DFK ERWWOH DIXOO,WPD\EHXVHGZLWKRU
FRQWDLQVRXQFHVZKLFKLVHQRXJK ZLWKRXWWKH3UREH0HWHU '*31'0
DQWLVWDWLF DJHQW IRU DSSUR[LPDWHO\ 0LOOL2KP0HWHU
DSSOLFDWLRQV RQ D VWDQGDUG
ZLQGVKLHOG

32%R[)W/DXGHUGDOH)/

20
7HO)D[

:HEVLWHZZZGD\WRQJUDQJHUFRP (PDLOVDOHV#GD\WRQJUDQJHUFRP ,62$6&

Notes:

PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sections

Headsets, Intercoms & Accessories

Clocks, Instruments & Annunciators

Air Data & Fuel Flow

Inverters & Converters

Tactical Communications & Audio Systems

Auxiliary Power Units & Battery Chargers

About EDMO Asia Pacific

CONNECTORS, PINS & SOCKETS

CRIMP TOOLS FOR BNC CONNECTORS

HX4 HX4 Y197 Y197

AF8 AF8 TH270 TH270

354940-1 3549401 220189-3 220189-3

SNAP RING REMOVAL & INSERTION TOOLS

RIGHT ANGLE CRIMP

CRIMP TOOLS FOR TNC CONNECTORS

EDMO# MFR# EDMO# MFR#

354940-1 3549401 220189-3 220189-3

male crimp female crimp

CRIMP TOOLS FOR N CONNECTORS

58501-1 58501-1 58485-1 58485-1

For more information on 58501-1, see page 95.

RIGHT ANGLE SOLDER SCREW

CRIMP TOOLS FOR SMA CONNECTORS

354940-1 3549401 91908-1 919081

For more information on 354940-1, see page 95.

CRIMP TOOLS FOR UHF CONNECTORS

354940-1 3549401 91908-1 919081

For more information on 354940-1, see page 95.

BNC female-male TNC male-female

BNC female- BNC female T

BNC/N COAXIAL ADAPTOR KIT

COAXIAL ADAPTOR KIT

6 - universal 2 N female coax 2 TNC female coax

female square flange

male plug female free-hanging

standard numbered male feed-through reverse numbered

CPC CABLE CLAMPS FOR SERIES 1 CPC CONNECTORS

CRIMP TOOL FOR CPC CONNECTORS EXTRACTION TOOL

female square flange

standard numbered male feed-through reverse numbered

CPC CABLE CLAMPS FOR SERIES 2 CPC CONNECTORS

EDMO# MFR# SHELL SIZE CABLE INSULATION DIAMETER THREAD SIZE

CRIMP TOOLS FOR CPC SERIES 2 CONNECTORS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL

POSITIONER FOR AFM8 EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS # OF EDMO# MFR# DIMENSIONS # OF

18-pin plug and receptacle

PINS FOR METRIMATE CONNECTORS SOCKETS FOR METRIMATE CONNECTORS

CRIMP TOOL FOR METRIMATE CONNECTORS EXTRACTION TOOL

EDMO# MFR# # OF PINS EDMO# MFR# # OF PINS

MATE-N-LOK CONNECTORS CRIMP TOOLS EXTRACTION TOOL FOR MATE-N-LOK CONTACTS

Extracts Mate-N-Lock contacts from housing cavities.

Not finding what you need?

HDP-20 CRIMP SOLDER CUP CONTACT CONNECTORS

PINS FOR D CONNECTOR PLUGS SOCKETS FOR D CONNECTOR

CRIMP TOOLS FOR D CONNECTORS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL

MFR# AFM8 MFR# 91285-1

EDMO# CONTACT AWG INSERTION/EXTRACTION TIPS

POSITIONER FOR AFM8 EXTRACTION TOOL

D CONNECTOR CABLE CLAMPS FEMALE SCREW LOCKS

Not finding what you need?

GROUNDING BLOCKS PINS FOR D CONNECTOR PLUGS

EDMO# MFR# AWG FINISH